FCC Regulation Document

Part: 
Topic: C

47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                           47 CFR Part 73 (Feb. 20, 2024)
Radio Broadcast Services

This content is from the eCFR and is authoritative but unofficial.

Title 47 —Telecommunication
Chapter I —Federal Communications Commission
Subchapter C —Broadcast Radio Services

Part 73 Radio Broadcast Services
  Subpart A AM Broadcast Stations
      § 73.1   Scope.
      § 73.14 AM broadcast definitions.
      § 73.21 Classes of AM broadcast channels and stations.
      § 73.23 AM broadcast station applications affected by international agreements.
      § 73.24 Broadcast facilities; showing required.
      § 73.25 Clear channels; Class A, Class B and Class D stations.
      § 73.26 Regional channels; Class B and Class D stations.
      § 73.27 Local channels; Class C stations.
      § 73.28 Assignment of stations to channels.
      § 73.29 Class C stations on regional channels.
      § 73.30 Petition for authorization of an allotment in the 1605–1705 kHz band.
      § 73.31 Rounding of nominal power specified on applications.
      § 73.33 Antenna systems; showing required.
      § 73.35 Calculation of improvement factors.
      § 73.37 Applications for broadcast facilities, showing required.
      § 73.44 AM transmission system emission limitations.
      § 73.45 AM antenna systems.
      § 73.49 AM transmission system fencing requirements.
      § 73.51 Determining operating power.
      § 73.53 Requirements for authorization of antenna monitors.
      § 73.54 Antenna resistance and reactance measurements.
      § 73.57 Remote reading antenna and common point ammeters.
      § 73.58 Indicating instruments.
      § 73.61 AM directional antenna field strength measurements.
      § 73.62 Directional antenna system operation and tolerances.
      § 73.68 Sampling systems for antenna monitors.
      § 73.69 Antenna monitors.
      § 73.72 Operating during the experimental period.
      § 73.88 Blanketing interference.
      § 73.99 Presunrise service authorization (PSRA) and postsunset service authorization (PSSA).
      § 73.127 Use of multiplex transmission.

47 CFR Part 73 (Feb. 20, 2024) (enhanced display)                                          page 1 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                47 CFR Part 73 (Feb. 20, 2024)
Radio Broadcast Services

     § 73.128      AM stereophonic broadcasting.
     § 73.132      Territorial exclusivity.
     § 73.150      Directional antenna systems.
     § 73.151      Field strength measurements to establish performance of directional antennas.
     § 73.152      Modification of directional antenna data.
     § 73.153      Field strength measurements in support of applications or evidence at hearings.
     § 73.154      AM directional antenna partial proof of performance measurements.
     § 73.155      Directional antenna performance recertification.
     § 73.157      Antenna testing during daytime.
     § 73.158      Directional antenna monitoring points.
     § 73.160      Vertical plane radiation characteristics, f(θ).
     § 73.182      Engineering standards of allocation.
     § 73.183      Groundwave signals.
     § 73.184      Groundwave field strength graphs.
     § 73.185      Computation of interfering signal.
     § 73.186      Establishment of effective field at one kilometer.
     § 73.187      Limitation on daytime radiation.
     § 73.189      Minimum antenna heights or field strength requirements.
     § 73.190      Engineering charts and related formulas.
   Subpart B       FM Broadcast Stations
     § 73.201       Numerical designation of FM broadcast channels.
     § 73.202       Table of Allotments.
     § 73.203       Availability of channels.
     § 73.204       International agreements and other restrictions on use of channels.
     § 73.205       Zones.
     § 73.207       Minimum distance separation between stations.
     § 73.208       Reference points and distance computations.
     § 73.209       Protection from interference.
     § 73.210       Station classes.
     § 73.211       Power and antenna height requirements.
     § 73.212       Administrative changes in authorizations.
     § 73.213       Grandfathered short-spaced stations.
     § 73.215       Contour protection for short-spaced assignments.
     § 73.220       Restrictions on use of channels.
     § 73.232       Territorial exclusivity.
     § 73.258       Indicating instruments.
     § 73.267       Determining operating power.
     § 73.277       Permissible transmissions.
     § 73.293       Use of FM multiplex subcarriers.

47 CFR Part 73 (Feb. 20, 2024) (enhanced display)                                               page 2 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                               47 CFR Part 73 (Feb. 20, 2024)
Radio Broadcast Services

     § 73.295      FM subsidiary communications services.
     § 73.297      FM stereophonic sound broadcasting.
     § 73.310      FM technical definitions.
     § 73.311      Field strength contours.
     § 73.312      Topographic data.
     § 73.313      Prediction of coverage.
     § 73.314      Field strength measurements.
     § 73.315      FM transmitter location.
     § 73.316      FM antenna systems.
     § 73.317      FM transmission system requirements.
     § 73.318      FM blanketing interference.
     § 73.319      FM multiplex subcarrier technical standards.
     § 73.322      FM stereophonic sound transmission standards.
     § 73.333      Engineering charts.
   Subpart C       Digital Audio Broadcasting
     § 73.401      Scope.
     § 73.402      Definitions.
     § 73.403      Digital audio broadcasting service requirements.
     § 73.404      IBOC DAB operation.
     § 73.406      Notification.
   Subpart D       Noncommercial Educational FM Broadcast Stations
     § 73.501      Channels available for assignment.
     § 73.503      Licensing requirements and service.
     § 73.504      Channel assignments in the Mexican border area.
     § 73.505      Zones.
     § 73.506      Classes of noncommercial educational FM stations and channels.
     § 73.507      Minimum distance separations between stations.
     § 73.508      Standards of good engineering practice.
     § 73.509      Prohibited overlap.
     § 73.510      Antenna systems.
     § 73.511      Power and antenna height requirements.
     § 73.512      Special procedures applicable to Class D noncommercial educational stations.
     § 73.513      Noncommercial educational FM stations operating on unreserved channels.
     § 73.514      Protection from interference.
     § 73.515      NCE FM transmitter location.
     § 73.525      TV Channel 6 protection.
     § 73.558      Indicating instruments.
     § 73.561      Operating schedule; time sharing.
     § 73.567      Determining operating power.

47 CFR Part 73 (Feb. 20, 2024) (enhanced display)                                              page 3 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                               47 CFR Part 73 (Feb. 20, 2024)
Radio Broadcast Services

     § 73.593    Subsidiary communications services.
     § 73.597    FM stereophonic sound broadcasting.
     § 73.599    NCE-FM engineering charts.
   Subpart E    Television Broadcast Stations
     § 73.601    Scope of subpart.
     § 73.602    Cross reference to rules in other parts.
     § 73.603    Numerical designation of television channels.
     § 73.606    Table of allotments.
     § 73.609    Zones.
     § 73.611    xxx
     § 73.612    Protection from interference.
     § 73.613    Protection of Class A TV stations.
     § 73.614    Power and antenna height requirements.
     § 73.615    Administrative changes in authorizations.
     § 73.616    Post-transition DTV station interference protection.
     § 73.617    xxx
     § 73.618    xxx
     § 73.619    xxx
     § 73.620    xxx
     § 73.621    Noncommercial educational TV stations.
     § 73.622    Digital television table of allotments.
     § 73.623    DTV applications and changes to DTV allotments.
     § 73.624    Digital television broadcast stations.
     § 73.625    DTV coverage of principal community and antenna system.
     § 73.626    DTV distributed transmission systems.
     § 73.641    Subscription TV definitions.
     § 73.642    Subscription TV service.
     § 73.643    Subscription TV operating requirements.
     § 73.644    Subscription TV transmission systems.
     § 73.646    Telecommunications Service on the Vertical Blanking Interval and in the Visual Signal.
     § 73.653    Operation of TV aural and visual transmitters.
     § 73.658    Affiliation agreements and network program practices; territorial exclusivity in non-
                 network program arrangements.
       §§ 73.659-73.663 [Reserved]
       § 73.664 Determining operating power.
       § 73.665 Use of TV aural baseband subcarriers.
       § 73.667 TV subsidiary communications services.
       § 73.669 TV stereophonic aural and multiplex subcarrier operation.
       § 73.670 Commercial limits in children's programs.

47 CFR Part 73 (Feb. 20, 2024) (enhanced display)                                              page 4 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                             47 CFR Part 73 (Feb. 20, 2024)
Radio Broadcast Services

     § 73.671 Educational and informational programming for children.
     § 73.672 [Reserved]
     § 73.673 Public information initiatives regarding educational and informational programming
                for children.
     § 73.681 Definitions.
     § 73.682 TV transmission standards.
     § 73.683 Field strength contours and presumptive determination of field strength at individual
                locations.
     § 73.684 Prediction of coverage.
     § 73.685 Transmitter location and antenna system.
     § 73.686 Field strength measurements.
     § 73.687 Transmission system requirements.
     § 73.688 Indicating instruments.
     § 73.691 Visual modulation monitoring.
     § 73.698 Tables.
     § 73.699 TV engineering charts.
   Subpart F International Broadcast Stations
     § 73.701 Definitions.
     § 73.702 Assignment and use of frequencies.
     § 73.703 Geographical zones and areas of reception.
     § 73.712 Equipment tests.
     § 73.713 Program tests.
     § 73.731 Licensing requirements.
     § 73.732 Authorizations.
     § 73.733 Normal license period.
     § 73.751 Operating power.
     § 73.753 Antenna systems.
     § 73.754 Frequency monitors.
     § 73.755 Modulation monitors.
     § 73.756 System specifications for double-sideband (DBS) modulated emissions in the HF
                broadcasting service.
     § 73.757 System specifications for single-sideband (SSB) modulated emissions in the HF
                broadcasting service.
     § 73.758 System specifications for digitally modulated emissions in the HF broadcasting
                service.
     § 73.759 Auxiliary transmitters.
     § 73.760 Alternate main transmitters.
     § 73.761 Modification of transmission systems.
     § 73.762 Time of operation.

47 CFR Part 73 (Feb. 20, 2024) (enhanced display)                                            page 5 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                              47 CFR Part 73 (Feb. 20, 2024)
Radio Broadcast Services

     § 73.765 Determining operating power.
     § 73.766 [Reserved]
     § 73.781 Logs.
     § 73.782 Retention of logs.
     § 73.787 Station identification.
     § 73.788 Service; commercial or sponsored programs.
   Subpart G Low Power FM Broadcast Stations (LPFM)
     § 73.801 Broadcast regulations applicable to LPFM stations.
     § 73.805 Availability of channels.
     § 73.807 Minimum distance separation between stations.
     § 73.808 Distance computations.
     § 73.809 Interference protection to full service FM stations.
     § 73.810 Third adjacent channel interference.
     § 73.811 LPFM power and antenna height requirements.
     § 73.812 Rounding of power and antenna heights.
     § 73.813 Determination of antenna height above average terrain (HAAT).
     § 73.816 Antennas.
     § 73.825 Protection to reception of TV channel 6.
     § 73.827 Interference to the input signals of FM translator or FM booster stations.
     § 73.840 Operating power and mode tolerances.
     § 73.845 Transmission system operation.
     § 73.850 Operating schedule.
     § 73.853 Licensing requirements and service.
     § 73.854 Unlicensed radio operations.
     § 73.855 Ownership limits.
     § 73.858 Attribution of LPFM station interests.
     § 73.860 Cross-ownership.
     § 73.865 Assignment and transfer of LPFM permits and licenses.
     § 73.870 Processing of LPFM broadcast station applications.
     § 73.871 Amendment of LPFM broadcast station applications.
     § 73.872 Selection procedure for mutually exclusive LPFM applications.
     § 73.873 LPFM license period.
     § 73.875 Modification of transmission systems.
     § 73.877 Station logs for LPFM stations.
     § 73.878 Station inspections by FCC; availability to FCC of station logs and records.
     § 73.879 Signal retransmission.
     § 73.881 Equal employment opportunities.
   Subpart H Rules Applicable to All Broadcast Stations
     § 73.1001 Scope.

47 CFR Part 73 (Feb. 20, 2024) (enhanced display)                                             page 6 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                             47 CFR Part 73 (Feb. 20, 2024)
Radio Broadcast Services

       § 73.1010   Cross reference to rules in other parts.
       § 73.1015   Truthful written statements and responses to Commission inquiries and
                   correspondence.
       § 73.1020 Station license period.
       § 73.1030 Notifications concerning interference to radio astronomy, research and receiving
                   installations.
       § 73.1120 Station location.
       § 73.1125 Station telephone number.
       § 73.1150 Transferring a station.
       § 73.1201 Station identification.
       § 73.1202 [Reserved]
       § 73.1206 Broadcast of telephone conversations.
       § 73.1207 Rebroadcasts.
       § 73.1208 Broadcast of taped, filmed, or recorded material.
       § 73.1209 References to time.
       § 73.1210 TV/FM dual-language broadcasting in Puerto Rico.
       § 73.1211 Broadcast of lottery information.
       § 73.1212 Sponsorship identification; list retention; related requirements.
       § 73.1213 Antenna structure, marking and lighting.
       § 73.1215 Specifications for indicating instruments.
       § 73.1216 Licensee-conducted contests.
       § 73.1217 Broadcast hoaxes.
       § 73.1225 Station inspections by FCC.
       § 73.1226 Availability to FCC of station logs and records.
       § 73.1250 Broadcasting emergency information.
       § 73.1300 Unattended station operation.
       § 73.1350 Transmission system operation.
       § 73.1400 Transmission system monitoring and control.
       § 73.1515 Special field test authorizations.
       § 73.1520 Operation for tests and maintenance.
       § 73.1530 Portable test stations [Definition].
       § 73.1540 Carrier frequency measurements.
       § 73.1545 Carrier frequency departure tolerances.
       § 73.1560 Operating power and mode tolerances.
       § 73.1570 Modulation levels: AM, FM, TV and Class A TV aural.
       § 73.1580 Transmission system inspections.
       § 73.1590 Equipment performance measurements.
       § 73.1610 Equipment tests.
       § 73.1615 Operation during modification of facilities.

47 CFR Part 73 (Feb. 20, 2024) (enhanced display)                                            page 7 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                     47 CFR Part 73 (Feb. 20, 2024)
Radio Broadcast Services

       § 73.1620 Program tests.
       § 73.1635 Special temporary authorizations (STA).
       § 73.1650 International agreements.
       § 73.1660 Acceptability of broadcast transmitters.
       § 73.1665 Main transmitters.
       § 73.1670 Auxiliary transmitters.
       § 73.1675 Auxiliary antennas.
       § 73.1680 Emergency antennas.
       § 73.1690 Modification of transmission systems.
       § 73.1692 [Reserved]
       § 73.1695 Changes in transmission standards.
       § 73.1700 Broadcast day.
       § 73.1705 Time of operation.
       § 73.1710 Unlimited time.
       § 73.1715 Share time.
       § 73.1720 Daytime.
       § 73.1725 Limited time.
       § 73.1730 Specified hours.
       § 73.1735 AM station operation pre-sunrise and post-sunset.
       § 73.1740 Minimum operating schedule.
       § 73.1745 Unauthorized operation.
       § 73.1750 Discontinuance of operation.
       § 73.1800 General requirements related to the station log.
       § 73.1820 Station log.
       § 73.1835 Special technical records.
       § 73.1840 Retention of logs.
       § 73.1870 Chief operators.
       § 73.1940 Legally qualified candidates for public office.
       § 73.1941 Equal opportunities.
       § 73.1942 Candidate rates.
       § 73.1943 Political file.
       § 73.1944 Reasonable access.
       § 73.2080 Equal employment opportunities (EEO).
       § 73.2090 Ban on discrimination in broadcast transactions.
       § 73.3500 Application and report forms.
       § 73.3511 Applications required.
       § 73.3512 Where to file; number of copies.
       § 73.3513 Signing of applications.
       § 73.3514 Content of applications.

47 CFR Part 73 (Feb. 20, 2024) (enhanced display)                                    page 8 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                 47 CFR Part 73 (Feb. 20, 2024)
Radio Broadcast Services

       § 73.3516   Specification of facilities.
       § 73.3517   Contingent applications.
       § 73.3518   Inconsistent or conflicting applications.
       § 73.3519   Repetitious applications.
       § 73.3520   Multiple applications.
       § 73.3521   Mutually exclusive applications for low power television, television translators and
                   television booster stations.
       § 73.3522 Amendment of applications.
       § 73.3523 Dismissal of applications in renewal proceedings.
       § 73.3525 Agreements for removing application conflicts.
       § 73.3526 Online public inspection file of commercial stations.
       § 73.3527 Online public inspection file of noncommercial educational stations.
       § 73.3533 Application for construction permit or modification of construction permit.
       § 73.3534 [Reserved]
       § 73.3536 Application for license to cover construction permit.
       § 73.3537 Application for license to use former main antenna as an auxiliary.
       § 73.3538 Application to make changes in an existing station.
       § 73.3539 Application for renewal of license.
       § 73.3540 Application for voluntary assignment or transfer of control.
       § 73.3541 Application for involuntary assignment of license or transfer of control.
       § 73.3542 Application for emergency authorization.
       § 73.3543 Application for renewal or modification of special service authorization.
       § 73.3544 Application to obtain a modified station license.
       § 73.3545 Application for permit to deliver programs to foreign stations.
       § 73.3549 Requests for extension of time to operate without required monitors, indicating
                   instruments, and EAS encoders and decoders.
       § 73.3550 Requests for new or modified call sign assignments.
       § 73.3555 Multiple ownership.
       § 73.3561 Staff consideration of applications requiring Commission action.
       § 73.3562 Staff consideration of applications not requiring action by the Commission.
       § 73.3564 Acceptance of applications.
       § 73.3566 Defective applications.
       § 73.3568 Dismissal of applications.
       § 73.3571 Processing of AM broadcast station applications.
       § 73.3572 Processing of TV broadcast, Class A TV broadcast, low power TV, TV translators,
                   and TV booster applications.
       § 73.3573 Processing FM broadcast station applications.
       § 73.3574 Processing of international broadcast station applications.
       § 73.3578 Amendments to applications for renewal, assignment or transfer of control.

47 CFR Part 73 (Feb. 20, 2024) (enhanced display)                                                page 9 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                 47 CFR Part 73 (Feb. 20, 2024)
Radio Broadcast Services

       § 73.3580     Local public notice of filing of broadcast applications.
       § 73.3584     Procedure for filing petitions to deny.
       § 73.3587     Procedure for filing informal objections.
       § 73.3588     Dismissal of petitions to deny or withdrawal of informal objections.
       § 73.3589     Threats to file petitions to deny or informal objections.
       § 73.3591     Grants without hearing.
       § 73.3592     Conditional grant.
       § 73.3593     Designation for hearing.
       § 73.3594     Local public notice of designation for hearing.
       § 73.3597     Procedures on transfer and assignment applications.
       § 73.3598     Period of construction.
       § 73.3601     Simultaneous modification and renewal of license.
       § 73.3603     Special waiver procedure relative to applications.
       § 73.3605     Retention of applications in hearing status after designation for hearing.
       § 73.3612     Annual employment report.
       § 73.3613     Availability to FCC of station contracts.
       § 73.3615     Ownership reports.
       § 73.3617     Information available on the internet.
       § 73.3700     Post-incentive auction licensing and operation.
       § 73.3701     Reimbursement under the Reimbursement Expansion Act.
       § 73.3800     Full power television channel sharing outside the incentive auction.
       § 73.3801     Full power television simulcasting during the ATSC 3.0 (Next Gen TV) transition.
       § 73.3999     Enforcement of 18 U.S.C. 1464 (restrictions on the transmission of obscene and
                     indecent material).
       § 73.4000     Listing of FCC policies.
       § 73.4005     Advertising—refusal to sell.
       § 73.4015     Applications for AM and FM construction permits, incomplete or defective.
       § 73.4017     Application processing: Commercial FM stations.
       § 73.4045     Barter agreements.
       § 73.4050     Children's TV programs.
       § 73.4055     Cigarette advertising.
       § 73.4060     Citizens agreements.
       § 73.4075     Commercials, loud.
       § 73.4082     Comparative broadcast hearings—specialized programming formats.
       § 73.4091     Direct broadcast satellites.
       § 73.4094     Dolby encoder.
       § 73.4095     Drug lyrics.
       § 73.4097     EBS (now EAS) attention signals on automated programing systems.
       § 73.4099     Financial qualifications, certification of.

47 CFR Part 73 (Feb. 20, 2024) (enhanced display)                                               page 10 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                             47 CFR Part 73 (Feb. 20, 2024)
Radio Broadcast Services

     § 73.4100 Financial qualifications; new AM and FM stations.
     § 73.4101 Financial qualifications, TV stations.
     § 73.4102 FAA communications, broadcast of.
     § 73.4104 FM assignment policies and procedures.
     § 73.4107 FM broadcast assignments, increasing availability of.
     § 73.4108 FM transmitter site map submissions.
     § 73.4110 Format changes of stations.
     § 73.4135 Interference to TV reception by FM stations.
     § 73.4140 Minority ownership; tax certificates and distress sales.
     § 73.4154 Network/AM, FM station affiliation agreements.
     § 73.4157 Network signals which adversely affect affiliate broadcast service.
     § 73.4163 Noncommercial nature of educational broadcast stations.
     § 73.4165 Obscene language.
     § 73.4170 Obscene broadcasts.
     § 73.4180 Payment disclosure: Payola, plugola, kickbacks.
     § 73.4185 Political broadcasting and telecasting, the law of.
     § 73.4190 Political candidate authorization notice and sponsorship identification.
     § 73.4195 Political advertising by UHF translators.
     § 73.4210 Procedure Manual: “The Public and Broadcasting”.
     § 73.4215 Program matter: Supplier identification.
     § 73.4242 Sponsorship identification rules, applicability of.
     § 73.4246 Stereophonic pilot subcarrier use during monophonic programming.
     § 73.4247 STV: Competing applications.
     § 73.4250 Subliminal perception.
     § 73.4255 Tax certificates: Issuance of.
     § 73.4260 Teaser announcements.
     § 73.4265 Telephone conversation broadcasts (network and like sources).
     § 73.4266 Tender offer and proxy statements.
     § 73.4267 Time brokerage.
     § 73.4275 Tone clusters; audio attention-getting devices.
     § 73.4280 Character evaluation of broadcast applicants.
   Subpart I Procedures for Competitive Bidding and for Applications for
              Noncommercial Educational Broadcast Stations on Non-Reserved
              Channels
     § 73.5000 Services subject to competitive bidding.
     § 73.5001 [Reserved]
     § 73.5002 Application and certification procedures; return of mutually exclusive applications
                 not subject to competitive bidding procedures; prohibition of collusion.
     § 73.5003 Submission of full payments.

47 CFR Part 73 (Feb. 20, 2024) (enhanced display)                                           page 11 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                             47 CFR Part 73 (Feb. 20, 2024)
Radio Broadcast Services

     § 73.5004 [Reserved]
     § 73.5005 Filing of long-form applications.
     § 73.5006 Filing of petitions to deny against long-form applications.
     § 73.5007 Designated entity provisions.
     § 73.5008 Definitions applicable for designated entity provisions.
     § 73.5009 Assignment or transfer of control.
   Subpart J Class A Television Broadcast Stations
     § 73.6000 Definitions.
     § 73.6001 Eligibility and service requirements.
     § 73.6002 Licensing requirements.
     §§ 73.6003-73.6005 [Reserved]
     § 73.6006 Channel assignments.
     § 73.6007 Power limitations.
     § 73.6008 Distance computations.
     § 73.6010 Class A TV station protected contour.
     § 73.6012 Protection of Class A TV, low power TV and TV translator stations.
     § 73.6013 Protection of DTV stations.
     § 73.6014 Protection of digital Class A TV stations.
     § 73.6017 Digital Class A TV station protection of Class A TV and digital Class A TV stations.
     § 73.6018 Digital Class A TV station protection of DTV stations.
     § 73.6019 Digital Class A TV station protection of low power TV, TV translator, digital low
                power TV and digital TV translator stations.
     § 73.6020 Protection of stations in the land mobile radio service.
     § 73.6022 Negotiated interference and relocation agreements.
     § 73.6023 Distributed transmission systems.
     § 73.6024 Transmission standards and system requirements.
     § 73.6025 Antenna system and station location.
     § 73.6026 Broadcast regulations applicable to Class A television stations.
     § 73.6027 Class A TV notifications concerning interference to radio astronomy, research and
                receiving installations.
     § 73.6028 Class A television channel sharing outside the incentive auction.
     § 73.6029 Class A television simulcasting during the ATSC 3.0 (Next Gen TV) transition.
     § 73.6030 Low Power Protection Act.
   Subpart K Application and Selection Procedures for Reserved Noncommercial
              Educational Channels, and for Certain Applications for Noncommercial
              Educational Stations on Non-Reserved Channels
     § 73.7000 Definition of terms (as used in subpart K only).
     § 73.7001 Services subject to evaluation by point system.
     § 73.7002 Fair distribution of service on reserved band FM channels.

47 CFR Part 73 (Feb. 20, 2024) (enhanced display)                                           page 12 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                        47 CFR Part 73 (Feb. 20, 2024)
Radio Broadcast Services

     § 73.7003 Point system selection procedures.
     § 73.7004 Petitions to deny tentative selectee(s).
     § 73.7005 Maintenance of comparative qualifications.
   Subpart L Incorporated Standards
     § 73.8000 Incorporation by reference.
   Alphabetical Index
      Part 73

PART 73—RADIO BROADCAST SERVICES
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 301, 303, 307, 309, 310, 334, 336, 339.

Subpart A—AM Broadcast Stations
§ 73.1 Scope.
This subpart contains those rules which apply exclusively to the AM broadcast service and are in addition to those
rules in Subpart H which are common to all AM, FM and TV broadcast services, commercial and noncommercial.

[47 FR 8587, Mar. 1, 1982]

§ 73.14 AM broadcast definitions.
    AM broadcast band. The band of frequencies extending from 535 to 1705 kHz.

    AM broadcast channel. The band of frequencies occupied by the carrier and the upper and lower sidebands of
         an AM broadcast signal with the carrier frequency at the center. Channels are designated by their
         assigned carrier frequencies. The 117 carrier frequencies assigned to AM broadcast stations begin at 540
         kHz and progress in 10 kHz steps to 1700 kHz. (See § 73.21 for the classification of AM broadcast
         channels).

    AM broadcast station. A broadcast station licensed for the dissemination of radio communications intended to
         be received by the public and operated on a channel in the AM broadcast band.

    Amplitude modulated stage. The radio-frequency stage to which the modulator is coupled and in which the
          carrier wave is modulated in accordance with the system of amplitude modulation and the characteristics
          of the modulating wave.

    Amplitude modulator stage. The last amplifier stage of the modulating wave amplitude modulates a radio-
          frequency stage.

    Antenna current. The radio-frequency current in the antenna with no modulation.

    Antenna input power. The product of the square of the antenna current and the antenna resistance at the point
         where the current is measured.

    Antenna resistance. The total resistance of the transmitting antenna system at the operating frequency and at
         the point at which the antenna current is measured.

47 CFR 73.14 “Antenna resistance” (enhanced display)                                                   page 13 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                           47 CFR 73.14 “Auxiliary facility”
Radio Broadcast Services

    Auxiliary facility. An auxiliary facility is an AM antenna tower(s) separate from the main facility's antenna
           tower(s), permanently installed at the same site or at a different location, from which an AM station may
           broadcast for short periods without prior Commission authorization or notice to the Commission while
           the main facility is not in operation (e.g., where tower work necessitates turning off the main antenna or
           where lightning has caused damage to the main antenna or transmission system) (See § 73.1675).

    Blanketing. The interference which is caused by the presence of an AM broadcast signal of one volt per meter
          (V/m) or greater strengths in the area adjacent to the antenna of the transmitting station. The 1 V/m
          contour is referred to as the blanket contour and the area within this contour is referred to as the blanket
          area.

    Carrier-amplitude regulation (Carrier shift). The change in amplitude of the carrier wave in an amplitude-
           modulated transmitter when modulation is applied under conditions of symmetrical modulation.

    Combined audio harmonics. The arithmetical sum of the amplitudes of all the separate harmonic components.
         Root sum square harmonic readings may be accepted under conditions prescribed by the FCC.

    Critical hours. The two hour period immediately following local sunrise and the two hour period immediately
           preceding local sunset.

    Daytime. The period of time between local sunrise and local sunset.

    Effective field; Effective field strength. The root-mean-square (RMS) value of the inverse distance fields at a
           distance of 1 kilometer from the antenna in all directions in the horizontal plane. The term “field strength”
           is synonymous with the term “field intensity” as contained elsewhere in this Part.

    Equipment performance measurements. The measurements performed to determine the overall performance
         characteristics of a broadcast transmission system from point of program origination to sampling of
         signal as radiated. (See § 73.1590)

    Experimental period. the time between 12 midnight local time and local sunrise, used by AM stations for tests,
          maintenance and experimentation.

    Frequency departure. The amount of variation of a carrier frequency or center frequency from its assigned value.

    Incidental phase modulation. The peak phase deviation (in radians) resulting from the process of amplitude
          modulation.

    Input power. Means the product of the direct voltage applied to the last radio stage and the total direct current
           flowing to the last radio stage, measured without modulation.

    Intermittent service area. Means the area receiving service from the groundwave of a broadcast station but
          beyond the primary service area and subject to some interference and fading.

    Last radio stage. The radio-frequency power amplifier stage which supplies power to the antenna.

    Left (or right) signal. The electrical output of a microphone or combination of microphones placed so as to
           convey the intensity, time, and location of sounds originated predominately to the listener's left (or right)
           of the center of the performing area.

    Left (or right) stereophonic channel. The left (or right) signal as electrically reproduced in reception of AM
           stereophonic broadcasts.

    Main channel. The band of audio frequencies from 50 to 10,000 Hz which amplitude modulates the carrier.

47 CFR 73.14 “Main channel” (enhanced display)                                                               page 14 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                      47 CFR 73.14 “Maximum percentage of modulation”
Radio Broadcast Services

    Maximum percentage of modulation. The greatest percentage of modulation that may be obtained by a
         transmitter without producing in its output, harmonics of the modulating frequency in excess of those
         permitted by these regulations. (See § 73.1570)

    Maximum rated carrier power. The maximum power at which the transmitter can be operated satisfactorily and
         is determined by the design of the transmitter and the type and number of vacuum tubes or other
         amplifier devices used in the last radio stage.

    Model I facility. A station operating in the 1605–1705 kHz band featuring fulltime operation with stereo,
         competitive technical quality, 10 kW daytime power, 1 kW nighttime power, non-directional antenna (or a
         simple directional antenna system), and separated by 400–800 km from other co-channel stations.

    Model II facility. A station operating in the 535–1605 kHz band featuring fulltime operation, competitive
         technical quality, wide area daytime coverage with nighttime coverage at least 15% of the daytime
         coverage.

    Modulation dependent carrier level (MDCL) control technologies. Transmitter control techniques that vary either
         the carrier power level or both the carrier and sideband power levels as a function of the modulation level.

    Nighttime. The period of time between local sunset and local sunrise.

    Nominal power. The antenna input power less any power loss through a dissipative network and, for directional
         antennas, without consideration of adjustments specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of § 73.51 of the
         rules. However, for AM broadcast applications granted or filed before June 3, 1985, nominal power is
         specified in a system of classifications which include the following values: 50 kW, 25 kW, 10 kW, 5 kW, 2.5
         kW, 1 kW, 0.5 kW, and 0.25 kW. The specified nominal power for any station in this group of stations will
         be retained until action is taken on or after June 3, 1985, which involves a change in the technical facilities
         of the station.

    Percentage modulation (amplitude)

           In a positive direction:

     M = MAX−C × 100

     ————––—––—

     c

           In a negative direction:

     M = C−MIN × 100

     ————–—––—

     c

     Where:

     M = Modulation level in percent.

     MAX = Instantaneous maximum level of the modulated radio frequency envelope.

47 CFR 73.14 “Percentage modulation (amplitude)” (enhanced display)                                       page 15 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                              47 CFR 73.14 “Plate modulation”
Radio Broadcast Services

     MIN = Instantaneous minimum level of the modulated radio frequency envelope.

     C = (Carrier) level of radio frequency envelope without modulation.

    Plate modulation. The modulation produced by introduction of the modulating wave into the plate circuit of any
          tube in which the carrier frequency wave is present.

    Primary service area. Means the service area of a broadcast station in which the groundwave is not subject to
          objectionable interference or objectionable fading.

    Proof of performance measurements or antenna proof of performance measurements. The measurements of
          field strengths made to determine the radiation pattern or characteristics of an AM directional antenna
          system.

    Secondary service area. Means the service area of a broadcast station served by the skywave and not subject to
         objectionable interference and in which the signal is subject to intermittent variations in strength.

    Stereophonic channel. The band of audio frequencies from 50 to 10,000 Hz containing the stereophonic
          information which modulates the radio frequency carrier.

    Stereophonic crosstalk. An undesired signal occurring in the main channel from modulation of the stereophonic
          channel or that occurring in the stereophonic channel from modulation of the main channel.

    Stereophonic pilot tone. An audio tone of fixed or variable frequency modulating the carrier during the
          transmission of stereophonic programs.

    Stereophonic separation. The ratio of the electrical signal caused in the right (or left) stereophonic channel to
          the electrical signal caused in the left (or right) stereophonic channel by the transmission of only a right
          (or left) signal.

    Sunrise and sunset. For each particular location and during any particular month, the time of sunrise and sunset
          as specified in the instrument of authorization (See § 73.1209).

    White area. The area or population which does not receive interference-free primary service from an authorized
          AM station or does not receive a signal strength of at least 1 mV/m from an authorized FM station.

[47 FR 8587, Mar. 1, 1982, as amended at 47 FR 13164, Mar. 29, 1982; 47 FR 13812, Apr. 1, 1982; 50 FR 18821, May 2, 1985; 50 FR
47054, Nov. 14, 1985; 56 FR 64856, Dec. 12, 1991; 62 FR 51058, Sept. 30, 1997; 66 FR 20755, Apr. 25, 2001; 81 FR 2759, Jan. 19,
2016; 82 FR 57882, Dec. 8, 2017]

§ 73.21 Classes of AM broadcast channels and stations.
     (a) Clear channel. A clear channel is one on which stations are assigned to serve wide areas. These stations
         are protected from objectionable interference within their primary service areas and, depending on the
         class of station, their secondary service areas. Stations operating on these channels are classified as
         follows:

           (1) Class A station. A Class A station is an unlimited time station that operates on a clear channel and is
               designed to render primary and secondary service over an extended area and at relatively long
               distances from its transmitter. Its primary service area is protected from objectionable interference
               from other stations on the same and adjacent channels, and its secondary service area is protected
               from interference from other stations on the same channel. (See § 73.182). The operating power
               shall not be less than 10 kW nor more than 50 kW. (Also see § 73.25(a)).

47 CFR 73.21(a)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 16 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 73.21(a)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (2) Class B station. Class B stations are authorized to operate with a minimum power of 0.25 kW (or, if
               less than 0.25 kW, an equivalent RMS antenna field of at least 107.5 mV/m at 1 kilometer) and a
               maximum power of 50 kW, or 10 kW for stations that are authorized to operate in the 1605–1705
               kHz band.

           (3) Class D station. A Class D station operates either daytime, limited time or unlimited time with
               nighttime power less than 0.25 kW and an equivalent RMS antenna field of less than 107.5 mV/m at
               1 kilometer. Class D stations shall operate with daytime powers not less than 0.25 kW nor more than
               50 kW. Nighttime operations of Class D stations are not afforded protection and must protect all
               Class A and Class B operations during nighttime hours. New Class D stations that had not been
               previously licensed as Class B will not be authorized.

     (b) Regional Channel. A regional channel is one on which Class B and Class D stations may operate and serve
         primarily a principal center of population and the rural area contiguous thereto.

           Note: Until the North American Regional Broadcasting Agreement (NARBA) is terminated with
           respect to the Bahama Islands and the Dominican Republic, radiation toward those countries from
           a Class B station may not exceed the level that would be produced by an omnidirectional antenna
           with a transmitted power of 5 kW, or such lower level as will comply with NARBA requirements for
           protection of stations in the Bahama Islands and the Dominican Republic against objectionable
           interference.

     (c) Local channel. A local channel is one on which stations operate unlimited time and serve primarily a
         community and the suburban and rural areas immediately contiguous thereto.

           (1) Class C station. A Class C station is a station operating on a local channel and is designed to render
               service only over a primary service area that may be reduced as a consequence of interference in
               accordance with § 73.182. The power shall not be less than 0.25 kW, nor more than 1 kW. Class C
               stations that are licensed to operate with 0.1 kW may continue to do so.

[56 FR 64856, Dec. 12, 1991, as amended at 81 FR 2759, Jan. 19, 2016]

§ 73.23 AM broadcast station applications affected by international agreements.
     (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, no application for an AM station will be accepted for
         filing if authorization of the facilities requested would be inconsistent with international commitments of
         the United States under treaties and other international agreements, arrangements and understandings.
         (See list of such international instruments in § 73.1650(b)). Any such application that is inadvertently
         accepted for filing will be dismissed.

     (b) AM applications that involve conflicts only with the North American Regional Broadcasting Agreement
         (NARBA), but that are in conformity with the remaining treaties and other international agreements listed
         in § 73.1650(b) and with the other requirements of this part 73, will be granted subject to such
         modifications as the FCC may subsequently find appropriate, taking international considerations into
         account.

     (c) In the case of any application designated for hearing on issues other than those related to consistency
         with international relationships and as to which no final decision has been rendered, whenever action
         under this section becomes appropriate because of inconsistency with international relationships, the

47 CFR 73.23(c) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 17 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.23(d)
Radio Broadcast Services

            applicant involved shall, notwithstanding the provisions §§ 73.3522 and 73.3571, be permitted to amend
            its application to achieve consistency with such relationships. In such cases the provisions of §
            73.3605(c) will apply.

     (d) In some circumstances, special international considerations may require that the FCC, in acting on
         applications, follow procedures different from those established for general use. In such cases, affected
         applicants will be informed of the procedures to be followed.

[56 FR 64856, Dec. 12, 1991]

§ 73.24 Broadcast facilities; showing required.
An authorization for a new AM broadcast station or increase in facilities of an existing station will be issued only
after a satisfactory showing has been made in regard to the following, among others:

     (a) That the proposed assignment will tend to effect a fair, efficient, and equitable distribution of radio service
         among the several states and communities.

     (b) That a proposed new station (or a proposed change in the facilities of an authorized station) complies
         with the pertinent requirements of § 73.37 of this chapter.

     (c) That the applicant is financially qualified to construct and operate the proposed station.

     (d) That the applicant is legally qualified. That the applicant (or the person or persons in control of an
         applicant corporation or other organization) is of good character and possesses other qualifications
         sufficient to provide a satisfactory public service.

     (e) That the technical equipment proposed, the location of the transmitter, and other technical phases of
         operation comply with the regulations governing the same, and the requirements of good engineering
         practice.

     (f) That the facilities sought are subject to assignment as requested under existing international agreements
         and the rules and regulations of the Commission.

     (g) That the population within the 1 V/m contour does not exceed 1.0 percent of the population within the 25
         mV/m contour: Provided, however, That where the number of persons within the 1 V/m contour is 300 or
         less the provisions of this paragraph are not applicable.

     (h) That, in the case of an application for a Class B or Class D station on a clear channel, the proposed station
         would radiate, during two hours following local sunrise and two hours preceding local sunset, in any
         direction toward the 0.1 mV/m groundwave contour of a co-channel United States Class A station, no
         more than the maximum value permitted under the provisions of § 73.187.

      (i)   That, for all proposals for new stations, applications to modify a construction permit for an unlicensed
            station, and all applications to change a station's community of license, the daytime 5 mV/m contour
            encompasses the entire principal community to be served. That, for all other applications for modification
            of licensed stations, the daytime 5 mV/m contour encompasses either 50 percent of the area, or 50
            percent of the population, of the principal community to be served. That, for all proposals for new stations
            in the 535–1605 kHz band, applications to modify a construction permit for an unlicensed station, or
            applications to change a station's community of license, either 50 percent of the area, or 50 percent of the
            population of the principal community is encompassed by the nighttime 5 mV/m contour or the nighttime
            interference-free contour, whichever value is higher. That, for stations in the 1605–1705 kHz band, 50

47 CFR 73.24(i) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 18 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                47 CFR 73.24(j)
Radio Broadcast Services

            percent of the principal community is encompassed by the nighttime 5 mV/m contour or the nighttime
            interference-free contour, whichever value is higher. That Class D stations with nighttime authorizations
            need not demonstrate such coverage during nighttime operation.

      (j)   That the public interest, convenience, and necessity will be served through the operation under the
            proposed assignment.

[28 FR 13574, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 38 FR 5874, Mar. 5, 1973; 49 FR 43960, Nov. 1, 1984; 50 FR 40014, Oct. 1, 1985; 52
FR 11654, Apr. 10, 1987; 53 FR 1031, Jan. 15, 1988; 56 FR 64857, Dec. 12, 1991; 81 FR 2759, Jan. 19, 2016]

§ 73.25 Clear channels; Class A, Class B and Class D stations.
The frequencies in the following tabulations are designated as clear channels and assigned for use by the Classes
of stations given:

     (a) On each of the following channels, one Class A station may be assigned, operating with power of 50 kW:
         640, 650, 660, 670, 700, 720, 750, 760, 770, 780, 820, 830, 840, 870, 880, 890, 1020, 1030, 1040, 1100,
         1120, 1160, 1180, 1200, and 1210 kHz. In Alaska, these frequencies can be used by Class A stations
         subject to the conditions set forth in § 73.182(a)(1)(ii). On the channels listed in this paragraph, Class B
         and Class D stations may be assigned.

     (b) To each of the following channels there may be assigned Class A, Class B and Class D stations: 680, 710,
         810, 850, 940, 1000, 1060, 1070, 1080, 1090, 1110, 1130, 1140, 1170, 1190, 1500, 1510, 1520, 1530, 1540,
         1550, and 1560 kHz.

            Note: Until superseded by a new agreement, protection of the Bahama Islands shall be in
            accordance with NARBA. Accordingly, a Class A, Class B or Class D station on 1540 kHz shall
            restrict its signal to a value no greater than 5 µV/m groundwave or 25 µV/m-10% skywave at any
            point of land in the Bahama Islands, and such stations operating nighttime (i.e., sunset to sunrise
            at the location of the U.S. station) shall be located not less than 650 miles from the nearest point
            of land in the Bahama Islands.

     (c) Class A, Class B and Class D stations may be assigned on 540, 690, 730, 740, 800, 860, 900, 990, 1010,
         1050, 1220, 1540, 1570, and 1580 kHz.

[28 FR 13574, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 33 FR 4410, Mar. 12, 1968; 35 FR 18052, Nov. 25, 1970; 47 FR 27862, June 28, 1982;
49 FR 43960, Nov. 1, 1984; 50 FR 24520, June 11, 1985; 52 FR 47568, Dec. 15, 1987; 53 FR 1031, Jan. 15, 1988; 54 FR 39736,
Sept. 28, 1989; 56 FR 64857, Dec. 12, 1991]

§ 73.26 Regional channels; Class B and Class D stations.
     (a) The following frequencies are designated as regional channels and are assigned for use by Class B and
         Class D stations: 550, 560, 570, 580, 590, 600, 610, 620, 630, 790, 910, 920, 930, 950, 960, 970, 980, 1150,
         1250, 1260, 1270, 1280, 1290, 1300, 1310, 1320, 1330, 1350, 1360, 1370, 1380, 1390, 1410, 1420, 1430,
         1440, 1460, 1470, 1480, 1590, 1600, 1610, 1620, 1630, 1640, 1650, 1660, 1670, 1680, 1690, and 1700 kHz.

47 CFR 73.26(a) (enhanced display)                                                                               page 19 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                               47 CFR 73.26(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (b) Additionally, in Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands the frequencies 1230, 1240, 1340,
         1400, 1450, and 1490 kHz are designated as Regional channels, and are assigned for use by Class B
         stations. Stations formerly licensed to these channels in those locations as Class C stations are
         redesignated as Class B stations.

[56 FR 64857, Dec. 12, 1991]

§ 73.27 Local channels; Class C stations.
Within the conterminous 48 states, the following frequencies are designated as local channels, and are assigned for
use by Class C stations: 1230, 1240, 1340, 1400, 1450, and 1490 kHz.

[56 FR 64857, Dec. 12, 1991]

§ 73.28 Assignment of stations to channels.
     (a) The Commission will not make an AM station assignment that does not conform with international
         requirements and restrictions on spectrum use that the United States has accepted as a signatory to
         treaties, conventions, and other international agreements. See § 73.1650 for a list of pertinent treaties,
         conventions and agreements, and § 73.23 for procedural provisions relating to compliance with them.

     (b) Engineering standards now in force domestically differ in some respects from those specified for
         international purposes. The engineering standards specified for international purposes (see § 73.1650,
         International Agreements) will be used to determine:

           (1) The extent to which interference might be caused by a proposed station in the United States to a
               station in another country; and

           (2) whether the United States should register an objection to any new or changed assignment notified by
               another country. The domestic standards in effect in the United States will be used to determine the
               extent to which interference exists or would exist from a foreign station where the value of such
               interference enters into a calculation of:

                 (i)   The service to be rendered by a proposed operation in the United States; or

                 (ii) the permissible interfering signal from one station in the United States to another United States
                      station.

[28 FR 13574, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 29 FR 9499, July 11, 1964; 49 FR 32358, Aug. 14, 1984; 50 FR 18821, May 2, 1985; 54
FR 39736, Sept. 28, 1989; 56 FR 64857, Dec. 12, 1991]

§ 73.29 Class C stations on regional channels.
No license will be granted for the operation of a Class C station on a regional channel.

[ 56 FR 64857, Dec. 12, 1991]

47 CFR 73.29 (enhanced display)                                                                                page 20 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.30
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.30 Petition for authorization of an allotment in the 1605–1705 kHz band.
     (a) Any party interested in operating an AM broadcast station on one of the ten channels in the 1605–1705
         kHz band must file a petition for the establishment of an allotment to its community of license. Each
         petition must include the following information:

           (1) Name of community for which allotment is sought;

           (2) Frequency and call letters of the petitioner's existing AM operation; and

           (3) Statement as to whether or not AM stereo operation is proposed for the operation in the 1605–1705
               kHz band.

     (b) Petitions are to be filed during a filing period to be determined by the Commission. For each filing period,
         eligible stations will be allotted channels based on the following steps:

           (1) Stations are ranked in descending order according to the calculated improvement factor.

           (2) The station with the highest improvement factor is initially allotted the lowest available channel.

           (3) Successively, each station with the next lowest improvement factor, is allotted an available channel
               taking into account the possible frequency and location combinations and relationship to previously
               selected allotments. If a channel is not available for the subject station, previous allotments are
               examined with respect to an alternate channel, the use of which would make a channel available for
               the subject station.

           (4) When it has been determined that, in accordance with the above steps, no channel is available for the
               subject station, that station is no longer considered and the process continues to the station with the
               next lowest improvement factor.

     (c) If awarded an allotment, a petitioner will have sixty (60) days from the date of public notice of selection to
         file an application for construction permit on FCC Form 301. (See §§ 73.24 and 73.37(e) for filing
         requirements). Unless instructed by the Commission to do otherwise, the application shall specify Model I
         facilities. (See § 73.14). Upon grant of the application and subsequent construction of the authorized
         facility, the applicant must file a license application on FCC Form 302.

           Note 1: Until further notice by the Commission, the filing of these petitions is limited to licensees
           of existing AM stations (excluding Class C stations) operating in the 535–1605 kHz band. First
           priority will be assigned to Class D stations located within the primary service contours of U.S.
           Class A stations that are licensed to serve communities of 100,000 or more for which there exists
           no local fulltime aural service.

           Note 2: Selection among competing petitions will be based on interference reduction.
           Notwithstanding the exception contained in Note 5 of this section, within each operational
           category, the station demonstrating the highest value of improvement factor will be afforded the
           highest priority for an allotment, with the next priority assigned to the station with next lowest
           value, and so on, until available allotments are filled.

47 CFR 73.30(c) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 21 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 73.30(c)
Radio Broadcast Services

           Note 3: The Commission will periodically evaluate the progress of the movement of stations from
           the 535–1605 kHz band to the 1605–1705 kHz band to determine whether the 1605–1705 kHz
           band should continue to be administered on an allotment basis or modified to an assignment
           method. If appropriate, the Commission will later develop further procedures for use of the
           1605–1705 kHz band by existing station licensees and others.

           Note 4: Other than the exception specified in note 1 of this section, existing fulltime stations are
           considered first for selection as described in note 2 of this section. In the event that an allotment
           availability exists for which no fulltime station has filed a relevant petition, such allotment may be
           awarded to a licensed Class D station. If more than one Class D station applies for this migration
           opportunity, the following priorities will be used in the selection process: First priority—a Class D
           station located within the 0.5 mV/m–50% contour of a U.S. Class A station and licensed to serve a
           community of 100,000 or more, for which there exists no local fulltime aural service; Second
           priority—Class D stations ranked in order of improvement factor, from highest to lowest,
           considering only those stations with improvement factors greater than zero.

           Note 5: The preference for AM stereo in the expanded band will be administered as follows: when
           an allotment under consideration (candidate allotment) conflicts with one or more previously
           selected allotments (established allotments) and cannot be accommodated in the expanded band,
           the candidate allotment will be substituted for the previously established allotment provided that:
           the petitioner for the candidate allotment has made a written commitment to the use of AM stereo
           and the petitioner for the established allotment has not; the difference between the ranking factors
           associated with the candidate and established allotments does not exceed 10% of the ranking
           factor of the candidate allotment; the substitution will not require the displacement of more than
           one established allotment; and both the candidate allotment and the established allotment are
           within the same priority group.

[58 FR 27949, May 12, 1993]

47 CFR 73.30(c) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 22 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 73.31
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.31 Rounding of nominal power specified on applications.
     (a) An application filed with the FCC for a new station or for an increase in power of an existing station shall
         specify nominal power rounded to two significant figures as follows:

                       Nominal power (kW)                        Rounded down to nearest figure (kW)
            Below 0.25                                                                                     0.001
            0.25 to 0.99                                                                                     0.01
            1 to 9.9                                                                                          0.1
            10 to 50                                                                                            1

     (b) In rounding the nominal power in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section the RMS shall be adjusted
         accordingly. If rounding upward to the nearest figure would result in objectionable interference, the
         nominal power specified on the application is to be rounded downward to the next nearest figure and the
         RMS adjusted accordingly.

[50 FR 18821, May 2, 1985, as amended at 53 FR 1031, Jan. 15, 1988]

§ 73.33 Antenna systems; showing required.
     (a) An application for authority to install a broadcast antenna shall specify a definite site and include full
         details of the antenna design and expected performance.

     (b) All data necessary to show compliance with the terms and conditions of the construction permit must be
         filed with the license application. If the station is using a directional antenna, a proof of performance must
         also be filed.

[28 FR 13574, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 37 FR 25840, Dec. 5, 1972]

§ 73.35 Calculation of improvement factors.
A petition for an allotment (See § 73.30) in the 1605–1705 kHz band filed by an existing fulltime AM station
licensed in the 535–1605 kHz band will be ranked according to the station's calculated improvement factor. (See §
73.30). Improvement factors relate to both nighttime and daytime interference conditions and are based on two
distinct considerations: (a) Service area lost by other stations due to interference caused by the subject station, and
(b) service area of the subject station. These considerations are represented by a ratio. The ratio consists, where
applicable, of two separate additive components, one for nighttime and one for daytime. For the nighttime
component, to determine the numerator of the ratio (first consideration), calculate the RSS and associated service
area of the stations (co- and adjacent channel) to which the subject station causes nighttime interference. Next,
repeat the RSS and service area calculations excluding the subject station. The cumulative gain in the above service
area is the numerator of the ratio. The denominator (second consideration) is the subject station's interference-free
service area. For the daytime component, the composite amount of service lost by co-channel and adjacent channel
stations, each taken individually, that are affected by the subject station, excluding the effects of other assignments
during each study, will be used as the numerator of the daytime improvement factor. The denominator will consist
of the actual daytime service area (0.5 mV/m contour) less any area lost to interference from other assignments.
The value of this combined ratio will constitute the petitioner's improvement factor. Notwithstanding the

47 CFR 73.35 (enhanced display)                                                                            page 23 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 73.37
Radio Broadcast Services

requirements of § 73.153, for uniform comparisons and simplicity, measurement data will not be used for
determining improvement factors and FCC figure M-3 ground conductivity values are to be used exclusively in
accordance with the pertinent provisions of § 73.183(c)(1).

[56 FR 64858, Dec. 12, 1991]

§ 73.37 Applications for broadcast facilities, showing required.
     (a) No application will be accepted for a new station if the proposed operation would involve overlap of signal
         strength contours with any other station as set forth below in this paragraph; and no application will be
         accepted for a change of the facilities of an existing station if the proposed change would involve such
         overlap where there is not already such overlap between the stations involved:

            Frequency separation      Contour of proposed station (classes B, C and   Contour of any other station
                   (kHz)                               D) (mV/m)                               (mV/m)
            0                                                                 0.005 0.100 (Class A).
                                                                              0.025 0.500(Other classes).
                                                                              0.500 0.025 (All classes).
            10                                                                0.250 0.500(All classes).
                                                                              0.500 0.250 (All classes).
            20                                                                    5 5 (All classes).
                                                                                  5 5 (All classes).
            30                                                                   25 25 (All classes).

     (b) In determining overlap received, an application for a new Class C station with daytime power of 250 watts,
         or greater, shall be considered on the assumption that both the proposed operation and all existing Class
         C stations operate with 250 watts and utilize non-directional antennas.

     (c) If otherwise consistent with the public interest, an application requesting an increase in the daytime power
         of an existing Class C station on a local channel from 250 watts to a maximum of 1kW, or from 100 watts
         to a maximum of 500 watts, may be granted notwithstanding overlap prohibited by paragraph (a) of this
         section. In the case of a 100 watt Class C station increasing daytime power, the provisions of this
         paragraph shall not be construed to permit an increase in power to more than 500 watts, if prohibited
         overlap would be involved, even if successive applications should be tendered.

     (d) In addition to demonstrating compliance with paragraphs (a), and, as appropriate, (b), and (c) of this
         section, an application for a new AM broadcast station, or for a major change (see § 73.3571(a)(1)) in an
         authorized AM broadcast station, as a condition for its acceptance, shall make a satisfactory showing, if
         new or modified nighttime operation by a Class B station is proposed, that objectionable interference will
         not result to an authorized station, as determined pursuant to § 73.182(1).

     (e) An application for an authorization in the 1605–1705 kHz band which has been selected through the
         petition process (See § 73.30) is not required to demonstrate compliance with paragraph (a), (b), (c), or
         (d) of this section. Instead, the applicant need only comply with the terms of the allotment authorization
         issued by the Commission in response to the earlier petition for establishment of a station in the
         1605–1705 kHz band. Within the allotment authorization, the Commission will specify the assigned
         frequency and the applicable technical requirements.

47 CFR 73.37(e) (enhanced display)                                                                          page 24 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.37(f)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (f) Stations on 1580, 1590 and 1600 kHz. In addition to the rules governing the authorization of facilities in
         the 535–1605 kHz band, stations on these frequencies seeking facilities modifications must protect
         assignments in the 1610–1700 kHz band. Such protection shall be afforded in a manner which considers
         the spacings that occur or exist between the subject station and a station within the range 1605–1700
         kHz. The spacings are the same as those specified for stations in the frequency band 1610–1700 kHz or
         the current separation distance, whichever is greater. Modifications that would result in a spacing or
         spacings that fails to meet any of the separations must include a showing that appropriate adjustment
         has been made to the radiated signal which effectively results in a site-to-site radiation that is equivalent
         to the radiation of a station with standard Model I facilities (10 kW-D, 1 kW-N, non-DA, 90 degree antenna
         ht. & ground system) operating in compliance with all of the above separation distances. In those cases
         where that radiation equivalence value is already exceeded, a station may continue to maintain, but not
         increase beyond that level.

           Note 1: In the case of applications for changes in the facilities of AM broadcast stations covered
           by this section, an application will be accepted even though overlap of field strength contours as
           mentioned in this section would occur with another station in an area where such overlap does not
           already exist, if:
           (1) The total area of overlap with that station would not be increased;

           (2) There would be no net increase in the area of overlap with any other station; and

           (3) There would be created no area of overlap with any station with which overlap does not now
           exist.

           Note 2: The provisions of this section concerning prohibited overlap of field strength contours will
           not apply where:
           (1) The area of overlap lies entirely over sea water: or

           (2) The only overlap involved would be that caused to a foreign station, in which case the
           provisions of the applicable international agreement, as identified in § 73.1650, will apply. When
           overlap would be received from a foreign station, the provisions of this section will apply, except
           where there would be overlap with a foreign station with a frequency separation of 20 kHz, in
           which case the provisions of the international agreement will apply in lieu of this section.

           Note 3: In determining the number of “authorized” aural transmission facilities in a given
           community, applications for that community in hearing or otherwise having protected status under
           specified “cut-off” procedures shall be considered as existing stations. In the event that there are
           two or more mutually exclusive protected applications seeking authorization for the proposed
           community it will be assumed that only one is “authorized.”

47 CFR 73.37(f) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 25 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.44
Radio Broadcast Services

           Note 4: A “transmission facility” for a community is a station licensed to the community. Such a
           station provides a “transmission service” for that community.

[56 FR 64858, Dec. 12, 1991; 57 FR 43290, Sept. 18, 1992]

§ 73.44 AM transmission system emission limitations.
     (a) The emissions of stations in the AM service shall be attenuated in accordance with the requirements
         specified in paragraph (b) of this section. Emissions shall be measured using a properly operated and
         suitable swept-frequency RF spectrum analyzer using a peak hold duration of 10 minutes, no video
         filtering, and a 300 Hz resolution bandwidth, except that a wider resolution bandwidth may be employed
         above 11.5 kHz to detect transient emissions. Alternatively, other specialized receivers or monitors with
         appropriate characteristics may be used to determine compliance with the provisions of this section,
         provided that any disputes over measurement accuracy are resolved in favor of measurements obtained
         by using a calibrated spectrum analyzer adjusted as set forth above.

     (b) Emissions 10.2 kHz to 20 kHz removed from the carrier must be attenuated at least 25 dB below the
         unmodulated carrier level, emissions 20 kHz to 30 kHz removed from the carrier must be attenuated at
         least 35 dB below the unmodulated carrier level, emissions 30 kHz to 60 kHz removed from the carrier
         must be attenuated at least [5 + 1 dB/kHz] below the unmodulated carrier level, and emissions between
         60 kHz and 75 kHz of the carrier frequency must be attenuated at least 65 dB below the unmodulated
         carrier level. Emissions removed by more than 75 kHz must be attenuated at least 43 + 10 Log (Power in
         watts) or 80 dB below the unmodulated carrier level, whichever is the lesser attenuation, except for
         transmitters having power less than 158 watts, where the attenuation must be at least 65 dB below carrier
         level.

     (c) Should harmful interference be caused to the reception of other broadcast or non-broadcast stations by
         out of band emissions, the licensee may be directed to achieve a greater degree of attentuation than
         specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.

     (d) Measurements to determine compliance with this section for transmitter type acceptance are to be made
         using signals sampled at the output terminals of the transmitter when operating into an artificial antenna
         of substantially zero reactance. Measurements made of the emissions of an operating station are to be
         made at ground level approximately 1 kilometer from the center of the antenna system. When a
         directional antenna is used, the carrier frequency reference field strength to be used in order of preference
         shall be:

           (1) The measure non-directional field strength.

           (2) The RMS field strength determined from the measured directional radiation pattern.

           (3) The calculated expected field strength that would be radiated by a non-directional antenna at the
               station authorized power.

     (e) Licensees of stations complying with the ANSI/EIA–549–1988, NRSC–1 AM Preemphasis/Deemphasis
         and Broadcast Transmission Bandwidth Specifications (NRSC–1), prior to June 30, 1990 or from the
         original commencement of operation will, until June 30, 1994, be considered to comply with paragraphs
         (a) and (b) of this section, absent any reason for the Commission to believe otherwise. Such stations are
         waived from having to make the periodic measurements required in § 73.1590(a)(6) until June 30, 1994.

47 CFR 73.44(e) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 26 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                  47 CFR 73.45
Radio Broadcast Services

           However, licensees must make measurements to determine compliance with paragraphs (a) and (b) of
           this section upon receipt of an Official Notice of Violation or a Notice of Apparent Liability alleging
           noncompliance with those provisions, or upon specific request by the Commission.

[47 FR 8588, Mar. 1, 1982, as amended at 49 FR 3999, Feb. 1, 1984]

§ 73.45 AM antenna systems.
     (a) All applicants for new, additional, or different AM station facilities and all licensees requesting authority to
         change the transmitting system site of an existing station must specify an antenna system, the efficiency
         of which complies with the requirements for the class and power of station. (See §§ 73.186 and 73.189.)

           (1) An application for authority to install an AM broadcast antenna must specify a definite site and
               include full details of the antenna system design and expected performance.

           (2) All data necessary to show compliance with the terms and conditions of the construction permit
               must be filed with the application for the station license to cover the construction. If the station has
               constructed a directional antenna, a directional proof of performance must be filed. See §§ 73.150
               through 73.157.

     (b) The simultaneous use of a common antenna or antenna structure by more than one AM station or by a
         station of any other type or service may be authorized provided:

           (1) Engineering data are submitted showing that satisfactory operation of each station will be obtained
               without adversely affecting the operation of the other station(s).

           (2) The minimum field strength for each AM station complies with § 73.189(b).

     (c) Should any changes be made or otherwise occur which would possibly alter the resistance of the antenna
         system, the licensee must commence the determination of the operating power by a method described in
         § 73.51(a)(1) or

     (d) . (If the changes are due to the addition of antennas to the AM tower, see § 1.30003.) Upon completion of
         any necessary repairs or adjustments, or upon completion of authorized construction or modifications,
         the licensee must make a new determination of the antenna resistance using the procedures described in
         § 73.54. Operating power should then be determined by a direct method as described in § 73.51.
         Notification of the value of resistance of the antenna system must be filed with the FCC in Washington,
         DC as follows:

           (1) Whenever the measurements show that the antenna or common point resistance differs from that
               shown on the station authorization by more than 2%, FCC Form 302 must be filed with the
               information and measurement data specified in § 73.54(d).

           (2) Whenever AM stations use direct reading power meters pursuant to § 73.51, a letter notification to
               the FCC in Washington, DC, Attention: Audio Division, Media Bureau, must be filed in accordance with
               § 73.54(e).

[43 FR 53735, Nov. 17, 1978, as amended at 45 FR 28141, Apr. 28, 1980; 47 FR 8589, Mar. 1, 1982; 50 FR 32416, Aug. 12, 1985; 51
FR 2707; Jan. 21, 1986; 51 FR 26250, July 22, 1986; 63 FR 33875, June 22, 1998; 67 FR 13231, Mar. 21, 2002; 78 FR 66298, Nov.
5, 2013]

47 CFR 73.45(d)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 27 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 73.49
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.49 AM transmission system fencing requirements.
Antenna towers having radio frequency potential at the base (series fed, folded unipole, and insulated base
antennas) must be enclosed within effective locked fences or other enclosures. Ready access must be provided to
each antenna tower base for meter reading and maintenance purposes at all times. However, individual tower
fences need not be installed if the towers are contained within a protective property fence.

[51 FR 2707, Jan. 21, 1986]

§ 73.51 Determining operating power.
     (a) Except in those circumstances described in paragraph (d) of this section, the operating power shall be
         determined by the direct method. The direct method consists of either:

           (1) using a suitable instrument for determining the antenna's input power directly from the RF voltage,
               RF current, and phase angle; or

           (2) calculating the product of the licensed antenna or common point resistance at the operating
               frequency (see § 73.54), and the square of the indicated unmodulated antenna current at that
               frequency, measured at the point where the resistance has been determined.

     (b) The authorized antenna input power for each station shall be equal to the nominal power for such station,
         with the following exceptions:

           (1) For stations with nominal powers of 5 kW, or less, the authorized antenna input power to directional
               antennas shall exceed the nominal power by 8 percent.

           (2) For stations with nominal powers in excess of 5 kW, the authorized antenna input power to
               directional antennas shall exceed the nominal power by 5.3 percent.

           (3) In specific cases, it may be necessary to limit the radiated field to a level below that which would
               result if normal power were delivered to the antenna. In such cases, excess power may be dissipated
               in the antenna feed circuit, the transmitter may be operated with power output at a level which is less
               than the rated carrier power, or a combination of the two methods may be used, subject to the
               conditions given in paragraph (c) of this section.

                 (i)   Where a dissipative network is employed, the authorized antenna current and resistance, and
                       the authorized antenna input power shall be determined at the input terminals of the dissipative
                       network.

                 (ii) Where the authorized antenna input power is less than the nominal power, subject to the
                      conditions set forth in paragraph (c) of this section, the transmitter may be operated at the
                      reduced power level necessary to supply the authorized antenna input power.

     (c) Applications for authority to operate with antenna input power which is less than nominal power and/or to
         employ a dissipative network in the antenna system shall be made on FCC Form 302. The technical
         information supplied on section II-A of this form shall be that applying to the proposed conditions of
         operation. In addition, the following information shall be furnished, as pertinent:

           (1) Full details of any network employed for the purpose of dissipating radio frequency energy otherwise
               delivered to the antenna (see § 73.54).

           (2) A showing that the transmitter has been type accepted or notified for operation at the proposed
               power output level, or, in lieu thereof:
47 CFR 73.51(c)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 28 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.51(c)(2)(i)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (i)   A full description of the means by which transmitter output power will be reduced.

                 (ii) Where the proposed transmitter power output level(s) is less than 90% of the rated power of the
                      transmitter, equipment performance measurements must be made to confirm that the station
                      transmissions conform to the emission limitation specified in § 73.44, under all conditions of
                      program operation.

                 (iii) A showing that, at the proposed power output level, means are provided for varying the
                       transmitter output within a tolerance of ±10 percent, to compensate for variations in line
                       voltage or other factors which may affect the power output level.

     (d) When it is not possible or appropriate to use the direct method of power determination due to technical
         reasons, the indirect method of determining operating power (see paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section)
         may be used on a temporary basis. A notation must be made in the station log indicating the dates of
         commencement and termination of measurement using the indirect method of power determination.

     (e) The antenna input power is determined indirectly by applying an appropriate factor to the input power to
         the last radio-frequency power amplifier stage of the transmitter, using the following formula:

     Where:

           Antenna input power = Ep × Ip × F
     Ep = DC input voltage of final radio stage.

     Ip = Total DC input current of final radio stage.

     F= Efficiency factor.

           (1) If the above formula is not appropriate for the design of the transmitter final amplifier, use a formula
               specified by the transmitter manufacturer with other appropriate operating parameters.

           (2) The value of F applicable to each mode of operation must be determined and a record kept thereof
               with a notation as to its derivation. This factor is to be established by one of the methods described
               in paragraph (f) of this section and retained in the station records.

     (f) The value of F is to be determined by one of the following procedures listed in order of preference:

           (1) If the station had previously been authorized and operating by determining the antenna input power
               by the direct method, the factor F is the ratio of the antenna input power (determined by the direct
               method) to the corresponding final radio frequency power amplifier input power.

           (2) If a station has not been previously in regular operation with the power authorized for the period of
               indirect power determination, if a new transmitter has been installed, or if, for any other reason, the
               determination of the factor F by the method described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section is
               impracticable:

                 (i)   The factor F as shown in the transmitter manufacturer's test report, if such a test report
                       specifies a unique value of F for the power level and frequently used; or

                 (ii) The value determined by reference to the following table:

  Factor(F)       Method of modulation           Maximum rated carrier power        Class of amplifier
        0.70 Plate                            1 kW or less

47 CFR 73.51(f)(2)(ii) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 29 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                  47 CFR 73.53
Radio Broadcast Services

    Factor(F)      Method of modulation          Maximum rated carrier power             Class of amplifier
           .80 Plate                          2.5 kW and over
           .35 Low level                      0.25 kW and over                       B
           .65 Low level                      0.25 kW and over                       BC1
           .35 Grid                           0.25 kW and over

1
    All linear amplifier operation where efficiency approaches that of class C operation.

[37 FR 7516, Apr. 15, 1972, as amended at 42 FR 36827, July 18, 1977; 42 FR 61863, Dec. 7, 1977; 44 FR 36036, June 20, 1979; 47
FR 28387, June 30, 1982; 48 FR 38477, Aug. 24, 1983; 48 FR 44805, Sept. 30, 1983; 49 FR 3999, Feb. 1, 1984; 49 FR 4210, Feb. 3,
1984; 49 FR 49850, Dec. 24, 1984; 50 FR 24521, June 11, 1985; 52 FR 10570, Apr. 2, 1987; 83 FR 48963, Sept. 28, 2018]

§ 73.53 Requirements for authorization of antenna monitors.
       (a) Antenna monitors shall be approved with Supplier's Declaration of Conformity that demonstrates
           compliance with the technical requirements in this section. The procedure for Supplier's Declaration of
           Conformity is specified in subpart J of part 2 of this chapter.

             Note 1 to paragraph (a): The verification procedure has been replaced by Supplier's Declaration of
             Conformity. Antenna monitors previously authorized under subpart J of part 2 of this chapter may
             remain in use. See § 2.950 of this chapter.

       (b) An antenna monitor shall meet the following specifications:

            (1) The monitor shall be designed to operate in the 535–1705 kHz band.

            (2) The monitor shall be capable of indicating any phase difference between two RF voltages of the
                same frequency over a range of from 0 to 360°.

            (3) The monitor shall be capable of indicating the relative amplitude of two RF voltages.

            (4) The device used to indicate phase differences shall indicate in degrees, and shall be graduated in
                increments of 2°, or less. If a digital indicator is provided, the smallest increment shall be 0.5°, or
                less.

            (5) The device used to indicate relative amplitudes shall be graduated in increments which are 1 percent,
                or less, of the full scale value. If a digital indicator is provided, the smallest increment shall be 0.1
                percent, or less, of the full scale value.

            (6) The monitor shall be equipped with means, if necessary, to resolve ambiguities in indication.

            (7) If the monitor is provided with more than one RF input terminal in addition to a reference input
                terminal, appropriate switching shall be provided in the monitor so that the signal at each of these
                RF inputs may be selected separately for comparison with the reference input signal.

            (8) Each RF input of the monitor shall provide a termination of such characteristics that, when
                connected to a sampling line of an impedance specified by the manufacturer the voltage reflection
                coefficient shall be 3 percent or less.

47 CFR 73.53(b)(8) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 30 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.53(b)(9)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (9) The monitor, if intended for use by stations operating directional antenna systems by remote control,
               shall be designed so that the switching functions required by paragraph (b)(7) of this section may be
               performed from a point external to the monitor, and phase and amplitude indications be provided by
               external meters. The indications of external meters furnished by the manufacturer shall meet the
               specifications for accuracy and repeatability of the monitor itself, and the connection of these
               meters to the monitor, or of other indicating instruments with electrical characteristics meeting the
               specifications of the monitor manufacturer shall not affect adversely the performance of the monitor
               in any respect.

          (10) Complete and correct schematic diagrams and operating instructions shall be retained by the party
               responsible for Supplier's Declaration of Conformity of the equipment and submitted to the FCC
               upon request. For the purpose of equipment authorization, these diagrams and instructions shall be
               considered as part of the monitor.

          (11) When an RF signal of an amplitude within a range specified by the manufacturer is applied to the
               reference RF input terminal of the monitor, and another RF signal of the same frequency and of equal
               or lower amplitude is applied to any other selected RF input terminal, indications shall be provided
               meeting the following specifications.

                 (i)   The accuracy with which any difference in the phases of the applied signals is indicated shall be
                       ±1°, or better, for signal amplitude ratios of from 2:1 to 1:1, and ±2°, or better, for signal
                       amplitude ratios in excess of 2:1 and up to 5:1.

                 (ii) The repeatability of indication of any difference in the phases of the applied signals shall be ±1°,
                      or better.

                (iii) The accuracy with which the relative amplitudes of the applied signals is indicated, over a range
                      in which the ratio of these amplitudes is between 2:1 and 1:1, shall be ±2 percent of the
                      amplitude ratio, or better, and for amplitude ratios in excess of 2:1 and up to 5:1, ±5 percent of
                      the ratio, or better.

                (iv) The repeatability of indication of the relative amplitudes of the applied signals, over a range
                     where the ratio of these amplitudes is between 5:1 and 1:1, shall be ±2 percent of the amplitude
                     ratio, or better.

                 (v) The modulation of the RF signals by a sinusoidal wave of any frequency between 100 and
                     10,000 Hz, at any amplitude up to 90 percent shall cause no deviation in an indicated phase
                     difference from its value, as determined without modulation, greater than ±0.5°.

          (12) The performance specifications set forth in paragraph (b)(11) of this section, shall be met when the
               monitor is operated and tested under the following conditions.

                 (i)   After continuous operation for 1 hour, the monitor shall be calibrated and adjusted in
                       accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

                 (ii) The monitor shall be subjected to variations in ambient temperature between the limits of 10
                      and 40 °C; external meters furnished by the manufacturer will be subjected to variations
                      between 15 and 30 °C.

                (iii) Powerline supply voltage shall be varied over a range of from 10 percent below to 10 percent
                      above the rated supply voltage.

47 CFR 73.53(b)(12)(iii) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 31 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.53(b)(12)(iv)
Radio Broadcast Services

                (iv) The amplitude of the reference signal shall be varied over the operating range specified by the
                     manufacturer, and in any case over a range of maximum to minimum values of 3 to 1.

                 (v) The amplitude of the comparison signal shall be varied from a value which is 0.2 of the
                     amplitude of the reference signal to a value which is equal in amplitude to the reference signal.

                (vi) Accuracy shall be determined for the most adverse combination of conditions set forth above.

                (vii) Repeatability shall be determined as that which may be achieved under the specified test
                      conditions over a period of 7 days, during which no calibration or adjustment of the instrument,
                      subsequent to the initial calibration, shall be made.

                (viii) The effects of modulation of the RF signal shall be separately determined, and shall not be
                       included in establishing values for accuracy and repeatability.

           Note 1 to paragraph (b): In paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the requirement that monitors be
           capable of operation in the 535–1705 kHz band shall apply only to equipment manufactured after
           July 1, 1992. Use of a monitor in the 1605–1705 kHz band which is not approved for such
           operation will be permitted pending the general availability of 535–1705 kHz band monitors if a
           manufacturer can demonstrate, in the interim, that its monitor performs in accordance with the
           standards in this section on these 10 channels.

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303))

[38 FR 1917, Jan. 19, 1973, as amended at 49 FR 3999, Feb. 1, 1984; 49 FR 29069, July 18, 1984; 50 FR 32416, Aug. 12, 1985; 50
FR 47054, Nov. 14, 1985; 51 FR 2707, Jan. 21, 1986; 56 FR 64859, Dec. 12, 1991; 57 FR 43290, Sept. 18, 1992; 60 FR 55480, Nov.
1, 1995; 63 FR 36604, July 7, 1998; 66 FR 20755, Apr. 25, 2001; 82 FR 50835, Nov. 2, 2017]

§ 73.54 Antenna resistance and reactance measurements.
     (a) The resistance of an omnidirectional series fed antenna is measured at either the base of the antenna
         without intervening coupling or tuning networks, or at the point the transmission line connects to the
         output terminals of the transmitter. The resistance of a shunt excited antenna may be measured at the
         point the radio frequency energy is transferred to the feed wire circuit or at the output terminals of the
         transmitter.

     (b) The resistance and reactance of a directional antenna shall be measured at the point of common
         radiofrequency input to the directional antenna system after the antenna has been finally adjusted for the
         required radiation pattern.

     (c) A letter of notification must be filed with the FCC in Washington, DC, Attention: Audio Division, Media
         Bureau, when determining power by the direct method pursuant to § 73.51. The letter must specify the
         antenna or common point resistance at the operating frequency. The following information must also be
         kept on file at the station:

           (1) A full description of the method used to make measurements.

           (2) A schematic diagram showing clearly all components of coupling circuits, the point of resistance
               measurement, the location of the antenna ammeter, connections to and characteristics of all tower
               lighting isolation circuits, static drains, and any other fixtures connected to and supported by the
               antenna, including other antennas and associated networks. Any network or circuit component used
47 CFR 73.54(c)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 32 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 73.54(d)
Radio Broadcast Services

                to dissipate radio frequency power shall be specifically identified, and the impedances of all
                components which control the level of power dissipation, and the effective input resistance of the
                network must be indicated.

     (d) AM stations using direct reading power meters in accordance with § 73.51, can either submit the
         information required by paragraph (c) of this section or submit a statement indicating that such a meter is
         being used. Subsequent station licenses will indicate the use of a direct reading power meter in lieu of the
         antenna resistance value in such a situation.

[66 FR 20755, Apr. 25, 2001,as amended at 67 FR 13231, Mar. 21, 2002]

§ 73.57 Remote reading antenna and common point ammeters.
Remote reading antenna and common point ammeters may be used without further authority according to the
following conditions:

     (a) Remote reading antenna or common point ammeters may be provided by:

           (1) Inserting second radio frequency current sensing device directly in the antenna circuit with remote
               leads to the indicating instruments.

           (2) Inductive coupling to radio frequency current sensing device for providing direct current to indicating
               instrument.

           (3) Capacity coupling to radio frequency current sensing device for providing direct current to indicating
               instrument.

           (4) Current transformer connected to radio frequency current sensing device for providing direct current
               to indicating instrument.

           (5) Using transmission line current meter at transmitter as remote reading ammeter. See paragraph (c)
               of this section.

           (6) Using the indications of the antenna (phase) monitor, provided that when the monitor is used to
               obtain remote reading indication of non-directional antenna base current, the monitor calibration can
               be independently made and maintained for each mode of operation.

     (b) Devices used for obtaining remote reading antenna or common point current indications, except antenna
         monitor coupling elements, shall be located at the same point as, but below (transmitter side) the
         associated main ammeter.

     (c) In the case of shunt-excited antennas, the transmission line current meter at the transmitter may be
         considered as the remote antenna ammeter provided the transmission line is terminated directly into the
         excitation circuit feed line, which shall employ series tuning only (no shunt circuits of any type shall be
         employed) and insofar as practicable, the type and scale of the transmission line meter should be the
         same as those of the excitation circuit feed line meter (meter in slant wire feed line or equivalent).

     (d) Each remote reading ammeter shall be accurate to within 2 percent of the value read on its corresponding
         regular ammeter.

     (e) All remote reading ammeters shall conform with the specifications for regular antenna ammeters.

47 CFR 73.57(e) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 33 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                47 CFR 73.57(f)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (f) Meters with arbitrary scale divisions may be used provided that calibration charts or curves are provided
         at the transmitter control point showing the relationship between the arbitrary scales and the reading of
         the main meters.

     (g) If a malfunction affects the remote reading indicators of the antenna or common point ammeter, the
         operating power may be determined by a method using alternative procedures as described in § 73.51.

[41 FR 36817, Sept. 1, 1976, as amended at 48 FR 38477, Aug. 24, 1983; 49 FR 49850, Dec. 24, 1984; 50 FR 32416, Aug. 12, 1985;
60 FR 55480, Nov. 1, 1995]

§ 73.58 Indicating instruments.
     (a) Each AM broadcast station must be equipped with indicating instruments which conform with the
         specifications described in § 73.1215 for determining power by the direct and indirect methods, and with
         such other instruments as are necessary for the proper adjustment, operation, and maintenance of the
         transmitting system. However, auxiliary transmitters with a nominal power rating of 100 watts or less are
         not required to be equipped with instruments to determine power by the indirect method provided that the
         licensee can determine the antenna input power at all times.

     (b) Since it is usually impractical to measure the actual antenna current of a shunt excited antenna system,
         the current measured at the input of the excitation circuit feed line is accepted as the antenna current.

     (c) The function of each instrument shall be clearly and permanently shown on the instrument itself or on the
         panel immediately adjacent thereto.

     (d) In the event that any one of these indicating instruments becomes defective when no substitute which
         conforms with the required specifications is available, the station may be operated without the defective
         instrument pending its repair or replacement for a period not in excess of 60 days without further
         authority of the Commission. If the defective instrument is the antenna current meter of a nondirectional
         station which does not employ a remote antenna ammeter, or if the defective instrument is the common
         point meter of a station which employs a directional antenna and does not employ a remote common
         point meter, the operating power shall be determined by a method described in § 73.51(a)(1) or § 73.51(d)
         during the entire time the station is operated without the antenna current meter or common point meter.
         However, if a remote meter is employed and the antenna current ammeter or common point meter
         becomes defective, the remote meter can be used to determine operating power pending the return to
         service of the regular meter.

     (e) If conditions beyond the control of the licensee prevent the restoration of the meter to service within the
         above allowed period, information requested in accordance with § 73.3549 may be filed by letter with the
         FCC in Washington, DC, Attention: Audio Division, Media Bureau, to request additional time as may be
         required to complete repairs of the defective instrument.

[41 FR 36817, Sept. 1, 1976, as amended at 48 FR 38477, Aug. 24, 1983; 49 FR 49850, Dec. 24, 1984; 50 FR 32416, Aug. 12, 1985;
51 FR 2707, Jan. 21, 1986; 53 FR 2498, Jan. 28, 1988; 63 FR 33876, June 22, 1998; 66 FR 20755, Apr. 25, 2001; 67 FR 13231, Mar.
21, 2002]

§ 73.61 AM directional antenna field strength measurements.
     (a) Each AM station using a directional antenna with monitoring point locations specified in the instrument of
         authorization must make field strength measurements as often as necessary to ensure that the field at
         each of those points does not exceed the value specified in the station authorization. Additionally,

47 CFR 73.61(a) (enhanced display)                                                                              page 34 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.61(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

           stations not having an approved sampling system must make the measurements once each calendar
           quarter at intervals not exceeding 120 days. The provision of this paragraph supersedes any schedule
           specified on a station license issued prior to January 1, 1986. The results of the measurements are to be
           entered into the station log pursuant to the provisions of § 73.1820.

     (b) If the AM license was granted on the basis of field strength measurements performed pursuant to §
         73.151(a), partial proof of performance measurements using the procedures described in § 73.154 must
         be made whenever the licensee has reason to believe that the radiated field may be exceeding the limits
         for which the station was most recently authorized to operate.

     (c) A station may be directed to make a partial proof of performance by the FCC whenever there is an
         indication that the antenna is not operating as authorized.

[50 FR 47054, Nov. 14, 1985, as amended at 73 FR 64560, Oct. 30, 2008]

§ 73.62 Directional antenna system operation and tolerances.
     (a) Each AM station operating a directional antenna must maintain the relative amplitudes of the antenna
         currents, as indicated by the antenna monitor, within 5% of the values specified on the instrument of
         authorization. Directional antenna relative phases must be maintained within 3 degrees of the values
         specified on the instrument of authorization.

     (b) In the event of a failure of system components, improper pattern switching or any other event that results
         in operation substantially at variance from the radiation pattern specified in the instrument of
         authorization for the pertinent time of day, operation must be terminated within three minutes unless
         power can be reduced sufficiently to eliminate any excessive radiation. See § 73.1350(e).

           (1) Any variation of operating parameters by more than ±15 percent sample current ratio or ±10 degrees
               in phase, any monitor point that exceeds 125 percent of the licensed limit, or any operation at
               variance that results in complaints of interference shall be considered operation substantially at
               variance from the license and will require immediate corrective action.

           (2) [Reserved]

     (c) In the event of minor variations of directional antenna operating parameters from the tolerances specified
         in paragraph (a) of this section, the following procedures will apply:

           (1) The licensee shall measure and log every monitoring point at least once for each mode of directional
               operation. Subsequent variations in operating parameters will require the remeasuring and logging of
               every monitoring point to assure that the authorized monitoring point limits are not being exceeded.
               The licensee will be permitted 24 hours to accomplish these actions; provided that, the date and
               time of the failure to maintain proper operating parameters have been recorded in the station log.

           (2) Provided each monitoring point is within its specified limit, operation may continue for a period up to
               30 days before a request for Special Temporary Authority (STA) must be filed, pursuant to paragraph
               (c)(4) of this section, to operate with parameters at variance from the provisions of paragraph (a) of
               this section.

           (3) If any monitoring point exceeds its specified limit, the licensee must either terminate operation within
               three hours or reduce power in accordance with the applicable provisions of § 73.1350(d), in order to
               eliminate any possibility of interference or excessive radiation in any direction.

47 CFR 73.62(c)(3) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 35 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 73.62(c)(4)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (4) If operation pursuant to paragraph (c)(3) of this section is necessary, or before the 30-day period
               specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this § expires, the licensee must request a Special Temporary
               Authority (STA) in accordance with section 73.1635 to continue operation with parameters at
               variance and/or with reduced power along with a statement certifying that all monitoring points will
               be continuously maintained within their specified limits.

     (d) In any other situation in which it might reasonably be anticipated that the operating parameters might vary
         out of tolerance (such as planned array repairs or adjustment and proofing procedures), the licensee shall,
         before such activity is undertaken, obtain a Special Temporary Authority (STA) in accordance with §
         73.1635 in order to operate with parameters at variance and/or with reduced power as required to
         maintain all monitoring points within their specified limits.

[72 FR 44422, Aug. 8, 2007]

§ 73.68 Sampling systems for antenna monitors.
     (a) Each AM station permittee authorized to construct a new directional antenna system which will be subject
         to a proof of performance based on field strength measurements, as described in § 73.151(a) or (b), must
         install the sampling system in accordance with the following specifications:

           (1) Devices used to extract or sample the current and the transmission line connecting the sampling
               elements to the antenna monitor must provide accurate and stable signals to the monitor (e.g.,
               rigidly mounted and non-rotatable loops and all system components protected from physical and
               environmental disturbances).

           (2) Sampling lines for directional antennas may be of different lengths provided the phase difference of
               signals at the monitor are less than 0.5 degrees between the shortest and longest cable lengths due
               to temperature variations to which the system is exposed.

           (3) Other configurations of sampling systems may be used upon demonstration of stable operation to
               the FCC.

     (b) An AM station permittee authorized to construct a directional antenna system which will be subject to a
         proof of performance based on moment method modeling, as described in § 73.151(c), shall install a
         sampling system conforming to the requirements set forth in that section.

     (c) A station having an antenna sampling system constructed according to the specifications given in
         paragraph (a) of this section may obtain approval of that system by submitting an informal letter request
         to the FCC in Washington, DC, Attention: Audio Division, Media Bureau. The request for approval, signed
         by the licensee or authorized representative, must contain sufficient information to show that the
         sampling system is in compliance with all requirements of paragraph (a) of this section.

           Note to paragraph (c): A public notice dated December 9, 1985 giving additional information on
           approval of antenna sampling systems is available through the Internet at http://www.fcc.gov/mb/
           audio/decdoc/letter/1985-12-09-sample.html.

     (d) In the event that the antenna monitor sampling system is temporarily out of service for repair or
         replacement, the station may be operated, pending completion of repairs or replacement, for a period not
         exceeding 120 days without further authority from the FCC if all other operating parameters and the field
         monitoring point values are within the limits specified on the station authorization.

47 CFR 73.68(d) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 36 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 73.68(e)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (e) If the antenna sampling system is modified or components of the sampling system are replaced, the
         following procedure shall be followed:

           (1) Special Temporary Authority (see § 73.1635) shall be requested and obtained from the
               Commission's Audio Division, Media Bureau in Washington to operate with parameters at variance
               with licensed values pending issuance of a modified license specifying parameters subsequent to
               modification or replacement of components.

           (2) Immediately prior to modification or replacement of components of the sampling system, and after a
               verification that all monitoring point values and operating parameters are within the limits or
               tolerances specified in the rules, the following indications must be recorded for each radiation
               pattern: Final plate current and plate voltage, common point current, antenna monitor phase and
               current indications, and the field strength at each monitoring point. Subsequent to these
               modifications or changes the procedure must be repeated.

           (3) If monitoring point field strengths or antenna monitor parameters exceed allowable limits following
               the replacement or modification of that portion of the sampling system above the base of the
               towers, a partial proof of performance shall be executed in accordance with § 73.154 . The partial
               proof of performance shall be accompanied by common point impedance measurements made in
               accordance with § 73.54.

           (4) Request for modification of license shall be submitted to the FCC in Washington, DC, within 30 days
               of the date of sampling system modification or replacement. Such request shall specify the
               transmitter plate voltage and plate current, common point current, base currents and their ratios,
               antenna monitor phase and current indications, and all other data obtained pursuant to this
               paragraph.

     (f) If an existing sampling system is found to be patently of marginal construction, or where the performance
         of a directional antenna is found to be unsatisfactory, and this deficiency reasonably may be attributed, in
         whole or in part, to inadequacies in the antenna monitoring system, the FCC may require the
         reconstruction of the sampling system in accordance with requirements specified above.

[41 FR 7405, Feb. 18, 1976]

Editorial Note: For FEDERAL REGISTER citations affecting § 73.68, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which
appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 73.69 Antenna monitors.
     (a) Each station using a directional antenna must have in operation at the transmitter site an FCC authorized
         antenna monitor.

     (b) In the event that the antenna monitor sampling system is temporarily out of service for repair or
         replacement, the station may be operated, pending completion of repairs or replacement, for a period not
         exceeding 120 days without further authority from the FCC if all other operating parameters, and the field
         monitoring point values are within the limits specified on the station authorization.

     (c) If conditions beyond the control of the licensee prevent the restoration of the monitor to service within the
         allowed period, an informal letter request in accordance with § 73.3549 of the Commission's rules must
         be filed with the FCC, Attention: Audio Division, Media Bureau in Washington, DC for such additional time
         as may be required to complete repairs of the defective instrument.

47 CFR 73.69(c) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 37 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 73.69(d)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (d) If an authorized antenna monitor is replaced by another antenna monitor, the following procedure shall be
         followed:

           (1) Temporary authority shall be requested and obtained from the Commission in Washington to operate
               with parameters at variance with licensed values, pending issuance of a modified license specifying
               new parameters.

           (2) Immediately before the replacement of the antenna monitor, after a verification that all monitoring
               point values and the common point current reading are within the limits or tolerances specified in the
               rules, the following indications must be recorded for each radiation pattern: Final plate current and
               plate voltage, common point current, antenna monitor phase and current indications, and the field
               strength at each monitoring point.

           (3) With the new monitor substituted for the old, all indications specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this
               section, again must be read. If no change has occurred in the indication for any parameter other than
               the indications of the antenna monitor, the new antenna monitor indications must be deemed to be
               those reflecting correct array adjustments.

           (4) If it cannot be established by the observations required in paragraph (d)(2) of this section that the
               common point current reading and the monitoring point values are within the tolerances or limits
               prescribed by the rules and the instrument of authorization, or if the substitution of the new antenna
               monitor for the old results in changes in these parameters, a partial proof of performance shall be
               executed and analyzed in accordance with § 73.154.

           (5) An informal letter request for modification of license shall be submitted to the FCC, Attention: Audio
               Division, Media Bureau in Washington, DC within 30 days of the date of monitor replacement. Such
               request shall specify the make, type, and serial number of the replacement monitor, phase and
               sample current indications, and other data obtained pursuant to this paragraph (d).

     (e) The antenna monitor must be calibrated according to the manufacturer's instructions as often as
         necessary to ensure its proper operation.

[38 FR 1918, Jan. 19, 1973]

Editorial Note: For FEDERAL REGISTER citations affecting § 73.69, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which
appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 73.72 Operating during the experimental period.
     (a) An AM station may operate during the experimental period (the time between midnight and sunrise, local
         time) on its assigned frequency and with its authorized power for the routine testing and maintenance of
         its transmitting system, and for conducting experimentation under an experimental authorization,
         provided no interference is caused to other stations maintaining a regular operating schedule within such
         period.

     (b) No station licensed for “daytime” or “specified hours” of operation may broadcast any regular or
         scheduled program during this period.

     (c) The licensee of an AM station shall operate or refrain from operating its station during the experimental
         period as directed by the FCC to facilitate frequency measurements or for the determination of
         interference.

47 CFR 73.72(c) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 38 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                47 CFR 73.88
Radio Broadcast Services

[43 FR 32780, July 28, 1978, as amended at 56 FR 64859, Dec. 12, 1991]

§ 73.88 Blanketing interference.
The licensee of each broadcast station is required to satisfy all reasonable complaints of blanketing interference
within the 1 V/m contour.

           Note: For more detailed instructions concerning operational responsibilities of licensees and
           permittees under this section, see § 73.318 (b), (c) and (d).

[28 FR 13574, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 56 FR 64859, Dec. 12, 1991]

§ 73.99 Presunrise service authorization (PSRA) and postsunset service authorization (PSSA).
     (a) To provide maximum uniformity in early morning operation compatible with interference considerations,
         and to provide for additional service during early evening hours for Class D stations, provisions are made
         for presunrise service and postsunset service. The permissible power for presunrise or postsunset
         service authorizations shall not exceed 500 watts, or the authorized daytime or critical hours power
         (whichever is less). Calculation of the permissible power shall consider only co-channel stations for
         interference protection purposes.

     (b) Presunrise service authorizations (PSRA) permit:

           (1) Class D stations operating on Mexican, Bahamian, and Canadian priority Class A clear channels to
               commence PSRA operation at 6 a.m. local time and to continue such operation until the sunrise
               times specified in their basic instruments of authorization.

           (2) Class D stations situated outside 0.5 mV/m-50% skywave contours of co-channel U.S. Class A
               stations to commence PSRA operation at 6 a.m. local time and to continue such operation until
               sunrise times specified in their basic instruments of authorization.

           (3) Class D stations located within co-channel 0.5 mV/m-50% skywave contours of U.S. Class A stations,
               to commence PSRA operation either at 6 a.m. local time, or at sunrise at the nearest Class A station
               located east of the Class D station (whichever is later), and to continue such operation until the
               sunrise times specified in their basic instruments of authorization.

           (4) Class B and Class D stations on regional channels to commence PSRA operation at 6 a.m. local time
               and to continue such operation until local sunrise times specified in their basic instruments of
               authorization.

     (c) Extended Daylight Saving Time Pre-Sunrise Authorizations:

           (1) Between the first Sunday in April and the end of the month of April, Class D stations will be permitted
               to conduct pre-sunrise operation beginning at 6 a.m. local time with a maximum power of 500 watts
               (not to exceed the station's regular daytime or critical hours power), reduced as necessary to comply
               with the following requirements:

                 (i)   Full protection is to be provided as specified in applicable international agreements.

                 (ii) Protection is to be provided to the 0.5 mV/m groundwave signals of co-channel U.S. Class A
                      stations; protection to the 0.5 mV/m-50% skywave contours of these stations is not required.

47 CFR 73.99(c)(1)(ii) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 39 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 73.99(c)(1)(iii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                (iii) In determining the protection to be provided, the effect of each interfering signal will be
                      evaluated separately. The presence of interference from other stations will not reduce or
                      eliminate the required protection.

                (iv) Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) (ii) and (iii) of this section, the stations
                     will be permitted to operate with a minimum power of 10 watts unless a lower power is required
                     by international agreement.

           (2) The Commission will issue appropriate authorizations to Class D stations not previously eligible to
               operate during this period. Class D stations authorized to operate during this presunrise period may
               continue to operate under their current authorization.

     (d) Postsunset service authorizations (PSSA) permit:

           (1) Class D stations located on Mexican, Bahamian, and Canadian priority Class A clear channels to
               commence PSSA operation at sunset times specified in their basic instruments of authorization and
               to continue for two hours after such specified times.

           (2) Class D stations situated outside 0.5 mV/m-50% skywave contours of co-channel U.S. Class A
               stations to commence PSSA operations at sunset times specified in their basic instruments of
               authorization and to continue for two hours after such specified times.

           (3) Class D stations located within co-channel 0.5 mV/m-50% skywave contours of U.S. Class A stations
               to commence PSSA operation at sunset times specified in their basic instruments of authorization
               and to continue such operation until two hours past such specified times, or until sunset at the
               nearest Class A station located west of the Class D station, whichever is earlier. Class D stations
               located west of the Class A station do not qualify for PSSA operation.

           (4) Class D stations on regional channels to commence PSSA operation at sunset times specified on
               their basic instruments of authorization and to continue such operation until two hours past such
               specified times.

     (e) Procedural Matters.

           (1) Applications for PSRA and PSSA operation are not required. Instead, the FCC will calculate the
               periods of such operation and the power to be used pursuant to the provisions of this section and
               the protection requirements contained in applicable international agreements. Licensees will be
               notified of permissible power and times of operation. Presunrise and Postsunset service authority
               permits operation on a secondary basis and does not confer license rights. No request for such
               authority need be filed. However, stations intending to operate PSRA or PSSA shall submit by letter,
               signed as specified in § 73.3513, the following information:

                 (i)   Licensee name, station call letters and station location,

                 (ii) Indication as to whether PSRA operation, PSSA operation, or both, is intended by the station,

                (iii) A description of the method whereby any necessary power reduction will be achieved.

           (2) Upon submission of the required information, such operation may begin without further authority.

     (f) Technical criteria. Calculations to determine whether there is objectionable interference will be
         determined in accordance with the AM Broadcast Technical Standards, §§ 73.182 through 73.190, and
         applicable international agreements. Calculations will be performed using daytime antenna systems, or

47 CFR 73.99(f) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 40 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.99(f)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           critical hours antenna systems when specified on the license. In performing calculations to determine
           assigned power and times for commencement of PSRA and PSSA operation, the following standards and
           criteria will be used:

           (1) Class D stations operating in accordance with paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2), (d)(1), and (d)(2) of this
               section are required to protect the nighttime 0.5 mV/m-50% skywave contours of co-channel Class A
               stations. Where a 0.5 mV/m-50% skywave signal from the Class A station is not produced, the 0.5
               mV/m groundwave contour shall be protected.

           (2) Class D stations are required to fully protect foreign Class B and Class C stations when operating
               PSRA and PSSA; Class D stations operating PSSA are required to fully protect U.S. Class B stations.
               For purposes of determining protection, the nighttime RSS limit will be used in the determination of
               maximum permissible power.

           (3) Class D stations operating in accordance with paragraphs (d)(2) and (d)(3) of this section are
               required to restrict maximum 10% skywave radiation at any point on the daytime 0.1 mV/m
               groundwave contour of a co-channel Class A station to 25 µV/m. The location of the 0.1 mV/m
               contour of the Class A station will be determined by use of Figure M3, Estimated Ground Conductivity
               in the United States. When the 0.1 mV/m contour extends beyond the national boundary, the
               international boundary shall be considered the 0.1 mV/m contour.

           (4) Class B and Class D stations on regional channels operating PSRA and PSSA (Class D only) are
               required to provide full protection to co-channel foreign Class B and Class C stations.

           (5) Class D stations on regional channels operating PSSA beyond 6 p.m. local time are required to fully
               protect U.S. Class B stations.

           (6) The protection that Class D stations on regional channels are required to provide when operating
               PSSA until 6 p.m. local time is as follows.

                 (i)   For the first half-hour of PSSA operation, protection will be calculated at sunset plus 30 minutes
                       at the site of the Class D station;

                 (ii) For the second half-hour of PSSA operation, protection will be calculated at sunset plus one
                      hour at the site of the Class D station;

                (iii) For the second hour of PSSA operation, protection will be calculated at sunset plus two hours at
                      the site of the Class D station;

                (iv) Minimum powers during the period until 6 p.m. local time shall be permitted as follows:

                                      Calculated power                             Adjusted minimum power
                        From 1 to 45 watts                           50 watts.
                        Above 45 to 70 watts                         75 watts.
                        Above 70 to 100 watts                        100 watts.

           (7) For protection purposes, the nighttime 25% RSS limit will be used in the determination of maximum
               permissible power.

     (g) Calculations made under paragraph (d) of this section may not take outstanding PSRA or PSSA
         operations into account, nor will the grant of a PSRA or PSSA confer any degree of interference protection
         on the holder thereof.

47 CFR 73.99(g) (enhanced display)                                                                          page 41 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.99(h)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (h) Operation under a PSRA or PSSA is not mandatory, and will not be included in determining compliance
         with the requirements of § 73.1740. To the extent actually undertaken, however, presunrise operation will
         be considered by the FCC in determining overall compliance with past programming representations and
         station policy concerning commercial matter.

      (i)   The PSRA or PSSA is secondary to the basic instrument of authorization with which it is to be associated.
            The PSRA or PSSA may be suspended, modified, or withdrawn by the FCC without prior notice or right to
            hearing, if necessary to resolve interference conflicts, to implement agreements with foreign
            governments, or in other circumstances warranting such action. Moreover, the PSRA or PSSA does not
            extend beyond the term of the basic authorization.

      (j)   The Commission will periodically recalculate maximum permissible power and times for commencing
            PSRA and PSSA for each Class D station operating in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section. The
            Commission will calculate the maximum power at which each individual station may conduct presunrise
            operations during extended daylight saving time and shall issue conforming authorizations. These
            original notifications and subsequent notifications should be associated with the station's authorization.
            Upon notification of new power and time of commencing operation, affected stations shall make
            necessary adjustments within 30 days.

     (k) A PSRA and PSSA does not require compliance with §§ 73.45, 73.182 and 73.1560 where the operation
         might otherwise be considered as technically substandard. Further, the requirements of paragraphs (a)(5),
         (b)(2), (c)(2), and (d)(2) of § 73.1215 concerning the scale ranges of transmission system indicating
         instruments are waived for PSRA and PSSA operation except for the radio frequency ammeters used in
         determining antenna input power.

            (1) A station having an antenna monitor incapable of functioning at the authorized PSRA and PSSA
                power when using a directional antenna shall take the monitor reading using an unmodulated carrier
                at the authorized daytime power immediately prior to commencing PSRA or PSSA operations.
                Special conditions as the FCC may deem appropriate may be included for PSRA or PSSA to insure
                operation of the transmitter and associated equipment in accordance with all phases of good
                engineering practice.

[56 FR 64860, Dec. 12, 1991; 57 FR 43290, Sept. 18, 1992, as amended at 58 FR 27950, May 12, 1993]

§ 73.127 Use of multiplex transmission.
The licensee of an AM broadcast station may use its AM carrier to transmit signals not audible on ordinary
consumer receivers, for both broadcast and non-broadcast purposes subject to the following requirements:

     (a) Such use does not disrupt or degrade the station's own programs or the programs of other broadcast
         stations.

     (b) AM carrier services that are common carrier in nature are subject to common carrier regulation. Licensees
         operating such services are required to apply to the FCC for the appropriate authorization and to comply
         with all policies and rules applicable to the service. Responsibility for making the initial determinations of
         whether a particular activity is common carriage rests with the AM station licensee. Initial determinations
         by licensees are subject to FCC examination and may be reviewed at the FCC's discretion. AM carrier
         services that are private carrier in nature must notify the Licensing Division of the Private Radio Bureau at
         Gettysburg, Pennsylvania 17325, by letter, prior to initiating service certifying compliance with 47 CFR
         parts 90 and 94.

47 CFR 73.127(b) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 42 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 73.127(c)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (c) AM carrier services are of a secondary nature under the authority of the AM station authorization, and the
         authority to provide such communications services may not be retained or transferred in any manner
         separate from the station's authorization. The grant or renewal of an AM station permit or license is not
         furthered or promoted by proposed or past service. The permittee or licensee must establish that the
         broadcast operation is in the public interest wholly apart from the subsidiary communications services
         provided.

     (d) The station identification, delayed recording, and sponsor identification announcements required by §§
         73.1201, 73.1208, and 73.1212 are not applicable to leased communications services transmitted via
         services that are not of a general broadcast program nature.

     (e) The licensee or permittee must retain control over all material transmitted in a broadcast mode via the
         station's facilities, with the right to reject any material that it deems inappropriate or undesirable.

     (f) Installation of the multiplex transmitting equipment must conform with the requirements of § 73.1690(e).

[47 FR 25345, June 11, 1982, as amended at 49 FR 34015, Aug. 28, 1984; 51 FR 41629, Nov. 18, 1986; 51 FR 44478, Dec. 10,
1986]

§ 73.128 AM stereophonic broadcasting.
     (a) An Am broadcast station may, without specific authority from the FCC, transmit stereophonic programs
         upon installation of type accepted stereophonic transmitting equipment and the necessary measuring
         equipment to determine that the stereophonic transmissions conform to the modulation characteristics
         specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. Stations transmitting stereophonic programs prior to
         March 21, 1994 may continue to do so until March 21, 1995 as long as they continue to comply with the
         rules in effect prior to March 21, 1994.

     (b) The following limitations on the transmitted wave must be met to insure compliance with the occupied
         bandwidth limitations, compatibility with AM receivers using envelope detectors, and any applicable
         international agreements to which the FCC is a party:

           (1) The transmitted wave must meet the occupied bandwidth specifications of § 73.44 under all
               possible conditions of program modulation. Compliance with requirement shall be demonstrated
               either by the following specific modulation tests or other documented test procedures that are to be
               fully described in the application for type acceptance and the transmitting equipment instruction
               manual. (See § 2.983(d)(8) and (j)).

                 (i)   Main channel (L + R) under all conditions of amplitude modulations for the stereophonic
                       system but not exceeding amplitude modulation on negative peaks of 100%.

                 (ii) Stereophonic (L−R) modulated with audio tones of the same amplitude at the transmitter input
                      terminals as in paragraph (b)(i) of this section but with the phase of either the L or R channel
                      reversed.

                (iii) Left and Right Channel only, under all conditions of modulation for the stereophonic system in
                      use but not exceeding amplitude modulation on negative peaks of 100%.

     (c) Effective on December 20, 1994, stereophonic transmissions shall conform to the following additional
         modulation characteristics:

47 CFR 73.128(c) (enhanced display)                                                                            page 43 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 73.128(c)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) The audio response of the main (L + R) channel shall conform to the requirements of the ANSI/
               EIA–549–1988, NRSC–1 AM Preemphasis/Deemphasis and Broadcast Transmission Bandwidth
               Specifications (NRSC–1).

           (2) The left and right channel audio signals shall conform to frequency response limitations dictated by
               ANSI/EIA–549–1988.

           (3) The stereophonic difference (L−R) information shall be transmitted by varying the phase of the
               carrier in accordance with the following relationship:

     where:

     L(t) = audio signal left channel,

     R(t) = audio signal right channel,

     m = modulation factor, and

     mpeak(L(t) + R(t)) = 1 for 100% amplitude modulation,

     mpeak(L(t)−R(t)) = 1 for 100% phase modulation.

           (4) The carrier phase shall advance in a positive direction when a left channel signal causes the
               transmitter envelope to be modulated in a positive direction. The carrier phase shall likewise retard
               (negative phase change) when a right channel signal causes the transmitter envelope to be
               modulated in a positive direction. The phase modulation shall be symmetrical for the condition of
               difference (L−R) channel information sent without the presence of envelope modulation.

           (5) Maximum angular modulation, which occurs on negative peaks of the left or right channel with no
               signal present on the opposite channel (L(t)=−0.75, R(t) = 0, or R(t)=−0.75, L(t) = 0) shall not exceed
               1.25 radians.

           (6) A peak phase modulation of ±0.785 radians under the condition of difference (L−R) channel
               modulation and the absence of envelope (L + R) modulation and pilot signal shall represent 100%
               modulation of the difference channel.

           (7) The composite signal shall contain a pilot tone for indication of the presence of stereophonic
               information. The pilot tone shall consist of a 25 Hz tone, with 3% or less total harmonic distortion
               and a frequency tolerance of ±0.1 H2, which modulates the carrier phase ±0.05 radians peak,
               corresponding to 5% L−R modulation when no other modulation is present. The injection level shall
               be 5%, with a tolerance of + 1, −1%.

           (8) The composite signal shall be described by the following expression:

47 CFR 73.128(c)(8) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 44 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                     47 CFR 73.128(c)(8)
Radio Broadcast Services

     where:

     A = the unmodulated carrier voltage

     m = the modulation index

     Csn = the magnitude of the nth term of the sum signal

     Cdn = the magnitude of the nth term of the difference signal

     ωsn = the nth order angular velocity of the sum signal

     ωdn = the nth order angular velocity of the difference signal

     ωc = the angular velocity of the carrier

     Asn and Bsn are the nth sine and cosine coefficients of Csn

47 CFR 73.128(c)(8) (enhanced display)                                   page 45 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.132
Radio Broadcast Services

     Adn and Bdn are the nth sine and cosine coefficients of Cdn

[58 FR 66301, Dec. 20, 1993]

§ 73.132 Territorial exclusivity.
No licensee of an AM broadcast station shall have any arrangement with a network organization which prevents or
hinders another station serving substantially the same area from broadcasting the network's programs not taken by
the former station, or which prevents or hinders another station serving a substantially different area from
broadcasting any program of the network organization: Provided, however, That this section does not prohibit
arrangements under which the station is granted first call within its primary service area upon the network's
programs. The term “network organization” means any organization originating program material, with or without
commercial messages, and furnishing the same to stations interconnected so as to permit simultaneous broadcast
by all or some of them. However, arrangements involving only stations under common ownership, or only the
rebroadcast by one station or programming from another with no compensation other than a lump-sum payment by
the station rebroadcasting, are not considered arrangements with a network organization. The term “arrangement”
means any contract, arrangement or understanding, expressed or implied.

[42 FR 16422, Mar. 28, 1977]

§ 73.150 Directional antenna systems.
     (a) For each station employing a directional antenna, all determinations of service provided and interference
         caused shall be based on the inverse distance fields of the standard radiation pattern for that station. (As
         applied to nighttime operation the term “standard radiation pattern” shall include the radiation pattern in
         the horizontal plane, and radiation patterns at angles above this plane.)

           (1) Parties submitting directional antenna patterns pursuant to this section and § 73.152 (Modified
               standard pattern) must submit patterns which are tabulated and plotted in units of millivolts per
               meter at 1 kilometer.

                 Note: Applications for new stations and for changes (both minor and major) in existing
                 stations must use a standard pattern.

     (b) The following data shall be submitted with an application for authority to install a directional antenna:

           (1) The standard radiation pattern for the proposed antenna in the horizontal plane, and where pertinent,
               tabulated values for the azimuthal radiation patterns for angles of elevation up to and including 60
               degrees, with a separate section for each increment of 5 degrees.

                 (i)   The standard radiation pattern shall be based on the theoretical radiation pattern. The
                       theoretical radiation pattern shall be calculated in accordance with the following mathematical
                       expression:

     where:

47 CFR 73.150(b)(1)(i) (enhanced display)                                                                page 46 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.150(b)(1)(i)
Radio Broadcast Services

     E(φ,θ)th Represents the theoretical inverse distance fields at one kilometer for the given azimuth and elevation.

     k Represents the multiplying constant which determines the basic pattern size. It shall be chosen so that the
     effective field (RMS) of the theoretical pattern in the horizontal plane shall be no greater than the value
     computed on the assumption that nominal station power (see § 73.14) is delivered to the directional array, and
     that a lumped loss resistance of one ohm exists at the current loop of each element of the array, or at the base
     of each element of electrical height lower than 0.25 wavelength, and no less than the value required by §
     73.189(b)(2) of this part for a station of the class and nominal power for which the pattern is designed.

     n Represents the number of elements (towers) in the directional array.

     i Represents the ith element in the array.

     Fi Represents the field ratio of the ith element in the array.

     θ Represents the vertical elevation angle measured from the horizontal plane.

     fi (θ) represents the vertical plane radiation characteristic of the ith antenna. This value depends on the tower
     height, as well as whether the tower is top-loaded or sectionalized. The various formulas for computing fi (θ)
     are given in § 73.160.

     Si Represents the electrical spacing of the ith tower from the reference point.

     φi      Represents the orientation (with respect to true north) of the ith tower.

     φ       Represents the azimuth (with respect to true north).

     ψ       Represents the electrical phase angle of the current in the ith tower.
         i

                           The standard radiation pattern shall be constructed in accordance with the following
                           mathematical expression:

     where:

     E(φ,θ)std represents the inverse distance fields at one kilometer which are produced by the directional antenna
     in the horizontal and vertical planes. E(φ,θ)th represents the theoretical inverse distance fields at one kilometer
     as computed in accordance with Eq. 1, above.

     Q is the greater of the following two quantities: 0.025g(θ) Erss or 10.0g(θ) √ PkW

     where:

47 CFR 73.150(b)(1)(i) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 47 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.150(b)(1)(ii)
Radio Broadcast Services

     g(θ) is the vertical plane distribution factor, f(θ), for the shortest element in the array (see Eq. 2, above; also see
     § 73.190, Figure 5). If the shortest element has an electrical height in excess of 0.5 wavelength, g(θ) shall be
     computed as follows:

     Erss is the root sum square of the amplitudes of the inverse fields of the elements of the array in the horizontal
     plane, as used in the expression for E(φ,θ)th (see Eq. 1, above), and is computed as follows:

     PkW is the nominal station power expressed in kilowatts, see § 73.14. If the nominal power is less than one
     kilowatt, PkW = 1.

                 (ii) Where the orthogonal addition of the factor Q to E(φ,θ)th results in a standard pattern whose
                      minimum fields are lower than those found necessary or desirable, these fields may be
                      increased by appropriate adjustment of the parameters of E(φ,θ)th.

           (2) All patterns shall be computed for integral multiples of five degrees, beginning with zero degrees
               representing true north, and, shall be plotted to the largest scale possible on unglazed letter-size
               paper (main engraving approximately 7′ × 10′) using only scale divisions and subdivisions of 1,2,2.5,
               or 5 times 10nth. The horizontal plane pattern shall be plotted on polar coordinate paper, with the
               zero degree point corresponding to true north. Patterns for elevation angles above the horizontal
               plane may be plotted in polar or rectangular coordinates, with the pattern for each angle of elevation
               on a separate page. Rectangular plots shall begin and end at true north, with all azimuths labelled in
               increments of not less than 20 degrees. If a rectangular plot is used, the ordinate showing the scale
               for radiation may be logarithmic. Such patterns for elevation angles above the horizontal plane need
               be submitted only upon specific request by Commission staff. Minor lobe and null detail occurring
               between successive patterns for specific angles of elevation need not be submitted. Values of field
               strength on any pattern less than ten percent of the maximum field strength plotted on that pattern
               shall be shown on an enlarged scale. Rectangular plots with a logarithmic ordinate need not utilize
               an expanded scale unless necessary to show clearly the minor lobe and null detail.

           (3) The effective (RMS) field strength in the horizontal plane of E(φ,θ)std, E(φ,θ)th and the root-sum-
               square (RSS) value of the inverse distance fields of the array elements at 1 kilometer, derived from
               the equation for E(φ,θ)th. These values shall be tabulated on the page on which the horizontal plane
               pattern is plotted, which shall be specifically labelled as the Standard Horizontal Plane Pattern.

           (4) Physical description of the array, showing:

                 (i)   Number of elements.

                 (ii) Type of each element (i.e., guyed or self-supporting, uniform cross section or tapered
                      (specifying base dimensions), grounded or insulated, etc.)

                (iii) Details of top loading, or sectionalizing, if any.

47 CFR 73.150(b)(4)(iii) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 48 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.150(b)(4)(iv)
Radio Broadcast Services

                (iv) Height of radiating portion of each element in feet (height above base insulator, or base, if
                     grounded).

                 (v) Overall height of each element above ground.

                (vi) Sketch of antenna site, indicating its dimensions, the location of the antenna elements, thereon,
                     their spacing from each other, and their orientation with respect to each other and to true north,
                     the number and length of the radials in the ground system about each element, the dimensions
                     of ground screens, if any, and bonding between towers and between radial systems.

           (5) Electrical description of the array, showing:

                 (i)   Relative amplitudes of the fields of the array elements.

                 (ii) Relative time phasing of the fields of the array elements in degrees leading [ + ] or lagging [−].

                (iii) Space phasing between elements in degrees.

                (iv) Where waiver of the content of this section is requested or upon request of the Commission
                     staff, all assumptions made and the basis therefor, particularly with respect to the electrical
                     height of the elements, current distribution along elements, efficiency of each element, and
                     ground conductivity.

                 (v) Where waiver of the content of this section is requested, or upon request of the Commission
                     staff, those formulas used for computing E(φ,θ)th and E(φ,θ)std. Complete tabulation of final
                     computed data used in plotting patterns, including data for the determination of the RMS value
                     of the pattern, and the RSS field of the array.

           (6) The values used in specifying the parameters which describe the array must be specified to no
               greater precision than can be achieved with available monitoring equipment. Use of greater precision
               raises a rebuttable presumption of instability of the array. Following are acceptable values of
               precision; greater precision may be used only upon showing that the monitoring equipment to be
               installed gives accurate readings with the specified precision.

                 (i)   Field Ratio: 3 significant figures.

                 (ii) Phasing: to the nearest 0.1 degree.

                (iii) Orientation (with respect to a common point in the array, or with respect to another tower): to
                      the nearest 0.1 degree.

                (iv) Spacing (with respect to a common point in the array, or with respect to another tower): to the
                     nearest 0.1 degree.

                 (v) Electrical Height (for all parameters listed in Section 73.160): to the nearest 0.1 degree.

                (vi) Theoretical RMS (to determine pattern size): 4 significant figures.

                (vii) Additional requirements relating to modified standard patterns appear in § 73.152(c)(3) and
                      (c)(4).

           (7) Any additional information required by the application form.

47 CFR 73.150(b)(7) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 49 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                    47 CFR 73.150(c)
Radio Broadcast Services

       (c) Sample calculations for the theoretical and standard radiation follow. Assume a five kilowatt (nominal
           power) station with a theoretical RMS of 685 mV/m at one kilometer. Assume that it is an in-line array
           consisting of three towers. Assume the following parameters for the towers:

                Tower    Field ratio          Relative phasing          Relative spacing            Relative orientation
            1                       1.0                    −128.5                          0.0                             0.0
            2                      1.89                          0.0                 110.0                            285.0
            3                       1.0                     128.5                    220.0                            285.0

Assume that tower 1 is a typical tower with an electrical height of 120 degrees. Assume that tower 2 is top-loaded
in accordance with the method described in § 73.160(b)(2) where A is 120 electrical degrees and B is 20 electrical
degrees. Assume that tower 3 is sectionalized in accordance with the method described in § 73.160(b)(3) where A
is 120 electrical degrees, B is 20 electrical degrees, C is 220 electrical degrees, and D is 15 electrical degrees.

The multiplying constant will be 323.6.

Following is a tabulation of part of the theoretical pattern:

       Azimuth                0                    30                  60                  Vertical angle
 0                                  15.98               62.49               68.20
 105                              1225.30            819.79             234.54
 235                                   0.43             18.46               34.56
 247                                82.62               51.52               26.38

If we further assume that the station has a standard pattern, we find that Q, for θ = 0, is 22.36.

Following is a tabulation of part of the standard pattern:

       Azimuth                0                    30                  60                  Vertical angle
 0                                  28.86               68.05               72.06
 105                              1286.78            860.97             246.41
 235                                23.48               26.50               37.18
 247                                89.87               57.03               28.87

The RMS of the standard pattern in the horizontal plane is 719.63 mV/m at one kilometer.

[36 FR 919, Jan. 20, 1971, as amended at 37 FR 529, Jan. 13, 1972; 41 FR 24134, June 15, 1976; 46 FR 11991, Feb. 12, 1981; 48
FR 24384, June 1, 1983; 51 FR 2707, Jan. 21, 1986; 52 FR 36877, Oct. 1, 1987; 56 FR 64861, Dec. 12, 1991; 57 FR 43290, Sept. 18,
1992]

§ 73.151 Field strength measurements to establish performance of directional antennas.
The performance of a directional antenna may be verified either by field strength measurement or by computer
modeling and sampling system verification.

47 CFR 73.151 (enhanced display)                                                                                     page 50 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.151(a)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (a) In addition to the information required by the license application form, the following showing must be
         submitted to establish, for each mode of directional operation, that the effective measured field strength
         (RMS) at 1 kilometer (km) is not less than 85 percent of the effective measured field strength (RMS)
         specified for the standard radiation pattern, or less than that specified in § 73.189(b) for the class of
         station involved, whichever is the higher value, and that the measured field strength at 1 km in any
         direction does not exceed the field shown in that direction on the standard radiation pattern for that mode
         of directional operation:

           (1) A tabulation of inverse field strengths in the horizontal plane at 1 km, as determined from field
               strength measurements taken and analyzed in accordance with § 73.186, and a statement of the
               effective measured field strength (RMS). Measurements shall be made in the following directions:

                 (i)   Those specified in the instrument of authorization.

                 (ii) In major lobes. Generally, one radial is sufficient to establish a major lobe; however, additional
                      radials may be required.

                (iii) Along additional radials to establish the shape of the pattern. In the case of a relatively simple
                      directional antenna pattern, a total of six radials is sufficient. If two radials would be more than
                      90° apart, then an additional radial must be specified within that arc. When more complicated
                      patterns are involved, that is, patterns having several or sharp lobes or nulls, measurements
                      shall be taken along as many as 12 radials to definitely establish the pattern(s). Pattern
                      symmetry may be assumed for complex patterns which might otherwise require measurements
                      on more than 12 radials.

           (2) A tabulation of:

                 (i)   The phase difference of the current in each element with respect to the reference element, and
                       whether the current leads (+) or lags (−) the current in the reference element, as indicated by
                       the station's antenna monitor.

                 (ii) The ratio of the amplitude of the radio frequency current in each element to the current in the
                      reference element, as indicated on the station's antenna monitor.

           (3) A monitoring point shall be established on each radial for which the construction permit specifies a
               limit. The following information shall be supplied for each monitoring point:

                 (i)   Measured field strength.

                 (ii) An accurate and detailed description of each monitoring point. The description may include, but
                      shall not be limited to, geographic coordinates determined with a Global Positioning System
                      receiver.

                (iii) Clear photographs taken with the field strength meter in its measuring position and with the
                      camera so located that its field of view takes in as many pertinent landmarks as possible.

     (b) For stations authorized to operate with simple directional antenna systems (e.g., two towers) in the
         1605–1705 kHz band, the measurements to support pattern RMS compliance referred to in paragraphs
         (a)(1)(ii) and (a)(1)(iii) of this section are not required. In such cases, measured radials are required only
         in the direction of short-spaced allotments, or in directions specifically identified by the Commission.

     (c) Computer modeling and sample system verification of modeled parameters to establish operation of a
         directional antenna consistent with the theoretical pattern. Each element of the directional array shall be
         modeled by use of a method of moments computer program, using the physical characteristics of each

47 CFR 73.151(c) (enhanced display)                                                                          page 51 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.151(c)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           element to establish a model that does not violate any of the internal constraints of the computer
           program. Only arrays consisting of series-fed elements may have their performance verified by computer
           modeling and sample system verification.

           (1) A matrix of impedance measurements at the base and/or feed point of each element in the array,
               with all other elements shorted and/or open circuited at their respective measurement locations,
               shall be made. The physical model of the individual antenna elements used in the computer program
               may be varied to match the measured impedance matrix, but the actual spacings and orientations of
               the array elements must be used. Towers may be modeled using individual vertical wires to
               represent them, or with multiple wires representing their leg and cross-member sections. The
               resulting model description (consisting of the length, radius, and number of segments of each wire
               for arrays using vertical wire sections to represent the towers, or the length, end-point coordinates,
               and radius of each wire used to represent leg and cross-member sections for arrays using detailed
               tower structure representations) as well as the assumed input feed and base region stray reactances
               shall be used to generate the drive impedances and sample system parameter values for the
               operating directional antenna pattern parameters.

                 (i)   For arrays using vertical wires to represent each tower, the radii of cylinders shall be no less
                       than 80 percent and no more than 150 percent of the radius of a circle with a circumference
                       equal to the sum of the widths of the tower sides.

                 (ii) For arrays using multiple wires to represent leg and cross-member sections, the individual legs
                      of the tower may be modeled at their actual diameters with appropriate interconnecting
                      segments representing cross-members at regular intervals.

                 (iii) No less than one segment for each 10 electrical degrees of the tower's physical height shall be
                       used for each element in the array.

                 (iv) Base calculations shall be made for a reference point at ground level or within one electrical
                      degree elevation of the actual feed point.

                 (v) For uniform cross-section towers represented by vertical wires, each wire used for a given tower
                     shall be between 75 to 125 percent of the physical length represented.

                 (vi) For self-supporting towers, stepped-radius wire sections may be employed to simulate the
                      physical tower's taper, or the tower may be modeled with individual wire sections representing
                      the legs and cross members.

                (vii) The lumped series inductance of the feed system between the output port of each antenna
                      tuning unit and the associated tower shall be no greater than 10 µH unless a measured value
                      from the measurement point to the tower base with its insulator short circuited is used.

                (viii) The shunt capacitance used to model the base region effects shall be no greater than 250 pF
                       unless the measured or manufacturer's stated capacitance for each device other than the base
                       insulator is used. The total capacitance of such devices shall be limited such that in no case
                       will their total capacitive reactance be less than five times the magnitude of the tower base
                       operating impedance without their effects being considered. This “five times” requirement only
                       applies when the total capacitance used to model base region effects exceeds 250 pF and
                       when base current sampling is used.

47 CFR 73.151(c)(1)(viii) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 52 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.151(c)(1)(ix)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (ix) The orientation and distances among the individual antenna towers in the array shall be
                      confirmed by a post-construction certification by a land surveyor (or, where permitted by local
                      regulation, by an engineer) licensed or registered in the state or territory where the antenna
                      system is located. Stations submitting a moment method proof for a pattern using towers that
                      are part of an authorized AM array are exempt from the requirement to submit a surveyor's
                      certification, provided that the tower geometry of the array is not being modified and that no
                      new towers are being added to the array.

                 (x) An AM station that verified the performance of its directional antenna system using computer
                     modeling and sampling system verification under this rule section, that makes modifications to
                     tower or system components above the base insulator, shall follow the procedures set forth in
                     section 1.30003(b)(2) of this chapter.

           (2)

                 (i)   The computer model, once verified by comparison with the measured base impedance matrix
                       data, shall be used to determine the appropriate antenna monitor parameters. The moment
                       method modeled parameters shall be established by using the verified moment method model
                       to produce tower current distributions that, when numerically integrated and normalized to the
                       reference tower, are identical to the specified field parameters of the theoretical directional
                       antenna pattern. The samples used to drive the antenna monitor may be current transformers
                       or voltage sampling devices at the outputs of the antenna matching networks or sampling
                       loops located on the towers. If sample loops are used, they shall be located at the elevation
                       where the current in the tower would be at a minimum if the tower were detuned in the
                       horizontal plane, as determined by the moment method model parameters used to determine
                       the antenna monitor parameters. Sample loops may be employed only when the towers are
                       identical in cross-sectional structure, including both leg and cross member characteristics; if
                       the towers are of unequal height, the sample loops shall be mounted identically with respect to
                       tower cross members at the appropriate elevations above the base insulator. If the tower height
                       used in the model is other than the physical height of the tower, the sampling loop shall be
                       located at a height that is the same fraction of the total tower height as the minimum in tower
                       current with the tower detuned in the model. Sample lines from the sensing element to the
                       antenna monitor must be equal in both length (within one electrical degree) and characteristic
                       impedance (within two ohms), as established by impedance measurements, including at the
                       open-circuit resonant frequency closest to carrier frequency to establish length, at frequencies
                       corresponding to odd multiples of 1⁄8 wavelength immediately above and below the open circuit
                       resonant frequency closest to carrier frequency, while open circuited, to establish characteristic
                       impedance, and at carrier frequency or, if necessary, at nearby frequencies where the
                       magnitude of the measured impedance is no greater than 200 ohms with the sampling devices
                       connected. Samples may be obtained from current transformers at the output of the antenna
                       coupling and matching equipment for base-fed towers whose actual electrical height is 120
                       degrees or less, or greater than 190 electrical degrees. Samples may be obtained from base
                       voltage sampling devices at the output of the antenna coupling and matching equipment for
                       base-fed towers whose actual electrical height is greater than 105 degrees. Samples obtained
                       from sample loops located as described above can be used for any height of tower. For towers
                       using base current or base voltage sampling derived at the output of the antenna coupling and
                       matching equipment, the sampling devices shall be disconnected and calibrated by measuring
                       their outputs with a common reference signal (a current through them or a voltage across them,

47 CFR 73.151(c)(2)(i) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 53 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.151(c)(2)(ii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                      as appropriate) and the calibration must agree within the manufacturer's specifications. A
                      complete description of the sampling system, including the results of the measurements
                      described in this paragraph, shall be submitted with the application for license.

                 (ii) Proper adjustment of an antenna pattern shall be determined by correlation between the
                      measured antenna monitor sample indications and the parameters calculated by the method of
                      moments program, and by correlation between the measured matrix impedances for each
                      tower and those calculated by the method of moments program. The antenna monitor sample
                      indications must be initially adjusted to agree with the moment method model within ±5
                      percent for the field ratio and ±3 degrees in phase. The measured matrix impedances must
                      agree with the moment method model within ±2 ohms and ±4 percent for resistance and
                      reactance.

           (3) When the application for an initial license for a directional antenna system is submitted that is based
               on computer modeling and sample system verification, reference field strength measurement
               locations shall be established in the directions of pattern minima and maxima. On each radial
               corresponding to a pattern minimum or maximum, there shall be at least three measurement
               locations. The field strength shall be measured at each reference location at the time of the proof of
               performance. The license application shall include the measured field strength values at each
               reference point, along with a description of each measurement location, including GPS coordinates
               and datum reference. New reference field strength measurements are not required for subsequent
               license applications for the same directional antenna pattern and physical facilities.

[36 FR 919, Jan. 20, 1971, as amended at 42 FR 36828, July 18, 1977; 49 FR 23348, June 6, 1984; 50 FR 32416, Aug. 12, 1985; 56
FR 64862, Dec. 12, 1991; 63 FR 33876, June 22, 1998; 66 FR 20756, Apr. 25, 2001; 73 FR 64561, Oct. 30, 2008; 82 FR 51165, Nov.
3, 2017]

§ 73.152 Modification of directional antenna data.
     (a) If, after construction and final adjustment of a directional antenna, a measured inverse distance field in
         any direction exceeds the field shown on the standard radiation pattern for the pertinent mode of
         directional operation, an application shall be filed, specifying a modified standard radiation pattern and/or
         such changes as may be required in operating parameters so that all measured effective fields will be
         contained within the modified standard radiation pattern. Permittees may also file an application
         specifying a modified standard radiation pattern, even when measured radiation has not exceeded the
         standard pattern, in order to allow additional tolerance for monitoring point limits.

     (b) If, following a partial proof of performance, a licensee discovers that radiation exceeds the standard
         pattern on one or more radials because of circumstances beyond the licensee's control, a modified
         standard pattern may be requested. The licensee shall submit, concurrently, Forms 301–AM and
         302–AM. Form 301–AM shall include an exhibit demonstrating that no interference would result from the
         augmentation. Form 302–AM shall include the results of the partial proof, along with full directional and
         nondirectional measurements on the radial(s) to be augmented, including close-in points and a
         determination of the inverse distance field in accordance with § 73.186.

     (c) Normally, a modified standard pattern is not acceptable at the initial construction permit stage, before a
         proof-of-performance has been completed. However, in certain cases, where it can be shown that
         modification is necessary, a modified standard pattern will be acceptable at the initial construction permit
         stage. Following is a non-inclusive list of items to be considered in determining whether a modification is
         acceptable at the initial construction permit stage:

47 CFR 73.152(c) (enhanced display)                                                                             page 54 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 73.152(c)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) When the proposed pattern is essentially the same as an existing pattern at the same antenna site.
               (e.g., A DA-D station proposing to become a DA–1 station.)

           (2) Excessive reradiating structures, which should be shown on a plat of the antenna site and
               surrounding area.

           (3) Other environmental factors; they should be fully described.

           (4) Judgment and experience of the engineer preparing the engineering portion of the application. This
               must be supported with a full discussion of the pertinent factors.

     (d) The following general principles shall govern the situations in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) in this section:

           (1) Where a measured field in any direction will exceed the authorized standard pattern, the license
               application may specify the level at which the input power to the antenna shall be limited to maintain
               the measured field at a value not in excess of that shown on the standard pattern, and shall specify
               the common point current corresponding to this power level. This value of common point current will
               be specified on the license for that station.

           (2) Where any excessive field does not result in objectionable interference to another station, a
               modification of construction permit application may be submitted with a modified standard pattern
               encompassing all augmented fields. The modified standard pattern shall supersede the previously
               submitted standard radiation pattern for that station in the pertinent mode of directional operation.
               Following are the possible methods of creating a modified standard pattern:

                 (i)   The modified pattern may be computed by making the entire pattern larger than the original
                       pattern (i.e., have a higher RMS value) if the measured fields systematically exceed the confines
                       of the original pattern. The larger pattern shall be computed by using a larger multiplying
                       constant, k, in the theoretical pattern equation (Eq. 1) in § 73.150(b)(1).

                 (ii) Where the measured field exceeds the pattern in discrete directions, but objectionable
                      interference does not result, the pattern may be expanded over sectors including these
                      directions. When this “augmentation” is desired, it shall be achieved by application of the
                      following equation:

                       E(φ,θ)aug = √ { E(φ,θ)std }2 + A{g(θ) cos (180 DA/S }2
                where:

                E(φ,θ)std is the standard pattern field at some particular azimuth and elevation angle, before
                augmentation, computed pursuant to Eq. 2, § 73.150(b)(1)(i).

                E(φ,θ)aug. is the field in the direction specified above, after augmentation.

                A = E(φ, O)2aug−E(φ, O)2std in whichφ is the central azimuth of augmentation. E(φ, O)aug and E(φ, O)std
                are the fields in the horizontal plane at the central azimuth of augmentation.

           Note: “A” must be positive, except during the process of converting non-standard patterns to
           standard patterns pursuant to the Report and Order in Docket No. 21473, and in making minor
           changes to stations with patterns developed during the conversion. However, even when “A” is
           negative, “A” cannot be so negative that E(φ,α)aug is less than E(φ,θ)th at any azimuth or vertical

47 CFR 73.152(d)(2)(ii) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 55 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.152(d)(2)(iii)
Radio Broadcast Services

           elevation angle.

     g(θ) is defined in § 73.150(b)(1)(i).

     S is the angular range, or “span”, over which augmentation is applied. The span is centered on the central
     azimuth of augmentation. At the limits of the span, the augmented pattern merges into the unaugmented
     pattern. Spans may overlap.

     DA is the absolute horizontal angle between the azimuth at which the augmented pattern value is being
     computed and the central azimuth of augmentation. (DA cannot exceed 1/2 S.)

                In the case where there are spans which overlap, the above formula shall be applied repeatedly, once
                for each augmentation, in ascending order of central azimuth of augmentation, beginning with zero
                degrees representing true North. Note that, when spans overlap, there will be, in effect, an
                augmentation of an augmentation. And, if the span of an earlier augmentation overlaps the central
                azimuth of a later augmentation, the value of “A” for the later augmentation will be different than the
                value of “A” without the overlap of the earlier span.

                (iii) A combination of paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and (d)(2)(ii), of this section, with (d)(2)(i) being applied
                      before (d)(2)(ii) is applied.

                (iv) Where augmentation is allowable under the terms of this section, the requested amount of
                     augmentation shall be centered upon the measured radial and shall not exceed the following:

                      (A) The actual measured inverse distance field value, where the radial does not involve a
                          required monitoring point.

                      (B) 120% of the actual measured inverse field value, where the radial has a monitoring point
                          required by the instrument of authorization.

                      Whereas some pattern smoothing can be accommodated, the extent of the requested span(s)
                      shall be minimized and in no case shall a requested augmentation span extend to a radial
                      azimuth for which the analyzed measurement data does not show a need for augmentation.

           (3) A Modified Standard Pattern shall be specifically labeled as such, and shall be plotted in accordance
               with the requirements of paragraph (b)(2) of § 73.150. The effective (RMS) field strength in the
               horizontal plane of E(φ,α)std, E(φ,α)th, and the root sum square (RSS) value of the inverse fields of the
               array elements (derived from the equation for E(φ,α)th), shall be tabulated on the page on which the
               horizontal plane pattern is plotted. Where sector augmentation has been employed in designing the
               modified pattern, the direction of maximum augmentation (i.e., the central azimuth of augmentation)
               shall be indicated on the horizontal plane pattern for each augmented sector, and the limits of each
               sector shall also be shown. Field values within an augmented sector, computed prior to
               augmentation, shall be depicted by a broken line.

           (4) There shall be submitted, for each modified standard pattern, complete tabulations of final
               computed data used in plotting the pattern. In addition, for each augmented sector, the central
               azimuth of augmentation, span, and radiation at the central azimuth of augmentation (E(φ,α)aug) shall
               be tabulated.

47 CFR 73.152(d)(4) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 56 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.152(d)(5)
Radio Broadcast Services

            (5) The parameters used in computing the modified standard pattern shall be specified with realistic
                precision. Following is a list of the maximum acceptable precision:

                 (i)   Central Azimuth of Augmentation: to the nearest 0.1 degree.

                 (ii) Span: to the nearest 0.1 degree.

                 (iii) Radiation at Central Azimuth of Augmentation: 4 significant figures.

       (e) Sample calculations for a modified standard pattern follow. First, assume the existing standard pattern in
           § 73.150(c). Then, assume the following augmentation parameters:

                 Augmentation number            Central azimuth         Span        Radiation at central azimuth
            1                                                  110         40                                  1,300
            2                                                  240         50                                       52
            3                                                  250         10                                      130

Following is a tabulation of part of the modified standard pattern:

       Azimuth                0                  30                60                Vertical angle
 0                                  28.86             68.05             72.06
 105                              1,299.42         872.14            254.21
 235                                39.00             35.74             38.71
 247                               100.47             66.69             32.78

[46 FR 11992, Feb. 12, 1981, as amended at 56 FR 64862, Dec. 12, 1991; 66 FR 20756, Apr. 25, 2001]

§ 73.153 Field strength measurements in support of applications or evidence at hearings.
In the determination of interference, groundwave field strength measurements will take precedence over theoretical
values, provided such measurements are properly taken and presented. When measurements of groundwave signal
strength are presented, they shall be sufficiently complete in accordance with § 73.186 to determine the field
strength at 1 mile in the pertinent directions for that station. The antenna resistance measurements required by §
73.186 need not be taken or submitted.

[44 FR 36037, June 20, 1979, as amended at 56 FR 64862, Dec. 12, 1991]

§ 73.154 AM directional antenna partial proof of performance measurements.
       (a) A partial proof of performance consists of at least 8 field strength measurements made on each of the
           radials that includes a monitoring point.

       (b) The measurements are to be made within 3 to 15 kilometers from the center of the antenna array. When a
           monitoring point as designated on the station authorization lies on a particular radial, one of the
           measurements must be made at that point. One of the following methods shall be used for the partial
           proof:

47 CFR 73.154(b) (enhanced display)                                                                            page 57 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 73.154(b)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) Measurement points shall be selected from the points measured in latest full proof of performance
               provided that the points can be identified with reasonable certainty, and that land development or
               other factors have not significantly altered propagation characteristics since the last full proof. At
               each point, the licensee shall measure directional field strength for comparison to either the
               directional or the nondirectional field strength measured at that point in the last full proof.

           (2) In the event that a meaningful comparison to full proof measurements cannot be made, the licensee
               shall measure both directional and nondirectional field strength at eight points on each radial. The
               points need not be limited to those measured in the last full proof of performance.

     (c) The results of the measurements are to be analyzed as follows. Either the arithmetic average or the
         logarithmic average of the ratios of the field strength at each measurement point to the corresponding
         field strength in the most recent complete proof of performance shall be used to establish the inverse
         distance fields. (The logarithmic average for each radial is the antilogarithm of the mean of the logarithms
         of the ratios of field strength (new to old) for each measurement location along a given radial). When new
         nondirectional measurements are used as the reference, as described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section,
         either the arithmetic or logarithmic averages of directional to nondirectional field strength on each radial
         shall be used in conjunction with the measured nondirectional field from the last proof to establish the
         inverse distance field.

     (d) The result of the most recent partial proof of performance measurements and analysis is to be retained in
         the station records available to the FCC upon request. Maps showing new measurement points, i.e.,
         points not measured in the last full proof, shall be associated with the partial proof in the station's
         records, and shall be provided to the FCC upon request.

[66 FR 20756, Apr. 25, 2001, as amended at 82 FR 51165, Nov. 3, 2017]

§ 73.155 Directional antenna performance recertification.
A station licensed with a directional antenna pattern pursuant to a proof of performance using moment method
modeling and internal array parameters as described in § 73.151(c) shall recertify the performance of the antenna
monitor sampling system only in the case of repair to or replacement of affected system components, and then
only as to the repaired or replaced system components. Any recertification of repaired or replaced system
components shall be performed in the same manner as an original certification of the affected system components
under § 73.151(c)(2)(i) of this part. The results of the recertification measurements shall be retained in the station's
public inspection file.

[82 FR 51162, Nov. 3, 2017]

§ 73.157 Antenna testing during daytime.
     (a) The licensee of a station using a directional antenna during daytime or nighttime hours may, without
         further authority, operate during daytime hours with the licensed nighttime directional facilities or with a
         nondirectional antenna when conducting monitoring point field strength measurements or antenna proof
         of performance measurements.

     (b) Operation pursuant to this section is subject to the following conditions:

           (1) No harmful interference will be caused to any other station.

47 CFR 73.157(b)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 58 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.157(b)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (2) The FCC may notify the licensee to modify or cease such operation to resolve interference
               complaints or when such action may appear to be in the public interest, convenience and necessity.

           (3) Such operation shall be undertaken only for the purpose of taking monitoring point field strength
               measurements or antenna proof of performance measurements, and shall be restricted to the
               minimum time required to accomplish the measurements.

           (4) Operating power in the nondirectional mode shall be adjusted to the same power as was utilized for
               the most recent nondirectional proof of performance covering the licensed facilities.

[50 FR 30947, July 31, 1985]

§ 73.158 Directional antenna monitoring points.
     (a) When a licensee of a station using a directional antenna system finds that a field monitoring point, as
         specified on the station authorization, is no longer accessible or is unsuitable because of nearby
         construction or other disturbances to the measured field, an application to change the monitoring point
         location, including FCC Form 302–AM, is to be promptly submitted to the FCC in Washington, DC.

           (1) If the monitoring point has become inaccessible or otherwise unsuitable, but there has been no
               significant construction or other change in the vicinity of the monitoring point which may affect field
               strength readings, the licensee shall select a new monitoring point from the points measured in the
               last full proof of performance. A recent field strength measurement at the new monitoring point shall
               also be provided.

           (2) Alternatively, if changes in the electromagnetic environment have affected field strength readings at
               the monitoring point, the licensee shall submit the results of a partial proof of performance, analyzed
               in accordance with § 73.154, on the affected radial.

           (3) The licensee shall submit an accurate, written description of the new monitoring point in relation to
               nearby permanent landmarks.

           (4) The licensee shall submit a photograph showing the new monitoring point in relation to nearby
               permanent landmarks that can be used in locating the point accurately at all times throughout the
               year. Do not use seasonal or temporary features in either the written descriptions or photographs as
               landmarks for locating field points.

     (b) When the description of the monitoring point as shown on the station license is no longer correct due to
         road or building construction or other changes, the licensee must prepare and file with the FCC, in
         Washington, DC, a request for a corrected station license showing the new monitoring point description.
         The request shall include the information specified in paragraphs (a)(3) and (4) of this section, and a copy
         of the station's current license.

[66 FR 20757, Apr. 25, 2001, as amended at 84 FR 2758, Feb. 8, 2019]

§ 73.160 Vertical plane radiation characteristics, f(θ).
     (a) The vertical plane radiation characteristics show the relative field being radiated at a given vertical angle,
         with respect to the horizontal plane. The vertical angle, represented as θ, is 0 degrees in the horizontal
         plane, and 90 degrees when perpendicular to the horizontal plane. The vertical plane radiation
         characteristic is referred to as f(θ). The generic formula for f(θ) is:

47 CFR 73.160(a) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 59 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.160(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

           f(θ) = E(θ)/E(O)
     where:

     E(θ) is the radiation from the tower at angle θ.

     E(O) is the radiation from the tower in the horizontal plane.

     (b) Listed below are formulas for f(θ) for several common towers.

           (1) For a typical tower, which is not top-loaded or sectionalized, the following formula shall be used:

     where:

     G is the electrical height of the tower, not including the base insulator and pier. (In the case of a folded unipole
     tower, the entire radiating structure's electrical height is used.)

           (2) For a top-loaded tower, the following formula shall be used:

     where:

     A is the physical height of the tower, in electrical degrees, and

     B is the difference, in electrical degrees, between the apparent electrical height (G, based on current
     distribution) and the actual physical height.

     G is the apparent electrical height: the sum of A and B; A + B.

                See Figure 1 of this section.

47 CFR 73.160(b)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 60 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                              47 CFR 73.160(b)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.160(b)(2) (enhanced display)            page 61 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.160(b)(3)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (3) For a sectionalized tower, the following formula shall be used:

     where:

     A is the physical height, in electrical degrees, of the lower section of the tower.

     B is the difference between the apparent electrical height (based on current distribution) of the lower section of
     the tower and the physical height of the lower section of the tower.

     C is the physical height of the entire tower, in electrical degrees.

     D is the difference between the apparent electrical height of the tower (based on current distribution of the
     upper section) and the physical height of the entire tower. D will be zero if the sectionalized tower is not top-
     loaded.

     G is the sum of A and B; A + B.

     H is the sum of C and D; C + D.

     Δ is the difference between H and A; H−A.

                See Figure 2 of this section.

47 CFR 73.160(b)(3) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 62 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                              47 CFR 73.160(b)(3)
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.160(b)(3) (enhanced display)            page 63 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 73.160(c)
Radio Broadcast Services

      (c) One of the above f(θ) formulas must be used in computing radiation in the vertical plane, unless the
          applicant submits a special formula for a particular type of antenna. If a special formula is submitted, it
          must be accompanied by a complete derivation and sample calculations. Submission of values for f(θ)
          only in a tabular or graphical format (i.e., without a formula) is not acceptable.

      (d) Following are sample calculations. (The number of significant figures shown here should not be
          interpreted as a limitation on the number of significant figures used in actual calculations.)

           (1) For a typical tower, as described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, assume that G = 120 electrical
               degrees:

                                  θ                                                f(θ)
                 0                                                                                             1.0000
                 30                                                                                            0.7698
                 60                                                                                            0.3458

           (2) For a top-loaded tower, as described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, assume A = 120 electrical
               degrees, B = 20 electrical degrees, and G = 140 electrical degrees, (120 + 20):

                                  θ                                                f(θ)
                 0                                                                                             1.0000
                 30                                                                                            0.7364
                 60                                                                                            0.2960

           (3) For a sectionalized tower, as described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, assume A = 120 electrical
               degrees, B = 20 electrical degrees, C = 220 electrical degrees, D = 15 electrical degrees, G = 140
               electrical degrees (120 + 20), H = 235 electrical degrees (220 + 15), and Δ = 115 electrical degrees
               (235−120):

                 θ                                                 f(θ)
 0                                                                                             1.0000
 30                                                                                            0.5930
 60                                                                                            0.1423

[46 FR 11993, Feb. 12, 1981]

§ 73.182 Engineering standards of allocation.
      (a) Sections 73.21 to 73.37, inclusive, govern allocation of facilities in the AM broadcast band 535–1705 kHz.
          § 73.21 establishes three classes of channels in this band, namely, clear, regional and local. The classes
          and power of AM broadcast stations which will be assigned to the various channels are set forth in §
          73.21. The classifications of the AM broadcast stations are as follows:

           (1) Class A stations operate on clear channels with powers no less than 10kW nor greater than 50 kW.
               These stations are designed to render primary and secondary service over an extended area, with
               their primary services areas protected from objectionable interference from other stations on the
               same and adjacent channels. Their secondary service areas are protected from objectionable

47 CFR 73.182(a)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 64 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 73.182(a)(1)(i)
Radio Broadcast Services

                interference from co-channel stations. For purposes of protection, Class A stations may be divided
                into two groups, those located in any of the contiguous 48 States and those located in Alaska in
                accordance with § 73.25.

                 (i)   The mainland U.S. Class A stations are those assigned to the channels allocated by § 73.25.
                       The power of these stations shall be 50 kW. The Class A stations in this group are afforded
                       protection as follows:

                       (A) Daytime. To the 0.1 mV/m groundwave contour from stations on the same channel, and to
                           the 0.5 mV/m groundwave contour from stations on adjacent channels.

                       (B) Nighttime. To the 0.5 mV/m-50% skywave contour from stations on the same channels.

                 (ii) Class A stations in Alaska operate on the channels allocated by § 73.25 with a minimum power
                      of 10 kW, a maximum power of 50 kW and an antenna efficiency of 215 mV/m/kW at 1
                      kilometer. Stations operating on these channels in Alaska which have not been designated as
                      Class A stations in response to licensee request will continue to be considered as Class B
                      stations. During daytime hours a Class A station in Alaska is protected to the 100 µV/m
                      groundwave contour from co-channel stations. During nighttime hours, a Class A station in
                      Alaska is protected to the 100 µV/m-50 percent skywave contour from co-channel stations. The
                      0.5 mV/m groundwave contour is protected both daytime and nighttime from stations on
                      adjacent channels.

                       Note: In the Report and Order in MM Docket No. 83–807, the Commission designated 15
                       stations operating on U.S. clear channels as Alaskan Class A stations. Eleven of these
                       stations already have Alaskan Class A facilities and are to be protected accordingly.
                       Permanent designation of the other four stations as Alaskan Class A is conditioned on
                       their constructing minimum Alaskan Class A facilities no later than December 31, 1989.
                       Until that date or until such facilities are obtained, these four stations shall be
                       temporarily designated as Alaskan Class A stations, and calculations involving these
                       stations should be based on existing facilities but with an assumed power of 10 kW.
                       Thereafter, these stations are to be protected based on their actual Alaskan Class A
                       facilities. If any of these stations does not obtain Alaskan Class A facilities in the period
                       specified, it is to be protected as a Class B station based on its actual facilities. These
                       four stations may increase power to 10 kW without regard to the impact on co-channel
                       Class B stations. However, power increases by these stations above 10 kW (or by
                       existing Alaskan Class A stations beyond their current power level) are subject to
                       applicable protection requirements for co-channel Class B stations. Other stations not
                       on the original list but which meet applicable requirements may obtain Alaskan Class A
                       status by seeking such designation from the Commission. If a power increase or other
                       change in facilities by a station not on the original list is required to obtain minimum
                       Alaskan Class A facilities, any such application shall meet the interference protection
                       requirements applicable to an Alaskan Class A proposal on the channel.

47 CFR 73.182(a)(1)(ii) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 65 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.182(a)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (2) Class B stations are stations which operate on clear and regional channels with powers not less than
               0.25 kW nor more than 50 kW. These stations render primary service only, the area of which depends
               on their geographical location, power, and frequency. It is recommended that Class B stations be
               located so that the interference received from other stations will not limit the service area to a
               groundwave contour value greater than 2.0 mV/m nighttime and to the 0.5 mV/m groundwave
               contour daytime, which are the values for the mutual protection between this class of stations and
               other stations of the same class.

                 Note: See §§ 73.21(b)(1) and 73.26(b) concerning power restrictions and classifications
                 relative to Class B, Class C, and Class D stations in Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico and the U.S.
                 Virgin Islands. Stations in the above-named places that are reclassified from Class C to Class
                 B stations under § 73.26(b) shall not be authorized to increase power to levels that would
                 increase the nighttime interference-free limit of co-channel Class C stations in the
                 conterminous United States.

           (3) Class C stations operate on local channels, normally rendering primary service to a community and
               the suburban or rural areas immediately contiguous thereto, with powers not less than 0.25 kW, nor
               more than 1 kW, except as provided in § 73.21(c)(1). Such stations are normally protected to the
               daytime 0.5 mV/m contour. On local channels the separation required for the daytime protection
               shall also determine the nighttime separation. Where directional antennas are employed daytime by
               Class C stations operating with more than 0.25 kW power, the separations required shall in no case
               be less than those necessary to afford protection, assuming nondirectional operation with 0.25 kW.
               In no case will 0.25 kW or greater nighttime power be authorized to a station unable to operate
               nondirectionally with a power of 0.25 kW during daytime hours. The actual nighttime limitation will
               be calculated. For nighttime protection purposes, Class C stations in the 48 contiguous United
               States may assume that stations in Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands operating
               on 1230, 1240, 1340, 1400, 1450, and 1490 kHz are Class C stations.

           (4) Class D stations operate on clear and regional channels with daytime powers of not less than 0.25
               kW (or equivalent RMS field of 107.5 mV/m at 1 kilometer if less than 0.25 kW) and not more than 50
               kW. Class D stations that have previously received nighttime authority to operate with powers of less
               0.25 kW (or equivalent RMS fields of less than 107.5 mV/m at 1 kilometer) are not required to
               provide nighttime coverage in accordance with § 73.24(i) and are not protected from interference
               during nighttime hours. Such nighttime authority is permitted on the basis of full nighttime
               protection being afforded to all Class A and Class B stations.

     (b) When a station is already limited by interference from other stations to a contour value greater than that
         normally protected for its class, the individual received limits shall be the established standard for such
         station with respect to interference from each other station.

     (c) The four classes of AM broadcast stations have in general three types of service areas, i.e., primary,
         secondary and intermittent. (See § 73.14 for the definitions of primary, secondary, and intermittent service
         areas.) Class A stations render service to all three areas. Class B stations render service to a primary area
         but the secondary and intermittent service areas may be materially limited or destroyed due to
         interference from other stations, depending on the station assignments involved. Class C and Class D

47 CFR 73.182(c) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 66 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 73.182(d)
Radio Broadcast Services

            stations usually have only primary service areas. Interference from other stations may limit intermittent
            service areas and generally prevents any secondary service to those stations which operate at night.
            Complete intermittent service may still be obtained in many cases depending on the station assignments
            involved.

     (d) The groundwave signal strength required to render primary service is 2 mV/m for communities with
         populations of 2,500 or more and 0.5 mV/m for communities with populations of less than 2,500. See §
         73.184 for curves showing distance to various groundwave field strength contours for different
         frequencies and ground conductivities, and also see § 73.183, “Groundwave signals.”

     (e) A Class C station may be authorized to operate with a directional antenna during daytime hours providing
         the power is at least 0.25 kW. In computing the degrees of protection which such antenna will afford, the
         radiation produced by the directional antenna system will be assumed to be no less, in any direction, than
         that which would result from non-directional operation using a single element of the directional array, with
         0.25 kW.

     (f) All classes of broadcast stations have primary service areas subject to limitation by fading and noise, and
         interference from other stations to the contours set out for each class of station.

     (g) Secondary service is provided during nighttime hours in areas where the skywave field strength, 50% or
         more of the time, is 0.5 mV/m or greater (0.1 mV/m in Alaska). Satisfactory secondary service to cities is
         not considered possible unless the field strength of the skywave signal approaches or exceeds the value
         of the groundwave field strength that is required for primary service. Secondary service is subject to some
         interference and extensive fading whereas the primary service area of a station is subject to no
         objectionable interference or fading. Only Class A stations are assigned on the basis of rendering
         secondary service.

            Note: Standards have not been established for objectionable fading because of the relationship to
            receiver characteristics. Selective fading causes audio distortion and signal strength reduction
            below the noise level, objectionable characteristics inherent in many modern receivers. The AVC
            circuits in the better designed receivers generally maintain the audio output at a sufficiently
            constant level to permit satisfactory reception during most fading conditions.

     (h) Intermittent service is rendered by the groundwave and begins at the outer boundary of the primary
         service area and extends to a distance where the signal strength decreases to a value that is too low to
         provide any service. This may be as low as a few µV/m in certain areas and as high as several millivolts
         per meter in other areas of high noise level, interference from other stations, or objectionable fading at
         night. The intermittent service area may vary widely from day to night and generally varies over shorter
         intervals of time. Only Class A stations are protected from interference from other stations to the
         intermittent service area.

      (i)   Broadcast stations are licensed to operate unlimited time, limited time, daytime, share time, and specified
            hours. (See §§ 73.1710, 73.1725, 73.1720, 73.1715, and 73.1730.) Applications for new stations shall
            specify unlimited time operation only.

47 CFR 73.182(i) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 67 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.182(j)
Radio Broadcast Services

      (j)   Section 73.24 sets out the general requirements for modifying the facilities of a licensed station and for
            establishing a new station. Sections 73.24(b) and 73.37 include interference related provisions that be
            considered in connection with an application to modify the facilities of an existing station or to establish a
            new station. Section 73.30 describes the procedural steps required to receive an authorization to operate
            in the 1605–1705 kHz band.

     (k) Objectionable nighttime interference from a broadcast station occurs when, at a specified field strength
         contour with respect to the desired station, the field strength of an undesired station (co-channel or first
         adjacent channel, after application of proper protection ratio) exceeds for 10% or more of the time the
         values set forth in these standards. The value derived from the root-sum-square of all interference
         contributions represents the extent of a station's interference-free coverage.

            (1) With respect to the root-sum-square (RSS) values of interfering field strengths referred to in this
                section, calculation of nighttime interference-free service is accomplished by considering the signals
                on the three channels of concern (co- and first adjacencies) in order of decreasing magnitude,
                adding the squares of the values and extracting the square root of the sum, excluding those signals
                which are less than 50% of the RSS values of the higher signals already included.

            (2) With respect to the root-sum-square values of interfering field strengths referred to in this section,
                calculation of nighttime interference for non-coverage purposes is accomplished by considering the
                signals on the three channels of concern (co- and first adjacencies) in order of decreasing
                magnitude, adding the squares of the values and extracting the square root of the sum, excluding
                those signals which are less than 25% of the RSS values of the higher signals already included.

            (3) With respect to the root-sum-square values of interfering field strengths referred to in this section,
                calculation is accomplished by considering the signals on the three channels of concern (co- and
                first adjacencies) in order of decreasing magnitude, adding the squares of the values and extracting
                the square root of the sum. The 0% exclusion method applies only to the determination of an
                improvement factor value for evaluating a station's eligibility for migration to the band 1605–1705
                kHz.

            (4) The RSS value will not be considered to be increased when a new interfering signal is added which is
                less than the appropriate exclusion percentage as applied to the RSS value of the interference from
                existing stations, and which at the same time is not greater than the smallest signal included in the
                RSS value of interference from existing stations.

            (5) It is recognized that application of the above “50% exclusion” method (or any exclusion method using
                a per cent value greater than zero) of calculating the RSS interference may result in some cases in
                anomalies wherein the addition of a new interfering signal or the increase in value of an existing
                interfering signal will cause the exclusion of a previously included signal and may cause a decrease
                in the calculated RSS value of interference. In order to provide the Commission with more realistic
                information regarding gains and losses in service (as a basis for determination of the relative merits
                of a proposed operation) the following alternate method for calculating the proposed RSS values of
                interference will be employed wherever applicable.

            (6) In the cases where it is proposed to add a new interfering signal which is not less than 50% (or 25%,
                depending on which study is being performed) of the RSS value of interference from existing
                stations or which is greater that the smallest signal already included to obtain this RSS value, the
                RSS limitation after addition of the new signal shall be calculated without excluding any signal

47 CFR 73.182(k)(6) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 68 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 73.182(k)(7)
Radio Broadcast Services

                previously included. Similarly, in cases where it is proposed to increase the value of one of the
                existing interfering signals which has been included in the RSS value, the RSS limitation after the
                increase shall be calculated without excluding the interference from any source previously included.

           (7) If the new or increased signal proposed in such cases is ultimately authorized, the RSS values of
               interference to other stations affected will thereafter be calculated by the “50% exclusion” (or 25%
               exclusion, depending on which study is being performed) method without regard to this alternate
               method of calculation.

           (8) Examples of RSS interference calculations:

                 (i)   Existing interferences:

                Station No. 1—1.00 mV/m.

                Station No. 2—0.60 mV/m.

                Station No. 3—0.59 mV/m.

                Station No. 4—0.58 mV/m.

                The RSS value from Nos. 1, 2 and 3 is 1.31 mV/m; therefore interference from No. 4 is excluded for it
                is less than 50% of 1.31 mV/m.

                 (ii) Station A receives interferences from:

                Station No. 1—1.00 mV/m.

                Station No. 2—0.60 mV/m.

                Station No. 3—0.59 mV/m.

                It is proposed to add a new limitation, 0.68 mV/m. This is more than 50% of 1.31 mV/m, the RSS
                value from Nos. 1, 2 and 3. The RSS value of Station No. 1 and of the proposed station would be 1.21
                m/Vm which is more than twice as large as the limitation from Station No. 2 or No. 3. However,
                under the above provision the new signal and the three existing interferences are nevertheless
                calculated for purposes of comparative studies, resulting in an RSS value of 1.47 mV/m. However, if
                the proposed station is ultimately authorized, only No. 1 and the new signal are included in all
                subsequent calculations for the reason that Nos. 2 and 3 are less than 50% of 1.21 mV/m, the RSS
                value of the new signal and No. 1.

                (iii) Station A receives interferences from:

                Station No. 1—1.00 mV/m.

                Station No. 2—0.60 mV/m.

                Station No. 3—0.59 mV/m.

47 CFR 73.182(k)(8)(iii) (enhanced display)                                                             page 69 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.182(l)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 No. 1 proposes to increase the limitation it imposes on Station A to 1.21 mV/m. Although the
                 limitations from stations Nos. 2 and 3 are less than 50% of the 1.21 mV/m limitation, under the
                 above provision they are nevertheless included for comparative studies, and the RSS limitation is
                 calculated to be 1.47 mV/m. However, if the increase proposed by Station No. 1 is authorized, the
                 RSS value then calculated is 1.21 mV/m because Stations Nos. 2 and 3 are excluded in view of the
                 fact that the limitations they impose are less than 50% of 1.21 mV/m.

            Note: The principles demonstrated in the previous examples for the calculation of the 50%
            exclusion method also apply to calculations using the 25% exclusion method after appropriate
            adjustment.

      (l)   Objectionable nighttime interference from a station shall be considered to exist to a station when, at the
            field strength contour specified in paragraph (q) of this section with respect to the class to which the
            station belongs, the field strength of an interfering station operating on the same channel or on a first
            adjacent channel after signal adjustment using the proper protection ratio, exceeds for 10% or more of the
            time the value of the permissible interfering signal set forth opposite such class in paragraph (q) of this
            section.

     (m) For the purpose of estimating the coverage and the interfering effects of stations in the absence of field
         strength measurements, use shall be made of Figure 8 of § 73.190, which describes the estimated
         effective field (for 1 kW power input) of simple vertical omnidirectional antennas of various heights with
         ground systems having at least 120 quarter-wavelength radials. Certain approximations, based on the
         curve or other appropriate theory, may be made when other than such antennas and ground systems are
         employed, but in any event the effective field to be employed shall not be less than the following:

                                                                                             Effective
                                            Class of station                                   field
                                                                                             (at 1 km)
             All Class A (except Alaskan)                                          275 mV/m.
             Class A (Alaskan), B and D                                            215 mV/m.
             Class C                                                               180 mV/m.

            Note (1): When a directional antenna is employed, the radiated signal of a broadcasting station will
            vary in strength in different directions, possibly being greater than the above values in certain
            directions and less in other directions depending upon the design and adjustment of the directional
            antenna system. To determine the interference in any direction, the measured or calculated
            radiated field (unattenuated field strength at 1 kilometer from the array) must be used in
            conjunction with the appropriate propagation curves. (See § 73.185 for further discussion and
            solution of a typical directional antenna case.)

            Note (2): For Class B stations in Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands, 180 mV/m
            shall be used.

47 CFR 73.182(m) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 70 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                  47 CFR 73.182(n)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (n) The existence or absence of objectionable groundwave interference from stations on the same or
         adjacent channels shall be determined by actual measurements made in accordance with the method
         described in § 73.186, or in the absence of such measurements, by reference to the propagation curves of
         § 73.184. The existence or absence of objectionable interference due to skywave propagation shall be
         determined by reference to Formula 2 in § 73.190.

     (o) Computation of skywave field strength values: —

           (1) Fifty percent skywave field strength values (clear channel). In computing the fifty percent skywave
               field strength values of a Class A clear channel station, use shall be made of Formula 1 of § 73.190,
               entitled “Skywave Field Strength” for 50 percent of the time.

           (2) Ten percent skywave field strength values. In computing the 10% skywave field strength for stations
               on a single signal or an RSS basis, Formula 2 in § 73.190 shall be used.

           (3) Determination of angles of departure. In calculating skywave field strength for stations on all
               channels, the pertinent vertical angle shall be determined by use of the formula in § 73.190(d).

     (p) The distance to any specified groundwave field strength contour for any frequency may be determined
         from the appropriate curves in § 73.184 entitled “Ground Wave Field Strength vs. Distance.”

     (q) Normally protected service contours and permissible interference signals for broadcast stations are as
         follows (for Class A stations, see also paragraph (a) of this section):

                                                     Signal strength contour of area
                                                             protected from                    Permissible interfering
                Class of      Class of channel   objectionable interference[remove footnote            signal
                                                                 reference]
                station             used                                                              (µV/m)
                                                                  (µV/m)
                                                       Day1                   Night                Day1         Night2
            A                Clear               SC 100        SC 500 50% SW                  SC 5        SC 25.
                                                 AC 500        AC 500 GW                      AC 250      AC 250.
            A (Alaskan)      ......do            SC 100        SC 100 50% SW                  SC 5        SC 5.
                                                 AC 500        AC 500 GW                      AC 250      AC 250.
            B                Clear               500           20001                          25          25.
                             Regional                                                         AC 250      250.
            C                Local               500           No presc.3                     SC 25       Not presc.
            D                Clear               500           Not presc.                     SC 25       Not presc.
                             Regional                                                         AC 250

           1   Groundwave.

           2   Skywave field strength for 10 percent or more of the time.

           3During nighttime hours, Class C stations in the contiguous 48 States may treat all Class B
           stations assigned to 1230, 1240, 1340, 1400, 1450, and 1490 kHz in Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico,
           and the U.S. Virgin Islands as if they were Class C stations.

47 CFR 73.182(q) (enhanced display)                                                                                 page 71 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 73.182(r)
Radio Broadcast Services

           Note: SC = Same channel; AC = Adjacent channel; SW = Skywave; GW = Groundwave

     (r) The following table of logarithmic expressions is to be used as required for determining the minimum
         permissible ratio of the field strength of a desired to an undesired signal. This table shall be used in
         conjunction with the protected contours specified in paragraph (q) of this section.

                                                      Desired Groundwave to:
            Frequency separation of desired to     Undesired                             Desired 50% Skywave to
                                                                    Undesired 10%
                 undesired signals (kHz)          groundwave                           Undesired 10% Skywave (dB)
                                                                    Skywave (dB)
                                                      (dB)
            0                                                 26                 26                                26
            10                                                 6                  6                         not presc.

     (s) Two stations, one with a frequency twice of the other, should not be assigned in the same groundwave
         service area unless special precautions are taken to avoid interference from the second harmonic of the
         station operating on the lower frequency. Additionally, in selecting a frequency, consideration should be
         given to the fact that occasionally the frequency assignment of two stations in the same area may bear
         such a relation to the intermediate frequency of some broadcast receivers as to cause “image”
         interference, However, since this can usually be rectified by readjustment of the intermediate frequency of
         such receivers, the Commission, in general, will not take this kind of interference into consideration when
         authorizing stations.

     (t) The groundwave service of two stations operating with synchronized carriers and broadcasting identical
         programs will be subject to some distortion in areas where the signals from the two stations are of
         comparable strength. For the purpose of estimating coverage of such stations, areas in which the signal
         ratio is between 1:2 and 2:1 will not be considered as receiving satisfactory service.

           Note: Two stations are considered to be operated synchronously when the carriers are maintained
           within 0.2 Hz of each other and they transmit identical program s.

[56 FR 64862, Dec. 12, 1991; 57 FR 43290, Sept. 18, 1992, as amended at 58 FR 27950, May 12, 1993; 81 FR 2759, Jan. 19, 2016]

§ 73.183 Groundwave signals.
     (a) Interference that may be caused by a proposed assignment or an existing assignment during daytime
         hours should be determined, when possible, by measurements on the frequency involved or on another
         frequency over the same terrain and by means for the curves in § 73.184 entitled “Ground Wave Field
         Strength versus Distance.”

           Note: Groundwave field strength measurements will not be accepted or considered for the
           purpose of establishing that interference to a station in a foreign country other than Canada, or
           that the field strength at the border thereof, would be less than indicated by the use of the ground
           conductivity maps and engineering standards contained in this part and applicable international
           agreements. Satisfactory groundwave measurements offered for the purpose of demonstrating

47 CFR 73.183(a) (enhanced display)                                                                            page 72 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.183(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

           values of conductivity other than those shown by Figure M3 in problems involving protection of
           Canadian stations will be considered only if, after review thereof, the appropriate agency of the
           Canadian government notifies the Commission that they are acceptable for such purpose.

     (b)

           (1) In all cases where measurements taken in accordance with the requirements are not available, the
               groundwave strength must be determined by means of the pertinent map of ground conductivity and
               the groundwave curves of field strength versus distance. The conductivity of a given terrain may be
               determined by measurements of any broadcast signal traversing the terrain involved. Figure M3 (See
               Note 1) shows the conductivity throughout the United States by general areas of reasonably uniform
               conductivity. When it is clear that only one conductivity value is involved, Figure R3 of § 73.190, may
               be used. It is a replica of Figure M3, and is contained in these standards. In all other situations Figure
               M3 must be employed. It is recognized that in areas of limited size or over a particular path, the
               conductivity may vary widely from the values given; therefore, these maps are to be used only when
               accurate and acceptable measurements have not been made.

           (2) For determinations of interference and service requiring a knowledge of ground conductivities in
               other countries, the ground conductivity maps comprising Appendix 1 to Annex 2 of each of the
               following international agreements may be used:

                 (i)   For Canada, the U.S.-Canada AM Agreement, 1984;

                 (ii) For Mexico, the U.S.-Mexico AM Agreement, 1986; and

                (iii) For other Western Hemisphere countries, the Regional Agreement for the Medium Frequency
                      Broadcasting Service in Region 2.

                       Where different conductivities appear in the maps of two countries on opposite sides of the
                       border, such differences are to be considered as real, even if they are not explained by
                       geophysical cleavages.

     (c) Example of determining interference by the graphs in § 73.184:

     It is desired to determine whether objectionable interference exists between a proposed 5 kW Class B station
     on 990 kHz and an existing 1 kW Class B station on first adjacent channel, 1000 kHz. The distance between the
     two stations is 260 kilometers and both stations operate nondirectionally with antenna systems that produce a
     horizontal effective field of 282 in mV/m at one kilometer. (See § 73.185 regarding use of directional
     antennas.) The ground conductivity at the site of each station and along the intervening terrain is 6 mS/m. The
     protection to Class B stations during daytime is to the 500 µV/m (0.5 Vm) contour using a 6 dB protection
     factor. The distance to the 500 µV/m groundwave contour of the 1 kW station is determined by the use of the
     appropriate curve in § 73.184. Since the curve is plotted for 100 mV/m at a 1 kilometer, to find the distance of
     the 0.5 mV/m contour of the 1 kw station, it is necessary to determine the distance to the 0.1773 m/Vm
     contour.

     (100 × 0.5 / 282 = 0.1773)

     Using the 6 mS/m curve, the estimated radius of the 0.5 mV/m contour is 62.5 kilometers. Subtracting this
     distance from the distance between the two stations leaves 197.5 kilometers. Using the same propagation
     curve, the signal from the 5 kW station at this distance is seen to be 0.059 mV/m. Since a protection ratio of 6

47 CFR 73.183(c) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 73 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                               47 CFR 73.183(d)
Radio Broadcast Services

     dB, desired to undesired signal, applies to stations separated by 10 kHz, the undesired signal could have had a
     value of up to 0.25 mV/m without causing objectionable interference. For co-channel studies, a desired to
     undesired signal ratio of no less than 20:1 (26 dB) is required to avoid causing objectionable interference.

     (d) Where a signal traverses a path over which different conductivities exist, the distance to a particular
         groundwave field strength contour shall be determined by the use of the equivalent distance method.
         Reasonably accurate results may be expected in determining field strengths at a distance from the
         antenna by application of the equivalent distance method when the unattenuated field of the antenna, the
         various ground conductivities and the location of discontinuities are known. This method considers a
         wave to be propagated across a given conductivity according to the curve for a homogeneous earth of
         that conductivity. When the wave crosses from a region of one conductivity into a region of a second
         conductivity, the equivalent distance of the receiving point from the transmitter changes abruptly but the
         field strength does not. From a point just inside the second region the transmitter appears to be at that
         distance where, on the curve for a homogeneous earth of the second conductivity, the field strength
         equals the value that occurred just across the boundary in the first region. Thus the equivalent distance
         from the receiving point to the transmitter may be either greater or less than the actual distance. An
         imaginary transmitter is considered to exist at that equivalent distance. This technique is not intended to
         be used as a means of evaluating unattenuated field or ground conductivity by the analysis of measured
         data. The method to be employed for such determinations is set out in § 73.186.

     (e) Example of the use of the equivalent distance method;

     It is desired to determine the distance to the 0.5 mV/m and 0.025 mV/m contours of a station on a frequency
     of 1000 kHz with an inverse distance field of 100 mV/m at one kilometer being radiated over a path having a
     conductivity of 10 mS/m for a distance of 20 kilometers, 5 mS/m for the next 30 kilometers and 15 mS/m
     thereafter. Using the appropriate curve in § 73.184, Graph 12, at a distance of 20 kilometers on the curve for 10
     mS/m, the field strength is found to be 2.84 mV/m. On the 5mS/m curve, the equivalent distance to this field
     strength is 14.92 kilometers, which is 5.08 (20−14.92 kilometers nearer to the transmitter. Continuing on the
     propagation curve, the distance to a field strength of 0.5 mV/m is found to be 36.11 kilometers.

     The actual length of the path travelled, however, is 41.19 (36.11 + 5.08) kilometers. Continuing on this
     propagation curve to the conductivity change at 44.92 (50.00−5.08) kilometers, the field strength is found to be
     0.304 mV/m. On the 15 mS/m propagation curve, the equivalent distance to this field strength is 82.94
     kilometers, which changes the effective path length by 38.02 (82.94−44.92) kilometers. Continuing on this
     propagation curve, the distance to a field strength of 0.025 mV/m is seen to be 224.4 kilometers. The actual
     length of the path travelled, however, is 191.46 (224.4 + 5.08−38.02) kilometers.

[28 FR 13574, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 44 FR 36037, June 20, 1979; 48 FR 9011, Mar. 3, 1983; 50 FR 18822, May 2, 1985; 50
FR 24522, June 11, 1985; 51 FR 9965, Mar. 24, 1986; 54 FR 39736, Sept. 28, 1989; 56 FR 64866, Dec. 12, 1991; 57 FR 43290, Sept.
18, 1992]

§ 73.184 Groundwave field strength graphs.
     (a) Graphs 1 to 20 show, for each of 20 frequencies, the computed values of groundwave field strength as a
         function of groundwave conductivity and distance from the source of radiation. The groundwave field
         strength is considered to be that part of the vertical component of the electric field which has not been
         reflected from the ionosphere nor from the troposphere. These 20 families of curves are plotted on log-
         log graph paper and each is to be used for the range of frequencies shown thereon. Computations are
         based on a dielectric constant of the ground (referred to air as unity) equal to 15 for land and 80 for sea

47 CFR 73.184(a) (enhanced display)                                                                             page 74 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 73.184(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

           water and for the ground conductivities (expressed in mS/m) given on the curves. The curves show the
           variation of the groundwave field strength with distance to be expected for transmission from a vertical
           antenna at the surface of a uniformly conducting spherical earth with the groundwave constants shown
           on the curves. The curves are for an antenna power of such efficiency and current distribution that the
           inverse distance (unattenuated) field is 100 mV/m at 1 kilometer. The curves are valid for distances that
           are large compared to the dimensions of the antenna for other than short vertical antennas.

     (b) The inverse distance field (100 mV/m divided by the distance in kilometers) corresponds to the
         groundwave field intensity to be expected from an antenna with the same radiation efficiency when it is
         located over a perfectly conducting earth. To determine the value of the groundwave field intensity
         corresponding to a value of inverse distance field other than 100 mV/m at 1 kilometer, multiply the field
         strength as given on these graphs by the desired value of inverse distance field at 1 kilometer divided by
         100; for example, to determine the groundwave field strength for a station with an inverse distance field of
         2700 mV/m at 1 kilometer, simply multiply the values given on the charts by 27. The value of the inverse
         distance field to be used for a particular antenna depends upon the power input to the antenna, the nature
         of the ground in the neighborhood of the antenna, and the geometry of the antenna. For methods of
         calculating the interrelations between these variables and the inverse distance field, see “The Propagation
         of Radio Waves Over the Surface of the Earth and in the Upper Atmosphere,” Part II, by Mr. K.A. Norton,
         Proc. I.R.E., Vol. 25, September 1937, pp. 1203–1237.

           Note: The computed values of field strength versus distance used to plot Graphs 1 to 20 are
           available in tabular form. For information on obtaining copies of these tabulations call or write the
           Consumer Affairs Office, Federal Communications Commission, Washington, DC 20554, (202)
           632–7000.

     (c) Provided the value of the dielectric constant is near 15, the ground conductivity curves of Graphs 1 to 20
         may be compared with actual field strength measurement data to determine the appropriate values of the
         ground conductivity and the inverse distance field strength at 1 kilometer. This is accomplished by
         plotting the measured field strengths on transparent log-log graph paper similar to that used for Graphs 1
         to 20 and superimposing the plotted graph over the Graph corresponding to the frequency of the station
         measured. The plotted graph is then shifted vertically until the plotted measurement data is best aligned
         with one of the conductivity curves on the Graph; the intersection of the inverse distance line on the Graph
         with the 1 kilometer abscissa on the plotted graph determines the inverse distance field strength at 1
         kilometer. For other values of dielectric constant, the following procedure may be used to determine the
         dielectric constant of the ground, the ground conductivity and the inverse distance field strength at 1
         kilometer. Graph 21 gives the relative values of groundwave field strength over a plane earth as a function
         of the numerical distance p and phase angle b. On graph paper with coordinates similar to those of Graph
         21, plot the measured values of field strength as ordinates versus the corresponding distances from the
         antenna in kilometers as abscissae. The data should be plotted only for distances greater than one
         wavelength (or, when this is greater, five times the vertical height of the antenna in the case of a
         nondirectional antenna or 10 times the spacing between the elements of a directional antenna) and for
         distances less than 80f1/3 MHz kilometers (i.e., 80 kilometers at 1 MHz). Then, using a light box, place the
         plotted graph over Graph 21 and shift the plotted graph vertically and horizontally (making sure that the
         vertical lines on both sheets are parallel) until the best fit with the data is obtained with one of the curves
         on Graph 21. When the two sheets are properly lined up, the value of the field strength corresponding to
         the intersection of the inverse distance line of Graph 21 with the 1 kilometer abscissa on the data sheet is

47 CFR 73.184(c) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 75 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.184(d)
Radio Broadcast Services

            the inverse distance field strength at 1 kilometer, and the values of the numerical distance at 1 kilometer,
            p1, and of b are also determined. Knowing the values of b and p1 (the numerical distance at one
            kilometer), we may substitute in the following approximate values of the ground conductivity and
            dielectric constant.

     (R/λ)1 = Number of wavelengths in 1 kilometer,

        *         *        *          *
     fMHz = frequency expressed in megahertz,
                                              *

     ε = dielectric constant on the ground referred to air as unity.

            First solve for χ by substituting the known values of p1, (R/λ)1, and cos b in equation (1). Equation (2) may
            then be solved for δ and equation (3) for ε. At distances greater than 80/f1/3 MHz kilometers the curves of
            Graph 21 do not give the correct relative values of field strength since the curvature of the earth weakens
            the field more rapidly than these plane earth curves would indicate. Thus, no attempt should be made to
            fit experimental data to these curves at the larger distances.

            Note: For other values of dielectric constant, use can be made of the computer program which
            was employed by the FCC in generating the curves in Graphs 1 to 20. For information on obtaining
            a printout of this program, call or write the Consumer Affairs Office, Federal Communications
            Commission, Washington, DC 200554, (202) 632–7000.

     (d) At sufficiently short distances (less than 55 kilometers at AM broadcast frequencies), such that the
         curvature of the earth does not introduce an additional attenuation of the waves, the curves of Graph 21
         may be used to determine the groundwave field strength of transmitting and receiving antennas at the
         surface of the earth for any radiated power, frequency, or set of ground constants. First, trace the straight
         inverse distance line corresponding to the power radiated on transparent log-log graph paper similar to
         that of Graph 21, labelling the ordinates of the chart in terms of field strength, and the abscissae in terms
         of distance. Next, using the formulas given on Graph 21, calculate the value of the numerical distance, p,
         at 1 kilometer, and the value of b. Then superimpose the log-log graph paper over Graph 21, shifting it
         vertically until both inverse distance lines coincide and shifting it horizontally until the numerical distance
         at 1 kilometer on Graph 21 coincides with 1 kilometer on the log-log graph paper. The curve of Graph 21
         corresponding to the calculated value of b is then traced on the log-log graph paper giving the field
         strength versus distance in kilometers.

     (e) This paragraph consists of the following Graphs 1 to 20 and 21.

            Note: The referenced graphs are not published in the CFR, nor will they be included in the
            Commission's automated rules system. For information on obtaining copies of the graphs call or
            write the Consumer Affairs Office, Federal Communications Commission, Washington, DC 20554,
            Telephone: (202) 632–7000.

47 CFR 73.184(e) (enhanced display)                                                                         page 76 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                 47 CFR 73.185
Radio Broadcast Services

[28 FR 13574, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 50 FR 18823, May 2, 1985; 51 FR 45891, Dec. 23, 1986; 52 FR 36878, Oct. 1, 1987; 56
FR 64866, Dec. 12, 1991; 57 FR 43290, Sept. 18, 1992]

§ 73.185 Computation of interfering signal.
     (a) Measured values of radiation are not to be used in calculating overlap, interference, and coverage.

           (1) In the case of an antenna which is intended to be non-directional in the horizontal plane, an ideal non-
               directional radiation pattern shall be used in determining interference, overlap, and coverage, even if
               the antenna is not actually non-directional.

           (2) In the case of an antenna which is directional in the horizontal plane, the radiation which shall be
               used in determining interference, overlap, and coverage is that calculated pursuant to § 73.150 or §
               73.152, depending on whether the station has a standard or modified standard pattern.

           (3) In the case of calculation of interference or overlap to (not from) a foreign station, the notified
               radiation shall be used, even if the notified radiation differs from that in paragraphs (a) (1) or (2) of
               this section.

     (b) For skywave signals from stations operating on all channels, interference shall be determined from the
         appropriate formulas and Figure 6a contained in § 73.190.

     (c) The formulas in § 73.190(d) depicted in Figure 6a of § 73.190, entitled “Angles of Departure versus
         Transmission Range” are to be used in determining the angles in the vertical pattern of the antenna of an
         interfering station to be considered as pertinent to transmission by one reflection. To provide for variation
         in the pertinent vertical angle due to variations of ionosphere height and ionosphere scattering, the curves
         2 and 3 indicate the upper and lower angles within which the radiated field is to be considered. The
         maximum value of field strength occurring between these angles shall be used to determine the
         multiplying factor to apply to the 10 percent skywave field intensity value determined from Formula 2 in §
         73.190. The multiplying factor is found by dividing the maximum radiation between the pertinent angles
         by 100 mV/m.

     (d) Example of the use of skywave curves and formulas: Assume a proposed new Class B station from which
         interference may be expected is located at a distance of 724 kilometers from a licensed Class B station.
         The proposed station specifies geographic coordinates of 40°00′00″ N and 100°00′00″ W and the station
         to be protected is located at an azimuth of 45° true at geographic coordinates of 44°26′05″ N and
         93°32′54″ W. The critical angles of radiation as determined from Figure 6a of § 73.190 for use with Class
         B stations are 9.6° and 16.6°. If the vertical pattern of the antenna of the proposed station in the direction
         of the existing station is such that, between the angles of 9.6° and 16.6° above the horizon the maximum
         radiation is 260 mV/m at one kilometer, the value of the 50% field, as derived from Formula 1 of § 73.190,
         is 0.06217 mV/m at the location of the existing station. To obtain the value of the 10% field, the 50% value
         must be adjusted by a factor derived from Formula 2 of § 73.190. The value in this case is 8.42 dB. Thus,
         the 10% field is 0.1616 mV/m. Using this in conjunction with the co-channel protection ratio of 26 dB, the
         resultant nighttime limit from the proposed station to the licensed station is 3.232 mV/m.

     (e) In the case of an antenna which is non-directional in the horizontal plane, the vertical distribution of the
         relative fields should be computed pursuant to § 73.160. In the case of an antenna which is directional in
         the horizontal plane, the vertical pattern in the great circle direction toward the point of reception in
         question must first be calculated. In cases where the radiation in the vertical plane, at the pertinent

47 CFR 73.185(e) (enhanced display)                                                                             page 77 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.185(f)
Radio Broadcast Services

           azimuth, contains a large lobe at a higher angle than the pertinent angle for one reflection, the method of
           calculating interference will not be restricted to that just described; each such case will be considered on
           the basis of the best knowledge available.

     (f) In performing calculations to determine permissible radiation from stations operating presunrise or
         postsunset in accordance with § 73.99, calculated diurnal factors will be multiplied by the values of
         skywave field strength for such stations obtained from Formula 1 or 2 of § 73.190.

           (1) The diurnal factor is determined using the time of day at the mid-point of path between the site of the
               interfering station and the point at which interference is being calculated. Diurnal factors are
               computed using the formula Df = a + bF + cF2 + dF3 where:

          Df represents the diurnal factor,

          F is the frequency in MHz,

          a,b,c, and d are constants obtained from the tables in paragraph (k)(2)

           A diurnal factor greater than one will not be used in calculations and interpolation is to be used between
           calculated values where necessary. For reference purposes, curves for presunrise and postsunset diurnal
           factors are contained in Figures 13 and 14 of § 73.190.

           (2) Constants used in calculating diurnal factors for the presunrise and postsunset periods are
               contained in paragraphs (f)(2) (i) and (ii) of this section respectively. The columns labeled Tmp
               represent the number of hours before and after sunrise and sunset at the path midpoint.

47 CFR 73.185(f)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 78 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.185(f)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

(i) Presunrise Constants

         Tmp                  a                   b                     c                     d
 −2                               1.3084               .0083                −.0155                 .0144
 −1.75                            1.3165              −.4919                 .6011                −.1884
 −1.5                             1.0079               .0296                 .1488                −.0452
 −1.25                             .7773               .3751                −.1911                 .0736
 −1                                .6230               .1547                 .2654                −.1006
 −.75                              .3718               .1178                 .3632                −.1172
 −.5                               .2151               .0737                 .4167                −.1413
 −.25                              .2027              −.2560                 .7269                −.2577
 SR                                .1504              −.2325                 .5374                −.1729
 + .25                             .1057              −.2092                 .4148                −.1239
 + 5.                              .0642              −.1295                 .2583                −.0699
 + .75                             .0446              −.1002                 .1754                −.0405
 +1                                .0148               .0135                 .0462                 .0010

(ii) Postsunset Constants

         Tmp                  a                   b                     c                     d
 1.75                              .9495              −.0187                 .0720                −.0290
 1.5                               .7196               .3583                −.2280                 .0611
 1.25                              .6756               .1518                 .0279                −.0163
 1.0                               .5486               .1401                 .0952                −.0288
 .75                               .3003               .4050                −.0961                 .0256
 .5                                .1186               .4281                −.0799                 .0197
 .25                               .0382               .3706                −.0673                 .0171
 SS                                .0002               .3024                −.0540                 .0086
 −.25                              .0278               .0458                 .1473                −.0486
 −.5                               .0203               .0132                 .1166                −.0340
 −.75                              .0152              −.0002                 .0786                −.0185
 −1.0                             −.0043               .0452                −.0040                 .0103
 −1.25                             .0010               .0135                 .0103                 .0047
 −1.5                              .0018               .0052                 .0069                 .0042
 −1.75                            −.0012               .0122                −.0076                 .0076
 −2.0                             −.0024               .0141                −.0141                 .0091

Editorial Note: At 56 FR 64867, Dec. 12, 1991, § 73.185 was amended by redesignating paragraphs (d), (e), (h),
and (k) as (c), (d), (e), and (f), resulting in two consecutive paragraph (f)'s. These paragraphs will be correctly
designated by a Federal Communication Commission document published in the FEDERAL REGISTER at a later date.

47 CFR 73.185(f)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 79 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                               47 CFR 73.185(f)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (f) For stations operating on regional and local channels, interfering skywave field intensities shall be
         determined in accordance with the procedure specified in (d) of this section and illustrated in (e) of this
         section, except that Figure 2 of § 73.190 is used in place of Figure 1a and 1b and the formulas of §
         73.190. In using Figure 2 of § 73.190, one additional parameter must be considered, i.e., the variation of
         received field with the latitude of the path.

     (g) Figure 2 of § 73.190, “10 percent Skywave Signal Range Chart,” shows the signal as a function of the
         latitude of the transmission path, which is defined as the geographic latitude of the midpoint between the
         transmitter and receiver. When using Figure 2 of § 73.190, latitude 35° should be used in case the mid-
         point of the path lies below 35° North and latitude 50° should be used in case the mid-point of the path
         lies above 50° North.

[30 FR 13783, Oct. 29, 1965, as amended at 33 FR 15420, Oct. 17, 1968; 46 FR 11995, Feb. 12, 1981; 48 FR 42958, Sept. 20, 1983;
50 FR 18843, May 2, 1985; 56 FR 64867, Dec. 12, 1991]

§ 73.186 Establishment of effective field at one kilometer.
     (a) Section 73.189 provides that certain minimum field strengths are acceptable in lieu of the required
         minimum physical heights of the antennas proper. Also, in other situations, it may be necessary to
         determine the effective field. The following requirements shall govern the taking and submission of data
         on the field strength produced:

           (1) Beginning as near to the antenna as possible without including the induction field and to provide for
               the fact that a broadcast antenna is not a point source of radiation (not less than one wave length or
               5 times the vertical height in the case of a single element, i.e., nondirectional antenna or 10 times the
               spacing between the elements of a directional antenna), measurements shall be made on six or
               more radials, at intervals of approximately 0.2 kilometer up to 3 kilometers from the antenna, at
               intervals of approximately one kilometer from 3 kilometers to 5 kilometers from the antenna, at
               intervals of approximately 2 kilometers from 5 kilometers to 15 kilometers from the antenna, and a
               few additional measurements if needed at greater distances from the antenna. Where the antenna is
               rurally located and unobstructed measurements can be made, there shall be at least 15
               measurements on each radial. These shall include at least 7 measurements within 3 kilometers of
               the antenna. However, where the antenna is located in a city where unobstructed measurements are
               difficult to make, measurements shall be made on each radial at as many unobstructed locations as
               possible, even though the intervals are considerably less than stated above, particularly within 3
               kilometers of the antenna. In cases where it is not possible to obtain accurate measurements at the
               closer distances (even out to 8 or 10 kilometers due to the character of the intervening terrain), the
               measurements at greater distances should be made at closer intervals.

           (2) The data required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section should be plotted for each radial in accordance
               with either of the two methods set forth below:

                 (i)   Using log-log coordinate paper, plot field strengths as ordinate and distance as abscissa.

                 (ii) Using semi-log coordinate paper, plot field strength times distance as ordinate on the log scale
                      and distance as abscissa on the linear scale.

           (3) However, regardless of which of the methods in paragraph (a)(2) of this section is employed, the
               proper curve to be drawn through the points plotted shall be determined by comparison with the
               curves in § 73.184 as follows: Place the sheet on which the actual points have been plotted over the
               appropriate Graph in § 73.184, hold to the light if necessary and adjust until the curve most closely

47 CFR 73.186(a)(3) (enhanced display)                                                                          page 80 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 73.186(a)(4)
Radio Broadcast Services

                matching the points is found. This curve should then be drawn on the sheet on which the points were
                plotted, together with the inverse distance curve corresponding to that curve. The field at 1 kilometer
                for the radial concerned shall be the ordinate on the inverse distance curve at 1 kilometer.

           (4) When all radials have been analyzed in accordance with paragraph (a)(3) of this section, a curve shall
               be plotted on polar coordinate paper from the fields obtained, which gives the inverse distance field
               pattern at 1 kilometer. The radius of a circle, the area of which is equal to the area bounded by this
               pattern, is the effective field. (See § 73.14.)

           (5) The antenna power of the station shall be maintained at the authorized level during all field
               measurements. The power determination will be made using the direct method as described in §
               73.51(a) with instruments of acceptable accuracy specified in § 73.1215.

     (b) Complete data taken in conjunction with the field strength measurements shall be submitted to the
         Commission in affidavit form including the following:

           (1) Tabulation by number of each point of measurement to agree with the maps required in paragraph
               (c) of this section, the date and time of each measurement, the field strength (E), the distance from
               the antenna (D) and the product of the field strength and distance (ED) (if data for each radial are
               plotted on semilogarithmic paper, see paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section) for each point of
               measurement.

           (2) Description of method used to take field strength measurements.

           (3) The family of theoretical curves used in determining the curve for each radial properly identified by
               conductivity and dielectric constants.

           (4) The curves drawn for each radial and the field strength pattern.

           (5) The antenna resistance at the operating frequency.

           (6) Antenna current or currents maintained during field strength measurements.

     (c) Maps showing each measurement point numbered to agree with the required tabulation shall be retained
         in the station records and shall be available to the FCC upon request.

[28 FR 13574, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 41 FR 44178, Oct. 7, 1976; 46 FR 11995, Feb. 12, 1981; 49 FR 49851, Dec. 24, 1984;
50 FR 18843, May 2, 1985; 50 FR 47055, Nov. 14, 1985; 51 FR 2707, Jan. 21, 1986; 52 FR 10570, Apr. 2, 1987; 66 FR 20757, Apr.
25, 2001]

§ 73.187 Limitation on daytime radiation.
     (a)

           (1) Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (a)(2) and (3) of this section, no authorization will be
               granted for a Class B or Class D station on a frequency specified in § 73.25 if the proposed operation
               would radiate during the period of critical hours (the two hours after local sunrise and the two hours
               before local sunset) toward any point on the 0.1 mV/m contour of a co-channel U.S. Class A station,
               at or below the pertinent vertical angle determined from Curve 2 of Figure 6a of § 73.190, values in
               excess of those obtained as provided in paragraph (b) of this section.

           (2) The limitation set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall not apply in the following cases:

                 (i)   Any Class B or Class D operation authorized before November 30, 1959; or

47 CFR 73.187(a)(2)(i) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 81 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 73.187(a)(2)(ii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (ii) For Class B and Class D stations authorized before November 30, 1959, subsequent changes of
                      facilities which do not involve a change in frequency, an increase in radiation toward any point
                      on the 0.1 mV/m contour of a co-channel U.S. Class A station, or the move of transmitter site
                      materially closer to the 0.1 mV/m contour of such Class A station.

           (3) A Class B or Class D station authorized before November 30, 1959, and subsequently authorized to
               increase daytime radiation in any direction toward the 0.1 mV/m contour of a co-channel U.S. Class
               A station (without a change in frequency or a move of transmitter site materially closer to such
               contour), may not, during the two hours after local sunrise or the two hours before local sunset,
               radiate in such directions a value exceeding the higher of:

                 (i)   The value radiated in such directions with facilities last authorized before November 30, 1959,
                       or

                 (ii) The limitation specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.

     (b) To obtain the maximum permissible radiation for a Class B or Class D station on a given frequency from
         640 through 990 kHz, multiply the radiation value obtained for the given distance and azimuth from the
         500 kHz chart (Figure 9 of § 73.190) by the appropriate interpolation factor shown in the K500 column of
         paragraph (c) of this section; and multiply the radiation value obtained for the given distance and azimuth
         from the 1000 kHz chart (Figure 10 of § 73.190) by the appropriate interpolation factor shown in the K1000
         column of paragraph (c) of this section. Add the two products thus obtained; the result is the maximum
         radiation value applicable to the Class B or Class D station in the pertinent directions. For frequencies
         from 1010 to 1580 kHz, obtain in a similar manner the proper radiation values from the 1000 and 1600
         kHz charts (Figures 10 and 11 of § 73.190), multiply each of these values by the appropriate interpolation
         factors in the K′1000 and K′1600 columns in paragraph (c) of this section, and add the products.

     (c) Interpolation factors.

           (1) Frequencies below 1000 kHz.

                               fkHz                              K500                              K1000
                 640                                                          0.720                               0.280
                 650                                                          0.700                               0.300
                 660                                                          0.680                               0.320
                 670                                                          0.660                               0.340
                 680                                                          0.640                               0.360
                 690                                                          0.620                               0.380
                 700                                                          0.600                               0.400
                 710                                                          0.580                               0.420
                 720                                                          0.560                               0.440
                 730                                                          0.540                               0.460
                 740                                                          0.520                               0.480
                 750                                                          0.500                               0.500
                 760                                                          0.480                               0.520
                 770                                                          0.460                               0.540
                 780                                                          0.440                               0.560
                 800                                                          0.400                               0.600

47 CFR 73.187(c)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 82 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                        47 CFR 73.187(c)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

                               fkHz                     K500                     K1000
                 810                                           0.380                              0.620
                 820                                           0.360                              0.640
                 830                                           0.340                              0.660
                 840                                           0.320                              0.680
                 850                                           0.300                              0.700
                 860                                           0.280                              0.720
                 870                                           0.260                              0.740
                 880                                           0.240                              0.760
                 890                                           0.220                              0.780
                 900                                           0.200                              0.800
                 940                                           0.120                              0.880
                 990                                           0.020                              0.980

           (2) Frequencies above 1000 kHz.

              f′kHz                           K′1000                   K′1600
 1010                                                  0.983                    0.017
 1020                                                  0.967                    0.033
 1030                                                  0.950                    0.050
 1040                                                  0.933                    0.067
 1050                                                  0.917                    0.083
 1060                                                  0.900                    0.100
 1070                                                  0.883                    0.117
 1080                                                  0.867                    0.133
 1090                                                  0.850                    0.150
 1100                                                  0.833                    0.167
 1110                                                  0.817                    0.183
 1120                                                  0.800                    0.200
 1130                                                  0.783                    0.217
 1140                                                  0.767                    0.233
 1160                                                  0.733                    0.267
 1170                                                  0.717                    0.283
 1180                                                  0.700                    0.300
 1190                                                  0.683                    0.317
 1200                                                  0.667                    0.333
 1210                                                  0.650                    0.350
 1220                                                  0.633                    0.367
 1500                                                  0.167                    0.833
 1510                                                  0.150                    0.850
 1520                                                  0.133                    0.867

47 CFR 73.187(c)(2) (enhanced display)                                                      page 83 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 73.189
Radio Broadcast Services

              f′kHz                               K′1000                               K′1600
 1530                                                            0.117                              0.883
 1540                                                            0.100                              0.900
 1550                                                            0.083                              0.917
 1560                                                            0.067                              0.933
 1570                                                            0.050                              0.950
 1580                                                            0.033                              0.967

[28 FR 13574, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49 FR 43962, Nov. 1, 1984; 56 FR 64868, Dec. 12, 1991]

§ 73.189 Minimum antenna heights or field strength requirements.
     (a) Section 73.45 requires that all applicants for new, additional, or different broadcast facilities and all
         licensees requesting authority to move 0the transmitter of an existing station, shall specify a radiating
         system, the efficiency of which complies with the requirements of good engineering practice for the class
         and power of the station.

     (b) The specifications deemed necessary to meet the requirements of good engineering practice at the
         present state of the art are set out in detail below.

           (1) The licensee of a AM broadcast station requesting a change in power, time of operation, frequency,
               or transmitter location must also request authority to install a new antenna system or to make
               changes in the existing antenna system which will meet the minimum height requirements, or submit
               evidence that the present antenna system meets the minimum requirements with respect to field
               strength, before favorable consideration will be given thereto. (See § 73.186.) In the event it is
               proposed to make substantial changes in an existing antenna system, the changes shall be such as
               to meet the minimum height requirements or will be permitted subject to the submission of field
               strength measurements showing that it meets the minimum requirements with respect to effective
               field strength.

           (2) These minimum actual physical vertical heights of antennas permitted to be installed are shown by
               curves A, B, and C of Figure 7 of § 73.190 as follows:

                 (i)   Class C stations, and stations in Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands on
                       1230, 1240, 1340, 1400, 1450 and 1490 kHz that were formerly Class C and were redesignated
                       as Class B pursuant to § 73.26(b), 45 meters or a minimum effective field strength of 180
                       mV/m for 1 kW at 1 kilometer (90 mV/m for 0.25 kW at 1 kilometer). (This height applies to a
                       Class C station on a local channel only. Curve A shall apply to any Class C stations in the 48
                       conterminous States that are assigned to Regional channels.)

                 (ii) Class A (Alaska), Class B and Class D stations other than those covered in § 73.189(b)(2)(i), a
                      minimum effective field strength of 215 mV/m for 1 kW at 1 kilometer.

                (iii) Class A stations, a minimum effective field strength of 275 mV/m for 1 kW at 1 kilometer.

           (3) The heights given on the graph for the antenna apply regardless of whether the antenna is located on
               the ground or on a building. Except for the reduction of shadows, locating the antenna on a building
               does not necessarily increase the efficiency and where the height of the building is in the order of a
               quarter wave the efficiency may be materially reduced.

47 CFR 73.189(b)(3) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 84 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 73.189(b)(4)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (4) At the present development of the art, it is considered that where a vertical radiator is employed with
               its base on the ground, the ground system should consist of buried radial wires at least one-fourth
               wave length long. There should be as many of these radials evenly spaced as practicable and in no
               event less than 90. (120 radials of 0.35 to 0.4 of a wave length in length and spaced 3° is considered
               an excellent ground system and in case of high base voltage, a base screen of suitable dimensions
               should be employed.)

           (5) In case it is contended that the required antenna efficiency can be obtained with an antenna of height
               or ground system less than the minimum specified, a complete field strength survey must be
               supplied to the Commission showing that the field strength at a mile without absorption fulfills the
               minimum requirements. (See § 73.186.) This field survey must be made by a qualified engineer using
               equipment of acceptable accuracy.

           (6) The main element or elements of a directional antenna system shall meet the above minimum
               requirements with respect to height or effective field strength. No directional antenna system will be
               approved which is so designed that the effective field of the array is less than the minimum
               prescribed for the class of station concerned, or in case of a Class A station less than 90 percent of
               the ground wave field which would be obtained from a perfect antenna of the height specified by
               Figure 7 of § 73.190 for operation on frequencies below 1000 kHz, and in the case of a Class B or
               Class D station less than 90 percent of the ground wave field which would be obtained from a
               perfect antenna of the height specified by Figure 7 of § 73.190 for operation on frequencies below
               750 kHz.

[28 FR 13574, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 31 FR 8069, June 8, 1966; 33 FR 15420, Oct. 17, 1968; 44 FR 36038, June 20, 1979;
50 FR 18844, May 2, 1985; 51 FR 2707, Jan. 21, 1986; 51 FR 4753, Feb. 7, 1986; 52 FR 10570, Apr. 2, 1987; 56 FR 64868, Dec. 12,
1991; 81 FR 2760, Jan. 19, 2016]

§ 73.190 Engineering charts and related formulas.
     (a) This section consists of the following Figures: 2, r3, 5, 6a, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13. Additionally, formulas
         that are directly related to graphs are included.

     (b) Formula 1 is used for calculation of 50% skywave field strength values.

     Formula 1. Skywave field strength, 50% of the time (at SS + 6):

     The skywave field strength, Fc(50), for a characteristic field strength of 100 mV/m at 1 km is given by:

     The slant distance, D, is given by:

     The geomagnetic latitude of the midpoint of the path, ΦM, is given by:

     ΦM = arcsin[sin aM sin 78.5° + cos aM cos 78.5° cos(69 + bM)]degrees (Eq. 3)

47 CFR 73.190(b) (enhanced display)                                                                              page 85 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.190(c)
Radio Broadcast Services

     The short great-circle path distance, d, is given by:

     Where:

     d° = arccos[sin aT sin aR + cos aT cos aR cos(bR − bT)]degrees (Eq.5)

     Where:

     aT is the geographic latitude of the transmitting terminal (degrees)

     aR is the geographic latitude of the receiving terminal (degrees)

     bT is the geographic longitude of the transmitting terminal (degrees)

     bR is the geographic longitude of the receiving terminal (degrees)

     aM is the geographic latitude of the midpoint of the great-circle path (degrees) and is given by:

     bM is the geographic longitude of the midpoint of the great-circle path (degrees) and is given by:

     Note (1): If |FM| is greater than 60 degrees, equation (1) is evaluated for | FM| = 60 degrees.

     Note (2): North and east are considered positive; south and west negative.

     Note (3): In equation (7), k = −1 for west to east paths (i.e., bR >bT), otherwise k = 1.

     (c) Formula 2 is used for calculation of 10% skywave field strength values.

     Formula 2. Skywave field strength, 10% of the time (at SS + 6):

     The skywave field strength, Fc(10), is given by:

     Fc(10) = Fc(50) + Δ dB(µV/m)

47 CFR 73.190(c) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 86 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                47 CFR 73.190(d)
Radio Broadcast Services

     Where:

     Δ = 6 when | FM| <40

     Δ = 0.2 | FM| − 2 when 40 ≤| FM| ≤60

     Δ = 10 when | FM| >60

     (d) Figure 6a depicts angles of departure versus transmission range. These angles may also be computed
         using the following formulas:

     Where:

     d = distance in kilometers

     n = 1 for 50% field strength values

     n = 2 or 3 for 10% field strength values

     and where

     K1 = 0.00752

     K2 = 0.00938

     K3 = 0.00565

           Note: Computations using these formulas should not be carried beyond 0.1 degree.

     (e) In the event of disagreement between computed values using the formulas shown above and values
         obtained directly from the figures, the computed values will control.

47 CFR 73.190(e) (enhanced display)                                                               page 87 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                              47 CFR 73.190(e)
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.190(e) (enhanced display)            page 88 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                              47 CFR 73.190(e)
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.190(e) (enhanced display)            page 89 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                              47 CFR 73.190(e)
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.190(e) (enhanced display)            page 90 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                              47 CFR 73.190(e)
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.190(e) (enhanced display)            page 91 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                              47 CFR 73.190(e)
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.190(e) (enhanced display)            page 92 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                              47 CFR 73.190(e)
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.190(e) (enhanced display)            page 93 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                              47 CFR 73.190(e)
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.190(e) (enhanced display)            page 94 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                              47 CFR 73.190(e)
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.190(e) (enhanced display)            page 95 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                              47 CFR 73.190(e)
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.190(e) (enhanced display)            page 96 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                              47 CFR 73.190(e)
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.190(e) (enhanced display)            page 97 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                              47 CFR 73.190(e)
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.190(e) (enhanced display)            page 98 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                              47 CFR 73.190(e)
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.190(e) (enhanced display)            page 99 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                              47 CFR 73.190(e)
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.190(e) (enhanced display)           page 100 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                  47 CFR 73.201
Radio Broadcast Services

[28 FR 13574, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 30 FR 12720, Oct. 6, 1965; 33 FR 15420, Oct. 17, 1968; 48 FR 42959, Sept. 20, 1983;
49 FR 43963, Nov. 1, 1984; 50 FR 18844, May 2, 1985; 51 FR 4753, Feb. 7, 1986; 52 FR 36879, Oct. 1, 1987; 56 FR 64869, Dec. 12,
1991]

Subpart B—FM Broadcast Stations
§ 73.201 Numerical designation of FM broadcast channels.
The FM broadcast band consists of that portion of the radio frequency spectrum between 88 MHz and 108 MHz. It
is divided into 100 channels of 200 kHz each. For convenience, the frequencies available for FM broadcasting
(including those assigned to noncommercial educational broadcasting) are given numerical designations which are
shown in the table below:

                      Frequency (Mc/s)                                          Channel No.
 88.1                                                                                                    201
 88.3                                                                                                    202
 88.5                                                                                                    203
 88.7                                                                                                    204
 88.9                                                                                                    205
 89.1                                                                                                    206
 89.3                                                                                                    207
 89.5                                                                                                    208
 89.7                                                                                                    209
 89.9                                                                                                    210
 90.1                                                                                                    211
 90.3                                                                                                    212
 90.5                                                                                                    213
 90.7                                                                                                    214
 90.9                                                                                                    215
 91.1                                                                                                    216
 91.3                                                                                                    217
 91.5                                                                                                    218
 91.7                                                                                                    219
 91.9                                                                                                    220
 92.1                                                                                                    221
 92.3                                                                                                    222
 92.5                                                                                                    223
 92.7                                                                                                    224
 92.9                                                                                                    225
 93.1                                                                                                    226
 93.3                                                                                                    227
 93.5                                                                                                    228
 93.7                                                                                                    229
 93.9                                                                                                    230

47 CFR 73.201 (enhanced display)                                                                                page 101 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                   47 CFR 73.201
Radio Broadcast Services

                      Frequency (Mc/s)        Channel No.
 94.1                                                       231
 94.3                                                       232
 94.5                                                       233
 94.7                                                       234
 94.9                                                       235
 95.1                                                       236
 95.3                                                       237
 95.5                                                       238
 95.7                                                       239
 95.9                                                       240
 96.1                                                       241
 96.3                                                       242
 96.5                                                       243
 96.7                                                       244
 96.9                                                       245
 97.1                                                       246
 97.3                                                       247
 97.5                                                       248
 97.7                                                       249
 97.9                                                       250
 98.1                                                       251
 98.3                                                       252
 98.5                                                       253
 98.7                                                       254
 98.9                                                       255
 99.1                                                       256
 99.3                                                       257
 99.5                                                       258
 99.7                                                       259
 99.9                                                       260
 100.1                                                      261
 100.3                                                      262
 100.5                                                      263
 100.7                                                      264
 100.9                                                      265
 101.1                                                      266
 101.3                                                      267
 101.5                                                      268
 101.7                                                      269
 101.9                                                      270

47 CFR 73.201 (enhanced display)                                  page 102 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.202
Radio Broadcast Services

                      Frequency (Mc/s)                                          Channel No.
 102.1                                                                                            271
 102.3                                                                                            272
 102.5                                                                                            273
 102.7                                                                                            274
 102.9                                                                                            275
 103.1                                                                                            276
 103.3                                                                                            277
 103.5                                                                                            278
 103.7                                                                                            279
 103.9                                                                                            280
 104.1                                                                                            281
 104.3                                                                                            282
 104.5                                                                                            283
 104.7                                                                                            284
 104.9                                                                                            285
 105.1                                                                                            286
 105.3                                                                                            287
 105.5                                                                                            288
 105.7                                                                                            289
 105.9                                                                                            290
 106.1                                                                                            291
 106.3                                                                                            292
 106.5                                                                                            293
 106.7                                                                                            294
 106.9                                                                                            295
 107.1                                                                                            296
 107.3                                                                                            297
 107.5                                                                                            298
 107.7                                                                                            299
 107.9                                                                                            300

NOTE: The frequency 108.0 MHz may be assigned to VOR test stations subject to the condition that
interference is not caused to the reception of FM broadcasting stations, present or future.

[28 FR 13623, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 30 FR 4480, Apr. 7, 1965; 52 FR 10570, Apr. 2, 1987]

§ 73.202 Table of Allotments.
     (a) General. The following Table of Allotments contains the channels (other than noncommercial educational
         Channels 201–220) designated for use in communities in the United States, its territories, and
         possessions, and not currently assigned to a licensee or permittee or subject to a pending application for
         construction permit or license. All listed channels are for Class B stations in Zones I and I–A and for Class

47 CFR 73.202(a) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 103 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.202(a)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

            C stations in Zone II unless otherwise specifically designated. Channels to which licensed, permitted, and
            “reserved” facilities have been assigned are reflected in the Media Bureau's publicly available
            Consolidated Data Base System.

            (1) Channels designated with an asterisk may be used only by noncommercial educational broadcast
                stations. The rules governing the use of those channels are contained in part 73, subpart C of this
                chapter. An entity that would be eligible to operate a noncommercial educational broadcast station
                can, in conjunction with an initial petition for rulemaking filed pursuant to part 1, subpart C of this
                chapter, request that a nonreserved FM channel (channels 221 through 300) be allotted as reserved
                only for noncommercial educational broadcasting by demonstrating the following:

                 (i)   No reserved channel can be used without causing prohibited interference to TV channel 6
                       stations or foreign broadcast stations; or

                 (ii) The applicant is technically precluded from using the reserved band by existing stations or
                      previously filed applications and the proposed station would provide a first or second
                      noncommercial educational radio service to 2,000 or more people who constitute 10% of the
                      population within the proposed allocation's 60 dBu (1 mV/m) service contour.

            (2) Each channel listed in the Table of Allotments reflects the class of station that is authorized to use it
                based on the minimum and maximum facility requirements for each class contained in § 73.211.

                 Note: The provisions of this paragraph [(a)(2) of this section] become effective [3 years from
                 the effective date of the Report and Order in BC Docket 80–90].

       (b) Table of FM Allotments.

                                      Table 1 to Paragraph (b)

[U.S. States]

                                                                    Channel No.
                                                ALABAMA
 Camden                                                                                           230A
 Hamilton                                                                                         221A
 Maplesville                                                                                      292A
 Thomaston                                                                                       280C3
                                                 ALASKA
 Kotzebue                                                                                         280A
 Yakutat                                                                                          280A
                                                ARIZONA
 Aguila                                                                                          297C2
 Ajo                                                                                              275A
 Desert Hills                                                                                     292A
 Ehrenberg                                                                                       228C2
 First Mesa                                                                                       281C

47 CFR 73.202(b) (enhanced display)                                                                         page 104 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                 47 CFR 73.202(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

                                                           Channel No.
 Fredonia                                                                266C1
 Leupp                                                                   293C1
 Overgaard                                                               234C1
 Parker                                                                  257C2
 Paulden                                                                 228C3
 Peach Springs                                                           287A
 Pima                                                                    296A
 Salome                                                                  231A
 Sells                                                                   285A
 Snowflake                                                               259C2
 Tusayan                                                                 222C1
 Wickenburg                                                              229C3
                                              ARKANSAS
 Hermitage                                                               300A
 Lake Village                                                            278C3
 Rison                                                                   255A
 Strong                                                                  296C3
                                              CALIFORNIA
 Alturas                                                                 277C
 Avenal                                                                  269A
 Boonville                                                               300A
 Cartago                                                                 233A
 Cedarville                                                              238A
 Coalinga                                                                247B1
 Coalinga                                                                 261B
 Cottonwood                                                              221A
 Dos Palos                                                               240A
 Earlimart                                                               228A
 Essex                                                                    280B
 Firebaugh                                                               234A
 Ford City                                                               271A
 Ft. Bragg                                                               253B1
 Kettleman City                                                          299A
 Lindsay                                                                 277B1
 Ludlow                                                                  261B1
 Portola                                                                 258A
 Randsburg                                                               275A
 Sacramento                                                               300B
 Tecopa                                                                  256A
 Visalia                                                                 241A

47 CFR 73.202(b) (enhanced display)                                              page 105 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                             47 CFR 73.202(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

                                                                 Channel No.
 Wasco                                                                               224A
                                               COLORADO
 Battlement Mesa                                                                    275C3
 Calhan                                                                             284C3
 Dinosaur                                                                           262C1
 Dotsero                                                                             261A
 Eckley                                                                             257C1
 Hugo                                                                                222A
 Idalia                                                                              231A
 Lake City                                                                           247A
 Olathe                                                                        270C2, 293C
 Stratton                                                                           246C1
 Walden                                                                              226A
 Yampa                                                                              277C3
                                              CONNECTICUT
                                               DELAWARE
                                          DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
                                                FLORIDA
 Big Coppitt Key                                                                    265C3
 Cross City                                                                         249C3
 Fort Walton Beach                                                                   295A
 Horseshoe Beach                                                                   *234C3
 Otter Creek                                                                         240A
                                                GEORGIA
 Pembroke                                                                           257C1
 Plains                                                                              290A
                                                HAWAII
                                                 IDAHO
 Weiser                                                                             247C1
                                                ILLINOIS
 Abingdon                                                                            291A
 Cedarville                                                                          258A
 Greenup                                                                             230A
 Pinckneyville                                                                       282A
                                                INDIANA
 Columbus                                                                            228A
 Fowler                                                                              291A
 Madison                                                                             265A
                                                 IOWA
 Asbury                                                                              254A

47 CFR 73.202(b) (enhanced display)                                                          page 106 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                    47 CFR 73.202(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

                                                              Channel No.
 Dunkerton                                                                  280A
 Keosauqua                                                                  271C3
 Moville                                                                    246A
 Rockford                                                                   225A
 Rudd                                                                       268A
                                                 KANSAS
 Council Grove                                                              281C3
                                                KENTUCKY
 Irvington                                                                  261A
                                                LOUISIANA
 Florien                                                                    222A
 Golden Meadow                                                              289C2
 Haynesville                                                                286A
 Hornbeck                                                                   269A
 Oil City                                                                   285A
 Wisner                                                                     300C3
                                                  MAINE
                                                MARYLAND
                                              MASSACHUSETTS
 Orange                                                                     247A
 West Tisbury                                                               282A
                                                MICHIGAN
 Bear Lake                                                                  264C3
 Carney                                                                     260A
 Custer                                                                     260A
 Houghton                                                                   242C1
 Lake Isabella                                                              255A
 Lexington                                                                  *256A
 Onekama                                                                    227C3
 Pigeon                                                                     267A
                                                MINNESOTA
 Grand Marais                                                               245C3
 Grand Portage                                                              251A
                                                MISSISSIPPI
 Bruce                                                                      233A
 Cleveland                                                                  226C2
 Greenwood                                                                  230C3
 McLain                                                                     245A
 New Albany                                                                 268A
 New Augusta                                                                269A

47 CFR 73.202(b) (enhanced display)                                                 page 107 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                     47 CFR 73.202(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

                                                               Channel No.
                                                 MISSOURI
 Bourbon                                                                     231A
 Bunker                                                                      292C3
 Cuba                                                                        269A
 Eminence                                                                    281A
 Maryville                                                                   285C3
 Wheatland                                                                   272A
                                                MONTANA
 Cut Bank                                                                    265C2
 Valler                                                                      289C1
                                                NEBRASKA
 Bayard                                                                      251A
                  NEVADA
 Caliente                                                                    264A
 Owyhee                                                                      247C1
 Tonopah                                                                     224A
                                              NEW HAMPSHIRE
 Enfield                                                                     282A
 Groveton                                                                    268A
 Jefferson                                                                   247A
 Stratford                                                                   254A
                                                NEW JERSEY
                                               NEW MEXICO
 Animas                                                                      279C1
 Carrizozo                                                                   261C2
 Chama                                                                       241C3
 Clovis                                                                      272C3
 Des Moines                                                                  287C
 Lovington                                                                   269C3
 Skyline-Ganipa                                                              240A
                                                NEW YORK
 Keeseville                                                                  231A
 Narrowsburg                                                                 275A
 Sagaponack                                                                  233A
 Shelter Island                                                              277A
 Westfield                                                                   265A
                                              NORTH CAROLINA
                                              NORTH DAKOTA
 Beulah                                                                      250A
 Gackle                                                                      256C1

47 CFR 73.202(b) (enhanced display)                                                  page 108 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                   47 CFR 73.202(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

                                                               Channel No.
 Medina                                                                                   222C1
 Sarles                                                                                   290C1
                   OHIO
 Dennison                                                                                  272A
                OKLAHOMA
 Arnett                                                                                   293C2
 Cheyenne                                                                                 247C2
 Clayton                                                                                   262A
 Coalgate                                                                                  242A
 Cordell                                                                                   229A
 Covington                                                                                 290A
 Savanna                                                                                   275A
 Vici                                                                                      249A
 Wayne                                                                                     266A
 Weatherford                                                                               286A
 Wright City                                                                               295A
                                                 OREGON
 Arlington                                                                                295C2
 Diamond Lake                                                                              251A
 Huntington                                                                               228C1
 Vale                                                                                      288C
                                              PENNSYLVANIA
 Liberty                                                                                   298A
                                               RHODE ISLAND
                                              SOUTH CAROLINA
 Edgefield                                                                                 238A
                                              SOUTH DAKOTA
 Edgemont                                                                                 289C1
                TENNESSEE
 Englewood                                                                                 250A
                                                  TEXAS
 Albany                                                                                    255A
 Asherton                                                                                  284A
 Aspermont                                                                                226C2
 Balmorhea                                                                                 283C
 Benjamin                                                                                 237C3
 Big Lake                                                              246A, 252C2, 281C1, 296C3
 Bogata                                                                                    247A
 Bruni                                                                                     293A
 Canadian                                                                                 235C1

47 CFR 73.202(b) (enhanced display)                                                                page 109 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                 47 CFR 73.202(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

                                              Channel No.
 Carrizo Springs                                                   228A, 295A
 Centerville                                                             274A
 Crystal Beach                                                           268A
 Dalhart                                                                261C2
 Denver City                                                            248C2
 Dickens                                                           240A, 294A
 Dilley                                                                  291A
 Eden                                                                    294A
 El Indio                                                                236A
 Encino                                                            250A, 283A
 Estelline                                                              263C3
 Fort Stockton                                                           263C
 Freer                                                                   288A
 George West                                                             292A
 Girard                                                                 248C3
 Goree                                                                   277A
 Groom                                                             223A, 273A
 Hale Center                                                            236C1
 Hamilton                                                                263A
 Hamlin                                                                 283C2
 Hereford                                                               278C2
 Iraan                                                                  269C2
 Jayton                                                                 231C2
 Junction                                                   228C2, 277C3, 290A
 Kermit                                                                 289C3
 Knox City                                                               293A
 Leakey                                                            275A, 299A
 Lockney                                                                271C3
 Lometa                                                                  253A
 Lovelady                                                                288A
 Marathon                                                               276C1
 Marquez                                                                 296A
 Mason                                                                  239C2
 Matador                                                         244C2, 276C3
 McCamey                                                         233C3, 237C3
 McLean                                                                 298C3
 Memphis                                                                 292A
 Menard                                                            265A, 292A
 Milano                                                                  274A
 Mullin                                                            224A, 277A

47 CFR 73.202(b) (enhanced display)                                               page 110 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                        47 CFR 73.202(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

                                                           Channel No.
 Munday                                                                        270C1
 O'Donnell                                                                      249A
 Olney                                                                          282A
 Palacios                                                                      259C1
 Pearsall                                                                       277A
 Premont                                                                  264C3, 287A
 Richland Springs                                                          235A, 299A
 Rising Star                                                                   290C3
 Roaring Springs                                                                227A
 Roby                                                                           290A
 Rocksprings                                                                    291A
 Roscoe                                                                         228A
 Rule                                                                           253A
 San Isidro                                                                255A, 278A
 Sanderson                                                                     274C1
 Sanger                                                                        281C3
 Seymour                                                                       222C2
 Sheffield                                                                     224C2
 Silverton                                                                      221A
 Sonora                                                                        272C3
 South Padre Island                                                             288A
 Teague                                                                        237C3
 Trinity                                                                        251A
 Turkey                                                                        221C2
 Van Alstyne                                                                    260A
 Wellington                                                              248C3, 253C3
 Wells                                                                          254A
 Westbrook                                                                      272A
 Wharton                                                                       277C2
 Zapata                                                                         292A
                                                 UTAH
 Huntington                                                                    287C3
 Milford                                                                        288C
 Paragonah                                                                      258A
                                               VERMONT
 Barton                                                                         262A
 Hardwick                                                                       290A
 West Rutland                                                                   298A
                                               VIRGINIA
                                              WASHINGTON

47 CFR 73.202(b) (enhanced display)                                                      page 111 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                47 CFR 73.202(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

                                                                     Channel No.
 Coupeville                                                                             266A
 Kahlotus                                                                               283A
 Oak Harbor                                                                             233A
 Raymond                                                                                300A
 Trout Lake                                                                             236A
                                                WEST VIRGINIA
                                                  WISCONSIN
 Ashland                                                                                275A
 Crandon                                                                                276A
 Hayward                                                                               232C2
 Laona                                                                                 272C3
 Lac Du Flambeau                                                                        225A
 New Holstein                                                                           258A
 Tomahawk                                                                              265C3
                                                  WYOMING
 Albin                                                                                 282C3
 Bairoil                                                                               235C3
 Basin                                                                                 299C1
 Cora                                                                                  274C2
 Dubois                                                                                 242A
 Jackson                                                                               294C2
 Lusk                                                                                   242A
 Manville                                                                              255C1
 Marbleton                                                                             257C1
 Medicine Bow                                                                          259C3
 Pine Bluffs                                                                            287A
 Ralston                                                                                233C
 Rawlins                                                                               298C2
 Rozet                                                                                 256C3
 Wamsutter                                                                              285A
 Wheatland                                                                         286A, 293A
                                                [U.S. Territories]
                                              AMERICAN SAMOA
                                              CENTRAL MARIANAS
                                                   GARAPAN
                                                     GUAM
                                                 PUERTO RICO
                                               VIRGIN ISLANDS
 Charlotte Amalie                                                                       237B
 Charlotte Amalie                                                                       275A

47 CFR 73.202(b) (enhanced display)                                                              page 112 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.203
Radio Broadcast Services

[30 FR 12711, Oct. 6, 1965]

Editorial Note: For FEDERAL REGISTER citations affecting § 73.202, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which
appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 73.203 Availability of channels.
     (a) Except as provided for in paragraph (b) of this section and § 1.401(d) of this chapter and 73.3573(a)(1),
         applications may be filed to construct new FM broadcast stations only at the communities and on the
         channels contained in the Table of Allotments (§ 73.202(b)).

     (b) Applications filed on a first come, first served basis for the minor modification of an existing FM
         broadcast station may propose any change in channel and/or class and/or community not defined as
         major in § 73.3573(a). Applications for a change in community of license must comply with the
         requirements set forth in § 73.3573(g).

           Note to § 73.203: This section is limited to non-reserved band changes in channel and/or class
           and/or community. Applications requesting such changes must meet either the minimum spacing
           requirements of § 73.207 at the site specified in the application, without resort to the provisions of
           the Commission's rules permitting short spaced stations as set forth in §§ 73.213 through 73.215,
           or demonstrate by a separate exhibit attached to the application the existence of a suitable
           allotment site that fully complies with §§ 73.207 and 73.315 without resort to §§ 73.213 through
           73.215.

[71 FR 76219, Dec. 20, 2006]

§ 73.204 International agreements and other restrictions on use of channels.
See §§ 73.207, 73.220 and 73.1650.

[49 FR 10264, Mar. 20, 1984]

§ 73.205 Zones.
For the purpose of allotments and assignments, the United States is divided into three zones as follows:

     (a) Zone I consists of that portion of the United States located within the confines of the following lines
         drawn on the United States Albers Equal Area Projection Map (based on standard parallels 291/2° and
         451/2°; North American datum): Beginning at the most easterly point on the State boundary line between
         North Carolina and Virginia; thence in a straight line to a point on the Virginia-West Virginia boundary line
         located at north latitude 37°49′ and west longitude 80°12′30″; thence westerly along the southern
         boundary lines of the States of West Virginia, Ohio, Indiana, and Illinois to a point at the junction of the
         Illinois, Kentucky, and Missouri State boundary lines; thence northerly along the western boundary line of
         the State of Illinois to a point at the junction of the Illinois, Iowa, and Wisconsin State boundary lines;
         thence easterly along the northern State boundary line of Illinois to the 90th meridian; thence north along
         this meridian to the 43.5° parallel; thence east along this parallel to the United States-Canada border;
         thence southerly and following that border until it again intersects the 43.5° parallel; thence east along
47 CFR 73.205(a) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 113 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 73.205(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

           this parallel to the 71st meridian; thence in a straight line to the intersection of the 69th meridian and the
           45th parallel; thence east along the 45th parallel to the Atlantic Ocean. When any of the above lines pass
           through a city, the city shall be considered to be located in Zone I. (See Figure 1 of § 73.699.)

     (b) Zone I-A consists of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands and that portion of the State of California which is
         located south of the 40th parallel.

     (c) Zone II consists of Alaska, Hawaii and the rest of the United States which is not located in either Zone I or
         Zone I-A.

[29 FR 14116, Oct. 14, 1964, and 31 FR 10125, July 27, 1966, as amended at 48 FR 29504, June 27, 1983]

§ 73.207 Minimum distance separation between stations.
     (a) Except for assignments made pursuant to § 73.213 or 73.215, FM allotments and assignments must be
         separated from other allotments and assignments on the same channel (co-channel) and five pairs of
         adjacent channels by not less than the minimum distances specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this
         section. The Commission will not accept petitions to amend the Table of Allotments unless the reference
         points meet all of the minimum distance separation requirements of this section. The Commission will
         not accept applications for new stations, or applications to change the channel or location of existing
         assignments unless transmitter sites meet the minimum distance separation requirements of this
         section, or such applications conform to the requirements of § 73.213 or 73.215. However, applications to
         modify the facilities of stations with short-spaced antenna locations authorized pursuant to prior waivers
         of the distance separation requirements may be accepted, provided that such applications propose to
         maintain or improve that particular spacing deficiency. Class D (secondary) assignments are subject only
         to the distance separation requirements contained in paragraph (b)(3) of this section. (See § 73.512 for
         rules governing the channel and location of Class D (secondary) assignments.)

     (b) The distances listed in Tables 1, 2, and 3 of this paragraph (b) apply to allotments and assignments on the
         same channel and each of five pairs of adjacent channels. The five pairs of adjacent channels are the first
         (200 kHz above and 200 kHz below the channel under consideration), the second (400 kHz above and
         below), the third (600 kHz above and below), the fifty-third (10.6 MHz above and below), and the fifty-
         fourth (10.8 MHz above and below). The distances in the Tables apply regardless of whether the
         proposed station class appears first or second in the “Relation” column of the table.

           (1) Domestic distance separation. Domestic allotments and assignments must be separated from each
               other by not less than the distances in Table 1 to this paragraph (b):

                   Table 1 to Paragraph (b)—Minimum Distance Separation Requirements in
                                                Kilometers

                [Miles]

                    Relation          Co-channel           200 kHz            400/600 kHz                10.6/10.8 MHz
                 A to A                        115 (71)          72 (45)                 31 (19)                     10 (6)
                 A to B1                       143 (89)          96 (60)                 48 (30)                     12 (7)
                 A to B                       178 (111)         113 (70)                 69 (43)                     15 (9)
                 A to C3                       142 (88)          89 (55)                 42 (26)                     12 (7)

47 CFR 73.207(b)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                         page 114 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                   47 CFR 73.207(b)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

                    Relation          Co-channel          200 kHz        400/600 kHz            10.6/10.8 MHz
                 A to C2                      166 (103)      106 (66)              55 (34)                   15 (9)
                 A to C1                      200 (124)      133 (83)              75 (47)                  22 (14)
                 A to C0                      215 (134)      152 (94)              86 (53)                  25 (16)
                 A to C                       226 (140)     165 (103)              95 (59)                  29 (18)
                 B1 to B1                     175 (109)      114 (71)              50 (31)                   14 (9)
                 B1 to B                      211 (131)      145 (90)              71 (44)                  17 (11)
                 B1 to C3                     175 (109)      114 (71)              50 (31)                   14 (9)
                 B1 to C2                     200 (124)      134 (83)              56 (35)                  17 (11)
                 B1 to C1                     233 (145)     161 (100)              77 (48)                  24 (15)
                 B1 to C0                     248 (154)     180 (112)              87 (54)                  27 (17)
                 B1 to C                      259 (161)     193 (120)             105 (65)                  31 (19)
                 B to B                       241 (150)     169 (105)              74 (46)                  20 (12)
                 B to C3                      211 (131)      145 (90)              71 (44)                  17 (11)
                 B to C2                      241 (150)     169 (105)              74 (46)                  20 (12)
                 B to C1                      270 (168)     195 (121)              79 (49)                  27 (17)
                 B to C0                      272 (169)     214 (133)              89 (55)                  31 (19)
                 B to C                       274 (170)     217 (135)             105 (65)                  35 (22)
                 C3 to C3                      153 (95)       99 (62)              43 (27)                   14 (9)
                 C3 to C2                     177 (110)      117 (73)              56 (35)                  17 (11)
                 C3 to C1                     211 (131)      144 (90)              76 (47)                  24 (15)
                 C3 to C0                     226 (140)     163 (101)              87 (54)                  27 (17)
                 C3 to C                      237 (147)     176 (109)              96 (60)                  31 (19)
                 C2 to C2                     190 (118)      130 (81)              58 (36)                  20 (12)
                 C2 to C1                     224 (139)      158 (98)              79 (49)                  27 (17)
                 C2 to C0                     239 (148)     176 (109)              89 (55)                  31 (19)
                 C2 to C                      249 (155)     188 (117)             105 (65)                  35 (22)
                 C1 to C1                     245 (152)     177 (110)              82 (51)                  34 (21)
                 C1 to C0                     259 (161)     196 (122)              94 (58)                  37 (23)
                 C1 to C                      270 (168)     209 (130)             105 (65)                  41 (25)
                 C0 to C0                     270 (168)     207 (129)              96 (60)                  41 (25)
                 C0 to C                      281 (175)     220 (137)             105 (65)                  45 (28)
                 C to C                       290 (180)     241 (150)             105 (65)                  48 (30)

           (2) Canadian border distance separation. Under the 1991 United States-Canada FM Broadcasting
               Agreement, as amended, any domestic U.S. allotment or assignment within 320 kilometers (199
               miles) of the common border must either satisfy the contour overlap provisions set out in the
               Agreement or be separated from Canadian allotments and assignments by not less than the
               distance given in Table 2 to this paragraph (b), using the distance calculation methodology set out in
               the Agreement. When applying Table 2, U.S. Class C0 allotments and assignments are considered to
               be Class C; U.S. Class C2 allotments and assignments are considered to be Class B; and U.S. Class
               C3 allotments and assignments are considered to be Class B1.

47 CFR 73.207(b)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 115 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 73.207(b)(3)
Radio Broadcast Services

                       Table 2 to Paragraph (b)—Minimum Distance Separation Requirements in
                                                    Kilometers

                [Canada]

                                                                                                    10.6/10.8 MHz
                       Relation      Co-channel        200 kHz        400 kHz        600 kHz
                                                                                                         (I.F.)
                 A1 to A1                         78             45             24             20                    4
                 A1 to A                       131               78             44             40                    7
                 A1 to B1                      164               98             57             53                    9
                 A1 to B                       190           117                71             67                   12
                 A1 to C1                      223           148                92             88                   19
                 A1 to C                       227           162           103                 99                   26
                 A to A                        151               98             51             42                   10
                 A to B1                       184           119                64             55                   12
                 A to B                        210           137                78             69                   15
                 A to C1                       243           168                99             90                   22
                 A to C                        247           182           110            101                       29
                 B1 to B1                      197           131                70             57                   24
                 B1 to B                       223           149                84             71                   24
                 B1 to C1                      256           181           108                 92                   40
                 B1 to C                       259           195           116            103                       40
                 B to B                        237           164                94             74                   24
                 B to C1                       271           195           115                 95                   40
                 B to C                        274           209           125            106                       40
                 C1 to C1                      292           217           134            101                       48
                 C1 to C                       302           230           144            111                       48
                 C to C                        306           241           153            113                       48

           (3) Mexican border distance separation. Under the 1992 United States-Mexico FM Broadcasting
               Agreement, any domestic U.S. assignment or allotment within 320 kilometers (199 miles) of the
               common border must either satisfy the contour overlap provisions set out in section 7.3 of the
               Agreement or be separated from Mexican assignments or allotments by not less than the distances
               given in Table 3 to this paragraph (b), using the distance calculation methodology set out in the
               Agreement. The minimum required distance separation between I.F. allotments and assignments
               cannot be reduced. When applying Table 3—

                 (i)    U.S. or Mexican assignments or allotments which have been notified internationally as Class A
                        are limited to a maximum of 3.0 kW ERP at 100 meters HAAT, or the equivalent;

                 (ii) U.S. or Mexican assignments or allotments which have been notified internationally as Class AA
                      are limited to a maximum of 6.0 kW ERP at 100 meters HAAT, or the equivalent;

                (iii) U.S. Class C3 assignments or allotments are considered Class B1;

47 CFR 73.207(b)(3)(iii) (enhanced display)                                                              page 116 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                47 CFR 73.207(b)(3)(iv)
Radio Broadcast Services

                (iv) U.S. Class C2 assignments or allotments are considered Class B;

                 (v) Class C1 assignments or allotments assume maximum facilities of 100 kW ERP at 300 meters
                     HAAT. However, U.S. Class C1 stations may not, in any event, exceed the domestic U.S. limit of
                     100 kW ERP at 299 meters HAAT, or the equivalent; and

                (vi) U.S. Class C0 assignments or allotments are considered Class C.

                       Table 3 to Paragraph (b)—Minimum Distance Separation Requirements in
                                                    Kilometers

                      [Mexico]

                         Relation      Co-Channel    200 kHz      400 kHz or 600 kHz        10.6 or 10.8 MHz (I.F.)
                       A to A                  100         61                          25                              8
                       A to AA                 111         68                          31                              9
                       A to B1                 138         88                          48                             11
                       A to B                  163        105                          65                             14
                       A to C1                 196        129                          74                             21
                       A to C                  210        161                          94                             28
                       AA to AA                115         72                          31                             10
                       AA to B1                143         96                          48                             12
                       AA to B                 178        125                          69                             15
                       AA to C1                200        133                          75                             22
                       AA to C                 226        165                          95                             29
                       B1 to B1                175        114                          50                             14
                       B1 to B                 211        145                          71                             17
                       B1 to C1                233        161                          77                             24
                       B1 to C                 259        193                          96                             31
                       B to B                  237        164                          65                             20
                       B to C1                 270        195                          79                             27
                       B to C                  270        215                          98                             35
                       C1 to C1                245        177                          82                             34
                       C1 to C                 270        209                      102                                41
                       C to C                  290        228                      105                                48

     (c) The distances listed below apply only to allotments and assignments on Channel 253 (98.5 MHz). The
         Commission will not accept petitions to amend the Table of Allotments, applications for new stations, or
         applications to change the channel or location of existing assignments where the following minimum
         distances (between transmitter sites, in kilometers) from any TV Channel 6 allotment or assignment are
         not met:

47 CFR 73.207(c) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 117 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                 47 CFR 73.208
Radio Broadcast Services

            Minimum Distance Separation From TV Channel 6 (82–88 MHz)

            FM Class                      TV Zone I                          TV Zones II & III
 A                                                        17                                             22
 B1                                                       19                                             23
 B                                                        22                                             26
 C3                                                       19                                             23
 C2                                                       22                                             26
 C1                                                       29                                             33
 C                                                        36                                             41

[48 FR 29504, June 27, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 10264, Mar. 20, 1984; 49 FR 19670, May 9, 1984; 49 FR 50047, Dec. 26, 1984;
51 FR 26250, July 22, 1986; 54 FR 14963, Apr. 14, 1989; 54 FR 16366, Apr. 24, 1989; 54 FR 19374, May 5, 1989; 54 FR 35338, Aug.
25, 1989; 56 FR 27426, June 14, 1991; 56 FR 57293, Nov. 8, 1991; 62 FR 50256, Sept. 25, 1997; 65 FR 79776, Dec. 20, 2000; 87 FR
15342, Mar. 18, 2022]

§ 73.208 Reference points and distance computations.
      (a)

             (1) The following reference points must be used to determine distance separation requirements when
                 petitions to amend the Table of Allotments (§ 73.202(b)) are considered:

                  (i)   First, transmitter sites if authorized, or if proposed in applications with cut-off protection
                        pursuant to paragraph (a)(3) of this section;

                  (ii) Second, reference coordinates designated by the FCC;

                 (iii) Third, coordinates listed in the United States Department of Interior publication entitled Index to
                       the National Atlas of the United States of America; or

                 (iv) Last, coordinates of the main post office.

                        (The community's reference points for which the petition is submitted will normally be the
                        coordinates listed in the above publication.)

             (2) When the distance between communities is calculated using community reference points and it does
                 not meet the minimum separation requirements of § 73.207, the channel may still be allotted if a
                 transmitter site is available that would meet the minimum separation requirements and still permit
                 the proposed station to meet the minimum field strength requirements of § 73.315. A showing
                 indicating the availability of a suitable site should be sumitted with the petition. In cases where a
                 station is not authorized in a community or communities and the proposed channel cannot meet the
                 separation requirement a showing should also be made indicating adequate distance between
                 suitable transmitter sites for all communities.

             (3) Petitions to amend the Table of Allotments that do not meet minimum distance separation
                 requirements to transmitter sites specified in pending applications will not be considered unless they
                 are filed no later than:

47 CFR 73.208(a)(3) (enhanced display)                                                                          page 118 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 73.208(a)(3)(i)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (i)   The last day of a filing window if the application is for a new FM facility or a major change in the
                       non-reserved band and is filed during a filing window established under section 73.3564(d)(3);
                       or

                 (ii) The cut-off date established in a Commission Public Notice under § 73.3564(d) and 73.3573(e)
                      if the application is for a new FM facility or a major change in the reserved band; or

                (iii) The date of receipt of all other types of FM applications. If an application is amended so as to
                      create a conflict with a petition for rule making filed prior to the date the amendment is filed, the
                      amended application will be treated as if filed on the date of the amendment for purposes of
                      this paragraph (a)(3).

                       Note: If the filing of a conflicting FM application renders an otherwise timely filed
                       counterproposal unacceptable, the counterproposal may be considered in the
                       rulemaking proceeding if it is amended to protect the site of the previously filed FM
                       application within 15 days after being placed on the Public Notice routinely issued by the
                       staff concerning the filing of counterproposals. No proposals involving communities not
                       already included in the proceeding can be introduced during the reply comment period
                       as a method of resolving conflicts. The counterproponent is required to make a showing
                       that, at the time it filed the counterproposal, it did not know, and could not have known
                       by exercising due diligence, of the pendency of the conflicting FM application.

     (b) Station separations in licensing proceedings shall be determined by the distance between the coordinates
         of the proposed transmitter site in one community and

           (1) The coordinates of an authorized transmitter site for the pertinent channel in the other community;
               or, where such transmitter site is not available for use as a reference point,

           (2) Reference coordinates designated by the FCC; or, if none are designated,

           (3) The coordinates of the other community as listed in the publication listed in paragraph (a) of this
               section; or, if not contained therein,

           (4) The coordinates of the main post office of such other community.

           (5) In addition, where there are pending applications in other communities which, if granted, would have
               to be considered in determining station separations, the coordinates of the transmitter sites
               proposed in such applications must be used to determine whether the requirements with respect to
               minimum separations between the proposed stations in the respective cities have been met.

     (c) The method given in this paragraph shall be used to compute the distance between two reference points,
         except that, for computation of distance involving stations in Canada and Mexico, the method for
         distance computation specified in the applicable international agreement shall be used instead. The
         method set forth in this paragraph is valid only for distances not exceeding 475 km (295 miles).

           (1) Convert the latitudes and longitudes of each reference point from degree-minute-second format to
               degree-decimal format by dividing minutes by 60 and seconds by 3600, then adding the results to
               degrees.

47 CFR 73.208(c)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 119 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.208(c)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (2) Calculate the middle latitude between the two reference points by averaging the two latitudes as
               follows:

                ML = (LAT1dd + LAT2dd) ÷ 2
           (3) Calculate the number of kilometers per degree latitude difference for the middle latitude calculated
               in paragraph (c)(2) as follows:

                KPDlat = 111.13209−0.56605 cos(2ML) + 0.00120 cos(4ML)
           (4) Calculate the number of kilometers per degree longitude difference for the middle latitude calculated
               in paragraph (c)(2) as follows:

                KPDlon = 111.41513 cos(ML)−0.09455 cos(3ML) + 0.00012 cos(5ML)
           (5) Calculate the North-South distance in kilometers as follows:

                NS = KPDlat(LAT1dd−LAT2dd)
           (6) Calculate the East-West distance in kilometers as follows:

                EW = KPDlon(LON1dd−LON2dd)
           (7) Calculate the distance between the two reference points by taking the square root of the sum of the
               squares of the East-West and North-South distances as follows:

                DIST = (NS2 + EW2)0.5
           (8) Round the distance to the nearest kilometer.

           (9) Terms used in this section are defined as follows:

                 (i)   LAT1dd and LON1dd = the coordinates of the first reference point in degree-decimal format.

                 (ii) LAT2dd and LON2dd = the coordinates of the second reference point in degree-decimal format.

                (iii) ML = the middle latitude in degree-decimal format.

                (iv) KPDlat = the number of kilometers per degree of latitude at a given middle latitude.

                 (v) KPDlon = the number of kilometers per degree of longitude at a given middle latitude.

                (vi) NS = the North-South distance in kilometers.

                (vii) EW = the East-West distance in kilometers.

                (viii) DIST = the distance between the two reference points, in kilometers.

[28 FR 13623, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 29 FR 14116, Oct. 14, 1964; 48 FR 29505, June 27, 1983; 52 FR 37788, Oct. 9, 1987;
52 FR 39920, Oct. 26, 1987; 54 FR 9806, Mar. 8, 1989; 57 FR 36020, Aug. 12, 1992; 58 FR 38537, July 19, 1993]

§ 73.209 Protection from interference.
     (a) Permittees and licensees of FM broadcast stations are not protected from any interference which may be
         caused by the grant of a new station, or of authority to modify the facilities of an existing station, in
         accordance with the provisions of this subpart. However, they are protected from interference caused by
         Class D (secondary) noncommercial educational FM stations. See § 73.509.

47 CFR 73.209(a) (enhanced display)                                                                            page 120 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 73.209(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (b) The nature and extent of the protection from interference afforded FM broadcast stations operating on
         Channels 221–300 is limited to that which results when assignments are made in accordance with the
         rules in this subpart.

     (c) Permittees and licensees of FM stations are not protected from interference which may be caused by the
         grant of a new LPFM station or of authority to modify an existing LPFM station, except as provided in
         subpart G of this part.

[43 FR 39715, Sept. 6, 1978 and 48 FR 29505, June 27, 1983; 54 FR 9802, Mar. 8, 1989; 65 FR 7640, Feb. 15, 2000; 65 FR 67299,
Nov. 9, 2000]

§ 73.210 Station classes.
     (a) The rules applicable to a particular station, including minimum and maximum facilities requirements, are
         determined by its class. Possible class designations depend upon the zone in which the station's
         transmitter is located, or proposed to be located. The zones are defined in § 73.205. Allotted station
         classes are indicated in the Table of Allotments, § 73.202. Class A, B1 and B stations may be authorized
         in Zones I and I-A. Class A, C3, C2, C1, C0 and C stations may be authorized in Zone II.

     (b) The power and antenna height requirements for each class are set forth in § 73.211. If a station has an
         ERP and an antenna HAAT such that it cannot be classified using the maximum limits and minimum
         requirements in § 73.211, its class shall be determined using the following procedure:

           (1) Determine the reference distance of the station using the procedure in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of §
               73.211. If this distance is less than or equal to 28 km, the station is Class A; otherwise,

           (2) For a station in Zone I or Zone I-A, except for Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands:

                 (i)   If this distance is greater than 28 km and less than or equal to 39 km, the station is Class B1.

                 (ii) If this distance is greater than 39 km and less than or equal to 52 km, the station is Class B.

           (3) For a station in Zone II:

                 (i)   If this distance is greater than 28 km and less than or equal to 39 km, the station is Class C3.

                 (ii) If this distance is greater than 39 km and less than or equal to 52 km, the station is Class C2.

                (iii) If this distance is greater than 52 km and less than or equal to 72 km, the station is Class C1.

                (iv) If this distance is greater than 72 km and less than or equal to 83 km, the station is Class C0.

                 (v) If this distance is greater than 83 km and less than or equal to 92 km, the station is Class C.

           (4) For a station in Puerto Rico or the Virgin Islands:

                 (i)   If this distance is less than or equal to 42 km, the station is Class A.

                 (ii) If this distance is greater than 42 km and less than or equal to 46 km, the station is Class B1.

                (iii) If this distance is greater then 46 km and less than or equal to 78 km, the station is Class B.

[52 FR 37788, Oct. 9, 1987; 52 FR 39920, Oct. 26, 1987, as amended at 54 FR 16367, Apr. 24, 1989; 54 FR 19374, May 5, 1989; 54
FR 35339, Aug. 25, 1989; 65 FR 79777, Dec. 20, 2000]

47 CFR 73.210(b)(4)(iii) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 121 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                               47 CFR 73.211
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.211 Power and antenna height requirements.
     (a) Minimum requirements.

           (1) Except as provided in paragraphs (a)(3) and (b)(2) of this section, FM stations must operate with a
               minimum effective radiated power (ERP) as follows:

                 (i)   The minimum ERP for Class A stations is 0.1 kW.

                 (ii) The ERP for Class B1 stations must exceed 6 kW.

                (iii) The ERP for Class B stations must exceed 25 kW.

                (iv) The ERP for Class C3 stations must exceed 6 kW.

                 (v) The ERP for Class C2 stations must exceed 25 kW.

                (vi) The ERP for Class C1 stations must exceed 50 kW.

                (vii) The minimum ERP for Class C and C0 stations is 100 kW.

           (2) Class C0 stations must have an antenna height above average terrain (HAAT) of at least 300 meters
               (984 feet). Class C stations must have an antenna height above average terrain (HAAT) of at least
               451 meters (1480 feet).

           (3) Stations of any class except Class A may have an ERP less than that specified in paragraph (a)(1) of
               this section, provided that the reference distance, determined in accordance with paragraph (b)(1)(i)
               of this section, exceeds the distance to the class contour for the next lower class. Class A stations
               may have an ERP less than 100 watts provided that the reference distance, determined in
               accordance with paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, equals or exceeds 6 kilometers.

     (b) Maximum limits.

           (1) Except for stations located in Puerto Rico or the Virgin Islands, the maximum ERP in any direction,
               reference HAAT, and distance to the class contour for each FM station class are listed below:

                 Station class     Maximum ERP       Reference HAAT in meters (ft.)   Class contour distance in kilometers
                 A               6 kW (7.8 dBk)                          100 (328)                                     28
                 B1              25 kW (14.0 dBk)                        100 (328)                                     39
                 B               50 kW (17.0 dBk)                        150 (492)                                     52
                 C3              25 kW (14.0 dBk)                        100 (328)                                     39
                 C2              50 kW (17.0 dBk)                        150 (492)                                     52
                 C1              100 kW (20.0 dBk)                       299 (981)                                     72
                 C0              100 kW (20.0 dBk)                      450 (1476)                                     83
                 C               100 kW (20.0 dBk)                      600 (1968)                                     92

                 (i)   The reference distance of a station is obtained by finding the predicted distance to the 1mV/m
                       contour using Figure 1 of § 73.333 and then rounding to the nearest kilometer. Antenna HAAT
                       is determined using the procedure in § 73.313. If the HAAT so determined is less than 30
                       meters (100 feet), a HAAT of 30 meters must be used when finding the predicted distance to
                       the 1 mV/m contour.

47 CFR 73.211(b)(1)(i) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 122 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 73.211(b)(1)(ii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (ii) If a station's ERP is equal to the maximum for its class, its antenna HAAT must not exceed the
                      reference HAAT, regardless of the reference distance. For example, a Class A station operating
                      with 6 kW ERP may have an antenna HAAT of 100 meters, but not 101 meters, even though the
                      reference distance is 28 km in both cases.

                (iii) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, no station will be authorized in Zone I or
                      I-A with an ERP equal to 50 kW and a HAAT exceeding 150 meters. No station will be authorized
                      in Zone II with an ERP equal to 100 kW and a HAAT exceeding 600 meters.

           (2) If a station has an antenna HAAT greater than the reference HAAT for its class, its ERP must be lower
               than the class maximum such that the reference distance does not exceed the class contour
               distance. If the antenna HAAT is so great that the station's ERP must be lower than the minimum
               ERP for its class (specified in paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(3) of this section), that lower ERP will
               become the minimum for that station.

           (3) For stations located in Puerto Rico or the Virgin Islands, the maximum ERP in any direction, reference
               HAAT, and distance to the class contour for each FM station class are listed below:

                     Station class    Maximum ERP      Reference HAAT in meters (ft.)   Class contour distance in kilometers
                 A                   6kW (7.8 dBk)                          240 (787)                                         42
                 B1                  25kW (14.0 dBk)                        150 (492)                                         46
                 B                   50kW (17.0 dBk)                      472 (1549)                                          78

     (c) Existing stations. Stations authorized prior to March 1, 1984 that do not conform to the requirements of
         this section may continue to operate as authorized. Stations operating with facilities in excess of those
         specified in paragraph (b) of this section may not increase their effective radiated powers or extend their
         1 mV/m field strength contour beyond the location permitted by their present authorizations. The
         provisions of this section will not apply to applications to increase facilities for those stations operating
         with less than the minimum power specified in paragraph (a) of this section.

     (d) Existing Class C stations below minimum antenna HAAT. Class C stations authorized prior to January 19,
         2001 that do not meet the minimum antenna HAAT specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section for Class
         C stations may continue to operate as authorized subject to the reclassification procedures set forth in
         Note 4 to § 73.3573.

[53 FR 17042, May 13, 1988, as amended at 54 FR 16367, Apr. 24, 1989; 54 FR 19374, May 5, 1989; 54 FR 35339, Aug. 25, 1989;
65 FR 79777, Dec. 20, 2000]

§ 73.212 Administrative changes in authorizations.
     (a) In the issuance of FM broadcast station authorizations, the Commission will specify the transmitter
         output power and effective radiated power in accordance with the following tabulation:

                     Power (watts or kW)                       Rounded out to nearest figure (watts or kW)
            1 to 3                                                                                                     .05
            3 to 10                                                                                                     .1
            10 to 30                                                                                                    .5
            30 to 100                                                                                                    1

47 CFR 73.212(a) (enhanced display)                                                                               page 123 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.212(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

                  Power (watts or kW)                      Rounded out to nearest figure (watts or kW)
            100 to 300                                                                                           5
            300 to 1,000                                                                                        10

     (b) Antenna heights above average terrain will be rounded out to the nearest meter.

[28 FR 13623, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 48 FR 29506, June 27, 1983]

§ 73.213 Grandfathered short-spaced stations.
     (a) Stations at locations authorized prior to November 16, 1964, that did not meet the separation distances
         required by § 73.207 and have remained continuously short-spaced since that time may be modified or
         relocated with respect to such short-spaced stations, provided that (i) any area predicted to receive
         interference lies completely within any area currently predicted to receive co-channel or first-adjacent
         channel interference as calculated in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section, or that (ii) a
         showing is provided pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this section that demonstrates that the public interest
         would be served by the proposed changes.

           (1) The F(50,50) curves in Figure 1 of § 73.333 are to be used in conjunction with the proposed effective
               radiated power and antenna height above average terrain, as calculated pursuant to § 73.313(c),
               (d)(2) and (d)(3), using data for as many radials as necessary, to determine the location of the
               desired (service) field strength. The F(50,10) curves in Figure 1a of § 73.333 are to be used in
               conjunction with the proposed effective radiated power and antenna height above average terrain, as
               calculated pursuant to § 73.313(c), (d)(2) and (d)(3), using data for as many radials as necessary, to
               determine the location of the undesired (interfering) field strength. Predicted interference is defined
               to exist only for locations where the desired (service) field strength exceeds 0.5 mV/m (54 dBu) for a
               Class B station, 0.7 mV/m (57 dBu) for a Class B1 station, and 1 mV/m (60 dBu) for any other class
               of station.

                 (i)   Co-channel interference is predicted to exist, for the purpose of this section, at all locations
                       where the undesired (interfering station) F(50,10) field strength exceeds a value 20 dB below
                       the desired (service) F(50,50) field strength of the station being considered (e.g., where the
                       protected field strength is 60 dBu, the interfering field strength must be 40 dBu or more for
                       predicted interference to exist).

                 (ii) First-adjacent channel interference is predicted to exist, for the purpose of this section, at all
                      locations where the undesired (interfering station) F(50,10) field strength exceeds a value 6 dB
                      below the desired (service) F(50,50) field strength of the station being considered (e.g., where
                      the protected field strength is 60 dBu, the interfering field strength must be 54 dBu or more for
                      predicted interference to exist).

           (2) For co-channel and first-adjacent channel stations, a showing that the public interest would be
               served by the changes proposed in an application must include exhibits demonstrating that the total
               area and population subject to co-channel or first-adjacent channel interference, caused and
               received, would be maintained or decreased. In addition, the showing must include exhibits
               demonstrating that the area and the population subject to co-channel or first-adjacent channel
               interference caused by the proposed facility to each short-spaced station individually is not

47 CFR 73.213(a)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 124 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                   47 CFR 73.213(a)(3)
Radio Broadcast Services

                increased. In all cases, the applicant must also show that any area predicted to lose service as a
                result of new co-channel or first-adjacent-channel interference has adequate aural service remaining.
                For the purpose of this section, adequate service is defined as 5 or more aural services (AM or FM).

           (3) For co-channel and first-adjacent-channel stations, a copy of any application proposing interference
               caused in any areas where interference is not currently caused must be served upon the licensee(s)
               of the affected short-spaced station(s).

           (4) For stations covered by this paragraph (a), there are no distance separation or interference
               protection requirements with respect to second-adjacent and third-adjacent channel short-spacings
               that have existed continuously since November 16, 1964.

     (b) Stations at locations authorized prior to May 17, 1989, that did not meet the IF separation distances
         required by § 73.207 and have remained short-spaced since that time may be modified or relocated
         provided that the overlap area of the two stations' 36 mV/m field strength contours is not increased.

     (c) Short spacings involving at least one Class A allotment or authorization. Stations that became short
         spaced on or after November 16, 1964 (including stations that do not meet the minimum distance
         separation requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section and that propose to maintain or increase their
         existing distance separations) may be modified or relocated in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) or (c)(2)
         of this section, except that this provision does not apply to stations that became short spaced by grant of
         applications filed after October 1, 1989, or filed pursuant to § 73.215. If the reference coordinates of an
         allotment are short spaced to an authorized facility or another allotment (as a result of the revision of §
         73.207 in the Second Report and Order in MM Docket No. 88–375), an application for the allotment may
         be authorized, and subsequently modified after grant, in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) or (c)(2) of this
         section only with respect to such short spacing. No other stations will be authorized pursuant to these
         paragraphs.

           (1) Applications for authorization under requirements equivalent to those of prior rules. Each application
               for authority to operate a Class A station with no more than 3000 watts ERP and 100 meters antenna
               HAAT (or equivalent lower ERP and higher antenna HAAT based on a class contour distance of 24
               km) must specify a transmitter site that meets the minimum distance separation requirements in
               this paragraph. Each application for authority to operate a Class A station with more than 3000 watts
               ERP (up to a maximum of 5800 watts), but with an antenna HAAT lower than 100 meters such that
               the distance to the predicted 0.05 mV/m (34 dBµV/m) F(50,10) field strength contour does not
               exceed 98 km must specify a transmitter site that meets the minimum distance separation
               requirements in this paragraph. Each application for authority to operate an FM station of any class
               other than Class A must specify a transmitter site that meets the minimum distance separation
               requirements in this paragraph with respect to Class A stations operating pursuant to this paragraph
               or paragraph (c)(2) of this section, and that meets the minimum distance separation requirements of
               § 73.207 with respect to all other stations.

                          Minimum Distance Separation Requirements in Kilometers (miles)

                    Relation          Co-channel          200 kHz        400/600 kHz            10.6/10.8 MHz
                 A to A                        105 (65)       64 (40)              27 (17)                      8 (5)
                 A to B1                       138 (86)       88 (55)              48 (30)                   11 (6)
                 A to B                       163 (101)      105 (65)              69 (43)                   14 (9)
                 A to C3                       138 (86)       84 (52)              42 (26)                   11 (6)

47 CFR 73.213(c)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                page 125 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 73.213(c)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

                    Relation          Co-channel            200 kHz            400/600 kHz              10.6/10.8 MHz
                 A to C2                      163 (101)         105 (65)                 55 (34)                      14 (9)
                 A to C1                      196 (122)         129 (80)                 74 (46)                     21 (13)
                 A to C                       222 (138)        161 (100)                 94 (58)                     28 (17)

           (2) Applications for authorization of Class A facilities greater than 3,000 watts ERP and 100 meters
               HAAT. Each application to operate a Class A station with an ERP and HAAT such that the reference
               distance would exceed 24 kilometers must contain an exhibit demonstrating the consent of the
               licensee of each co-channel, first, second or third adjacent channel station (for which the
               requirements of § 73.207 are not met) to a grant of that application. Each such application must
               specify a transmitter site that meets the applicable IF-related channel distance separation
               requirements of § 73.207. Applications that specify a new transmitter site which is short-spaced to
               an FM station other than another Class A station which is seeking a mutual increase in facilities may
               be granted only if no alternative fully-spaced site or less short-spaced site is available. Licensees of
               Class A stations seeking mutual increases in facilities need not show that a fully spaced site or less
               short-spaced site is available. Applications submitted pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph
               may be granted only if such action is consistent with the public interest.

[52 FR 37789, Oct. 9, 1987, as amended at 54 FR 14964, Apr. 14, 1989; 54 FR 35339, Aug. 25, 1989; 56 FR 27426, June 14, 1991;
62 FR 50521, Sept. 26, 1997; 63 FR 33876, June 22, 1998]

§ 73.215 Contour protection for short-spaced assignments.
The Commission will accept applications that specify short-spaced antenna locations (locations that do not meet
the domestic co-channel and adjacent channel minimum distance separation requirements of § 73.207); Provided
That, such applications propose contour protection, as defined in paragraph (a) of this section, with all short-spaced
assignments, applications and allotments, and meet the other applicable requirements of this section. Each
application to be processed pursuant to this section must specifically request such processing on its face, and
must include the necessary exhibit to demonstrate that the requisite contour protection will be provided. Such
applications may be granted when the Commission determines that such action would serve the public interest,
convenience, and necessity.

     (a) Contour protection. Contour protection, for the purpose of this section, means that on the same channel
         and on the first, second and third adjacent channels, the predicted interfering contours of the proposed
         station do not overlap the predicted protected contours of other short-spaced assignments, applications
         and allotments, and the predicted interfering contours of other short-spaced assignments, applications
         and allotments do not overlap the predicted protected contour of the proposed station.

           (1) The protected contours, for the purpose of this section, are defined as follows. For all Class B and B1
               stations on Channels 221 through 300 inclusive, the F(50,50) field strengths along the protected
               contours are 0.5 mV/m (54 dBµ) and 0.7 mV/m (57 dBµ), respectively. For all other stations, the
               F(50,50) field strength along the protected contour is 1.0 mV/m (60 dBµ).

           (2) The interfering contours, for the purpose of this section, are defined as follows. For co-channel
               stations, the F(50,10) field strength along the interfering contour is 20 dB lower than the F(50,50)
               field strength along the protected contour for which overlap is prohibited. For first adjacent channel
               stations (±200 kHz), the F(50,10) field strength along the interfering contour is 6 dB lower than the
               F(50,50) field strength along the protected contour for which overlap is prohibited. For both second

47 CFR 73.215(a)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                         page 126 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.215(a)(3)
Radio Broadcast Services

                and third adjacent channel stations (±400 kHz and ±600 kHz), the F(50,10) field strength along the
                interfering contour is 40 dB higher than the F(50,50) field strength along the protected contour for
                which overlap is prohibited.

           (3) The locations of the protected and interfering contours of the proposed station and the other short-
               spaced assignments, applications and allotments must be determined in accordance with the
               procedures of paragraphs (c), (d)(2) and (d)(3) of § 73.313, using data for as many radials as
               necessary to accurately locate the contours.

           (4) Protected and interfering contours (in dBu) for stations in Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands are
               as follows:

                                                                      Station with protected contour
                 Station with interfering contour         Class A               Class B1               Class B
                                                    Interfering Protected Interfering Protected Interfering Protected
                 Co-Channel:
                     Class A                               46         66         41          61         40          60
                     Class B1                              43         63         39          59         38          58
                     Class B                               45         65         41          61         41          61
                 1st Adj. Channel:
                     Class A                               61         67         56          62         59          65
                     Class B1                              57         63         54          60         54          60
                     Class B                               62         68         56          62         57          63
                 2nd-3rd Adj. Channel:
                     Class A                              107         67        100          60        104          64
                     Class B1                              99         59        100          60        104          64
                     Class B                               94         54         94          54        104          64

                Maximum permitted facilities assumed for each station pursuant to 47 CFR 73.211(b)(3):

                6 kW ERP/240 meters HAAT—Class A

                25 kW ERP/150 meters HAAT—Class B1

                50 kW ERP/472 meters HAAT—Class B

     (b) Applicants requesting short-spaced assignments pursuant to this section must take into account the
         following factors in demonstrating that contour protection is achieved:

           (1) The ERP and antenna HAAT of the proposed station in the direction of the contours of other short-
               spaced assignments, applications and allotments. If a directional antenna is proposed, the pattern of
               that antenna must be used to calculate the ERP in particular directions. See § 73.316 for additional
               requirements for directional antennas.

           (2) The ERP and antenna HAAT of other short-spaced assignments, applications and allotments in the
               direction of the contours of the proposed station. The ERP and antenna HAATs in the directions of
               concern must be determined as follows:

47 CFR 73.215(b)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 127 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 73.215(b)(2)(i)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (i)   For vacant allotments, contours are based on the presumed use, at the allotment's reference
                       point, of the maximum ERP that could be authorized for the station class of the allotment, and
                       antenna HAATs in the directions of concern that would result from a non-directional antenna
                       mounted at a standard eight-radial antenna HAAT equal to the reference HAAT for the station
                       class of the allotment.

                 (ii) For existing stations that were not authorized pursuant to this section, including stations with
                      authorized ERP that exceeds the maximum ERP permitted by § 73.211 for the standard eight-
                      radial antenna HAAT employed, and for applications not requesting authorization pursuant to
                      this section, contours are based on the presumed use of the maximum ERP for the applicable
                      station class (as specified in § 73.211), and the antenna HAATs in the directions of concern
                      that would result from a non-directional antenna mounted at a standard eight-radial antenna
                      HAAT equal to the reference HAAT for the applicable station class, without regard to any other
                      restrictions that may apply (e.g. zoning laws, FAA constraints, application of § 73.213).

                (iii) For stations authorized pursuant to this section, except stations with authorized ERP that
                      exceeds the maximum ERP permitted by § 73.211 for the standard eight-radial antenna HAAT
                      employed, contours are based on the use of the authorized ERP in the directions of concern,
                      and HAATs in the directions of concern derived from the authorized standard eight-radial
                      antenna HAAT. For stations with authorized ERP that exceeds the maximum ERP permitted by §
                      73.211 for the standard eight-radial antenna HAAT employed, authorized under this section,
                      contours are based on the presumed use of the maximum ERP for the applicable station class
                      (as specified in § 73.211), and antenna HAATs in the directions of concern that would result
                      from a non-directional antenna mounted at a standard eight-radial antenna HAAT equal to the
                      reference HAAT for the applicable station class, without regard to any other restrictions that
                      may apply.

                (iv) For applications containing a request for authorization pursuant to this section, except for
                     applications to continue operation with authorized ERP that exceeds the maximum ERP
                     permitted by § 73.211 for the standard eight-radial antenna HAAT employed, contours are
                     based on the use of the proposed ERP in the directions of concern, and antenna HAATs in the
                     directions of concern derived from the proposed standard eight-radial antenna HAAT. For
                     applications to continue operation with an ERP that exceeds the maximum ERP permitted by §
                     73.211 for the standard eight-radial HAAT employed, if processing is requested under this
                     section, contours are based on the presumed use of the maximum ERP for the applicable
                     station class (as specified in § 73.211), and antenna HAATs in the directions of concern that
                     would result from a nondirectional antenna mounted at a standard eight-radial antenna HAAT
                     equal to the reference HAAT for the applicable station class, without regard to any other
                     restrictions that may apply.

                       Note to paragraph (b): Applicants are cautioned that the antenna HAAT in any particular
                       direction of concern will not usually be the same as the standard eight-radial antenna
                       HAAT or the reference HAAT for the station class.

47 CFR 73.215(b)(2)(iv) (enhanced display)                                                               page 128 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.215(c)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (c) Applications submitted for processing pursuant to this section are not required to propose contour
         protection of any assignment, application or allotment for which the minimum distance separation
         requirements of § 73.207 are met, and may, in the directions of those assignments, applications and
         allotments, employ the maximum ERP permitted by § 73.211 for the standard eight-radial antenna HAAT
         employed.

     (d) Stations authorized pursuant to this section may be subsequently authorized on the basis of compliance
         with the domestic minimum separation distance requirements of § 73.207, upon filing of an FCC Form
         301 or FCC Form 340 (as appropriate) requesting a modification of authorization.

     (e) The Commission will not accept applications that specify a short-spaced antenna location for which the
         following minimum distance separation requirements, in kilometers (miles), are not met:

          Relation             Co-Channel               200 kHz              400/600 kHz
 A to A                                       92 (57)             49 (30)                  25 (16)
 A to B1                                  119 (74)                72 (45)                  42 (26)
 A to B                                   143 (89)                96 (60)                  63 (39)
 A to C3                                  119 (74)                72 (45)                  36 (22)
 A to C2                                  143 (89)                89 (55)                  49 (30)
 A to C1                                 178 (111)           111 (69)                      69 (43)
 A to C0                                 193 (120)           130 (81)                      80 (50)
 A to C                                  203 (126)           142 (88)                      89 (55)
 B1 to B1                                 143 (89)                96 (60)                  44 (27)
 B1 to B                                 178 (111)           114 (71)                      65 (40)
 B1 to C3                                 143 (89)                96 (60)                  44 (27)
 B1 to C2                                175 (109)           114 (71)                      50 (31)
 B1 to C1                                200 (124)           134 (83)                      71 (44)
 B1 to C0                               0215 (134)           153 (95)                      81 (50)
 B1 to C                                 233 (145)          165 (103)                      99 (61)
 B to B                                  211 (131)           145 (90)                      68 (42)
 B to C3                                 178 (111)           114 (70)                      65 (40)
 B to C2                                 211 (131)           145 (90)                      68 (42)
 B to C1                                 241 (150)          169 (105)                      73 (45)
 B to C0                                 266 (165)          195 (121)                      83 (52)
 B to C                                  268 (163)          195 (121)                      99 (61)
 C3 to C3                                 142 (88)                89 (55)                  37 (23)
 C3 to C2                                166 (103)           106 (66)                      50 (31)
 C3 to C1                                200 (124)           133 (83)                      70 (43)
 C3to C0                                 215 (134)           152 (94)                      81 (50)
 C3 to C                                 226 (140)          165 (103)                      90 (56)
 C2 to C2                                177 (110)           117 (73)                      52 (32)
 C2 to C1                                211 (131)           144 (90)                      73 (45)
 C2 to C0                                227 (141)          163 (101)                      83 (52)
 C2 to C                                 237 (147)          176 (109)                      96 (61)

47 CFR 73.215(e) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 129 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                 47 CFR 73.220
Radio Broadcast Services

       Relation                Co-Channel                   200 kHz                   400/600 kHz
 C1 to C1                                224 (139)                 158 (98)                          76 (47)
 C1 to C0                                239 (148)                176 (109)                          88 (55)
 C1 to C                                 249 (155)                188 (117)                          99 (61)
 C0 to C0                                259 (161)                196 (122)                          90 (56)
 C0 to C                                 270 (168)                 207 (129                          99 (61)
 C to C                                  270 (168)                209 (130)                          99 (61)

[54 FR 9802, Mar. 8, 1989, as amended at 54 FR 35340, Aug. 25, 1989; 56 FR 57294, Nov. 8, 1991; 57 FR 46325, Oct. 8, 1992; 65
FR 79777, Dec. 20, 2000; 66 FR 8149, Jan. 29, 2001]

§ 73.220 Restrictions on use of channels.
     (a) The frequency 89.1 MHz (channel 206) is revised in the New York City metropolitan area for the use of the
         United Nations with the equivalent of an antenna height of 150 meters (492 feet) above average terrain
         and effective radiated power of 20 kWs, and the FCC will make no assignments which would cause
         objectionable interference with such use.

     (b) [Reserved]

[43 FR 45845, Oct. 4, 1978, as amended at 46 FR 50376, Oct. 13, 1981, 47 FR 30068, July 12, 1982; 48 FR 29507, June 27, 1983;
70 FR 46676, Aug. 10, 2005]

§ 73.232 Territorial exclusivity.
No licensee of an FM broadcast station shall have any arrangement with a network organization which prevents or
hinders another station serving substantially the same area from broadcasting the network's programs not taken by
the former station, or which prevents or hinders another station serving a substantially different area from
broadcasting any program of the network organization: Provided, however, That this section does not prohibit
arrangements under which the station is granted first call within its primary service area upon the network's
programs. The term “network organization” means any organization originating program material, with or without
commercial messages, and furnishing the same to stations interconnected so as to permit simultaneous broadcast
by all or some of them. However, arrangements involving only stations under common ownership, or only the
rebroadcast by one station of programming from another with no compensation other than a lump-sum payment by
the station rebroadcasting, are not considered arrangements with a network organization. The term “arrangement“
means any contract, arrangement or understanding, express or implied.

[42 FR 16422, Mar. 28, 1977, as amended at 57 FR 48333, Oct. 23, 1992]

§ 73.258 Indicating instruments.
     (a) Each FM broadcast station shall be equipped with indicating instruments which conform with the
         specifications described in § 73.1215 for determining power by the indirect method; for indicating the
         relative amplitude of the transmission line radio frequency current, voltage, or power; and with such other
         instruments as are necessary for the proper adjustment, operation, and maintenance of the transmitting
         system.

     (b) The function of each instrument shall be clearly and permanently shown in the instrument itself or on the
         panel immediately adjacent thereto.
47 CFR 73.258(b) (enhanced display)                                                                            page 130 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 73.258(c)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (c) In the event that any one of these indicating instruments becomes defective when no substitute which
         conforms with the required specifications is available, the station may be operated without the defective
         instrument pending its repair or replacement for a period not in excess of 60 days without further
         authority of the FCC: Provided that, if the defective instrument is the transmission line meter of a station
         which determines the output power by the direct method, the operating power shall be determined by the
         indirect method in accordance with § 73.267(c) during the entire time the station is operated without the
         transmission line meter.

     (d) If conditions beyond the control of the licensee prevent the restoration of the meter to service within the
         above allowed period, an informal letter request in accordance with § 73.3549 may be filed with the FCC,
         Attention: Audio Division, Media Bureau, in Washington, DC for such additional time as may be required to
         complete repairs of the defective instrument.

[41 FR 36818, Sept. 1, 1976, as amended at 48 FR 44805, Sept. 30, 1983; 50 FR 32416, Aug. 12, 1985; 63 FR 33876, June 22,
1998; 67 FR 13231, Mar. 21, 2002]

§ 73.267 Determining operating power.
     (a) The operating power of each FM station is to be determined by either the direct or indirect method.

     (b) Direct method. The direct method of power determination for an FM station uses the indications of a
         calibrated transmission line meter (responsive to relative voltage, current, or power) located at the RF
         output terminals of the transmitter. This meter must be calibrated whenever there is any indication that
         the calibration is inaccurate or whenever any component of the metering circuit is repaired or replaced.
         The calibration must cover, as a minimum, the range from 90% to 105% of authorized power. The meter
         calibration may be checked by measuring the power at the transmitter terminals while either:

           (1) Operating the transmitter into the transmitting antenna, and determining actual operating power by
               the indirect method described in § 73.267(c); or

           (2) Operating the transmitter into a load (of substantially zero reactance and a resistance equal to the
               transmission line characteristic impedance) and using an electrical device (within ±5% accuracy) or
               temperature and coolant flow indicator (within ±4% accuracy) to determine the power.

           (3) The calibration must cover, as a minimum, the range from 90% to 105% of authorized power and the
               meter must provide clear indications which will permit maintaining the operating power within the
               prescribed tolerance or the meter shall be calibrated to read directly in power units.

     (c) Indirect method. The operating power is determined by the indirect method by applying an appropriate
         factor to the input power to the last radio-frequency power amplifier stage of the transmitter, using the
         following formula:

           Transmitter output power = Ep × Ip × F
     Where:

     Ep = DC input voltage of final radio stage.

     Ip = Total DC input current of final radio stage.

     F = Efficiency factor.

47 CFR 73.267(c) (enhanced display)                                                                            page 131 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 73.267(c)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) If the above formula is not appropriate for the design of the transmitter final amplifier, use a formula
               specified by the transmitter manufacturer with other appropriate operating parameters.

           (2) The value of the efficiency factor, F, established for the authorized transmitter output power is to be
               used for maintaining the operating power, even though there may be some variation in F over the
               power operating range of the transmitter.

           (3) The value of F is to be determined and a record kept thereof by one of the following procedures listed
               in order of preference:

                 (i)   Using the most recent measurement data for calibration of the transmission line meter
                       according to the procedures described in paragraph (b) of this section or the most recent
                       measurements made by the licensee establishing the value of F. In the case of composite
                       transmitters or those in which the final amplifier stages have been modified pursuant to FCC
                       approval, the licensee must furnish the FCC and also retain with the station records the
                       measurement data used as a basis for determining the value of F.

                 (ii) Using measurement data shown on the transmitter manufacturer's test data supplied to the
                      licensee; Provided, That measurements were made at the authorized frequency and transmitter
                      output power.

                (iii) Using the transmitter manufacturer's measurement data submitted to the FCC for type
                      acceptance and as shown in the instruction book supplied to the licensee.

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303))

[44 FR 58731, Oct. 11, 1979, as amended at 45 FR 28141, Apr. 28, 1980; 48 FR 38479, Aug. 24, 1983; 49 FR 4210, Feb. 3, 1984; 49
FR 49851, Dec. 24, 1984]

§ 73.277 Permissible transmissions.
     (a) No FM broadcast licensee or permittee shall enter into any agreement, arrangement or understanding, oral
         or written, whereby it undertakes to supply, or receives consideration for supplying, on its main channel a
         functional music, background music, or other subscription service (including storecasting) for reception in
         the place or places of business of any subscriber.

     (b) The transmission (or interruption) of radio energy in the FM broadcast band is permissible only pursuant
         to a station license, program test authority, construction permit, or experimental authorization and the
         provisions of this part of the rules.

[29 FR 7471, June 10, 1964. Redesignated at 39 FR 38655, Nov. 1, 1974 and amended at 48 FR 28454, June 22, 1983]

§ 73.293 Use of FM multiplex subcarriers.
Licensees of FM broadcast stations may transmit, without further authorization, subcarrier communication services
in accordance with the provisions of §§ 73.319 and 73.322.

[51 FR 17028, May 8, 1986]

47 CFR 73.293 (enhanced display)                                                                                page 132 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                47 CFR 73.295
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.295 FM subsidiary communications services.
     (a) Subsidiary communication services are those transmitted on a subcarrier within the FM baseband signal,
         but do not include services which enhance the main program broadcast service, or exclusively relate to
         station operations (see § 73.293). Subsidiary communications include, but are not limited to services
         such as functional music, specialized foreign language programs, radio reading services, utility load
         management, market and financial data and news, paging and calling, traffic control signal switching,
         bilingual television audio, and point to point or multipoint messages.

     (b) FM subsidiary communications services that are common carrier in nature are subject to common carrier
         regulation. Licensees operating such services are required to apply to the FCC for the appropriate
         authorization and to comply with all policies and rules applicable to the service. Responsibility for making
         the initial determinations of whether a particular activity is common carriage rests with the FM station
         licensee. Initial determinations by licensees are subject to FCC examination and may be reviewed at the
         FCC's discretion.

     (c) Subsidiary communications services are of a secondary nature under the authority of the FM station
         authorization, and the authority to provide such communications services may not be retained or
         transferred in any manner separate from the station's authorization. The grant or renewal of an FM station
         permit or license is not furthered or promoted by proposed or past services. The permittee or licensee
         must establish that the broadcast operation is in the public interest wholly apart from the subsidiary
         communications services provided.

     (d) The station identification, delayed recording and sponsor identification announcements required by §§
         73.1201, 73.1208, and 73.1212 are not applicable to material transmitted under an SCA.

     (e) The licensee or permittee must retain control over all material transmitted in a broadcast mode via the
         station's facilities, with the right to reject any material that it deems inappropriate or undesirable.

[48 FR 28454, June 22, 1983, as amended at 48 FR 44805, Sept. 30, 1983; 49 FR 33663, Aug. 15, 1984; 50 FR 32416, Aug. 12,
1985; 57 FR 48333, Oct. 23, 1992]

§ 73.297 FM stereophonic sound broadcasting.
     (a) An FM broadcast station may, without specific authority from the FCC, transmit stereophonic (biphonic,
         quadraphonic, etc.) sound programs upon installation of stereophonic sound transmitting equipment
         under the provisions of §§ 2.1001, 73.322, and 73.1590 of the Rules. Prior to commencement of
         stereophonic sound broadcasting, equipment performance measurements must be made to ensure that
         the transmitted signal complies with all applicable rules and standards.

     (b) Each licensee or permittee engaging in multichannel broadcasting must measure the pilot subcarrier
         frequency as often as necessary to ensure that it is kept at all times within 2 Hz of the authorized
         frequency.

[48 FR 28454, June 22, 1983, and 48 FR 38479, Aug. 24, 1983]

§ 73.310 FM technical definitions.
     (a) Frequency modulation. Antenna height above average terrain (HAAT). HAAT is calculated by: determining
         the average of the antenna heights above the terrain from 3 to 16 kilometers (2 to 10 miles) from the
         antenna for the eight directions evenly spaced for each 45° of azimuth starting with True North (a

47 CFR 73.310(a) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 133 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                   47 CFR 73.310(a) “Antenna power gain”
Radio Broadcast Services

           different antenna height will be determined in each direction from the antenna): and computing the
           average of these separate heights. In some cases less than eight directions may be used. (See §
           73.313(d).) Where circular or elliptical polarization is used, the antenna height above average terrain must
           be based upon the height of the radiation of the antenna that transmits the horizontal component of
           radiation.

         Antenna power gain. The square of the ratio of the root-mean-square (RMS) free space field strength
              produced at 1 kilometer in the horizontal plane in millivolts per meter for 1 kW antenna input power
              to 221.4 mV/m. This ratio is expressed in decibels (dB). If specified for a particular direction,
              antenna power gain is based on that field strength in the direction only.

         Auxiliary facility. An auxiliary facility is an antenna separate from the main facility's antenna, permanently
                installed on the same tower or at a different location, from which a station may broadcast for short
                periods without prior Commission authorization or notice to the Commission while the main facility
                is not in operation (e.g., where tower work necessitates turning off the main antenna or where
                lightning has caused damage to the main antenna or transmission system) (See § 73.1675).

         Center frequency. The term “center frequency” means:

                (1) The average frequency of the emitted wave when modulated by a sinusoidal signal.

                (2) The frequency of the emitted wave without modulation.

         Composite antenna pattern. The composite antenna pattern is a relative field horizontal plane pattern for
             360 degrees of azimuth, for which the value at a particular azimuth is the greater of the horizontally
             polarized or vertically polarized component relative field values. The composite antenna pattern is
             normalized to a maximum of unity (1.000) relative field.

         Composite baseband signal. A signal which is composed of all program and other communications signals
             that frequency modulates the FM carrier.

         Effective radiated power. The term “effective radiated power” means the product of the antenna power
                (transmitter output power less transmission line loss) times:

                (1) The antenna power gain, or

                (2) the antenna field gain squared. Where circular or elliptical polarization is employed, the term
                    effective radiated power is applied separately to the horizontal and vertical components of
                    radiation. For allocation purposes, the effective radiated power authorized is the horizontally
                    polarized component of radiation only.

         Equivalent isotropically radiated power (EIRP). The term “equivalent isotropically radiated power (also
               known as “effective radiated power above isotropic) means the product of the antenna input power
               and the antenna gain in a given direction relative to an isotropic antenna.

         FM Blanketing. Blanketing is that form of interference to the reception of other broadcast stations which is
               caused by the presence of an FM broadcast signal of 115 dBu (562 mV/m) or greater signal strength
               in the area adjacent to the antenna of the transmitting station. The 115 dBu contour is referred to as
               the blanketing contour and the area within this contour is referred to as the blanketing area.

         FM broadcast band. The band of frequencies extending from 88 to 108 MHz, which includes those
              assigned to noncommercial educational broadcasting.

47 CFR 73.310(a) “FM broadcast band” (enhanced display)                                                  page 134 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                  47 CFR 73.310(a) “FM broadcast channel”
Radio Broadcast Services

         FM broadcast channel. A band of frequencies 200 kHz wide and designated by its center frequency.
              Channels for FM broadcast stations begin at 88.1 MHz and continue in successive steps of 200 kHz
              to and including 107.9 MHz.

         FM broadcast station. A station employing frequency modulation in the FM broadcast band and licensed
              primarily for the transmission of radiotelephone emissions intended to be received by the general
              public.

         Field strength. The electric field strength in the horizontal plane.

         Free space field strength. The field strength that would exist at a point in the absence of waves reflected
               from the earth or other reflecting objects.

         Frequency departure. The amount of variation of a carrier frequency or center frequency from its assigned
               value.

         Frequency deviation. The peak difference between modulated wave and the carrier frequency.

         Frequency modulation. A system of modulation where the instantaneous radio frequency varies in
               proportion to the instantaneous amplitude of the modulating signal (amplitude of modulating signal
               to be measured after pre-emphasis, if used) and the instantaneous radio frequency is independent of
               the frequency of the modulating signal.

         Frequency swing. The peak difference between the maximum and the minimum values of the
               instantaneous frequency of the carrier wave during modulation.

         Multiplex transmission. The term “multiplex transmission” means the simultaneous transmission of two or
               more signals within a single channel. Multiplex transmission as applied to FM broadcast stations
               means the transmission of facsimile or other signals in addition to the regular broadcast signals.

         Percentage modulation. The ratio of the actual frequency deviation to the frequency deviation defined as
               100% modulation, expressed in percentage. For FM broadcast stations, a frequency deviation of
               ±75kHz is defined as 100% modulation.

     (b) Stereophonic sound broadcasting. Cross-talk. An undesired signal occurring in one channel caused by an
         electrical signal in another channel.

                FM stereophonic broadcast. The transmission of a stereophonic program by a single FM broadcast
                station utilizing the main channel and a stereophonic subchannel.

                Left (or right) signal. The electrical output of a microphone or combination of microphones placed
                so as to convey the intensity, time, and location of sounds originating predominately to the listener's
                left (or right) of the center of the performing area.

                Left (or right) stereophonic channel. The left (or right) signal as electrically reproduced in reception
                of FM stereophonic broadcasts.

                Main channel. The band of frequencies from 50 to 15,000 Hz which frequency-modulate the main
                carrier.

                Pilot subcarrier. A subcarrier that serves as a control signal for use in the reception of FM
                stereophonic sound broadcasts.

47 CFR 73.310(b) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 135 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                               47 CFR 73.310(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

                Stereophonic separation. The ratio of the electrical signal caused in sound channel A to the signal
                caused in sound channel B by the transmission of only a channel B signal. Channels A and B may be
                any two channels of a stereophonic sound broadcast transmission system.

                Stereophonic sound. The audio information carried by plurality of channels arranged to afford the
                listener a sense of the spatial distribution of sound sources. Stereophonic sound broadcasting
                includes, but is not limited to, biphonic (two channel), triphonic (three channel) and quadrophonic
                (four channel) program services.

                Stereophonic sound subcarrier. A subcarrier within the FM broadcast baseband used for transmitting
                signals for stereophonic sound reception of the main broadcast program service.

                Stereophonic sound subchannel. The band of frequencies from 23 kHz to 99 kHz containing sound
                subcarriers and their associated sidebands.

     (c) Visual transmissions. Communications or message transmitted on a subcarrier intended for reception and
         visual presentation on a viewing screen, teleprinter, facsimile printer, or other form of graphic display or
         record.

     (d) Control and telemetry transmissions. Signals transmitted on a multiplex subcarrier intended for any form
         of control and switching functions or for equipment status data and aural or visual alarms.

[28 FR 13623, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 39 FR 10575, Mar. 21, 1974; 44 FR 36038, June 20, 1979; 48 FR 28454, June 22,
1983; 48 FR 29507, June 27, 1983; 48 FR 37216, Aug. 17, 1983; 49 FR 45145, Nov. 15, 1984; 57 FR 48333, Oct. 23, 1992; 62 FR
51058, Sept. 30, 1997]

§ 73.311 Field strength contours.
     (a) Applications for FM broadcast authorizations must show the field strength contours required by FCC
         Form 301 or FCC Form 340, as appropriate.

     (b) The field strength contours provided for in this section shall be considered for the following purposes
         only:

           (1) In the estimation of coverage resulting from the selection of a particular transmitter site by an
               applicant for an FM broadcast station.

           (2) In connection with problems of coverage arising out of application of § 73.3555.

           (3) In determining compliance with § 73.315(a) concerning the minimum field strength to be provided
               over the principal community to be served.

           (4) In determining compliance with § 73.215 concerning contour protection.

[28 FR 13623, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 31 FR 10126, July 27, 1966; 32 FR 11471, Aug. 9, 1967; 52 FR 10570, Apr. 2, 1987; 54
FR 9802, Mar. 8, 1989]

§ 73.312 Topographic data.
     (a) In the preparation of the profile graphs previously described, and in determining the location and height
         above mean sea level of the antenna site, the elevation or contour intervals shall be taken from United
         States Geological Survey Topographic Quadrangle Maps, United States Army Corps of Engineers Maps or
         Tennessee Valley Authority maps, whichever is the latest, for all areas for which such maps are available.

47 CFR 73.312(a) (enhanced display)                                                                            page 136 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 73.312(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

           If such maps are not published for the area in question, the next best topographic information should be
           used. Topographic data may sometimes be obtained from state and municipal agencies. The data from
           the Sectional Aeronautical Charts (including bench marks) or railroad depot elevations and highway
           elevations from road maps may be used where no better information is available. In cases where limited
           topographic data can be obtained, use may be made of an altimeter in a car driven along roads extending
           generally radially from the transmitter site.

     (b) The Commission will not ordinarily require the submission of topographical maps for areas beyond 24 km
         (15 miles) from the antenna site, but the maps must include the principal city or cities to be served. If it
         appears necessary, additional data may be requested.

     (c) The U.S. Geological Survey Topography Quadrangle Sheets may be obtained from the U.S. Geological
         Survey Department of the Interior, Washington, DC 20240. The Sectional Aeronautical Charts are available
         from the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, Department of Commerce, Washington, DC 20235. These maps
         may also be secured from branch offices and from authorized agents or dealers in most principal cities.

     (d) In lieu of maps, the average terrain elevation may be computer generated except in cases of dispute, using
         elevations from a 30 second, point or better topographic data file. The file must be identified and the data
         processed for intermediate points along each radial using linear interpolation techniques. The height
         above mean sea level of the antenna site must be obtained manually using appropriate topographic
         maps.

[28 FR 13623, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 31 FR 10126, July 27, 1966; 49 FR 48937, Dec. 17, 1984; 58 FR 44950, Aug. 25, 1993;
63 FR 33877, June 22, 1998]

§ 73.313 Prediction of coverage.
     (a) All predictions of coverage made pursuant to this section shall be made without regard to interference
         and shall be made only on the basis of estimated field strengths.

     (b) Predictions of coverage shall be made only for the same purposes as relate to the use of field strength
         contours as specified in § 73.311.

     (c) In predicting the distance to the field strength contours, the F(50,50) field strength chart, Figure 1 of §
         73.333 must be used. The 50% field strength is defined as that value exceeded for 50% of the time.

           (1) The F(50,50) chart gives the estimated 50% field strengths exceeded at 50% of the locations in dB
               above 1 uV/m. The chart is based on an effective power radiated from a half-wave dipole antenna in
               free space, that produces an unattenuated field strength at 1 kilometer of about 107 dB above 1
               uV/m (221.4 mV/m).

           (2) To use the chart for other ERP values, convert the ordinate scale by the appropriate adjustment in dB.
               For example, the ordinate scale for an ERP of 50 kW should be adjusted by 17 dB [10 log (50 kW) =
               17 dBk], and therefore a field strength of 60 dBu would correspond to the field strength value at
               (60−17 =) 44 dBu on the chart. When predicting the distance to field strength contours, use the
               maximum ERP of the main radiated lobe in the pertinent azimuthal direction (do not account for
               beam tilt). When predicting field strengths over areas not in the plane of the maximum main lobe,
               use the ERP in the direction of such areas, determined by considering the appropriate vertical
               radiation pattern.

47 CFR 73.313(c)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                         page 137 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.313(d)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (d) The antenna height to be used with this chart is the height of the radiation center of the antenna above the
         average terrain along the radial in question. In determining the average elevation of the terrain, the
         elevations between 3 and 16 kilometers from the antenna site are used.

           (1) Profile graphs must be drawn for eight radials beginning at the antenna site and extending 16
               kilometers therefrom. The radials should be drawn for each 45° of azimuth starting with True North.
               At least one radial must include the principal community to be served even though it may be more
               than 16 kilometers from the antenna site. However, in the event none of the evenly spaced radials
               include the principal community to be served, and one or more such radials are drawn in addition,
               these radials must not be used in computing the antenna height above average terrain.

           (2) Where the 3 to 16 kilometers portion of a radial extends in whole or in part over a large body of water
               or extends over foreign territory but the 50 uV/m (34 dBu) contour encompasses land area within the
               United States beyond the 16 kilometers portion of the radial, the entire 3 to 16 kilometers portion of
               the radial must be included in the computation of antenna height above average terrain. However,
               where the 50 uV/m (34 dBu) contour does not so encompass United States land area, and

                 (i)   the entire 3 to 16 kilometers portion of the radial extends over large bodies of water or over
                       foreign territory, such radial must be completely omitted from the computation of antenna
                       height above average terrain, and

                 (ii) where a part of the 3 to 16 kilometers portion of a radial extends over large bodies of water or
                      foreign territory, only that part of the radial extending from 3 kilometers to the outermost
                      portion of land in the United States covered by the radial used must be used in the computation
                      of antenna height above average terrain.

           (3) The profile graph for each radial should be plotted by contour intervals of from 12 to 30 meters and,
               where the data permits, at least 50 points of elevation (generally uniformly spaced) should be used
               for each radial. In instances of very rugged terrain where the use of contour intervals of 30 meters
               would result in several points in a short distance, 60 or 120 meter contour intervals may be used for
               such distances. On the other hand, where the terrain is uniform or gently sloping the smallest
               contour interval indicated on the topographic map should be used, although only relatively few points
               may be available. The profile graph should indicate the topography accurately for each radial, and the
               graphs should be plotted with the distance in kilometers as the abscissa and the elevation in meters
               above mean sea level as the ordinate. The profile graphs should indicate the source of the
               topographical data used. The graph should also show the elevation of the center of the radiating
               system. The graph may be plotted either on rectangular coordinate paper or on special paper that
               shows the curvature of the earth. It is not necessary to take the curvature of the earth into
               consideration in this procedure as this factor is taken care of in the charts showing signal strengths.
               The average elevation of the 13 kilometer distance between 3 and 16 kilometers from the antenna
               site should then be determined from the profile graph for each radial. This may be obtained by
               averaging a large number of equally spaced points, by using a planimeter, or by obtaining the median
               elevation (that exceeded for 50% of the distance) in sectors and averaging those values.

           (4) Examples of HAAT calculations:

                 (i)   The heights above average terrain on the eight radials are as follows:

                                                                                          Meters
                        0°                                                                                              120

47 CFR 73.313(d)(4)(i) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 138 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.313(d)(4)(ii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                                                                                         Meters
                       45°                                                                                            255
                       90°                                                                                            185
                       135°                                                                                             90
                       180°                                                                                           −10
                       225°                                                                                           −85
                       270°                                                                                             40
                       315°                                                                                             85

                      The antenna height above terrain (defined in § 73.310(a)) is computed as follows:

                      (120 + 255 + 185 + 90 − 10 − 85 + 40 + 85) / 8 = 85 meters.
                 (ii) Same as paragraph (d)(4)(i) of this section, except the 0° radial is entirely over sea water. The
                      antenna height above average terrain is computed as follows (note that the divisor is 7 not 8):

                      (255 + 185 + 90 − 10 − 85 + 40 + 85) / 7 = 80 meters.
                (iii) Same as paragraph (d)(4)(i) of this section, except that only the first 10 kilometers of the 90°
                      radial are in the United States; beyond 10 kilometers the 90° radial is in a foreign country. The
                      height above average terrain of the 3 to 10 kilometer portion of the 90° radial is 105 meters. The
                      antenna height above average terrain is computed as follows (note that the divisor is 8 not 7.5):

                      (120 + 255 + 105 + 90 − 10 − 85 + 40 + 85) / 8 = 75 meters.
     (e) In cases where the terrain in one or more directions from the antenna site departs widely from the average
         elevation of the 3 to 16 kilometer sector, the prediction method may indicate contour distances that are
         different from what may be expected in practice. For example, a mountain ridge may indicate the practical
         limit of service although the prediction method may indicate otherwise. In such cases, the prediction
         method should be followed, but a supplemental showing may be made concerning the contour distances
         as determined by other means. Such supplemental showings should describe the procedure used and
         should include sample calculations. Maps of predicted coverage should include both the coverage as
         predicted by the regular method and as predicted by a supplemental method. When measurements of
         area are required, these should include the area obtained by the regular prediction method and the area
         obtained by the supplemental method. In directions where the terrain is such that antenna heights less
         than 30 meters for the 3 to 16 kilometer sector are obtained, an assumed height of 30 meters must be
         used for the prediction of coverage. However, where the actual contour distances are critical factors, a
         supplemental showing of expected coverage must be included together with a description of the method
         used in predicting such coverage. In special cases, the FCC may require additional information as to
         terrain and coverage.

     (f) The effect of terrain roughness on the predicted field strength of a signal at points distant from an FM
         transmitting antenna is assumed to depend on the magnitude of a terrain roughness factor (h) which, for
         a specific propagation path, is determined by the characteristics of a segment of the terrain profile for
         that path 40 kilometers in length located between 10 and 50 kilometers from the antenna. The terrain
         roughness factor has a value equal to the distance, in meters, between elevations exceeded by all points
         on the profile for 10% and 90% respectively, of the length of the profile segment. (See § 73.333, Figure 4.)

     (g) If the lowest field strength value of interest is initially predicted to occur over a particular propagation path
         at a distance that is less than 50 kilometers from the antenna, the terrain profile segment used in the
         determination of terrain roughness factor over that path must be that included between points 10

47 CFR 73.313(g) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 139 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 73.313(h)
Radio Broadcast Services

            kilometers from the transmitter and such lesser distances. No terrain roughness correction need be
            applied when all field strength values of interest are predicted to occur 10 kilometers or less from the
            transmitting antenna.

     (h) Profile segments prepared for terrain roughness factor determinations are to be plotted in rectangular
         coordinates, with no less than 50 points evenly spaced within the segment using data obtained from
         topographic maps with contour intervals of approximately 15 meters (50 feet) or less if available.

      (i)   The field strength charts (§ 73.333, Figs. 1–1a) were developed assuming a terrain roughness factor of 50
            meters, which is considered to be representative of average terrain in the United States. Where the
            roughness factor for a particular propagation path is found to depart appreciably from this value, a terrain
            roughness correction (ΔF) should be applied to field strength values along this path, as predicted with the
            use of these charts. The magnitude and sign of this correction, for any value of Δh, may be determined
            from a chart included in § 73.333 as Figure 5.

      (j)   Alternatively, the terrain roughness correction may be computed using the following formula:

ΔF = 1.9−0.03(Δh)(1 + f/300)

     Where:

     ΔF = terrain roughness correction in dB

     Δk = terrain roughness factor in meters

     f = frequency of signal in MHz (MHz)

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303))

[28 FR 13623, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 40 FR 27678, July 1, 1975; 48 FR 29507, June 27, 1983; 52 FR 11655, Apr. 10, 1987;
52 FR 37789, Oct. 9, 1987; 57 FR 48333, Oct. 23, 1992; 63 FR 33877, June 22, 1998]

Effective Date Note: At 42 FR 25736, May 19, 1977, the effective date of § 73.313 paragraphs (i) and (j) was
stayed indefinitely.

§ 73.314 Field strength measurements.
     (a) Except as provided for in § 73.209, FM broadcast stations shall not be protected from any type of
         interference or propagation effect. Persons desiring to submit testimony, evidence or data to the
         Commission for the purpose of showing that the technical standards contained in this subpart do not
         properly reflect the levels of any given type of interference or propagation effect may do so only in
         appropriate rule making proceedings concerning the amendment of such technical standards. Persons
         making field strength measurements for formal submission to the Commission in rule making
         proceedings, or making such measurements upon the request of the Commission, shall follow the
         procedure for making and reporting such measurements outlined in paragraph (b) of this section. In
         instances where a showing of the measured level of a signal prevailing over a specific community is
         appropriate, the procedure for making and reporting field strength measurements for this purpose is set
         forth in paragraph (c) of this section.

     (b) Collection of field strength data for propagation analysis.
47 CFR 73.314(b) (enhanced display)                                                                            page 140 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.314(b)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) Preparation for measurements.

                 (i)   On large scale topographic maps, eight or more radials are drawn from the transmitter location
                       to the maximum distance at which measurements are to be made, with the angles included
                       between adjacent radials of approximately equal size. Radials should be oriented so as to
                       traverse representative types of terrain. The specific number of radials and their orientation
                       should be such as to accomplish this objective.

                 (ii) Each radial is marked, at a point exactly 16 kilometers from the transmitter and, at greater
                      distances, at successive 3 kilometer intervals. Where measurements are to be conducted over
                      extremely rugged terrain, shorter intervals may be used, but all such intervals must be of equal
                      length. Accessible roads intersecting each radial as nearly as possible at each 3 kilometer
                      marker are selected. These intersections are the points on the radial at which measurements
                      are to be made, and are referred to subsequently as measuring locations. The elevation of each
                      measuring location should approach the elevation at the corresponding 3 kilometer marker as
                      nearly as possible.

           (2) Measurement procedure. All measurements must be made utilizing a receiving antenna designed for
               reception of the horizontally polarized signal component, elevated 9 meters above the roadbed. At
               each measuring location, the following procedure must be used:

                 (i)   The instrument calibration is checked.

                 (ii) The antenna is elevated to a height of 9 meters.

                (iii) The receiving antenna is rotated to determine if the strongest signal is arriving from the
                      direction of the transmitter.

                (iv) The antenna is oriented so that the sector of its response pattern over which maximum gain is
                     realized is in the direction of the transmitter.

                 (v) A mobile run of at least 30 meters is made, that is centered on the intersection of the radial and
                     the road, and the measured field strength is continuously recorded on a chart recorder over the
                     length of the run.

                (vi) The actual measuring location is marked exactly on the topographic map, and a written record,
                     keyed to the specific location, is made of all factors which may affect the recorded field, such
                     as topography, height and types of vegetation, buildings, obstacles, weather, and other local
                     features.

                (vii) If, during the test conducted as described in paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section, the strongest
                      signal is found to come from a direction other than from the transmitter, after the mobile run
                      prescribed in paragraph (b)(2)(v) of this section is concluded, additional measurements must
                      be made in a “cluster” of at least five fixed points. At each such point, the field strengths with
                      the antenna oriented toward the transmitter, and with the antenna oriented so as to receive the
                      strongest field, are measured and recorded. Generally, all points should be within 60 meters of
                      the center point of the mobile run.

                (viii) If overhead obstacles preclude a mobile run of at least 30 meters, a “cluster” of five spot
                       measurements may be made in lieu of this run. The first measurement in the cluster is
                       identified. Generally, the locations for other measurements must be within 60 meters of the
                       location of the first.

47 CFR 73.314(b)(2)(viii) (enhanced display)                                                              page 141 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.314(b)(3)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (3) Method of reporting measurements. A report of measurements to the Commission shall be
               submitted in affidavit form, in triplicate, and should contain the following information:

                 (i)   Tables of field strength measurements, which, for each measuring location, set forth the
                       following data:

                       (A) Distance from the transmitting antenna.

                       (B) Ground elevation at measuring location.

                       (C) Date, time of day, and weather.

                       (D) Median field in dBu for 0 dBk, for mobile run or for cluster, as well as maximum and
                           minimum measured field strengths.

                       (E) Notes describing each measuring location.

                 (ii) U.S. Geological Survey topographic maps, on which is shown the exact location at which each
                      measurement was made. The original plots shall be made on maps of the largest available
                      scale. Copies may be reduced in size for convenient submission to the Commission, but not to
                      the extent that important detail is lost. The original maps shall be made available, if requested.
                      If a large number of maps is involved, an index map should be submitted.

                (iii) All information necessary to determine the pertinent characteristics of the transmitting
                      installation, including frequency, geographical coordinates of antenna site, rated and actual
                      power output of transmitter, measured transmission line loss, antenna power gain, height of
                      antenna above ground, above mean sea level, and above average terrain. The effective radiated
                      power should be computed, and horizontal and vertical plane patterns of the transmitting
                      antenna should be submitted.

                (iv) A list of calibrated equipment used in the field strength survey, which, for each instrument,
                     specifies its manufacturer, type, serial number and rated accuracy, and the date of its most
                     recent calibration by the manufacturer, or by a laboratory. Complete details of any instrument
                     not of standard manufacture shall be submitted.

                 (v) A detailed description of the calibration of the measuring equipment, including field strength
                     meters, measuring antenna, and connecting cable.

                (vi) Terrain profiles in each direction in which measurements were made, drawn on curved earth
                     paper for equivalent 4/3 earth radius, of the largest available scale.

     (c) Collection of field strength data to determine FM broadcast service in specific communities.

           (1) Preparation for measurement.

                 (i)   The population (P) of the community, and its suburbs, if any, is determined by reference to an
                       appropriate source, e.g., the 1970 U.S. Census tables of population of cities and urbanized
                       areas.

                 (ii) The number of locations at which measurements are to be made shall be at least 15, and shall
                      be approximately equal to 0.1(P)1/2, if this product is a number greater than 15.

47 CFR 73.314(c)(1)(ii) (enhanced display)                                                                page 142 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                  47 CFR 73.314(c)(1)(iii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                (iii) A rectangular grid, of such size and shape as to encompass the boundaries of the community is
                      drawn on an accurate map of the community. The number of line intersections on the grid
                      included within the boundaries of the community shall be at least equal to the required number
                      of measuring locations. The position of each intersection on the community map determines
                      the location at which a measurement shall be made.

           (2) Measurement procedure. All measurements must be made using a receiving antenna designed for
               reception of the horizontally polarized signal component, elevated 9 meters above ground level.

                 (i)   Each measuring location shall be chosen as close as feasible to a point indicated on the map,
                       as previously prepared, and at as nearly the same elevation as that point as possible.

                 (ii) At each measuring location, after equipment calibration and elevation of the antenna, a check is
                      made to determine whether the strongest signal arrives from a direction other than from the
                      transmitter.

                (iii) At 20 percent or more of the measuring locations, mobile runs, as described in paragraph (b)(2)
                      of this section shall be made, with no less than three such mobile runs in any case. The points
                      at which mobile measurements are made shall be well separated. Spot measurements may be
                      made at other measuring points.

                (iv) Each actual measuring location is marked exactly on the map of the community, and suitably
                     keyed. A written record shall be maintained, describing, for each location, factors which may
                     affect the recorded field, such as the approximate time of measurement, weather, topography,
                     overhead wiring, heights and types of vegetation, buildings and other structures. The
                     orientation, with respect to the measuring location shall be indicated of objects of such shape
                     and size as to be capable of causing shadows or reflections. If the strongest signal received
                     was found to arrive from a direction other than that of the transmitter, this fact shall be
                     recorded.

           (3) Method of reporting measurements. A report of measurements to the Commission shall be
               submitted in affidavit form, in triplicate, and should contain the following information:

                 (i)   A map of the community showing each actual measuring location, specifically identifying the
                       points at which mobile runs were made.

                 (ii) A table keyed to the above map, showing the field strength at each measuring point, reduced to
                      dBu for the actual effective radiated power of the station. Weather, date, and time of each
                      measurement shall be indicated.

                (iii) Notes describing each measuring location.

                (iv) A topographic map of the largest available scale on which are marked the community and the
                     transmitter site of the station whose signals have been measured, which includes all areas on
                     or near the direct path of signal propagation.

                 (v) Computations of the mean and standard deviation of all measured field strengths, or a graph on
                     which the distribution of measured field strength values is plotted.

                (vi) A list of calibrated equipment used for the measurements, which for each instrument, specifies
                     its manufacturer, type, serial number and rated accuracy, and the date of its most recent
                     calibration by the manufacturer, or by a laboratory. Complete details of any instrument not of
                     standard manufacture shall be submitted.

47 CFR 73.314(c)(3)(vi) (enhanced display)                                                              page 143 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.314(c)(3)(vii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                (vii) A detailed description of the procedure employed in the calibration of the measuring equipment,
                      including field strength meters, measuring antenna, and connecting cable.

[40 FR 27682, July 1, 1975; 40 FR 28802, July 9, 1975, as amended at 48 FR 29508, June 27, 1983]

§ 73.315 FM transmitter location.
     (a) The transmitter location shall be chosen so that, on the basis of the effective radiated power and antenna
         height above average terrain employed, a minimum field strength of 70 dB above one uV/m (dBu), or 3.16
         mV/m, will be provided over the entire principal community to be served.

     (b) The transmitter location should be chosen to maximize coverage to the city of license while minimizing
         interference. This is normally accomplished by locating in the least populated area available while
         maintaining the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section. In general, the transmitting antenna of a
         station should be located in the most sparsely populated area available at the highest elevation available.
         The location of the antenna should be so chosen that line-of-sight can be obtained from the antenna over
         the principle city or cities to be served; in no event should there be a major obstruction in this path.

     (c) The transmitting location should be selected so that the 1 mV/m contour encompasses the urban
         population within the area to be served. It is recognized that topography, shape of the desired service
         area, and population distribution may make the choice of a transmitter location difficult. In such cases
         consideration may be given to the use of a directional antenna system, although it is generally preferable
         to choose a site where a nondirectional antenna may be employed.

     (d) In cases of questionable antenna locations it is desirable to conduct propagation tests to indicate the field
         strength expected in the principal city or cities to be served and in other areas, particularly where severe
         shadow problems may be expected. In considering applications proposing the use of such locations, the
         Commission may require site tests to be made. Such tests should include measurements made in
         accordance with the measurement procedures described in § 73.314, and full data thereon shall be
         supplied to the Commission. The test transmitter should employ an antenna having a height as close as
         possible to the proposed antenna height, using a balloon or other support if necessary and feasible.
         Information concerning the authorization of site tests may be obtained from the Commission upon
         request.

     (e) Cognizance must of course be taken regarding the possible hazard of the proposed antenna structure to
         aviation and the proximity of the proposed site to airports and airways. Procedures and standards with
         respect to the Commission's consideration of proposed antenna structures which will serve as a guide to
         persons intending to apply for radio station licenses are contained in Part 17 of this chapter
         (Construction, Marking, and Lighting of Antenna Structures).

[28 FR 13623, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 41 FR 22943, June 8, 1976; 49 FR 38131, Sept. 27, 1984; 49 FR 45146, Nov. 15, 1984;
51 FR 9965, Mar. 24, 1986; 52 FR 10570, Apr. 2, 1987; 65 FR 79778, Dec. 20, 2000]

§ 73.316 FM antenna systems.
     (a) It shall be standard to employ horizontal polarization; however, circular or elliptical polarization may be
         employed if desired. Clockwise or counterclockwise rotation may be used. The supplemental vertically
         polarized effective radiated power required for circular or elliptical polarization shall in no event exceed
         the effective radiated power authorized.

47 CFR 73.316(a) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 144 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.316(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (b) Directional antennas. A directional antenna is an antenna that is designed or altered for the purpose of
         obtaining a non-circular radiation pattern.

           (1) Applications for the use of directional antennas that propose a ratio of maximum to minimum
               radiation in the horizontal plane of more than 15 dB will not be accepted.

           (2) Directional antennas used to protect short-spaced stations pursuant to § 73.213 or § 73.215 of the
               rules, that have a radiation pattern which varies more than 2 dB per 10 degrees of azimuth will not be
               authorized.

     (c) Applications for directional antennas.

           (1) Applications for construction permit proposing the use of directional antenna systems must include
               a tabulation of the composite antenna pattern for the proposed directional antenna. A value of 1.0
               must be used to correspond to the direction of maximum radiation. The pattern must be tabulated
               such that 0° corresponds to the direction of maximum radiation or alternatively, in the case of an
               asymmetrical antenna pattern, the pattern must be tabulated such that 0° corresponds to the actual
               azimuth with respect to true North. In the case of a composite antenna composed of two or more
               individual antennas, the pattern required is that for the composite antenna, not the patterns for each
               of the individual antennas. Applications must include valuations tabulated at intervals of not greater
               than ten (10) degrees. In addition, tabulated values of all maximas and minimas, with their
               corresponding azimuths, must be submitted.

           (2) Applications for license upon completion of antenna construction must include the following:

                 (i)   A complete description of the antenna system, including the manufacturer and model number
                       of the directional antenna. It is not sufficient to label the antenna with only a generic term such
                       as “dipole.” In the case of individually designed antennas with no model number, or in the case
                       of a composite antenna composed of two or more individual antennas, the antenna must be
                       described as a “custom” or “composite” antenna, as appropriate. A full description of the design
                       of the antenna must also be submitted.

                 (ii) A plot of the composite pattern of the directional antenna. A value of 1.0 must be used to
                      correspond to the direction of maximum radiation. The plot of the pattern must be oriented
                      such that 0° corresponds to the direction of maximum radiation or alternatively, in the case of
                      an asymmetrical antenna pattern, the plot must be oriented such that 0° corresponds to the
                      actual azimuth with respect to true North. The horizontal plane pattern must be plotted to the
                      largest scale possible on unglazed letter-size polar coordinate paper (main engraving
                      approximately 18 cm × 25 cm (7 inches × 10 inches)) using only scale divisions and
                      subdivisions of 1, 2, 2.5, or 5 times 10-nth. Values of field strength less than 10% of the
                      maximum field strength plotted on that pattern must be shown on an enlarged scale. In the
                      case of a composite antenna composed of two or more individual antennas, the composite
                      antenna pattern should be provided, and not the pattern for each of the individual antennas.

                (iii) A tabulation of the measured or computer modeled relative field pattern required in paragraph
                      (c)(1) of this section. The tabulation must use the same zero degree reference as the plotted
                      pattern, and must contain values for at least every 10 degrees. Sufficient vertical patterns to
                      indicate clearly the radiation characteristics of the antenna above and below the horizontal
                      plane. Complete information and patterns must be provided for angles of −10 deg. from the
                      horizontal plane and sufficient additional information must be included on that portion of the
                      pattern lying between + 10 deg. and the zenith and −10 deg. and the nadir, to conclusively
                      demonstrate the absence of undesirable lobes in these areas. The vertical plane pattern must
47 CFR 73.316(c)(2)(iii) (enhanced display)                                                                page 145 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 73.316(c)(2)(iv)
Radio Broadcast Services

                       be plotted on rectangular coordinate paper with reference to the horizontal plane. In the case of
                       a composite antenna composed of two or more individual antennas, the composite antenna
                       pattern should be used, and not the pattern for each of the individual antennas.

                (iv) When the relative field pattern is computer modeled, as permitted in paragraphs (c)(2)(iii) and
                     (x) of this section and in § 73.1690(c)(2), the computer model must be generated by the
                     manufacturer of the antenna, and must include a statement from the engineer(s) responsible
                     for designing the antenna, performing the modeling, and preparing the manufacturer's
                     instructions for installation of the antenna, that identifies and describes the software tool(s)
                     used in the modeling and the procedures applied in using the software. It must also include a
                     certification that the software executed normally without generating any error messages or
                     warnings indicating an error in the program inputs. Such computer modeling shall include
                     modeling of the antenna mounted on a tower or tower section, and the tower or tower section
                     model must include transmission lines, ladders, conduits, appurtenances, other antennas, and
                     any other installations that may affect the computer modeled directional pattern. The first time
                     the directional pattern of a particular model of antenna is verified using a particular modeling
                     software, the license applicant must submit to the Commission both the results of the
                     computer modeling and measurements of either a full-size or scale model of the antenna or
                     elements thereof, demonstrating reasonable correlation between the measurements achieved
                     and the computer model results. Once a particular antenna model or series of elements has
                     been verified by any license applicant using a particular modeling software, subsequent license
                     applicants using the same antenna model number or elements and using the same modeling
                     software to verify the directional pattern may submit the computer model for the subsequent
                     antenna installation and cross-reference the original submission by providing the application
                     file number.

                 (v) A statement that the antenna is mounted on the top of an antenna tower recommended by the
                     antenna manufacturer, or is side-mounted on a particular type of antenna tower in accordance
                     with specific instructions provided by the antenna manufacturer.

                (vi) A statement that the directional antenna is not mounted on the top of an antenna tower which
                     includes a top-mounted platform larger than the nominal cross-sectional area of the tower in
                     the horizontal plane.

                (vii) A statement that no other antenna of any type is mounted on the same tower level as a
                      directional antenna, and that no antenna of any type is mounted within any horizontal or vertical
                      distance specified by the antenna manufacturer as being necessary for proper directional
                      operation.

                (viii) A statement from an engineer listing such individual engineer's qualifications and certifying that
                       the antenna has been installed pursuant to the manufacturer's instructions.

                (ix) A statement from a licensed surveyor that the installed antenna is properly oriented.

                 (x)

                       (A) For a station authorized pursuant to § 73.215 or § 73.509, a showing that the root mean
                           square (RMS) of the measured or computer modeled composite antenna pattern
                           (encompassing both the horizontally and vertically polarized radiation components (in
                           relative field)) is at least 85 percent of the RMS of the authorized composite directional
                           antenna pattern (in relative field). The RMS value, for a composite antenna pattern
                           specified in relative field values, may be determined from the following formula:
47 CFR 73.316(c)(2)(x)(A) (enhanced display)                                                              page 146 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 73.316(c)(2)(x)(B)
Radio Broadcast Services

                             RMS = the square root of:

                             [(relative field value 1)2 + (relative field value 2)2 + .... + (last relative field value)2]

                             total number of relative field values
                      (B) Where the relative field values are taken from at least 36 evenly spaced radials for the
                          entire 360 degrees of azimuth. The application for license must also demonstrate that
                          coverage of the community of license by the 70 dBu contour is maintained for stations
                          authorized pursuant to § 73.215 on Channels 221 through 300, as required by § 73.315(a),
                          while noncommercial educational stations operating on Channels 201 through 220 must
                          show that the 60 dBu contour covers at least a portion of the community of license.

     (d) Applications proposing the use of FM transmitting antennas in the immediate vicinity (i.e., 60 meters or
         less) of other FM or TV broadcast antennas must include a showing as to the expected effect, if any, of
         such proximate operation.

     (e) Where an FM licensee or permittee proposes to mount its antenna on or near an AM tower, as defined in §
         1.30002, the FM licensee or permittee must comply with § 1.30003 or § 1.30002, depending on whether
         the antenna is proposed to be mounted on an AM tower (§ 1.30003) or near an AM tower (§ 1.30002).

[28 FR 13623, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 34 FR 14222, Sept. 10, 1969; 37 FR 25841, Dec. 5, 1972; 43 FR 53738, Nov. 17, 1978;
48 FR 29508, June 27, 1983; 51 FR 17028, May 8, 1986; 54 FR 9804, Mar. 8, 1989; 56 FR 57294, Nov. 8, 1991; 62 FR 51058, Sept.
30, 1997; 63 FR 70047, Dec. 18, 1998; 78 FR 66298, Nov. 5, 2013; 87 FR 15343, Mar. 18, 2022; 87 FR 35430, June 10, 2022]

§ 73.317 FM transmission system requirements.
     (a) FM broadcast stations employing transmitters authorized after January 1, 1960, must maintain the
         bandwidth occupied by their emissions in accordance with the specification detailed below. FM broadcast
         stations employing transmitters installed or type accepted before January 1, 1960, must achieve the
         highest degree of compliance with these specifications practicable with their existing equipment. In either
         case, should harmful interference to other authorized stations occur, the licensee shall correct the
         problem promptly or cease operation.

     (b) Any emission appearing on a frequency removed from the carrier by between 120 kHz and 240 kHz
         inclusive must be attenuated at least 25 dB below the level of the unmodulated carrier. Compliance with
         this requirement will be deemed to show the occupied bandwidth to be 240 kHz or less.

     (c) Any emission appearing on a frequency removed from the carrier by more than 240 kHz and up to and
         including 600 kHz must be attenuated at least 35 dB below the level of the unmodulated carrier.

     (d) Any emission appearing on a frequency removed from the carrier by more than 600 kHz must be
         attenuated at least 43 + 10 Log10 (Power, in watts) dB below the level of the unmodulated carrier, or 80
         dB, whichever is the lesser attenuation.

     (e) Preemphasis shall not be greater than the impedance-frequency characteristics of a series inductance
         resistance network having a time constant of 75 microseconds. (See upper curve of Figure 2 of § 73.333.)

[51 FR 17028, May 8, 1986]

47 CFR 73.317(e) (enhanced display)                                                                                  page 147 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.318
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.318 FM blanketing interference.
Areas adjacent to the transmitting antenna that receive a signal with a strength of 115 dBu (562 mV/m) or greater
will be assumed to be blanketed. In determining the blanketed area, the 115 dBu contour is determined by
calculating the inverse distance field using the effective radiated power of the maximum radiated lobe of the
antenna without considering its vertical radiation pattern or height. For directional antennas, the effective radiated
power in the pertinent bearing shall be used.

     (a) The distance to the 115 dBu contour is determined using the following equation:

           D (in kilometers) = 0.394√ P

           D (in miles) = 0.245√ P
     Where P is the maximum effective radiated power (ERP), measured in kilowatts, of the maximum radiated lobe.

     (b) After January 1, 1985, permittees or licensees who either

           (1) commence program tests, or

           (2) replace their antennas, or

           (3) request facilities modifications and are issued a new construction permit must satisfy all complaints
               of blanketing interference which are received by the station during a one year period. The period
               begins with the commencement of program tests, or commencement of programming utilizing the
               new antenna. Resolution of complaints shall be at no cost to the complainant. These requirements
               specifically do not include interference complaints resulting from malfunctioning or mistuned
               receivers, improperly installed antenna systems, or the use of high gain antennas or antenna booster
               amplifiers. Mobile receivers and non-RF devices such as tape recorders or hi-fi amplifiers
               (phonographs) are also excluded.

     (c) A permittee collocating with one or more existing stations and beginning program tests on or after
         January 1, 1985, must assume full financial responsibility for remedying new complaints of blanketing
         interference for a period of one year. Two or more permittees that concurrently collocate on or after
         January 1, 1985, shall assume shared responsibility for remedying blanketing complaints within the
         blanketing area unless an offending station can be readily determined and then that station shall assume
         full financial responsibility.

     (d) Following the one year period of full financial obligation to satisfy blanketing complaints, licensees shall
         provide technical information or assistance to complainants on remedies for blanketing interference.

[28 FR 13623, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 52 FR 25866, July 9, 1987]

§ 73.319 FM multiplex subcarrier technical standards.
     (a) The technical specifications in this Section apply to all transmissions of FM multiplex subcarriers except
         those used for stereophonic sound broadcasts under the provisions of § 73.322.

     (b) Modulation. Any form of modulation may be used for subcarrier operation.

     (c) Subcarrier baseband.

47 CFR 73.319(c) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 148 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 73.319(c)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) During monophonic program transmissions, multiplex subcarriers and their significant sidebands
               must be within the range of 20 kHz to 99 kHz.

           (2) During stereophonic sound program transmissions (see § 73.322), multiplex subcarriers and their
               significant sidebands must be within the range of 53 kHz to 99 kHz.

           (3) During periods when broadcast programs are not being transmitted, multiplex subcarriers and their
               significant sidebands must be within the range of 20 kHz to 99 kHz.

     (d) Subcarrier injection.

           (1) During monophonic program transmissions, modulation of the carrier by the arithmetic sum of all
               subcarriers may not exceed 30% referenced to 75 kHz modulation deviation. However, the
               modulation of the carrier by the arithmetic sum of all subcarriers above 75 kHz may not modulate
               the carrier by more than 10%.

           (2) During stereophonic program transmissions, modulation of the carrier by the arithmetic sum of all
               subcarriers may not exceed 20% referenced to 75 kHz modulation deviation. However, the
               modulation of the carrier by the arithmetic sum of all subcarriers above 75 kHz may not modulate
               the carrier by more than 10%.

           (3) During periods when no broadcast program service is transmitted, modulation of the carrier by the
               arithmetic sum of all subcarriers may not exceed 30% referenced to 75 kHz modulation deviation.
               However, the modulation of the carrier by the arithmetic sum of all subcarriers above 75 kHz may not
               modulate the carrier by more than 10%.

           (4) Total modulation of the carrier wave during transmission of multiplex subcarriers used for subsidiary
               communications services must comply with the provisions § 73.1570(b).

     (e) Subcarrier generators may be installed and used with a type accepted FM broadcast transmitter without
         specific authorization from the FCC provided the generator can be connected to the transmitter without
         requiring any mechanical or electrical modifications in the transmitter FM exciter circuits.

     (f) Stations installing multiplex subcarrier transmitting equipment must ensure the proper suppression of
         spurious or harmonic radiations. See §§ 73.317, 73.1590 and 73.1690. If the subcarrier operation causes
         the station's transmissions not to comply with the technical provisions for FM broadcast stations or
         causes harmful interference to other communication services, the licensee or permittee must correct the
         problem promptly or cease operation. The licensee may be required to verify the corrective measures with
         supporting data. Such data must be retained at the station and be made available to the FCC upon
         request.

[48 FR 28455, June 22, 1983, as amended at 48 FR 37216, Aug. 17, 1983; 49 FR 15080, Apr. 17, 1984; 49 FR 38131, Sept. 27,
1984; 50 FR 1534, Jan. 11, 1985; 51 FR 17029, May 8, 1986; 57 FR 48333, Oct. 23, 1992]

§ 73.322 FM stereophonic sound transmission standards.
     (a) An FM broadcast station shall not use 19 kHz ±20 Hz, except as the stereophonic pilot frequency in a
         transmission system meeting the following parameters:

           (1) The modulating signal for the main channel consists of the sum of the right and left signals.

           (2) The pilot subcarrier at 19 kHz ±2 Hz, must frequency modulate the main carrier between the limits of
               8 and 10 percent.

47 CFR 73.322(a)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                         page 149 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                   47 CFR 73.322(a)(3)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (3) One stereophonic subcarrier must be the second harmonic of the pilot subcarrier (i.e., 38 kHz) and
               must cross the time axis with a positive slope simultaneously with each crossing of the time axis by
               the pilot subcarrier. Additional stereophomic subcarriers are not precluded.

           (4) Double sideband, suppressed-carrier, amplitude modulation of the stereophonic subcarrier at 38 kHz
               must be used.

           (5) The stereophonic subcarrier at 38 kHz must be suppressed to a level less than 1% modulation of the
               main carrier.

           (6) The modulating signal for the required stereophonic subcarrier must be equal to the difference of the
               left and right signals.

           (7) The following modulation levels apply:

                 (i)   When a signal exists in only one channel of a two channel (biphonic) sound transmission,
                       modulation of the carrier by audio components within the baseband range of 50 Hz to 15 kHz
                       shall not exceed 45% and modulation of the carrier by the sum of the amplitude modulated
                       subcarrier in the baseband range of 23 kHz to 53 kHz shall not exceed 45%.

                 (ii) When a signal exists in only one channel of a stereophonic sound transmission having more
                      than one stereophonic subcarrier in the baseband, the modulation of the carrier by audio
                      components within the audio baseband range of 23 kHz to 99 kHz shall not exceed 53% with
                      total modulation not to exceed 90%.

     (b) Stations not transmitting stereo with the method described in (a), must limit the main carrier deviation
         caused by any modulating signals occupying the band 19 kHz ±20 Hz to 125 Hz.

     (c) All stations, regardless of the stereophonic transmission system used, must not exceed the maximum
         modulation limits specified in § 73.1570(b)(2). Stations not using the method described in (a), must limit
         the modulation of the carrier by audio components within the audio baseband range of 23 kHz to 99 kHz
         to not exceed 53%.

[51 FR 17029, May 8, 1986]

§ 73.333 Engineering charts.
This section consists of the following Figures 1, 1a, 2, and slider 4 and 5.

           Note: The figures reproduced herein, due to their small scale, are not to be used in connection with
           material submitted to the F.C.C.

47 CFR 73.333 (enhanced display)                                                                      page 150 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                               47 CFR 73.333
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.333 (enhanced display)              page 151 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                               47 CFR 73.333
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.333 (enhanced display)              page 152 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                               47 CFR 73.333
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.333 (enhanced display)              page 153 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                               47 CFR 73.333
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.333 (enhanced display)              page 154 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                               47 CFR 73.333
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.333 (enhanced display)              page 155 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                               47 CFR 73.333
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.333 (enhanced display)              page 156 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                  47 CFR 73.401
Radio Broadcast Services

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303))

[28 FR 13623, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 35 FR 2591, Feb. 5, 1970; 40 FR 27679, July 1, 1975; 45 FR 28141, Apr. 28, 1980; 48
FR 29508, June 27, 1983; 49 FR 19670, May 9, 1984]

Effective Date Note: At 42 FR 25736, May 19, 1977, in § 73.333, the effective date of Figures 4 and 5 was
stayed indefinitely.

Subpart C—Digital Audio Broadcasting

Source: 72 FR 45692, Aug. 15, 2007, unless otherwise noted.

§ 73.401 Scope.
This subpart contains those rules which apply exclusively to the digital audio broadcasting (DAB) service, and are in
addition to those rules in Subparts A, B, C, G and H which apply to AM and FM broadcast services, both commercial
and noncommercial.

§ 73.402 Definitions.
     (a) DAB. Digital audio broadcast stations are those radio stations licensed by the Commission and use the In-
         band On-channel (“IBOC”) system for broadcasting purposes.

     (b) In Band On Channel DAB System. A technical system in which a station's digital signal is broadcast in the
         same spectrum and on the same channel as its analog signal.

     (c) Hybrid DAB System. A system which transmits both the digital and analog signals within the spectral
         emission mask of a single AM or FM channel.

     (d) Extended hybrid operation. An enhanced mode of FM IBOC DAB operation which includes additional DAB
         subcarriers transmitted between the analog FM signal and the inner edges of the primary DAB sidebands.

     (e) Primary AM DAB Sidebands. The two groups of hybrid AM IBOC DAB subcarriers which are transmitted 10
         to 15 kHz above carrier frequency (the upper primary DAB sideband), and 10 to 15 kHz below carrier
         frequency (the lower primary DAB sideband).

     (f) Multicasting. Subdividing the digital bitstream into multiple channels for additional audio programming
         uses.

     (g) Datacasting. Subdividing the digital bitstream into multiple channels for additional data or information
         services uses.

     (h) All-digital AM station. An AM station broadcasting an IBOC waveform that consists solely of digitally
         modulated subcarriers and the unmodulated AM carrier.

[72 FR 45692, Aug. 15, 2007, as amended at 85 FR 78027, Dec. 3, 2020]

47 CFR 73.402(h) (enhanced display)                                                                             page 157 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                 47 CFR 73.403
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.403 Digital audio broadcasting service requirements.
     (a) Broadcast radio stations using IBOC must transmit at least one over-the-air digital audio programming
         stream at no direct charge to listeners. In addition, a hybrid broadcast radio station must simulcast its
         analog audio programming on one of its digital audio programming streams. The DAB audio
         programming stream that is provided pursuant to this paragraph (a) must be at least comparable in sound
         quality with a standard analog broadcast.

     (b) Emergency information. The emergency information requirements found in § 73.1250 shall apply to all
         free DAB programming streams.

[72 FR 45692, Aug. 15, 2007, as amended at 85 FR 78027, Dec. 3, 2020]

§ 73.404 IBOC DAB operation.
     (a) The licensee of an AM or FM station, or the permittee of a new AM or FM station which has commenced
         program test operation pursuant to § 73.1620, may commence hybrid IBOC DAB operation with digital
         facilities which conform to the technical specifications specified for hybrid DAB operation in the (2002)
         First Report and Order in MM Docket No. 99–325, as revised in the Media Bureau's subsequent Order in
         MM Docket No. 99–325. In addition, the licensee of an AM station, or the permittee of a new AM station
         that has commenced program test authority pursuant to § 73.1620, may, with reasonable notice to
         listeners, commence all-digital IBOC operation with digital facilities that conform to the requirements set
         out in the (2020) Report and Order in MB Docket No. 19–311 and MB Docket No. 13–249. An AM or FM
         station may transmit IBOC signals during all hours for which the station is licensed to broadcast.

     (b) In situations where interference to other stations is anticipated or actually occurs, hybrid AM licensees
         may, upon notification to the Commission, reduce the power of the primary DAB sidebands by up to 6 dB.
         All-digital AM licensees, may, upon notification to the Commission, reduce the power of the secondary
         and tertiary sidebands by up to 6 dB, even if doing so results in non-compliance with § 73.1560(a)(1). Any
         greater reduction of sideband power requires prior authority from the Commission via the filing of a
         request for special temporary authority or an informal letter request for modification of license.

     (c) Hybrid IBOC AM stations must use the same licensed main or auxiliary antenna to transmit the analog
         and digital signals.

     (d) FM stations may transmit hybrid IBOC signals in combined mode; i.e., using the same antenna for the
         analog and digital signals; or may employ separate analog and digital antennas. Where separate antennas
         are used, the digital antenna:

           (1) Must be a licensed auxiliary antenna of the station;

           (2) Must be located within 3 seconds latitude and longitude from the analog antenna;

           (3) Must have a radiation center height above average terrain between 70 and 100 percent of the height
               above average terrain of the analog antenna.

[72 FR 45692, Aug. 15, 2007, as amended at 75 FR 17877, Apr. 8, 2010; 85 FR 18151, Apr. 1, 2020; 85 FR 78027, Dec. 3, 2020]

§ 73.406 Notification.
     (a) Hybrid AM and FM licensees must electronically file a digital notification to the Commission in
         Washington, DC, within 10 days of commencing IBOC digital operation.

47 CFR 73.406(a) (enhanced display)                                                                             page 158 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.406(a)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) All-digital licensees must file a digital notification within 10 days of the following changes:

                 (i)   Any reduction in nominal power of an all-digital AM station;

                 (ii) A transition from enhanced to core-only operating mode; or

                (iii) A reversion from all-digital to hybrid or analog operation.

           (2) All-digital licensees will not be permitted to commence operation sooner than 30 calendar days from
               public notice of digital notification of the following changes:

                 (i)   The commencement of new all-digital operation;

                 (ii) An increase in nominal power of an all-digital AM station; or

                (iii) A transition from core-only to enhanced operating mode.

     (b) Every digital notification must include the following information:

           (1) The call sign and facility identification number of the station;

           (2) If applicable, the date on which the new or modified IBOC operation commenced or ceased;

           (3) The name and telephone number of a technical representative the Commission can call in the event
               of interference;

           (4) A certification that the operation will not cause human exposure to levels of radio frequency radiation
               in excess of the limits specified in § 1.1310 of this chapter and is therefore categorically excluded
               from environmental processing pursuant to § 1.1306(b) of this chapter. Any station that cannot
               certify compliance must submit an environmental assessment (“EA”) pursuant to § 1.1311 of this
               chapter and may not commence IBOC operation until such EA is ruled upon by the Commission.

     (c) Each AM digital notification must also include the following information:

           (1) A certification that the IBOC DAB facilities conform to applicable nominal power limits and
               emissions mask limits;

           (2) The nominal power of the station; if separate analog and digital transmitters are used, the nominal
               power for each transmitter;

           (3) If applicable, the amount of any reduction in an AM station's digital carriers;

           (4) For all-digital stations, the type of notification (all-digital notification, increase in nominal power,
               reduction in nominal power, transition from core-only to enhanced, transition from enhanced to core-
               only, reversion from all-digital to hybrid or analog operation);

           (5) For all-digital stations, if a notification of commencement of new all-digital service or a nominal
               power change, whether the station is operating in core-only or enhanced mode; and

           (6) For all-digital stations, a certification that the all-digital station complies with all Emergency Alert
               System (EAS) requirements in part 11 of this chapter.

     (d) Each FM digital notification must also include the following information:

           (1) A certification that the IBOC DAB facilities conform to the HD Radio emissions mask limits;

           (2) FM digital effective radiated power used and certification that the FM analog effective radiated
               power remains as authorized;

47 CFR 73.406(d)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 159 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.406(d)(3)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (3) If applicable, the geographic coordinates, elevation data, and license file number of the auxiliary
               antenna employed by an FM station as a separate digital antenna; and

           (4) If applicable, for FM systems employing interleaved antenna bays, a certification that adequate
               filtering and/or isolation equipment has been installed to prevent spurious emissions in excess of
               the limits specified in § 73.317.

[85 FR 78027, Dec. 3, 2020]

Subpart D—Noncommercial Educational FM Broadcast Stations

Source: 28 FR 13651, Dec. 14, 1963, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 72 FR 45692, Aug. 15, 2007.

47 CFR 73.406(d)(4) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 160 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                 47 CFR 73.501
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.501 Channels available for assignment.
     (a) The following frequencies, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, are available for
         noncommercial educational FM broadcasting:

                                 Frequency (MHz)                                          Channel No.
                                                                                                                 1
            87.9                                                                                                     200
            88.1                                                                                                     201
            88.3                                                                                                     202
            88.5                                                                                                     203
            88.7                                                                                                     204
            88.9                                                                                                     205
                                                                                                                 2
            89.1                                                                                                     206
            89.3                                                                                                     207
            89.5                                                                                                     208
            89.7                                                                                                     209
            89.9                                                                                                     210
            90.1                                                                                                     211
            90.3                                                                                                     212
            90.5                                                                                                     213
            90.7                                                                                                     214
            90.9                                                                                                     215
            91.1                                                                                                     216
            91.3                                                                                                     217
            91.5                                                                                                     218
            91.7                                                                                                     219
            91.9                                                                                                     220

           1 The frequency 87.9 MHz, Channel 200, is available only for use of existing Class D stations
           required to change frequency. It is available only on a noninterference basis with respect to TV
           Channel 6 stations and adjacent channel noncommercial educational FM stations. It is not
           available at all within 402 kilometers (250 miles) of Canada and 320 kilometers (199 miles) of
           Mexico. The specific standards governing its use are contained in § 73.512.

           2The frequency 89.1 MHz, Channel 206, in the New York City metropolitan area, is reserved for the
           use of the United Nations with the equivalent of an antenna height of 150 meters (492 feet) above
           average terrain and effective radiated power of 20 kW and the Commission will make no
           assignments which would cause objectionable interference with such use.

     (b) [Reserved]

[43 FR 39715, Sept. 6, 1978, as amended at 47 FR 30068, July 12, 1982; 52 FR 43765, Nov. 16, 1987; 58 FR 44950, Aug. 25, 1993;
87 FR 15343, Mar. 18, 2022]

47 CFR 73.501(b) (enhanced display)                                                                            page 161 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 73.503
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.503 Licensing requirements and service.
The operation of, and the service furnished by noncommercial educational FM broadcast stations shall be governed
by the following:

     (a) A noncommercial educational FM broadcast station will be licensed only to a nonprofit educational
         organization and upon showing that the station will be used for the advancement of an educational
         program.

           (1) In determining the eligibility of publicly supported educational organizations, the accreditation of
               their respective state departments of education shall be taken into consideration.

           (2) In determining the eligibility of privately controlled educational organizations, the accreditation of
               state departments of education and/or recognized regional and national educational accrediting
               organizations shall be taken into consideration.

     (b) Each station may transmit programs directed to specific schools in a system or systems for use in
         connection with the regular courses as well as routine and administrative material pertaining thereto and
         may transmit educational, cultural, and entertainment programs to the public.

     (c) A noncommercial educational FM broadcast station may broadcast programs produced by, or at the
         expense of, or furnished by persons other than the licensee, if no other consideration than the furnishing
         of the program and the costs incidental to its production and broadcast are received by the licensee. The
         payment of line charges by another station network, or someone other than the licensee of a
         noncommercial educational FM broadcast station, or general contributions to the operating costs of a
         station, shall not be considered as being prohibited by this paragraph.

     (d) Each station shall furnish a nonprofit and noncommercial broadcast service. Noncommercial educational
         FM broadcast stations are subject to the provisions of § 73.1212 to the extent they are applicable to the
         broadcast of programs produced by, or at the expense of, or furnished by others. No promotional
         announcement on behalf of for profit entities shall be broadcast at any time in exchange for the receipt, in
         whole or in part, of consideration to the licensee, its principals, or employees. However,
         acknowledgements of contributions can be made. The scheduling of any announcements and
         acknowledgements may not interrupt regular programming, except as permitted under paragraph (e) of
         this section.

     (e) A noncommercial educational FM broadcast station may interrupt regular programming to conduct
         fundraising activities on behalf of a third-party non-profit organization, provided that all such fundraising
         activities conducted during any given year do not exceed one percent of the station's total annual airtime.
         A station may use the prior year's total airtime for purposes of determining how many hours constitute
         one percent of its total annual airtime. With respect to stations that multicast programming on two or
         more separate channels, the one-percent annual limit will apply separately to each individual
         programming stream. For purposes of this paragraph, a non-profit organization is an entity that qualifies
         as a non-profit organization under 26 U.S.C. 501(c)(3).

           (1) Audience disclosure. A noncommercial educational FM broadcast station that interrupts regular
               programming to conduct fundraising activities on behalf of a third-party non-profit organization must
               air a disclosure during such activities clearly stating that the fundraiser is not for the benefit of the
               station itself and identifying the entity for which it is fundraising. The station must air the audience
               disclosure at the beginning and the end of each fundraising program and at least once during each
               hour in which the program is on the air.

47 CFR 73.503(e)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 162 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.503(e)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (2) Reimbursement. A noncommercial educational FM broadcast station that interrupts regular
               programming to conduct fundraising activities on behalf of a third-party non-profit organization may
               accept reimbursement of expenses incurred in conducting third-party fundraising activities or airing
               third-party fundraising programs.

           (3) Exemption. No noncommercial educational FM broadcast station that receives funding from the
               Corporation for Public Broadcasting shall have the authority to interrupt regular programming to
               conduct fundraising activities on behalf of a third-party non-profit organization.

     (f) Mutually exclusive applications for noncommercial educational radio stations operating on reserved
         channels will be resolved pursuant to the point system in subpart K.

     (g) Application limit. An applicant may file no more than a total of 10 applications in the 2021 NCE FM filing
         window. A party to an application filed in the 2021 NCE FM filing window may hold attributable interests,
         as defined in § 73.7000, in no more than a total of 10 applications filed in the window. If it is determined
         that any party to an application has an attributable interest in more than 10 applications, the Media
         Bureau will retain the 10 applications that were filed first—based on the date of application receipt—and
         dismiss all other applications.

           Note to § 73.503: Commission interpretation on this rule, including the acceptable form of
           acknowledgements, may be found in the Second Report and Order in Docket No. 21136
           (Commission Policy Concerning the Noncommercial Nature of Educational Broadcast Stations),
           86 FCC 2d 141 (1981); the Memorandum Opinion and Order in Docket No. 21136, 90 FCC 2d 895
           (1982); the Memorandum Opinion and Order in Docket 21136, 97 FCC 2d 255 (1984); and the
           Report and Order in Docket No. 12–106 (Noncommercial Educational Station Fundraising for
           Third-Party Non-Profit Organizations), FCC 17–41, April 20, 2017. See also Commission Policy
           Concerning the Noncommercial Nature of Educational Broadcast Stations, Public Notice, 7 FCC Rcd
           827 (1992), which can be retrieved through the Internet at http://www.fcc.gov/mmb/asd/
           nature.html.

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303))

[28 FR 13651, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 35 FR 7558, May 15, 1970; 47 FR 36178, Aug. 19, 1982; 49 FR 29069, July 18, 1984;
63 FR 33877, June 22, 1998; 65 FR 36378, June 8, 2000; 82 FR 21135, May 5, 2017; 86 FR 26838, May 5, 2021]

§ 73.504 Channel assignments in the Mexican border area.
     (a) NCE-FM stations within 199 miles (320 km) of the United States-Mexican border shall comply with the
         separation requirements and other provisions of the “Agreement between the United States of America
         and the United Mexican States Concerning Frequency Modulation Broadcasting in the 88 to 108 MHz
         Band” as amended.

     (b) Applicants for noncommercial educational FM stations within 199 miles (320 km) of the United States-
         Mexican border shall propose at least Class A minimum facilities (see § 73.211(a)). However, existing
         Class D noncommercial educational stations may apply to change frequency within the educational
         portion of the FM band in accordance with the requirements set forth in § 73.512.

47 CFR 73.504(b) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 163 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 73.504(c)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (c) Section 73.208 of this chapter shall be complied with as to the determination of reference points and
         distance computations used in applications for new or changed facilities. However, if it is necessary to
         consider a Mexican channel assignment or authorization, the computation of distance will be determined
         as follows: if a transmitter site has been established, on the basis of the coordinates of the site; if a
         transmitter site has not been established, on the basis of the reference coordinates of the community,
         town, or city.

[52 FR 43765, Nov. 16, 1987]

§ 73.505 Zones.
For the purpose of assignment of noncommercial educational FM stations, the United States is divided into three
zones, Zone I, Zone I-A, and Zone II, having the boundaries specified in § 73.205.

[42 FR 36828, July 18, 1977]

§ 73.506 Classes of noncommercial educational FM stations and channels.
     (a) Noncommercial educational stations operating on the channels specified in § 73.501 are divided into the
         following classes:

           (1) A Class D educational station is one operating with no more than 10 watts transmitter power output.

           (2) A Class D educational (secondary) station is one operating with no more than 10 watts transmitter
               power output in accordance with the terms of § 73.512 or which has elected to follow these
               requirements before they become applicable under the terms of § 73.512.

           (3) Noncommercial educational FM (NCE-FM) stations with more than 10 watts transmitter power
               output are classified as Class A, B1, B, C3, C2, C1, or C depending on the station's effective radiated
               power and antenna height above average terrain, and on the zone in which the station's transmitter is
               located, on the same basis as set forth in §§ 73.210 and 73.211 for commercial stations.

     (b) Any noncommercial educational station except Class D may be assigned to any of the channels listed in §
         73.501. Class D noncommercial educational FM stations applied for or authorized prior to June 1, 1980,
         may continue to operate on their authorized channels subject to the provisions of § 73.512.

[43 FR 39715, Sept. 6, 1978, as amended at 49 FR 10264, Mar. 20, 1984; 52 FR 47569, Dec. 15, 1987; 54 FR 16367, Apr. 24, 1989;
54 FR 19374, May 5, 1989]

§ 73.507 Minimum distance separations between stations.
     (a) Minimum distance separations. No application for a new station, or change in channel or transmitter site
         or increase in facilities of an existing station, will be granted unless the proposed facilities will be located
         so as to meet the adjacent channel distance separations specified in § 73.207(a) for the class of station
         involved with respect to assignment on Channels 221, 222, and 223 listed in § 73.201 (except where in
         the case of an existing station the proposed facilities fall within the provisions of § 73.207(b)), or where a
         Class D station is changing frequency to comply with the requirements of § 73.512.

     (b) Stations authorized as of September 10, 1962, which do not meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of
         this section and § 73.511, may continue to operate as authorized; but any application to change facilities
         will be subject to the provisions of this section.

47 CFR 73.507(b) (enhanced display)                                                                            page 164 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                               47 CFR 73.507(c)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (c)

           (1) Stations separated in frequency by 10.6 or 10.8 MHz (53 or 54 channels) from allotments or
               assignments on non-reserved channels will not be authorized unless they conform to the
               separations given in Table 1 to paragraph (b) of § 73.207.

           (2) Under the United States-Mexican FM Broadcasting Agreement, for stations and assignments
               differing in frequency by 10.6 to 10.8 MHz (53 or 54 channels), U.S. noncommercial educational FM
               allotments and assignments must meet the separations given in Table 3 to paragraph (b) of §
               73.207 to Mexican allotments or assignments in the border area.

[42 FR 36828, July 18, 1977, as amended at 43 FR 39716, Sept. 6, 1978; 44 FR 65764, Nov. 15, 1979; 49 FR 10264, Mar. 20, 1984;
49 FR 19670, May 9, 1984; 87 FR 15343, Mar. 18, 2022]

§ 73.508 Standards of good engineering practice.
     (a) All noncommercial educational stations and LPFM stations operating with more than 10 watts transmitter
         power output shall be subject to all of the provisions of the FM Technical Standards contained in subpart
         B of this part. Class D educational stations and LPFM stations operating with 10 watts or less transmitter
         output power shall be subject to the definitions contained in § 73.310, and also to those other provisions
         of the FM Technical Standards which are specifically made applicable to them by the provisions of this
         subpart.

     (b) The transmitter and associated transmitting equipment of each noncommercial educational FM station
         and LPFM station licensed for transmitter power output above 10 watts must be designed, constructed
         and operated in accordance with § 73.317.

     (c) The transmitter and associated transmitting equipment of each noncommercial educational FM station
         licensed for transmitter power output of 10 watts or less, although not required to meet all requirements
         of § 73.317, must be constructed with the safety provisions of the current national electrical code as
         approved by the American National Standards Institute. These stations must be operated, tuned, and
         adjusted so that emissions are not radiated outside the authorized band causing or which are capable of
         causing interference to the communications of other stations. The audio distortion, audio frequency
         range, carrier hum, noise level, and other essential phases of the operation which control the external
         effects, must be at all times capable of providing satisfactory broadcast service. Studio equipment
         properly covered by an underwriter's certificate will be considered as satisfying safety requirements.

[65 FR 7640, Feb. 15, 2000]

§ 73.509 Prohibited overlap.
     (a) An application for a new or modified NCE–FM station other than a Class D (secondary) station will not be
         accepted if the proposed operation would involve overlap of signal strength contours with any other
         station licensed by the Commission and operating in the reserved band (Channels 200–220, inclusive) as
         set forth in Table 1 to this paragraph (a):

                                                 Table 1 to Paragraph (a)

                Frequency separation              Contour of proposed station             Contour of other station
            Co-channel                        0.1mV/m (40 dBu)                       1 mV/m (60 dBu)

47 CFR 73.509(a) (enhanced display)                                                                            page 165 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 73.509(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

                Frequency separation              Contour of proposed station            Contour of other station
                                              1 mV/m (60 dBu)                        0.1 mV/m (40 dBu)
            200 kHz                           0.5 mV/m (54 dBu)                      1 mV/m (60 dBu)
                                              1 mV/m (60 dBu)1                       0.5 mV/m (54 dBu)
            400 kHz/600 kHz                   100 mV/m (100 dBu)                     1 mV/m (60 dBu)
                                              1 mV/m (60 dBu)                        100 mV/m (100 dBu)

     (b) An application by a Class D (secondary) station, other than an application to change class, will not be
         accepted if the proposed operation would involve overlap of signal strength contours with any other
         station as set forth in Table 2 to this paragraph (b):

                                                 Table 2 to Paragraph (b)

                                                               Contour of                         Contour of
                   Frequency separation
                                                            proposed station                   any other station
            Co-channel                              0.1 mV/m (40 dBu)                    1 mV/m (60 dBu)
            200 kHz                                 0.5 mV/m (54 dBu)                    1 mV/m (60 dBu)
            400/600 kHz                             100 mV/m (100 dBu)                   1 mV/m (60 dBu)

     (c) The following standards must be used to compute the distances to the pertinent contours:

           (1) The distance of the 60 dBu (1 mV/m) contours are to be computed using Figure 1 of § 73.333
               [F(50,50) curves] of this part.

           (2) The distance to the other contours are to be computed using Figure 1a of § 73.333 [F(50,10) curves].
               In the event that the distance to the contour is below 16 kilometers (approximately 10 miles), and
               therefore not covered by Figure 1a, curves in Figure 1 must be used.

           (3) The effective radiated power (ERP) that is the maximum ERP for any elevation plane on any bearing
               will be used.

     (d) An application for a change (other than a change in channel) in the facilities of a NCE-FM broadcast
         station will be accepted even though overlap of signal strength contours, as specified in paragraphs (a)
         and (b) of this section, would occur with another station in an area where such overlap does not already
         exists, if:

           (1) The total area of overlap with that station would not be increased;

           (2) The area of overlap with any other station would not increase;

           (3) The area of overlap does not move significantly closer to the station receiving the overlap; and,

           (4) No area of overlap would be created with any station with which the overlap does not now exist.

     (e) The provisions of this section concerning prohibited overlap will not apply where the area of such overlap
         lies entirely over water.

[50 FR 27962, July 9, 1985, as amended at 52 FR 43765, Nov. 16, 1987; 65 FR 79778, Dec. 20, 2000; 87 FR 15343, Mar. 18, 2022]

47 CFR 73.509(e) (enhanced display)                                                                            page 166 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 73.510
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.510 Antenna systems.
     (a) All noncommercial educational stations operating with more than 10 watts transmitter output power shall
         be subject to the provisions of § 73.316 concerning antenna systems contained in subpart B of this part.

     (b) Directional antenna. No application for a construction permit of a new station, or change in channel, or
         change in an existing facility on the same channel will be accepted for filing if a directional antenna with a
         maximum-to-minimum ratio of more than 15 dB is proposed.

[42 FR 36829, July 18, 1977]

§ 73.511 Power and antenna height requirements.
     (a) No new noncommercial educational station will be authorized with less power than minimum power
         requirements for commercial Class A facilities. (See § 73.211.)

     (b) No new noncommercial educational FM station will be authorized with facilities greater than Class B in
         Zones I and I-A or Class C in Zone II, as defined in § 73.211.

     (c) Stations licensed before December 31, 1984, and operating above 50 kW in Zones I and I-A, and above 100
         kW and in Zone II may continue to operate as authorized.

[50 FR 27963, July 9, 1985, as amended at 50 FR 31379, Aug. 2, 1985; 54 FR 3602, Jan. 25, 1989]

§ 73.512 Special procedures applicable to Class D noncommercial educational stations.
     (a) All Class D stations seeking renewal of license for any term expiring June 1, 1980, or thereafter shall
         comply with the requirements set forth below and shall simultaneously file an application on FCC Form
         340, containing full information regarding such compliance with the provisions set forth below.

           (1) To the extent possible, each applicant shall select a commercial FM channel on which it proposes to
               operate in lieu of the station's present channel. The station may select any commercial channel
               provided no objectionable interference, as set forth in § 73.509(b), would be caused. The application
               shall include the same engineering information as is required to change the frequency of an existing
               station and any other information necessary to establish the fact that objectionable interference
               would not result. If no commercial channel is available where the station could operate without
               causing such interference, the application shall set forth the basis upon which this conclusion was
               reached.

           (2) If a commercial channel is unavailable, to the extent possible each applicant should propose
               operation on Channel 200 (87.9 MHz) unless the station would be within 402 kilometers (250 miles)
               of the Canadian border or 320 kilometers (199 miles) of the Mexican border or would cause
               interference to an FM station operating on Channels 201, 202, or 203 or to TV Channel 6, as provided
               in § 73.509.

           (3) If a channel is not available under either paragraph (a) (1) or (2) of this section, the renewal applicant
               shall study all 20 noncommercial educational FM channels and shall propose operation on the
               channel which would cause the least preclusion to the establishment of new stations or increases in
               power by existing stations. Full information regarding the basis for the selection should be provided.

47 CFR 73.512(a)(3) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 167 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 73.512(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (b) At any time before the requirements of paragraph (a) become effective, any existing Class D station may
         file a construction permit application on FCC Form 340 to change channel in the manner described above
         which shall be subject to the same requirements. In either case, any license granted shall specify that the
         station's license is for a Class D (secondary) station.

     (c) Except in Alaska, no new Class D applications nor major change applications by existing Class D stations
         are acceptable for filing except by existing Class D stations seeking to change frequency. Upon the grant
         of such application, the station shall become a Class D (secondary) station.

     (d) Class D noncommercial educational (secondary) stations (see § 73.506(a)(2)) will be permitted to
         continue to operate only so long as no interference (as defined in § 73.509) is caused to any TV or
         commercial FM broadcast stations. In the event that the Class D (secondary) station would cause
         interference to a TV or commercial FM broadcast station after that Class D (secondary) station is
         authorized, the Class D (secondary) station must cease operation when program tests for the TV or
         commercial FM broadcast station commence. The Class D (secondary) station may apply for a
         construction permit (see § 73.3533) to change to another frequency or antenna site where it would not
         cause interference (as defined in § 73.509). If the Class D (secondary) station must cease operation
         before the construction permit is granted, an application for temporary authorization (pursuant to §
         73.3542) to operate with the proposed facilities may be submitted; where appropriate, such temporary
         authorization can be granted. With respect to Class D (secondary) applications on Channels 201 through
         220 required to protect television stations operating on TV Channel 6, the non-interference requirements
         in the preceding sentences will apply unless the application is accompanied by a written agreement
         between the Class D (secondary) applicant and each affected TV Channel 6 broadcast station concurring
         with the proposed Class D facilities.

[43 FR 39716, Sept. 6, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 48226, Aug. 17, 1979; 47 FR 28388, June 30, 1982; 50 FR 8326, Mar. 1, 1985;
85 FR 35573, June 11, 2020]

§ 73.513 Noncommercial educational FM stations operating on unreserved channels.
     (a) Noncommercial educational FM stations other than Class D (secondary) which operate on Channels 221
         through 300 but which comply with § 73.503 as to licensing requirements and the nature of the service
         rendered, must comply with the provisions of the following sections of subpart B: §§ 73.201 through
         73.213 (Classification of FM Broadcast Stations and Allocations of Frequencies) and such other sections
         of subpart B as are made specially applicable by the provisions of this subpart C. Stations in Alaska
         authorized before August 11, 1982, using Channels 261–300 need not meet the minimum effective
         radiated power requirement specified in § 73.211(a). In all other respects, stations operating on Channels
         221 through 300 are to be governed by the provisions of this subpart and not subpart B.

     (b) When a noncommercial educational applicant is among mutually exclusive applications for an unreserved
         FM channel, the mutually exclusive applications will be considered pursuant to Subpart I—Competitive
         Bidding Procedures and not Subpart K—Application and Selection Procedures On Reserved
         Noncommercial Educational Channels.

[47 FR 30068, July 12, 1982, as amended at 65 FR 36378, June 8, 2000]

47 CFR 73.513(b) (enhanced display)                                                                            page 168 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.514
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.514 Protection from interference.
Permittees and licensees of NCE FM stations are not protected from interference which may be caused by the grant
of a new LPFM station or of authority to modify an existing LPFM station, except as provided in subpart G of this
part.

[65 FR 67299, Nov. 9, 2000]

§ 73.515 NCE FM transmitter location.
The transmitter location shall be chosen so that, on the basis of effective radiated power and antenna height above
average terrain employed, a minimum field strength of l mV/m (60 dBu) will be provided over at least 50 percent of
its community of license or reach 50 percent of the population within the community.

[65 FR 79779, Dec. 20, 2000]

§ 73.525 TV Channel 6 protection.
The provisions of this section apply to all applications for construction permits for new or modified facilities for a
NCE-FM station on Channels 200–220 unless the application is accompanied by a written agreement between the
NCE-FM applicant and each affected TV Channel 6 broadcast station concurring with the proposed NCE-FM
facilities.

     (a) Affected TV Channel 6 station.

           (1) An affected TV Channel 6 station is a TV broadcast station which is authorized to operate on
               Channel 6 that is located within the following distances of a NCE-FM station operating on Channels
               201–220:

                                                                 Table A

                    NCE-FM channel            Distance (kilometers)     NCE-FM channel        Distance (kilometers)
                                    201                           265                211                          196
                                    202                           257                212                          195
                                    203                           246                213                          193
                                    204                           235                214                          187
                                    205                           225                215                          180
                                    206                           211                216                          177
                                    207                           196                217                          174
                                    208                           196                218                          166
                                    209                           196                219                          159
                                    210                           196                220                          154

           (2) Where a NCE-FM application has been accepted for filing or granted, the subsequent acceptance of
               an application filed by a relevant TV Channel 6 station will not require revision of the pending NCE-
               FM application or the FM station's authorized facilities, unless the provisions of paragraph (e)(3) of
               this section for TV translator or satellite stations apply.

47 CFR 73.525(a)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 169 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.525(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (b) Existing NCE-FM stations.

           (1) A NCE-FM station license authorized to operate on channels 201–220 as of December 31, 1984, or a
               permittee, granted a construction permit for a NCE-FM station as of December 31, 1984, are not
               subject to this section unless they propose either:

                 (i)   To make changes in operating facilities or location which will increase predicted interference as
                       calculated under paragraph (e) of this section to TV Channel 6 reception in any direction; or,

                 (ii) To increase its ratio of vertically polarized to horizontally polarized transmissions.

           (2) Applicants must comply with the provision of paragraphs (c) or (d) of this section unless the
               application for modification demonstrates that, for each person predicted to receive new
               interference as a result of the change, existing predicted interference to two person will be
               eliminated. Persons predicted to receive new interference are those located outside the area
               predicted to receive interference from the station's currently authorized facilities (“existing predicted
               interference area”) but within the area predicted to receive interference from the proposed facilities
               (“proposed predicted interference area”). Persons for whom predicted interference will be eliminated
               are those located within the existing predicted interference area and outside the proposed predicted
               interference area.

                 (i)   In making this calculation, the provisions contained at paragraph (e) will be used except as
                       modified by paragraph (b)(3) of this section.

                 (ii) The following adjustment to the population calculation may be made: up to 1,000 persons may
                      be subtracted from the population predicted to receive new interference if, for each person
                      substracted, the applicant effectively installs two filters within 90 days after commencing
                      program tests with the proposed facilities and, no later than 45 days thereafter, provides the
                      affected TV Channel 6 station (as defined in paragraph (a) of this section) with a certification
                      containing sufficient information to permit verification of such installation. The required number
                      of filters will be installed on television receivers located within the predicted interference area;
                      provided that half of the installations are within the area predicted to receive new interference.

           (3) Where an NCE-FM applicant wishes to operate with facilities in excess of that permitted under the
               provisions of paragraphs (c) or (d) of this section, by proposing to use vertically polarized
               transmissions only, or to increase its ratio of vertically to horizontally polarized transmissions, the
               affected TV Channel 6 station must be given an option to pay for the required antenna and, if it takes
               that option, the NCE-FM vertically polarized component of power will be one half (−3 dB) that which
               would be allowed by the provisions of paragraph (e)(4) of this section.

           (4) Applications for modification will include a certification that the applicant has given early written
               notice of the proposed modification to all affected TV Channel 6 stations (as defined in paragraph
               (a) of this section).

           (5) Where the NCE-FM station demonstrates in its application that it must make an involuntary
               modification (e.g., due to loss of its transmitter site) that would not otherwise be permitted under
               this section, its application will be considered on a case-by-case basis. In such cases, the provisions
               of paragraph (b)(3) of this section do not apply.

     (c) New NCE-FM stations. Except as provided for by paragraph (d) of this section, applicants for NCE-FM
         stations proposing to operate on Channels 201–220 must submit a showing indicating that the predicted
         interference area resulting from the proposed facility contains no more than 3,000 persons.

47 CFR 73.525(c) (enhanced display)                                                                            page 170 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.525(c)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) In making these calculations, the provisions in paragraph (e) of this section will be used.

           (2) The following adjustment to population may be made: up to 1,000 persons may be subtracted from
               the population within the predicted interference area if, for each person subtracted, the applicant
               effectively installs one filter within 90 days after commencing program tests and, no later than 45
               days thereafter, provides the affected TV Channel 6 station with a certification containing sufficient
               information to permit verification of such installation. The required number of filters will be installed
               on television receivers located within the predicted interference area.

     (d) Collocated stations. As an alternative to the provisions contained in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section,
         an application for a NCE-FM station operating on Channels 201–220 and located at 0.4 kilometer
         (approximately 0.25 mile) or less from a TV Channel 6 station will be accepted under the following
         requirements:

           (1) The effective radiated power cannot exceed the following values:

                                                               Table B

                       NCE-FM channel           Power (kilowatt)         NCE-FM channel            Power (kilowatt)
                                        201                        1.1                    211                     26.3
                                        202                        1.9                    212                     31.6
                                        203                        3.1                    213                     38.0
                                        204                        5.0                    214                     46.8
                                        205                        8.3                    215                     56.2
                                        206                    10.0                       216                     67.6
                                        207                    12.0                       217                     83.2
                                        208                    14.8                       218                    100.0
                                        209                    17.8                       219                    100.0
                                        210                    21.4                       220                    100.0

           (2) The NCE-FM application will include a certification that the applicant has coordinated its antenna
               with the affected TV station by employing either: The same number of antenna bays with radiation
               centers separated by no more than 30 meters (approximately 100 feet) verticially; or, the FM vertical
               pattern not exceeding the TV vertical pattern by more than 2dB.

     (e) Calculation of predicted interference area and population. Predictions of interference required under this
         section and calculations to determine the number of persons within a predicted interference area for NCE-
         FM operation on Channels 201–220 are made as follows:

           (1) The predicted interference area will be calculated as follows:

                 (i)   The distances to the TV Channel 6 field strength contours will be predicted according to the
                       procedures specified in § 73.684, “Prediction of coverage,” using the F(50,50) curves in Figure 9,
                       § 73.699.

47 CFR 73.525(e)(1)(i) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 171 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 73.525(e)(1)(ii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (ii) For each TV Channel 6 field strength contour, there will be an associated F(50,10) FM
                      interference contour, the value of which (in units of dBu) is defined as the sum of the TV
                      Channel 6 field strength (in dBu) and the appropriate undesired-to-desired (U/D) signal ratio (in
                      dB) obtained from Figures 1 and 2, § 73.599, corresponding to the channel of the NCE-FM
                      applicant and the appropriate F(50,50) field strength contour of the TV Channel 6 station.

                (iii) An adjustment of 6 dB for television receiving antenna directivity will be added to each NCE-FM
                      interference contour at all points outside the Grade A field strength contour (§ 73.683) of the
                      TV Channel 6 station and within an arc defined by the range of angles, of which the FM
                      transmitter site is the vertex, from 110° relative to the azimuth from the FM transmitter site to
                      the TV Channel 6 transmitter site, counterclockwise to 250° relative to that azimuth. At all
                      points at and within the Grade A field strength contour of the TV Channel 6 station, the 6 dB
                      adjustment is applicable over the range of angles from 70° clockwise to 110° and from 250°
                      clockwise to 290°.

                (iv) The distances to the applicable NCE-FM interference contours will be predicted according to
                     the procedures specified in § 73.313, “Prediction of Coverage,” using the proposed antenna
                     height and horizontally polarized, or the horizontal equivalent of the vertically polarized,
                     effective radiated power in the pertinent direction and the F(50,10) field strength curves (Figure
                     1a, § 73.333).

                 (v) The predicted interference area will be defined as the area within the TV Channel 6 station's 47
                     dBu field strength contour that is bounded by the locus of intersections of a series of TV
                     Channel 6 field strength contours and the applicable NCE-FM interference contours.

                (vi) In cases where the terrain in one or more directions departs widely from the surrounding terrain
                     average (for example, an intervening mountain), a supplemental showing may be made. Such
                     supplemental showings must describe the procedure used and should include sample
                     calculations. The application must also include maps indicating the predicted interference area
                     for both the regular method and the supplemental method.

                (vii) In cases where the predicted interference area to Channel 6 television from a noncommercial
                      educational FM station will be located within the 90 dBu F(50,50) contour of the television
                      Channel 6 station, the location of the FM interfering contour must be determined using the
                      assumption that the Channel 6 field strength remains constant at 90 dBu everywhere within the
                      90 dBu TV contour. The FM to Channel 6 U/D signal strength ratio specified in § 73.599
                      corresponding to the Channel 6 TV field strength of 90 dBu shall be used.

           (2) The number of persons contained within the predicted interference area will be based on data
               contained in the most recently published U.S. Census of Population and will be determined by
               plotting the predicted interference area on a County Subdivision Map of the state published for the
               Census, and totalling the number of persons in each County Subdivision (such as, Minor Civil
               Division (MCD), Census County Division (CCD), or equivalent areas) contained within the predicted
               interference area. Where only a portion of County Subdivision is contained within the interference
               area:

                 (i)   The population of all incorporated places or Census designated places will be subtracted from
                       the County Subdivision population;

47 CFR 73.525(e)(2)(i) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 172 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.525(e)(2)(ii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (ii) Uniform distribution of the remaining population over the remaining area of the County
                      Subdivision will be assumed in determining the number of persons within the predicted
                      interference area in proportion to the share of the remaining area of the County Subdivision that
                      lies within the predicted interference area; and,

                (iii) The population of the incorporated places or Census designated places contained within the
                      predicted interference area will then be added to the total, again assuming uniform distribution
                      of the population within the area of each place and adding a share of the population
                      proportional to the share of the area if only a portion of such a place is within the predicted
                      interference area.

                (iv) At the option of either the NCE-FM applicant or an affected TV Channel 6 station which provides
                     the appropriate analysis, more detailed population data may be used.

           (3) Adjustments to the population calculated pursuant to paragraph (e)(2) of this section may be made
               as follows:

                 (i)   If any part of the predicted interference area is within the Grade A field strength contour (§
                       73.683) of a TV translator station carrying the affected TV Channel 6 station, the number of
                       persons within that overlap area will be subtracted, provided the NCE-FM construction permit
                       and license will contain the following conditions:

                       (A) When the TV translator station ceases to carry the affected TV Channel 6 station's service
                           and the cessation is not the choice of the affected TV Channel 6 station, the NCE-FM
                           station will modify its facilities, within a reasonable transition period, to meet the
                           requirements of this section which would have applied if no adjustment to population for
                           translator service had been made in its application.

                       (B) The transition period may not exceed 1 year from the date the NCE-FM station is notified
                           by the TV Channel 6 station that the translator station will cease to carry the affected TV
                           Channel 6 station's service or 6 months after the translator station ceases to carry the
                           affected TV Channel 6 station's service, whichever is earlier.

                 (ii) If any part of the interference area is within the Grade B field strength contour (§ 73.683) of a
                      satellite station of the affected TV Channel 6 station, the number of persons within the overlap
                      area will be subtracted, provided the NCE-FM permit and license will contain the following
                      conditions:

                       (A) If the satellite station ceases to carry the affected TV Channel 6 station's service and the
                           cessation is not the choice of the affected TV Channel 6 station, the NCE-FM station will
                           modify its facilities, within a reasonable transition period, to meet the requirements of this
                           rule which would have applied if no adjustment to population for satellite station service
                           had been made in its application.

                       (B) The transition period may not exceed 1 year from the date the NCE-FM station is notified
                           by the TV Channel 6 station that the satellite station will cease to carry the affected TV
                           Channel 6 stations's service or 6 months after the satellite station ceases to carry the
                           affected TV Channel 6 station's service, whichever is earlier.

                (iii) If any part of the predicted interference area is located outside the affected TV Channel 6
                      station's Area of Dominant Influence (ADI), outside the Grade A field strength contour (§
                      73.683), and within the predicted city grade field strength contour (73.685(a)) of a TV broadcast

47 CFR 73.525(e)(3)(iii) (enhanced display)                                                                page 173 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 73.525(e)(3)(iv)
Radio Broadcast Services

                       station whose only network affiliation is the same as the only network affiliation of the affected
                       TV Channel 6 station, the number of persons within that part will be subtracted. (For purposes
                       of this provision, a network is defined as ABC, CBS, NBC, or their successors.) In addition, the
                       ADI of an affected TV Channel 6 station and the program network affiliations of all relevant TV
                       broadcast stations will be assumed to be as they were on the filing date of the NCE-FM
                       application or June 1, 1985, whichever is later.

                (iv) In calculating the population within the predicted interference area, an exception will be
                     permitted upon a showing (e.g., as survey of actual television reception) that the number of
                     persons within the predicted interference area should be reduced to account for persons
                     actually experiencing co-channel or adjacent channel interference to reception of the affected
                     TV Channel 6 station. The area within which such a showing may be made will be limited to the
                     area calculated as follows:

                       (A) The distances to the field strength contours of the affected TV Channel 6 station will be
                           predicted according to the procedures specified in § 73.684, “Prediction of coverage,”
                           using the F(50,50) curves in Figure 9, § 73.699.

                       (B) For each field strength contour of the affected TV Channel 6 station, there will be an
                           associated co-channel or adjacent channel TV broadcast station interference contour, the
                           value of which (in units of dBu) is defined as the sum of the affected TV Channel 6
                           station's field strength (in dBu) and the appropriate undesired-to-desired signal ratio (in
                           dB) as follows:

                       Co-channel, normal offset, −22 dB

                       Co-channel, no offset, −39 dB

                       Adjacent channel, + 12 dB

                       (C) The distances to the associated co-channel or adjacent channel TV broadcast station
                           interference contour will be predicted according to the procedures specified in § 73.684,
                           “Prediction of coverage,” using the F(50,10) curves in Figure 9a, § 73.699.

                       (D) The area within which the showing of actual interference may be made will be the area
                           bounded by the locus of intersections of a series of the affected TV Channel 6 station's
                           field strength contours and the associated interference contours of the co-channel or
                           adjacent channel TV broadcast station.

           (4) The maximum permissible effective radiated power (ERP) and antenna height may be adjusted for
               vertical polarity as follows:

                 (i)   If the applicant chooses to use vertically polarized transmissions only, the maximum
                       permissible vertically polarized ERP will be the maximum horizontally polarized ERP
                       permissible at the same proposed antenna height, calculated without the adjustment for
                       television receiving antenna directivity specified in paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section,
                       multiplied by either: 40 if the predicted interference area lies entirely outside the limits of a city
                       of 50,000 persons or more; or 10 if it does not.

                 (ii) If the applicant chooses to use mixed polarity, the permissible ERP is as follows:

                       [H + (V/A)] is no greater than P

47 CFR 73.525(e)(4)(ii) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 174 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                               47 CFR 73.525(f)
Radio Broadcast Services

                Where:

                H is the horizontally polarized ERP in kilowatts for mixed polarity;

                V is the vertically polarized ERP in kilowatts for mixed polarity;

                A is 40 if the predicted interference area lies entirely outside the limits of a city of 50,000 persons or
                more, or 10 if it does not; and

                P is the maximum permitted horizontally polarized-only power in kilowatts.

     (f) Channel 200 Applications. No application for use of NCE-FM Channel 200 will be accepted if the requested
         facility would cause objectionable interference to TV Channel 6 operations. Such objectionable
         interference will be considered to exist whenever the 15 dBu contour based on the F(50,10) curves in §
         73.333 Figure 1a would overlap the 40 dBu contour based on the F(50,50) curves in § 73.699, Figure 9.

[50 FR 27963, July 9, 1985; 50 FR 30187, July 24, 1985; 50 FR 31379, Aug. 2, 1985, as amended at 51 FR 26250, July 22, 1986; 52
FR 25867, July 9, 1987; 62 FR 51059, Sept. 30, 1997]

§ 73.558 Indicating instruments.
The requirements for indicating instruments described in § 73.258 are applicable to all educational FM broadcast
stations licensed with a transmitter power greater than 0.01 kw.

[51 FR 17029, May 8, 1986]

§ 73.561 Operating schedule; time sharing.
     (a) All noncommercial educational FM stations will be licensed for unlimited time operation except those
         stations operating under a time sharing arrangement. All noncommercial educational FM stations are
         required to operate at least 36 hours per week, consisting of at least 5 hours of operation per day on at
         least 6 days of the week; however, stations licensed to educational institutions are not required to operate
         on Saturday or Sunday or to observe the minimum operating requirements during those days designated
         on the official school calendar as vacation or recess periods.

     (b) All stations, including those meeting the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, but which do not
         operate 12 hours per day each day of the year, will be required to share use of the frequency upon the
         grant of an appropriate application proposing such share time arrangement. Such applications shall set
         forth the intent to share time and shall be filed in the same manner as are applications for new stations.
         They may be filed at any time, but in cases where the parties are unable to agree on time sharing, action
         on the application will be taken only in connection with the renewal of application for the existing station.
         In order to be considered for this purpose, such an application to share time must be filed no later than
         the deadline for filing petitions to deny the renewal application of the existing licensee, or, in the case of
         renewal applications filed by the existing licensee on or before May 1, 1995, no later than the deadline for
         filing applications in conflict with the such renewal applications.

           (1) The licensee and the prospective licensee(s) shall endeavor to reach an agreement for a definite
               schedule of periods of time to be used by each. Such agreement shall be in writing and shall set
               forth which licensee is to operate on each of the hours of the day throughout the year. Such

47 CFR 73.561(b)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                          page 175 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 73.561(b)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

                agreement shall not include simultaneous operation of the stations. Each licensee shall file the same
                in triplicate with each application to the Commission for initial construction permit or renewal of
                license. Such written agreements shall become part of the terms of each station's license.

           (2) The Commission desires to facilitate the reaching of agreements on time sharing. However, if the
               licensees of stations authorized to share time are unable to agree on a division of time, the
               Commission shall be so notified by statement to that effect filed with the application proposing time
               sharing. Thereafter the Commission will designate the application for hearing on any qualification
               issues arising regarding the renewal or new applicants. If no such issues pertain, the Commission
               will set the matter for expedited hearing limited solely to the issue of the sharing of time. In the event
               the stations have been operating under a time sharing agreement but cannot agree on its
               continuation, a hearing will be held, and pending such hearing, the operating schedule previously
               adhered to shall remain in full force and effect.

     (c) A departure from the regular schedule set forth in a time-sharing agreement will be permitted only in
         cases where a written agreement to that effect is reduced to writing, is signed by the licensees of the
         stations affected thereby, and is filed in triplicate by each licensee with the Commission, Attention: Audio
         Division, Media Bureau, prior to the time of the proposed change. If time is of the essence, the actual
         departure in operating schedule may precede the actual filing of the written agreement, provided that
         appropriate notice is sent to the Commission in Washington, DC, Attention: Audio Division, Media Bureau.

     (d) In the event that causes beyond the control of a permittee or licensee make it impossible to adhere to the
         operating schedule in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section or to continue operating, the station may limit or
         discontinue operation for a period not exceeding 30 days without further authority from the Commission
         provided that notification is sent to the Commission in Washington, DC, Attention: Audio Division, Media
         Bureau, no later than the 10th day of limited or discontinued operation. During such period, the permittee
         shall continue to adhere to the requirements of the station license pertaining to the lighting of antenna
         structures. In the event normal operation is restored prior to the expiration of the 30 day period, the
         permittee or licensee will notify the FCC, Attention: Audio Division of the date that normal operations
         resumed. If causes beyond the control of the permittee or licensee make it impossible to comply within
         the allowed period, Special Temporary Authority (see § 73.1635) must be requested to remain silent for
         such additional time as deemed necessary. The license of a broadcasting station that fails to transmit
         broadcast signals for any consecutive 12 month period expires as a matter of law at the end of that
         period, notwithstanding any provision, term, or condition of license to the contrary.

           Note 1 to § 73.561: For allocations purposes, both (all) stations sharing time will be treated as
           unlimited time stations.

           Note 2 to § 73.561: See §§ 73.1705, 73.1715, and 73.1740.

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303))

[43 FR 39717, Sept. 6, 1978, as amended at 43 FR 45845, Oct. 4, 1978; 44 FR 3416, Jan. 19, 1979; 44 FR 65764, Nov. 15, 1979; 47
FR 54448, Dec. 3, 1982; 50 FR 13974, Apr. 9, 1985; 61 FR 18291, Apr. 25, 1996; 61 FR 28767, June 6, 1996; 63 FR 33877, June 22,
1998; 67 FR 13231, Mar. 21, 2002]

47 CFR 73.561(d) (enhanced display)                                                                             page 176 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.567
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.567 Determining operating power.
The procedures for determining operating power described in § 73.267 are applicable to noncommercial education
FM stations.

[44 FR 58732, Oct. 11, 1979]

§ 73.593 Subsidiary communications services.
The licensee of a noncommercial educational FM station is not required to use its subcarrier capacity, but if it
chooses to do so, it is governed by §§ 73.293 through 73.295 of the Commission's Rules regarding the types of
permissible subcarrier uses and the manner in which subcarrier operations shall be conducted; Provided, however,
that remunerative use of a station's subcarrier capacity shall not be detrimental to the provision of existing or
potential radio reading services for the blind or otherwise inconsistent with its public broadcasting responsibilities.

[48 FR 26615, June 9, 1983]

§ 73.597 FM stereophonic sound broadcasting.
A noncommercial educational FM broadcast station may, without specific authority from the FCC, transmit
stereophonic sound programs upon installation of stereophonic sound transmitting equipment under the provisions
of §§ 2.977, 2.1001, 73.322, and 73.1590 of the FCC's Rules.

[51 FR 17029, May 8, 1986]

§ 73.599 NCE-FM engineering charts.
This section consists of the following Figures 1 and 2.

47 CFR 73.599 (enhanced display)                                                                         page 177 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                               47 CFR 73.599
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.599 (enhanced display)              page 178 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                               47 CFR 73.599
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.599 (enhanced display)              page 179 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 73.601
Radio Broadcast Services

[50 FR 27965, July 9, 1985]

Subpart E—Television Broadcast Stations
§ 73.601 Scope of subpart.
This subpart contains the rules and regulations (including engineering standards) governing TV broadcast stations,
including noncommercial educational TV broadcast stations and, where indicated, low power TV and TV translator
stations in the United States, its Territories and possessions. TV broadcast, low power TV, and TV translator
stations are assigned channels 6 MHz wide, designated as set forth in § 73.603(a).

[47 FR 21494, May 18, 1982]

§ 73.602 Cross reference to rules in other parts.
See § 73.1010.

[43 FR 32781, July 28, 1978]

§ 73.603 Numerical designation of television channels.
     (a)

                         Channel No.                              Frequency band (MHz)
            2                                                                                        54–60
            3                                                                                        60–66
            4                                                                                        66–72
            5                                                                                        76–82
            6                                                                                        82–88
            7                                                                                      174–180
            8                                                                                      180–186
            9                                                                                      186–192
            10                                                                                     192–198
            11                                                                                     198–204
            12                                                                                     204–210
            13                                                                                     210–216
            14                                                                                     470–476
            15                                                                                     476–482
            16                                                                                     482–488
            17                                                                                     488–494
            18                                                                                     494–500
            19                                                                                     500–506
            20                                                                                     506–512
            21                                                                                     512–518
            22                                                                                     518–524

47 CFR 73.603(a) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 180 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 73.603(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

                        Channel No.                                      Frequency band (MHz)
            23                                                                                                524–530
            24                                                                                                530–536
            25                                                                                                536–542
            26                                                                                                542–548
            27                                                                                                548–554
            28                                                                                                554–560
            29                                                                                                560–566
            30                                                                                                566–572
            31                                                                                                572–578
            32                                                                                                578–584
            33                                                                                                584–590
            34                                                                                                590–596
            35                                                                                                596–602
            36                                                                                                602–608
            37                                                                                                608–614

     (b) [Reserved]

     (c) Channel 37, 608–614 MHz is reserved exclusively for the radio astronomy service.

     (d) In Hawaii, the frequency band 488–494 MHz is allocated for non-broadcast use. This frequency band
         (Channel 17) will not be assigned in Hawaii for use by television broadcast stations.

[28 FR 13660, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 35 FR 11179, July 11, 1970; 39 FR 10576, Mar. 21, 1974; 47 FR 16789, Apr. 20, 1982;
47 FR 30068, July 12, 1982; 47 FR 35989, Aug. 18, 1982; 51 FR 18450, May 20, 1986; 70 FR 46676, Aug. 10, 2005; 86 FR 66195,
Nov. 22, 2021]

§ 73.606 Table of allotments.
The table of allotments set forth in § 73.622(j) contains the channels designated for the listed communities in the
United States, its Territories, and possessions. Channels designated with an asterisk are assigned for use by
noncommercial educational broadcast stations only.

[86 FR 66195, Nov. 22, 2021]

§ 73.609 Zones.
     (a) For the purpose of allotment and assignment, the United States is divided into three zones as follows:

           (1) Zone I consists of that portion of the United States located within the confines of the following lines
               drawn on the U.S. Albers Equal Area Projection Map (based on standard parallels 291⁄2° and 451⁄2°;
               North American datum): Beginning at the most easterly point on the State boundary line between
               North Carolina and Virginia; thence in a straight line to a point on the Virginia-West Virginia boundary
               line located at north latitude 37°49′ and west longitude 80°12′30″; thence westerly along the
               southern boundary lines of the States of West Virginia, Ohio, Indiana, and Illinois to a point at the
               junction of the Illinois, Kentucky, and Missouri State boundary lines; thence northerly along the

47 CFR 73.609(a)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                         page 181 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.609(a)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

                western boundary line of the State of Illinois to a point at the junction of the Illinois, Iowa, and
                Wisconsin State boundary lines; thence easterly along the northern State boundary line of Illinois to
                the 90th meridian; thence north along this meridian to the 43.5° parallel; thence east along this
                parallel to the United States-Canada border; thence southerly and following that border until it again
                intersects the 43.5° parallel; thence east along this parallel to the 71st meridian; thence in a straight
                line to the intersection of the 69th meridian and the 45th parallel; thence east along the 45th parallel
                to the Atlantic Ocean. When any of the above lines pass through a city, the city shall be considered to
                be located in Zone I. (See Figure 1 of § 73.699.)

           (2) Zone II consists of that portion of the United States which is not located in either Zone I or Zone III,
               and Puerto Rico, Alaska, Hawaiian Islands and the Virgin Islands.

           (3) Zone III consists of that portion of the United States located south of a line, drawn on the United
               States Albers Equal Area Projection Map (based on standard parallels 29.50 and 45.50 North
               American datum), beginning at a point on the east coast of Georgia and the 31st parallel and ending
               at the United States-Mexican border, consisting of arcs drawn with a 241.4 kilometer (150 mile)
               radius to the north from the following specified points:

                                              North latitude                                 West longitude
                 (a)                                             29°40′00″                                        83°24′00″
                 (b)                                             30°07′00″                                        84°12′00″
                 (c)                                             30°31′00″                                        86°30′00″
                 (d)                                             30°48′00″                                        87°58′30″
                 (e)                                             30°00′00″                                        90°38′30″
                 (f)                                             30°04′30″                                        93°19′00″
                 (g)                                             29°46′00″                                        95°05′00″
                 (h)                                             28°43′00″                                        96°39′30″
                 (i)                                             27°52′30″                                        97°32′00″

When any of the above arcs pass through a city, the city shall be considered to be located in Zone II. (See Figure 2 of
§ 73.699.)

[28 FR 13660, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 33 FR 15422, Oct. 17, 1968; 50 FR 23697, June 5, 1985; 51 FR 44070, Dec. 8, 1986]

§ 73.611 xxx

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7243, Feb. 1, 2024.

§ 73.612 Protection from interference.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7243, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Permittees and licensees of TV broadcast stations are not protected from any interference which may be
         caused by the grant of a new station or of authority to modify the facilities of an existing station in
         accordance with the provisions of this subpart. The nature and extent of the protection from interference

47 CFR 73.612(a) (enhanced display)                                                                            page 182 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 73.612(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

           accorded to TV broadcast stations is limited solely to the protection which results from the minimum
           allotment and station separation requirements and the rules and regulations with respect to maximum
           powers and antenna heights set forth in this subpart.

     (b) When the Commission determines that grant of an application would serve the public interest,
         convenience, and necessity and the instrument of authorization specifies an antenna location in a
         designated antenna farm area which results in distance separation less than those specified in this
         subpart, TV broadcast station permittees and licensees shall be afforded protection from interference
         equivalent to the protection afforded under the minimum distance separations specified in this subpart.

           Note: The nature and extent of the protection from interference accorded to TV broadcast stations
           which were authorized prior to April 14, 1952, and which were operating on said date is limited not
           only as specified above but is further limited by any smaller separations existing between such
           stations on said date. Where, as a result of the adoption of the Table of Allotments or of changes
           in transmitter sites made by such stations after said date, separations smaller than the required
           minimum are increased but still remain lower than the required minimum, protection accorded
           such stations will be limited to the new separations.

[28 FR 13660, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 32 FR 8814, June 21, 1967; 50 FR 23698, June 5, 1985; 51 FR 44070, Dec. 8, 1986]

§ 73.613 Protection of Class A TV stations.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7244, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) An application for a new TV broadcast station or for changes in the operating facilities of an existing TV
         broadcast station will not be accepted for filing if it fails to comply with the requirements specified in this
         section.

           Note to § 73.613(a): Licensees and permittees of TV broadcast stations that were authorized on
           November 29, 1999 (and applicants for new TV stations that had been cut-off without competing
           applications or that were the winning bidder in a TV broadcast station auction as of that date, or
           that were the proposed remaining applicant in a group of mutually exclusive applications for which
           a settlement agreement was on file as of that date) may continue to operate with facilities that do
           not protect Class A TV stations. Applications filed on or before November 29, 1999 for a change in
           the operating facilities of such stations also are not required to protect Class A TV stations under
           the provisions of this section.

     (b) Due to the frequency spacing which exists between TV channels 4 and 5, between channels 6 and 7, and
         between channels 13 and 14, first-adjacent channel protection standards shall not be applicable to these
         pairs of channels. Some interference protection requirements of this section only apply to stations
         transmitting on the UHF TV channels 14 through 36 (see § 73.603(a)).

47 CFR 73.613(b) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 183 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.613(c)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (c) A UHF TV broadcast station application will not be accepted if it specifies a site less than 100 kilometers
         from the transmitter site of a UHF Class A TV station operating on a channel which is the seventh channel
         above the requested channel. Compliance with this requirement shall be determined based on a distance
         computation rounded to the nearest kilometer.

     (d) A UHF TV broadcast station application will not be accepted if it specifies a site less than 32 kilometers
         from the transmitter site of a UHF Class A TV station that is authorized an effective radiated power of
         more than 50 kilowatts and operating on a channel which is the second, third, or fourth channel above or
         below the requested channel. Compliance with this requirement shall be determined based on a distance
         computation rounded to the nearest kilometer.

     (e) In cases where a TV broadcast station has been authorized facilities that do not meet the distance
         separation requirements of this section, an application to modify such a station's facilities will not be
         accepted if it decreases that separation.

     (f) New interference must not be caused to Class A TV stations authorized pursuant to Subpart J of this part,
         within the protected contour defined in § 73.6010 of this part. For this prediction, the TV broadcast station
         field strength is calculated from the proposed effective radiated power and the antenna height above
         average terrain in pertinent directions using the methods in § 73.684 of this part.

           (1) For co-channel protection, the field strength is calculated using the appropriate F(50,10) chart from
               Figure 9a, 10a, or 10c of § 73.699 of this part.

           (2) For TV broadcast stations that do not specify the same channel as the Class A TV station to be
               protected, the field strength is calculated using the appropriate F(50,50) chart from Figure 9, 10, or
               10b of § 73.699 of this part.

     (g) A TV broadcast station application will not be accepted if the ratio in dB of its field strength to that of the
         Class A TV station at the Class A TV station's protected contour fails to meet the following:

           (1) −45 dB for co-channel operations where the Class A TV station does not specify an offset carrier
               frequency or where the TV broadcast and Class A TV stations do not specify different offset carrier
               frequencies (zero, plus or minus) or −28 dB for offset carrier frequency operation where the TV
               broadcast and Class A TV stations specify different offset carrier frequencies.

           (2) 6 dB when the protected Class A TV station operates on a VHF channel that is one channel above the
               requested channel.

           (3) 12 dB when the protected Class A TV station operates on a VHF channel that is one channel below
               the requested channel.

           (4) 15 dB when the protected Class A TV station operates on a UHF channel that is one channel above
               or below the requested channel.

           (5) 23 dB when the protected Class A TV station operates on a UHF channel that is fourteen channels
               below the requested channel.

           (6) 6 dB when the protected Class A TV station operates on a UHF channel that is fifteen channels below
               the requested channel.

     (h) New interference must not be caused to digital Class A TV stations authorized pursuant to Subpart J of
         this part, within the protected contour defined in § 73.6010 of this part. A TV broadcast station
         application will not be accepted if the ratio in dB of the field strength of the digital Class A TV station at
         the digital Class A TV station's protected contour to the field strength resulting from the facilities

47 CFR 73.613(h) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 184 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.613(i)
Radio Broadcast Services

            proposed in the TV broadcast station application fails to meet the D/U signal ratios for “analog TV-into-
            DTV” specified in §§ 73.623(c)(2) and 73.623(c)(3) of this part. For digital Class A TV station protection,
            the TV broadcast station field strength is calculated from the proposed effective radiated power and the
            antenna height above average terrain in pertinent directions using the methods in § 73.684 of this part
            and using the appropriate F(50,10) chart from Figure 9a, 10a, or 10c of § 73.699 of this part.

      (i)   In cases where a TV broadcast station has been authorized facilities that do not meet the interference
            protection requirements of this section, an application to modify such a station's facilities will not be
            accepted if it is predicted to cause new interference within the protected contour of the Class A TV or
            digital Class A TV station.

      (j)   In support of a request for waiver of the interference protection requirements of this section, an applicant
            for a TV broadcast station may make full use of terrain shielding and Longley-Rice terrain dependent
            propagation methods to demonstrate that the proposed facility would not be likely to cause interference
            to Class A TV stations. Guidance on using the Longely-Rice methodology is provided in OET Bulletin No.
            69, which is available through the Internet at http://www.fcc.gov/oet/info/documents/bulletins/#69.

[65 FR 3001, May 10, 2000; 86 FR 66195, Nov. 22, 2021]

§ 73.614 Power and antenna height requirements.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7244, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Minimum requirements. Applications will not be accepted for filing if they specify less than −10 dBk (100
         watts) horizontally polarized visual effective radiated power in any horizontal direction. No minimum
         antenna height above average terrain is specified.

     (b) Maximum power. Applications will not be accepted for filing if they specify a power which exceeds the
         maximum permitted boundaries specified in the following formulas:

            (1) Channels 2–6 in Zone I:

                   ERPMax = 102.57–33.24*Log10(HAAT)

            And,

                   −10 dBk ≤ERPMax≤20 dBk
            (2) Channels 2–6 in Zones II and III:

                   ERPMax = 67.57–17.08* Log10 (HAAT)

            And,

                   10 dBk ≤ERPMax≤20 dBk
            (3) Channels 7–13 in Zone I:

                   ERPMax = 107.57–33.24* Log10 (HAAT)

            And,

                   −4.0 dBk ≤ERPMax ≤25 dBk

47 CFR 73.614(b)(3) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 185 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 73.614(b)(4)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (4) Channels 7–13 in Zones II and III:

                  ERPMax = 72.57–17.08* Log10 (HAAT)

           And,

                  15 dBk ≤ERPMax≤25 dBk
           (5) Channels 14–36 in Zones I, II, and III

                  ERPMax = 84.57–17.08* Log10 (HAAT)

                  And,

                  27 dBk ≤ERPMax≤37 dBk
          Where:

          ERPMax = Maximum Effective Radiated Power measured in decibels above 1 kW (dBk).

          HAAT = Height Above Average Terrain measured in meters.

                  The boundaries specified are to be used to determine the maximum possible combination of
                  antenna height and ERPdBk. When specifying an ERPdBk less than that permitted by the lower
                  boundary, any antenna HAAT can be used. Also, for values of antenna HAAT greater than 2,300
                  meters the maximum ERP is the lower limit specified for each equation.

           (6) The effective radiated power in any horizontal or vertical direction may not exceed the maximum
               values permitted by this section.

           (7) The effective radiated power at any angle above the horizontal shall be as low as the state of the art
               permits, and in the same vertical plane may not exceed the effective radiated power in either the
               horizontal direction or below the horizontal, whichever is greater.

     (c) Determination of applicable rules. The zone in which the transmitter of a television station is located or
         proposed to be located determines the applicable rules with respect to maximum antenna heights and
         powers for VHF stations when the transmitter is located in Zone I and the channel to be employed is
         located in Zone II, or the transmitter is located in Zone II and the channel to be employed is located in
         Zone I.

[28 FR 13660, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 42 FR 20823, Apr. 22, 1977; 42 FR 48881, Sept. 26, 1977; 47 FR 35990, Aug. 18, 1982;
50 FR 23698, June 5, 1985; 56 FR 49707, Oct. 1, 1991; 58 FR 51250, Oct. 1, 1993; 86 FR 66195, Nov. 22, 2021]

§ 73.615 Administrative changes in authorizations.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7245, Feb. 1, 2024.

In the issuance of television broadcast station authorizations, the Commission will specify the transmitter output
power and effective radiated power to the nearest 0.1 dBk. Power specified by kWs shall be obtained by converting
dBk to kWs to 3 significant figures. Antenna heights above average terrain will be specified to the nearest meter.
Midway figures will be authorized in the lower alternative.

47 CFR 73.615 (enhanced display)                                                                               page 186 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 73.616
Radio Broadcast Services

[50 FR 23698, June 5, 1985]

§ 73.616 Post-transition DTV station interference protection.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7245, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) A petition to add a new channel to the post-transition DTV Table of Allotments contained in § 73.622(j) of
         this subpart will not be accepted unless it meets: The DTV-to-DTV geographic spacing requirements of §
         73.623(d) with respect to all existing DTV allotments in the post-transition DTV Table; the principle
         community coverage requirements of § 73.625(a); the Class A TV and digital Class A TV protection
         requirements in paragraph (f) of this section; the land mobile protection requirements of § 73.623(e); and
         the FM radio protection requirement of § 73.623(f).

     (b) The reference coordinates of a post-transition DTV allotment shall be the authorized transmitter site, or,
         where such a transmitter site is not available for use as a reference point, the coordinates as designated
         in the FCC order creating or modifying the post-transition DTV Table of Allotments.

     (c) The protected facilities of a post-transition DTV allotment shall be the facilities (effective radiated power,
         antenna height and antenna directional radiation pattern, if any) authorized by a construction permit or
         license, or, where such an authorization is not available for establishing reference facilities, the facilities
         designated in the FCC order creating or modifying the post-transition DTV Table of Allotments.

     (d) An application will not be accepted if it is predicted to cause interference to more than an additional 0.5
         percent of the population served by another post-transition DTV station. For this purpose, the population
         served by the station receiving additional interference does not include portions of the population within
         the noise-limited service contour of that station that are predicted to receive interference from the post-
         transition DTV allotment facilities of the applicant or portions of that population receiving masking
         interference from any other station.

           (1) For evaluating compliance with the requirements of this paragraph, interference to populations
               served is to be predicted based on the 2000 census population data and otherwise according to the
               procedure set forth in OET Bulletin No. 69: “Longley-Rice Methodology for Evaluating TV Coverage
               and Interference” (February 6, 2004) (incorporated by reference, see § 73.8000), including population
               served within service areas determined in accordance with § 73.622(e), consideration of whether
               F(50,10) undesired signals will exceed the following desired-to-undesired (D/U) signal ratios,
               assumed use of a directional receiving antenna, and use of the terrain dependent Longley-Rice point-
               to-point propagation model. Applicants may request the use of a cell size other than the default of
               2.0 km per side, but only requests for cell sizes of 1.0 km per side or 0.5 km per side will be
               considered. The threshold levels at which interference is considered to occur are:

                 (i)   For co-channel stations, the D/U ratio is + 15 dB. This value is only valid at locations where the
                       signal-to-noise ratio is 28 dB or greater. At the edge of the noise-limited service area, where the
                       signal-to-noise (S/N) ratio is 16 dB, this value is + 23 dB. At locations where the S/N ratio is
                       greater than 16 dB but less than 28 dB, D/U values are computed from the following formula:

                       D/U = 15 + 10log10[1.0/(1.0−10−x/10)]
                Where x = S/N–15.19 (minimum signal to noise ratio)

                 (ii) For interference from a lower first-adjacent channel, the D/U ratio is −28 dB.

47 CFR 73.616(d)(1)(ii) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 187 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.616(d)(1)(iii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                (iii) For interference from an upper first-adjacent channel, the D/U ratio is −26 dB.

           (2) Due to the frequency spacing that exists between Channels 4 and 5, between Channels 6 and 7, and
               between Channels 13 and 14, the minimum adjacent channel technical criteria specified in this
               section shall not be applicable to these pairs of channels (see § 73.603(a)).

     (e) A petition to add a new channel to the post-transition DTV Table or a post-transition DTV station
         application that proposes to expand its allotted or authorized coverage area in any direction will not be
         accepted if it is predicted to cause interference to a Class A TV station or to a digital Class A TV station
         authorized pursuant to subpart J of this part, within the protected contour defined in § 73.6010.

           (1) For evaluating compliance with the requirements of this paragraph, interference to populations
               served is to be predicted based on the most recent official decennial U.S. Census population data as
               identified by the Media Bureau in a Public Notice issued not less than 60 days prior to use of the data
               for a specific year in application processing, and otherwise according to the procedure set forth in
               OET Bulletin No. 69: “Longley-Rice Methodology for Evaluating TV Coverage and Interference”
               (February 6, 2004) (incorporated by reference, see § 73.8000), including population served within
               service areas determined in accordance with § 73.622(e), consideration of whether F(50,10)
               undesired signals will exceed the following desired-to-undesired (D/U) signal ratios, assumed use of
               a directional receiving antenna, and use of the terrain dependent Longley-Rice point-to-point
               propagation model. Applicants may request the use of a cell size other than the default of 2.0 km per
               side, but only requests for cell sizes of 1.0 km per side or 0.5 km per side will be considered. The
               threshold levels at which interference is considered to occur are:

           (2) Interference is predicted to occur if the ratio in dB of the field strength of a digital Class A TV station
               at its protected contour to the field strength resulting from the facilities proposed in the DTV
               application (calculated using the appropriate F(50,10) chart from Figure 9a, 10a, or 10c of § 73.699)
               fails to meet the D/U signal ratios specified in paragraph (e) of this section.

           (3) In support of a request for waiver of the interference protection requirements of this section, an
               applicant for a post-transition DTV broadcast station may make full use of terrain shielding and
               Longley-Rice terrain dependent propagation methods to demonstrate that the proposed facility
               would not be likely to cause interference to Class A TV stations. Guidance on using the Longley-Rice
               methodology is provided in OET Bulletin No. 69, which is available through the Internet at
               http://www.fcc.gov/oet/info/documents/bulletins/#69.

     (f) [Reserved]

     (g) The interference protection requirements contained in this section apply to television station operations
         under both the DTV transmission standard in § 73.682(d) and the Next Gen TV transmission standard in §
         73.682(f).

[73 FR 5682, Jan. 30, 2008, as amended at 83 FR 5021, Feb. 2, 2018; 83 FR 5544, Feb. 8, 2018; 86 FR 66195, Nov. 22, 2021]

§ 73.617 xxx

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7245, Feb. 1, 2024.

§ 73.618 xxx

47 CFR 73.618 (enhanced display)                                                                                page 188 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 73.619
Radio Broadcast Services

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7246, Feb. 1, 2024.

§ 73.619 xxx

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7246, Feb. 1, 2024.

§ 73.620 xxx

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7247, Feb. 1, 2024.

§ 73.621 Noncommercial educational TV stations.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7248, Feb. 1, 2024.

In addition to the other provisions of this subpart, the following shall be applicable to noncommercial educational
television broadcast stations:

     (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, noncommercial educational broadcast stations will be
         licensed only to nonprofit educational organizations upon a showing that the proposed stations will be
         used primarily to serve the educational needs of the community; for the advancement of educational
         programs; and to furnish a nonprofit and noncommercial television broadcast service.

           (1) In determining the eligibility of publicly supported educational organizations, the accreditation of
               their respective state departments of education shall be taken into consideration.

           (2) In determining the eligibility of privately controlled educational organizations, the accreditation of
               state departments of education or recognized regional and national educational accrediting
               organizations shall be taken into consideration.

     (b) Where a municipality or other political subdivision has no independently constituted educational
         organization such as, for example, a board of education having autonomy with respect to carrying out the
         municipality's educational program, such municipality shall be eligible for a noncommercial educational
         television broadcast station. In such circumstances, a full and detailed showing must be made that a
         grant of the application will be consistent with the intent and purpose of the Commission's rules and
         regulations relating to such stations.

     (c) Noncommercial educational television broadcast stations may transmit educational, cultural and
         entertainment programs, and programs designed for use by schools and school systems in connection
         with regular school courses, as well as routine and administrative material pertaining thereto.

     (d) A noncommercial educational television station may broadcast programs produced by or at the expense
         of, or furnished by persons other than the licensee, if no other consideration than the furnishing of the
         program and the costs incidental to its production and broadcast are received by the licensee. The
         payment of line charges by another station, network, or someone other than the licensee of a
         noncommercial educational television station, or general contributions to the operating costs of a station,
         shall not be considered as being prohibited by this paragraph.

47 CFR 73.621(d) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 189 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.621(e)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (e) Each station shall furnish a nonprofit and noncommercial broadcast service. Noncommercial educational
         television stations shall be subject to the provisions of § 73.1212 to the extent that they are applicable to
         the broadcast of programs produced by, or at the expense of, or furnished by others. No promotional
         announcements on behalf of for profit entities shall be broadcast at any time in exchange for the receipt,
         in whole or in part, of consideration to the licensee, its principals, or employees. However,
         acknowledgements of contributions can be made. The scheduling of any announcements and
         acknowledgements may not interrupt regular programming, except as permitted under paragraph (f) of this
         section.

           Note to paragraph (e): Commission interpretation of this rule, including the acceptable form of
           acknowledgements, may be found in the Second Report and Order in Docket No. 21136
           (Commission Policy Concerning the Noncommercial Nature of Educational Broadcast Stations),
           86 F.C.C. 2d 141 (1981); the Memorandum Opinion and Order in Docket No. 21136, 90 FCC 2d 895
           (1982); the Memorandum Opinion and Order in Docket 21136, 49 FR 13534, April 5, 1984; and the
           Report and Order in Docket No. 12–106 (Noncommercial Educational Station Fundraising for
           Third-Party Non-Profit Organizations), FCC 17–41, April 20, 2017.

     (f) A noncommercial educational television station may interrupt regular programming to conduct
         fundraising activities on behalf of a third-party non-profit organization, provided that all such fundraising
         activities conducted during any given year do not exceed one percent of the station's total annual airtime.
         A station may use the prior year's total airtime for purposes of determining how many hours constitute
         one percent of its total annual airtime. With respect to stations that multicast programming on two or
         more separate channels, the one-percent annual limit will apply separately to each individual
         programming stream. For purposes of this paragraph, a non-profit organization is an entity that qualifies
         as a non-profit organization under 26 U.S.C. 501(c)(3).

           (1) Audience disclosure. A noncommercial educational television station that interrupts regular
               programming to conduct fundraising activities on behalf of a third-party non-profit organization must
               air a disclosure during such activities clearly stating that the fundraiser is not for the benefit of the
               station itself and identifying the entity for which it is fundraising. The station must air the audience
               disclosure at the beginning and the end of each fundraising program and at least once during each
               hour in which the program is on the air.

           (2) Reimbursement. A noncommercial educational television station that interrupts regular programming
               to conduct fundraising activities on behalf of a third-party non-profit organization may accept
               reimbursement of expenses incurred in conducting third-party fundraising activities or airing third-
               party fundraising programs.

           (3) Exemption. No noncommercial educational television station that receives funding from the
               Corporation for Public Broadcasting shall have the authority to interrupt regular programming to
               conduct fundraising activities on behalf of a third-party non-profit organization.

     (g) Telecommunications Service on the Vertical Blanking Interval and in the Visual Signal. The provisions
         governing VBI and visual signal telecommunications service in § 73.646 are applicable to noncommercial
         educational TV stations.

     (h) Non-program related data signals transmitted on Line 21 pursuant to § 73.682(a)(22)(ii) may be used for
         remunerative purposes.

47 CFR 73.621(h) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 190 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                 47 CFR 73.621(i)
Radio Broadcast Services

      (i)   Mutually exclusive applications for noncommercial educational TV stations operating on reserved
            channels shall be resolved pursuant to the point system in subpart K.

      (j)   With respect to the provision of advanced television services, the requirements of this section will apply to
            the entire digital bitstream of noncommercial educational television stations, including the provision of
            ancillary or supplementary services.

[28 FR 13660, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 35 FR 7558, May 15, 1970; 47 FR 36179, Aug. 19, 1982; 48 FR 27068, June 13, 1983;
49 FR 29069, July 18, 1984; 50 FR 4664, Feb. 1, 1985; 50 FR 4684, Feb. 1, 1985; 61 FR 36304, July 10, 1996; 65 FR 36378, June 8,
2000; 66 FR 58982, Nov. 26, 2001; 82 FR 21135, May 5, 2017]

§ 73.622 Digital television table of allotments.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 6024, Jan. 31, 2024.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7248, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) General. The following table of allotments contains the digital television (DTV) channel allotments
         designated for the listed communities in the United States, its Territories, and possessions. Requests for
         addition of new DTV allotments, or requests to change the channels allotted to a community must be
         made in a petition for rule making to amend the DTV Table of Allotments. A request to amend the DTV
         table to change the channel of an allotment in the DTV table will be evaluated for technical acceptability
         using engineering criteria set forth in § 73.623(c). A request to amend the DTV table to add a new
         allotment will be evaluated for technical acceptability using the geographic spacing criteria set forth in §
         73.623(d). DTV allotments designated with an asterisk are assigned for use by non-commercial
         educational broadcast stations only. Rules governing noncommercial educational TV stations are
         contained in § 73.621. Where there is only one technically available channel available in a community, an
         entity that would be eligible to operate a noncommercial educational broadcast station may, prior to
         application, initiate a rulemaking proceeding requesting that an unoccupied or new channel in the
         community be changed or added as reserved only for noncommercial educational broadcasting upon
         demonstrating that the noncommercial educational proponent would provide a first or second
         noncommercial educational TV service to 2,000 or more people who constitute 10% of the population
         within the proposed allocation's noise limited contour.

            (1) Petitions requesting the addition of a new allotment must specify a channel in the range of channels
                2–36.

            (2) Petitions requesting a change in the channel of an initial allotment must specify a channel in the
                range of channels 2–58.

     (b) [Reserved]

     (c)

            (1) Availability of channels. Applications may be filed to construct DTV broadcast stations only on the
                channels designated in the DTV Table of Allotments set forth in paragraph (b) of this section, and
                only in the communities listed therein. Applications that fail to comply with this requirement, whether
                or not accompanied by a petition to amend the DTV Table, will not be accepted for filing. However,
                applications specifying channels that accord with publicly announced FCC Orders changing the DTV
                Table of Allotments will be accepted for filing even if such applications are tendered before the

47 CFR 73.622(c)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 191 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 73.622(c)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

                effective dates of such channel change. An application for authority to construct a DTV station on an
                allotment in the initial DTV table may only be filed by the licensee or permittee of the analog TV
                station with which that initial allotment is paired, as set forth in Appendix B of the Memorandum
                Opinion and Order on Reconsideration of the Sixth Report and Order in MM Docket 87–268, FCC
                98–24 (Memorandum Opinion and Order) adopted January 29, 1998. Copies of the Memorandum
                Opinion and Order are available for public inspection through the Federal Communications
                Commission's Reference Information Center. This document is also available on the FCC homepage
                at https://www.fcc.gov. Applications may also be filed to implement an exchange of channel
                allotments between two or more licensees or permittees of analog TV stations in the same
                community, the same market, or in adjacent markets provided, however, that the other requirements
                of this section and § 73.623 are met with respect to each such application.

           (2) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(1) of this section, an application may be filed for a channel or
               community not listed in the DTV Table of Allotments if it is consistent with the rules and policies
               established in the Third Report and Order in WT Docket 99–168 (FCC 01–25), adopted January 18,
               2001. Where such a request is approved, the Media Bureau will change the DTV Table of Allotments
               to reflect that approval.

     (d) Reference points and distance computations.

           (1) The reference coordinates of a DTV allotment included in the initial DTV Table of Allotments are the
               coordinates of the authorized transmitting antenna site of the associated analog TV station, as set
               forth in Appendix B of the Memorandum Opinion and Order (referenced above). An application for
               authority to construct or modify DTV facilities on such an allotment may specify an alternate
               location for the DTV transmitting antenna that is within 5 kilometers of the DTV allotment reference
               coordinates without consideration of electromagnetic interference to other DTV or analog TV
               broadcast stations, allotments or applications, provided the application complies with paragraph
               (f)(2) of this section. Location of the transmitting antenna of such a station at a site more than 5
               kilometers from the DTV allotment reference coordinates must comply with the provisions of section
               73.623(c). In the case where a DTV station has been granted authority to construct more than 5
               kilometers from its reference coordinates pursuant to section 73.623(c), and its authorized coverage
               area extends in any azimuthal direction beyond the DTV coverage area determined for the DTV
               allotment reference facilities, then the coordinates of such authorized site are to be used in addition
               to the coordinates of the DTV allotment to determine protection from new DTV allotments pursuant
               to § 73.623(d) and from subsequent DTV applications filed pursuant to § 73.623(c).

           (2) The reference coordinates of a DTV allotment not included in the initial DTV Table of Allotments shall
               be the authorized transmitter site, or, where such a transmitter site is not available for use as a
               reference point, the coordinates as designated in the FCC order modifying the DTV Table of
               Allotments.

     (e) DTV Service Areas.

47 CFR 73.622(e) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 192 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.622(e)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) The service area of a DTV station is the geographic area within the station's noise-limited F(50,90)
               contour where its signal strength is predicted to exceed the noise-limited service level. The noise-
               limited contour is the area in which the predicted F(50,90) field strength of the station's signal, in dB
               above 1 microvolt per meter (dBu) as determined using the method in § 73.625(b) exceeds the
               following levels (these are the levels at which reception of DTV service is limited by noise):

                                                                                                         dBu
                 Channels 2–6                                                                                       28
                 Channels 7–13                                                                                      36
                 Channels 14–36                                                                                     41

           (2) Within this contour, service is considered available at locations where the station's signal strength, as
               predicted using the terrain dependent Longley-Rice point-to-point propagation model, exceeds the
               levels above. Guidance for evaluating coverage areas using the Longley-Rice methodology is
               provided in OET Bulletin No. 69. Copies of this document are available on the FCC's website. See
               https://www.fcc.gov/general/oet-bulletins-line.

                 Note to paragraph (e)(2): During the transition, in cases where the assigned power of a UHF
                 DTV station in the initial DTV Table is 1000 kW, the Grade B contour of the associated analog
                 television station, as authorized on April 3, 1997, shall be used instead of the noise-limited
                 contour of the DTV station in determining the DTV station's service area. In such cases, the
                 DTV service area is the geographic area within the station's analog Grade B contour where its
                 DTV signal strength is predicted to exceed the noise-limited service level, i.e., 41 dB, as
                 determined using the Longley-Rice methodology.

           (3) For purposes of determining whether interference is caused to a DTV station's service area, the
               maximum technical facilities, i.e., antenna height above average terrain (antenna HAAT) and
               effective radiated power (ERP), specified for the station's allotment are to be used in determining its
               service area.

     (f)

           (1) [Reserved]

           (2) An application for authority to construct or modify DTV facilities will not be subject to further
               consideration of electromagnetic interference to other DTV or analog TV broadcast stations,
               allotments or applications, provided that:

                 (i)   The proposed ERP in each azimuthal direction is equal to or less than the reference ERP in that
                       direction; and

                 (ii) The proposed antenna HAAT is equal to or less than the reference antenna HAAT or the
                      proposed antenna HAAT exceeds the reference antenna HAAT by 10 meters or less and the
                      reference ERP in paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section is adjusted in accordance with paragraph
                      (f)(3) of this section; and

                 (iii) The application complies with the location provisions in paragraph (d)(1) of this section.

           (3)
47 CFR 73.622(f)(3) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 193 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.622(f)(3)(i)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (i)   A DTV station may increase its antenna HAAT by up to 10 meters from that specified in
                       Appendix B if it reduces its DTV power to a level at or below the level of adjusted DTV power
                       computed in the following formula:

                       ERP adjustment in dB = 20log(H1/H2)
                Where H1 = Reference antenna HAAT specified in the DTV Table, and H2 = Actual antenna HAAT

                 (ii) Alternatively, a DTV application that specifies an antenna HAAT within 25 meters below that
                      specified in Appendix B may adjust its power upward to a level at or below the adjusted DTV
                      power in accordance with the formula in paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section without an
                      interference showing. For a proposed antenna more than 25 meters below the reference
                      antenna HAAT, the DTV station may increase its ERP up to the level permitted for operation with
                      an antenna that is 25 meters below the station's reference antenna HAAT.

           (4) UHF DTV stations may request an increase in power, up to a maximum of 1000 kW ERP, to enhance
               service within their authorized service area.

           (5) Licensees and permittees assigned a DTV channel in the initial DTV Table of Allotments may request
               an increase in either ERP in some azimuthal direction or antenna HAAT, or both, that exceed the
               initial technical facilities specified for the allotment in Appendix B of the Memorandum Opinion and
               Order (referenced in paragraph (c) of this section), up to the maximum permissible limits on DTV
               power and antenna height set forth in paragraph (f)(6), (f)(7), or (f)(8) of this section, as appropriate,
               or up to that needed to provide the same geographic coverage area as the largest station within their
               market, whichever would allow the largest service area. Such requests must be accompanied by a
               technical showing that the increase complies with the technical criteria in § 73.623(c), and thereby
               will not result in new interference exceeding the de minimis standard set forth in that section, or
               statements agreeing to the change from any co-channel or adjacent channel stations that might be
               affected by potential new interference, in accordance with § 73.623(f). In the case where a DTV
               station has been granted authority to construct pursuant to § 73.623(c), and its authorized coverage
               area extends in any azimuthal direction beyond the DTV coverage area determined for the DTV
               allotment reference facilities, then the authorized DTV facilities are to be used in addition to the
               assumed facilities of the initial DTV allotment to determine protection from new DTV allotments
               pursuant to § 73.623(d) and from subsequent DTV applications filed pursuant to § 73.623(c). The
               provisions of this paragraph regarding increases in the ERP or antenna height of DTV stations on
               channels in the initial DTV Table of Allotments shall also apply in cases where the licensee or
               permittee seeks to change the station's channel as well as alter its ERP and antenna HAAT.
               Licensees and permittees are advised that where a channel change is requested, it may, in fact, be
               necessary in specific cases for the station to operate with reduced power, a lower antenna, or a
               directional antenna to avoid causing new interference to another station.

           (6) A DTV station that operates on a channel 2–6 allotment created subsequent to the initial DTV Table
               will be allowed a maximum ERP of 10 kW if its antenna HAAT is at or below 305 meters and it is
               located in Zone I or a maximum ERP of 45 kW if its antenna HAAT is at or below 305 meters and it is
               located in Zone II or Zone III. A DTV station that operates on a channel 2–6 allotment included in the
               initial DTV Table of Allotments may request an increase in power and/or antenna HAAT up to these
               maximum levels, provided the increase also complies with the provisions of paragraph (f)(5) of this
               section.

47 CFR 73.622(f)(6) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 194 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                 47 CFR 73.622(f)(6)(i)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (i)   At higher HAAT levels, such DTV stations will be allowed to operate with lower maximum ERP
                       levels in accordance with the following table and formulas (the allowable maximum ERP for
                       intermediate values of HAAT is determined using linear interpolation based on the units
                       employed in the table):

                       Maximum Allowable ERP and Antenna Height for DTV Stations In Zones II
                                             or III on Channels 2–6

                                              Antenna HAAT (meters)                               ERP (kW)
                        610                                                                                        10
                        580                                                                                        11
                        550                                                                                        12
                        520                                                                                        14
                        490                                                                                        16
                        460                                                                                        19
                        425                                                                                        22
                        395                                                                                        26
                        365                                                                                        31
                        335                                                                                        37
                        305                                                                                        45

                 (ii) For DTV stations located in Zone I that operate on channels 2–6 with an HAAT that exceeds
                      305 meters, the allowable maximum ERP expressed in decibels above 1 kW (dBk) is determined
                      using the following formula, with HAAT expressed in meters:

                       ERPmax = 92.57–33.24*log10(HAAT)
                (iii) For DTV stations located in Zone II or III that operate on channels 2–6 with an HAAT that
                      exceeds 610 meters, the allowable maximum ERP expressed in decibels above 1 kW (dBk) is
                      determined using the following formula, with HAAT expressed in meters:

                       ERPmax = 57.57–17.08*log10(HAAT)
           (7) A DTV station that operates on a channel 7–13 allotment created subsequent to the initial DTV Table
               will be allowed a maximum ERP of 30 kW if its antenna HAAT is at or below 305 meters and it is
               located in Zone I or a maximum ERP of 160 kW if its antenna HAAT is at or below 305 meters and it
               is located in Zone II or Zone III. A DTV station that operates on a channel 7–13 allotment included in
               the initial DTV Table of Allotments may request an increase in power and/or antenna HAAT up to
               these maximum levels, provided the increase also complies with the provisions of paragraph (f)(5) of
               this section.

                 (i)   At higher HAAT levels, such DTV stations will be allowed to operate with lower maximum ERP
                       levels in accordance with the following table and formulas (the allowable maximum ERP for
                       intermediate values of HAAT is determined using linear interpolation based on the units
                       employed in the table):

47 CFR 73.622(f)(7)(i) (enhanced display)                                                             page 195 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                47 CFR 73.622(f)(7)(ii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                       Maximum Allowable ERP and Antenna Height for DTV Stations In Zones II
                                            or III on Channels 7–13

                                              Antenna HAAT (meters)                              ERP (kW)
                        610                                                                                        30
                        580                                                                                        34
                        550                                                                                        40
                        520                                                                                        47
                        490                                                                                        54
                        460                                                                                        64
                        425                                                                                        76
                        395                                                                                        92
                        365                                                                                      110
                        335                                                                                      132
                        305                                                                                      160

                 (ii) For DTV stations located in Zone I that operate on channels 7–13 with an HAAT that exceeds
                      305 meters, the allowable maximum ERP expressed in decibels above 1 kW (dBk) is determined
                      using the following formula, with HAAT expressed in meters:

                       ERPmax = 97.35–33.24*log10(HAAT)
                (iii) For DTV stations located in Zone II or III that operate on channels 7–13 with an HAAT that
                      exceeds 610 meters, the allowable maximum ERP expressed in decibels above 1 kW (dBk) is
                      determined using the following formula, with HAAT expressed in meters:

                       ERPmax = 62.34–17.08*log10(HAAT)
           (8) A DTV station that operates on a channel 14–59 allotment created subsequent to the initial DTV
               Table will be allowed a maximum ERP of 1000 kW if their antenna HAAT is at or below 365 meters. A
               DTV station that operates on a channel 14–59 allotment included in the initial DTV Table of
               Allotments may request an increase in power and/or antenna HAAT up to these maximum levels,
               provided the increase also complies with the provisions of paragraph (f)(5) of this section.

                 (i)   At higher HAAT levels, such DTV stations will be allowed to operates with lower maximum ERP
                       levels in accordance with the following table and formulas (the allowable maximum ERP for
                       intermediate values of HAAT is determined using linear interpolation based on the units
                       employed in the table):

                              Maximum Allowable ERP and Antenna Height for DTV Stations on
                                              Channels 14–59, All Zones

                                              Antenna HAAT (meters)                              ERP (kW)
                        610                                                                                      316
                        580                                                                                      350
                        550                                                                                      400
                        520                                                                                      460

47 CFR 73.622(f)(8)(i) (enhanced display)                                                             page 196 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 73.622(f)(8)(ii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                                              Antenna HAAT (meters)                                  ERP (kW)
                         490                                                                                         540
                         460                                                                                         630
                         425                                                                                         750
                         395                                                                                         900
                         365                                                                                        1000

                 (ii) For DTV stations located in Zone I, II or III that operate on channels 14–59 with an HAAT that
                      exceeds 610 meters, the allowable maximum ERP expressed in decibels above 1 kW (dBk) is
                      determined using the following formula, with HAAT expressed in meters:

                         ERPmax = 72.57–17.08*log10(HAAT)
     (g)

            (1) [Reserved]

            (2) Unless it conflicts with operation complying with paragraph (g)(1) of this section, where a low power
                television station or TV translator station is operating on the lower adjacent channel within 32 km of
                the DTV station and notifies the DTV station that it intends to minimize interference by precisely
                maintaining its carrier frequencies, the DTV station shall cooperate in locking its carrier frequency to
                a common reference frequency and shall be responsible for any costs relating to its own
                transmission system in complying with this provision.

     (h)

            (1) The power level of emissions on frequencies outside the authorized channel of operation must be
                attenuated no less than the following amounts below the average transmitted power within the
                authorized channel. In the first 500 kHz from the channel edge the emissions must be attenuated no
                less than 47 dB. More than 6 MHz from the channel edge, emissions must be attenuated no less
                than 110 dB. At any frequency between 0.5 and 6 MHz from the channel edge, emissions must be
                attenuated no less than the value determined by the following formula:

                 Attenuation in dB = −11.5(Δf + 3.6);
            Where: Δf = frequency difference in MHz from the edge of the channel.

            (2) This attenuation is based on a measurement bandwidth of 500 kHz. Other measurement bandwidths
                may be used as long as appropriate correction factors are applied. Measurements need not be made
                any closer to the band edge than one half of the resolution bandwidth of the measuring instrument.
                Emissions include sidebands, spurious emissions and radio frequency harmonics. Attenuation is to
                be measured at the output terminals of the transmitter (including any filters that may be employed).
                In the event of interference caused to any service, greater attenuation may be required.

      (i)   [Reserved]

      (j)   Table of TV Allotments.

              Community                                         Channel No.
                                                Alabama
 Anniston                             9

47 CFR 73.622(j) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 197 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                     47 CFR 73.622(j)
Radio Broadcast Services

                Community                                              Channel No.
 Bessemer                             14
 Birmingham                           7, *10, 20, 29, 30
 Demopolis                            *19
 Dothan                               21, 36
 Dozier                               *10
 Florence                             2, *22
 Gadsden                              26
 Gulf Shores                          27
 Homewood                             21
 Hoover                               33
 Huntsville                           15, 17, 18, 19, *24
 Louisville                           *30
 Mobile                               9, 15, 18, 20, 23, *30
 Montgomery                           8, 22, *27, 28, 31
 Mount Cheaha                         *12
 Opelika                              17
 Ozark                                33
 Selma                                25, 34
 Troy                                 19
 Tuscaloosa                           6, 36
 Tuskegee                             18
 Vernon                               *4
                                                      Alaska
 Anchorage                            7, *8, 10, 12, 20, *26, 28, 33
 Bethel                               *3
 Fairbanks                            7, *9, 18, 26
 Juneau                               *10, 11
 Ketchikan                            13
 North Pole                           20
 Sitka                                7
                                                      Arizona
 Douglas                              36
 Flagstaff                            13, 22, 32
 Green Valley                         34
 Holbrook                             *11
 Kingman                              19
 Mesa                                 18
 Phoenix                              *8, 10, 15, 17, 20, 24, 26, 27, 29, 33
 Prescott                             7
 Sierra Vista                         21

47 CFR 73.622(j) (enhanced display)                                                  page 198 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                      47 CFR 73.622(j)
Radio Broadcast Services

                Community                                               Channel No.
 Tolleson                             31
 Tucson                               9, 16, 19, 23, 25, *28, *30, 32
 Yuma                                 13, 27
                                                    Arkansas
 Arkadelphia                          *13
 Camden                               18
 El Dorado                            *10, 27
 Eureka Springs                       25
 Fayetteville                         *9, 15
 Fort Smith                           18, 21, 27
 Harrison                             31
 Hot Springs                          16
 Jonesboro                            18, *20, 27
 Little Rock                          *7, 12, 22, 28, 30, 32, *36
 Mountain View                        *13
 Pine Bluff                           24, 34
 Rogers                               33
 Springdale                           29
                                                    California
 Anaheim                              12
 Arcata                               22
 Avalon                               S
 Bakersfield                          10, 25, 26, 33
 Bishop                               20
 Calipatria                           36
 Ceres                                *15
 Chico                                20, 36
 Clovis                               27
 Colusa                               *2
 Concord                              S
 Corona                               25
 Cotati                               *5
 El Centro                            9, 22
 Eureka                               3, *11, 17, 28
 Fort Bragg                           * 4, 8
 Fremont                              S
 Fresno                               7, 20, 30, *32, 34
 Garden Grove                         S
 Hanford                              21
 Huntington Beach                     *S

47 CFR 73.622(j) (enhanced display)                                                   page 199 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                    47 CFR 73.622(j)
Radio Broadcast Services

               Community                                              Channel No.
 Inglewood                            S
 Long Beach                           18
 Los Angeles                          4, 7, 9, 11, 13, *28, 31, 34, 35, 36, *S
 Merced                               11
 Modesto                              18
 Monterey                             32, S
 Oakland                              31
 Ontario                              29
 Palm Springs                         26, 28
 Palo Alto                            S
 Paradise                             30
 Porterville                          23
 Rancho Palos Verdes                  30
 Redding                              *9, 15
 Riverside                            S
 Sacramento                           *9, 10, 21, 22, 24, 35
 Salinas                              8, 11
 San Bernardino                       *5, 24
 San Diego                            8, 10, 17, 18, *19, 26
 San Francisco                        7, 12, 20, 28, 29, *30, 32, S, S, *S
 San Jose                             13, 19, 33, 36, *S
 San Luis Obispo                      15, 34
 San Mateo                            *27
 Sanger                               36
 Santa Ana                            33
 Santa Barbara                        21, 27
 Santa Maria                          19
 Stockton                             23, 25, 26
 Tulare                               *3
 Twentynine Palms                     23
 Vallejo                              34
 Ventura                              S
 Visalia                              *22, 28
 Watsonville                          *25
                                                   Colorado
 Boulder                              32
 Broomfield                           *13
 Castle Rock                          15
 Colorado Springs                     22, 24, 26
 Denver                               7, 9, 18, *20, 28, 31, *33, 34, 35, 36

47 CFR 73.622(j) (enhanced display)                                                 page 200 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                   47 CFR 73.622(j)
Radio Broadcast Services

                Community                                            Channel No.
 Durango                              15, *20, 33
 Fort Collins                         21
 Glenwood Springs                     23
 Grand Junction                       2, 7, 12, 15, *18
 Greeley                              17
 Longmont                             29
 Montrose                             13
 Pueblo                               *8, 25, 27
 Steamboat Springs                    10
 Sterling                             23
                                                   Connecticut
 Bridgeport                           S
 Hartford                             *30, 34, 36, S
 New Britain                          31
 New Haven                            10, S, *S
 New London                           28
 Norwich                              *9
 Stamford                             *21
 Waterbury                            33
                                                    Delaware
 Dover                                5
 Seaford                              *24
 Wilmington                           2, *13, 34
                                              District of Columbia
 Washington                           7, 9, *31, *33, 34, 36, S, S
                                                     Florida
 Boca Raton                           *25
 Boynton Beach                        *S
 Bradenton                            29
 Cape Coral                           34
 Clearwater                           21
 Clermont                             23
 Cocoa                                *30, 32
 Daytona Beach                        11, 15
 Destin                               29
 Fort Lauderdale                      30
 Fort Myers                           15, *22, 31
 Fort Pierce                          *18, 20
 Fort Walton Beach                    14, 21, 25
 Gainesville                          8, 16, *36

47 CFR 73.622(j) (enhanced display)                                                page 201 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                    47 CFR 73.622(j)
Radio Broadcast Services

               Community                                             Channel No.
 High Springs                         29
 Hollywood                            24
 Jacksonville                         *9, 13, 14, 18, 19, 20, *21
 Key West                             3, 8
 Lake Worth                           36
 Lakeland                             18
 Leesburg                             7, *S
 Live Oak                             17
 Marianna                             26
 Melbourne                            14, 22
 Miami                                9, 10, 21, 22, 23, *26, 27, 28, *29, 31, 32
 Naples                               28, 32
 New Smyrna Beach                     *24
 Ocala                                31
 Orange Park                          10
 Orlando                              26, 27, 28, 33, *34, 35
 Palm Beach                           7
 Panama City                          9, 13, 16, *28
 Panama City Beach                    33
 Pensacola                            17, *24, 34, 35
 Sarasota                             24
 St. Petersburg                       10, 19, S
 Stuart                               34
 Tallahassee                          22, 24, 27, *32
 Tampa                                9, 12, *13, 17, 20, *S
 Tequesta                             16
 Tice                                 33
 Venice                               25
 West Palm Beach                      12, 13, 35
                                                   Georgia
 Albany                               10, 29
 Athens                               *7, 18
 Atlanta                              10, 19, *21, 25, 27, 31, 32, *34, 36
 Augusta                              27, 28, 36
 Bainbridge                           19
 Baxley                               35
 Brunswick                            24
 Chatsworth                           *4
 Cochran                              *9
 Columbus                             *5, 11, 15, 24, 35

47 CFR 73.622(j) (enhanced display)                                                 page 202 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                         47 CFR 73.622(j)
Radio Broadcast Services

               Community                                             Channel No.
 Cordele                              34
 Dalton                               28
 Dawson                               *7
 Macon                                13, 26, 30, 33
 Monroe                               22
 Pelham                               *6
 Perry                                23
 Rome                                 16
 Savannah                             *8, 16, 22, 23
 Thomasville                          20
 Toccoa                               24
 Valdosta                             31
 Waycross                             *7
 Wrens                                *6
                                                    Hawaii
 Hilo                                 9, 11, 13, 22, 23
 Honolulu                             8, *11, *18, 19, 20, 22, 23, *26, 27, 31, 33, 35
 Kailua                               29
 Kailua-Kona                          25
 Kaneohe                              32
 Wailuku                              7, *10, 12, 16, 21, 24
 Waimanalo                            15
                                                    Idaho
 Boise                                7, 15, 20, *21
 Caldwell                             10
 Coeur d'Alene                        *18
 Filer                                *18
 Idaho Falls                          18, 20, 36
 Lewiston                             32
 Moscow                               *12
 Nampa                                13, 24
 Pocatello                            *17, 23, 31
 Sun Valley                           5
 Twin Falls                           11, *22, 34
                                                    Illinois
 Aurora                               S
 Bloomington                          28
 Carbondale                           *8
 Champaign                            32, 34
 Charleston                           *30

47 CFR 73.622(j) (enhanced display)                                                      page 203 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                   47 CFR 73.622(j)
Radio Broadcast Services

               Community                                             Channel No.
 Chicago                              12, 19, 22, 23, 24, *25, 33, 34, S
 Decatur                              20, 22
 East St. Louis                       28
 Freeport                             9
 Galesburg                            8
 Harrisburg                           34
 Jacksonville                         *18
 Joliet                               35
 Macomb                               *36
 Marion                               30
 Moline                               *23, 31
 Mount Vernon                         13
 Naperville                           S
 Olney                                *23
 Oswego                               10
 Peoria                               24, 25, 26, *35
 Quincy                               22, 32, *34
 Rock Island                          4
 Rockford                             13, 16, 36
 Springfield                          11, 15, 16
 Urbana                               *9, 36
                                                    Indiana
 Angola                               12
 Bloomington                          27, 28, *33, S
 Elkhart                              30
 Evansville                           *9, 12, 22, 26, 28
 Fort Wayne                           *18, 20, 24, 32, 34
 Gary                                 *17, S
 Hammond                              21
 Indianapolis                         7, 9, 13, *21, 22, *23, 25
 Kokomo                               15
 Lafayette                            11
 Marion                               S
 Muncie                               19
 Richmond                             S
 Salem                                16
 South Bend                           27, 29, *31, 36
 Terre Haute                          10, 18, 35
 Vincennes                            *31
                                                       Iowa

47 CFR 73.622(j) (enhanced display)                                                page 204 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                             47 CFR 73.622(j)
Radio Broadcast Services

               Community                                       Channel No.
 Ames                                 5, *21, 23
 Burlington                           21
 Cedar Rapids                         22, 27, 29, 32
 Council Bluffs                       *33
 Davenport                            17, 30, *34
 Des Moines                           8, 13, 16, 19, *34
 Dubuque                              14
 Fort Dodge                           *25
 Iowa City                            *12, 25
 Mason City                           *18, 24
 Newton                               36
 Ottumwa                              15
 Red Oak                              *35
 Sioux City                           9, 14, *28, 30, 32
 Waterloo                             7, *35
                                                    Kansas
 Colby                                17, *19
 Derby                                31
 Dodge City                           *21
 Ensign                               6
 Garden City                          11, 13
 Goodland                             10
 Great Bend                           22
 Hays                                 7, *16
 Hoisington                           14
 Hutchinson                           *8, 19, 35
 Lakin                                *8
 Lawrence                             25
 Pittsburg                            7, 13
 Salina                               17
 Topeka                               *11, 12, 13, 16, 27
 Wichita                              10, 15, 26, 28
                                                    Kentucky
 Ashland                              13, *36
 Beattyville                          7
 Bowling Green                        13, *18, 24, *29
 Covington                            *22
 Danville                             19
 Elizabethtown                        *23
 Harlan                               S

47 CFR 73.622(j) (enhanced display)                                          page 205 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                   47 CFR 73.622(j)
Radio Broadcast Services

              Community                                              Channel No.
 Hazard                               20, *33
 Lexington                            21, 27, 28, *35
 Louisville                           8, 11, 14, *30, 32, *34, 36
 Madisonville                         *31
 Morehead                             *30
 Murray                               *17
 Newport                              15
 Owensboro                            17
 Owenton                              *24
 Paducah                              19, *23, 25
 Pikeville                            *23
 Richmond                             25
 Somerset                             *17
                                                    Louisiana
 Alexandria                           26, 31, *33, 35
 Baton Rouge                          9, 13, 24, *25, 34
 Columbia                             11
 Hammond                              35
 Lafayette                            10, 16, *23, 28
 Lake Charles                         7, 18, *20
 Minden                               32
 Monroe                               *13, 24
 New Iberia                           17
 New Orleans                          15, 19, 21, *23, 26, 27, *28, 29, 33
 Shreveport                           16, *17, 23, 28, 34
 Slidell                              17
 West Monroe                          19, 22
                                                     Maine
 Augusta                              *20
 Bangor                               2, 7, 13
 Biddeford                            *36
 Calais                               *10
 Lewiston                             24
 Orono                                *22
 Poland Spring                        8
 Portland                             15, 31, 34
 Presque Isle                         8, *10
 Waterville                           17
                                                    Maryland
 Annapolis                            *21

47 CFR 73.622(j) (enhanced display)                                                page 206 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                      47 CFR 73.622(j)
Radio Broadcast Services

               Community                                                Channel No.
 Baltimore                            11, 12, *22, 25, 26, 27, S
 Frederick                            *28
 Hagerstown                           23, *29
 Oakland                              *26
 Salisbury                            *16, 29, 32
 Silver Spring                        S
                                                Massachusetts
 Boston                               *5, 20, 21, 22, *32, 33, 34, 35
 Cambridge                            S
 Foxborough                           S
 Lowell                               *S
 Marlborough                          27
 New Bedford                          24, S
 Norwell                              36
 Pittsfield                           7
 Springfield                          11, *13, 26
 Woburn                               S
 Worcester                            19
                                                    Michigan
 Alpena                               11, *24
 Ann Arbor                            24
 Bad Axe                              *15
 Battle Creek                         17, 21
 Bay City                             23, 30
 Cadillac                             9, 32, *34
 Calumet                              5
 Cheboygan                            16
 Detroit                              7, *20, 21, 25, 31, 32, 34
 East Lansing                         *33
 Escanaba                             32
 Flint                                12, 16
 Grand Rapids                         7, *11, 13, 19
 Ishpeming                            10
 Kalamazoo                            *5, 8, 22
 Lansing                              14, 28, S
 Manistee                             *20
 Marquette                            *8, 19, 35
 Mount Clemens                        27
 Mount Pleasant                       *26
 Muskegon                             24

47 CFR 73.622(j) (enhanced display)                                                   page 207 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                              47 CFR 73.622(j)
Radio Broadcast Services

               Community                                        Channel No.
 Onondaga                             10
 Saginaw                              18, 36
 Sault Ste. Marie                     8, 10
 Traverse City                        29, 35
 Vanderbilt                           21
                                                 Minnesota
 Alexandria                           7, 24
 Appleton                             *10
 Austin                               *20, 36
 Bemidji                              *9, 26
 Brainerd                             *28
 Chisholm                             11
 Crookston                            *16
 Duluth                               *8, 10, 18, 27, 33
 Hibbing                              13, *31
 Mankato                              12
 Minneapolis                          9, 22, 29, 30, 31, 32
 Redwood Falls                        27
 Rochester                            10, 26
 St. Cloud                            16
 St. Paul                             *23, *34, 35
 Thief River Falls                    10
 Walker                               12
 Worthington                          *15
                                                Mississippi
 Biloxi                               *16, 32
 Booneville                           *9
 Bude                                 *18
 Columbus                             27
 Greenville                           15
 Greenwood                            *25, 32
 Gulfport                             25
 Hattiesburg                          22
 Holly Springs                        26
 Jackson                              12, 14, *20, 21, 23, 30
 Laurel                               7
 Magee                                34
 Meridian                             13, 24, *28, 31
 Mississippi State                    *8
 Natchez                              15

47 CFR 73.622(j) (enhanced display)                                           page 208 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                  47 CFR 73.622(j)
Radio Broadcast Services

                Community                                           Channel No.
 Oxford                               *36
 Senatobia                            *S
 Tupelo                               11, 17
 Vicksburg                            36
 West Point                           16
                                                    Missouri
 Cape Girardeau                       32, 36
 Columbia                             17, 27
 Hannibal                             22
 Jefferson City                       20, 29
 Joplin                               17, 23, *35
 Kansas City                          *18, 24, 29, 30, 31, 32, 34, 36
 Kirksville                           33
 Osage Beach                          22
 Poplar Bluff                         15
 Sedalia                              15
 Springfield                          10, *16, 19, 28
 St. Joseph                           7, 21
 St. Louis                            14, *23, 24, 26, 31, 33, 35
                                                    Montana
 Billings                             11, *16, 18, 20
 Bozeman                              * 8, 27
 Butte                                15, 19, 20, 24
 Glendive                             5
 Great Falls                          8, 17, * 21, 22, 26
 Hardin                               22
 Havre                                9
 Helena                               29, 31
 Kalispell                            * 15, 17
 Miles City                           3
 Missoula                             7, *11, 20, 23
                                                    Nebraska
 Alliance                             *13
 Bassett                              *7
 Grand Island                         11
 Hastings                             5, *28
 Hayes Center                         6
 Kearney                              18
 Lexington                            *26
 Lincoln                              8, 10, 15, *27

47 CFR 73.622(j) (enhanced display)                                               page 209 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                 47 CFR 73.622(j)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 Community                                         Channel No.
 McCook                               12
 Merriman                             *12
 Missoula                             *11, 20, 23, 25
 Norfolk                              *19
 North Platte                         2, *9
 Omaha                                *17, 20, 22, 26, 29, 31
 Scottsbluff                          29
 Sidney                               7
 York                                 24
                                                   Nevada
 Elko                                 20
 Ely                                  27
 Henderson                            24
 Las Vegas                            2, 7, *11, 16, 22, 26, 29
 Laughlin                             32
 Paradise                             20
 Reno                                 8, 11, 12, *15, 20, 23, 26
 Tonopah                              9
 Winnemucca                           16
                                               New Hampshire
 Concord                              23
 Derry                                S
 Durham                               *11
 Keene                                *18
 Littleton                            *23
 Manchester                           9
 Merrimack                            29
                                                New Jersey
 Atlantic City                        4
 Camden                               *23
 Jersey City                          S
 Linden                               35
 Middletown Township                  3
 Millville                            S
 Montclair                            *S
 Mount Laurel                         S
 New Brunswick                        *8
 Newark                               12, 26
 Newton                               18
 Paterson                             S

47 CFR 73.622(j) (enhanced display)                                              page 210 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                   47 CFR 73.622(j)
Radio Broadcast Services

               Community                                             Channel No.
 Princeton                            S
 Secaucus                             25
 Trenton                              *S
 Vineland                             S
 Wildwood                             36
                                                  New Mexico
 Alamogordo                           *4
 Albuquerque                          7, 13, 16, *17, 22, 24, 26, *35, 36
 Carlsbad                             19, 25
 Clovis                               12
 Farmington                           12
 Hobbs                                29
 Las Cruces                           *23, 26
 Portales                             *32
 Roswell                              8, 10, 21, 27
 Santa Fe                             *8, 10, 27, 29
 Silver City                          10, 12
                                                    New York
 Albany                               8, 21, 24
 Amsterdam                            19
 Batavia                              24
 Binghamton                           7, 8, 27, *31
 Buffalo                              16, *31, 32, 33, 34, 36, S
 Carthage                             8
 Corning                              *25, 30
 Elmira                               23, 35
 Garden City                          *32
 Ithaca                               13
 Jamestown                            5
 New Rochelle                         S
 New York                             7, 11, *24, 27, 34, 36, S
 Norwood                              *23
 Plattsburgh                          14, *36
 Riverhead                            29
 Rochester                            9, 10, 21, *22, 28
 Saranac Lake                         34
 Schenectady                          22, *25, 35
 Smithtown                            23
 Springville                          7
 Syracuse                             14, 15, 17, 18, 19, *20, 36

47 CFR 73.622(j) (enhanced display)                                                page 211 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                 47 CFR 73.622(j)
Radio Broadcast Services

                Community                                          Channel No.
 Utica                                29, 30, 34
 Watertown                            *26, 31
                                                  North Carolina
 Archer Lodge                         S
 Asheville                            13, *20, S
 Belmont                              25
 Burlington                           26
 Chapel Hill                          *20
 Charlotte                            *9, 18, 19, 23, 24
 Concord                              *21
 Durham                               9, 14
 Edenton                              *29
 Fayetteville                         22
 Goldsboro                            8
 Greensboro                           28, 35, S
 Greenville                           12, 19, *25, 36
 Hickory                              14
 High Point                           31
 Jacksonville                         16, *28
 Kannapolis                           32
 Lexington                            S
 Linville                             *36
 Lumberton                            *30
 Manteo                               13
 New Bern                             10
 Raleigh                              15, 17, 18
 Roanoke Rapids                       *27
 Rocky Mount                          32
 Wake Forest                          S
 Washington                           34
 Wilmington                           *21, 23, 24, 29
 Winston-Salem                        16, 29, *33
                                                  North Dakota
 Bismarck                             12, 17, *22, 26, 31
 Devils Lake                          8, *25
 Dickinson                            7, *9, 19
 Ellendale                            *20
 Fargo                                *13, 19, 21, 36
 Grand Forks                          *15, 27
 Jamestown                            7

47 CFR 73.622(j) (enhanced display)                                              page 212 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                   47 CFR 73.622(j)
Radio Broadcast Services

                Community                                            Channel No.
 Minot                                10, 13, 14, *15, 24
 Pembina                              12
 Valley City                          24
 Williston                            8, *11, 14
                                                     Ohio
 Akron                                17, 22, *24
 Alliance                             *29
 Athens                               *32
 Bowling Green                        *22
 Cambridge                            *6
 Canton                               S, S
 Chillicothe                          23
 Cincinnati                           12, *17, 18, 20, 26
 Cleveland                            8, 15, 19, *35, 36
 Columbus                             14, *16, 21, 27, 28
 Dayton                               31, 33, 34, *35, 36
 Lima                                 4, 8
 London                               S
 Lorain                               S
 Mansfield                            12
 Oxford                               *29
 Portsmouth                           15
 Sandusky                             3
 Shaker Heights                       10
 Springfield                          S
 Steubenville                         9
 Toledo                               11, 13, 23, 26, *29, 35
 Youngstown                           31, 33, S
 Zanesville                           30
                                                   Oklahoma
 Ada                                  17
 Bartlesville                         36
 Cheyenne                             *8
 Claremore                            *32
 Eufaula                              *31
 Lawton                               11
 Muskogee                             20
 Norman                               16
 Oklahoma City                        7, *13, 15, 18, 19, 23, 24, 25, 27, 33
 Okmulgee                             28

47 CFR 73.622(j) (enhanced display)                                                page 213 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                     47 CFR 73.622(j)
Radio Broadcast Services

              Community                                                Channel No.
 Shawnee                              29
 Tulsa                                8, 10, *11, 12, 16, 22, 26, 34
 Woodward                             35
                                                      Oregon
 Bend                                 *11, 18, 21
 Coos Bay                             22, 34
 Corvallis                            *7
 Eugene                               9, 17, 28, *29, 31
 Grants Pass                          30
 Jacksonville                         *4
 Klamath Falls                        13, 29, *33
 La Grande                            *13, 16
 Medford                              5, *8, 12, 16, 26
 Pendleton                            11
 Portland                             *10, 21, 24, 25, 26, 32
 Roseburg                             18, 19, 36
 Salem                                22, 33
                                                  Pennsylvania
 Allentown                            S, *S
 Altoona                              6, 24, 31
 Bethlehem                            9
 Clearfield                           *15
 Erie                                 12, 21, 26, *27, 28
 Greensburg                           28
 Harrisburg                           10, 32, *36
 Hazleton                             22
 Jeannette                            11
 Johnstown                            8, 35
 Lancaster                            8, S
 Philadelphia                         6, 17, 28, 30, 31, 33, *S
 Pittsburgh                           *4, 16, 20, 21, 23, 25, 27
 Red Lion                             S
 Scranton                             12, 21, 33, 34, *S
 Wilkes-Barre                         11
 Williamsport                         29
 Willow Grove                         S
 York                                 S
                                                  Rhode Island
 Newport                              17
 Providence                           *2, 7, 12, 25

47 CFR 73.622(j) (enhanced display)                                                  page 214 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                               47 CFR 73.622(j)
Radio Broadcast Services

               Community                                         Channel No.
                                                South Carolina
 Allendale                            *21
 Anderson                             35
 Beaufort                             *32
 Charleston                           17, 19, 20, *24, 25, 34
 Columbia                             7, 10, 15, 22, 25, *33
 Conway                               *28
 Florence                             13, *16, 26, 27
 Greenville                           2, *8, 17, 30
 Greenwood                            *26
 Hardeeville                          26
 Myrtle Beach                         32, 36
 Rock Hill                            34, S
 Spartanburg                          11, *S
 Sumter                               *29, 31
                                                South Dakota
 Aberdeen                             9, *17
 Brookings                            *8
 Eagle Butte                          *13
 Florence                             3
 Huron                                12
 Lead                                 5, 10
 Lowry                                *11
 Martin                               *8
 Mitchell                             26
 Pierre                               *10, 19
 Rapid City                           2, 7, 16, 21, *26
 Reliance                             13
 Sioux Falls                          7, 11, 13, 21, *24, 36
 Vermillion                           *34
                                                 Tennessee
 Chattanooga                          8, 9, 13, 14, *35
 Cleveland                            23
 Cookeville                           *22
 Crossville                           31
 Franklin                             32
 Greeneville                          28
 Hendersonville                       33
 Jackson                              21, 35
 Jellico                              18

47 CFR 73.622(j) (enhanced display)                                            page 215 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                   47 CFR 73.622(j)
Radio Broadcast Services

              Community                                              Channel No.
 Johnson City                         9
 Kingsport                            32
 Knoxville                            10, 15, 21, 26, *29, 34
 Lebanon                              25
 Lexington                            *27
 Memphis                              13, 23, 25, 28, *29, 30, 31, 33
 Murfreesboro                         16
 Nashville                            *7, 10, 20, 21, 27, 30, 36
 Sneedville                           *24
 Tazewell                             36
                                                      Texas
 Abilene                              15, 29, 30
 Alvin                                36
 Amarillo                             *9, 10, 15, 19, 20
 Arlington                            25
 Austin                               7, 21, *22, 23, 33, 34
 Baytown                              31
 Beaumont                             12, 15, *29
 Belton                               17
 Big Spring                           33
 Blanco                               18
 Borger                               31
 Bryan                                24
 College Station                      16, 29
 Conroe                               *12
 Corpus Christi                       8, 10, 19, *23, 26, 27
 Dallas                               8, *14, 21, 27, 32, 35, 36
 Decatur                              30
 Del Rio                              28
 Denton                               *29
 Eagle Pass                           18
 El Paso                              *13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, *21, 25
 Farwell                              18
 Fort Worth                           9, 18, 19, 24
 Fredericksburg                       8
 Galveston                            22, *23
 Garland                              33
 Greenville                           23
 Harlingen                            16, 18, *21
 Houston                              *8, 11, 13, 19, 21, *24, 26, 34, 35

47 CFR 73.622(j) (enhanced display)                                                page 216 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                      47 CFR 73.622(j)
Radio Broadcast Services

               Community                                                Channel No.
 Irving                               34
 Jacksonville                         22
 Katy                                 25
 Kerrville                            32
 Killeen                              13
 Lake Dallas                          31
 Laredo                               8, 19
 Llano                                27
 Longview                             20, S
 Lubbock                              16, *25, 27, 31, 35, 36
 Lufkin                               24
 McAllen                              17
 Midland                              18, 26
 Nacogdoches                          15
 Odessa                               9, 15, 23, *28, 30, 31
 Port Arthur                          27
 Rio Grande                           14
 Rosenberg                            30
 San Angelo                           11, 16, 19
 San Antonio                          *9, 12, 15, *16, 24, 28, 29, 30
 Sherman                              12
 Snyder                               17
 Sweetwater                           20
 Temple                               9
 Texarkana                            26
 Tyler                                7
 Uvalde                               26
 Victoria                             11, 20
 Waco                                 10, *20, 26, 28
 Weslaco                              13
 Wichita Falls                        15, 22, 28
 Wolfforth                            23
                                                    Utah
 Cedar City                           14
 Logan                                12
 Ogden                                24, 35, *36
 Price                                11
 Provo                                *17, 29, 32
 Richfield                            *19
 Salt Lake City                       19, 20, 23, *27, 28, 30, 34

47 CFR 73.622(j) (enhanced display)                                                   page 217 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                              47 CFR 73.622(j)
Radio Broadcast Services

              Community                                         Channel No.
 St. George                           *18, 21
 Vernal                               16
                                                    Vermont
 Burlington                           7, 16, 20, *32
 Montpelier                           S
 Rutland                              *10
 St. Johnsbury                        *28
 Windsor                              *S
                                                    Virginia
 Arlington                            15
 Ashland                              8
 Bristol                              35
 Charlottesville                      2, *26, 32
 Culpeper                             *S
 Danville                             S
 Grundy                               14
 Hampton                              35
 Hampton-Norfolk                      *31
 Harrisonburg                         20
 Lynchburg                            7, 21
 Manassas                             35
 New Market                           *S
 Norfolk                              16, 32, 33
 Petersburg                           28
 Portsmouth                           19, 20
 Richmond                             10, *22, 23, 24, *29
 Roanoke                              *13, 27, 30, 34, 36
 Spotsylvania                         *S
 Staunton                             *15
 Virginia Beach                       7, 21
                                                   Washington
 Bellevue                             24, 33
 Bellingham                           14, 19
 Centralia                            *19
 Everett                              31
 Kennewick                            27
 Pasco                                18
 Pullman                              *10, 24
 Richland                             *22, 26
 Seattle                              *9, 16, 23, 25, 30, 36

47 CFR 73.622(j) (enhanced display)                                           page 218 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                    47 CFR 73.622(j)
Radio Broadcast Services

               Community                                              Channel No.
 Spokane                              *7, 13, 15, 20, 28, 34, 36
 Tacoma                               11, 13, 21, *27, *34
 Vancouver                            30
 Walla Walla                          9
 Yakima                               14, 16, *21, 33
                                                West Virginia
 Bluefield                            17, 25
 Charleston                           18, 24, 29
 Clarksburg                           12, 13
 Grandview                            *8
 Huntington                           *9, 10, 22
 Lewisburg                            11
 Martinsburg                          13
 Morgantown                           *34
 Oak Hill                             31
 Parkersburg                          35
 Weston                               33
 Wheeling                             7
                                                   Wisconsin
 Antigo                               19
 Appleton                             36
 Chippewa Falls                       21
 Crandon                              13
 Eagle River                          26, 28
 Eau Claire                           17, 25
 Fond du Lac                          5
 Green Bay                            14, 18, 22, 23, *25
 Janesville                           21
 Kenosha                              30
 La Crosse                            8, *15, 28, 33
 Madison                              11, 18, 19, *20, 26
 Mayville                             34
 Menomonie                            *27
 Milwaukee                            *8, 27, 28, 29, 31, 32, S, *S
 Park Falls                           *36
 Racine                               S
 Rhinelander                          16
 Shawano                              31
 Superior                             19
 Suring                               15

47 CFR 73.622(j) (enhanced display)                                                 page 219 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                   47 CFR 73.622(j)
Radio Broadcast Services

             Community                                             Channel No.
 Wausau                               7, 9, *24
                                                    Wyoming
 Casper                               *8, 12, 14, 17, 20
 Cheyenne                             11, 27, 30
 Jackson                              11
 Lander                               7, *8
 Laramie                              *8
 Rawlins                              9
 Riverton                             10
 Rock Springs                         13
 Sheridan                             7, 13
                                                     Guam
 Hagåtña                              8, 12
 Tamuning                             14
                                                   Puerto Rico
 Aguada                               25
 Aguadilla                            12, 17
 Arecibo                              35
 Bayamón                              S
 Caguas                               11, *24
 Carolina                             30
 Fajardo                              13, *15, 16
 Guayama                              34
 Humacao                              23
 Mayagüez                             20, 29, 31, 32
 Naranjito                            18
 Ponce                                7, 9, 14, *19, 36, S
 San Juan                             21, *26, 27, 28, S
 San Sebastián                        33
 Toa Baja                             *S
 Yauco                                S
                                               US Virgin Islands
 Charlotte Amalie                     17, 21, *36
 Christiansted                        20, 23

[62 FR 26712, May 14, 1997]

Editorial Note: For FEDERAL REGISTER citations affecting § 73.622, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which
appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

47 CFR 73.622(j) (enhanced display)                                                                page 220 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.623
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.623 DTV applications and changes to DTV allotments.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7248, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) General. This section contains the technical criteria for evaluating applications requesting DTV facilities
         that do not conform to the provisions of § 73.622 and petitions for rulemaking to amend the DTV Table of
         Allotments (§ 73.622(b)). Petitions to amend the DTV Table (other than those also expressly requesting
         amendment of this section) and applications for new DTV broadcast stations or for changes in authorized
         DTV stations filed pursuant to this section will not be accepted for filing if they fail to comply with the
         requirements of this section. Petitions for rule making and applications seeking facilities that will operate
         after the end of the DTV transition must also comply with § 73.616.

     (b) In considering petitions to amend the DTV Table and applications filed pursuant to this section, the
         Commission will use geographic coordinates defined in § 73.622(d) as reference points in determining
         allotment separations and evaluating interference potential.

     (c) [Reserved]

           (1) Requests filed pursuant to this paragraph must demonstrate compliance with the principal
               community coverage requirements of section 73.625(a).

           (2) Requests filed pursuant to this paragraph (c) must demonstrate that the requested change would not
               result in more than an additional 2 percent the population served by another station being subject to
               interference; provided, however, that no new interference may be caused to any station that already
               experiences interference to 10 percent or more of its population or that would result in a station
               receiving interference in excess of 10 percent of its population. The station population values for
               existing NTSC service and DTV service contained in Appendix B of the Memorandum Opinion and
               Order on Reconsideration of the Sixth Report and Order in MM Docket No. 87–268, FCC 98–24,
               adopted January 29, 1998, referenced in § 73.622(c), are to be used for the purposes of determining
               whether a power increase or other change is permissible under this de minimis standard. For
               evaluating compliance with this requirement, interference to populations served is to be predicted
               based on the procedure set forth in OET Bulletin No. 69, including population served within service
               areas determined in accordance with § 73.622(e), consideration of whether F(50,10) undesired
               signals will exceed the following desired-to-undesired (D/U) signal ratios, assumed use of a
               directional receiving antenna, and use of the terrain dependent Longley-Rice point-to-point
               propagation model. Copies of OET Bulletin No. 69 may be inspected during normal business hours
               at the Federal Communications Commission's Reference Information Center, located at the address
               of the FCC's main office indicated in 47 CFR 0.401(a). These documents are also available through
               the Internet on the FCC Home Page at http://www.fcc.gov. The threshold levels at which interference
               is considered to occur are:

                                                                                                         D/U Ratio
                 Co-channel:
                   DTV-into-analog TV                                                                          + 34
                   Analog TV-into-DTV                                                                           +2
                   DTV-into-DTV                                                                                + 15
                 First Adjacent Channel:
                   Lower DTV-into-analog TV                                                                     −14

47 CFR 73.623(c)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 221 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 73.623(c)(3)
Radio Broadcast Services

                                                                                                           D/U Ratio
                   Upper DTV-into-analog TV                                                                       −17
                   Lower analog TV-into-DTV                                                                       −48
                   Upper analog TV-into-DTV                                                                       −49
                   Lower DTV-into-DTV                                                                             −28
                   Upper DTV-into-DTV                                                                             −26
                 Other Adjacent Channel (Channels 14–69 only)
                 DTV-into-analog TV, where N = analog TV channel and DTV Channel:
                   N–2                                                                                            −24
                   N+2                                                                                            −28
                   N–3                                                                                            −30
                   N+3                                                                                            −34
                   N–4                                                                                            −34
                   N+4                                                                                            −25
                   N–7                                                                                            −35
                   N+7                                                                                            −43
                   N–8                                                                                            −32
                   N+8                                                                                            −43
                   N + 14                                                                                         −33
                   N + 15                                                                                         −31

           (3) The values in paragraph (c)(2) of this section for co-channel interference to DTV service are only
               valid at locations where the signal-to-noise ratio is 28 dB or greater for interference from DTV and 25
               dB or greater for interference from analog TV service. At the edge of the noise-limited service area,
               where the signal-to-noise (S/N) ratio is 16 dB, these values are 21 dB and 23 dB for interference from
               analog TV and DTV, respectively. At locations where the S/N ratio is greater than 16 dB but less than
               28 dB, D/U values for co-channel interference to DTV are as follows:

                 (i)   For DTV-to-DTV interference, the minimum D/U ratios are computed from the following formula:

                       D/U = 15 + 10log10[1.0/(1.0−10−x/10)]
                Where x = S/N–15.19 (minimum signal to noise ratio)

                 (ii) For analog-to-DTV interference, the minimum D/U ratios are found from the following Table (for
                      values between measured values, linear interpolation can be used):

                                 Signal-to-noise ratio (dB)                   Desired-to-undesired ratio (dB)
                        16.00                                                                                     21.00
                        16.35                                                                                     19.94
                        17.35                                                                                     17.69
                        18.35                                                                                     16.44
                        19.35                                                                                      7.19
                        20.35                                                                                      4.69
                        21.35                                                                                      3.69

47 CFR 73.623(c)(3)(ii) (enhanced display)                                                                page 222 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.623(c)(4)
Radio Broadcast Services

                                 Signal-to-noise ratio (dB)                      Desired-to-undesired ratio (dB)
                        22.35                                                                                           2.94
                        23.35                                                                                           2.44
                        25.00                                                                                           2.00

           (4) Due to the frequency spacing that exists between Channels 4 and 5, between Channels 6 and 7, and
               between Channels 13 and 14, the minimum adjacent channel technical criteria specified in
               paragraph (c)(2) of this section shall not be applicable to these pairs of channels (see § 73.603(a)).

           (5) A DTV station application that proposes to expand the DTV station's allotted or authorized coverage
               area in any direction will not be accepted if it is predicted to cause interference to a Class A TV
               station or to a digital Class A TV station authorized pursuant to Subpart J of this part, within the
               protected contour defined in § 73.6010 of this part. This paragraph applies to all DTV applications
               filed after May 1, 2000, and to DTV applications filed between December 31, 1999 and April 30, 2000
               unless the DTV station licensee or permittee notified the Commission of its intent to “maximize” by
               December 31, 1999.

                 (i)   Interference is predicted to occur if the ratio in dB of the field strength of a Class A TV station at
                       its protected contour to the field strength resulting from the facilities proposed in the DTV
                       application (calculated using the appropriate F(50,10) chart from Figure 9a, 10a, or 10c of §
                       73.699 of this part) fails to meet the D/U signal ratios for “DTV-into-analog TV” specified in
                       paragraph (c)(2) of this section.

                 (ii) Interference is predicted to occur if the ratio in dB of the field strength of a digital Class A TV
                      station at its protected contour to the field strength resulting from the facilities proposed in the
                      DTV application (calculated using the appropriate F(50,10) chart from Figure 9a, 10a, or 10c of
                      § 73.699 of this part) fails to meet the D/U signal ratios for “DTV-into-DTV” specified in
                      paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3) of this section.

                (iii) In support of a request for waiver of the interference protection requirements of this section, an
                      applicant for a DTV broadcast station may make full use of terrain shielding and Longley-Rice
                      terrain dependent propagation methods to demonstrate that the proposed facility would not be
                      likely to cause interference to Class A TV stations. Guidance on using the Longely-Rice
                      methodology is provided in OET Bulletin No. 69, which is available through the Internet at
                      http://www.fcc.gov/oet/info/documents/bulletins/#69.

     (d) Minimum geographic spacing requirements for DTV allotments not included in the initial DTV Table of
         Allotments. No petition to add a new channel to the DTV Table of Allotments or modify an allotment not
         included in the initial DTV Table will be accepted unless it shows compliance with the requirements of this
         paragraph.

           (1) Requests filed pursuant to this paragraph must demonstrate compliance with the principle
               community coverage requirements of section 73.625(a).

           (2) Requests filed pursuant to this paragraph must meet the following requirements for geographic
               spacing with regard to all other DTV stations, DTV allotments and analog TV stations:

                                                                                                           Separation
                                                 Channel relationship
                                                                                                          requirement
                 VHF Channels 2–13:

47 CFR 73.623(d)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 223 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 73.623(d)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

                                                                                                         Separation
                                               Channel relationship
                                                                                                        requirement
                     Co-channel, DTV to DTV
                                                                                                   Zone I: 244.6 km.
                                                                                                   Zones II & III: 273.6
                                                                                                   km.
                     Co-channel, DTV to analog TV
                                                                                                   Zone I: 244.6 km.
                                                                                                   Zone II & III: 273.6
                                                                                                   km.
                 Adjacent Channel:
                     DTV to DTV                                                                    No allotments
                                                                                                   permitted between:
                                                                                                   Zone I: 20 km and
                                                                                                   110 km.
                                                                                                   Zones II & III: 23 km
                                                                                                   and 110 km.
                     DTV to analog TV                                                              No allotments
                                                                                                   permitted between:
                                                                                                   Zone I: 9 km and 125
                                                                                                   km.
                                                                                                   Zone II & III: 11 km
                                                                                                   and 125 km.
                 UHF Channels:
                     Co-channel, DTV to DTV
                                                                                                   Zone I: 196.3 km.
                                                                                                   Zone II & III: 223.7
                                                                                                   km.
                     Co-channel, DTV to analog TV
                                                                                                   Zone I: 217.3 km.
                                                                                                   Zone II & III: 244.6
                                                                                                   km.
                 Adjacent Channel:
                     DTV to DTV                                                                    No allotments
                                                                                                   permitted between:
                                                                                                   All Zones: 24 km and
                                                                                                   110 km.
                     DTV to analog TV                                                              No allotments
                                                                                                   permitted between:
                                                                                                   All Zones: 12 km and
                                                                                                   106 km.
                     Taboo Channels, DTV to analog TV only (DTV channels ±2, ±3, ±4, ±7, ±8, and 14 No allotments
                     or 15 channels above the analog TV channel)                                    permitted between:
                                                                                                    Zone I: 24.1 km and

47 CFR 73.623(d)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 224 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.623(d)(3)
Radio Broadcast Services

                                                                                                      Separation
                                              Channel relationship
                                                                                                     requirement
                                                                                             80.5 km.
                                                                                             Zone II & III: 24.1 km
                                                                                             and 96.6 km.

           (3) Zones are defined in § 73.609. The minimum distance separation between a DTV station in one zone
               and an analog TV or DTV station in another zone shall be that of the zone requiring the lower
               separation.

           (4) Due to the frequency spacing that exists between Channels 4 and 5, between Channels 6 and 7, and
               between Channels 13 and 14, the minimum geographic spacing requirements specified in paragraph
               (d)(3) of this section shall not be applicable to these pairs of channels (§ 73.603(a)).

     (e) Protection of land mobile operations on channels 14–20. The Commission will not accept petitions to
         amend the DTV Table of Allotments, applications for new DTV stations, or applications to change the
         channel or location of authorized DTV stations that would use channels 14–20 where the distance
         between the DTV reference point as defined in section 73.622(d), would be located less than 250 km from
         the city center of a co-channel land mobile operation or 176 km from the city center of an adjacent
         channel land mobile operation. Petitions to amend the DTV Table, applications for new DTV stations, or
         requests to modify the DTV Table that do not meet the minimum DTV-to-land mobile spacing standards
         will, however, be considered where all affected land mobile licensees consent to the requested action.
         Land mobile operations are authorized on these channels in the following markets:

                             City                  Channels                 Latitude         Longitude
            Boston, MA                        14, 16                 42°21′24″         71°03′25″
            Chicago, IL                       14, 15                 41°52′28″         87°38′22″
            Cleveland, OH                     14, 15                 41°29′51.2″       81°41′49.5″
            Dallas, TX                        16                     32°47′09″         96°47′37″
            Detroit, MI                       15, 16                 42°19′48.1″       83°02′56.7″
            Houston, TX                       17                     29°45′26″         95°21′37″
            Los Angeles, CA                   14, 16, 20             34°03′15″         118°14′28″
            Miami, FL                         14                     25°46′37″         80°11′32″
            New York, NY                      14, 15, 16             40°45′06″         73°59′39″
            Philadelphia, PA                  19, 20                 39°56′58″         75°09′21″
            Pittsburgh, PA                    14, 18                 40°26′19″         80°00′00″
            San Francisco, CA                 16, 17                 37°46′39″         122°24′40″
            Washington, DC                    17, 18                 38°53′51″         77°00′33″

     (f) Parties requesting new allotments on channel 6 be added to the DTV Table must submit an engineering
         study demonstrating that no interference would be caused to existing FM radio stations on FM channels
         200–220.

     (g) [Reserved]

     (h) DTV application processing.

47 CFR 73.623(h) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 225 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.623(h)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) DTV applications for a construction permit or a modified construction permit pending as of January
               18, 2001:

                 (i)   Shall be afforded the interference protection set forth in paragraph (c) or (d) of this section, as
                       applicable:

                       (A) By all NTSC minor change applications;

                       (B) By NTSC new station applications, except those covered by paragraphs (h)(1)(ii)(G) and
                           (h)(1)(iii)(D) of this section;

                       (C) By all rulemaking petitions to amend the NTSC TV table of allotments;

                       (D) By DTV applications filed after January 18, 2001; and

                       (E) By rulemaking petitions to amend the DTV table of allotments filed after January 18, 2001;

                 (ii) Must demonstrate the requisite interference protection set forth in paragraph (c) or (d) of this
                      section, as applicable, to:

                       (A) DTV licensed stations;

                       (B) DTV construction permits;

                       (C) Existing DTV allotments;

                       (D) Rulemaking petitions to amend the DTV table of allotments for which a Notice of
                           Proposed Rule Making has been released and the comment deadline specified therein has
                           passed prior to the filing date of the DTV application;

                       (E) NTSC stations with licenses covering construction permits that were granted before the
                           DTV application was filed;

                       (F) NTSC construction permits that were granted before the DTV application was filed;

                       (G) Applications for new NTSC television stations that were in groups of mutually exclusive
                           applications on file prior to July 1, 1997, regardless of whether they are the only
                           applications that remain pending from their group.

                 (iii) That do not provide the requisite interference protection set forth in paragraph (c) or (d) of this
                       section, as applicable, to the following applications and petitions will be deemed mutually
                       exclusive with those applications and petitions:

                       (A) Other DTV applications pending as of January 18, 2001;

                       (B) Rulemaking petitions to amend the DTV table of allotments filed on or before January 18,
                           2001 for which a Notice of Proposed Rule Making had been released and the comment
                           deadline specified therein had not passed prior to the filing date of the DTV application;

                       (C) Rulemaking petitions to amend the DTV table of allotments filed on or before January 18,
                           2001 for which a Notice of Proposed Rule Making had not been released; and

                       (D) Applications for new NTSC stations that are not covered by paragraph (h)(1)(ii)(G) of this
                           section and were filed and accepted for filing on or before January 18, 2001 that:

                            (1) Were filed by post-auction winners pursuant to § 73.5005.

47 CFR 73.623(h)(1)(iii)(D)(1) (enhanced display)                                                           page 226 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                 47 CFR 73.623(h)(1)(iii)(D)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

                             (2) Are part of a settlement agreement on-file with the Commission that would result in
                                 the grant of the NTSC application; or

                             (3) Are cut-off singletons.

           (2) DTV applications for a construction permit or a modified construction permit filed after January 18,
               2001:

                 (i)   Shall be afforded the interference protection set forth in paragraph (c) or (d) of this section, as
                       applicable:

                       (A) By all NTSC minor change applications;

                       (B) By NTSC new station applications, except those covered by paragraph (h)(2)(ii)(H) and (I)
                           of this section;

                       (C) By all rulemaking petitions to amend the NTSC TV table of allotments except those filed by
                           NTSC applicants in those groups defined in (h)(2)(ii)(I) of this section for which a Notice
                           of Proposed Rule Making has been released and the comment deadline specified therein
                           has passed prior to the filing date of the DTV application;

                       (D) By later-filed DTV applications; and

                       (E) By later-filed rulemaking petitions to amend the DTV table of allotments;

                 (ii) Must demonstrate the requisite interference protection set forth in paragraph (c) or (d) of this
                      section, as applicable, to:

                       (A) DTV licensed stations;

                       (B) DTV construction permits;

                       (C) Earlier-filed DTV applications;

                       (D) Existing DTV allotments;

                       (E) Rulemaking petitions to amend the DTV table of allotments for which a Notice of
                           Proposed Rule Making has been released and the comment deadline specified therein has
                           passed prior to the filing date of the DTV application;

                       (F) NTSC stations with licenses covering construction permits that were granted before the
                           DTV application was filed;

                       (G) NTSC construction permits that were granted before the DTV application was filed; and

                       (H) Earlier-filed and accepted for filing applications for new NTSC stations that are not
                           covered by paragraph (h)(2)(ii)(I) of this section, and that:

                             (1) Were filed by post-auction winners pursuant to § 73.5005.

                             (2) Are part of a settlement agreement on-file with the Commission that would result in
                                 the grant of the NTSC application; or

                             (3) Are cut-off singletons;

                       (I)   Applications for new NTSC television stations that were in groups of mutually exclusive
                             applications on file prior to July 1, 1997, regardless of whether they are the only
                             applications that remain pending from their group;
47 CFR 73.623(h)(2)(ii)(I) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 227 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.623(h)(2)(ii)(J)
Radio Broadcast Services

                      (J) Rulemaking petitions to amend the NTSC table of allotments filed by applicants defined in
                          (h)(2)(ii)(I) of this section for which a Notice of Proposed Rule Making has been released
                          and the comment deadline specified therein has passed prior to the filing of the DTV
                          application.

                (iii) That do not provide the requisite interference protection set forth in paragraph (c) or (d) of this
                      section, as applicable, to the following applications and petitions will be deemed mutually
                      exclusive with those applications and petitions:

                      (A) Other DTV applications filed the same day;

                      (B) Rulemaking petitions to amend the DTV table of allotments for which a Notice of
                          Proposed Rule Making had been released and the comment deadline specified therein had
                          not passed prior to the filing date of the DTV application; and

                      (C) Earlier-filed rulemaking petitions to amend the DTV table of allotments for which a Notice
                          of Proposed Rule Making had not been released.

           (3) DTV applicants, DTV applicants and NTSC applicants, or DTV applicants and DTV rulemaking
               petitioners that are mutually exclusive pursuant to this section will be notified by Public Notice and
               provided with a 90-day period of time to resolve their mutual exclusivity via engineering amendment
               or settlement. Those applications and petitions that remain mutually exclusive upon conclusion of
               the 90-day settlement period will be dismissed.

[62 FR 26719, May 14, 1997, as amended at 63 FR 13560, Mar. 20, 1998; 64 FR 4327, Jan. 28, 1999; 65 FR 30002, May 10, 2000;
65 FR 58467, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 9984, Feb. 13, 2001; 66 FR 65134, Dec. 18, 2001; 69 FR 31906, June 8, 2004; 73 FR 5683, Jan.
30, 2008; 85 FR 64408, Oct. 13, 2020; 86 FR 66209, Nov. 22, 2021]

§ 73.624 Digital television broadcast stations.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7249, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Digital television (“DTV”) broadcast stations are assigned channels 6 MHz wide. Initial eligibility for
         licenses for DTV broadcast stations is limited to persons that, as of April 3, 1997, are licensed to operate
         a full power television broadcast station or hold a permit to construct such a station (or both).

     (b) DTV broadcast station permittees or licensees must transmit at least one over-the-air video program
         signal at no direct charge to viewers on the DTV channel. Until such time as a DTV station permittee or
         licensee ceases analog transmissions and returns that spectrum to the Commission, and except as
         provided in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, at any time that a DTV broadcast station permittee or licensee
         transmits a video program signal on its analog television channel, it must also transmit at least one over-
         the-air video program signal on the DTV channel. The DTV service that is provided pursuant to this
         paragraph (b) must have a resolution of at least 480i (vertical resolution of 480 lines, interlaced).

           (1) DTV broadcast station permittees and licensees required to construct and operate a DTV station by
               May 1, 2002, or May 1, 2003, pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section must, at a minimum,
               beginning on the date on which the DTV station is required to be constructed, provide a digital video
               program signal, of the quality described in paragraph (b) of this section, during prime time hours as
               defined in § 79.3(a)(6) of this chapter. These licensees and permittees must also comply with the
               minimum operating hours requirements in paragraph (f) of this section.

47 CFR 73.624(b)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                         page 228 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.624(b)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (2) DTV licensees or permittees that choose to commence digital operation before the construction
               deadline set forth in paragraph (d) of this section are not subject to any minimum schedule for
               operation on the DTV channel.

           (3) DTV licensees or permittees that choose to broadcast an ATSC 3.0 signal (using the Next Gen TV
               transmission standard in § 73.682(f)) shall transmit at least one free over the air video programming
               stream on that signal that requires at most the signal threshold of a comparable received DTV
               signal. DTV licensees or permittees that choose to broadcast an ATSC 3.0 signal (using the Next Gen
               TV transmission standard in § 73.682(f)) shall also simulcast the primary video programming
               stream on its ATSC 3.0 signal by broadcasting an ATSC 1.0 signal (using the DTV transmission
               standard in § 73.682(d)) from another broadcast television facility within its local market in
               accordance with the local simulcasting requirement in §§ 73.3801, 73.6029 and 74.782 of this
               chapter.

     (c) Provided that DTV broadcast stations comply with paragraph (b) of this section, DTV broadcast stations
         are permitted to offer services of any nature, consistent with the public interest, convenience, and
         necessity, on an ancillary or supplementary basis. The kinds of services that may be provided include, but
         are not limited to computer software distribution, data transmissions, teletext, interactive materials, aural
         messages, paging services, audio signals, subscription video, and any other services that do not derogate
         DTV broadcast stations' obligations under paragraph (b) of this section. Such services may be provided
         on a broadcast, point-to-point or point-to-multipoint basis, provided, however, that any video broadcast
         signal provided at no direct charge to viewers shall not be considered ancillary or supplementary.

           (1) DTV licensees that provide ancillary or supplementary services that are analogous to other services
               subject to regulation by the Commission must comply with the Commission regulations that apply to
               those services, provided, however, that no ancillary or supplementary service shall have any rights to
               carriage under §§ 614 or 615 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, or be deemed a
               multichannel video programming distributor for purposes of section 628 of the Communications Act
               of 1934, as amended.

           (2) In all arrangements entered into with outside parties affecting service operation, the DTV licensee or
               permittee must retain control over all material transmitted in a broadcast mode via the station's
               facilities, with the right to reject any material in the sole judgement of the permitte or licensee. The
               license or permittee is also responsible for all aspects of technical operation involving such
               telecommunications services.

           (3) In any application for renewal of a broadcast license for a television station that provides ancillary or
               supplementary services, a licensee shall establish that all of its program services on the analog and
               the DTV spectrum are in the public interest. Any violation of the Commission's rules applicable to
               ancillary or supplementary services will reflect on the licensee's qualifications for renewal of its
               license.

     (d) Digital television broadcast facilities that comply with the FCC DTV Standard (section 73.682(d)), shall be
         constructed in the following markets by the following dates:

           (1)

                 (i)   May 1, 1999: all network-affiliated television stations in the top ten television markets;

                 (ii) November 1, 1999: all network-affiliated television stations not included in category (1)(i) and in
                      the top 30 television markets;

47 CFR 73.624(d)(1)(ii) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 229 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.624(d)(1)(iii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                (iii) May 1, 2002: all remaining commercial television stations;

                (iv) May 1, 2003: all noncommercial television stations.

                 (v) May 18, 2008 in all markets for completion of construction of post-transition (DTV) facilities for
                     all commercial and noncommercial television stations that will use the same channel used for
                     pre-transition operation for post-transition operation and that, as of December 31, 2007, have a
                     construction permit for facilities that conform to the facilities defined by the new DTV Table of
                     Allotments and accompanying Appendix B, established by the Seventh Report and Order in MB
                     Docket No. 87–268 and codified at 47 CFR 73.622(i).

                (vi) August 18, 2008 in all markets for completion of construction of post-transition (DTV) facilities
                     for all commercial and noncommercial television stations that will use the same channel used
                     for pre-transition operation for post-transition operation but which, as of December 31, 2007, do
                     not have a construction permit for facilities that conform to the facilities defined by the new
                     DTV Table of Allotments and accompanying Appendix B, established by the Seventh Report and
                     Order in MB Docket No. 87–268 and codified at 47 CFR 73.622(i).

                (vii) June 12, 2009 in all markets for completion of construction of post-transition (DTV) facilities for
                      all commercial and noncommercial television stations whose post-transition digital channel is
                      different from their pre-transition digital channel and for those stations whose post-transition
                      channel is the same as their pre-transition channel but that are subject to a unique technical
                      challenge that has been specifically recognized as such by the Commission.

           (2) For the purposes of paragraph (d)(1):

                 (i)   The term, “network,” is defined to include the ABC, CBS, NBC, and Fox television networks;

                 (ii) The term, “television market,” is defined as the Designated Market Area or DMA as defined by
                      Nielsen Media Research as of April 3, 1997; and

                (iii) The terms, “network-affiliated” or “network-affiliate,” are defined to include those television
                      stations affiliated with at least one of the four networks designated in paragraph (d)(2)(i) as of
                      April 3, 1997. In those DMAs in which a network has more than one network affiliate,
                      paragraphs (d)(1) (i) and (ii) of this section shall apply to its network affiliate with the largest
                      audience share for the 9 a.m. to midnight time period as measured by Nielsen Media Research
                      in its Nielsen Station Index, Viewers in Profile, as of February, 1997.

           (3) Authority delegated.

                 (i)   Authority is delegated to the Chief, Media Bureau to grant an extension of time of up to six
                       months beyond the relevant construction deadline specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section
                       upon demonstration by the DTV licensee or permittee that failure to meet that construction
                       deadline is due to circumstances that are either unforeseeable or beyond the licensee's control
                       where the licensee has taken all reasonable steps to resolve the problem expeditiously.

                 (ii) For construction deadlines occurring prior to June 13, 2009, the following circumstances may
                      include, but shall not be limited to:

                       (A) Inability to construct and place in operation a facility necessary for transmitting digital
                           television, such as a tower, because of delays in obtaining zoning or FAA approvals, or
                           similar constraints; or

47 CFR 73.624(d)(3)(ii)(A) (enhanced display)                                                              page 230 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                47 CFR 73.624(d)(3)(ii)(B)
Radio Broadcast Services

                      (B) Where the licensee or permittee is currently the subject of a bankruptcy or receivership
                          proceeding, or is experiencing severe financial hardship as defined by negative cash flow
                          for the past three years.

                 (iii) For construction deadlines occurring after June 12, 2009, the tolling provisions of § 73.3598
                       shall apply.

                 (iv) The Bureau may grant no more than two extension requests upon delegated authority.
                      Subsequent extension requests shall be referred to the Commission. The Bureau may deny
                      extension requests upon delegated authority.

                 (v) Applications for extension of time shall be filed no earlier than 90 and no later than 60 days
                     prior to the relevant construction deadline, absent a showing of sufficient reasons for filing
                     within less than 60 days of the relevant construction deadline.

     (e) The application for construction permit must be filed on Form 301 (except for noncommercial stations,
         which must file on Form 340) on or before the date on which half of the construction period has elapsed.
         Thus, for example, for applicants in category (d)(1)(i), the application for construction period must be filed
         by May 1, 1998.

     (f)

           (1) Commencing on April 1, 2003, DTV television licensees and permittees required to construct and
               operate a DTV station by May 1, 2002, or May 1, 2003, must transmit at least one over-the-air video
               program signal at no direct charge to viewers on their DTV channel at least 50 percent of the time
               they are transmitting a video program signal on their analog channel.

           (2) Commencing on April 1, 2004, DTV licensees and permittees described in paragraph (f)(1) of this
               section must transmit a video program signal as described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section on the
               DTV channel at least 75 percent of the time they are transmitting a video program signal on the
               analog channel.

           (3) Commencing on April 1, 2005, DTV licensees and permittees described in paragraph (f)(1) of this
               section must transmit a video program signal as described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section on the
               DTV channel at least 100 percent of the time they are transmitting a video program signal on the
               analog channel.

           (4) The minimum operating hours requirements imposed in paragraphs (f) (1) through (3) of this section
               will terminate when the analog channel terminates operation and a 6 MHz channel is returned by the
               DTV licensee or permittee to the Commission.

     (g) Commercial DTV licensees and permittees, and low power television, TV translator and Class A television
         stations DTV licensees and permittees, must annually remit a fee of 5 percent of the gross revenues
         derived from all ancillary and supplementary services, as defined by paragraph (b) of this section, which
         are feeable, as defined in paragraphs (g)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section. Noncommercial DTV licensees and
         permittees must annually remit a fee of 5 percent of the gross revenues derived from all ancillary and
         supplementary services, as defined by paragraph (b) of this section, which are feeable, as defined in
         paragraphs (g)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section, except that such licensees and permittees must annually remit
         a fee of 2.5 percent of the gross revenues from such ancillary or supplementary services which are
         nonprofit, noncommercial, and educational.

           (1)

47 CFR 73.624(g)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 231 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.624(g)(1)(i)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (i)   All ancillary or supplementary services for which payment of a subscription fee or charge is
                       required in order to receive the service are feeable. The fee required by this provision shall be
                       imposed on any and all revenues from such services, including revenues derived from
                       subscription fees and from any commercial advertisements transmitted on the service.

                 (ii) Any ancillary or supplementary service for which no payment is required from consumers in
                      order to receive the service is feeable if the DTV licensee directly or indirectly receives
                      compensation from a third party in return for the transmission of material provided by that third
                      party (other than commercial advertisements used to support broadcasting for which a
                      subscription fee is not required). The fee required by this provision shall be imposed on any and
                      all revenues from such services, other than revenues received from a third party in return for the
                      transmission of commercial advertisements used to support broadcasting for which a
                      subscription fee is not required.

           (2) Payment of fees.

                 (i)   Each December 1, all commercial and noncommercial DTV licensees and permittees that
                       provided feeable ancillary or supplementary services as defined in this section at any point
                       during the 12–month period ending on the preceding September 30 will electronically report, for
                       the applicable period:

                       (A) A brief description of the feeable ancillary or supplementary services provided;

                       (B) Gross revenues received from all feeable ancillary and supplementary services provided
                           during the applicable period; and

                       (C) The amount of bitstream used to provide feeable ancillary or supplementary services
                           during the applicable period. Licensees and permittees will certify under penalty of perjury
                           the accuracy of the information reported. Failure to file information required by this
                           section may result in appropriate sanctions.

                 (ii) A commercial or noncommercial DTV licensee or permittee that has provided feeable ancillary
                      or supplementary services at any point during a 12–month period ending on September 30
                      must additionally file the FCC's standard remittance form (Form 159) on the subsequent
                      December 1. Licensees and permittees will certify the amount of gross revenues received from
                      feeable ancillary or supplementary services for the applicable 12–month period and will remit
                      the payment of the required fee.

                (iii) The Commission reserves the right to audit each licensee's or permittee's records which
                      support the calculation of the amount specified on line 23A of Form 159. Each licensee or
                      permittee, therefore, is required to retain such records for three years from the date of
                      remittance of fees.

[62 FR 26989, May 16, 1997, as amended at 63 FR 15784, Apr. 1, 1998; 63 FR 69216, Dec. 16, 1998; 64 FR 4327, Jan. 28, 1999; 66
FR 58982, Nov. 26, 2001; 66 FR 65135, Dec. 18, 2001; 67 FR 13232, Mar. 21, 2002; 67 FR 38423, June 4, 2002; 69 FR 59535, Oct.
4, 2004; 73 FR 5683, Jan. 30, 2008; 74 FR 8878, Feb. 27, 2009; 76 FR 44827, July 27, 2011; 83 FR 5022, Feb. 2, 2018; 83 FR 19460,
May 3, 2018; 86 FR 10856, Feb. 23, 2021]

§ 73.625 DTV coverage of principal community and antenna system.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7250, Feb. 1, 2024.

47 CFR 73.625 (enhanced display)                                                                                 page 232 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.625(a)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (a) Transmitter location.

           (1) The DTV transmitter location shall be chosen so that, on the basis of the effective radiated power
               and antenna height above average terrain employed, the following minimum F(50,90) field strength in
               dB above one uV/m will be provided over the entire principal community to be served:

                 Channels 2–6                                                         35 dBu.
                 Channels 7–13                                                        43 dBu.
                 Channels 14–36                                                       48 dBu.

           (2) The location of the antenna must be so chosen that there is not a major obstruction in the path over
               the principal community to be served.

           (3) For the purposes of this section, coverage is to be determined in accordance with paragraph (b) of
               this section. Under actual conditions, the true coverage may vary from these estimates because the
               terrain over any specific path is expected to be different from the average terrain on which the field
               strength charts were based. Further, the actual extent of service will usually be less than indicated by
               these estimates due to interference from other stations. Because of these factors, the predicted field
               strength contours give no assurance of service to any specific percentage of receiver locations
               within the distances indicated.

     (b) Determining coverage.

           (1) In predicting the distance to the field strength contours, the F (50,50) field strength charts (Figures 9,
               10 and 10b of § 73.699 of this part) and the F (50,10) field strength charts (Figures 9a, 10a and 10c
               of § 73.699 of this part) shall be used. To use the charts to predict the distance to a given F (50,90)
               contour, the following procedure is used: Convert the effective radiated power in kilowatts for the
               appropriate azimuth into decibel value referenced to 1 kW (dBk). Subtract the power value in dBk
               from the contour value in dBu. Note that for power less than 1 kW, the difference value will be greater
               than the contour value because the power in dBk is negative. Locate the difference value obtained
               on the vertical scale at the left edge of the appropriate F (50,50) chart for the DTV station's channel.
               Follow the horizontal line for that value into the chart to the point of intersection with the vertical line
               above the height of the antenna above average terrain for the appropriate azimuth located on the
               scale at the bottom of the chart. If the point of intersection does not fall exactly on a distance curve,
               interpolate between the distance curves below and above the intersection point. The distance values
               for the curves are located along the right edge of the chart. Using the appropriate F (50,10) chart for
               the DTV station's channel, locate the point where the distance coincides with the vertical line above
               the height of the antenna above average terrain for the appropriate azimuth located on the scale at
               the bottom of the chart. Follow a horizontal line from that point to the left edge of the chart to
               determine the F (50,10) difference value. Add the power value in dBk to this difference value to
               determine the F (50,10) contour value in dBu. Subtract the F (50,50) contour value in dBu from this F
               (50,10) contour value in dBu. Subtract this difference from the F (50,50) contour value in dBu to
               determine the F (50,90) contour value in dBu at the pertinent distance along the pertinent radial.

           (2) The effective radiated power to be used is that radiated at the vertical angle corresponding to the
               depression angle between the transmitting antenna center of radiation and the radio horizon as
               determined individually for each azimuthal direction concerned. In cases where the relative field
               strength at this depression angle is 90% or more of the maximum field strength developed in the
               vertical plane containing the pertaining radial, the maximum radiation shall be used. The depression

47 CFR 73.625(b)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 233 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.625(b)(3)
Radio Broadcast Services

                angle is based on the difference in elevation of the antenna center of radiation above the average
                terrain and the radio horizon, assuming a smooth spherical earth with a radius of 8,495.5 kilometers
                (5,280 miles) and shall be determined by the following equation:

                A = 0.0277 square root of H
          Where:

          A is the depression angle in degrees.

          H is the height in meters of the transmitting antenna radiation center above average terrain of the
          3.2–16.1 kilometers (2–10 miles) sector of the pertinent radial.

           This formula is empirically derived for the limited purpose specified here. Its use for any other purpose
           may be inappropriate.

           (3) Applicants for new DTV stations or changes in the facilities of existing DTV stations must submit to
               the FCC a showing as to the location of their stations' or proposed stations' contour. This showing is
               to include a map showing this contour, except where applicants have previously submitted material
               to the FCC containing such information and it is found upon careful examination that the contour
               locations indicated therein would not change, on any radial, when the locations are determined under
               this section. In the latter cases, a statement by a qualified engineer to this effect will satisfy this
               requirement and no contour maps need be submitted.

           (4) The antenna height to be used with these charts is the height of the radiation center of the antenna
               above the average terrain along the radial in question. In determining the average elevation of the
               terrain, the elevations between 3.2–16.1 kilometers (2–10 miles) from the antenna site are
               employed. Profile graphs shall be drawn for 8 radials beginning at the antenna site and extending
               16.1 kilometers (10 miles) therefrom. The radials should be drawn for each 45 degrees of azimuth
               starting with True North. At least one radial must include the principal community to be served even
               though such community may be more than 16.1 kilometers (10 miles) from the antenna site.
               However, in the event none of the evenly spaced radials include the principal community to be served
               and one or more such radials are drawn in addition to the 8 evenly spaced radials, such additional
               radials shall not be employed in computing the antenna height above average terrain. Where the
               3.2–16.1 kilometers (2–10 mile) portion of a radial extends in whole or in part over large bodies of
               water (such as ocean areas, gulfs, sounds, bays, large lakes, etc., but not rivers) or extends over
               foreign territory but the contour encompasses land area within the United States beyond the 16.1
               kilometers (10 mile) portion of the radial, the entire 3.2–16.1 kilometers (2–10 mile) portion of the
               radial shall be included in the computation of antenna height above average terrain. However, where
               the contour does not so encompass United States land area and (1) the entire 3.2–16.1 kilometers
               (2–10 mile) portion of the radial extends over large bodies of water or foreign territory, such radial
               shall be completely omitted from the computation of antenna height above average terrain, and (2)
               where a part of the 3.2–16.1 kilometers (2–10 mile) portion of a radial extends over large bodies of
               water or over foreign territory, only that part of the radial extending from the 3.2 kilometer (2 mile)
               sector to the outermost portion of land area within the United States covered by the radial shall be
               employed in the computation of antenna height above average terrain. The profile graph for each
               radial should be plotted by contour intervals of from 12.2–30.5 meters (40–100 feet) and, where the
               data permits, at least 50 points of elevation (generally uniformly spaced) should be used for each
               radial. In instances of very rugged terrain where the use of contour intervals of 30.5 meters (100
               feet) would result in several points in a short distance, 61.0–122.0 meter (200–400 foot) contour

47 CFR 73.625(b)(4) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 234 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 73.625(b)(5)
Radio Broadcast Services

                intervals may be used for such distances. On the other hand, where the terrain is uniform or gently
                sloping the smallest contour interval indicated on the topographic map (see paragraph (b)(5) of this
                section) should be used, although only relatively few points may be available. The profile graphs
                should indicate the topography accurately for each radial, and the graphs should be plotted with the
                distance in kilometers as the abscissa and the elevation in meters above mean sea level as the
                ordinate. The profile graphs should indicate the source of the topographical data employed. The
                graph should also show the elevation of the center of the radiating system. The graph may be plotted
                either on rectangular coordinate paper or on special paper which shows the curvature of the earth. It
                is not necessary to take the curvature of the earth into consideration in this procedure, as this factor
                is taken care of in the charts showing signal strengths. The average elevation of the 12.9 kilometer
                (8 miles) distance between 3.2–16.1 kilometers (2–10 miles) from the antenna site should then be
                determined from the profile graph for each radial. This may be obtained by averaging a large number
                of equally spaced points, by using a planimeter, or by obtaining the median elevation (that exceeded
                for 50% of the distance) in sectors and averaging those values. In directions where the terrain is such
                that negative antenna heights or heights below 30.5 meters (100 feet) for the 3.2 to 16.1 kilometers
                (2 to 10 mile) sector are obtained, an assumed height of 30.5 meters (100 feet) shall be used for the
                prediction of coverage. However, where the actual contour distances are critical factors, a
                supplemental showing of expected coverage must be included together with a description of the
                method employed in predicting such coverage. In special cases, the Commission may require
                additional information as to terrain and coverage.

           (5) In the preparation of the profile graph previously described, and in determining the location and
               height above sea level of the antenna site, the elevation or contour intervals shall be taken from the
               United States Geological Survey Topographic Quadrangle Maps, United States Army Corps of
               Engineers' maps or Tennessee Valley Authority maps, whichever is the latest, for all areas for which
               such maps are available. If such maps are not published for the area in question, the next best
               topographic information should be used. Topographic data may sometimes be obtained from State
               and Municipal agencies. Data from Sectional Aeronautical Charts (including bench marks) or
               railroad depot elevations and highway elevations from road maps may be used where no better
               information is available. In cases where limited topographic data is available, use may be made of an
               altimeter in a car driven along roads extending generally radially from the transmitter site. United
               States Geological Survey Topographic Quadrangle Maps may be obtained from the United States
               Geological Survey, Department of the Interior, Washington, D.C. 20240. Sectional Aeronautical Charts
               are available from the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, Department of Commerce,
               Washington, D.C. 20235. In lieu of maps, the average terrain elevation may be computer generated,
               except in the cases of dispute, using elevations from a 30 second point or better topographic data
               file. The file must be identified and the data processed for intermediate points along each radial
               using linear interpolation techniques. The height above mean sea level of the antenna site must be
               obtained manually using appropriate topographic maps.

     (c) Antenna system.

           (1) The antenna system shall be designed so that the effective radiated power at any angle above the
               horizontal shall be as low as the state of the art permits, and in the same vertical plane may not
               exceed the effective radiated power in either the horizontal direction or below the horizontal,
               whichever is greater.

           (2) An antenna designed or altered to produce a noncircular radiation pattern in the horizontal plane is
               considered to be a directional antenna. Antennas purposely installed in such a manner as to result in
               the mechanical beam tilting of the major vertical radiation lobe are included in this category.
47 CFR 73.625(c)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 235 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.625(c)(3)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (3) Applications proposing the use of directional antenna systems must be accompanied by the
               following:

                 (i)   Complete description of the proposed antenna system, including the manufacturer and model
                       number of the proposed directional antenna.

                 (ii) Relative field horizontal plane pattern (horizontal polarization only) of the proposed directional
                      antenna. A value of 1.0 should be used for the maximum radiation. The plot of the pattern
                      should be oriented so that 0 degrees corresponds to true North. Where mechanical beam tilt is
                      intended, the amount of tilt in degrees of the antenna vertical axis and the orientation of the
                      downward tilt with respect to true North must be specified, and the horizontal plane pattern
                      must reflect the use of mechanical beam tilt.

                (iii) A tabulation of the relative field pattern required in paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section. The
                      tabulation should use the same zero degree reference as the plotted pattern, and be tabulated
                      at least every 10 degrees. In addition, tabulated values of all maxima and minima, with their
                      corresponding azimuths, should be submitted.

                (iv) Horizontal and vertical plane radiation patterns showing the effective radiated power, in dBk, for
                     each direction. Sufficient vertical plane patterns must be included to indicate clearly the
                     radiation characteristics of the antenna above and below the horizontal plane. In cases where
                     the angles at which the maximum vertical radiation varies with azimuth, a separate vertical
                     radiation pattern must be provided for each pertinent radial direction.

                 (v) All horizontal plane patterns must be plotted to the largest scale possible on unglazed letter-
                     size polar coordinate paper (main engraving approximately 18 cm × 25 cm (7 inches × 10
                     inches)) using only scale divisions and subdivisions of 1, 2, 2.5. or 5 times 10-nth. All vertical
                     plane patterns must be plotted on unglazed letter-size rectangular coordinate paper. Values of
                     field strength on any pattern less than 10 percent of the maximum field strength plotted on that
                     pattern must be shown on an enlarged scale.

                (vi) The horizontal and vertical plane patterns that are required are the patterns for the complete
                     directional antenna system. In the case of a composite antenna composed of two or more
                     individual antennas, this means that the patterns for the composite antenna, not the patterns
                     for each of the individual antennas, must be submitted.

           (4) Where simultaneous use of antennas or antenna structures is proposed, the following provisions
               shall apply:

                 (i)   In cases where it is proposed to use a tower of an AM broadcast station as a supporting
                       structure for a DTV broadcast antenna, an appropriate application for changes in the radiating
                       system of the AM broadcast station must be filed by the licensee thereof. A formal application
                       (FCC Form 301, or FCC Form 340 for a noncommercial educational station) will be required if
                       the proposal involves substantial change in the physical height or radiation characteristics of
                       the AM broadcast antennas; otherwise an informal application will be acceptable. (In case of
                       doubt, an informal application (letter) together with complete engineering data should be
                       submitted.) An application may be required for other classes of stations when the tower is to
                       be used in connection with a DTV station.

                 (ii) When the proposed DTV antenna is to be mounted on a tower in the vicinity of an AM station
                      directional antenna system and it appears that the operation of the directional antenna system
                      may be affected, an engineering study must be filed with the DTV application concerning the

47 CFR 73.625(c)(4)(ii) (enhanced display)                                                                page 236 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.625(c)(5)
Radio Broadcast Services

                       effect of the DTV antenna on the AM directional radiation pattern. Field measurements of the
                       AM stations may be required prior to and following construction of the DTV station antenna,
                       and readjustments made as necessary.

           (5) Applications proposing the use of electrical beam tilt pursuant to section 73.622(f)(4) must be
               accompanied by the following:

                 (i)   Complete description of the proposed antenna system, including the manufacturer and model
                       number. Vertical plane radiation patterns conforming with paragraphs (c)(3)(iv), (c)(3)(v) and
                       (c)(3)(vi) of this section.

                 (ii) For at least 36 evenly spaced radials, including 0 degrees corresponding to true North, a
                      determination of the depression angle between the transmitting antenna center of radiation and
                      the radio horizon using the formula in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.

                (iii) For each such radial direction, the ERP at the depression angle, taking into account the effect of
                      the electrical beam tilt, mechanical beam tilt, if used, and directional antenna pattern if a
                      directional antenna is specified.

                (iv) The maximum ERP toward the radio horizon determined by this process must be clearly
                     indicated. In addition, a tabulation of the relative fields representing the effective radiation
                     pattern toward the radio horizon in the 36 radial directions must be submitted. A value of 1.0
                     should be used for the maximum radiation.

[62 FR 26990, May 16, 1997, as amended at 63 FR 13562, Mar. 20, 1998; 66 FR 9985, Feb. 13, 2001; 66 FR 65135, Dec. 18, 2001;
83 FR 5544, Feb. 8, 2018; 86 FR 66209, Nov. 22, 2021]

§ 73.626 DTV distributed transmission systems.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7250, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) A DTV station may be authorized to operate multiple synchronized transmitters on its assigned channel to
         provide service consistent with the requirements of this section. Such operation is called a distributed
         transmission system (DTS). Except as expressly provided in this section, DTV stations operating a DTS
         facility must comply with all rules applicable to DTV single-transmitter stations.

     (b) For purposes of compliance with this section, a station's “authorized service area” is defined as the area
         within its predicted noise-limited service contour determined using the facilities authorized for the station
         in a license or construction permit for non-DTS, single-transmitter-location operation.

     (c) Table of Distances. The following Table of Distances describes (by channel and zone) a station's
         maximum service area that can be obtained in applying for a DTS authorization and the maximum
         interference area that can be created by its facilities.

47 CFR 73.626(c) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 237 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.626(c)
Radio Broadcast Services

                                                                               Table 1 to Paragraph (c)

                                         Distance from reference point     Reference    Distance from Node interfering
                            Service
                                                                          interference reference point field strength
Channel       Zone      field strength     F(50,90)        F(50,50)
                                                                         field strength    F(50,10)       F(50,10)
                             (dBu)           (km)            (km)
                                                                              (dBu)          (km)           (dBu)
2–6       1                        28              108            132             28             183              18.8
2–6       2 and 3                  28              128            158             28             209              18.8
7–13      1                        36              101            121             33             182              23.8
7–13      2 and 3                  36              123            149             33             208              23.8
14–36     1, 2, and 3              41              103            142             36             246              26.8

47 CFR 73.626(c) (enhanced display)                                                                                      page 238 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.626(c)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) DTV station zones are defined in § 73.609.

           (2) DTS reference point. A station's DTS reference point is established in the FCC Order that created or
               made final modifications to the Post-Transition DTV Table of Allotments, § 73.622(i), and the
               corresponding facilities for the station's channel assignment as set forth in that FCC Order.

     (d) Determining DTS coverage. The coverage for each DTS transmitter is determined based on the F(50,90)
         field strength given in the Table of Distances (in paragraph (c) of this section), calculated in accordance
         with § 73.625(b). The combined coverage of a DTS station is the logical union of the coverage of all DTS
         transmitters.

     (e) DTS protection from interference. A DTS station must be protected from interference in accordance with
         the criteria specified in § 73.616. To determine compliance with the interference protection requirements
         of § 73.616, the population served by a DTS station shall be the population within the station's combined
         coverage contour, excluding the population in areas that are outside both the DTV station's authorized
         service area and the Table of Distances area (in paragraph (c) of this section). Only population that is
         predicted to receive service by the method described in § 73.622(e)(2) from at least one individual DTS
         transmitter will be considered.

     (f) Applications for DTS. An application proposing use of a DTS will not be accepted for filing unless it meets
         all of the following conditions:

           (1) The combined coverage from all of the DTS transmitters covers all of the applicant's authorized
               service area;

           (2) Each DTS transmitter's coverage is contained within either the DTV station's Table of Distances area
               (pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section) or its authorized service area, except where such
               extension of coverage beyond the station's authorized service area meets the following criteria:

                 (i)   In no event shall the F(50,50) service contour of any DTS transmitter extend beyond that of its
                       reference facility; and

                 (ii) In no event shall the F(50,10) node-interfering contour of any DTS transmitter, aside from one
                      located at the reference point, extend beyond the F(50,10) reference-interfering contour of its
                      reference facility; and

                (iii) In no event shall the F(50,10) reference-interfering contour of a facility at the reference point
                      extend beyond the F(50,10) reference-interfering contour of its reference facility;

           (3) Each DTS transmitter's coverage is contiguous with at least one other DTS transmitter's coverage;

           (4) The coverage from one or more DTS transmitter(s) is shown to provide principal community
               coverage as required in § 73.625(a);

           (5) The “combined field strength” of all the DTS transmitters in a network does not cause interference to
               another station in excess of the criteria specified in § 73.616, where the combined field strength level
               is determined by a “root-sum-square” calculation, in which the combined field strength level at a
               given location is equal to the square root of the sum of the squared field strengths from each
               transmitter in the DTS network at that location.

           (6) Each DTS transmitter must be located within either the DTV station's Table of Distances area or its
               authorized service area.

47 CFR 73.626(f)(6) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 239 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.626(g)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (g) All transmitters operating under a single DTS license must follow the same digital broadcast television
         transmission standard.

[73 FR 74063, Dec. 5, 2008, as amended at 83 FR 5022, Feb. 2, 2018; 86 FR 21226, Apr. 22, 2021]

§ 73.641 Subscription TV definitions.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7251, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Subscription television. A system whereby subscription television programs are transmitted and received.

     (b) Subscription television program. A television boadcast program intended to be received in intelligible form
         for a fee or charge.

[52 FR 6154, Mar. 2, 1987]

§ 73.642 Subscription TV service.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7251, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Subscription TV service may be provided by:

           (1) Licensees and permittees of commercial and noncommercial TV stations, and

           (2) Licensees and permittees of low power TV stations.

     (b) A licensee or permittee of a commercial or noncommercial TV station or a low power TV station may
         begin subscription TV service upon installation of encoding equipment having advance FCC approval.
         However, the licensee or permittee of a TV broadcast station (not applicable to low power TV stations)
         must send a letter to the FCC in Washington, DC, that subscription TV service will commence at least 30
         days prior to commencement of such service. In that letter, to be entitled “Notice of Commencement of
         STV Operations,” the licensee or permittee is to state that it will comply with the provisions of paragraphs
         (e)(1) through (e)(3) and § 73.644(c) of this chapter and identify the make and type of encoding system to
         be used. A similar notice must be submitted if the licensee or permittee commences using another type
         of encoding system. (See section 644(h).) A notice must also be submitted to the FCC in Washington, DC,
         if encoded subscription TV service is to be discontinued, at least 30 days prior to such discontinuance.

     (c) The station proof of system compliance measurement data (see § 73.644(c)) need not be submitted to
         the FCC, however, the measurement data must be available to the FCC upon request.

     (d) The use of the visual vertical blanking interval or an aural subcarrier for transmitting subscriber decoder
         control code signals during periods of normal non-encoded programming may be used only upon specific
         FCC authorization. Letter requests to use either the video blanking intervals or aural subcarriers during
         periods of non-subscription programming are to be sent to the FCC in Washington, D.C.

     (e) A licensee or permittee of a commercial or noncommercial TV broadcast or low power TV station may not
         transmit a subscription service if it has a contract, arrangement, or understanding expressed or implied,
         that:

47 CFR 73.642(e) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 240 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.642(e)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) Prevents or hinders it from rejecting or refusing any subscription TV broadcast program that it
               reasonably believes to be unsatisfactory or unsuitable or contrary to the public interests; or
               substituting a subscription or conventional program that, in its opinion, is of greater local or national
               importance; or

           (2) Delegates to any other person the right to schedule the hours of transmission of subscription
               programs. However, this rule does not prevent a licensee or permittee from entering into an
               agreement or arrangement whereby it agrees to schedule a specific subscription TV broadcast
               program at a specific time or to schedule a specific number of hours of subscription programs
               during the broadcast day (or segments thereof) or weeks; or

           (3) Deprives it of the right of ultimate decision concerning the maximum amount of any subscription
               program charge or fee.

           (4) Has provisions that do not comply with the following policies of the FCC:

                 (i)   Unless a satifactory signal is unavailable at the location where service is desired, subscription
                       TV service must be provided to all persons desiring it within the Grade A contour of the station
                       broadcasting subscription programs. Geographic or other reasonable patterns of installation
                       for new subscription services is permitted and, for good cause, service may be terminated.

                 (ii) Charges, terms and conditions of service to subscribers must be applied uniformly. However,
                      subscribers may be divided into reasonable classifications approved by the FCC, and the
                      impositions of different sets of terms and conditions may be applied to subscribers in different
                      classifications. Further, for good cause, within such classification, deposits may be required
                      from some subscribers and not of others; and, also for good cause, if a subscription system
                      generally uses a credit-type decoder, cash operated decoders may be installed for some
                      subscribers.

[48 FR 56392, Dec. 21, 1983, as amended at 52 FR 6154, Mar. 2, 1987; 66 FR 58982, Nov. 26, 2001]

§ 73.643 Subscription TV operating requirements.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7251, Feb. 1, 2024.

The non-technical rules and policies applicable to regular TV broadcast stations are applicable to subscription TV
operations, except where specifically exempted in the provisions of those rules and policies.

[48 FR 56392, Dec. 21, 1983]

§ 73.644 Subscription TV transmission systems.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7251, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Licensees and permittees of commercial and noncommercial TV broadcast and low power TV stations
         may conduct subscription operations only by using an encoding system that has been approved in
         advance by the FCC. Such advance approval may be applied for and granted in accordance with the
         procedures given in subpart M part 2 of the Rules.

     (b) The criteria for advance approval of subscription TV transmitting systems by the FCC are as follows:
47 CFR 73.644(b) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 241 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.644(b)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

            (1) Spectral energy in the transmitted signal must not exceed the limitations given in § 73.687(e).

            (2) No increase in width of the television broadcast channel (6 MHz.) is permitted.

            (3) The technical system must enable stations to transmit encoded subscription TV programs without
                increasing the RMS output power from either the video or audio transmitters over that required to
                transmit the same program material using normal transmission standards.

            (4) Modification of a type accepted TV broadcast or low power TV transmitter for encoded
                transmissions must not render transmitter incapable of operating in accordance with the operating
                specifications upon which type acceptance was granted. (See § 2.1001 (b), (k))

            (5) Interference to reception of conventional television either of co-channel or adjacent channel stations
                must not increase over that resulting from the transmission of programming with normal
                transmission standards.

            (6) Subscriber decoder devices must meet the provisions, where required, of subpart H of part 15 of the
                FCC Rules for TV Interface Devices.

     (c) Prior to commencing the transmission of encoded subscription programming, the licensee or permittee of
         a TV broadcast or low power TV station must perform such tests and measurements to determine that
         the transmitted encoded signal conforms to the radiated radio frequency and demodulated baseband and
         waveforms, transmitter operating power determination, and the occupied bandwidth limitations specified
         in the application for advance FCC approval of the system being used. A copy of the measurement data is
         to be maintained in the station files and made available to the FCC upon request.

     (d) The licensee of a station transmitting an encoded subscription service must have at the transmitter
         control point the technical specifications for the system being used of both the aural and visual baseband
         signals and the transmitted radiofrequency signals, and have the necessary measuring and monitoring
         equipment, including transmitter output power measuring equi`pment, to determine that the
         transmissions conform to the advance approval specifications on file with the FCC. Full operating
         specifications for the system must be available to representatives of the FCC upon request.

     (e) The operating power of the transmitters during encoded operations must be determined and maintained
         according to the procedures given in the application for advance approval.

     (f) A station using an encoding system in accordance with the specifications filed with the application for
         advance approval is deemed to be exempted from those technical regulations of this subpart and subpart
         H to the extent they are specifically detailed in the application.

     (g) No protection from interference of any kind will be afforded to reception of encoded subscription
         programming over that afforded reception of non-encoded signals.

     (h) A licensee or permittee may make no modifications on a subscription encoding system that would alter
         the characteristics of the transmitted aural or visual signal from those specified in the application for
         advance approval. A licensee or permittee of a station replacing its encoding system must perform the
         measurements required by paragraph (c) of this section. A TV broadcast station licensee or permittee
         must also send a letter advising the FCC of the new system being used as required by § 73.642(b) of this
         chapter.

      (i)   The station licensee is fully responsible for all technical operations of the station during transmissions of
            encoded subscription programming, regardless of the supplier of the encoding equipment or subscription
            program service.

47 CFR 73.644(i) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 242 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 73.644(j)
Radio Broadcast Services

            Note: Stations transmitting encoded subscription programming prior to October 1, 1983, must
            comply with all technical and operating requirements of this Section no later than April 1, 1984.
            Stations not having the information to comply with this Section must obtain such information from
            the manufacturer of the encoding system being used, and if necessary, by measurements of the
            station's transmission system.

      (j)   Upon request by an authorized representative of the FCC, the licensee of a TV station transmitting
            encoded programming must make available a receiving decoder to the Commission to carry out its
            regulatory responsibilities.

[48 FR 56392, Dec. 21, 1983, as amended at 57 FR 48333, Oct. 23, 1992; 66 FR 58982, Nov. 26, 2001]

§ 73.646 Telecommunications Service on the Vertical Blanking Interval and in the Visual Signal.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7251, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Telecommunications services permitted on the vertical blanking interval (VBI) and in the visual signal
         include the transmission of data, processed information, or any other communication in either a digital or
         analog mode.

     (b) Telecommunications service on the VBI and in the visual signal is of an ancillary nature and as such is an
         elective, subsidiary activity. No service guidelines, limitations, or performance standards are applied to it.
         The kinds of service that may be provided include, but are not limited to, teletext, paging, computer
         software and bulk data distribution, and aural messages. Such services may be provided on a broadcast,
         point-to-point, or point to multipoint basis.

     (c) Telecommunications services that are common carrier in nature are subject to common carrier regulation.
         Licensees operating such services are required to apply to the Commission for the appropriate
         authorization and to comply with all policies and rules applicable to the particular service.

     (d) Television licensees are authorized to lease their VBI and visual signal telecommunications facilities to
         outside parties. In all arrangements entered into with outside parties affecting telecommunications
         service operation, the licensee or permittee must retain control over all material transmitted in a
         broadcast mode via the station's facilities, with the right to reject any material that it deems inappropriate
         or undesirable. The licensee or permittee is also responsible for all aspects of technical operation
         involving such telecommunications services.

     (e) The grant or renewal of a TV station license or permit will not be furthered or promoted by proposed or
         past VBI or visual signal telecommunications service operation; the licensee must establish that its
         broadcast operation serves the public interest wholly apart from such telecommunications service
         activities. (Violation of rules applicable to VBI and visual signal telecommunications services could, of
         course, reflect on a licensee's qualifications to hold its license or permit.)

     (f) TV broadcast stations are authorized to transmit VBI and visual telecommunications service signals
         during any time period, including portions of the day when normal programming is not broadcast. Such
         transmissions must be in accordance with the technical provisions of § 73.682.

[50 FR 4663, Feb. 1, 1985, as amended at 50 FR 9035, Mar. 6, 1985; 61 FR 36304, July 10, 1996]

47 CFR 73.646(f) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 243 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.653
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.653 Operation of TV aural and visual transmitters.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7251, Feb. 1, 2024.

The aural and visual transmitters may be operated independently of each other or, if operated simultaneously, may
be used with different and unrelated program material.

[54 FR 9806, Mar. 8, 1989]

§ 73.658 Affiliation agreements and network program practices; territorial exclusivity in non-
network program arrangements.
     (a) Exclusive affiliation of station. No license shall be granted to a television broadcast station having any
         contract, arrangement, or understanding, express or implied, with a network organization under which the
         station is prevented or hindered from, or penalized for, broadcasting the programs of any other network
         organization. (The term “network organization” as used in this section includes national and regional
         network organizations. See ch. VII, J, of Report on Chain Broadcasting.)

     (b) Territorial exclusively. No license shall be granted to a television broadcast station having any contract,
         arrangement, or understanding, express or implied, with a network organization which prevents or hinders
         another broadcast station located in the same community from broadcasting the network's programs not
         taken by the former station, or which prevents or hinders another broadcast station located in a different
         community from broadcasting any program of the network organization. This section shall not be
         construed to prohibit any contract, arrangement, or understanding between a station and a network
         organization pursuant to which the station is granted the first call in its community upon the programs of
         the network organization. As employed in this paragraph, the term “community” is defined as the
         community specified in the instrument of authorization as the location of the station.

     (c) [Reserved]

     (d) Station commitment of broadcast time. No license shall be granted to a television broadcast station
         having any contract, arrangement, or understanding, express or implied, with any network organization,
         which provides for optioning of the station's time to the network organization, or which has the same
         restraining effect as time optioning. As used in this section, time optioning is any contract, arrangement,
         or understanding, express or implied, between a station and a network organization which prevents or
         hinders the station from scheduling programs before the network agrees to utilize the time during which
         such programs are scheduled, or which requires the station to clear time already scheduled when the
         network organization seeks to utilize the time.

     (e) Right to reject programs. No license shall be granted to a television broadcast station having any contract,
         arrangement, or understanding, express or implied, with a network organization which, with respect to
         programs offered or already contracted for pursuant to an affiliation contract, prevents or hinders the
         station from:

           (1) Rejecting or refusing network programs which the station reasonably believes to be unsatisfactory or
               unsuitable or contrary to the public interest, or

           (2) Substituting a program which, in the station's opinion, is of greater local or national importance.

     (f) [Reserved]

47 CFR 73.658(f) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 244 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.658(g)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (g) Dual network operation. A television broadcast station may affiliate with a person or entity that maintains
         two or more networks of television broadcast stations unless such dual or multiple networks are
         composed of two or more persons or entities that, on February 8, 1996, were “networks” as defined in §
         73.3613(a)(1) of the Commission's regulations (that is, ABC, CBS, Fox, and NBC).

     (h) Control by networks of station rates. No license shall be granted to a television broadcast station having
         any contract, arrangement, or understanding, express or implied, with a network organization under which
         the station is prevented or hindered from, or penalized for, fixing or altering its rates for the sale of
         broadcast time for other than the network's programs.

      (i)   No license shall be granted to a television broadcast station which is represented for the sale of non-
            network time by a network organization or by an organization directly or indirectly controlled by or under
            common control with a network organization, if the station has any contract, arrangement or
            understanding, express or implied, which provides for the affiliation of the station with such network
            organization: Provided, however, That this rule shall not be applicable to stations licensed to a network
            organization or to a subsidiary of a network organization.

    (j)–(l) [Reserved]

     (m) Territorial exclusivity in non-network arrangements.

            (1) No television station shall enter into any contract, arrangement, or understanding, expressed or
                implied; with a non-network program producer, distributor, or supplier, or other person; which
                prevents or hinders another television station located in a community over 56.3 kilometers (35
                miles) away, as determined by the reference points contained in § 76.53 of this chapter, (if reference
                points for a community are not listed in § 76.53, the location of the main post office will be used)
                from broadcasting any program purchased by the former station from such non-network program
                producer, distributor, supplier, or other person, except that a television station may secure exclusivity
                against a television station licensed to another designated community in a hyphenated market
                specified in the market listing as contained in § 76.51 of this chapter for those 100 markets listed,
                and for markets not listed in § 76.51 of this chapter, the listing as contained in the Nielsen Media
                Research DMA Rankings for the most recent year at the time that the exclusivity contract,
                arrangement or understanding is complete under practices of the industry. As used in this paragraph,
                the term “community” is defined as the community specified in the instrument of authorization as
                the location of the station.

            (2) Notwithstanding paragraph (m)(1) of this section, a television station may enter into a contract,
                arrangement, or understanding with a producer, supplier, or distributor of a non-network program if
                that contract, arrangement, or understanding provides that the broadcast station has exclusive
                national rights such that no other television station in the United States may broadcast the program.

            Note 1: Contracts, arrangements, or understandings that are complete under the practices of the
            industry prior to August 7, 1973, will not be disturbed. Extensions or renewals of such agreements
            are not permitted because they would in effect be new agreements without competitive bidding.
            However, such agreements that were based on the broadcaster's advancing “seed money” for the
            production of a specific program or series that specify two time periods—a tryout period and
            period thereafter for general exhibition—may be extended or renewed as contemplated in the basic
            agreement.

47 CFR 73.658(m)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 245 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                 47 CFR 73.659-73.663
Radio Broadcast Services

           Note 2: It is intended that the top 100 major television markets listed in § 76.51 of this chapter
           shall be used for the purposes of this rule and that the listing of the top 100 television markets
           appearing in the ARB Television Market Analysis shall not be used. The reference in this rule to the
           listing of markets in the ARB Television Market Analysis refers to hyphenated markets below the
           top-100 markets contained in the ARB Television Market Analysis. If a community is listed in a
           hyphenated market in § 76.51 and is also listed in one of the markets in the ARB listing, the listing
           in § 76.51 shall govern.

           Note 3: The provisions of this paragraph apply only to U.S. commercial television broadcast
           stations in the 50 states, and not to stations in Puerto Rico or the Virgin Islands, foreign stations or
           noncommercial educational television or “public” television stations (either by way of restrictions
           on their exclusivity or on exclusivity against them).

           Note 4: New stations authorized in any community of a hyphenated market listed in § 76.51 of this
           chapter or in any community of a hyphenated market listed in the ARB Television Market Analysis
           (for markets below the top-100 markets) are subject to the same rules as previously existing
           stations therein. New stations authorized in other communities are considered stations in
           separate markets unless and until § 76.51 is amended by Commission action, or the ARB listing is
           changed.

(Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068 (47 U.S.C. 155))

[28 FR 13660, Dec. 14, 1963]

Editorial Note: For FEDERAL REGISTER citations affecting § 73.658, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which
appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§§ 73.659-73.663 [Reserved]
§ 73.664 Determining operating power.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7251, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) The operating power of each TV visual transmitter shall normally be determined by the direct method.

     (b) Direct method, visual transmitter. The direct method of power determination for a TV visual transmitter
         uses the indications of a calibrated transmission line meter (responsive to peak power) located at the RF
         output terminals of the transmitter. The indications of the calibrated meter are used to observe and
         maintain the authorized operating power of the visual transmitter. This meter must be calibrated
         whenever any component in the metering circuit is repaired or replaced and as often as necessary to
         ensure operation in accordance with the provisions of § 73.1560 of this part. The following calibration
         procedures are to be used:

47 CFR 73.664(b) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 246 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 73.664(b)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) The transmission line meter is calibrated by measuring the average power at the output terminals of
               the transmitter, including any vestigial sideband and harmonic filters which may be used in normal
               operation. For this determination the average power output is measured while operating into a
               dummy load of substantially zero reactance and a resistance equal to the transmission line
               characteristic impedance. During this measurement the transmitter is to be modulated only by a
               standard synchronizing signal with blanking level set at 75% of peak amplitude as observed in an
               output waveform monitor, and with this blanketing level amplitude maintained throughout the time
               interval between synchronizing pulses.

           (2) If electrical devices are used to determine the output power, such devices must permit determination
               of this power to within an accuracy of ±5% of the power indicated by the full scale reading of the
               electrical indicating instrument of the device. If temperature and coolant flow indicating devices are
               used to determine the power output, such devices must permit determination of this power to within
               an accuracy of ±4% of measured average power output. The peak power output is the power so
               measured in the dummy load multiplied by the factor 1.68. During this measurement the input
               voltage and current to the final radio frequency amplifier stage and the transmission line meter are to
               be read and compared with similar readings taken with the dummy load replaced by the antenna.
               These readings must be in substantial agreement.

           (3) The meter must be calibrated with the transmitter operating at 80%, 100%, and 110% of the
               authorized power as often as may be necessary to maintain its accuracy and ensure correct
               transmitter operating power. In cases where the transmitter is incapable of operating at 110% of the
               authorized power output, the calibration may be made at a power output between 100% and 110% of
               the authorized power output. However, where this is done, the output meter must be marked at the
               point of calibration of maximum power output, and the station will be deemed to be in violation of
               this rule if that power is exceeded. The upper and lower limits of permissible power deviation as
               determined by the prescribed calibration, must be shown upon the meter either by means of
               adjustable red markers incorporated in the meter or by red marks placed upon the meter scale or
               glass face. These markings must be checked and changed, if necessary, each time the meter is
               calibrated.

     (c) Indirect method, visual transmitter. The operating power is determined by the indirect method by applying
         an appropriate factor to the input power to the final radio-frequency amplifier stage of the transmitter
         using the following formula:

           Transmitter output power = Ep × Ip × F
     Where:

     Ep = DC input voltage of the final radio-frequency amplifier stage.

     Ip = DC input current of the final radio-frequency amplifier stage.

     F = Efficiency factor.

           (1) If the above formula is not appropriate for the design of the transmitter final amplifier, use a formula
               specified by the transmitter manufacturer with other appropriate operating parameters.

           (2) The value of the efficiency factor, F established for the authorized transmitter output power is to be
               used for maintaining the operating power, even though there may be some variation in F over the
               power operating range of the transmitter.
47 CFR 73.664(c)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 247 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.664(c)(3)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (3) The value of F is to be determined and a record kept thereof by one of the following procedures listed
               in order of preference:

                 (i)   Using the most recent measurement data for calibration of the transmission line meter
                       according to the procedures described in paragraph (b) of this section or the most recent
                       measurements made by the licensee establishing the value of F. In the case of composite
                       transmitters or those in which the final amplifier stages have been modified pursuant to FCC
                       approval, the licensee must furnish the FCC and also retain with the station records the
                       measurement data used as a basis for determining the value of F.

                 (ii) Using measurement data shown on the transmitter manufacturer's test data supplied to the
                      licensee, provided that measurements were made at the authorized carrier frequency and
                      transmitter output power.

                (iii) Using the transmitter manufacturer's measurement data submitted to the FCC for type
                      acceptance as shown in the instruction book supplied to the licensee.

           Note: Refer to § 73.1560 for aural transmitter output power levels.

[44 FR 58732, Oct. 11, 1979, as amended at 48 FR 44805, Sept. 30, 1983; 49 FR 4210, Feb. 3, 1984; 49 FR 22092, May 25, 1984; 49
FR 49851, Dec. 24, 1984; 50 FR 26568, June 27, 1985; 54 FR 9806, Mar. 8, 1989. Redesignated at 58 FR 62555, Nov. 29, 1993]

§ 73.665 Use of TV aural baseband subcarriers.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7251, Feb. 1, 2024.

Licensees of TV broadcast stations may transmit, without further authorization from the FCC, subcarriers and
signals within the composite baseband for the following purposes:

     (a) Stereophonic (biphonic, quadraphonic, etc.) sound programs under the provisions of §§ 73.667 and
         73.669.

     (b) Transmission of signals relating to the operation of TV stations, such as relaying broadcast materials to
         other stations, remote cueing and order messages, and control and telemetry signals for the transmitting
         system.

     (c) Transmission of pilot or control signals to enhance the station's program service such as (but not
         restricted to) activation of noise reduction decoders in receivers, for any other receiver control purpose, or
         for program alerting and program identification.

     (d) Subsidiary communications services.

[49 FR 18105, Apr. 27, 1984]

§ 73.667 TV subsidiary communications services.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7252, Feb. 1, 2024.

47 CFR 73.667 (enhanced display)                                                                              page 248 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.667(a)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (a) Subsidiary communications services are those transmitted within the TV aural baseband signal, but do
         not include services which enhance the main program broadcast service or exclusively relate to station
         operations (see § 73.665(a), (b), and (c)). Subsidiary communications include, but are not limited to,
         services such as functional music, specialized foreign language programs, radio reading services, utility
         load management, market and financial data and news, paging and calling, traffic control signal switching,
         and point-to-point or multipoint messages.

     (b) TV subsidiary communications services that are common carrier or private radio in nature are subject to
         common carrier or private radio regulation. Licensees operating such services are required to apply to the
         FCC for the appropriate authorization and to comply with all policies and rules applicable to the service.
         Responsibility for making the initial determinations of whether a particular activity requires separate
         authority rests with the TV station licensee or permittee. Initial determinations by licensees or permittees
         are subject to FCC examination and may be reviewed at the FCC's discretion.

     (c) Subsidiary communications services are of a secondary nature under the authority of the TV station
         authorization, and the authority to provide such communications services may not be retained or
         transferred in any manner separate from the station's authorization. The grant or renewal of a TV station
         permit or license is not furthered or promoted by proposed or past subsidiary communications services.
         The permittee or licensee must establish that the broadcast operation is in the public interest wholly apart
         from the subsidiary communications services provided.

     (d) The station identification, delayed recording, and sponsor identification announcement required by §§
         73.1201, 73.1208, and 73.1212 are not applicable to leased communications services transmitted via
         services that are not of a general broadcast nature.

     (e) The licensee or permittee must retain control over all material transmitted in a broadcast mode via the
         station's facilities, with the right to reject any material that it deems inappropriate or undesirable.

[49 FR 18105, Apr. 27, 1984, as amended at 49 FR 27147, July 2, 1984; 56 FR 49707, Oct. 1, 1991]

§ 73.669 TV stereophonic aural and multiplex subcarrier operation.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7252, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) A TV broadcast station may without specific authority from the FCC, transmit multichannel aural
         programs upon installation of multichannel sound equipment. Prior to commencement of multichannel
         broadcasting, the equipment shall be measured in accordance with § 73.1690(e).

     (b) Multiplex subcarriers may be used by a TV station pursuant to the provisions of § 73.665 and may be
         transmitted on a secondary, non-interference basis to broadcast programming without specific authority
         from the FCC. Transmissions must be conducted in accordance with the technical standards given in §
         73.682(c).

     (c) In all arrangements entered into with outside parties affecting non-common carrier subcarrier operation,
         the licensee or permittee must retain control over all material transmitted over the station's facilities, with
         the right to reject any material which is deemed inappropriate or undesirable. Subchannel leasing
         arrangements must be kept in writing at the station and made available to the FCC upon request.

[49 FR 18106, Apr. 27, 1984]

47 CFR 73.669(c) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 249 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.670
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.670 Commercial limits in children's programs.
     (a) No commercial television broadcast station licensee shall air more than 10.5 minutes of commercial
         matter per hour during children's programming on weekends, or more than 12 minutes of commercial
         matter per hour on weekdays.

     (b) The display of Internet Web site addresses during program material or promotional material not counted
         as commercial time is permitted only if the Web site:

           (1) Offers a substantial amount of bona fide program-related or other noncommercial content;

           (2) Is not primarily intended for commercial purposes, including either e-commerce or advertising;

           (3) The Web site's home page and other menu pages are clearly labeled to distinguish the
               noncommercial from the commercial sections; and

           (4) The page of the Web site to which viewers are directed by the Web site address is not used for e-
               commerce, advertising, or other commercial purposes (e.g., contains no links labeled “store” and no
               links to another page with commercial material).

     (c) If an Internet address for a Web site that does not meet the test in paragraph (b) of this section is
         displayed during a promotion in a children's program, in addition to counting against the commercial time
         limits in paragraph (a) of this section the promotion must be clearly separated from program material.

     (d)

           (1) Entities subject to commercial time limits under the Children's Television Act shall not display a Web
               site address during or adjacent to a program if, at that time, on pages that are primarily devoted to
               free noncommercial content regarding that specific program or a character appearing in that
               program:

                 (i)   Products are sold that feature a character appearing in that program; or

                 (ii) A character appearing in that program is used to actively sell products.

           (2) The requirements of this paragraph do not apply to:

                 (i)   Third-party sites linked from the companies' Web pages;

                 (ii) On-air third-party advertisements with Web site references to third-party Web sites; or

                (iii) Pages that are primarily devoted to multiple characters from multiple programs.

           Note 1: Commercial matter means air time sold for purposes of selling a product or service and
           promotions of television programs or video programming services other than children's or other
           age-appropriate programming appearing on the same channel or promotions for children's
           educational and informational programming on any channel.

           Note 2: For purposes of this section, children's programming refers to programs originally
           produced and broadcast primarily for an audience of children 12 years old and younger.

[70 FR 36, Jan. 3, 2005, as amended at 71 FR 64164, Nov. 1, 2006]

47 CFR 73.670(d)(2)(iii) (enhanced display)                                                              page 250 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.671
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.671 Educational and informational programming for children.
     (a) Each commercial and noncommercial educational television broadcast station licensee has an obligation
         to serve, over the term of its license, the educational and informational needs of children through both the
         licensee's overall programming and programming specifically designed to serve such needs.

     (b) Any special nonbroadcast efforts which enhance the value of children's educational and informational
         television programming, and any special effort to produce or support educational and informational
         television programming by another station in the licensee's marketplace, may also contribute to meeting
         the licensee's obligation to serve, over the term of its license, the educational and informational needs of
         children.

     (c) For purposes of this section, educational and informational television programming is any television
         programming that furthers the educational and informational needs of children 16 years of age and under
         in any respect, including the child's intellectual/cognitive or social/emotional needs. Programming
         specifically designed to serve the educational and informational needs of children (“Core Programming”)
         is educational and informational programming that satisfies the following additional criteria:

           (1) It has serving the educational and informational needs of children ages 16 and under as a significant
               purpose;

           (2) It is aired between the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m.;

           (3) It is a regularly scheduled weekly program, except that a licensee may air a limited amount of
               programming that is not regularly scheduled on a weekly basis, including educational specials and
               regularly scheduled non-weekly programming, and have that programming count as Core
               Programming, as described in paragraph (d) of this section;

           (4) It is at least 30 minutes in length, except that a licensee may air a limited amount of short-form
               programming, including public service announcements and interstitials, and have that programming
               count as Core Programming, as described in paragraph (d) of this section;

           (5) For commercial broadcast stations only, the program is identified as specifically designed to educate
               and inform children by the display on the television screen throughout the program of the symbol E/I;

           (6) The target child audience is specified in writing in the licensee's Children's Television Programming
               Report, as described in § 73.3526(e)(11)(iii); and

           (7) Instructions for listing the program as educational/informational are provided by the licensee to
               publishers of program guides, as described in § 73.673.

     (d) The Commission will apply the processing guideline in this paragraph (d) to digital stations in assessing
         whether a television broadcast licensee has complied with the Children's Television Act of 1990 (“CTA”)
         on its digital channel(s). A digital television licensee will be deemed to have satisfied its obligation to air
         such programming and shall have the CTA portion of its license renewal application approved by the
         Commission staff if it has aired: At least three hours per week of Core Programming (as defined in
         paragraph (c) of this section and as averaged over a six-month period), or a total of 156 hours of Core
         Programming annually, including at least 26 hours per quarter of regularly scheduled weekly programming
         and up to 52 hours annually of Core Programming of at least 30 minutes in length that is not regularly
         scheduled weekly programming, such as educational specials and regularly scheduled non-weekly
         programming. A licensee will also been deemed to have satisfied the obligation in this paragraph (d) and
         be eligible for such staff approval if it has aired a total of 156 hours of Core Programming annually,
         including at least 26 hours per quarter of regularly scheduled weekly programming and up to 52 hours of

47 CFR 73.671(d) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 251 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 73.671(e)
Radio Broadcast Services

           Core Programming that is not regularly scheduled on a weekly basis, such as educational specials and
           regularly scheduled non-weekly programming, and short-form programs of less than 30 minutes in length,
           including public service announcements and interstitials. Licensees that multicast are permitted to air up
           to 13 hours per quarter of regularly scheduled weekly programming on a multicast stream. The remainder
           of a station's Core Programming must be aired on the station's primary stream. Licensees that do not
           meet the processing guidelines in this paragraph (d) will be referred to the Commission, where they will
           have full opportunity to demonstrate compliance with the CTA by relying in part on sponsorship of Core
           educational/informational programs on other stations in the market that increases the amount of Core
           educational and informational programming on the station airing the sponsored program and/or on
           special non-broadcast efforts which enhance the value of children's educational and informational
           television programming.

     (e) A station that preempts an episode of a regularly scheduled weekly Core Program will be permitted to
         count the episode toward the processing guidelines set forth in paragraph (d) of this section as follows:

           (1) A station that preempts an episode of a regularly scheduled weekly Core Program on its primary
               stream will be permitted to air the rescheduled episode on its primary stream at any time during
               Core Programming hours within seven days before or seven days after the date the episode was
               originally scheduled to air. The broadcast station must make an on-air notification of the schedule
               change during the same time slot as the preempted episode. If a station intends to air the
               rescheduled episode within the seven days before the date the episode was originally scheduled to
               air, the station must make the on-air notification during the same timeslot as the preceding week's
               episode of that program. If the station intends to air the rescheduled episode within the seven days
               after the date the preempted episode was originally scheduled to air, the station must make the on-
               air notification during the timeslot when the preempted episode was originally scheduled to air. The
               on-air notification must include the alternate date and time when the program will air.

           (2) A station that preempts an episode of a regularly scheduled weekly Core Program on a multicast
               stream will be permitted to air the rescheduled episode on that same multicast stream at any time
               during Core Programming hours within seven days before or seven days after the date the episode
               was originally scheduled to air. The broadcast station must make an on-air notification of the
               schedule change during the same time slot as the preempted episode. If a station intends to air the
               rescheduled episode within the seven days before the date the episode was originally scheduled to
               air, the station must make the on-air notification during the same timeslot as the preceding week's
               episode of that program. If the station intends to air the rescheduled episode within the seven days
               after the date the preempted episode was originally scheduled to air, the station must make the on-
               air notification during the timeslot when the preempted episode was originally scheduled to air. The
               on-air notification must include the alternate date and time when the program will air.

           (3) A station that preempts an episode of a regularly scheduled weekly Core Program to air non-regularly
               scheduled live programming produced locally by the station will not be required to reschedule the
               episode.

           Note 1 to § 73.671: For purposes of determining under this section whether programming has a
           significant purpose of serving the educational and informational needs of children, the
           Commission will ordinarily rely on the good faith judgments of the licensee. Commission review of
           compliance with that element of the definition will be done only as a last resort.

47 CFR 73.671(e)(3) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 252 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                47 CFR 73.672
Radio Broadcast Services

[56 FR 19616, Apr. 29, 1991. Redesignated at 56 FR 28825, June 25, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 43997, Aug. 27, 1996; 70 FR 37,
Jan. 3, 2005; 71 FR 64165, Nov. 1, 2006; 83 FR 5544, Feb. 8, 2018; 84 FR 41934, 41935, Aug. 16, 2019]

§ 73.672 [Reserved]
§ 73.673 Public information initiatives regarding educational and informational programming
for children.
Each commercial television broadcast station licensee shall provide information identifying programming
specifically designed to educate and inform children to publishers of program guides.

[70 FR 9877, Mar. 1, 2005, as amended at 84 FR 41935, Aug. 16, 2019]

§ 73.681 Definitions.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7252, Feb. 1, 2024.

    Amplitude modulation (AM). A system of modulation in which the envelope of the transmitted wave contains a
          component similar to the wave form of the signal to be transmitted.

    Antenna electrical beam tilt. The shaping of the radiation pattern in the vertical plane of a transmitting antenna
         by electrical means so that maximum radiation occurs at an angle below the horizontal plane.

    Antenna height above average terrain. The average of the antenna heights above the terrain from approximately
         3.2 (2 miles) to 16.1 kilometers (10 miles) from the antenna for the eight directions spaced evenly for
         each 45 degrees of azimuth starting with True North. (In general, a different antenna height will be
         determined in each direction from the antenna. The average of these various heights is considered the
         antenna height above the average terrain. In some cases less than 8 directions may be used. See §
         73.684(d)). Where circular or elliptical polarization is employed, the antenna height above average terrain
         shall be based upon the height of the radiation center of the antenna which transmits the horizontal
         component of radiation.

    Antenna mechanical beam tilt. The intentional installation of a transmitting antenna so that its axis is not
         vertical, in order to change the normal angle of maximum radiation in the vertical plane.

    Antenna power gain. The square of the ratio of the root-mean-square free space field strength produced at 1
         kilometer in the horizontal plane, in millivolts per meter for one kW antenna input power to 221.4 mV/m.
         This ratio should be expressed in decibels (dB). (If specified for a particular direction, antenna power gain
         is based on the field strength in that direction only.)

    Aspect ratio. The ratio of picture width to picture height as transmitted.

    Aural center frequency.

           (1) The average frequency of the emitted wave when modulated by a sinusoidal signal;

           (2) the frequency of the emitted wave without modulation.

    Aural transmitter. The radio equipment for the transmission of the aural signal only.

47 CFR 73.681 “Aural transmitter” (enhanced display)                                                          page 253 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                         47 CFR 73.681 “Auxiliary facility”
Radio Broadcast Services

    Auxiliary facility. An auxiliary facility is an antenna separate a from the main facility's antenna, permanently
           installed on the same tower or at a different location, from which a station may broadcast for short
           periods without prior Commission authorization or notice to the Commission while the main facility is not
           in operation (e.g., where tower work necessitates turning off the main antenna or where lightning has
           caused damage to the main antenna or transmission system) (See § 73.1675).

    BTSC. Broadcast Television systems committee recommendation for multichannel television sound
         transmission and audio processing as defined in FCC Bulletin OET 60.

    Baseband. Aural transmitter input signals between 0 and 120 kHz.

    Blanking level. The level of the signal during the blanking interval, except the interval during the scanning
          synchronizing pulse and the chrominance subcarrier synchronizing burst.

    Chrominance. The colorimetric difference between any color and a reference color of equal luminance, the
         reference color having a specific chromaticity.

    Chrominance subcarrier. The carrier which is modulated by the chrominance information.

    Color transmission. The transmission of color television signals which can be reproduced with different values
           of hue, saturation, and luminance.

    Effective radiated power. The product of the antenna input power and the antenna power gain. This product
           should be expressed in kW and in dB above 1 kW (dBk). (If specified for a particular direction, effective
           radiated power is based on the antenna power gain in that direction only. The licensed effective radiated
           power is based on the maximum antenna power gain. When a station is authorized to use a directional
           antenna or an antenna beam tilt, the direction of the maximum effective radiated power will be specified.)
           Where circular or elliptical polarization is employed, the term effective radiated power is applied
           separately to the horizontally and vertically polarized components of radiation. For assignment purposes,
           only the effective radiated power authorized for the horizontally polarized component will be considered.

    Equivalent isotropically radiated power (EIRP). The term “equivalent isotropically radiated power” (also known as
          “effective radiated power above isotropic”) means the product of the antenna input power and the
          antenna gain in a given direction relative to an isotropic antenna.

    Field. Scanning through the picture area once in the chosen scanning pattern. In the line interlaced scanning
           pattern of two to one, the scanning of the alternate lines of the picture area once.

    Frame. Scanning all of the picture area once. In the line interlaced scanning pattern of two to one, a frame
         consists of two fields.

    Free space field strength. The field strength that would exist at a point in the absence of waves reflected from
          the earth or other reflecting objects.

    Frequency departure. The amount of variation of a carrier frequency or center frequency from its assigned value.

    Frequency deviation. The peak difference between the instantaneous frequency of the modulated wave and the
          carrier frequency.

    Frequency modulation (FM). A system of modulation where the instantaneous radio frequency varies in
          proportion to the instantaneous amplitude of the modulating signal (amplitude of modulating signal to be
          measured after pre-emphasis, if used) and the instantaneous radio frequency is independent of the
          frequency of the modulating signal.

47 CFR 73.681 “Frequency modulation” (enhanced display)                                                   page 254 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                          47 CFR 73.681 “Frequency swing”
Radio Broadcast Services

    Frequency swing. The peak difference between the maximum and the minimum values of the instantaneous
          frequency of the carrier wave during modulation.

    Interlaced scanning. A scanning process in which successively scanned lines are spaced an integral number of
           line widths, and in which the adjacent lines are scanned during successive cycles of the field frequency.

    IRE standard scale. A linear scale for measuring, in IRE units, the relative amplitudes of the components of a
           television signal from a zero reference at blanking level, with picture information falling in the positive, and
           synchronizing information in the negative domain.

            Note: When a carrier is amplitude modulated by a television signal in accordance with § 73.682,
            the relationship of the IRE standard scale to the conventional measure of modulation is as follows:

                      Level                        IRE standard scale (units)   Modulation percentage
 Zero carrier                                                             120                          0
 Reference white                                                          100                       12.5
 Blanking                                                                   0                         75
 Synchronizing peaks (maximum carrier level)                              −40                       100

    Luminance. Luminous flux emitted, reflected, or transmitted per unit solid angle per unit projected area of the
         source.

    Main channel. The band of frequencies from 50 to 15,000 Hertz which frequency modulate the main aural
          carrier.

    Monochrome transmission. The transmission of television signals which can be reproduced in gradations of a
         single color only.

    Multichannel Television Sound (MTS). Any system of aural transmission that utilizes aural baseband operation
          between 15 kHz and 120 kHz to convey information or that encodes digital information in the video
          portion of the television signal that is intended to be decoded as audio information.

    Multiplex Transmission (Aural). A subchannel added to the regular aural carrier of a television broadcast station
          by means of frequency modulated subcarriers.

    Negative transmission. Where a decrease in initial light intensity causes an increase in the transmitted power.

    Peak power. The power over a radio frequency cycle corresponding in amplitude to synchronizing peaks.

    Percentage modulation. As applied to frequency modulation, the ratio of the actual frequency deviation to the
          frequency deviation defined as 100% modulation expressed in percentage. For the aural transmitter of TV
          broadcast stations, a frequency deviation of ±25 kHz is defined as 100% modulation.

    Pilot subcarrier. A subcarrier used in the reception of TV stereophonic aural or other subchannel broadcasts.

    Polarization. The direction of the electric field as radiated from the transmitting antenna.

    Program related data signal. A signal, consisting of a series of pulses representing data, which is transmitted
          simultaneously with and directly related to the accompanying television program.

    Reference black level. The level corresponding to the specified maximum excursion of the luminance signal in
          the black direction.

47 CFR 73.681 “Reference black level” (enhanced display)                                                   page 255 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                            47 CFR 73.681 “Reference white level of the luminance signal”
Radio Broadcast Services

    Reference white level of the luminance signal. The level corresponding to the specified maximum excursion of
          the luminance signal in the white direction.

    Scanning. The process of analyzing successively, according to a predetermined method, the light values of
         picture elements constituting the total picture area.

    Scanning line. A single continuous narrow strip of the picture area containing highlights, shadows, and half-
         tones, determined by the process of scanning.

    Standard television signal. A signal which conforms to the television transmission standards.

    Synchronization. The maintenance of one operation in step with another.

    Television broadcast band. The frequencies in the band extending from 54 to 608 megahertz which are
           assignable to television broadcast stations. These frequencies are 54 to 72 megahertz (channels 2
           through 4), 76 to 88 megahertz (channels 5 and 6), 174 to 216 megahertz (channels 7 through 13), and
           470 to 608 megahertz (channels 14 through 36).

    Television broadcast station. A station in the television broadcast band transmitting simultaneous visual and
           aural signals intended to be received by the general public.

    Television channel. A band of frequencies 6 MHz wide in the television broadcast band and designated either by
           number or by the extreme lower and upper frequencies.

    Television transmission standards. The standards which determine the characteristics of a television signal as
           radiated by a television broadcast station.

    Television transmitter. The radio transmitter or transmitters for the transmission of both visual and aural signals.

    Vestigial sideband transmission. A system of transmission wherein one of the generated sidebands is partially
          attenuated at the transmitter and radiated only in part.

    Visual carrier frequency. The frequency of the carrier which is modulated by the picture information.

    Visual transmitter. The radio equipment for the transmission of the visual signal only.

    Visual transmitter power. The peak power output when transmitting a standard television signal.

[28 FR 13660, Dec. 14, 1963; 86 FR 66209, Nov. 22, 2021]

Editorial Note: For FEDERAL REGISTER citations affecting § 73.681, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which
appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 73.682 TV transmission standards.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7252, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Transmission standards.

           (1) The width of the television broadcast channel shall be 6 MHz.

           (2) The visual carrier frequency shall be nominally 1.25 MHz above the lower boundary of the channel.

           (3) The aural center frequency shall be 4.5 MHz higher than the visual carrier frequency.

47 CFR 73.682(a)(3) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 256 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 73.682(a)(4)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (4) The visual transmission amplitude characteristic shall be in accordance with the chart designated as
               Figure 5 of § 73.699: Provided, however, That for stations operating on Channel 15 through 69 and
               employing a transmitter with maximum peak visual power output of 1 kW or less the visual
               transmission amplitude characteristic may be in accordance with the chart designated as Figure 5a
               of § 73.699.

           (5) The chrominance subcarrier frequency is 63/88 times precisely 5 MHz (3.57954545 . . . MHz). The
               tolerance is ±10 Hz and the rate of frequency drift must not exceed 0.1 Hz per second (cycles per
               second squared).

           (6) For monochrome and color transmissions the number of scanning lines per frame shall be 525,
               interlaced two to one in successive fields. The horizontal scanning frequency shall be 2/455 times
               the chrominance subcarrier frequency; this corresponds nominally to 15,750 Hz with an actual value
               of 15,734.264 ±0.044 Hz). The vertical scanning frequency is 2/525 times the horizontal scanning
               frequency; this corresponds nominally to 60 Hz (the actual value is 59.94 Hz). For monochrome
               transmissions only, the nominal values of line and field frequencies may be used.

           (7) The aspect ratio of the transmitted television picture shall be 4 units horizontally to 3 units vertically.

           (8) During active scanning intervals, the scene shall be scanned from left to right horizontally and from
               top to bottom vertically, at uniform velocities.

           (9) A carrier shall be modulated within a single television channel for both picture and synchronizing
               signals. The two signals comprise different modulation ranges in amplitude in accordance with the
               following:

                 (i)   Monochrome transmissions shall comply with synchronizing waveform specifications in Figure
                       7 of § 73.699.

                 (ii) Color transmissions shall comply with the synchronizing waveform specifications in Figure 6 of
                      § 73.699.

                (iii) All stations operating on Channels 2 through 14 and those stations operating on Channels 15
                      through 69 licensed for a peak visual transmitter output power greater than one kW shall
                      comply with the picture transmission amplitude characteristics shown in Figure 5 of § 73.699.

                (iv) Stations operating on Channels 15 through 69 licensed for a peak visual transmitter output
                     power of one kW or less shall comply with the picture transmission amplitude characteristic
                     shown in Figure 5 or 5a of § 73.699.

          (10) A decrease in initial light intensity shall cause an increase in radiated power (negative transmission).

          (11) The reference black level shall be represented by a definite carrier level, independent of light and
               shade in the picture.

          (12) The blanking level shall be transmitted at 75±2.5 percent of the peak carrier level.

          (13) The reference white level of the luminance signal shall be 12.5±2.5 percent of the peak carrier level.

          (14) It shall be standard to employ horizontal polarization. However, circular or elliptical polarization may
               be employed if desired, in which case clockwise (right hand) rotation, as defined in the IEEE Standard
               Definition 42A65–3E2, and transmission of the horizontal and vertical components in time and
               space quadrature shall be used. For either omnidirectional or directional antennas the licensed
               effective radiated power of the vertically polarized component may not exceed the licensed effective

47 CFR 73.682(a)(14) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 257 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.682(a)(15)
Radio Broadcast Services

                radiated power of the horizontally polarized component. For directional antennas, the maximum
                effective radiated power of the vertically polarized component shall not exceed the maximum
                effective radiated power of the horizontally polarized component in any specified horizontal or
                vertical direction.

          (15) The effective radiated power of the aural transmitter must not exceed 22% of the peak radiated
               power of the visual transmitter.

          (16) The peak-to-peak variation of transmitter output within one frame of video signal due to all causes,
               including hum, noise, and low-frequency response, measured at both scanning synchronizing peak
               and blanking level, shall not exceed 5 percent of the average scanning synchronizing peak signal
               amplitude. This provision is subject to change but is considered the best practice under the present
               state of the art. It will not be enforced pending a further determination thereof.

          (17) The reference black level shall be separated from the blanking level by the setup interval, which shall
               be 7.5±2.5 percent of the video range from blanking level to the reference white level.

          (18) For monochrome transmission, the transmitter output shall vary in substantially inverse logarithmic
               relation to the brightness of the subject. No tolerances are set at this time. This provision is subject
               to change but is considered the best practice under the present state of the art. It will not be
               enforced pending a further determination thereof.

          (19) The color picture signal shall correspond to a luminance component transmitted as amplitude
               modulation of the picture carrier and a simultaneous pair of chrominance components transmitted
               as the amplitude modulation sidebands of a pair of suppressed subcarriers in quadrature.

          (20) Equation of complete color signal.

                 (i)   The color picture signal has the following composition:

                       EM =EY′ + [EQ′ sin (ωt + 33°) + EI′ cos (ωt + 33°)]
                Where:

                EQ′ = 0.41(EB′−EY′) + 0.48(ER′−EY′).

                EI′=−0.27(EB′−EY′) + 0.74(ER′−EY′).

                EY′ = 0.30ER′ + 0.59EG′ + 0.−1EB′.

                For color-difference frequencies below 500 kHz (see (iii) below), the signal can be represented by:

                       EM =EY′ + [(1/1.14)[(1/1.78)(EB′−EY′) sinωt + (ER′−EY′) cosωt]]
                 (ii) The symbols in paragraph (a)(20)(i) of this section have the following significance:

                EM is the total video voltage, corresponding to the scanning of a particular picture element, applied to
                the modulator of the picture transmitter.

                EY′ is the gamma-corrected voltage of the monochrome (black-and-white) portion of the color picture
                signal, corresponding to the given picture element.

47 CFR 73.682(a)(20)(ii) (enhanced display)                                                              page 258 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                  47 CFR 73.682(a)(20)(iii)
Radio Broadcast Services

            Note: Forming of the high frequency portion of the monochrome signal in a different manner is
            permissible and may in fact be desirable in order to improve the sharpness on saturated colors.

     EQ′ and EI′ are the amplitudes of two orthogonal components of the chrominance signal corresponding
     respectively to narrow-band and wide-band axes.

     ER′, EG′, and EB′ are the gamma-corrected voltages corresponding to red, green, and blue signals during the
     scanning of the given picture element.

     ω   is the angular frequency and is 2 times the frequency of the chrominance subcarrier.

     The portion of each expression between brackets in (i) represents the chrominance subcarrier signal which
     carries the chrominance information.

     The phase reference in the EM equation in (i) is the phase of the burst + 180°, as shown in Figure 8 of § 73.699.
     The burst corresponds to amplitude modulation of a continuous sine wave.

                 (iii) The equivalent bandwidth assigned prior to modulation to the color difference signals EQ′ and EI′
                       are as follows:

                 Q-channel bandwidth:

                 At 400 kHz less than 2 dB down.

                 At 500 kHz less than 6 dB down.

                 At 600 kHz at least 6 dB down.

                 I-channel bandwidth:

                 At 1.3 MHz less than 2 dB down.

                 At 3.6 MHz at least 20 dB down.

                 (iv) The gamma corrected voltages ER′, EG′, and EB′ are suitable for a color picture tube having
                      primary colors with the following chromaticities in the CIE system of specification:

                                                                                 x                          y
                       Red (R)                                                            0.67                       0.33
                       Green (G)                                                          0.21                       0.71
                       Blue (B)                                                           0.14                       0.08

                      and having a transfer gradient (gamma exponent) of 2.2 associated with each primary color.
                      The voltages ER′, EG′, and EB′ may be respectively of the form ER1/γ, EG1/γ, and EB1/γ although
                      other forms may be used with advances in the state of the art.

47 CFR 73.682(a)(20)(iv) (enhanced display)                                                               page 259 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                  47 CFR 73.682(a)(20)(v)
Radio Broadcast Services

                       Note: At the present state of the art it is considered inadvisable to set a tolerance on the
                       value of gamma and correspondingly this portion of the specification will not be
                       enforced.

                 (v) The radiated chrominance subcarrier shall vanish on the reference white of the scene.

                       Note: The numerical values of the signal specification assume that this condition will be
                       reproduced as CIE Illuminant C (x = 0.310, y = 0.316).

                (vi) EY ′, EQ′, EI′, and the components of these signals shall match each other in time to 0.05 µsecs.

                (vii) The angles of the subcarrier measured with respect to the burst phase, when reproducing
                      saturated primaries and their complements at 75 percent of full amplitude, shall be within ±10°
                      and their amplitudes shall be within ±20 percent of the values specified above. The ratios of the
                      measured amplitudes of the subcarrier to the luminance signal for the same saturated
                      primaries and their complements shall fall between the limits of 0.8 and 1.2 of the values
                      specified for their ratios. Closer tolerances may prove to be practicable and desirable with
                      advance in the art.

          (21) The interval beginning with line 17 and continuing through line 20 of the vertical blanking interval of
               each field may be used for the transmission of test signals, cue and control signals, and
               identification signals, subject to the conditions and restrictions set forth below. Test signals may
               include signals designed to check the performance of the overall transmission system or its
               individual components. Cue and control signals shall be related to the operation of the TV broadcast
               station. Identification signals may be transmitted to identify the broadcast material or its source, and
               the date and time of its origination. Figures 6 and 7 of § 73.699 identify the numbered lines referred
               to in this paragraph.

                 (i)   Modulation of the television transmitter by such signals shall be confined to the area between
                       the reference white level and the blanking level, except where test signals include chrominance
                       subcarrier frequencies, in which case positive excursions of chrominance components may
                       exceed reference white, and negative excursions may extend into the synchronizing area. In no
                       case may the modulation excursions produced by test signals extend beyond peak-of-sync, or
                       to zero carrier level.

                 (ii) The use of such signals shall not result in significant degradation of the program transmission
                      of the television broadcast station, nor produce emission outside of the frequency band
                      occupied for normal program transmissions.

                (iii) Such signals may not be transmitted during that portion of each line devoted to horizontal
                      blanking.

                (iv) Regardless of other provisions of this paragraph, after June 30, 1994, Line 19, in each field, may
                     be used only for the transmission of the ghost-canceling reference signal described in OET
                     Bulletin No. 68, which is available from the FCC Warehouse, 9300 East Hampton Drive, Capitol
                     Heights, MD 20743. Notwithstanding the modulation limits contained in paragraph (a)(23)(i) of
                     this section, the vertical interval reference signal formerly permitted on Line 19 and described in

47 CFR 73.682(a)(21)(iv) (enhanced display)                                                              page 260 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.682(a)(22)
Radio Broadcast Services

                       Figure 16 of § 73.699, may be transmitted on any of lines 10 through 16 without specific
                       Commission authorization, subject to the conditions contained in paragraphs (a)(21)(ii) and
                       (a)(22)(ii) of this section.

          (22)

                 (i)   Line 21, in each field, may be used for the transmission of a program-related data signal which,
                       when decoded, provides a visual depiction of information simultaneously being presented on
                       the aural channel (captions). Line 21, field 2 may be used for transmission of a program-related
                       data signal which, when decoded, identifies a rating level associated with the current program.
                       Such data signals shall conform to the format described in figure 17 of § 73.699 of this
                       chapter, and may be transmitted during all periods of regular operation. On a space available
                       basis, line 21 field 2 may also be used for text-mode data and extended data service
                       information.

                       Note: The signals on Fields 1 and 2 shall be distinct data streams, for example, to supply
                       captions in different languages or at different reading levels.

                 (ii) At times when Line 21 is not being used to transmit a program related data signal, data signals
                      which are not program related may be transmitted, Provided: the same data format is used and
                      the information to be displayed is of a broadcast nature.

                 (iii) The use of Line 21 for transmission of other data signals conforming to other formats may be
                       used subject to prior authorization by the Commission.

                 (iv) The data signal shall cause no significant degradation to any portion of the visual signal nor
                      produce emissions outside the authorized television channel.

                 (v) Transmission of visual emergency messages pursuant to § 73.1250 shall take precedence and
                     shall be cause for interrupting transmission of data signals permitted under this paragraph.

          (23) Specific scanning lines in the vertical blanking interval may be used for the purpose of transmitting
               telecommunications signals in accordance with § 73.646, subject to certain conditions:

                 (i)   Telecommunications may be transmitted on Lines 10–18 and 20, all of Field 2 and Field 1.
                       Modulation level shall not exceed 70 IRE on lines 10, 11, and 12; and, 80 IRE on lines 13–18 and
                       20.

                 (ii) No observable degradation may be caused to any portion of the visual or aural signals.

                 (iii) Telecommunications signals must not produce emissions outside the authorized television
                       channel bandwidth. Digital data pulses must be shaped to limit spectral energy to the nominal
                       video baseband.

                 (iv) Transmission of emergency visual messages pursuant to § 73.1250 must take precedence
                      over, and shall be cause for interrupting, a service such as teletext that provides a visual
                      depiction of information simultaneously transmitted on the aural channel.

                 (v) A reference pulse for a decoder associated adaptive equalizer filter designed to improve the
                     decoding of telecommunications signals may be inserted on any portion of the vertical
                     blanking interval authorized for data service, in accordance with the signal levels set forth in
                     paragraph (a)(23)(i) of this section.

47 CFR 73.682(a)(23)(v) (enhanced display)                                                                page 261 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 73.682(a)(23)(vi)
Radio Broadcast Services

                (vi) All lines authorized for telecommunications transmissions may be used for other purposes
                     upon prior approval by the Commission.

          (24) Licensees and permittees of TV broadcast and low power TV stations may insert non-video data into
               the active video portion of their TV transmission, subject to certain conditions:

                 (i)   The active video portion of the visual signal begins with line 22 and continues through the end
                       of each field, except it does not include that portion of each line devoted to horizontal blanking.
                       Figures 6 and 7 of § 73.699 identify the numbered line referred to in this paragraph;

                 (ii) Inserted non-video data may be used for the purpose of transmitting a telecommunications
                      service in accordance with § 73.646. In addition to a telecommunications service, non-video
                      data can be used to enhance the station's broadcast program service or for purposes related to
                      station operations. Signals relating to the operation of TV stations include, but are not limited to
                      program or source identification, relay of broadcast materials to other stations, remote cueing
                      and order messages, and control and telemetry signals for the transmitting system; and

                (iii) A station may only use systems for inserting non-video information that have been approved in
                      advance by the Commission. The criteria for advance approval of systems are as follows:

                       (A) The use of such signals shall not result in significant degradation to any portion of the
                           visual, aural, or program-related data signals of the television broadcast station;

                       (B) No increase in width of the television broadcast channel (6 MHz) is permitted. Emissions
                           outside the authorized television channel must not exceed the limitations given in §
                           73.687(e). Interference to reception of television service either of co-channel or adjacent
                           channel stations must not increase over that resulting from the transmission of
                           programming without inserted data; and

                       (C) Where required, system receiving or decoding devices must meet the TV interface device
                           provisions of Part 15, Subpart H of this chapter.

                (iv) No protection from interference of any kind will be afforded to reception of inserted non-video
                     data.

                 (v) Upon request by an authorized representative of the Commission, the licensee of a TV station
                     transmitting encoded programming must make available a receiving decoder to the
                     Commission to carry out its regulatory responsibilities.

     (b) Subscription TV technical systems. The FCC may specify, as part of the advance approval of the technical
         system for transmitting encoded subscription programming, deviations from the power determination
         procedures, operating power levels, aural or video baseband signals, modulation levels or other
         characteristics of the transmitted signal as otherwise specified in this Subpart. Any decision to approve
         such operating deviations shall be solely at the discretion of the FCC.

     (c) TV multiplex subcarrier/stereophonic aural transmission standards.

           (1) The modulating signal for the main channel shall consist of the sum of the stereophonic (biphonic,
               quadraphonic, etc.) input signals.

           (2) The instantaneous frequency of the baseband stereophonic subcarrier must at all times be within the
               range 15 kHz to 120 kHz. Either amplitude or frequency modulation of the stereophonic subcarrier
               may be used.

47 CFR 73.682(c)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 262 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 73.682(c)(3)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (3) One or more pilot subcarriers between 16 kHz and 120 kHz may be used to switch a TV receiver
               between the stereophonic and monophonic reception modes or to activate a stereophonic audio
               indicator light, and one or more subcarriers between 15 kHz and 120 kHz may be used for any other
               authorized purpose; except that stations employing the BTSC system of stereophonic sound
               transmission and audio processing may transmit a pilot subcarrier at 15,734 Hz, ±2 Hz. Other
               methods of multiplex subcarrier or stereophonic aural transmission systems must limit energy at
               15,734 Hz, ±20 Hz, to no more than ±0.125 kHz aural carrier deviation.

           (4) Aural baseband information above 120 kHz must be attenuated 40 dB referenced to 25 kHz main
               channel deviation of the aural carrier.

           (5) For required transmitter performance, all of the requirements of § 73.687(b) shall apply to the main
               channel, with the transmitter in the multiplex subcarrier or stereophonic aural mode.

           (6) For electrical performance standards of the transmitter, the requirements of § 73.687(b) apply to the
               main channel.

           (7) Multiplex subcarrier or stereophonic aural transmission systems must be capable of producing and
               must not exceed ±25 kHz main channel deviation of the aural carrier.

           (8) The arithmetic sum of non-multiphonic baseband signals between 15 kHz and 120 kHz must not
               exceed ±50 kHz deviation of the aural carrier.

           (9) Total modulation of the aural carrier must not exceed ±75 kHz.

     (d) Digital broadcast television transmission standard. Effective October 11, 2011 transmission of digital
         broadcast television (DTV) signals shall comply with the standards for such transmissions set forth in
         ATSC A/52: “ATSC Standard Digital Audio Compression (AC–3)”, ATSC A/53, Parts 1–4 and 6: 2007 “ATSC
         Digital Television Standard,” (January 3, 2007), and ATSC A/53 Part 5:2010 “ATSC Digital Television
         Standard: Part 5—AC–3 Audio System Characteristic,” (July 6, 2010), except for section 6.1.2
         (“Compression Format Constraints”) of A/53 Part 4: 2007 (“MPEG–2 Video Systems Characteristics”) and
         the phrase “see Table 6.2” in section 6.1.1 Table 6.1 and section 6.1.3 Table 6.3, and ATSC A/65C: “ATSC
         Program and System Information Protocol for Terrestrial Broadcast and Cable, Revision C With
         Amendment No. 1 dated May 9, 2006,” (January 2, 2006) (all standards incorporated by reference, see §
         73.8000). Although not incorporated by reference, licensees may also consult ATSC A/54A:
         “Recommended Practice: Guide to Use of the ATSC Digital Television Standard, including Corrigendum
         No. 1,” (December 4, 2003, Corrigendum No. 1 dated December 20, 2006, and ATSC A/69: “Recommended
         Practice PSIP Implementation Guidelines for Broadcasters,” (June 25, 2002) (Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as
         amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303)). ATSC A/54A and ATSC A/69 are available from
         Advanced Television Systems Committee (ATSC), 1750 K Street, NW., Suite 1200, Washington, DC 20006,
         or at the ATSC Web site: http://www.atsc.org/standards.html.

     (e) Transmission of commercial advertisements by television broadcast station.

           (1) Mandatory compliance with ATSC A/85 RP. Effective December 13, 2012, television broadcast
               stations must comply with the ATSC A/85 RP incorporated by reference, see § 73.8000), insofar as it
               concerns the transmission of commercial advertisements.

           (2) Commercials inserted by station. A television broadcast station that installs, utilizes, and maintains
               in a commercially reasonable manner the equipment and associated software to comply with ATSC
               A/85 RP shall be deemed in compliance with respect to locally inserted commercials, which for the
               purposes of this provision are commercial advertisements added to a programming stream by a

47 CFR 73.682(e)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 263 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.682(e)(2)(i)
Radio Broadcast Services

                station prior to or at the time of transmission to viewers. In order to be considered to have installed,
                utilized and maintained the equipment and associated software in a commercially reasonable
                manner, a television broadcast station must:

                 (i)   Install, maintain and utilize equipment to properly measure the loudness of the content and to
                       ensure that the dialnorm metadata value correctly matches the loudness of the content when
                       encoding the audio into AC–3 for transmitting the content to the consumer;

                 (ii) Provide records showing the consistent and ongoing use of this equipment in the regular
                      course of business and demonstrating that the equipment has undergone commercially
                      reasonable periodic maintenance and testing to ensure its continued proper operation;

                (iii) Certify that it either has no actual knowledge of a violation of the ATSC A/85 RP, or that any
                      violation of which it has become aware has been corrected promptly upon becoming aware of
                      such a violation; and

                (iv) Certify that its own transmission equipment is not at fault for any pattern or trend of
                     complaints.

           (3) Embedded commercials—safe harbor. With respect to embedded commercials, which, for the
               purposes of this provision, are those commercial advertisements placed into the programming
               stream by a third party (i.e., programmer) and passed through by the station to viewers, a television
               broadcast station must certify that its own transmission equipment is not at fault for any pattern or
               trend of complaints, and may demonstrate compliance with the ATSC A/85 RP through one of the
               following methods:

                 (i)   Relying on a network's or other programmer's certification of compliance with the ATSC A/85
                       RP with respect to commercial programming, provided that:

                       (A) The certification is widely available by Web site or other means to any television broadcast
                           station, cable operator, or multichannel video programming distributor that transmits that
                           programming; and

                       (B) The television broadcast station has no reason to believe that the certification is false; and

                       (C) The television broadcast station performs a spot check, as defined in §
                           73.682(e)(3)(iv)(A), (B), (D), and (E), on programming in response to an enforcement
                           inquiry concerning a pattern or trend of complaints regarding commercials contained in
                           that programming.

                 (ii) If transmitting any programming that is not certified as described in § 73.682(e)(3)(i), a
                      television broadcast station that had more than $14,000,000 in annual receipts for the calendar
                      year 2011 must perform annual spot checks, as defined in § 73.682(e)(3)(iv)(A), (B), (C), and
                      (E), of all the non-certified commercial programming it receives from a network or other
                      programmer and perform a spot check, as defined in § 73.682(e)(3)(iv)(A), (B), (D), and (E), on
                      programming in response to an enforcement inquiry concerning a pattern or trend of
                      complaints regarding commercials contained in that programming;

                (iii) A television broadcast station that had $14,000,000 or less in annual receipts for the year 2011
                      need not perform annual spot checks but must perform a spot check, as defined in §
                      73.682(e)(3)(iv)(A), (B), (D), and (E), on programming in response to an enforcement inquiry
                      concerning a pattern or trend of complaints regarding commercials contained in that
                      programming.

47 CFR 73.682(e)(3)(iii) (enhanced display)                                                               page 264 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                   47 CFR 73.682(e)(3)(iv)
Radio Broadcast Services

                (iv) For purposes of this section, a “spot check” of embedded commercials requires monitoring 24
                     uninterrupted hours of programming with an audio loudness meter employing the
                     measurement technique specified in the ATSC A/85 RP, and reviewing the records from that
                     monitoring to detect any commercials transmitted in violation of the ATSC A/85 RP. The
                     television broadcast station must not inform the network or programmer of the spot check prior
                     to performing it.

                      (A) Spot-checking must be conducted after the signal has passed through the television
                          broadcast station's processing equipment (e.g., at the output of a television receiver). If a
                          problem is found, the television broadcast station must determine the source of the
                          noncompliance.

                      (B) To be considered valid, the television broadcast station must demonstrate appropriate
                          maintenance records for the audio loudness meter.

                      (C) With reference to the annual “safe harbor” spot check in § 73.682(e)(3)(ii):

                            (1) To be considered valid, the television broadcast station must demonstrate, at the
                                time of any enforcement inquiry, that appropriate spot checks had been ongoing.

                            (2) If there is no single 24 hour period in which all programmers of a given program
                                stream are represented, an annual spot check may consist of a series of loudness
                                measurements over the course of a 7 day period, totaling no fewer than 24 hours,
                                that measure at least one program, in its entirety, provided by each non-certified
                                programmer that supplies programming for that program stream.

                            (3) If annual spot checks are performed for two consecutive years without finding
                                evidence of noncompliance with the ATSC A/85 RP, no further annual spot checks
                                are required to remain in the safe harbor for existing programming.

                            (4) Non-certified program streams must be spot-checked annually using the approach
                                described in this section. If annual spot checks of the program stream are performed
                                for two consecutive years without finding evidence of noncompliance with the ATSC
                                A/85 RP, no further annual spot checks are required to remain in the safe harbor for
                                that program stream.

                            (5) Even after the two year period for annual spot checks, if a spot check shows
                                noncompliance on a non-certified program stream, the station must once again
                                perform annual spot checks of that program stream to be in the safe harbor for that
                                programming. If these renewed annual spot checks are performed for two
                                consecutive years without finding additional evidence of noncompliance with the
                                ATSC A/85 RP, no further annual spot checks are required to remain in the safe
                                harbor for that program stream.

                      (D) With reference to the spot checks in response to an enforcement inquiry pursuant to §
                          73.682(e)(3)(i)(C), (2), or (3):

                            (1) If notified of a pattern or trend of complaints, the television broadcast station must
                                perform the 24-hour spot check of the program stream at issue within 30 days or as
                                otherwise specified by the Enforcement Bureau; and

                            (2) If the spot check reveals actual compliance, the television broadcast station must
                                notify the Commission in its response to the enforcement inquiry.

47 CFR 73.682(e)(3)(iv)(D)(2) (enhanced display)                                                         page 265 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                   47 CFR 73.682(e)(3)(iv)(E)
Radio Broadcast Services

                       (E) If any spot check shows noncompliance with the ATSC A/85 RP, the television station
                           must notify the Commission and the network or programmer within 7 days, direct the
                           programmer's attention to any relevant complaints, and must perform a follow-up spot
                           check within 30 days of providing such notice. The station must notify the Commission
                           and the network or programmer of the results of the follow-up spot check. Notice to the
                           Federal Communications Commission must be provided to the Chief, Investigations and
                           Hearings Division, Enforcement Bureau, or as otherwise directed in a Letter of Inquiry to
                           which the station is responding.

                            (1) If the follow-up spot check shows compliance with the ATSC A/85 RP, the station
                                remains in the safe harbor for that program stream.

                            (2) If the follow-up spot check shows noncompliance with the ATSC A/85 RP, the station
                                will not be in the safe harbor with respect to commercials contained in the program
                                stream for which the spot check showed noncompliance until a subsequent spot
                                check shows that the program stream is in compliance.

           (4) Use of a real-time processor. A television broadcast station that installs, maintains and utilizes a real-
               time processor in a commercially reasonable manner will be deemed in compliance with the ATSC
               A/85 RP with regard to any commercial advertisements on which it uses such a processor, so long
               as it also:

                 (i)   Provides records showing the consistent and ongoing use of this equipment in the regular
                       course of business and demonstrating that the equipment has undergone commercially
                       reasonable periodic maintenance and testing to ensure its continued proper operation;

                 (ii) Certifies that it either has no actual knowledge of a violation of the ATSC A/85 RP, or that any
                      violation of which it has become aware has been corrected promptly upon becoming aware of
                      such a violation; and

                (iii) Certifies that its own transmission equipment is not at fault for any pattern or trend of
                      complaints.

           (5) Commercials locally inserted by a station's agent—safe harbor. With respect to commercials locally
               inserted, which for the purposes of this provision are commercial advertisements added to a
               programming stream for the television broadcast station by a third party after it has been received
               from the programmer but prior to or at the time of transmission to viewers, a station may
               demonstrate compliance with the ATSC A/85 RP by relying on the third party local inserter's
               certification of compliance with the ATSC A/85 RP, provided that:

                 (i)   The television broadcast station has no reason to believe that the certification is false;

                 (ii) The television broadcast station certifies that its own transmission equipment is not at fault for
                      any pattern or trend of complaints; and

                (iii) The television broadcast station performs a spot check, as defined in § 73.682(e)(3)(iv)(A), (B),
                      (D), and (E), on the programming at issue in response to an enforcement inquiry concerning a
                      pattern or trend of complaints regarding commercials inserted by that third party.

           (6) Instead of demonstrating compliance pursuant to paragraphs (e)(2) through (5) of this section, a
               station may demonstrate compliance with paragraph (e)(1) of this section in response to an
               enforcement inquiry prompted by a pattern or trend of complaints by demonstrating actual

47 CFR 73.682(e)(6) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 266 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 73.682(f)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 compliance with ATSC A/85 RP with regard to the commercial advertisements that are the subject of
                 the inquiry, and certifying that its own transmission equipment is not at fault for any such pattern or
                 trend of complaints.

     (f) Next Gen TV broadcast television transmission standard authorized.

           (1) As an alternative to broadcasting only an ATSC 1.0 signal using the DTV transmission standard set
               forth in paragraph (d) of this section, DTV licensees or permittees may choose to broadcast an ATSC
               3.0 signal using the Next Gen TV transmission standard set forth in this paragraph (f), provided it
               also broadcasts a simulcast signal in ATSC 1.0 (using the DTV transmission standard in §
               73.682(d)).

           (2)

                 (i)   Effective March 5, 2018, transmission of Next Gen TV broadcast television (ATSC 3.0) signals
                       shall comply with the standards for such transmissions set forth in ATSC A/321:2016, “System
                       Discovery and Signaling” (March 23, 2016) (incorporated by reference, see § 73.8000). To the
                       extent that virtual channels (specified in the DTV transmission standard referenced in ATSC A/
                       65C:2006 in paragraph (d) of this section) are used in the transmission of Next Gen TV
                       broadcasting, major channel numbers shall be assigned as required by ATSC A/65C:2006
                       Annex B (incorporated by reference, see § 73.8000).

                 (ii) In addition, such signals shall also comply with the standards set forth in ATSC A/322:2017
                      “Physical Layer Protocol” (June 6, 2017) (incorporated by reference, see § 73.8000) with
                      respect to the transmission of at least one free over the air primary video programming stream.

                 (iii) Paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section will sunset on July 17, 2027.

           Note 1 to § 73.682: For additional information regarding this requirement, see Implementation of
           the Commercial Advertisement Loudness Mitigation (CALM) Act, FCC 11–182.

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303))

[28 FR 13660, Dec. 14, 1963]

Editorial Note: For FEDERAL REGISTER citations affecting § 73.682, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which
appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 73.683 Field strength contours and presumptive determination of field strength at individual
locations.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7252, Feb. 1, 2024.

47 CFR 73.683 (enhanced display)                                                                         page 267 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.683(a)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (a) In the authorization of TV stations, two field strength contours are considered. These are specified as
         Grade A and Grade B and indicate the approximate extent of coverage over average terrain in the absence
         of interference from other television stations. Under actual conditions, the true coverage may vary greatly
         from these estimates because the terrain over any specific path is expected to be different from the
         average terrain on which the field strength charts were based. The required field strength, F (50,50), in dB
         above one micro-volt per meter (dBu) for the Grade A and Grade B contours are as follows:

                                                         Grade A (dBu)                    Grade B (dBu)
            Channels 2–6                                                     68                                47
            Channels 7–13                                                    71                                56
            Channels 14–69                                                   74                                64

     (b) It should be realized that the F (50,50) curves when used for Channels 14–69 are not based on measured
         data at distances beyond about 48.3 kilometers (30 miles). Theory would indicate that the field strengths
         for Channels 14–69 should decrease more rapidly with distance beyond the horizon than for Channels
         2–6, and modification of the curves for Channels 14–69 may be expected as a result of measurements to
         be made at a later date. For these reasons, the curves should be used with appreciation of their
         limitations in estimating levels of field strength. Further, the actual extent of service will usually be less
         than indicated by these estimates due to interference from other stations. Because of these factors, the
         predicted field strength contours give no assurance of service to any specific percentage of receiver
         locations within the distances indicated. In licensing proceedings these variations will not be considered.

     (c) The field strength contours will be considered for the following purposes only:

           (1) In the estimation of coverage resulting from the selection of a particular transmitter site by an
               applicant for a TV station.

           (2) In connection with problems of coverage arising out of application of § 73.3555.

           (3) In determining compliance with § 73.685(a) concerning the minimum field strength to be provided
               over the principal community to be served.

     (d) For purposes of determining the eligibility of individual households for satellite retransmission of distant
         network signals under the copyright law provisions of 17 U.S.C. 119(d)(10)(A), field strength shall be
         determined by the Individual Location Longley-Rice (ILLR) propagation prediction model. Such eligibility
         determinations shall consider only the signals of network stations located in the subscriber's Designated
         Market Area. Guidance for use of the ILLR model in predicting the field strength of analog television
         signals for such determinations is provided in OET Bulletin No. 72 (stations operating with analog signals
         include some Class A stations licensed under part 73 of this chapter and some licensed low power TV
         and TV translator stations that operate under part 74 of this chapter). Guidance for use of the ILLR model
         in predicting the field strength of digital television signals for such determinations is provided in OET
         Bulletin No. 73 (stations operating with digital signals include all full service stations and some Class A
         stations that operate under part 73 of this chapter and some low power TV and TV translator stations that
         operate under Part 74 of this chapter). OET Bulletin No. 72 and OET Bulletin No. 73 are available through
         the Federal Communications Commission's Reference Information Center, or at the FCC's Office of
         Engineering and Technology (OET) website: https://www.fcc.gov/oet/info/documents/bulletins/.

     (e) If a location was predicted to be unserved by a local network station using a version of the ILLR model
         specified in OET Bulletin No. 72 or OET Bulletin No. 73, as appropriate, and the satellite subscriber at that
         location is receiving a distant signal affiliated with the same network from its satellite provider, the

47 CFR 73.683(e) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 268 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 73.683(f)
Radio Broadcast Services

           satellite subscriber shall remain eligible for receiving the distant signal from its satellite provider if that
           location is subsequently predicted to be served by the local station due to either a change in the ILLR
           model or a change in the station's operations that change its coverage.

     (f) A satellite carrier is exempt from the verification requirements of 47 U.S.C. 339(c)(4)(A) with respect to a
         test requested by a satellite subscriber to whom the retransmission of the signals of local broadcast
         stations is available under 47 U.S.C. 338 from such carrier. The definitions of satellite carrier, subscriber,
         and local market contained in 47 CFR 76.66(a) apply to this paragraph (f).

[44 FR 36039, June 20, 1979, as amended at 47 FR 35990, Aug. 18, 1982; 50 FR 23699, June 5, 1985; 50 FR 32416, Aug. 12, 1985;
65 FR 36641, June 9, 2000; 70 FR 21670, Apr. 27, 2005; 75 FR 80363, Dec. 22, 2010; 85 FR 64408, Oct. 13, 2020; 88 FR 21446,
Apr. 10, 2023]

§ 73.684 Prediction of coverage.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7253, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) All predictions of coverage made pursuant to this section shall be made without regard to interference
         and shall be made only on the basis of estimated field strengths. The peak power of the visual signal is
         used in making predictions of coverage.

     (b) Predictions of coverage shall be made only for the same purposes as relate to the use of field strength
         contours as specified in § 73.683(c).

     (c) In predicting the distance to the field strength contours, the F (50,50) field strength charts (Figures 9 and
         10 of § 73.699) shall be used. If the 50% field strength is defined as that value exceeded for 50% of the
         time, these F (50,50) charts give the estimated 50% field strengths exceeded at 50% of the locations in dB
         above 1 uV/m. The charts are based on an effective power of 1 kW radiated form a half-wave dipole in
         free space, which produces an unattenuated field strength at 1.61 kilometers (1 mile) of about 103 dB
         above 1 uV/m. To use the charts to predict the distance to a given contour, the following procedure is
         used: Convert the effective radiated power in kilowatts for the appropriate azimuth into decibel value
         referenced to 1 kW (dBu). If necessary, convert the selected contour to the decibel value (dBu) above 1
         microvolt per meter (1 uV/m). Subtract the power value in dBk from the contour value in dBu. Note that for
         power less than 1 kW, the difference value will be greater than the contour value because the power in dBk
         is negative. Locate the difference value obtained on the vertical scale at the left edge of the chart. Follow
         the horizontal line for that value into the chart to the point of intersection with the vertical line above the
         height of the antenna above average terrain for the appropriate azimuth located on the scale at the
         bottom of the chart. If the point of intersection does not fall exactly on a distance curve, interpolate
         between the distance curves below and above the intersection point. The distance values for the curves
         are located along the right edge of the chart.

           (1) In predicting the distance to the Grade A and Grade B field strength contours, the effective radiated
               power to be used is that radiated at the vertical angle corresponding to the depression angle
               between the transmitting antenna center of radiation and the radio horizon as determined
               individually for each azimuthal direction concerned. The depression angle is based on the difference
               in elevation of the antenna center of radiation above the average terrain and the radio horizon,
               assuming a smooth sperical earth with a radius of 8,495.5 kilometers (5,280 miles) and shall be
               determined by the following equation:

                A = 0.0277√ H

47 CFR 73.684(c)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 269 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 73.684(c)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

          Where:

          A is the depression angle in degrees.

          H is the height in meters of the transmitting antenna radiation center above average terrain of the
          3.2–16.1 kilometers (2–10 miles) sector of the pertinent radial.

           This formula is empirically derived for the limited purpose specified here. Its use for any other purpose
           may be inappropriate.

           (2) In case where the relative field strength at the depression angle determined by the above formula is
               90% or more of the maximum field strength developed in the vertical plane containing the pertaining
               radial, the maximum radiation shall be used.

           (3) In predicting field strengths for other than the Grade A and Grade B contours, the effective radiated
               power to be used is to be based on the appropriate antenna vertical plane radiation pattern for the
               azimuthal direction concerned.

           (4) Applicants for new TV stations or changes in the facilities of existing TV stations must submit to the
               FCC a showing as to the location of their stations' or proposed stations' predicted Grade A and
               Grade B contours, determined in accordance with § 73.684. This showing is to include maps
               showing these contours, except where applicants have previously submitted material to the FCC
               containing such information and it is found upon careful examination that the contour locations
               indicated therein would not change, on any radial, when the locations are determined under this
               Section. In the latter cases, a statement by a qualified engineer to this effect will satisfy this
               requirement and no contour maps need be submitted.

     (d) The antenna height to be used with these charts is the height of the radiation center of the antenna above
         the average terrain along the radial in question. In determining the average elevation of the terrain, the
         elevations between 3.2–16.1 kilometers (2–10 miles) from the antenna site are employed. Profile graphs
         shall be drawn for 8 radials beginning at the antenna site and extending 16.1 kilometers (10 miles)
         therefrom. The radials should be drawn for each 45 degrees of azimuth starting with the True North. At
         least one radial must include the principal community to be served even though such community may be
         more than 16.1 kilometers (10 miles) from the antenna site. However, in the event none of the evenly
         spaced radials include the principal community to be served and one or more such radials are drawn in
         addition to the 8 evenly spaced radials, such additional radials shall not be employed in computing the
         antenna height above average terrain. Where the 3.2–16.1 kilometers (2–10 mile) portion of a radial
         extends in whole or in part over large bodies of water as specified in paragraph (e) of this section or
         extends over foreign territory but the Grade B strength contour encompasses land area within the United
         States beyond the 16.1 kilometers (10 mile) portion of the radial, the entire 3.2–16.1 kilometers (2–10
         mile) portion of the radial shall be included in the computation of antenna height above average terrian.
         However, where the Grade B contour does not so encompass United States land area and

           (1) the entire 3.2–16.1 kilometers (2–10 mile) portion of the radial extends over large bodies of water of
               foreign territory, such radial shall be completely omitted from the computation of antenna height
               above average terrain, and

           (2) where a part of the 3.2–16.1 kilometers (2–10 mile) portion of a radial extends over large bodies of
               water or over foreign territory, only that part of the radial extending from the 3.2 kilometer (2 mile)
               sector to the outermost portion of land area within the United States covered by the radial shall be

47 CFR 73.684(d)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 270 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 73.684(e)
Radio Broadcast Services

                employed in the computation of antenna height above average terrian. The profile graph for each
                radial should be plotted by contour intervals of from 12.2–30.5 meters (40–100 feet) and, where the
                data permits, at least 50 points of elevation (generally uniformly spaced) should be used for each
                radial. In instances of very rugged terrain where the use of contour intervals of 30.5 meters (100
                feet) would result in several points in a short distance, 61.0–122.0 meter (200–400 foot) contour
                intervals may be used for such distances. On the other hand, where the terrain is uniform or gently
                sloping the smallest contour interval indicated on the topograhic may (see paragraph (g) of this
                section) should be used, although only relatively few points may be available. The profile graphs
                should indicate the topography accurately for each radial, and the graphs should be plotted with the
                distance in kilometers as the abscissa and the elevation in meters above mean sea level as the
                ordinate. The profile graphs should indicate the source of the topographical data employed. The
                graph should also show the elevation of the center of the radiating system. The graph may be plotted
                either on rectangular coordinate paper or on special paper which shows the curvature of the earth. It
                is not necessary to take the curvature of the earth into consideration in this procedure, as this factor
                is taken care of in the charts showing signal strengths. The average elevation of the 12.9 kilometer
                (8 miles) distance between 3.2–16.1 kilometers (2–10 miles) from the antenna site should then be
                determined from the profile graph for each radial. This may be obtained by averaging a large number
                of equally spaced points, by using a planimeter, or by obtaining the median elevation (that exceeded
                for 50% of the distance) in sectors and averaging those values.

                 Note: The Commission will, upon a proper showing by an existing station that the application
                 of this rule will result in an unreasonable power reduction in relation to other stations in close
                 proximity, consider requests for adjustment in power on the basis of a common average
                 terrain figure for the stations in question as determined by the FCC.

     (e) In instance where it is desired to determine the area in square kilometers within the Grade A and Grade B
         field strength contours, the area may be determined from the coverage map by planimeter or other
         approximate means; in computing such areas, exclued

           (1) areas beyond the borders of the United States, and

           (2) large bodies of water, such as ocean areas, gulfs sounds, bays, large lakes, etc., but not rivers.

     (f) In cases where terrain in one or more directions from the antenna site departs widely from the average
         elevation of the 3.2 to 16.1 kilometers (2 to 10 mile) sector, the prediction method may indicate contour
         distances that are different from what may be expected in practice. For example, a mountain ridge may
         indicate the practical limit of service although the prediction method may indicate otherwise. In such case
         the prediction method should be followed, but a supplemental showing may be made concerning the
         contour distances as determined by other means. Such supplemental showing should describe the
         procedure employed and should include sample calculations. Maps of predicted coverage should include
         both the coverage as predicted by the regular method and as predicted by a supplemental method. When
         measurements of area are required, these should include the area obtained by the regular predicted
         method and the area obtained by the supplemental method. In directions where the terrain is such that
         negative antenna heights or heights below 30.5 meters (100 feet) for the 3.2 to 16.1 kilometers (2 to 10
         mile) sector are obtained, an assumed height of 30.5 meters (100 feet) shall be used for the prediction of
         coverage. However, where the actual contour distances are critical factors, a supplemental showing of

47 CFR 73.684(f) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 271 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 73.684(g)
Radio Broadcast Services

            expected coverage must be included together with a description of the method employed in predicting
            such coverage. In special cases, the Commission may require additional information as to terrain and
            coverage.

     (g) In the preparation of the profile graph previously described, and in determining the location and height
         above sea level of the antenna site, the elevation or contour intervals shall be taken from the United
         States Geological Survey Topographic Quadrangle Maps, United States Army Corps of Engineers' maps or
         Tennessee Valley Authority maps, whichever is the latest, for all areas for which such maps are available.
         If such maps are not published for the area in question, the next best topographic information should be
         used. Topographic data may sometimes be obtained from State and Municipal agencies. Data from
         Sectional Aeronautical Charts (including bench marks) or railroad depot elevations and highway
         elevations from road maps may be used where no better information is available. In cases where limited
         topographic data is available, use may be made of an altimeter in a car driven along roads extending
         generally radially from the transmitter site. Ordinarily the Commission will not require the submission of
         topographical maps for areas beyond 24.1 kilometers (15 miles) from the antenna site, but the maps
         must include the principal community to be served. If it appears necessary, additional data may be
         requested. United States Geological Survey Topographic Quadrangle Maps may be obtained from the
         United States Geological Survey, Department of the Interior, Washington, DC 20240. Sectional
         Aeronautical Charts are available from the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, Department of
         Commerce, Washington, DC 20235. In lieu of maps, the average terrain elevation may be computer
         generated, except in the cases of dispute, using elevations from a 30 second point or better topographic
         data file. The file must be identified and the data processed for intermediate points along each radial
         using linear interpolation techniques. The height above mean sea level of the antenna site must be
         obtained manually using appropriate topographic maps.

     (h) The effect of terrain roughness on the predicted field strength of a signal at points distant from a
         television broadcast station is assumed to depend on the magnitude of a terrain roughness factor (Δ h)
         which, for a specific propagation path, is determined by the characteristics of a segment of the terrain
         profile for that path 40.2 kilometers (25 miles) in length, located between 9.7 and 49.9 kilometers (6 and
         31 miles) from the transmitter. The terrain roughness factor has a value equal to the difference, in meters,
         between elevations exceeded by all points on the profile for 10 percent and 90 percent, respectively, of the
         length of the profile segment (see § 73.699, Fig. 10d).

      (i)   If the lowest field strength value of interest is initially predicted to occur over a particular propagation path
            at a distance which is less than 49.9 kilometers (31 miles) from the transmitter, the terrain profile
            segment used in the determination of the terrain roughness factor over that path shall be that included
            between points 9.7 kilometers (6 miles) from the transmitter and such lesser distance. No terrain
            roughness correction need be applied when all field strength values of interest are predicted to occur 9.7
            kilometers (6 miles) or less from the transmitter.

      (j)   Profile segments prepared for terrain roughness factor determinations should be plotted in rectangular
            coordinates, with no less than 50 points evenly spaced within the segment, using data obtained from
            topographic maps, if available, with contour intervals of 15.2 meters (50 feet), or less.

     (k) The field strength charts (§ 73.699, Figs. 9–10c) were developed assuming a terrain roughness factor of
         50 meters, which is considered to be representative of average terrain in the United States. Where the
         roughness factor for a particular propagation path is found to depart appreciably from this value, a terrain
         roughness correction (ΔF) should be applied to field strength values along this path as predicted with the

47 CFR 73.684(k) (enhanced display)                                                                          page 272 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 73.684(l)
Radio Broadcast Services

            use of these charts. The magnitude and sign of this correction, for any value of Δh, may be determined
            from a chart included in § 73.699 as Figure 10e, with linear interpolation as necessary, for the frequency
            of the UHF signal under consideration.

      (l)   Alternatively, the terrain roughness correction may be computed using the following formula:

ΔF=C−0.03(Δh)(1 + f/300)

     Where:

     ΔF = terrain roughness correction in dB

     C = a constant having a specific value for use with each set of field strength charts:

     1.9 for TV Channels 2–6

     2.5 for TV Channels 7–13

     4.8 for TV Channels 14–69

     Δh = terrain roughness factor in meters

     f = frequency of signal in megahertz (MHz)

[28 FR 13660, Dec. 13, 1963, as amended at 40 FR 27683, July 1, 1975; 44 FR 36039, June 20, 1979; 48 FR 44807, Sept. 30, 1983;
50 FR 23699, June 5, 1985; 51 FR 26251, July 22, 1986; 52 FR 36879, Oct. 1, 1987]

Effective Date Note: At 42 FR 25736, May 19, 1977, in § 73.684, paragraphs (k) and (l) were stayed indefinitely.

§ 73.685 Transmitter location and antenna system.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7253, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) The transmitter location shall be chosen so that, on the basis of the effective radiated power and antenna
         height above average terrain employed, the following minimum field strength in dB above one uV/m will
         be provided over the entire principal community to be served:

                     Channels 2–6                      Channels 7–13                        Channels 14–69
                                    74 dBu                              77 dBu                                 80 dBu

     (b) Location of the antenna at a point of high elevation is necessary to reduce to a minimum the shadow
         effect on propagation due to hills and buildings which may reduce materially the strength of the station's
         signals. In general, the transmitting antenna of a station should be located at the most central point at the
         highest elevation available. To provide the best degree of service to an area, it is usually preferable to use
         a high antenna rather than a low antenna with increased transmitter power. The location should be so
         chosen that line-of-sight can be obtained from the antenna over the principal community to be served; in
         no event should there be a major obstruction in this path. The antenna must be constructed so that it is

47 CFR 73.685(b) (enhanced display)                                                                            page 273 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.685(c)
Radio Broadcast Services

           as clear as possible of surrounding buildings or objects that would cause shadow problems. It is
           recognized that topography, shape of the desired service area, and population distribution may make the
           choice of a transmitter location difficult. In such cases, consideration may be given to the use of a
           directional antenna system, although it is generally preferable to choose a site where a nondirectional
           antenna may be employed.

     (c) In cases of questionable antenna locations it is desirable to conduct propagation tests to indicate the field
         strength expected in the principal community to be served and in other areas, particularly where severe
         shadow problems may be expected. In considering applications proposing the use of such locations, the
         Commission may require site tests to be made. Such tests should be made in accordance with the
         measurement procedure in § 73.686, and full data thereon must be supplied to the Commission. Test
         transmitters should employ an antenna having a height as close as possible to the proposed antenna
         height, using a balloon or other support if necessary and feasible. Information concerning the
         authorization of site tests may be obtained from the Commission upon request.

     (d) Present information is not sufficiently complete to establish “blanket areas” of television broadcast
         stations. A “blanket area” is that area adjacent to a transmitter in which the reception of other stations is
         subject to interference due to the strong signal from this station. The authorization of station construction
         in areas where blanketing is found to be excessive will be on the basis that the applicant will assume full
         responsibility for the adjustment of reasonable complaints arising from excessively strong signals of the
         applicant's station or take other corrective action.

     (e) An antenna designed or altered to produce a noncircular radiation pattern in the horizontal plane is
         considered to be a directional antenna. Antennas purposely installed in such a manner as to result in the
         mechanical beam tilting of the major vertical radiation lobe are included in this category. Directional
         antennas may be employed for the purpose of improving service upon an appropriate showing of need.
         Stations operating on Channels 2–13 will not be permitted to employ a directional antenna having a ratio
         of maximum to minimum radiation in the horizontal plane in excess of 10 dB. Stations operating on
         Channels 14–69 with transmitters delivering a peak visual power output of more than 1 kW may employ
         directive transmitting antennas with a maximum to minimum radiation in the horizontal plane of not more
         than 15 dB. Stations operating on Channels 14–69 and employing transmitters delivering a peak visual
         power output of 1 kW or less are not limited as to the ratio of maximum to minimum radiation.

     (f) Applications proposing the use of directional antenna systems must be accompanied by the following:

           (1) Complete description of the proposed antenna system, including the manufacturer and model
               number of the proposed directional antenna.

           (2) Relative field horizontal plane pattern (horizontal polarization only) of the proposed directional
               antenna. A value of 1.0 should be used for the maximum radiation. The plot of the pattern should be
               oriented so that 0° corresponds to true North. Where mechanical beam tilt is intended, the amount of
               tilt in degrees of the antenna vertical axis and the orientation of the downward tilt with respect to
               true North must be specified, and the horizontal plane pattern must reflect the use of mechanical
               beam tilt.

           (3) A tabulation of the relative field pattern required in paragraph (b)(2), of this section. The tabulation
               should use the same zero degree reference as the plotted pattern, and be tabulated at least every
               10°. In addition, tabulated values of all maxima and minima, with their corresponding azimuths,
               should be submitted.

47 CFR 73.685(f)(3) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 274 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 73.685(f)(4)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (4) Horizontal and vertical plane radiation patterns showing the effective radiated power, in dBk, for each
               direction. Sufficient vertical plane patterns must be included to indicate clearly the radiation
               characteristics of the antenna above and below the horizontal plane. In cases where the angles at
               which the maximum vertical radiation varies with azimuth, a separate vertical radiation pattern must
               be provided for each pertinent radial direction.

           (5) All horizontal plane patterns must be plotted to the largest scale possible on unglazed letter-size
               polar coordinate paper (main engraving approximately 18 cm × 25 cm (7 inches × 10 inches)) using
               only scale divisions and subdivisions of 1, 2, 2.5 or 5 times 10-nth. All vertical plane patterns must be
               plotted on unglazed letter-size rectangular coordinate paper. Values of field strength on any pattern
               less than 10% of the maximum field strength plotted on that pattern must be shown on an enlarged
               scale.

           (6) The horizontal and vertical plane patterns that are required are the patterns for the complete
               directional antenna system. In the case of a composite antenna composed of two or more individual
               antennas, this means that the patterns for the composite antenna, not the patterns for each of the
               individual antennas, must be submitted.

     (g) Applications proposing the use of television broadcast antennas within 61.0 meters (200 feet) of other
         television broadcast antennas operating on a channel within 20 percent in frequency of the proposed
         channel, or proposing the use of television broadcast antennas on Channels 5 or 6 within 61.0 meters
         (200 feet) of FM broadcast antennas, must include a showing as to the expected effect, if any, of such
         proximate operation.

     (h) Where the TV licensee or permittee proposes to mount its antenna on or near an AM tower, as defined in §
         1.30002, the TV licensee or permittee must comply with § 1.30003 or § 1.30002.

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303))

[28 FR 13660, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 35 FR 5693, Apr. 8, 1970; 40 FR 25461, June 16, 1975; 43 FR 53740, Nov. 17, 1978;
44 FR 22740, Apr. 17, 1979; 45 FR 26065, Apr. 17, 1980; 47 FR 35990, Aug. 18, 1982; 48 FR 21486, May 12, 1983; 50 FR 23701,
June 5, 1985; 58 FR 44951, Aug. 25, 1993; 62 FR 51059, Sept. 30, 1997; 78 FR 66298, Nov. 5, 2013]

§ 73.686 Field strength measurements.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7253, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Except as provided for in § 73.612, television broadcast stations shall not be protected from any type of
         interference or propagation effect. Persons desiring to submit testimony, evidence or data to the
         Commission for the purpose of showing that the technical standards contained in this subpart do not
         properly reflect the levels of any given type of interference or propagation effect may do so only in
         appropriate rulemaking proceedings concerning the amendment of such technical standards. Persons
         making field strength measurements for formal submission to the Commission in rulemaking
         proceedings, or making such measurements upon the request of the Commission, shall follow the
         procedure for making and reporting such measurements outlined in paragraph (b) of this section. In
         instances where a showing of the measured level of a signal prevailing over a specific community is
         appropriate, the procedure for making and reporting field strength measurements for this purpose is set
         forth in paragraph (c) of this section.

     (b) Collection of field strength data for propagation analysis —

47 CFR 73.686(b) (enhanced display)                                                                            page 275 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.686(b)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) Preparation for measurements.

                 (i)   On large scale topographic maps, eight or more radials are drawn from the transmitter location
                       to the maximum distance at which measurements are to be made, with the angles included
                       between adjacent radials of approximately equal size. Radials should be oriented so as to
                       traverse representative types of terrain. The specific number of radials and their orientation
                       should be such as to accomplish this objective.

                 (ii) At a point exactly 16.1 kilometers (10 miles) from the transmitter, each radial is marked, and at
                      greater distances at successive 3.2 kilometer (2 mile) intervals. Where measurements are to be
                      conducted at UHF, or over extremely rugged terrain, shorter intervals may be employed, but all
                      such intervals shall be of equal length. Accessible roads intersecting each radial as nearly as
                      possible at each 3.2 kilometer (2 mile) marker are selected. These intersections are the points
                      on the radial at which measurements are to be made, and are referred to subsequently as
                      measuring locations. The elevation of each measuring location should approach the elevation
                      at the corresponding 3.2 kilometer (2 mile) marker as nearly as possible.

           (2) Measurement procedure. The field strength of the visual carrier shall be measured with a voltmeter
               capable of indicating accurately the peak amplitude of the synchronizing signal. All measurements
               shall be made utilizing a receiving antenna designed for reception of the horizontally polarized signal
               component, elevated 9.1 meters (30 feet) above the roadbed. At each measuring location, the
               following procedure shall be employed.

                 (i)   The instrument calibration is checked.

                 (ii) The antenna is elevated to a height of 30 feet.

                (iii) The receiving antenna is rotated to determine if the strongest signal is arriving from the
                      direction of the transmitter.

                (iv) The antenna is oriented so that the sector of its response pattern over which maximum gain is
                     realized is in the direction of the transmitter.

                 (v) A mobile run of at least 30.5 meters (100 feet) is made, which is centered on the intersection of
                     the radial and the road, and the measured field strength is continuously recorded on a chart
                     recorder over the length of the run.

                (vi) The actual measuring location is marked exactly on the topographic map, and a written record,
                     keyed to the specific location, is made of all factors which may affect the recorded field, such
                     as topography, height and types of vegetation, buildings, obstacles, weather, and other local
                     features.

                (vii) If, during the test conducted as described in paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section, the strongest
                      signal is found to come from a direction other than from the transmitter, after the mobile run
                      prescribed in paragraph (b)(2)(v) of this section is concluded, additional measurements shall be
                      made in a “cluster” of at least five fixed points. At each such point, the field strengths with the
                      antenna oriented toward the transmitter, and with the antenna oriented so as to receive the
                      strongest field, are measured and recorded. Generally, all points should be within 61.0 meters
                      (200 feet) of the center point of the mobile run.

47 CFR 73.686(b)(2)(vii) (enhanced display)                                                               page 276 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                   47 CFR 73.686(b)(2)(viii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                (viii) If overhead obstacles preclude a mobile run of at leat 30.5 meters (100 feet), a “cluster” of five
                       spot measurements may be made in lieu of this run. The first measurement in the cluster is
                       identified. Generally, the locations for other measurements shall be within 61.0 meters (200
                       feet) of the location of the first.

           (3) Method of reporting measurements. A report of measurements to the Commission shall be
               submitted in affidavit form, in triplicate, and should contain the following information:

                 (i)   Tables of field strength measurements, which, for each measuring location, set forth the
                       following data:

                       (A) Distance from the transmitting antenna.

                       (B) Ground elevation at measuring location.

                       (C) Date, time of day, and weather.

                       (D) Median field in dBu for 0 dBk, for mobile run or for cluster, as well as maximum and
                           minimum measured field strengths.

                       (E) Notes describing each measuring location.

                 (ii) U.S. Geological Survey topographic maps, on which is shown the exact location at which each
                      measurement was made. The original plots shall be made on maps of the largest available
                      scale. Copies may be reduced in size for convenient submission to the Commission, but not to
                      the extent that important detail is lost. The original maps shall be made available, if requested.
                      If a large number of maps is involved, an index map should be submitted.

                (iii) All information necessary to determine the pertinent characteristics of the transmitting
                      installation, including frequency, geographical coordinates of antenna site, rated and actual
                      power output of transmitter, measured transmission line loss, antenna power gain, height of
                      antenna above ground, above mean sea level, and above average terrain. The effective radiated
                      power should be computed, and horizontal and vertical plane patterns of the transmitting
                      antenna should be submitted.

                (iv) A list of calibrated equipment used in the field strength survey, which, for each instrument,
                     specifies its manufacturer, type, serial number and rated accuracy, and the date of its most
                     recent calibration by the manufacturer, or by a laboratory. Complete details of any instrument
                     not of standard manufacture shall be submitted.

                 (v) A detailed description of the calibration of the measuring equipment, including field strength
                     meters, measuring antenna, and connecting cable.

                (vi) Terrain profiles in each direction in which measurements were made, drawn on curved earth
                     paper for equivalent 4/3 earth radius, of the largest available scale.

     (c) Collection of field strength data to determine television service in specific communities —

           (1) Preparation for measurement.

                 (i)   The population (P) of the community, and its suburbs, if any, is determined by reference to an
                       appropriate source, e.g., the 1970 U.S. Census tables of population of cities and urbanized
                       areas.

47 CFR 73.686(c)(1)(i) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 277 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                  47 CFR 73.686(c)(1)(ii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (ii) The number of locations at which measurements are to be made shall be at least 15, and shall
                      be approximately equal to 0.1 (P) 1⁄2, if this product is a number greater than 15.

                (iii) A rectangular grid, of such size and shape as to encompass the boundaries of the community is
                      drawn on an accurate map of the community. The number of line intersections on the grid
                      included within the boundaries of the community shall be at least equal to the required number
                      of measuring locations. The position of each intersection on the community map determines
                      the location at which a measurement shall be made.

           (2) Measurement procedure. The field strength of the visual carrier shall be measured, with a voltmeter
               capable of indicating accurately the peak amplitude of the synchronizing signal. All measurements
               shall be made utilizing a receiving antenna designed for reception of the horizontally polarized signal
               component, elevated 9.1 meter (30 feet) above street level.

                 (i)   Each measuring location shall be chosen as close as feasible to a point indicated on the map,
                       as previously prepared, and at as nearly the same elevation as that point as possible.

                 (ii) At each measuring location, after equipment calibration and elevation of the antenna, a check is
                      made to determine whether the strongest signal arrives from a direction other than from the
                      transmitter.

                (iii) At 20 percent or more of the measuring locations, mobile runs, as described in paragraph (b)(2)
                      of this section shall be made, with no less than three such mobile runs in any case. The points
                      at which mobile measurements are made shall be well separated. Spot measurements may be
                      made at other measuring points.

                (iv) Each actual measuring location is marked exactly on the map of the community, and suitably
                     keyed. A written record shall be maintained, describing, for each location, factors which may
                     affect the recorded field, such as the approximate time of measurement, weather, topography,
                     overhead wiring, heights and types of vegetation, buildings and other structures. The
                     orientation, with respect to the measuring location shall be indicated of objects of such shape
                     and size as to be capable of causing shadows or reflections. If the strongest signal received
                     was found to arrive from a direction other than that of the transmitter, this fact shall be
                     recorded.

           (3) Method of reporting measurements. A report of measurements to the Commission shall be
               submitted in affidavit form, in triplicate, and should contain the following information:

                 (i)   A map of the community showing each actual measuring location, specifically identifying the
                       points at which mobile runs were made.

                 (ii) A table keyed to the above map, showing the field strength at each measuring point, reduced to
                      dBu for the actual effective radiated power of the station. Weather, date, and time of each
                      measurement shall be indicated.

                (iii) Notes describing each measuring location.

                (iv) A topographic map of the largest available scale on which are marked the community and the
                     transmitter site of the station whose signals have been measured, which includes all areas on
                     or near the direct path of signal propagation.

                 (v) Computations of the mean and standard deviation of all measured field strengths, or a graph on
                     which the distribution of measured field strength values is plotted.

47 CFR 73.686(c)(3)(v) (enhanced display)                                                               page 278 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.686(c)(3)(vi)
Radio Broadcast Services

                (vi) A list of calibrated equipment used for the measurements, which for each instrument, specifies
                     its manufacturer, type, serial number and rated accuracy, and the date of its most recent
                     calibration by the manufacturer, or by a laboratory. Complete details of any instrument not of
                     standard manufacture shall be submitted.

                (vii) A detailed description of the procedure employed in the calibration of the measuring equipment,
                      including field strength meters measuring antenna, and connecting cable.

     (d) NTSC—Collection of field strength data to determine NTSC television signal intensity at an individual
         location—cluster measurements —

           (1) Preparation for measurements —

                 (i)   Testing antenna. The test antenna shall be either a standard half-wave dipole tuned to the visual
                       carrier frequency of the channel being measured or a gain antenna, provided its antenna factor
                       for the channel(s) under test has been determined. Use the antenna factor supplied by the
                       antenna manufacturer as determined on an antenna range.

                 (ii) Testing locations. At the location, choose a minimum of five locations as close as possible to
                      the specific site where the site's receiving antenna is located. If there is no receiving antenna at
                      the site, choose the minimum of five locations as close as possible to a reasonable and likely
                      spot for the antenna. The locations shall be at least three meters apart, enough so that the
                      testing is practical. If possible, the first testing point should be chosen as the center point of a
                      square whose corners are the four other locations. Calculate the median of the five
                      measurements (in units of dBu) and report it as the measurement result.

                (iii) Multiple signals. If more than one signal is being measured (i.e., signals from different
                      transmitters), use the same locations to measure each signal.

           (2) Measurement procedure. Measurements shall be made in accordance with good engineering
               practice and in accordance with this section of the Rules. At each measuring location, the following
               procedure shall be employed:

                 (i)   Testing equipment. Measure the field strength of the visual carrier with a calibrated instrument
                       with an i.f. bandwidth of at least 200 kHz, but no greater than one megahertz (1,000 kHz).
                       Perform an on-site calibration of the instrument in accordance with the manufacturer's
                       specifications. The instrument must accurately indicate the peak amplitude of the
                       synchronizing signal. Take all measurements with a horizontally polarized antenna. Use a
                       shielded transmission line between the testing antenna and the field strength meter. Match the
                       antenna impedance to the transmission line at all frequencies measured, and, if using an
                       unbalanced line, employ a suitable balun. Take account of the transmission line loss for each
                       frequency being measured.

                 (ii) Weather. Do not take measurements in inclement weather or when major weather fronts are
                      moving through the measurement area.

                (iii) Antenna elevation. When field strength is being measured for a one-story building, elevate the
                      testing antenna to 6.1 meters (20 feet) above the ground. In situations where the field strength
                      is being measured for a building taller than one-story, elevate the testing antenna 9.1 meters
                      (30 feet) above the ground.

47 CFR 73.686(d)(2)(iii) (enhanced display)                                                                page 279 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 73.686(d)(2)(iv)
Radio Broadcast Services

                (iv) Antenna orientation. Orient the testing antenna in the direction which maximizes the value of
                     field strength for the signal being measured. If more than one station's signal is being
                     measured, orient the testing antenna separately for each station.

           (3) Written record shall be made and shall include at least the following:

                 (i)   A list of calibrated equipment used in the field strength survey, which for each instrument,
                       specifies the manufacturer, type, serial number and rated accuracy, and the date of the most
                       recent calibration by the manufacturer or by a laboratory. Include complete details of any
                       instrument not of standard manufacture.

                 (ii) A detailed description of the calibration of the measuring equipment, including field strength
                      meters, measuring antenna, and connecting cable.

                (iii) For each spot at the measuring site, all factors which may affect the recorded field, such as
                      topography, height and types of vegetation, buildings, obstacles, weather, and other local
                      features.

                (iv) A description of where the cluster measurements were made.

                 (v) Time and date of the measurements and signature of the person making the measurements.

                (vi) For each channel being measured, a list of the measured value of field strength (in units of dBu
                     and after adjustment for line loss and antenna factor) of the five readings made during the
                     cluster measurement process, with the median value highlighted.

     (e) DTV—Collection of field strength data to determine digital television signal intensity at an individual
         location—cluster measurements —

           (1) Preparation for measurements —

                 (i)   Testing antenna. The test antenna shall be either a standard half-wave dipole tuned to the
                       center frequency of the channel being tested or a gain antenna provided its antenna factor for
                       the channel(s) under test has been determined. Use the antenna factor supplied by the antenna
                       manufacturer as determined on an antenna range.

                 (ii) Testing locations —At the test site, choose a minimum of five locations as close as possible to
                      the specific site where the site's receiving antenna is located. If there is no receiving antenna at
                      the site, choose a minimum of five locations as close as possible to a reasonable and likely
                      spot for the antenna. The locations shall be at least three meters apart, enough so that the
                      testing is practical. If possible, the first testing point should be chosen as the center point of a
                      square whose corners are the four other locations. Calculate the median of the five
                      measurements (in units of dBµ) and report it as the measurement.

                (iii) Multiple signals —

                       (A) If more than one signal is being measured (i.e., signals from different transmitters), use
                           the same locations to measure each signal.

                       (B) For establishing eligibility of a satellite subscriber to receive distant network signals, only
                           stations affiliated with the network in question that are located in the same Nielsen
                           Designated Market Area (DMA) as the test site may be considered and tested.

47 CFR 73.686(e)(1)(iii)(B) (enhanced display)                                                              page 280 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.686(e)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (2) Measurement procedure. Measurements shall be made in accordance with good engineering
               practice and in accordance with this section of this chapter. At each measuring location, the
               following procedure shall be employed:

                 (i)   Testing equipment. Perform an on-site calibration of the test instrument in accordance with the
                       manufacturer's specifications. Tune a calibrated instrument to the center of the channel being
                       tested. Measure the integrated average power over the full 6 megahertz bandwidth of the
                       television signal. The intermediate frequency of the instrument should be set to 100 kilohertz
                       unless the instrument is specifically designed by the manufacturer to use an alternative i.f.
                       setting. The instrument must be capable of integrating over the selected i.f. for the 6 megahertz
                       channel bandwidth. Take all measurements with a horizontally polarized antenna. Use a
                       shielded transmission line between the testing antenna and the field strength meter. Match the
                       antenna impedance to the transmission line at all frequencies measured, and, if using an un-
                       balanced line, employ a suitable balance. Take account of the transmission line loss for each
                       frequency being measured.

                 (ii) Weather. Do not take measurements during periods of inclement weather, including, but not
                      limited to, periods of heavy rainfall, snowfall accumulation, high windspeed, or any combination
                      thereof.

                (iii) Antenna elevation. When field strength is being measured for a one-story building, elevate the
                      testing antenna to 6.1 meters (20 feet) above the ground. In situations where the field strength
                      is being measured for a building taller than one-story, elevate the testing antenna 9.1 meters
                      (30 feet) above the ground.

                (iv) Antenna orientation. Orient the testing antenna in the direction which maximizes the value of
                     field strength for the signal being measured. If more than one station's signal is being
                     measured, orient the testing antenna separately for each station.

           (3) Written record shall be made and shall include at least the following:

                 (i)   A list of calibrated equipment used in the field strength survey, which for each instrument
                       specifies the manufacturer, type, serial number and rated accuracy, and the date of the most
                       recent calibration by the manufacturer or by a laboratory. Include complete details of any
                       instrument not of standard manufacture.

                 (ii) A detailed description of the calibration of the measuring equipment, including field strength
                      meters, measuring antenna, and connecting cable.

                (iii) For each spot at the measuring site, all factors which may affect the recorded field, such as
                      topography, height and types of vegetation, buildings, obstacles, weather, and other local
                      features.

                (iv) A description of where the cluster measurements were made.

                 (v) Time and date of the measurements and signature of the person making the measurements.

                (vi) For each channel being measured, a list of the measured value of field strength (in units of dBµ
                     after adjustment for line loss and antenna factor) of the five readings made during the cluster
                     measurement process, with the median value highlighted.

[40 FR 27683, July 1, 1975, as amended at 50 FR 23701, June 5, 1985; 64 FR 7127, Feb. 12, 1999; 64 FR 73433, Dec. 30, 1999; 75
FR 81498, Dec. 28, 2010]

47 CFR 73.686(e)(3)(vi) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 281 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.687
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.687 Transmission system requirements.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7253, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Visual transmitter.

           (1) The field strength or voltage of the lower sideband, as radiated or dissipated and measured as
               described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, shall not be greater than −20 dB for a modulating
               frequency of 1.25 MHz or greater and in addition, for color, shall not be greater than −42 dB for a
               modulating frequency of 3.579545 MHz (the color subcarrier frequency). For both monochrome and
               color, the field strength or voltage of the upper sideband as radiated or dissipated and measured as
               described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section shall not be greater than −20 dB for a modulating
               frequency of 4.75 MHz or greater. For stations operating on Channels 15–36 and employing a
               transmitter delivering maximum peak visual power output of 1 kW or less, the field strength or
               voltage of the upper and lower sidebands, as radiated or dissipated and measured as described in
               paragraph (a)(2) of this section, shall depart from the visual amplitude characteristic (Figure 5a of §
               73.699) by no more than the following amounts:

           (2) The attenuation characteristics of a visual transmitter shall be measured by application of a
               modulating signal to the transmitter input terminals in place of the normal composite television
               video signal. The signal applied shall be a composite signal composed of a synchronizing signal to
               establish peak output voltage plus a variable frequency sine wave voltage occupying the interval
               between synchronizing pulses. (The “synchronizing signal” referred to in this section means either a
               standard synchronizing wave form or any pulse that will properly set the peak.) The axis of the sine
               wave in the composite signal observed in the output monitor shall be maintained at an amplitude 0.5
               of the voltage at synchronizing peaks. The amplitude of the sine wave input shall be held at a
               constant value. This constant value should be such that at no modulating frequency does the
               maximum excursion of the sine wave, observed in the composite output signal monitor, exceed the
               value 0.75 of peak output voltage. The amplitude of the 200 kHz sideband shall be measured and
               designated zero dB as a basis for comparison. The modulation signal frequency shall then be varied
               over the desired range and the field strength or signal voltage of the corresponding sidebands
               measured. As an alternate method of measuring, in those cases in which the automatic d-c insertion
               can be replaced by manual control, the above characteristic may be taken by the use of a video
               sweep generator and without the use of pedestal synchronizing pulses. The d-c level shall be set for
               midcharacteristic operation.

           (3) A sine wave, introduced at those terminals of the transmitter which are normally fed the composite
               color picture signal, shall produce a radiated signal having an envelope delay, relative to the average
               envelope delay between 0.05 and 0.20 MHz, of zero microseconds up to a frequency of 3.0 MHz; and
               then linearly decreasing to 4.18 MHz so as to be equal to −0.17 µsecs at 3.58 MHz. The tolerance on
               the envelope delay shall be ±0.05 µsecs at 3.58 MHz. The tolerance shall increase linearly to ±0.1
               µsec down to 2.1 MHz, and remain at ±0.1 µsec down to 0.2 MHz. (Tolerances for the interval of 0.0
               to 0.2 MHz are not specified at the present time.) The tolerance shall also increase linearly to ±0.1
               µsec at 4.18 MHz.

47 CFR 73.687(a)(3) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 282 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.687(a)(4)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (4) The radio frequency signal, as radiated, shall have an envelope as would be produced by a
               modulating signal in conformity with § 73.682 and Figure 6 or 7 of § 73.699, as modified by vestigial
               sideband operation specified in Figure 5 of § 73.699. For stations operating on Channels 15–36 the
               radio frequency signal as radiated, shall have an envelope as would be produced by a modulating
               signal in conformity with § 73.682 and Figure 6 or 7 of § 73.699.

           (5) The time interval between the leading edges of successive horizontal pulses shall vary less than one
               half of one percent of the average interval. However, for color transmissions, § 73.682(a) (5) and (6)
               shall be controlling.

           (6) The rate of change of the frequency of recurrence of the leading edges of the horizontal
               synchronizing signals shall be not greater than 0.15 percent per second, the frequency to be
               determined by an averaging process carried out over a period of not less than 20, nor more than 100
               lines, such lines not to include any portion of the blanking interval. However, for color transmissions,
               § 73.682(a) (5) and (6) shall be controlling.

     (b) Aural transmitter.

           (1) Pre-emphasis shall be employed as closely as practicable in accordance with the impedance-
               frequency characteristic of a series inductance-resistance network having a time constant of 75
               microseconds. (See upper curve of Figure 12 § 73.699.)

           (2) If a limiting or compression amplifier is employed, precaution should be maintained in its connection
               in the circuit due to the use of pre-emphasis in the transmitting system.

           (3) Aural modulation levels are specified in § 73.1570.

     (c) Requirements applicable to both visual and aural transmitters.

           (1) Automatic means shall be provided in the visual transmitter to maintain the carrier frequency within
               ±1 kHz of the authorized frequency; automatic means shall be provided in the aural transmitter to
               maintain the carrier frequency 4.5 MHz above the actual visual carrier frequency within ±1 kHz.

           (2) The transmitters shall be equipped with suitable indicating instruments for the determination of
               operating power and with other instruments necessary for proper adjustment, operation, and
               maintenance of the equipment.

           (3) Adequate provision shall be made for varying the output power of the transmitters to compensate for
               excessive variations in line voltage or for other factors affecting the output power.

           (4) Adequate provisions shall be provided in all component parts to avoid overheating at the rated
               maximum output powers.

     (d) The construction, installation, and operation of broadcast equipment is expected to conform with all
         applicable local, state, and federally imposed safety regulations and standards, enforcement of which is
         the responsibility of the issuing regulatory agency.

     (e) Operation.

           (1) Spurious emissions, including radio frequency harmonics, shall be maintained at as low a level as the
               state of the art permits. As measured at the output terminals of the transmitter (including harmonic
               filters, if required) all emissions removed in frequency in excess of 3 MHz above or below the
               respective channel edge shall be attenuated no less than 60 dB. below the visual transmitted power.
               (The 60 dB. value for television transmitters specified in this rule should be considered as a

47 CFR 73.687(e)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 283 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 73.687(e)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

                temporary requirement which may be increased at a later date, especially when more higher-
                powered equipment is utilized. Stations should, therefore, give consideration to the installation of
                equipment with greater attenuation than 60 dB.) In the event of interference caused to any service
                greater attenuation will be required.

           (2) If a limiting or compression amplifier is used in conjunction with the aural transmitter, due operating
               precautions should be maintained because of pre-emphasis in the transmitting system.

           (3) TV broadcast stations operating on Channel 14 must take special precautions to avoid interference
               to adjacent spectrum land mobile radio service facilities. Where a TV station is authorized and
               operating prior to the authorization and operation of the land mobile facility, a Channel 14 station
               must attenuate its emissions within the frequency range 467 to 470 MHz if necessary to permit
               reasonable use of the adjacent frequencies by land mobile licensees.

           (4) The requirements listed below apply to permittees authorized to construct a new station on TV
               Channel 14, and to licensees authorized to change the channel of an existing station to Channel 14,
               to increase effective radiated power (ERP) (including any change in directional antenna
               characteristics that results in an increase in ERP in any direction), or to change the transmitting
               location of an existing station.

                 (i)   For the purposes of this paragraph (e), a protected land mobile facility is a receiver that is
                       intended to receive transmissions from licensed land mobile stations within the frequency band
                       below 470 MHz, and is associated with one or more land mobile stations for which a license
                       has been issued by the Commission, or a proper application has been received by the
                       Commission prior to the date of the filing of the TV construction permit application. However, a
                       land mobile facility will not be protected if it is proposed in an application that is denied or
                       dismissed and that action is no longer subject to Commission review. Further, if the land mobile
                       station is not operating when the TV facility commences operation and it does not commence
                       operation within the time permitted by its authorization in accordance with part 90 of this
                       chapter, it will not be protected.

                 (ii) A TV permittee must take steps before construction to identify potential interference to normal
                      land mobile operation that could be caused by TV emissions outside the authorized channel,
                      land mobile receiver desensitization or intermodulation. It must install filters and take other
                      precautions as necessary, and submit evidence that no interference is being caused before it
                      will be permitted to transmit programming on the new facilities pursuant to the provisions of §
                      73.1615 or § 73.1620 of this part. A TV permittee must reduce its emissions within the land
                      mobile channel of a protected land mobile facility that is receiving interference caused by the
                      TV emission producing a vertically polarized signal and a field strength in excess of 17 dBu at
                      the land mobile receiver site on the land mobile frequency. The TV emission should be
                      measured with equipment set to a 30 kHz measurement bandwidth including the entire
                      applicable land mobile channel. A TV permittee must correct a desensitization problem if its
                      occurrence can be directly linked to the start of the TV operation and the land mobile station is
                      using facilities with typical desensitization rejection characteristics. A TV permittee must
                      identify the source of an intermodulation product that is generated when the TV operation
                      commences. If the intermodulation source is under its control, the TV permittee must correct
                      the problem. If the intermodulation source is beyond the TV permittee's control, it must
                      cooperate in the resolution of the problem and should provide whatever technical assistance it
                      can.

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303))
47 CFR 73.687(e)(4)(ii) (enhanced display)                                                               page 284 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                47 CFR 73.688
Radio Broadcast Services

[28 FR 13660, Dec. 14, 1963]

Editorial Note: For FEDERAL REGISTER citations affecting § 73.687, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which
appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 73.688 Indicating instruments.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7253, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Each TV broadcast station shall be equipped with indicating instruments which conform with the
         specifications described in § 73.1215 for measuring the operating parameters of the last radio stage of
         the visual transmitter, and with such other instruments as are necessary for the proper adjustment,
         operation, and maintenance of the visual transmitting system.

     (b) The function of each instrument shall be clearly and permanently shown on the instrument itself or on the
         panel immediately adjacent thereto.

     (c) In the event that any one of these indicating instruments becomes defective, when no substitute which
         conforms with the required specifications is available, the station may be operated without the defective
         instrument pending its repair or replacement for a period not in excess of 60 days without further
         authority of the FCC, provided that:

           (1) If the defective instrument is the transmission line meter used for determining the output power by
               the direct method, the operating power shall be determined or maintained by the indirect method
               whenever possible or by using the operating parameters of the last radio stage of the transmitter
               during the time the station is operated without the transmission line meter.

           (2) If conditions beyond the control of the licensee prevent the restoration of the meter to service within
               the above allowed period, informal request in accordance with § 73.3549 may be filed for such
               additional time as may be required to complete repairs of the defective instrument.

[41 FR 36818, Sept. 1, 1976, as amended at 48 FR 38480, Aug. 24, 1983; 49 FR 50048, Dec. 26, 1984; 50 FR 26568, June 27, 1985;
80 FR 53750, Sept. 8, 2015]

§ 73.691 Visual modulation monitoring.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7253, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Each TV station must have measuring equipment for determining that the transmitted visual signal
         conforms to the provisions of this subpart. The licensee shall decide the monitoring and measurement
         methods or procedures for indicating and controlling the visual signal.

     (b) In the event technical problems make it impossible to operate in accordance with the timing and carrier
         level tolerance requirements of § 73.682 (a)(9)(i), (a)(9)(ii), (a)(12), (a)(13), and (a)(17), a TV broadcast
         station may operate at variance for a period of not more than 30 days without specific authority from the
         FCC: provided that, the date and time of the initial out-of-tolerance condition has been entered in the
         station log. If the operation at variance will exceed 10 consecutive days, a notification must be sent to the
         FCC in Washington, D.C., not later than the 10th day of such operation. In the event normal operation is
         resumed prior to the end of the 30 day period, the licensee must notify the FCC upon restoration of normal

47 CFR 73.691(b) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 285 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.698
Radio Broadcast Services

           operation. If causes beyond the control of the licensee prevent restoration of normal operation within 30
           days, a written request must be made to the FCC in Washington, D.C., no later than the 30th day for such
           additional time as may be necessary.

[60 FR 55480, Nov. 1, 1995]

§ 73.698 Tables.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7253, Feb. 1, 2024.

      Table I [Reserved]

                                               Table II

              (2)—31.4                           (4)—87.7
                            (3)—31.4                             (5)—95.7     (6)—95.7    (7)—119.9
             kilometers                         kilometers
                           kilometers                           kilometers   kilometers   kilometers
 (1)—Channel    (19.5                          (54.5 miles)
                          (19.5 miles)                         (59.5 miles) (59.5 miles) (74.5 miles)
              miles) If                          adjacent
                        intermodulation                          oscillator sound image picture image
                 beat                             channel
 14                     22            16–19               15           21           28            29
 15                     23            17–20           14, 16           22           29            30
 16                     24         14, 18–21          15, 17           23           30            31
 17                     25     14–15, 19–22           16, 18           24           31            32
 18                     26     14–16, 20–23           17, 19           25           32            33
 19                     27     14–17, 21–24           18, 20           26           33            34
 20                     28     15–18, 22–25           19, 21           27           34            35
 21                     29     16–19, 23–26           20, 22        28, 14          35            36
 22                  30, 14    17–20, 24–27           21, 23        29, 15          36            37
 23                  31, 15    18–21, 25–28           22, 24        30, 16          37            38
 24                  32, 16    19–22, 26–29           23, 25        31, 17          38            39
 25                  33, 17    20–23, 27–30           24, 26        32, 18          39            40
 26                  34, 18    21–24, 28–31           25, 27        33, 19          40            41
 27                  35, 19    22–25, 29–32           26, 28        34, 20          41            42
 28                  36, 20    23–26, 30–33           27, 29        35, 21       42, 14           43
 29                  37, 21    24–27, 31–34           28, 30        36, 22       43, 15        44, 14
 30                  38, 22    25–28, 32–35           29, 31        37, 23       44, 16        45, 15
 31                  39, 23    26–29, 33–36           30, 32        38, 24       45, 17        46, 16
 32                  40, 24    27–30, 34–37           31, 33        39, 25       46, 18        47, 17
 33                  41, 25    28–31, 35–38           32, 34        40, 26       47, 19        48, 18
 34                  42, 26    29–32, 36–39           33, 35        41, 27       48, 20        49, 19
 35                  43, 27    30–33, 37–40           34, 36        42, 28       49, 21        50, 20
 36                  44, 28    31–34, 38–41           35, 37        43, 29       50, 22        51, 21
 37                  45, 29    32–35, 39–42           36, 38        44, 30       51, 23        52, 22

47 CFR 73.698 (enhanced display)                                                                        page 286 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 73.698
Radio Broadcast Services

              (2)—31.4                          (4)—87.7
                            (3)—31.4                            (5)—95.7     (6)—95.7    (7)—119.9
             kilometers                        kilometers
                           kilometers                          kilometers   kilometers   kilometers
 (1)—Channel    (19.5                         (54.5 miles)
                          (19.5 miles)                        (59.5 miles) (59.5 miles) (74.5 miles)
              miles) If                         adjacent
                        intermodulation                         oscillator sound image picture image
                 beat                            channel
 38                  46, 30    33–36, 40–43          37, 39        45, 31       52, 24        53, 23
 39                  47, 31    34–37, 41–44          38, 40        46, 32       53, 25        54, 24
 40                  48, 32    35–38, 42–45          39, 41        47, 33       54, 26        55, 25
 41                  49, 33    36–39, 43–46          40, 42        48, 34       55, 27        56, 26
 42                  50, 34    37–40, 44–47          41, 43        49, 35       56, 28        57, 27
 43                  51, 35    38–41, 45–48          42, 44        50, 36       57, 29        58, 28
 44                  52, 36    39–42, 46–49          43, 45        51, 37       58, 30        59, 29
 45                  53, 37    40–43, 47–50          44, 46        52, 38       59, 31        60, 30
 46                  54, 38    41–44, 48–51          45, 47        53, 39       60, 32        61, 31
 47                  55, 39    42–45, 49–52          46, 48        54, 40       61, 33        62, 32
 48                  56, 40    43–46, 50–53          47, 49        55, 41       62, 34        63, 33
 49                  57, 41    44–47, 51–54          48, 50        56, 42       63, 35        64, 34
 50                  58, 42    45–48, 52–55          49, 51        57, 43       64, 36        65, 35
 51                  59, 43    46–49, 53–56          50, 52        58, 44       65, 37        66, 36
 52                  60, 44    47–50, 54–57          51, 53        59, 45       66, 38        67, 37
 53                  61, 45    48–51, 55–58          52, 54        60, 46       67, 39        68, 38
 54                  62, 46    49–52, 56–59          53, 55        61, 47       68, 40        69, 39
 55                  63, 47    50–53, 57–60          54, 56        62, 48       69, 41        70, 40
 56                  64, 48    51–54, 58–61          55, 57        63, 49       70, 42        71, 41
 57                  65, 49    52–55, 59–62          56, 58        64, 50       71, 43        72, 42
 58                  66, 50    53–56, 60–63          57, 59        65, 51       72, 44        73, 43
 59                  67, 51    54–57, 61–64          58, 60        66, 52       73, 45        74, 44
 60                  68, 52    55–58, 62–65          59, 61        67, 53       74, 46        75, 45
 61                  69, 53    56–59, 63–66          60, 62        68, 54       75, 47        76, 46
 62                  70, 54    57–60, 64–67          61, 63        69, 55       76, 48        77, 47
 63                  71, 55    58–61, 65–68          62, 64        70, 56       77, 49        78, 48
 64                  72, 56    59–62, 66–69          63, 65        71, 57       78, 50        79, 49
 65                  73, 57    60–63, 67–70          64, 66        72, 58       79, 51        80, 50
 66                  74, 58    61–64, 68–71          65, 67        73, 59       80, 52        81, 51
 67                  75, 59    62–65, 69–72          66, 68        74, 60       81, 53        82, 52
 68                  76, 60    63–66, 70–73          67, 69        75, 61       82, 54        83, 53
 69                  77, 61    64–67, 71–74          68, 70        76, 62       83, 55           54

NOTE: The parenthetical reference beneath the mileage figures in columns 2 through 7, inclusive,
indicate, in abbreviated form, the bases for the required mileage separations. For a discussion of
these bases, see the “Sixth Report and Order” of the Commission (FCC 52–294; 17 FR 3905, May 2,
1952). The hyphenated numbers listed in column (3) are both inclusive.

47 CFR 73.698 (enhanced display)                                                                       page 287 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                               47 CFR 73.699
Radio Broadcast Services

[28 FR 13660, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 39 FR 20377, June 10, 1974; 47 FR 35990, Aug. 18, 1982; 50 FR 23701, June 5, 1985;
54 FR 9807, Mar. 8, 1989]

§ 73.699 TV engineering charts.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7253, Feb. 1, 2024.

This section consists of the following Figures: 1–5, 5a, 6–10, 10a–10e, 11–12, 13–16.

           Note: The charts as reproduced herein, due to their small scale, are not to be used in connection
           with material submitted to the FCC.

47 CFR 73.699 (enhanced display)                                                                             page 288 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                               47 CFR 73.699
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.699 (enhanced display)              page 289 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                               47 CFR 73.699
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.699 (enhanced display)              page 290 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                               47 CFR 73.699
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.699 (enhanced display)              page 291 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                               47 CFR 73.699
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.699 (enhanced display)              page 292 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                               47 CFR 73.699
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.699 (enhanced display)              page 293 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                               47 CFR 73.699
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.699 (enhanced display)              page 294 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                               47 CFR 73.699
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.699 (enhanced display)              page 295 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                               47 CFR 73.699
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.699 (enhanced display)              page 296 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                               47 CFR 73.699
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.699 (enhanced display)              page 297 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                               47 CFR 73.699
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.699 (enhanced display)              page 298 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                               47 CFR 73.699
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.699 (enhanced display)              page 299 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                47 CFR 73.699
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.699 (enhanced display)              page 300 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                               47 CFR 73.699
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.699 (enhanced display)              page 301 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                               47 CFR 73.699
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.699 (enhanced display)              page 302 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                               47 CFR 73.699
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.699 (enhanced display)              page 303 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                47 CFR 73.699
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.699 (enhanced display)              page 304 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                               47 CFR 73.699
Radio Broadcast Services

     Figures 13 through 15 [Reserved]

47 CFR 73.699 (enhanced display)              page 305 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                   47 CFR 73.701
Radio Broadcast Services

[28 FR 13660, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 36 FR 17429, Aug. 31, 1971; 39 FR 40957, Nov. 22, 1974; 40 FR 27684, July 1, 1975;
41 FR 56326, Dec. 28, 1976; 44 FR 36040, June 20, 1979; 47 FR 3790, Jan. 27, 1982; 47 FR 35990, Aug. 18, 1982; 50 FR 13972,
Apr. 9, 1985; 50 FR 23701, June 5, 1985; 50 FR 32205, Aug. 9, 1985; 52 FR 11656, Apr. 10, 1987; 54 FR 9807, Mar. 8, 1989; 58 FR
29983, May 25, 1993; 86 FR 66210, Nov. 22, 2021]

Effective Date Note: At 42 FR 25736, May 19, 1977, the effective date of § 73.699 Figure 10e was stayed
indefinitely.

Subpart F—International Broadcast Stations
§ 73.701 Definitions.
The following definitions apply to terminology employed in this subpart:

     (a) International broadcast stations. A broadcasting station employing frequencies allocated to the
         broadcasting service between 5900 and 26100 kHz, the transmissions of which are intended to be
         received directly by the general public in foreign countries. (A station may be authorized more than one
         transmitter.) There are both Federal and non-Federal Government international broadcast stations; only
         the latter are licensed by the Commission and are subject to the rules of this subpart.

47 CFR 73.701(a) (enhanced display)                                                                             page 306 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 73.701(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (b) Transmitter-hour. One frequency used on one transmitter for one hour.

     (c) Frequency-hour. One frequency used for one hour regardless of the number of transmitters over which it is
         simultaneously broadcast by a station during that hour.

     (d) Multiple operation. Broadcasting by a station on one frequency over two or more transmitters
         simultaneously. If a station uses the same frequency simultaneously on each of two (three, etc.)
         transmitters for an hour, it uses one frequency-hour and two (three, etc.) transmitter-hours.

     (e) Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). Time scale, based on the second (SI), as defined in Recommendation
         ITU–R TF.460–6. For most practical purposes associated with the ITU Radio Regulations, UTC is
         equivalent to mean solar time at the prime meridian (0° longitude), formerly expressed in GMT. (RR)

     (f) Sunspot number. The 12–month running average of the number of sunspots for any month as indicated in
         the U.S. Department of Commerce Telecommunications Research and Engineering Report No.
         13—available from the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, DC 20402. The sunspot number varies
         in an approximate 11–year cycle.

     (g) Day. Any twenty-four hour period beginning 0100 UTC and ending 0100 UTC.

     (h) Schedule A. That portion of any year commencing at 0100 UTC on the last Sunday in March and ending at
         0100 UTC on the last Sunday in October.

      (i)   Schedule B. That portion of any year commencing at 0100 UTC on the last Sunday in October and ending
            at 0100 UTC on the last Sunday in March.

      (j)   [Reserved]

     (k) Seasonal schedule. An assignment, for a season, of a frequency or frequencies, and other technical
         parameters, to be used by a station for transmission to particular zones or areas of reception during
         specified hours.

      (l)   Reference month. That month of a season which is used for determining predicted propagation
            characteristics for the season. The reference month for Schedule A is July and the reference month for
            Schedule B is December.

     (m) Maximum usable frequency (MUF). The highest frequency which is returned by ionospheric radio
         propagation to the surface of the earth for a particular path and time of day for 50 percent of the days of
         the reference month.

     (n) Optimum working frequency (FOT). The highest frequency which is returned by ionospheric radio
         propagation to the surface of the earth for a particular path and time of day for 90 percent of the days of
         the reference month.

            Note: The international abbreviation for optimum working frequency, FOT, is formed with the initial
            letters of the French words for “optimum working frequency” which are “frequence optimum de
            travail.”

     (o) Zone of reception. Any geographic zone indicated in § 73.703 in which the reception of particular
         programs is specifically intended and in which broadcast coverage is contemplated.

47 CFR 73.701(o) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 307 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 73.701(p)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (p) Area of reception. Any geographic area smaller than a zone of reception in which the reception of
         particular programs is specifically intended and in which broadcast coverage is contemplated, such areas
         being indicated by countries or parts of countries.

     (q) Delivered median field strength, or field strength. The field strength incident upon the zone or area of
         reception expressed in microvolts per meter, or decibels above one microvolt per meter, which is
         exceeded by the hourly median value for 50 percent of the days of the reference month.

     (r) Carrier power. The average power supplied to the antenna transmission line by a transmitter during one
         radio frequency cycle under conditions of no modulation.

[38 FR 18892, July 16, 1973, as amended at 68 FR 25538, May 13, 2003; 70 FR 46676, Aug. 10, 2005]

§ 73.702 Assignment and use of frequencies.
     (a) Frequencies will be assigned by the Commission prior to the start of each season to authorized
         international broadcasting stations for use during the season at specified hours and for transmission to
         specified zones or areas of reception, with specified power and antenna bearing. Six months prior to the
         start of each season, licensees and permittees shall by informal written request, submitted to the
         Commission electronically in the International Communications Filing System (ICFS), indicate for the
         season the frequency or frequencies desired for transmission to each zone or area of reception specified
         in the license or permit, the specific hours during which it desires to transmit to such zones or areas on
         each frequency, and the power, antenna gain, and antenna bearing it desires to use. Requests will be
         honored to the extent that interference and propagation conditions permit and that they are otherwise in
         accordance with the provisions of this section.

     (b) After necessary processing of the requests required by paragraph (a) of this section, the Commission will
         notify each licensee and permittee of the frequencies, hours of use thereof to specified zones or areas of
         reception, power, and antenna bearing which it intends to authorize for the season in question. After
         receipt of such notification, the licensee or permittee shall, in writing, not later than two months before the
         start of the season in question, electronically inform the Commission in ICFS either that it plans to
         operate in accordance with the authorization which the Commission intends to issue, or that it plans to
         operate in another manner. If the licensee or permittee indicates that it plans to operate in another
         manner, it shall furnish explanatory details.

     (c) If after submitting the request required under the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, but before
         receipt of the Commission's notification referred to in paragraph (b) of this section, the licensee or
         permittee submits a request for changes of its original request electronically in ICFS such requests will be
         accepted for consideration only if accompanied by statements showing good cause therefor and will be
         honored only if conditions permit. If the information required to be submitted by the licensee or permittee
         under the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section indicates that operation in another manner is
         contemplated, and the explanatory details contain a request for change in the originally proposed manner
         of operation, such requests will be accepted for consideration only if accompanied by statements
         showing good cause therefor and will be honored only if conditions permit. If after the licensee or
         permittee submits the information required under the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, but
         before the start of the season in question, the licensee or permittee submits electronically in ICFS a
         request for changes in its manner of operation for the season in question, the request will be accepted for
         consideration only if accompanied by statements showing good cause therefor and will be honored only if

47 CFR 73.702(c) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 308 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.702(d)
Radio Broadcast Services

           conditions permit. If after the start of a season the licensee or permittee submits a request for changes in
           the manner of operation as authorized, the request will be considered only if accompanied by statements
           showing good cause therefor, and will be honored only if conditions permit.

     (d) The provisions of paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of the section shall apply to licensees, to permittees
         operating under program test authority, and to permittees who anticipate applying for and receiving
         program test authority for operation during the specified season. Permittees who during the process of
         construction wish to engage in equipment tests shall by informal written request, submitted to the
         Commission electronically in ICFS not less than 30 days before they desire to begin such testing, indicate
         the frequencies they desire to use for testing and the hours they desire to use those frequencies. No
         equipment testing shall occur until the Commission has authorized frequencies and hours for such
         testing. Such authorizations shall be only for one season, and if it is desired to continue equipment testing
         in a following season, new requests for frequencies and hours must be submitted at least 30 days before
         it is desired to begin testing in the following season.

     (e) Within 14 days after the end of each season, a report shall be filed with the Commission electronically in
         ICFS by each licensee or permittee operating under program test authority who has been issued a
         seasonal schedule for that season. The report shall state whether the licensee or permittee has operated
         the number of frequency-hours authorized by the seasonal schedule to each of the zones or areas of
         reception specified in the schedule. If such operation has not occurred, a detailed explanation of that fact
         shall also be submitted which includes specific dates, frequency-hours not used, and reasons for the
         failure to operate as authorized. The report shall also contain information that has been received by the
         licensee or permittee as to reception or interference, and conclusions with regard to propagation
         characteristics of frequencies that were assigned for the season in question.

     (f) Assigned frequencies. To the extent practicable, the frequencies assigned to international broadcast
         stations shall be within the following frequency bands, which are allocated to the broadcasting service on
         a primary and exclusive basis, except as noted in paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section:

           (1) In all Regions:

                 (i)   Exclusive: 5,900–6,200 kHz; 7,300–7,350 kHz; 9,400–9,900 kHz; 11,600–12,100 kHz;
                       13,570–13,870 kHz; 15,100–15,800 kHz; 17,480–17,900 kHz; 18,900–19,020 kHz;
                       21,450–21,850 kHz; and 25,670–26,100 kHz.

                 (ii) Co-primary: 7,350–7,400 kHz, except in the countries listed in 47 CFR 2.106, footnote 5.143C,
                      where this band is also allocated to the fixed service on a primary basis.

           (2) In Region 1 and Region 3: 7,200–7,300 kHz and 7,400–7,450 kHz.

                 Note to paragraph (f): For the allocation of frequencies, the ITU has divided the world into
                 three Regions, which are defined in 47 CFR 2.104(b). The bands 7,200–7,300 kHz and
                 7,400–7,450 kHz are not allocated to the broadcasting service in Region 2. Subject to not
                 causing harmful interference to the broadcasting service, fixed and mobile services may
                 operate in certain of the international broadcasting bands; see 47 CFR 2.106, footnotes 5.136,
                 5.143, 5.143A, 5.143B, 5.143D, 5.146, 5.147, and 5.151.

     (g) [Reserved]

     (h) Requirements for Regional operation.

47 CFR 73.702(h) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 309 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 73.702(h)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

            (1) Frequency assignments in the bands 7,200–7,300 kHz and 7,400–7,450 kHz shall be restricted to
                international broadcast stations in the Pacific insular areas that are located in Region 3 (as defined
                in 47 CFR 2.105(a), note 3) that transmit to geographical zones and areas of reception in Region 1 or
                Region 3.

            (2) During the hours of 0800–1600 UTC (Coordinated Universal Time) antenna gain with reference to an
                isotropic radiator in any easterly direction that would intersect any area in Region 2 shall not exceed
                2.15 dBi, except in the case where a transmitter power of less than 100 kW is used. In this case,
                antenna gain on restricted azimuths shall not exceed that which is determined in accordance with
                equation below. Stations desiring to operate in this band must submit sufficient antenna
                performance information electronically in ICFS to ensure compliance with these
                restrictions.Permitted gain for transmitter powers less than 100 kW:

            Where:

            Gi = maximum gain permitted with reference to an isotropic radiator. Pa = Transmitter power employed in
            kW.

      (i)   Frequencies requested for assignment must be as near as practicable to the optimum working frequency
            (unless otherwise justified) for the zone or area of reception for the period and path of transmission, and
            should be chosen so that a given frequency will provide the largest period of reliable transmission to the
            selected zone or area of reception. Moreover, at the zone or area of reception frequencies shall provide
            protection to the transmissions of other broadcasting stations which, in the opinion of the Commission,
            have priority of assignment.

            (1) Requests for frequency-hours shall be accompanied by all pertinent technical data with reference to
                the frequencies and hours of operation, including calculated field strengths delivered to the zones or
                areas of reception.

            (2) It is preferable that calculated field strengths delivered to zones or areas of reception be equal to or
                greater than those required by I.F.R.B. Technical Standards, Series A (and supplements thereto), in
                order for the I.F.R.B. to afford the notified assignment protection from interference. Nevertheless,
                calculated field strengths less than those required by the I.F.R.B. standards for protection will be
                acceptable to the Commission. However, licensees should note that if such lesser field strengths are
                submitted no protection from interference will be provided by the I.F.R.B. if their technical
                examination of such notifications show incompatibilities with other notified assignments fully
                complying with I.F.R.B. technical standards.

            (3) Licensees are permitted to engage in multiple operation as defined in § 73.701(d).

            (4) Seasonal requests for frequency-hours will be only for transmissions to zones or areas of reception
                specified in the basic instrument of authorization. Changes in such zones or areas will be made only
                on separate application for modification of such instruments made electronically in ICFS.

47 CFR 73.702(i)(4) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 310 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 73.702(j)
Radio Broadcast Services

      (j)   Not more than one frequency will be assigned for use at any one time for any one program transmission
            except in instances where a program is intended for reception in more than one zone or area of reception
            and the intended zones or areas cannot be served by a single frequency: Provided, however, That on a
            showing of good cause made electronically in ICFS a licensee may be authorized to operate on more than
            one frequency at any one time to transmit any one program to a single zone or area of reception.

     (k) Any frequency assigned to a licensee or permittee shall also be available for assignment to other
         licensees or permittees.

      (l)   All assignments of frequencies and the hours during which they will be used will be made with the express
            understanding that they are subject to immediate cancellation or change without hearing whenever the
            Commission determines that interference or propagation conditions so require and that each frequency-
            hour assignment for a given seasonal schedule is unique unto itself and not necessarily available for use
            during a subsequent season.

     (m) The total maximum number of frequency-hours which will be authorized to all licensees of international
         broadcasting stations during any one day for any season is 100. The number of frequency-hours allocated
         to any licensee will depend on past usage, availability, and need. If for a forthcoming season the total of
         the requests for daily frequency-hours of all licensees exceeds 100, all licensees will be notified and each
         licensee that makes an adequate showing electronically in ICFS that good cause exists for not having its
         requested number of frequency-hours reduced and that operation of its station without such reduction
         would be consistent with the public interest may be authorized the frequency-hours requested.

            Note: The provisions of this paragraph are not to be construed to mean that a total of 100 (or
            more) frequency-hours per day is assured licensees. Frequency-hours will only be assigned to the
            extent that they are available. It is the responsibility of each licensee to make all technical studies
            to show that frequency-hours requested by it are available and suitable for use as proposed.

[38 FR 18892, July 16, 1973, as amended at 51 FR 9965, Mar. 24, 1986; 68 FR 25538, May 13, 2003; 70 FR 46676, Aug. 10, 2005;
73 FR 25496, May 6, 2008; 75 FR 63031, Oct. 13, 2010; 86 FR 54399, Oct. 1, 2021; 88 FR 21446, Apr. 10, 2023]

§ 73.703 Geographical zones and areas of reception.
The zones or areas of reception to be served by international broadcasting stations shall be based on the following
map, and directive antennas shall be employed to direct transmissions thereto:

47 CFR 73.703 (enhanced display)                                                                               page 311 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                               47 CFR 73.703
Radio Broadcast Services

47 CFR 73.703 (enhanced display)              page 312 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                               47 CFR 73.712
Radio Broadcast Services

[38 FR 18893, July 16, 1973, as amended at 68 FR 25538, May 13, 2003]

§ 73.712 Equipment tests.
     (a) During the process of construction of an international broadcasting station, the permittee, having obtained
         authorization for frequencies and hours as set forth in the Note to § 73.702(d) may, without further
         authority of the FCC, conduct equipment tests for the purpose of such adjustments and measurements
         as may be necessary to assure compliance with the terms of the construction permit, the technical
         provisions of the application therefor and the rules and regulations. Such tests shall use voice
         identification and test tones only. No programming shall be conducted during equipment tests.

     (b) The Commission may notify the permittee to conduct no tests or may cancel, suspend, or change the date
         for the beginning of equipment tests when and if such action may appear to be in the public interest,
         convenience, and necessity.

     (c) Equipment tests may be continued so long as the construction permit shall remain valid: Provided,
         however, That the procedure set forth in paragraph (a) of this section must be repeated prior to the
         conducting of such tests in each season after the season in which the testing began.

     (d) The authorization for tests embodied in this section shall not be construed as constituting a license to
         operate but as a necessary part of construction.

[28 FR 13696, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 37 FR 25842, Dec. 5, 1972. Redesignated and amended at 38 FR 18894, July 16,
1973; 47 FR 40174, Sept. 13, 1982]

§ 73.713 Program tests.
     (a) Upon completion of construction of an international broadcasting station in accordance with the terms of
         the construction permit, the technical provisions of the application therefor, and the rules and regulations
         and the applicable engineering standards, and when an application for station license has been filed
         showing the station to be in satisfactory operating condition, the permittee may request authority to
         conduct program tests. Such request shall be electronically filed with the FCC in the International
         Communications Filing System (ICFS) at least 10 days prior to the date on which it is desired to begin
         such operation. All data necessary to show compliance with the terms and conditions of the construction
         permit must be filed with the license application.

     (b) Program tests shall not commence until specific Commission authority is received. The Commission
         reserves the right to change the date of the beginning of such tests or to suspend or revoke the authority
         for program tests as and when such action may appear to be in the public interest, convenience, and
         necessity.

     (c) Unless sooner suspended or revoked, program test authority continues valid during Commission
         consideration of the application for license and during this period further extension of the construction
         permit is not required. Program test authority shall be automatically terminated by final determination
         upon the application for station license.

     (d) All operation under program test authority shall be in strict compliance with the rules governing
         international broadcasting stations and in strict accordance with representations made in the application
         for license pursuant to which the tests were authorized.

     (e) The granting of program test authority shall not be construed as approval by the Commission of the
         application for station license.

47 CFR 73.713(e) (enhanced display)                                                                         page 313 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                  47 CFR 73.731
Radio Broadcast Services

[38 FR 18894, July 16, 1973, as amended at 47 FR 40174, Sept. 13, 1982; 86 FR 54401, Oct. 1, 2021; 88 FR 21447, Apr. 10, 2023]

§ 73.731 Licensing requirements.
     (a) A license for an international broadcasting station will be issued only after a satisfactory showing has
         been made in regard to the following, among others:

           (1) That there is a need for the international broadcasting service proposed to be rendered.

           (2) That the necessary program sources are available to the applicant to render the international service
               proposed.

           (3) That the production of the program service and the technical operation of the proposed station will
               be conducted by qualified persons.

           (4) That the applicant is legally, technically and financially qualified and possesses adequate technical
               facilities to carry forward the service proposed.

           (5) That the public interest, convenience and necessity will be served through the operation of the
               proposed station.

[38 FR 18895, July 16, 1973]

§ 73.732 Authorizations.
Authorizations issued to international broadcasting stations by the Commission will be authorizations to permit the
construction or use of a particular transmitting equipment combination and related antenna systems for
international broadcasting, and to permit broadcasting to zones or areas of reception specified on the instrument of
authorization. The authorizations will not specify the frequencies to be used or the hours of use. Requests for
frequencies and hours of use will be made by electronic filing in the International Communications Filing System
(ICFS) as provided in § 73.702. Seasonal schedules, when issued pursuant to the provisions of § 73.702, will
become attachments to and part of the instrument of authorization, replacing any such prior attachments.

[88 FR 21447, Apr. 10, 2023]

§ 73.733 Normal license period.
All international broadcast station licenses will be issued so as to expire at the hour of 3 a.m. local time and will be
issued for a normal period of 8 years expiring November 1.

[62 FR 5347, Feb. 5, 1997]

§ 73.751 Operating power.
No international broadcast station shall be authorized to install, or be licensed for operation of, transmitter
equipment with:

     (a) A rated carrier power of less than 50 kilowatts (kW) if double-sideband (DSB) modulation is used,

     (b) A peak envelope power of less than 50 kW if single-sideband (SSB) modulation is used, or

     (c) A mean power of less than 10 kW if digital modulation is used.

47 CFR 73.751(c) (enhanced display)                                                                             page 314 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.753
Radio Broadcast Services

[70 FR 46676, Aug. 10, 2005]

§ 73.753 Antenna systems.
All international broadcasting stations shall operate with directional antennas. Such antennas shall be designed and
operated so that the radiated power in the maximum lobe toward the specific zone or area of reception intended to
be served shall be at least 10 times the average power from the antenna in the horizontal plane. Radiation in all
other directions shall be suppressed to the maximum extent technically feasible. In order to eliminate or mitigate
harmful interference, the direction of the maximum lobe may be adjusted upon approval of the Commission.

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303))

[38 FR 18895, July 16, 1973, as amended at 44 FR 65765, Nov. 15, 1979]

§ 73.754 Frequency monitors.
     (a) The licensee of each international broadcast station shall operate a frequency monitor at the transmitter
         independent of the frequency control of the transmitter.

     (b) The frequency monitor shall be designed and constructed in accordance with good engineering practice.
         It shall have an accuracy sufficient to determine that the operating frequency is within one-half of the
         allowed tolerance.

[37 FR 25842, Dec. 5, 1972]

§ 73.755 Modulation monitors.
The licensee of each international broadcast station shall have a modulation monitor in operation at the transmitter.

[37 FR 25842, Dec. 5, 1972]

§ 73.756 System specifications for double-sideband (DBS) modulated emissions in the HF
broadcasting service.
     (a) Channel spacing. The nominal spacing for DSB shall be 10 kHz. However, the interleaved channels with a
         separation of 5 kHz may be used in accordance with the relative protection criteria, provided that the
         interleaved emission is not to the same geographical area as either of the emissions between which it is
         interleaved.

     (b) Emission characteristics —

           (1) Nominal carrier frequencies. Nominal carrier frequencies shall be integral multiples of 5 kHz.

           (2) Audio-frequency band. The upper limit of the audio-frequency band (at—3 dB) of the transmitter shall
               not exceed 4.5 kHz and the lower limit shall be 150 Hz, with lower frequencies attenuated at a slope
               of 6 dB per octave.

           (3) Modulation processing. If audio-frequency signal processing is used, the dynamic range of the
               modulating signal shall be not less than 20 dB.

           (4) Necessary bandwidth. The necessary bandwidth shall not exceed 9 kHz.

47 CFR 73.756(b)(4) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 315 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.757
Radio Broadcast Services

[70 FR 46677, Aug. 10, 2005]

§ 73.757 System specifications for single-sideband (SSB) modulated emissions in the HF
broadcasting service.
     (a) System parameters —

           (1) Channel spacing. In a mixed DSB, SSB and digital environment (see Resolution 517 (Rev.WRC–03)),
               the channel spacing shall be 10 kHz. In the interest of spectrum conservation, it is also permissible
               to interleave SSB emissions midway between two adjacent DSB channels, i.e., with 5 kHz separation
               between carrier frequencies, provided that the interleaved emission is not to the same geographical
               area as either of the emissions between which it is interleaved. In an all inclusive SSB environment,
               the channel spacing and carrier frequency separation shall be 5 kHz.

           (2) Equivalent sideband power. When the carrier reduction relative to peak envelope power is 6 dB, an
               equivalent SSB emission is one giving the same audio-frequency signal-to-noise ratio at the receiver
               output as the corresponding DSB emission, when it is received by a DSB receiver with envelope
               detection. This is achieved when the sideband power of the SSB emission is 3 dB larger than the
               total sideband power of the DSB emission. (The peak envelope power of the equivalent SSB
               emission and the carrier power are the same as that of the DSB emission.)

     (b) Emission characteristics —

           (1) Nominal carrier frequencies. Nominal carrier frequencies shall be integral multiples of 5 kHz.

           (2) Frequency tolerance. The frequency tolerance shall be 10 Hz.

                 Note 1 to paragraph (b)(2): The ITU suggests that administrations avoid carrier frequency
                 differences of a few hertz, which cause degradations similar to periodic fading. This could be
                 avoided if the frequency tolerance were 0.1 Hz, a tolerance which would be suitable for SSB
                 emissions.

                 Note 2 to paragraph (b)(2): The SSB system adopted for the bands allocated exclusively to HF
                 broadcasting does not require a frequency tolerance less than 10 Hz. The degradation
                 mentioned in Note 1 occurs when the ratio of wanted-to-interfering signal is well below the
                 required protection ratio. This remark is equally valid for both DSB and SSB emissions.

           (3) Audio-frequency band. The upper limit of the audio-frequency band (at—3 dB) of the transmitter shall
               not exceed 4.5 kHz with a further slope of attenuation of 35 dB/kHz and the lower limit shall be 150
               Hz with lower frequencies attenuated at a slope of 6 dB per octave.

           (4) Modulation processing. If audio-frequency signal processing is used, the dynamic range of the
               modulating signal shall be not less than 20 dB.

           (5) Necessary bandwidth. The necessary bandwidth shall not exceed 4.5 kHz.

           (6) Carrier reduction (relative to peak envelope power). In a mixed DSB, SSB and digital environment, the
               carrier reduction shall be 6 dB to allow SSB emissions to be received by conventional DSB receivers
               with envelope detection without significant deterioration of the reception quality.

47 CFR 73.757(b)(6) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 316 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 73.757(b)(7)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (7) Sideband to be emitted. Only the upper sideband shall be used.

           (8) Attenuation of the unwanted sideband. The attenuation of the unwanted sideband (lower sideband)
               and of intermodulation products in that part of the emission spectrum shall be at least 35 dB relative
               to the wanted sideband signal level. However, since there is in practice a large difference between
               signal amplitudes in adjacent channels, a greater attenuation is recommended.

[70 FR 46677, Aug. 10, 2005]

§ 73.758 System specifications for digitally modulated emissions in the HF broadcasting
service.
     (a) For digitally modulated emissions, the Digital Radio Mondiale (DRM) standard shall be employed. Both
         digital audio broadcasting and datacasting are authorized. The RF requirements for the DRM system are
         specified in paragraphs (b) and (c), of this section.

     (b) System parameters —

           (1) Channel spacing. The initial spacing for digitally modulated emissions shall be 10 kHz. However,
               interleaved channels with a separation of 5 kHz may be used in accordance with the appropriate
               protection criteria appearing in Resolution 543 (WRC–03), provided that the interleaved emission is
               not to the same geographical area as either of the emissions between which it is interleaved.

           (2) Channel utilization. Channels using digitally modulated emissions may share the same spectrum or
               be interleaved with analog emissions in the same high frequency broadcasting (HFBC) band,
               provided the protection afforded to the analog emissions is at least as great as that which is
               currently in force for analog-to-analog protection. Accomplishing this may require that the digital
               spectral power density (and total power) be lower by several dB than is currently used for either DSB
               or SSB emissions.

     (c) Emission characteristics —

           (1) Bandwidth and center frequency. A full digitally modulated emission will have a 10 kHz bandwidth
               with its center frequency at any of the 5 kHz center frequency locations in the channel raster
               currently in use within the HFBC bands. Among several possible “simulcast” modes are those having
               a combination of analog and digital emissions of the same program in the same channel, that may
               use a digital emission of 5 kHz or 10 kHz bandwidth, next to either a 5 kHz or 10 kHz analog
               emission. In all cases of this type, the 5 kHz interleaved raster used in HFBC shall be adhered to in
               placing the emission within these bands.

           (2) Frequency tolerance. The frequency tolerance shall be 10 Hz. See Section 73.757(b)(2), notes 1 and
               2.

           (3) Audio-frequency band. The quality of service, using digital source coding within a 10 kHz bandwidth,
               taking into account the need to adapt the emission coding for various levels of error avoidance,
               detection and correction, can range from the equivalent of monophonic FM (approximately 15 kHz)
               to the low-level performance of a speech codec (of the order of 3 kHz). The choice of audio quality is
               connected to the needs of the broadcaster and listener, and includes the consideration of such
               characteristics as the propagation conditions expected. There is no single specification, only the
               upper and lower bounds noted in this paragraph.

47 CFR 73.758(c)(3) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 317 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.758(c)(4)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (4) Modulation. Quadrature amplitude modulation (QAM) with orthogonal frequency division
               multiplexing (OFDM) shall be used. 64–QAM is feasible under many propagation conditions; others
               such as 32–, 16– and 8–QAM are specified for use when needed.

           (5) RF protection ratio values. The protection ratio values for analogue and digital emissions for co-
               channel and adjacent channel conditions shall be in accordance with Resolution 543 (WRC–03) as
               provisional RF protection ratio values subject to revision or confirmation by a future competent
               conference.

[70 FR 46677, Aug. 10, 2005]

§ 73.759 Auxiliary transmitters.
Upon showing that a need exists for the use of auxiliary transmitters, a license may be issued provided that:

     (a) Auxiliary transmitters may be installed either at the same location as the main transmitters or at another
         location.

     (b) [Reserved]

     (c) The auxiliary transmitters shall be maintained so that they may be put into immediate operation at any
         time for the following purposes:

           (1) The transmission of the regular programs upon the failure of the main transmitters.

           (2) The transmission of regular programs during maintenance or modification work on the main
               transmitter, necessitating discontinuance of its operation for a period not to exceed 5 days. (This
               includes the equipment changes which may be made without authority as set forth elsewhere in the
               rules and regulations or as authorized by the Commission by letter or by construction permit. Where
               such operation is required for periods in excess of 5 days, request therefor shall be made
               electronically in the International Communications Filing System (ICFS) in accordance with §
               73.3542).

           (3) Upon request by a duly authorized representative of the Commission.

     (d) The auxiliary transmitters shall be tested at least once each week to determine that they are in proper
         operating condition and that they are adjusted to the proper frequency except that in the case of operation
         in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section during any week, the test in that week may be omitted
         provided the operation under paragraph (c) of this section is satisfactory. A record shall be kept of the
         time and result of each test. Such records shall be retained for a period of two years.

     (e) The auxiliary transmitters shall be equipped with satisfactory control equipment which will enable the
         maintenance of the frequency emitted by the station within the limits prescribed by the regulations in this
         part.

     (f) The operating power of an auxiliary transmitter may be less but not greater than the authorized power of
         the main transmitters.

[28 FR 13696, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 37 FR 25843, Dec. 5, 1972; 60 FR 55480, Nov. 1, 1995. Redesignated at 70 FR 46677,
Aug. 10, 2005, as amended at 86 FR 54401, Oct. 1, 2021; 88 FR 21447, Apr. 10, 2023]

47 CFR 73.759(f) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 318 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.760
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.760 Alternate main transmitters.
The licensee of an international broadcast station may be licensed for alternate main transmitters provided that a
technical need for such alternate transmitters is shown and that the following conditions are met: Both transmitters:

     (a) Are located at the same place;

     (b) Shall have the same power rating; and

     (c) Shall meet the construction, installation, operation, and performance requirements of good engineering
         practice.

[37 FR 25843, Dec. 5, 1972. Redesignated at 70 FR 46677, Aug. 10, 2005]

§ 73.761 Modification of transmission systems.
Specific authority, upon electronic filing of a formal application (FCC Form 309) therefor in the International
Communications Filing System (ICFS), is required for any of the following changes:

     (a) Change involving an increase or decrease in the power rating of the transmitters.

     (b) A replacement of the transmitters as a whole.

     (c) Change in the location of the transmitting antenna.

     (d) Change in the power delivered to the antenna.

     (e) Change in frequency control and/or modulation system.

     (f) Change in direction or gain of antenna system.

     (g) Other changes, not specified above in this section, may be made at any time without the authority of the
         Commission: Provided, That the Commission shall be immediately notified electronically in ICFS thereof
         and such changes shall be shown in the next application for renewal of license.

[86 FR 54401, Oct. 1, 2021, as amended at 88 FR 21447, Apr. 10, 2023]

§ 73.762 Time of operation.
     (a) All international broadcasting stations shall operate in accordance with the times indicated on their
         seasonal schedules.

     (b) In the event that causes beyond a licensee's control make it impossible to adhere to the seasonal
         schedule or to continue operating, the station may limit or discontinue operation for a period of not more
         than 10 days, without further authority from the FCC. However, in such cases, the FCC shall be
         immediately notified by electronic filing in the International Communications Filing System (ICFS) of such
         limitation or discontinuance of operation and shall subsequently be notified by electronic filing in ICFS
         when the station resumes regular operation.

     (c) In the event that causes beyond a licensee's control make it impossible to adhere to the seasonal
         schedule or to continue operating for a temporary period of more than 10 days, the station may not limit
         or discontinue operation until it requests and receives specific authority to do so from the FCC by
         electronic filing in ICFS. When the station subsequently resumes regular operation after such limited

47 CFR 73.762(c) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 319 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                47 CFR 73.765
Radio Broadcast Services

           operation or discontinuance of operation, it shall notify the FCC in Washington, DC by electronic filing in
           ICFS. The license of a broadcasting station that fails to transmit broadcast signals for any consecutive
           12-month period expires as a matter of law at the end of that period, notwithstanding any provision, term,
           or condition of the license to the contrary.

[38 FR 18895, July 16, 1973, as amended at 47 FR 40174, Sept. 13, 1982; 61 FR 28767, June 6, 1996. Redesignated at 70 FR
46677, Aug. 10, 2005; 86 FR 54401, Oct. 1, 2021; 88 FR 21447, Apr. 10, 2023]

§ 73.765 Determining operating power.
The operating power specified in § 73.751 shall be determined by use of a calibrated dummy load or by any other
method specified by the licensee and accepted by the Commission. Such method may subsequently be used by the
licensee to maintain the authorized operating power.

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303))

[38 FR 18895, July 16, 1973, as amended at 44 FR 65765, Nov. 15, 1979]

§ 73.766 [Reserved]
§ 73.781 Logs.
The licensee or permittee of each international broadcast station must maintain the station log in the following
manner:

     (a) In the program log:

           (1) An entry of the time each station identification announcement (call letters and location) is made.

           (2) An entry briefly describing each program broadcast, such as “music”, “drama”, “speech”, etc., together
               with the name or title thereof, language, and the sponsor's name, with the time of the beginning and
               ending of the complete program.

           (3) For each program of network origin, an entry showing the name of the network originating the
               program.

[28 FR 13696, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 37 FR 25843, Dec. 5, 1972; 48 FR 38480, Aug. 24, 1983]

§ 73.782 Retention of logs.
Logs of international broadcast stations shall be retained by the licensee or permittee for a period of two years:
Provided, however, That logs involving communications incident to a disaster or which include communications
incident to or involved in an investigation by the Commission and concerning which the licensee or permittee has
been notified, shall be retained by the licensee or permittee until he is specifically authorized in writing by the
Commission to destroy them: Provided, further, That logs incident to or involved in any claim or complaint of which
the licensee or permittee has notice shall be retained by the licensee or permittee until such claim or complaint has
been fully satisfied or until the same has been barred by statute limiting the time for the filing of suits upon such
claims.

[28 FR 13696, Dec. 14, 1963]

47 CFR 73.782 (enhanced display)                                                                              page 320 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 73.787
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.787 Station identification.
     (a) A licensee of an international broadcast station shall make station identification announcement (call
         letters and location), at the beginning and ending of each time of operation and during the operation on
         the hour.

     (b) Station identification, program announcements, and oral continuity shall be made with international
         significance (language particularly) which is designed for the foreign country or countries for which the
         service is primarily intended.

[28 FR 13696, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 34 FR 19762, Dec. 17, 1969; 38 FR 18896, July 16, 1973]

§ 73.788 Service; commercial or sponsored programs.
     (a) A licensee of an international broadcast station shall render only an international broadcast service which
         will reflect the culture of this country and which will promote international goodwill, understanding, and
         cooperation. Any program solely intended for and directed to an audience in the continental United States
         does not meet the requirements for this service.

     (b) Such international broadcast service may include commercial or sponsored programs: Provided, That:

           (1) Commercial program continuities give no more than the name of the sponsor of the program and the
               name and general character of the commodity, utility or service, or attraction advertised.

           (2) In case of advertising a commodity, the commodity is regularly sold or is being promoted for sale on
               the open market in the foreign country or countries to which the program is directed in accordance
               with paragraph (c) of this section.

           (3) In case of advertising an American utility or service to prospective tourists or visitors to the United
               States, the advertisement continuity is particularly directed to such persons in the foreign country or
               countries where they reside and to which the program is directed in accordance with paragraph (c)
               of this section.

           (4) In case of advertising an international attraction (such as a world fair, resort, spa, etc.) to prospective
               tourists or visitors to the United States, the oral continuity concerning such attraction is consistent
               with the purpose and intent of this section.

           (5) In case of any other type of advertising, such advertising is directed to the foreign country or
               countries to which the program is directed and is consistent with the purpose and intent of this
               section.

     (c) The geographic areas to be served by international broadcasting stations are the zones and areas of
         reception shown in § 73.703.

     (d) An international broadcast station may transmit the program of a AM broadcast station or network
         system: Provided, That the conditions in paragraph (b) of this section as to any commercial continuities
         are observed and when station identifications are made, only the call letter designation of the
         international station is given and its assigned frequency: And provided further, That in the case of chain
         broadcasting the program is not carried simultaneously by another international station (except another
         station owned by the same licensee operated on a frequency in a different group to obtain continuity of
         signal service), the signals from which are directed to the same area. (See section 3(p) of the
         Communications Act of 1934 for the definition of “chain broadcasting.”)

47 CFR 73.788(d) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 321 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 73.801
Radio Broadcast Services

[28 FR 13696, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 37 FR 25843, Dec. 5, 1972; 38 FR 18896, July 16, 1973]

Subpart G—Low Power FM Broadcast Stations (LPFM)

Source: 65 FR 7640, Feb. 15, 2000, unless otherwise noted.

§ 73.801 Broadcast regulations applicable to LPFM stations.
The following rules are applicable to LPFM stations:

     Section 73.201 Numerical definition of FM broadcast channels.

     Section 73.220 Restrictions on use of channels.

     Section 73.267 Determining operating power.

     Section 73.277 Permissible transmissions.

     Section 73.297 FM stereophonic sound broadcasting.

     Section 73.310 FM technical definitions.

     Section 73.312 Topographic data.

     Section 73.318 FM blanketing interference.

     Section 73.322 FM stereophonic sound transmission standards.

     Section 73.333 Engineering charts.

     Section 73.503 Licensing requirements and service.

     Section 73.508 Standards of good engineering practice.

     Section 73.593 Subsidiary communications services.

     Section 73.1015 Truthful written statements and responses to Commission inquiries and correspondence.

     Section 73.1030 Notifications concerning interference to radio astronomy, research and receiving installations.

     Section 73.1201 Station identification.

     Section 73.1206 Broadcast of telephone conversations.

     Section 73.1207 Rebroadcasts.

47 CFR 73.801 (enhanced display)                                                                      page 322 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.801
Radio Broadcast Services

     Section 73.1208 Broadcast of taped, filmed, or recorded material.

     Section 73.1210 TV/FM dual-language broadcasting in Puerto Rico.

     Section 73.1211 Broadcast of lottery information.

     Section 73.1212 Sponsorship identification; list retention; related requirements.

     Section 73.1213 Antenna structure, marking and lighting.

     Section 73.1216 Licensee-conducted contests.

     Section 73.1217 Broadcast hoaxes.

     Section 73.1250 Broadcasting emergency information.

     Section 73.1300 Unattended station operation.

     Section 73.1400 Transmission system monitoring and control.

     Section 73.1520 Operation for tests and maintenance.

     Section 73.1540 Carrier frequency measurements.

     Section 73.1545 Carrier frequency departure tolerances.

     Section 73.1570 Modulation levels: AM, FM, and TV aural.

     Section 73.1580 Transmission system inspections.

     Section 73.1610 Equipment tests.

     Section 73.1620 Program tests.

     Section 73.1650 International agreements.

     Section 73.1660 Acceptability of broadcast transmitters.

     Section 73.1665 Main transmitters.

     Section 73.1692 Broadcast station construction near or installation on an AM broadcast tower.

     Section 73.1745 Unauthorized operation.

     Section 73.1750 Discontinuance of operation.

47 CFR 73.801 (enhanced display)                                                                     page 323 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.801
Radio Broadcast Services

     Section 73.1920 Personal attacks.

     Section 73.1940 Legally qualified candidates for public office.

     Section 73.1941 Equal opportunities.

     Section 73.1943 Political file.

     Section 73.1944 Reasonable access.

     Section 73.3511 Applications required.

     Section 73.3512 Where to file; number of copies.

     Section 73.3513 Signing of applications.

     Section 73.3514 Content of applications.

     Section 73.3516 Specification of facilities.

     Section 73.3517 Contingent applications.

     Section 73.3518 Inconsistent or conflicting applications.

     Section 73.3519 Repetitious applications.

     Section 73.3520 Multiple applications.

     Section 73.3525 Agreements for removing application conflicts.

     Section 73.3539 Application for renewal of license.

     Section 73.3542 Application for emergency authorization.

     Section 73.3545 Application for permit to deliver programs to foreign stations.

     Section 73.3550 Requests for new or modified call sign assignments.

     Section 73.3561 Staff consideration of applications requiring Commission consideration.

     Section 73.3562 Staff consideration of applications not requiring action by the Commission.

     Section 73.3566 Defective applications.

     Section 73.3568 Dismissal of applications.

47 CFR 73.801 (enhanced display)                                                                   page 324 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.805
Radio Broadcast Services

     Section 73.3580 Local public notice of filing of broadcast applications.

     Section 73.3584 Procedure for filing petitions to deny.

     Section 73.3587 Procedure for filing informal objections.

     Section 73.3588 Dismissal of petitions to deny or withdrawal of informal objections.

     Section 73.3589 Threats to file petitions to deny or informal objections.

     Section 73.3591 Grants without hearing.

     Section 73.3593 Designation for hearing.

     Section 73.3598 Period of construction.

     Section 73.3599 Forfeiture of construction permit.

     Section 73.3999 Enforcement of 18 U.S.C. 1464—restrictions on the transmission of obscene and indecent
     material.

[65 FR 7640, Feb. 15, 2000, as amended at 84 FR 2758, Feb. 8, 2019; 85 FR 36794, June 18, 2020]

§ 73.805 Availability of channels.
Except as provided in § 73.220 of this chapter, all of the frequencies listed in § 73.201 of this chapter are available
for LPFM stations.

§ 73.807 Minimum distance separation between stations.
Minimum separation requirements for LPFM stations are listed in the following paragraphs. Except as noted below,
an LPFM station will not be authorized unless the co-channel, and first- and second-adjacent channel separations
are met. An LPFM station need not satisfy the third-adjacent channel separations listed in paragraphs (a) through
(c) of this section in order to be authorized. The third-adjacent channel separations are included for use in
determining for purposes of § 73.810 which third-adjacent channel interference regime applies to an LPFM station.
Minimum distances for co-channel and first-adjacent channel are separated into two columns. The left-hand
column lists the required minimum separation to protect other stations and the right-hand column lists (for
informational purposes only) the minimum distance necessary for the LPFM station to receive no interference from
other stations assumed to be operating at the maximum permitted facilities for the station class. For second-
adjacent channel, the required minimum distance separation is sufficient to avoid interference received from other
stations.

     (a)

           (1) An LPFM station will not be authorized initially unless the minimum distance separations in the
               following table are met with respect to authorized FM stations, applications for new and existing FM
               stations filed prior to the release of the public notice announcing an LPFM window period, authorized

47 CFR 73.807(a)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 325 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.807(a)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

                LPFM stations, LPFM station applications that were timely-filed within a previous window, and
                vacant FM allotments. LPFM modification applications must either meet the distance separations in
                the following table or, if short-spaced, not lessen the spacing to subsequently authorized stations.

                                                                                                                  Second
                                                                                                                    and
                                                                                                                   third
                                                                                       First-adjacent channel
                                                 Co-channel minimum separation                                   adjacent
                                                                                        minimum separation
                                                             (km)                                                channel
                                                                                                (km)
                                                                                                                 minimum
                  Station class protected                                                                       separation
                         by LPFM                                                                                   (km)
                                                                                                   For no
                                                                   For no                       interference
                                                         interference received from               received
                                              Required                                 Required                 Required
                                                                 max. class                         from
                                                                   facility                      max. class
                                                                                                   facility
                 LPFM                              24                             24         14           14         None
                 D                                 24                             24         13           13            6
                 A                                 67                             92         56           56           29
                 B1                                87                            119         74           74           46
                 B                                112                            143         97           97           67
                 C3                                78                            119         67           67           40
                 C2                                91                            143         80           84           53
                 C1                               111                            178       100           111           73
                 C0                               122                            193       111           130           84
                 C                                130                            203       120           142           93

           (2) LPFM stations must satisfy the second-adjacent channel minimum distance separation
               requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section with respect to any third-adjacent channel FM
               station that, as of September 20, 2000, broadcasts a radio reading service via a subcarrier frequency.

47 CFR 73.807(a)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 326 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                               47 CFR 73.807(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (b) In addition to meeting or exceeding the minimum separations in paragraph (a) of this section, new LPFM
         stations will not be autorized in Puerto Rico or the Virgin Islands unless the minimum distance
         separations in the following tables are met with respect to authorized or proposed FM stations:

                                                                                  First-adjacent channel
                                       Co-channel minimum separation (km)          minimum separation
                                                                                                          Second and
                                                                                           (km)
                                                                                                         third adjacent
                                                                                              For no
            Station class protected                                                                         channel
                                                               For no                      interference
                   by LPFM                                                                                  minimum
                                                     interference received from              received
                                       Required                                   Required                 separation
                                                             max. class                        from
                                                                                                        (km)—required
                                                               facility                     max. class
                                                                                              facility
            A                                   80                          111         70           70             42
            B1                                  95                          128         82           82             53
            B                                  138                          179       123           123             92

           Note to paragraphs (a) and (b): Minimum distance separations towards “grandfathered”
           superpowered Reserved Band stations are as specified. Full service FM stations operating within
           the reserved band (Channels 201–220) with facilities in excess of those permitted in §
           73.211(b)(1) or (b)(3) shall be protected by LPFM stations in accordance with the minimum
           distance separations for the nearest class as determined under § 73.211. For example, a Class B1
           station operating with facilities that result in a 60 dBu contour that exceeds 39 kilometers but is
           less than 52 kilometers would be protected by the Class B minimum distance separations. Class D
           stations with 60 dBu contours that exceed 5 kilometers will be protected by the Class A minimum
           distance separations. Class B stations with 60 dBu contours that exceed 52 kilometers will be
           protected as Class C1 or Class C stations depending upon the distance to the 60 dBu contour. No
           stations will be protected beyond Class C separations.

     (c) In addition to meeting the separations specified in paragraphs (a) and (b), LPFM applications must meet
         the minimum separation requirements in the following table with respect to authorized FM translator
         stations, cutoff FM translator applications, and FM translator applications filed prior to the release of the
         Public Notice announcing the LPFM window period.

                                                                                  First-adjacent channel  Second and
                                                       Co-channel minimum
                                                                                   minimum separation    third adjacent
                                                         separation (km)
                Distance to FM translator 60                                               (km)             channel
                       dBu contour                                  For no                    For no        minimum
                                                     Required    interference     Required interference    separation
                                                                   received                  received   (km)—required
            13.3 km or greater                             39                67         28           35             21
            Greater than 7.3 km, but less                  32                51         21           26             14
            than 13.3 km

47 CFR 73.807(c) (enhanced display)                                                                            page 327 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                   47 CFR 73.807(d)
Radio Broadcast Services

                                                                                  First-adjacent channel  Second and
                                                     Co-channel minimum
                                                                                   minimum separation    third adjacent
                                                       separation (km)
              Distance to FM translator 60                                                 (km)             channel
                     dBu contour                                  For no                      For no        minimum
                                                 Required      interference       Required interference    separation
                                                                 received                    received   (km)—required
            7.3 km or less                               26                 30          15           16                  8

     (d) Existing LPFM stations which do not meet the separations in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section
         may be relocated provided that the separation to any short-spaced station is not reduced.

     (e)

           (1) Waiver of the second-adjacent channel separations. The Commission will entertain requests to waive
               the second-adjacent channel separations in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section on a case-by-
               case basis. In each case, the LPFM station must establish, using methods of predicting interference
               taking into account all relevant factors, including terrain-sensitive propagation models, that its
               proposed operations will not result in interference to any authorized radio service. The LPFM station
               may do so by demonstrating that no actual interference will occur due to intervening terrain or lack
               of population. The LPFM station may use an undesired/desired signal strength ratio methodology to
               define areas of potential interference.

           (2) Interference.

                 (i)     Upon receipt of a complaint of interference from an LPFM station operating pursuant to a
                         waiver granted under paragraph (e)(1) of this section, the Commission shall notify the identified
                         LPFM station by telephone or other electronic communication within one business day.

                 (ii) An LPFM station that receives a waiver under paragraph (e)(1) of this section shall suspend
                      operation immediately upon notification by the Commission that it is causing interference to
                      the reception of an existing or modified full-service FM station without regard to the location of
                      the station receiving interference. The LPFM station shall not resume operation until such
                      interference has been eliminated or it can demonstrate to the Commission that the interference
                      was not due to emissions from the LPFM station. Short test transmissions may be made during
                      the period of suspended operation to check the efficacy of remedial measures.

     (f) Commercial and noncommercial educational stations authorized under subparts B and C of this part, as
         well as new or modified commercial FM allotments, are not required to adhere to the separations
         specified in this rule section, even where new or increased interference would be created.

     (g) International considerations within the border zones.

           (1) Within 320 km of the Canadian border, LPFM stations must meet the following minimum separations
               with respect to any Canadian stations:

                                                                                                                    Intermediate
                                                                                 Second-
                                             Co-          First-adjacent                     Third-adjacent           frequency
                       Canadian station                                          adjacent
                                           channel           channel                            channel                   (IF)
                            class                                                channel
                                            (km)               (km)                               (km)                 channel
                                                                                   (km)
                                                                                                                         (km)
                 A1 & Low Power                   45                       30         21                      20               4

47 CFR 73.807(g)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                             page 328 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 73.807(g)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

                                                                                                                  Intermediate
                                                                               Second-
                                               Co-       First-adjacent                    Third-adjacent           frequency
                       Canadian station                                        adjacent
                                             channel        channel                           channel                   (IF)
                            class                                              channel
                                              (km)            (km)                              (km)                 channel
                                                                                 (km)
                                                                                                                       (km)
                 A                                66                      50        41                       40              7
                 B1                               78                      62        53                       52              9
                 B                                92                      76        68                       66             12
                 C1                              113                      98        89                       88             19
                 C                               124                     108        99                       98             28

           (2) Within 320 km of the Mexican border, LPFM stations must meet the following separations with
               respect to any Mexican stations:

                                                                                                                  Intermediate
                                            Co-         First-adjacent          Second- and third-adjacent          frequency
                       Mexican station
                                          channel          channel                       channel                        (IF)
                           class
                                           (km)              (km)                         (km)                       channel
                                                                                                                       (km)
                 Low Power                        27                     17                                   9              3
                 A                                43                     32                                  25              5
                 AA                               47                     36                                  29              6
                 B1                               67                     54                                  45              8
                 B                                91                     76                                  66             11
                 C1                               91                     80                                  73             19
                 C                               110                 100                                     92             27

           (3) The Commission will notify the International Telecommunications Union (ITU) of any LPFM
               authorizations in the US Virgin Islands. Any authorization issued for a US Virgin Islands LPFM station
               will include a condition that permits the Commission to modify, suspend or terminate without right to
               a hearing if found by the Commission to be necessary to conform to any international regulations or
               agreements.

           (4) The Commission will initiate international coordination of a LPFM proposal even where the above
               Canadian and Mexican spacing tables are met, if it appears that such coordination is necessary to
               maintain compliance with international agreements.

           (5)

                 (i)     LPFM stations located within 125 kilometers of the Mexican border are limited to 50 watts
                         (0.05 kW) ERP, a 60 dBu service contour of 8.7 kilometers and a 34 dBu interfering contour of
                         32 kilometers in the direction of the Mexican border. LPFM stations may operate up to 100
                         watts in all other directions.

                 (ii) LPFM stations located between 125 kilometers and 320 kilometers from the Mexican border
                      may operate in excess of 50 watts, up to a maximum ERP of 100 watts. However, in no event
                      shall the location of the 60 dBu contour lie within 116.3 kilometers of the Mexican border.

47 CFR 73.807(g)(5)(ii) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 329 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                   47 CFR 73.807(g)(5)(iii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                (iii) Applications for LPFM stations within 320 kilometers of the Canadian border may employ an
                      ERP of up to a maximum of 100 watts. The distance to the 34 dBu interfering contour may not
                      exceed 60 kilometers in any direction.

[78 FR 2102, Jan. 9, 2013, as amended at 85 FR 35573, June 11, 2020]

§ 73.808 Distance computations.
For the purposes of determining compliance with any LPFM distance requirements, distances shall be calculated in
accordance with § 73.208(c) of this part.

§ 73.809 Interference protection to full service FM stations.
     (a) If a full service commercial or NCE FM facility application is filed subsequent to the filing of an LPFM
         station facility application, such full service station is protected against any condition of interference to
         the direct reception of its signal that is caused by such LPFM station operating on the same channel or
         first-adjacent channel provided that the interference is predicted to occur and actually occurs within:

           (1) The 3.16 mV/m (70 dBu) contour of such full service station;

           (2) The community of license of such full service station; or

           (3) Any area of the community of license of such full service station that is predicted to receive at least
               a 1 mV/m (60 dBu) signal. Predicted interference shall be calculated in accordance with the ratios
               set forth in § 73.215 paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2). Intermediate frequency (IF) channel interference
               overlap will be determined based upon overlap of the 91 dBu F(50,50) contours of the FM and LPFM
               stations. Actual interference will be considered to occur whenever reception of a regularly used
               signal is impaired by the signal radiated by the LPFM station.

     (b) An LPFM station will be provided an opportunity to demonstrate in connection with the processing of the
         commercial or NCE FM application that interference as described in paragraph (a) of this section is
         unlikely. If the LPFM station fails to so demonstrate, it will be required to cease operations upon the
         commencement of program tests by the commercial or NCE FM station.

     (c) Complaints of actual interference by an LPFM station subject to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section
         must be served on the LPFM licensee and the Federal Communications Commission, attention Audio
         Services Division. The LPFM station must suspend operations within twenty-four hours of the receipt of
         such complaint unless the interference has been resolved to the satisfaction of the complainant on the
         basis of suitable techniques. An LPFM station may only resume operations at the direction of the Federal
         Communications Commission. If the Commission determines that the complainant has refused to permit
         the LPFM station to apply remedial techniques that demonstrably will eliminate the interference without
         impairment of the original reception, the licensee of the LPFM station is absolved of further responsibility
         for the complaint.

     (d) It shall be the responsibility of the licensee of an LPFM station to correct any condition of interference that
         results from the radiation of radio frequency energy outside its assigned channel. Upon notice by the FCC
         to the station licensee or operator that such interference is caused by spurious emissions of the station,
         operation of the station shall be immediately suspended and not resumed until the interference has been
         eliminated. However, short test transmissions may be made during the period of suspended operation to
         check the efficacy of remedial measures.

47 CFR 73.809(d) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 330 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                               47 CFR 73.809(e)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (e) In each instance where suspension of operation is required, the licensee shall submit a full report to the
         FCC in Washington, DC, after operation is resumed, containing details of the nature of the interference, the
         source of the interfering signals, and the remedial steps taken to eliminate the interference.

[65 FR 7640, Feb. 15, 2000, as amended at 65 FR 67302, Nov. 9, 2000; 73 FR 3216, Jan. 17, 2008; 78 FR 2104, Jan. 9, 2013]

§ 73.810 Third adjacent channel interference.
     (a) LPFM Stations Licensed at Locations That Do Not Satisfy Third-Adjacent Channel Minimum Distance
         Separations. An LPFM station licensed at a location that does not satisfy the third-adjacent channel
         minimum distance separations set forth in § 73.807 is subject to the following provisions:

           (1) Such an LPFM station will not be permitted to continue to operate if it causes any actual third-
               adjacent channel interference to:

                 (i)   The transmission of any authorized broadcast station; or

                 (ii) The reception of the input signal of any TV translator, TV booster, FM translator or FM booster
                      station; or

                (iii) The direct reception by the public of the off-the-air signals of any full-service station or
                      previously authorized secondary station. Interference will be considered to occur whenever
                      reception of a regularly used signal on a third-adjacent channel is impaired by the signals
                      radiated by the LPFM station, regardless of the quality of such reception, the strength of the
                      signal so used, or the channel on which the protected signal is transmitted.

           (2) If third-adjacent channel interference cannot be properly eliminated by the application of suitable
               techniques, operation of the offending LPFM station shall be suspended and shall not be resumed
               until the interference has been eliminated. Short test transmissions may be made during the period
               of suspended operation to check the efficacy of remedial measures. If a complainant refuses to
               permit the licensee of the offending LPFM station to apply remedial techniques which demonstrably
               will eliminate the third-adjacent channel interference without impairment to the original reception,
               the licensee is absolved of further responsibility for that complaint.

           (3) Upon notice by the Commission to the licensee that such third-adjacent channel interference is being
               caused, the operation of the LPFM station shall be suspended within three minutes and shall not be
               resumed until the interference has been eliminated or it can be demonstrated that the interference is
               not due to spurious emissions by the LPFM station; provided, however, that short test transmissions
               may be made during the period of suspended operation to check the efficacy of remedial measures.

     (b) LPFM stations licensed at locations that satisfy third-adjacent channel minimum distance separations. An
         LPFM station licensed at a location that satisfies the third-adjacent channel minimum distance
         separations set forth in § 73.807 is subject to the following provisions:

           (1) Interference complaints and remediation.

                 (i)   Such an LPFM station is required to provide copies of all complaints alleging that its signal is
                       causing third-adjacent channel interference to or impairing the reception of the signal of a full
                       power FM, FM translator or FM booster station to such affected station and to the Commission.

                 (ii) A full power FM, FM translator or FM booster station shall review all complaints it receives,
                      either directly or indirectly, from listeners regarding alleged third-adjacent channel interference
                      caused by the operations of such an LPFM station. Such full power FM, FM translator or FM

47 CFR 73.810(b)(1)(ii) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 331 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                  47 CFR 73.810(b)(1)(ii)(A)
Radio Broadcast Services

                      booster station shall also identify those that qualify as bona fide complaints under this section
                      and promptly provide such LPFM station with copies of all bona fide complaints. A bona fide
                      complaint:

                      (A) Must include current contact information for the complainant;

                      (B) Must state the nature and location of the alleged third-adjacent channel interference and
                          must specify the call signs of the LPFM station and affected full power FM, FM translator
                          or FM booster station, and the type of receiver involved; and

                      (C) Must be received by either the LPFM station or the affected full power FM, FM translator or
                          FM booster station within one year of the date on which the LPFM station commenced
                          broadcasts with its currently authorized facilities.

                (iii) The Commission will accept bona fide complaints and will notify the licensee of the LPFM
                      station allegedly causing third-adjacent channel interference to the signal of a full power FM,
                      FM translator or FM booster station of the existence of the alleged interference within 7
                      calendar days of the Commission's receipt of such complaint.

                (iv) Such an LPFM station will be given a reasonable opportunity to resolve all complaints of third-
                     adjacent channel interference within the protected contour of the affected full power FM, FM
                     translator or FM booster station. A complaint will be considered resolved where the
                     complainant does not reasonably cooperate with an LPFM station's remedial efforts. Such an
                     LPFM station also is encouraged to address all other complaints of third-adjacent channel
                     interference, including complaints based on interference to a full power FM, FM translator or
                     FM booster station by the transmitter site of the LPFM station at any distance from the full
                     power, FM translator or FM booster station.

                 (v) In the event that the number of unresolved complaints of third-adjacent channel interference
                     within the protected contour of the affected full power FM, FM translator or FM booster station
                     plus the number of complaints for which the source of third-adjacent channel interference
                     remains in dispute equals at least one percent of the households within one kilometer of the
                     LPFM transmitter site or thirty households, whichever is less, the LPFM and affected stations
                     must cooperate in an “on-off” test to determine whether the third-adjacent channel interference
                     is traceable to the LPFM station.

                (vi) If the number of unresolved and disputed complaints of third-adjacent channel interference
                     within the protected contour of the affected full power, FM translator or FM booster station
                     exceeds the numeric threshold specified in paragraph (b)(1)(v) of this section following an “on-
                     off” test, the affected station may request that the Commission initiate a proceeding to
                     consider whether the LPFM station license should be modified or cancelled, which will be
                     completed by the Commission within 90 days. Parties may seek extensions of the 90-day
                     deadline consistent with Commission rules.

                (vii) An LPFM station may stay any procedures initiated pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(vi) of this
                      section by voluntarily ceasing operations and filing an application for facility modification within
                      twenty days of the commencement of such procedures.

           (2) Periodic announcements.

47 CFR 73.810(b)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 332 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 73.810(b)(2)(i)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (i)   For a period of one year from the date of licensing of a new LPFM station that is constructed on
                       a third-adjacent channel and satisfies the third-adjacent channel minimum distance separations
                       set forth in § 73.807, such LPFM station shall broadcast periodic announcements. The
                       announcements shall, at a minimum, alert listeners of the potentially affected third-adjacent
                       channel station of the potential for interference, instruct listeners to contact the LPFM station
                       to report any interference, and provide contact information for the LPFM station. The
                       announcements shall be made in the primary language(s) of both the new LPFM station and
                       the potentially affected third-adjacent channel station(s). Sample announcement language
                       follows:

                On (date of license grant), the Federal Communications Commission granted (LPFM station's call
                letters) a license to operate. (LPFM station's call letters) may cause interference to the operations of
                (third-adjacent channel station's call letters) and (other third-adjacent channel stations' call letters). If
                you are normally a listener of (third-adjacent channel station's call letters) or (other third-adjacent
                channel station's call letters) and are having difficulty receiving (third-adjacent channel station call
                letters) or (other third-adjacent channel station's call letters), please contact (LPFM station's call
                letters) by mail at (mailing address) or by telephone at (telephone number) to report this
                interference.

                 (ii) During the first thirty days after licensing of a new LPFM station that is constructed on a third-
                      adjacent channel and satisfies the third-adjacent channel minimum distance separations set
                      forth in Section 73.807, the LPFM station must broadcast the announcements specified in
                      paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section at least twice daily. The first daily announcement must be
                      made between the hours of 7 a.m. and 9 a.m., or 4 p.m. and 6 p.m. The LPFM station must vary
                      the time slot in which it airs this announcement. For stations that do not operate at these times,
                      the announcements shall be made during the first two hours of broadcast operations each day.
                      The second daily announcement must be made outside of the 7 a.m. to 9 a.m. and 4 p.m. to 6
                      p.m. time slots. The LPFM station must vary the times of day in which it broadcasts this
                      second daily announcement in order to ensure that the announcements air during all parts of
                      its broadcast day. For stations that do not operate at these times, the announcements shall be
                      made during the first two hours of broadcast operations each day. For the remainder of the one
                      year period, the LPFM station must broadcast the announcements at least twice per week. The
                      announcements must be broadcast between the hours of 7 a.m. and midnight. For stations that
                      do not operate at these times, the announcements shall be made during the first two hours of
                      broadcast operations each day.

                (iii) Any new LPFM station that is constructed on a third-adjacent channel and satisfies the
                      minimum distance separations set forth in § 73.807 must:

                       (A) notify the Audio Division, Media Bureau, and all affected stations on third-adjacent
                           channels of an interference complaint. The notification must be made electronically within
                           48 hours after the receipt of an interference complaint by the LPFM station; and

                       (B) cooperate in addressing any third-adjacent channel interference.

[78 FR 2104, Jan. 9, 2013, as amended at 85 FR 35573, June 11, 2020]

47 CFR 73.810(b)(2)(iii)(B) (enhanced display)                                                               page 333 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.811
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.811 LPFM power and antenna height requirements.
     (a) Maximum facilities. LPFM stations will be authorized to operate with maximum facilities of 100 watts ERP
         at 30 meters HAAT. An LPFM station with a HAAT that exceeds 30 meters will not be permitted to operate
         with an ERP greater than that which would result in a 60 dBu contour of 5.6 kilometers. In no event will an
         ERP less than one watt be authorized. No facility will be authorized in excess of one watt ERP at 450
         meters HAAT.

     (b) Minimum facilities. LPFM stations may not operate with facilities less than 50 watts ERP at 30 meters
         HAAT or the equivalent necessary to produce a 60 dBu contour that extends at least 4.7 kilometers.

[78 FR 2105, Jan. 9, 2013]

§ 73.812 Rounding of power and antenna heights.
     (a) Effective radiated power (ERP) will be rounded to the nearest watt on LPFM authorizations.

     (b) Antenna radiation center, antenna height above average terrain (HAAT), and antenna supporting structure
         height will all be rounded to the nearest meter on LPFM authorizations.

§ 73.813 Determination of antenna height above average terrain (HAAT).
HAAT determinations for LPFM stations will be made in accordance with the procedure detailed in § 73.313(d) of
this part.

§ 73.816 Antennas.
     (a) Permittees and licensees may employ nondirectional antennas with horizontal only polarization, vertical
         only polarization, circular polarization or elliptical polarization.

     (b) Permittees and licensees may employ directional antennas in the LPFM service, in accordance with
         paragraph (d) of this section.

     (c) [Reserved]

     (d)

           (1) Composite antennas and antenna arrays may be used where the total ERP does not exceed the
               maximum determined in accordance with § 73.811(a).

           (2) Either horizontal, vertical, circular, or elliptical polarization may be used provided that the
               supplemental vertically polarized ERP required for circular or elliptical polarization does not exceed
               the ERP otherwise authorized. Either clockwise or counterclockwise rotation may be used. Separate
               transmitting antennas are permitted if both horizontal and vertical polarization is to be provided.

           (3) An application that specifies the use of a directional antenna must provide the information identified
               in § 73.316(c) except that such information shall not be required of:

                 (i)   Public safety and transportation permittees and licensees eligible pursuant to § 73.853(a)(2)
                       using directional antennas in connection with operation of Travelers' Information Service
                       stations;

                 (ii) LPFM permittees and licensees proposing a waiver of the second-adjacent channel spacing
                      requirements of § 73.807 for the sole purpose of justifying such a waiver; and

47 CFR 73.816(d)(3)(ii) (enhanced display)                                                              page 334 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.816(d)(3)(iii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                  (iii) LPFM permittees and licensees using directional antennas solely for the purpose of meeting
                        the international border zone distance requirements of § 73.807(g).

[65 FR 67303, Nov. 9, 2000, as amended at 78 FR 2106, Jan. 9, 2013; 85 FR 35573, June 11, 2020]

§ 73.825 Protection to reception of TV channel 6.
The following spacing requirements will apply to LPFM applications on Channels 201 through 220 unless the
application is accompanied by a written agreement between the LPFM applicant and each affected TV Channel 6
broadcast station concurring with the proposed LPFM facilities.

       (a) LPFM stations will be authorized on Channels 201 through 220 only if the pertinent minimum separation
           distances in the following table are met with respect to all full power TV Channel 6 stations.

                                                                                         LPFM to TV
                               FM channel number
                                                                                        channel 6 (km)
            201                                                                                                     140
            202                                                                                                     138
            203                                                                                                     137
            204                                                                                                     136
            205                                                                                                     135
            206                                                                                                     133
            207                                                                                                     133
            208                                                                                                     133
            209                                                                                                     133
            210                                                                                                     133
            211                                                                                                     133
            212                                                                                                     132
            213                                                                                                     132
            214                                                                                                     132
            215                                                                                                     131
            216                                                                                                     131
            217                                                                                                     131
            218                                                                                                     131
            219                                                                                                     130
            220                                                                                                     130

       (b) LPFM stations will be authorized on Channels 201 through 220 only if the pertinent minimum separation
           distances in the following table are met with respect to all low power TV, TV translator, and Class A TV
           stations authorized on TV Channel 6.

                                                                              LPFM to TV
                     FM channel number
                                                                             channel 6 (km)
 201                                                                                                     98

47 CFR 73.825(b) (enhanced display)                                                                             page 335 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 73.827
Radio Broadcast Services

                                                                              LPFM to TV
                     FM channel number
                                                                             channel 6 (km)
 202                                                                                                 97
 203                                                                                                 95
 204                                                                                                 94
 205                                                                                                 93
 206                                                                                                 91
 207                                                                                                 91
 208                                                                                                 91
 209                                                                                                 91
 210                                                                                                 91
 211                                                                                                 91
 212                                                                                                 90
 213                                                                                                 90
 214                                                                                                 90
 215                                                                                                 90
 216                                                                                                 89
 217                                                                                                 89
 218                                                                                                 89
 219                                                                                                 89
 220                                                                                                 89

[65 FR 67303, Nov. 9, 2000, as amended at 78 FR 2106, Jan. 9, 2013; 85 FR 35573, June 11, 2020]

§ 73.827 Interference to the input signals of FM translator or FM booster stations.
       (a) Interference to the direct reception of the input signal of an FM translator station. This subsection applies
           when an LPFM application proposes to operate near an FM translator station, the FM translator station is
           receiving its input signal off-air (either directly from the primary station or from a translator station) and
           the LPFM application proposes to operate on a third-adjacent channel to the station delivering an input
           signal to the translator station. In these circumstances, the LPFM station will not be authorized unless it is
           located at least 2 km from the FM translator station. In addition, in cases where an LPFM station is
           located within ±30 degrees of the azimuth between the FM translator station and its input signal, the
           LPFM station will not be authorized unless it is located at least 10 kilometers from the FM translator
           station. The provisions of this subsection will not apply if the LPFM applicant:

            (1) Demonstrates that no actual interference will occur due to an undesired (LPFM) to desired (station
                delivering signal to translator station) ratio below 34 dB at such translator station's receive antenna.

            (2) Complies with the minimum LPFM/FM translator distance separation calculated in accordance with
                the following formula: du = 133.5 antilog [(Peu + Gru − Grd − Ed)/20], where du = the minimum allowed
                separation in km, Peu = LPFM ERP in dBW, Gru = gain (dBd) of the FM translator receive antenna in
                the direction of the LPFM site, Grd = gain (dBd) of the FM translator receive antenna in the direction
                of the primary station site, Ed = predicted field strength (dBu) of the primary station at the translator
                site, or

47 CFR 73.827(a)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 336 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 73.827(a)(3)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (3) Reaches an agreement with the licensee of the FM translator regarding an alternative technical
               solution.

                 Note to paragraph (a): LPFM applicants may assume that an FM translator station's receive
                 and transmit antennas are collocated.

     (b) An authorized LPFM station will not be permitted to continue to operate if an FM translator or FM booster
         station demonstrates that the LPFM station is causing actual interference to the FM translator or FM
         booster station's input signal, provided that the same input signal was in use or proposed in an application
         filed with the Commission prior to the release of the public notice announcing the dates for an LPFM
         application filing window and has been continuously in use or proposed since that time.

     (c) Complaints of actual interference by an LPFM station subject to paragraph (b) of this section must be
         served on the LPFM licensee and the Federal Communications Commission, Attention: Audio Division,
         Media Bureau. The LPFM station must suspend operations upon the receipt of such complaint unless the
         interference has been resolved to the satisfaction of the complainant on the basis of suitable techniques.
         Short test transmissions may be made during the period of suspended operations to check the efficacy of
         remedial measures. An LPFM station may only resume full operation at the direction of the Federal
         Communications Commission. If the Commission determines that the complainant has refused to permit
         the LPFM station to apply remedial techniques that demonstrably will eliminate the interference without
         impairment of the original reception, the licensee of the LPFM station is absolved of further responsibility
         for the complaint.

[78 FR 2106, Jan. 9, 2013, as amended at 78 FR 67317, Nov. 12, 2013]

§ 73.840 Operating power and mode tolerances.
The transmitter power output (TPO) of an LPFM station must be determined by the procedures set forth in § 73.267
of this part. The operating TPO of an LPFM station with an authorized TPO of more than ten watts must be
maintained as near as practicable to its authorized TPO and may not be less than 90% of the minimum TPO nor
greater than 105% of the maximum authorized TPO. An LPFM station with an authorized TPO of ten watts or less
may operate with less than the authorized power, but not more than 105% of the authorized power.

§ 73.845 Transmission system operation.
Each LPFM licensee is responsible for maintaining and operating its broadcast station in a manner that complies
with the technical rules set forth elsewhere in this part and in accordance with the terms of the station
authorization. In the event that an LPFM station is operating in a manner that is not in compliance with the technical
rules set forth elsewhere in this part or the terms of the station authorization, broadcast operation must be
terminated within three hours.

§ 73.850 Operating schedule.
     (a) All LPFM stations will be licensed for unlimited time operation, except those stations operating under a
         time sharing agreement pursuant to § 73.872.

47 CFR 73.850(a) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 337 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 73.850(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (b) All LPFM stations are required to operate at least 36 hours per week, consisting of at least 5 hours of
         operation per day on at least 6 days of the week; however, stations licensed to educational institutions are
         not required to operate on Saturday or Sunday or to observe the minimum operating requirements during
         those days designated on the official school calendar as vacation or recess periods.

     (c) All LPFM stations, including those meeting the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, but which do
         not operate 12 hours per day each day of the year, will be required to share use of the frequency upon the
         grant of an appropriate application proposing such share time arrangement. Such applications must set
         forth the intent to share time and must be filed in the same manner as are applications for new stations.
         Such applications may be filed at any time after an LPFM station completes its third year of licensed
         operations. In cases where the licensee and the prospective licensee are unable to agree on time sharing,
         action on the application will be taken only in connection with a renewal application for the existing
         station filed on or after June 1, 2019. In order to be considered for this purpose, an application to share
         time must be filed no later than the deadline for filing petitions to deny the renewal application of the
         existing licensee.

           (1) The licensee and the prospective licensee(s) shall endeavor to reach an agreement for a definite
               schedule of periods of time to be used by each. Such agreement must be in writing and must set
               forth which licensee is to operate on each of the hours of the day throughout the year. Such
               agreement must not include simultaneous operation of the stations. Each licensee must file the
               same in triplicate with each application to the Commission for initial construction permit or renewal
               of license. Such written agreements shall become part of the terms of each station's license.

           (2) The Commission desires to facilitate the reaching of agreements on time sharing. However, if the
               licensees of stations authorized to share time are unable to agree on a division of time, the
               prospective licensee(s) must submit a statement with the Commission to that effect filed with the
               application(s) proposing time sharing.

           (3) After receipt of the type of application(s) described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the
               Commission will process such application(s) pursuant to §§ 73.3561 through 73.3568 of this Part. If
               any such application is not dismissed pursuant to those provisions, the Commission will issue a
               notice to the parties proposing a time-sharing arrangement and a grant of the time-sharing
               application(s). The licensee may protest the proposed action, the prospective licensee(s) may
               oppose the protest and/or the proposed action, and the licensee may reply within the time limits
               delineated in the notice. All such pleadings must satisfy the requirements of Section 309(d) of the
               Act. Based on those pleadings and the requirements of Section 309 of the Act, the Commission will
               then act on the time-sharing application(s) and the licensee's renewal application.

           (4) A departure from the regular schedule set forth in a time-sharing agreement will be permitted only in
               cases where a written agreement to that effect is reduced to writing, is signed by the licensees of the
               stations affected thereby, and is filed in triplicate by each licensee with the Commission, Attention:
               Audio Division, Media Bureau, prior to the time of the proposed change. If time is of the essence, the
               actual departure in operating schedule may precede the actual filing of the written agreement,
               provided that appropriate notice is sent to the Commission in Washington, DC, Attention: Audio
               Division, Media Bureau.

     (d) In the event that causes beyond the control of a permittee or licensee make it impossible to adhere to the
         operating schedule in paragraph (b) of this section or to continue operating, the station may limit or
         discontinue operation for a period not exceeding 30 days without further authority from the Commission
         provided that notification is sent to the Commission in Washington, DC, Attention: Audio Division, Media
         Bureau, no later than the 10th day of limited or discontinued operation. During such period, the permittee
47 CFR 73.850(d) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 338 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 73.853
Radio Broadcast Services

           shall continue to adhere to the requirements of the station license pertaining to lighting of antenna
           structures. In the event normal operation is restored prior to the expiration of the 30 day period, the
           permittee or licensee will notify the FCC, Attention: Audio Division, of the date that normal operations
           resumed. If causes beyond the control of the permittee or licensee make it impossible to comply within
           the allowed period, Special Temporary Authority (see § 73.1635) must be requested to remain silent for
           such additional time as deemed necessary not to exceed, in total, 12 consecutive months (see §
           73.873(b)).

[65 FR 7640, Feb. 15, 2000, as amended at 78 FR 2106, Jan. 9, 2013; 85 FR 35573, June 11, 2020]

§ 73.853 Licensing requirements and service.
     (a) An LPFM station may be licensed only to:

           (1) Nonprofit educational organizations and upon a showing that the proposed station will be used for
               the advancement of an educational program; and

           (2) State and local governments and non-government entities that will provide non-commercial public
               safety radio services.

           (3) Tribal Applicants, as defined in paragraph (c) of this section that will provide non-commercial radio
               services.

     (b) Only local organizations will be permitted to submit applications and to hold authorizations in the LPFM
         service. For the purposes of this paragraph, an organization will be deemed local if it can certify, at the
         time of application, that it meets the criteria listed below and if it continues to satisfy the criteria at all
         times thereafter.

           (1) The applicant, its local chapter or branch is physically headquartered or has a campus within 16.1
               km (10 miles) of the proposed site for the transmitting antenna for applicants in the top 50 urban
               markets, and 32.1 km (20 miles) for applicants outside of the top 50 urban markets;

           (2) It has 75% of its board members residing within 16.1 km (10 miles) of the proposed site for the
               transmitting antenna for applicants in the top 50 urban markets, and 32.1 km (20 miles) for
               applicants outside of the top 50 urban markets; or

           (3) In the case of any applicant proposing a public safety radio service, the applicant has jurisdiction
               within the service area of the proposed LPFM station.

           (4) In the case of a Tribal Applicant, as defined in paragraph (c) of this section, the Tribal Applicant's
               Tribal lands, as that term is defined in § 73.7000, are within the service area of the proposed LPFM
               station.

     (c) A Tribal Applicant is a Tribe or an entity that is 51 percent or more owned or controlled by a Tribe or
         Tribes. For these purposes, Tribe is defined as set forth in § 73.7000.

[65 FR 7640, Feb. 15, 2000, as amended at 73 FR 3216, Jan. 17, 2008; 78 FR 2107, Jan. 9, 2013]

§ 73.854 Unlicensed radio operations.
No application for an LPFM station may be granted unless the applicant certifies, under penalty of perjury, that
neither the applicant, nor any party to the application, has engaged in any manner, including individually or with
persons, groups, organizations, or other entities, in the unlicensed operation of any station in violation of Section
47 CFR 73.854 (enhanced display)                                                                           page 339 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.855
Radio Broadcast Services

301 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 301. If an application is dismissed pursuant to this
section, the applicant is precluded from seeking nunc pro tunc reinstatement of the application and/or changing its
directors to resolve the basic qualification issues.

[85 FR 7889, Feb. 12, 2020]

§ 73.855 Ownership limits.
     (a) No authorization for an LPFM station shall be granted to any party if the grant of that authorization will
         result in any such party holding an attributable interest in two or more LPFM stations.

     (b) Notwithstanding the general prohibition set forth in paragraph (a) of this section, Tribal Applicants, as
         defined in § 73.853(c), may hold an attributable interest in up to two LPFM stations.

     (c) Notwithstanding the general prohibition set forth in paragraph (a) of this section, not-for-profit
         organizations and governmental entities with a public safety purpose may be granted multiple licenses if:

           (1) One of the multiple applications is submitted as a priority application; and

           (2) The remaining non-priority applications do not face a mutually exclusive challenge.

[78 FR 2107, Jan. 9, 2013]

§ 73.858 Attribution of LPFM station interests.
Ownership and other interests in LPFM station permittees and licensees will be attributed to their holders and
deemed cognizable for the purposes of §§ 73.855 and 73.860, in accordance with the provisions of § 73.3555,
subject to the following exceptions:

     (a) A director of an entity that holds an LPFM license will not have such interest treated as attributable if such
         director also holds an attributable interest in a broadcast licensee or other media entity but recuses
         himself or herself from any matters affecting the LPFM station.

     (b) A local chapter of a national or other large organization shall not have the attributable interests of the
         national organization attributed to it provided that the local chapter is separately incorporated and has a
         distinct local presence and mission.

     (c) A parent or subsidiary of a LPFM licensee or permittee that is a non-stock corporation will be treated as
         having an attributable interest in such corporation. The officers, directors, and members of a non-stock
         corporation's governing body and of any parent or subsidiary entity will have such positional interests
         attributed to them.

§ 73.860 Cross-ownership.
     (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this section, no license shall be granted to any party if
         the grant of such authorization will result in the same party holding an attributable interest in any other
         non-LPFM broadcast station, including any FM translator or low power television station, or any other
         media subject to our broadcast ownership restrictions.

     (b) A party that is not a Tribal Applicant, as defined in § 73.853(c), may hold attributable interests in one
         LPFM station and no more than two FM translator stations, two FM booster stations, or one FM translator
         station and one FM booster station provided that the following requirements are met:

47 CFR 73.860(b) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 340 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.860(b)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) The 60 dBu contour of the LPFM station overlaps the 60 dBu contour of the commonly-owned FM
               translator station(s) and entirely encompasses the 60 dBu service contour of the FM booster
               station(s);

           (2) The FM translator and/or booster station(s), at all times, synchronously rebroadcasts the primary
               analog signal of the commonly-owned LPFM station or, if the commonly-owned LPFM station
               operates in hybrid mode, synchronously rebroadcasts the digital HD–1 version of the LPFM station's
               signal;

           (3) The FM translator station receives the signal of the commonly-owned LPFM station over-the-air and
               directly from the commonly-owned LPFM station itself. The FM booster station receives the signal of
               the commonly-owned LPFM station by any means authorized in § 74.1231(i) of this chapter; and

           (4) The transmitting antenna of the FM translator and/or booster station(s) is located within 16.1
               kilometers (10 miles) for LPFM stations located in the top 50 urban markets and 32.1 kilometers (20
               miles) for LPFM stations outside the top 50 urban markets of either the transmitter site of the
               commonly-owned LPFM station or the reference coordinates for that station's community of license.

     (c) A party that is a Tribal Applicant, as defined in § 73.853(c), may hold attributable interests in no more than
         two LPFM stations and four FM translator stations provided that the requirements set forth in paragraph
         (b) of this section are met.

     (d) Unless such interest is permissible under paragraphs (b) or (c) of this section, a party with an attributable
         interest in a broadcast radio station must divest such interest prior to the commencement of operations
         of an LPFM station in which the party also holds an interest. However, a party need not divest such an
         attributable interest if the party is a college or university that can certify that the existing broadcast radio
         station is not student run. This exception applies only to parties that:

           (1) Are accredited educational institutions;

           (2) Own an attributable interest in non-student run broadcast stations; and

           (3) Apply for an authorization for an LPFM station that will be managed and operated on a day-to-day
               basis by students of the accredited educational institution.

     (e) No LPFM licensee may enter into an operating agreement of any type, including a time brokerage or
         management agreement, with either a full power broadcast station or another LPFM station.

[78 FR 2107, Jan. 9, 2013, as amended at 85 FR 35573, June 11, 2020]

§ 73.865 Assignment and transfer of LPFM permits and licenses.
     (a) Assignment/transfer. No party may assign or transfer an LPFM permit or license if:

           (1) Consideration promised or received exceeds the legitimate and prudent expenses of the assignor or
               transferor. For purposes of this section, legitimate and prudent expenses are those expenses
               reasonably incurred by the assignor or transferor in obtaining and constructing the station (e.g.,
               expenses in preparing an application, in obtaining and installing broadcast equipment to be assigned
               or transferred, etc.). Costs incurred in operating the station are not recoverable (e.g., rent, salaries,
               utilities, music licensing fees, etc.);

           (2) The assignee or transferee is incapable of satisfying all eligibility criteria that apply to a LPFM
               licensee; or

47 CFR 73.865(a)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 341 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 73.865(a)(3)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (3) For a period of time commencing with the grant of any construction permit awarded based on the
               comparative point system, § 73.872, and continuing until the station has achieved at least four years
               of on-air operations:

                 (i)

                       (A) The assignee or transferee cannot meet or exceed the points awarded to the initial
                           applicant; or

                       (B) Where the original LPFM construction permit was issued based on a point system tie-
                           breaker, the assignee or transferee does not have a “locally established date,” as defined in
                           § 73.853(b), that is the same as, or earlier than, the date of the most recently established
                           local applicant in the tied mutually exclusive (MX) group.

                 (ii) Any successive applicants proposing to assign or transfer the construction permit or license
                      prior to the end of the aforementioned period will be required to make the same
                      demonstrations. This restriction does not apply to construction permits that are awarded to
                      non-mutually exclusive applicants or through settlement.

     (b) Name change. A change in the name of an LPFM permittee or licensee where no change in ownership or
         control is involved may be accomplished by written notification by the permittee or licensee to the
         Commission.

     (c) Holding period. A construction permit cannot be assigned or transferred for 18 months from the date of
         issue.

     (d) Board changes. Notwithstanding the other provisions in this section, transfers of control involving a
         sudden or gradual change of more than 50 percent of an LPFM's governing board are not prohibited,
         provided that the mission of the entity remains the same and the requirements of paragraph (a) of this
         section are satisfied. Sudden majority board changes shall be submitted as a pro forma ownership
         change within 30 days of the change or final event that caused the LPFM permittee or licensee to exceed
         the 50 percent threshold.

[85 FR 7889, Feb. 12, 2020]

§ 73.870 Processing of LPFM broadcast station applications.
     (a) A minor change for an LPFM station authorized under this subpart is limited to transmitter site relocations
         not exceeding 11.2 kilometers or where the 60 dBu contour of the authorized facility overlaps the 60 dBu
         contour of the proposed facility. These distance limitations do not apply to amendments or applications
         proposing transmitter site relocation to a common location filed by applicants that are parties to a
         voluntary time-sharing agreement with regard to their stations pursuant to § 73.872(c) and (e). These
         distance limitations also do not apply to an amendment or application proposing transmitter site
         relocation to a common location or a location very close to another station operating on a third-adjacent
         channel in order to remediate interference to the other station; provided, however, that the proposed
         relocation is consistent with all localism certifications made by the applicant in its original application for
         the LPFM station. Minor changes of LPFM stations may include:

           (1) Changes in frequency to adjacent or IF frequencies (± 1, 2, 3, 53 or 54 channels) or, upon a technical
               showing of reduced interference, to any frequency; and

47 CFR 73.870(a)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 342 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 73.870(a)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (2) Amendments to time-sharing agreements, including universal agreements that supersede
               involuntary arrangements.

     (b) The Commission will specify by Public Notice a window filing period for applications for new LPFM
         stations and major modifications in the facilities of authorized LPFM stations. LPFM applications for new
         facilities and for major modifications in authorized LPFM stations will be accepted only during the
         appropriate window. Applications submitted prior to the window opening date identified in the Public
         Notice will be returned as premature. Applications submitted after the deadline will be dismissed with
         prejudice as untimely.

     (c) Applications subject to paragraph (b) of this section that fail to meet the § 73.807 minimum distance
         separations with respect to all applications and facilities in existence as the date of the pertinent public
         notice in paragraph (b) of this section other than to LPFM station facilities proposed in applications filed
         in the same window, will be dismissed without any opportunity to amend such applications.

     (d) Following the close of the window, the Commission will issue a Public Notice of acceptance for filing of
         applications submitted pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section that meet technical and legal
         requirements and that are not in conflict with any other application filed during the window. Following the
         close of the window, the Commission also will issue a Public Notice of the acceptance for filing of all
         applications tentatively selected pursuant to the procedures for mutually exclusive LPFM applications set
         forth at § 73.872. Petitions to deny such applications may be filed within 30 days of such public notice
         and in accordance with the procedures set forth at § 73.3584. A copy of any petition to deny must be
         served on the applicant.

     (e) Minor change LPFM applications may be filed at any time, unless restricted by the staff, and generally, will
         be processed in the order in which they are tendered. Such applications must meet all technical and legal
         requirements applicable to new LPFM station applications.

     (f) New entrants seeking to apply for unused or unwanted time on a time-sharing frequency will only be
         accepted during an open filing window, specified pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section.

[65 FR 7640, Feb. 15, 2000, as amended at 65 FR 67304, Nov. 9, 2000; 70 FR 39186, July 7, 2005; 73 FR 3217, Jan. 17, 2008; 78
FR 2108, Jan. 9, 2013; 85 FR 35574, June 11, 2020]

§ 73.871 Amendment of LPFM broadcast station applications.
     (a) New and major change applications may be amended without limitation during the pertinent filing
         window.

     (b) Amendments that would improve the comparative position of new and major change applications will not
         be accepted after the close of the pertinent filing window.

     (c) Only minor amendments to new and major change applications will be accepted after the close of the
         pertinent filing window. Subject to the provisions of this section, such amendments may be filed as a
         matter of right by the date specified in the FCC's Public Notice announcing the acceptance of such
         applications. For the purposes of this section, minor amendments are limited to:

           (1) Site relocations of 11.2 kilometers or less;

           (2) Site relocations that involve overlap between the 60 dBu service contours of the currently authorized
               and proposed facilities;

           (3) Changes in ownership where the original party or parties to an application either:

47 CFR 73.871(c)(3) (enhanced display)                                                                         page 343 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.871(c)(3)(i)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (i)   Retain more than a 50 percent ownership interest in the application as originally filed;

                 (ii) Retain an ownership interest of 50 percent or less as the result of governing board changes in a
                      nonstock or membership applicant that occur over a period of six months or more; or

                (iii) Retain an ownership interest of 50 percent or less as the result of governing board changes in a
                      nonstock or membership applicant that occur over a period of less than six months and there is
                      no evidence of a takeover concern or a significant effect on such organization's mission. All
                      changes in a governmental applicant are considered minor;

           (4) Universal voluntary time-sharing agreements to apportion vacant time among the licensees;

           (5) Other changes in general and/or legal information;

           (6) Filings proposing transmitter site relocation to a common location submitted by applications that are
               parties to a voluntary time-sharing agreement with regard to their stations pursuant to § 73.872 (c)
               and (e); and

           (7) Filings proposing transmitter site relocation to a common location or a location very close to another
               station operating on a third-adjacent channel in order to remediate interference to the other station.

     (d) Unauthorized or untimely amendments are subject to return by the FCC's staff without consideration.

[66 FR 23863, May 10, 2001, as amended at 70 FR 39186, July 7, 2005; 73 FR 3217, Jan. 17, 2008; 78 FR 2108, Jan. 9, 2013; 85 FR
7889, Feb. 12, 2020; 85 FR 35574, June 11, 2020]

§ 73.872 Selection procedure for mutually exclusive LPFM applications.
     (a) Following the close of each window for new LPFM stations and for modifications in the facilities of
         authorized LPFM stations, the Commission will issue a public notice identifying all groups of mutually
         exclusive applications. Such applications will be awarded points to determine the tentative selectee.
         Unless resolved by settlement pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, the tentative selectee will be the
         applicant within each group with the highest point total under the procedure set forth in this section,
         except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section .

     (b) Each mutually exclusive application will be awarded one point for each of the following criteria, based on
         certifications that the qualifying conditions are met and submission of any required documentation:

           (1) Established community presence. An applicant must, for a period of at least two years prior to
               application and at all times thereafter, have qualified as local pursuant to § 73.853(b). Applicants
               claiming a point for this criterion must submit any documentation specified in FCC Form 318 at the
               time of filing their applications.

           (2) Local program origination. The applicant must pledge to originate locally at least eight hours of
               programming per day. For purposes of this criterion, local origination is the production of
               programming by the licensee, within ten miles of the coordinates of the proposed transmitting
               antenna. Local origination includes licensee produced call-in shows, music selected and played by a
               disc jockey present on site, broadcasts of events at local schools, and broadcasts of musical
               performances at a local studio or festival, whether recorded or live. Local origination does not
               include the broadcast of repetitive or automated programs or time-shifted recordings of non-local
               programming whatever its source. In addition, local origination does not include a local program that
               has been broadcast twice, even if the licensee broadcasts the program on a different day or makes
               small variations in the program thereafter.

47 CFR 73.872(b)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                         page 344 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.872(b)(3)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (3) Main studio. The applicant must pledge to maintain a publicly accessible main studio that has local
               program origination capability, is reachable by telephone, is staffed at least 20 hours per week
               between 7 a.m. and 10 p.m., and is located within 16.1 km (10 miles) of the proposed site for the
               transmitting antenna for applicants in the top 50 urban markets and 32.1 km (20 miles) for
               applicants outside the top 50 urban markets. Applicants claiming a point under this criterion must
               specify the proposed address and telephone number for the proposed main studio in FCC Form 318
               at the time of filing their applications.

           (4) Local program origination and main studio. The applicant must make both the local program
               origination and main studio pledges set forth in paragraphs (b)(2) and (3) of this section.

           (5) Diversity of ownership. An applicant must hold no attributable interests in any other broadcast
               station.

           (6) Tribal Applicants serving Tribal Lands. The applicant must be a Tribal Applicant, as defined in §
               73.853(c), and the proposed site for the transmitting antenna must be located on that Tribal
               Applicant's “Tribal Lands,” as defined in § 73.7000. Applicants claiming a point for this criterion must
               submit the documentation set forth in FCC Form 318 at the time of filing their applications.

     (c) Voluntary time-sharing. If mutually exclusive applications have the same point total, no more than three of
         the tied applicants may propose to share use of the frequency by electronically submitting, within 90 days
         of the release of a public notice announcing the tie, a time-share proposal. Such proposals shall be
         treated as minor amendments to the time-share proponents' applications and shall become part of the
         terms of the station authorization. Where such proposals include all of the tied applications, all of the tied
         applications will be treated as tentative selectees; otherwise, time-share proponents' points will be
         aggregated. Applicants may agree, at any time before the Media Bureau implements the involuntary time-
         share procedures pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section, to aggregate their points to enter into a time-
         share agreement. Applicants can only aggregate their points and submit a time-share agreement if each
         is designated a tentative selectee in the same mutually exclusive group, and if each applicant has the
         basic qualifications to receive a grant of its application.

           (1) Time-share proposals shall be in writing and signed by each time-share proponent, and shall satisfy
               the following requirements:

                 (i)   The proposal must specify the proposed hours of operation of each time-share proponent;

                 (ii) The proposal must not include simultaneous operation of the time-share proponents; and

                (iii) Each time-share proponent must propose to operate for at least 10 hours per week.

           (2) Where a station is authorized pursuant to a time-sharing proposal, a change of the regular schedule
               set forth therein will be permitted only where a written agreement signed by each time-sharing
               permittee or licensee and complying with requirements in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (iii) of this
               section is filed with the Commission, Attention: Audio Division, Media Bureau, prior to the date of the
               change.

           (3) Where a station is authorized pursuant to a voluntary time-sharing proposal, the parties to the time-
               sharing agreement may apportion among themselves any air time that, for any reason, becomes
               vacant.

           (4) Concurrent license terms granted under paragraph (d) of this section may be converted into
               voluntary time-sharing arrangements renewable pursuant to § 73.3539 by submitting a universal
               time-sharing proposal.

47 CFR 73.872(c)(4) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 345 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 73.872(c)(5)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (5) In the event a tentatively accepted time-share agreement is dismissed, the Commission staff will
               release another public notice, initiating a second 90-day period for all remaining tentative selectees
               within the affected MX group to enter into either a voluntary time-share arrangement or a universal
               settlement in accordance with paragraph (c) or (e) of this section. If the tie is not resolved in
               accordance with paragraph (c) or (e) of this section, the tied applications will be reviewed for
               acceptability, and applicants with tied, grantable applications will be eligible for involuntary time-
               sharing in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.

     (d) Involuntary time-sharing.

           (1) If a tie among mutually exclusive applications is not resolved through voluntary time-sharing in
               accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, the tied applications will be reviewed for acceptability.
               Applicants with tied, grantable applications will be eligible for equal, concurrent, non-renewable
               license terms.

           (2) If a mutually exclusive group has three or fewer tied, grantable applications, the Commission will
               simultaneously grant these applications, assigning an equal number of hours per week to each
               applicant. The Commission will determine the hours assigned to each applicant by first assigning
               hours to the applicant that has been local, as defined in § 73.853(b), for the longest uninterrupted
               period of time, then assigning hours to the applicant that has been local for the next longest
               uninterrupted period of time, and finally assigning hours to any remaining applicant. The
               Commission will offer applicants an opportunity to voluntarily reach a time-sharing agreement. In the
               event that applicants cannot reach such agreement, the Commission will require each applicant
               subject to involuntary time-sharing to simultaneously and confidentially submit their preferred time
               slots to the Commission. If there are only two tied, grantable applications, the applicants must select
               between the following 12-hour time slots 3 a.m.–2:59 p.m., or 3 p.m.–2:59 a.m. If there are three
               tied, grantable applications, each applicant must rank their preference for the following 8-hour time
               slots: 2 a.m.–9:59 a.m., 10 a.m.–5:59 p.m., and 6 p.m.–1:59 a.m. The Commission will require the
               applicants to certify that they did not collude with any other applicants in the selection of time slots.
               The Commission will give preference to the applicant that has been local for the longest
               uninterrupted period of time. The Commission will award time in units as small as four hours per
               day. In the event an applicant neglects to designate its preferred time slots, staff will select a time
               slot for that applicant.

           (3) Groups of more than three tied, grantable applications will not be eligible for licensing under this
               section. Where such groups exist, the Commission will dismiss all but the applications of the three
               applicants that have been local, as defined in § 73.853(b), for the longest uninterrupted periods of
               time. The Commission then will process the remaining applications as set forth in paragraph (d)(2)
               of this section.

           (4) If concurrent license terms granted under this section are converted into universal voluntary time-
               sharing arrangements pursuant to paragraph (c)(4) of this section, the permit or license is renewable
               pursuant to §§ 73.801 and 73.3539.

     (e) Settlements. Mutually exclusive applicants may propose a settlement at any time during the selection
         process after the release of a public notice announcing the mutually exclusive groups. Settlement
         proposals must comply with the Commission's rules and policies regarding settlements, including the
         requirements of §§ 73.3525, 73.3588 and 73.3589. Settlement proposals may include time-share
         agreements that comply with the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section, provided that such
         agreements may not be filed for the purpose of point aggregation outside of the 90 day period set forth in
         paragraph (c) of this section.
47 CFR 73.872(e) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 346 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                 47 CFR 73.873
Radio Broadcast Services

[65 FR 7640, Feb. 15, 2000, as amended at 65 FR 67304, Nov. 9, 2000; 67 FR 13232, Mar. 21, 2002; 73 FR 3217, Jan. 17, 2008; 78
FR 2108, Jan. 9, 2013; 85 FR 7889, Feb. 12, 2020]

§ 73.873 LPFM license period.
     (a) Initial licenses for LPFM stations will be issued for a period running until the date specified in § 73.1020
         for full service stations operating in the LPFM station's state or territory, or if issued after such date,
         determined in accordance with § 73.1020.

     (b) The license of an LPFM station that fails to transmit broadcast signals for any consecutive 12-month
         period expires as a matter of law at the end of that period, notwithstanding any provision, term, or
         condition of the license to the contrary.

[78 FR 2109, Jan. 9, 2013]

§ 73.875 Modification of transmission systems.
The following procedures and restrictions apply to licensee modifications of authorized broadcast transmission
system facilities.

     (a) The following changes are prohibited:

           (1) Those that would result in the emission of signals outside of the authorized channel exceeding limits
               prescribed for the class of service.

           (2) Those that would cause the transmission system to exceed the equipment performance
               measurements prescribed in § 73.508.

     (b) The following changes may be made only after the grant of a construction permit application on FCC
         Form 318.

           (1) Any construction of a new tower structure for broadcast purposes, except for replacement of an
               existing tower with a new tower of identical height and geographic coordinates.

           (2) Any change in station geographic coordinates, including coordinate corrections and any move of the
               antenna to another tower structure located at the same coordinates.

           (3) Any change in antenna height more than 2 meters above or 4 meters below the authorized value.

           (4) Any change in channel.

     (c) The following LPFM modifications may be made without prior authorization from the Commission. A
         modification of license application (FCC Form 319) must be submitted to the Commission within 10 days
         of commencing program test operations pursuant to § 73.1620. For applications filed pursuant to
         paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the modification of license application must contain an exhibit
         demonstrating compliance with the Commission's radiofrequency radiation guidelines. In addition, for
         applications filed solely pursuant to paragraphs (c)(1) or (2) of this section, where the installation is on or
         near an AM tower, as defined in § 1.30002, an exhibit demonstrating compliance with § 1.30003 or §
         1.30002, as applicable, is also required.

47 CFR 73.875(c) (enhanced display)                                                                            page 347 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.875(c)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) Replacement of an antenna with one of the same or different number of antenna bays, provided that
               the height of the antenna radiation center is not more than 2 meters above or 4 meters below the
               authorized values. Program test operations at the full authorized ERP may commence immediately
               upon installation pursuant to § 73.1620(a)(1).

           (2) Replacement of a transmission line with one of a different type or length which changes the
               transmitter operating power (TPO) from the authorized value, but not the ERP, must be reported in a
               license modification application to the Commission.

           (3) Changes in the hours of operation of stations authorized pursuant to time-share agreements in
               accordance with § 73.872.

[65 FR 7640, Feb. 15, 2000, as amended at 78 FR 66298, Nov. 5, 2013]

§ 73.877 Station logs for LPFM stations.
The licensee of each LPFM station must maintain a station log. Each log entry must include the time and date of
observation and the name of the person making the entry. The following information must be entered in the station
log:

     (a) Any extinguishment or malfunction of the antenna structure obstruction lighting, adjustments, repairs, or
         replacement to the lighting system, or related notification to the FAA. See §§ 17.48 and 73.49 of this
         chapter.

     (b) Brief explanation of station outages due to equipment malfunction, servicing, or replacement;

     (c) Operations not in accordance with the station license; and

     (d) EAS weekly log requirements set forth in § 11.61(a)(1)(v) of this chapter.

[65 FR 67304, Nov. 9, 2000]

§ 73.878 Station inspections by FCC; availability to FCC of station logs and records.
     (a) The licensee of a broadcast station shall make the station available for inspection by representatives of
         the FCC during the station's business hours, and at any time it is in operation. In the course of an
         inspection or investigation, an FCC representative may require special equipment or program tests.

     (b) Station records and logs shall be made available for inspection or duplication at the request of the FCC or
         its representatives. Such logs or records may be removed from the licensee's possession by an FCC
         representative or, upon request, shall be mailed by the licensee to the FCC by either registered mail, return
         receipt requested, or certified mail, return receipt requested. The return receipt shall be retained by the
         licensee as part of the station records until such records or logs are returned to the licensee. A receipt
         shall be furnished when the logs or records are removed from the licensee's possession by an FCC
         representative and this receipt shall be retained by the licensee as part of the station records until such
         records or logs are returned to the licensee. When the FCC has no further need for such records or logs,
         they shall be returned to the licensee. The provisions of this rule shall apply solely to those station logs
         and records that are required to be maintained by the provisions of this part.

           (1) Where records or logs are maintained as the official records of a recognized law enforcement agency
               and the removal of the records from the possession of the law enforcement agency will hinder its
               law enforcement activities, such records will not be removed pursuant to this section if the chief of
47 CFR 73.878(b)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 348 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                47 CFR 73.879
Radio Broadcast Services

                the law enforcement agency promptly certifies in writing to the FCC that removal of the logs or
                records will hinder law enforcement activities of the agency, stating insofar as feasible the basis for
                his decision and the date when it can reasonably be expected that such records will be released to
                the FCC.

§ 73.879 Signal retransmission.
An LPFM licensee may not retransmit, either terrestrially or via satellite, the signal of a full-power radio broadcast
station.

§ 73.881 Equal employment opportunities.
    General EEO policy. Equal employment opportunity shall be afforded by all LPFM licensees and permittees to all
         qualified persons, and no person shall be discriminated against because of race, color , religion, national
         origin, or sex.

Subpart H—Rules Applicable to All Broadcast Stations
§ 73.1001 Scope.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7253, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) The rules in this subpart are common to all AM, FM, TV and Class A TV broadcast services, commercial
         and noncommercial.

     (b) Rules in part 73 applying exclusively to a particular broadcast service are contained in the following: AM,
         subpart A; FM, subpart B; Noncommercial Educational FM, subpart C; TV, subpart E; LPFM, subpart G; and
         Class A TV, subpart J.

     (c) Certain provisions of this subpart apply to International Broadcast Stations (subpart F, part 73), LPFM
         (subpart G, part 73), and Low Power TV, TV Translator and TV Booster Stations (subpart G, part 74) where
         the rules for those services so provide.

     (d) The provisions of this part applying to licensees also apply to holders of construction permits
         (permittees).

[43 FR 32781, July 28, 1978, as amended at 52 FR 31399, Aug. 20, 1987; 65 FR 7648, Feb. 15, 2000; 65 FR 30003, May 10, 2000]

§ 73.1010 Cross reference to rules in other parts.
Certain rules applicable to broadcast services, some of which are also applicable to other services, are set forth in
the following Parts of the FCC Rules and Regulations.

     (a) Part 1, “Practice and Procedure.”

           (1) Subpart A, “General Rules of Practice and Procedure”. (§§ 1.1 to 1.117).

           (2) Subpart B, “Hearing Proceedings”. (§§ 1.201 to 1.364)

           (3) Subpart C, “Rulemaking Proceedings”. (§§ 1.399 to 1.430).

           (4) Subpart G, “Schedule of Statutory Charges and Procedures for Payment”. (§§ 1.1101 to 1.1117.)

47 CFR 73.1010(a)(4) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 349 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.1010(a)(5)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (5) Subpart H, “Ex Parte Communications”. (§§ 1.1200 to 1.1216).

           (6) Subpart I, “Procedures Implementing the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969”. (§§ 1.1301 to
               1.1319).

           (7) Subpart P, “Implementation of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988”. (§§ 1.2001–1.2003.)

           (8) Subpart Q, “Competitive Bidding Proceedings” (§§ 1.2101–1.2112).

           (9) Subpart T, “Foreign Ownership of Broadcast, Common Carrier, Aeronautical En Route, and
               Aeronautical Fixed Radio Station Licensees”. (§§ 1.5000 to 1.5004).

          (10) Part 1, Subpart W of this chapter, “FCC Registration Number”. (§§ 1.8001–1.8005).

     (b) Part 2, “Frequency Allocations and Radio Treaty Matters, General Rules and Regulations”, including
         Subparts A, “Terminology”; B, “Allocation, Assignments and Use of Radio Frequencies”; C, “Emissions”; D,
         “Call Signs and Other Forms of Identifying Radio Transmissions”; and J, “Equipment Authorization
         Procedures”.

     (c) [Reserved]

     (d) Part 17, “Construction, Marking and Lighting of Antenna Structures”.

     (e) Part 74, “Experimental, Auxiliary and Special Broadcast and Other Program Distributional Services”
         including:

           (1) Subpart A, “Experimental Broadcast Stations”;

           (2) Subpart D, “Remote Pickup Broadcast Stations”;

           (3) Subpart E, “Aural Broadcast Auxiliary Stations”;

           (4) Subpart F, “Television Broadcast Auxiliary Stations”;

           (5) Subpart G, “Low Power TV, TV Translator and TV Booster Stations”;

           (6) Subpart H, “Low Power Auxiliary Stations”;

           (7) Subpart L, “FM Broadcast Translator Stations and FM Broadcast Booster Stations”.

[53 FR 2498, Jan. 28, 1988, as amended at 57 FR 48333, Oct. 23, 1992; 60 FR 55480, Nov. 1, 1995; 63 FR 48622, Sept. 11, 1998;
66 FR 47896, Sept. 14, 2001; 69 FR 72043, Dec. 10, 2004; 76 FR 70911, Nov. 16, 2011; 81 FR 86613, Dec. 1, 2016]

§ 73.1015 Truthful written statements and responses to Commission inquiries and
correspondence.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7253, Feb. 1, 2024.

The Commission or its representatives may, in writing, require from any applicant, permittee, or licensee written
statements of fact relevant to a determination whether an application should be granted or denied, or to a
determination whether a license should be revoked, or to any other matter within the jurisdiction of the Commission,
or, in the case of a proceeding to amend the FM or Television Table of Allotments, require from any person filing an
expression of interest, written statements of fact relevant to that allotment proceeding. Any such statements of fact
are subject to the provisions of § 1.17 of this chapter.

47 CFR 73.1015 (enhanced display)                                                                              page 350 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 73.1020
Radio Broadcast Services

[68 FR 15098, Mar. 28, 2003]

§ 73.1020 Station license period.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7253, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Initial licenses for broadcast stations will ordinarily be issued for a period running until the date specified
         in this section for the State or Territory in which the station is located. If issued after such date, it will run
         to the next renewal date determined in accordance with this section. Both radio and TV broadcasting
         stations will ordinarily be renewed for 8 years. However, if the FCC finds that the public interest,
         convenience and necessity will be served thereby, it may issue either an initial license or a renewal thereof
         for a lesser term. The time of expiration of normally issued initial and renewal licenses will be 3 a.m., local
         time, on the following dates and thereafter at 8-year intervals for radio and TV broadcast stations located
         in:

           (1) Maryland, District of Columbia, Virginia and West Virginia:

                 (i)   Radio stations, October 1, 2011.

                 (ii) Television stations, October 1, 2012.

           (2) North Carolina and South Carolina:

                 (i)   Radio stations, December 1, 2011.

                 (ii) Television stations, December 1, 2012.

           (3) Florida, Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands:

                 (i)   Radio stations, February 1, 2012.

                 (ii) Television stations, February 1, 2013.

           (4) Alabama and Georgia:

                 (i)   Radio stations, April 1, 2012.

                 (ii) Television stations, April 1, 2013.

           (5) Arkansas, Louisiana and Mississippi:

                 (i)   Radio stations, June 1, 2012.

                 (ii) Television stations, June 1, 2013.

           (6) Tennessee, Kentucky and Indiana:

                 (i)   Radio stations, August 1, 2012.

                 (ii) Television stations, August 1, 2013.

           (7) Ohio and Michigan:

                 (i)   Radio stations, October 1, 2012.

                 (ii) Television stations, October 1, 2013.

           (8) Illinois and Wisconsin:
47 CFR 73.1020(a)(8) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 351 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                          47 CFR 73.1020(a)(8)(i)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (i)   Radio stations, December 1, 2012.

                 (ii) Television stations, December 1, 2013.

           (9) Iowa and Missouri:

                 (i)   Radio stations, February 1, 2013.

                 (ii) Television stations, February 1, 2014.

          (10) Minnesota, North Dakota, South Dakota, Montana and Colorado:

                 (i)   Radio stations, April 1, 2013.

                 (ii) Television stations, April 1, 2014.

          (11) Kansas, Oklahoma and Nebraska:

                 (i)   Radio stations, June 1, 2013.

                 (ii) Television stations, June 1, 2014.

          (12) Texas:

                 (i)   Radio stations, August 1, 2013.

                 (ii) Television stations, August 1, 2014.

          (13) Wyoming, Nevada, Arizona, Utah, New Mexico and Idaho:

                 (i)   Radio stations, October 1, 2013.

                 (ii) Television stations, October 1, 2014.

          (14) California:

                 (i)   Radio stations, December 1, 2013.

                 (ii) Television stations, December 1, 2014.

          (15) Alaska, American Samoa, Guam, Hawaii, Mariana Islands, Oregon and Washington:

                 (i)   Radio stations, February 1, 2014.

                 (ii) Television stations, February 1, 2015.

          (16) Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island and Vermont:

                 (i)   Radio stations, April 1, 2014.

                 (ii) Television stations, April 1, 2015.

          (17) New Jersey and New York:

                 (i)   Radio stations, June 1, 2014.

                 (ii) Television stations, June 1, 2015.

          (18) Delaware and Pennsylvania:

                 (i)   Radio stations, August 1, 2014.

47 CFR 73.1020(a)(18)(i) (enhanced display)                                                     page 352 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.1020(a)(18)(ii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (ii) Television stations, August 1, 2015.

     (b) For the cutoff date for the filing of applications mutually exclusive with renewal applications that are filed
         on or before May 1, 1995 and for the deadline for filing petitions to deny renewal applications, see §
         73.3516(e).

     (c) The license of a broadcasting station that fails to transmit broadcast signals for any consecutive
         12-month period expires as a matter of law at the end of that period, notwithstanding any provision, term,
         or condition of the license to the contrary.

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303))

[49 FR 4382, Feb. 6, 1984, as amended at 52 FR 25604, July 8, 1987; 59 FR 63051, Dec. 7, 1994; 61 FR 18291, Apr. 25, 1996; 61 FR
28767, June 6, 1996; 62 FR 5347, Feb. 5, 1997; 76 FR 20249, Apr. 12, 2011]

§ 73.1030 Notifications concerning interference to radio astronomy, research and receiving
installations.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7253, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a)

           (1) Radio astronomy and radio research installations. In order to minimize harmful interference at the
               National Radio Astronomy Observatory site located at Green, Pocahontas County, West Virginia, and
               at the Naval Radio Research Observatory at Sugar Grove, Pendleton County, West Virginia, a licensee
               proposing to operate a short-term broadcast auxiliary station pursuant to § 74.24, and any applicant
               for authority to construct a new broadcast station, or for authority to make changes in the frequency,
               power, antenna height, or antenna directivity of an existing station within the area bounded by 39°15′
               N on the north, 78°30′ W on the east, 37°30′ N on the south, and 80°30′ W on the west, shall notify the
               Interference Office, National Radio Astronomy Observatory, P.O. Box 2, Green Bank, West Virginia
               24944. Telephone: (304) 456–2011. The notification shall be in writing and set forth the particulars
               of the proposed station, including the geographical coordinates of the antenna, antenna height,
               antenna directivity if any, proposed frequency, type of emission and power. The notification shall be
               made prior to, or simultaneously with, the filing of the application with the Commission. After receipt
               of such applications, the FCC will allow a period of 20 days for comments or objections in response
               to the notifications indicated. If an objection to the proposed operation is received during the 20-day
               period from the National Radio Astronomy Observatory for itself, or on behalf of the Naval Radio
               Research Observatory, the FCC will consider all aspects of the problem and take whatever action is
               deemed appropriate.

           (2) Any applicant for a new permanent base or fixed station authorization to be located on the islands of
               Puerto Rico, Desecheo, Mona, Vieques, and Culebra, or for a modification of an existing authorization
               which would change the frequency, power, antenna height, directivity, or location of a station on
               these islands and would increase the likelihood of the authorized facility causing interference, shall
               notify the Interference Office, Arecibo Observatory, HC3 Box 53995, Arecibo, Puerto Rico 00612, in
               writing or electronically, of the technical parameters of the proposal. Applicants may wish to consult
               interference guidelines, which will be provided by Cornell University. Applicants who choose to
               transmit information electronically should e-mail to: prcz@naic.edu.

47 CFR 73.1030(a)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                         page 353 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 73.1030(a)(2)(i)
Radio Broadcast Services

                  (i)    The notification to the Interference Office, Arecibo Observatory shall be made prior to, or
                         simultaneously with, the filing of the application with the Commission. The notification shall
                         state the geographical coordinates of the antenna (NAD–83 datum), antenna height above
                         ground, ground elevation at the antenna, antenna directivity and gain, proposed frequency and
                         FCC Rule Part, type of emission, and effective radiated power.

                  (ii) After receipt of such applications, the Commission will allow the Arecibo Observatory a period
                       of 20 days for comments or objections in response to the notification indicated. The applicant
                       will be required to make reasonable efforts to resolve or mitigate any potential interference
                       problem with the Arecibo Observatory and to file either an amendment to the application or a
                       modification application, as appropriate. The Commission shall determine whether an applicant
                       has satisfied its responsibility to make reasonable efforts to protect the Observatory from
                       interference.

     (b) Radio receiving installations. Protection for Table Mountain Radio Receiving Zone, Boulder County,
         Colorado: Applicants for a station authorization to operate in the vicinity of Boulder County, Colorado
         under this Part are advised to give due consideration, prior to filing applications, to the need to protect the
         Table Mountain Radio Receiving Zone from harmful interference. These are the research laboratories of
         the Department of Commerce, Boulder County, Colorado. To prevent degradation of the present ambient
         radio signal level at the site, the Department of Commerce seeks to ensure that the field strengths of any
         radiated signals (excluding reflected signals) received on this 1800 acre site (within the area bounded by
         40°09′10″ N Latitude on the north, 105°13′31″ W Longitude on the east, 40°07′05″ N Latitude on the south,
         and 105°15′13″ W Longitude on the west) resulting from new assignments (other than mobile stations) or
         from the modification of relocation of existing facilities do not exceed the following values:

               Frequency    Field strength in authorized bandwidth of   Power flux density in authorized bandwidth of
                 range                   service (mV/m)                              service (dBW/m2)1
            Below 540                                             10                                            −65.8
            kHz
            540 to 1700                                           20                                            −59.8
            kHz
                                                                                                               2−65.8
            1.7 to 470                                            10
            MHz
                                                                                                               2−56.2
            470 to 890                                            30
            MHz
                                                                                                               2−85.8
            Above 890                                               1
            MHz

           1Equivalent values of power flux density are calculated assuming free space characteristic
           impedance of 376.7 = 120 ohms.

           2 Space stations shall conform to the power flux density limits at the earth's surface specified in
           appropriate parts of the FCC rules, but in no case should exceed the above levels in any 4 kHz band
           for all angles of arrival.

47 CFR 73.1030(b) (enhanced display)                                                                          page 354 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 73.1030(b)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) Advance consultation is recommended particularly for those applicants who have no reliable data
               which indicates whether the field strength or power flux density figures in the above table would be
               exceeded by their proposed radio facilities (except mobile stations). In such instances, the following
               is a suggested guide for determining whether coordination is recommended:

                 (i)   All stations within 2.4 km (1.5 statute miles);

                 (ii) Stations within 4.8 km (3 statute miles) with 50 watts or more effective radiated power (ERP) in
                      the primary plane polarization in the azimuthal direction of the Table Mountain Radio Receiving
                      Zone;

                (iii) Stations within 16 km (10 statute miles) with 1 kW or more ERP in the primary plane of
                      polarization in the azimuthal direction of Table Mountain Receiving Zone;

                (iv) Stations within 80 km (50 statute miles) with 25 kW or more ERP in the primary plane
                     polarization in the azimuthal direction of Table Mountain Receiving Zone.

           (2) Applicants concerned are urged to communicate with the Radio Frequency Management
               Coordinator, Department of Commerce, Research Support Services, NOAA R/E5X2, Boulder
               Laboratories, Boulder, CO 80303; telephone (303) 497–6548, in advance of filing their applications
               with the Commission.

           (3) The Commission will not screen applications to determine whether advance consultation has taken
               place. However, applicants are advised that such consultation can avoid objectimns from the
               Department of Commerce or proceedings to modify any authorization which may be granted which,
               in fact, delivers a signal at the site in excess of the field strength specified herein.

     (c) Protection for Federal Communications Commission monitoring stations.

           (1) Applicants in the vicinity of a FCC monitoring station for a radio station authorization to operate new
               transmitting facilities or changed transmitting facilities which would increase the field strength
               produced over the monitoring station in excess of that previously authorized are advised to give
               consideration, prior to filing applications, to the possible need to protect the FCC stations from
               harmful interference. Geographical coordinates of the facilities which require protection are listed in
               § 0.121(c) of the FCC rules. Applications for stations (except mobile stations) which will produce on
               any frequency a direct wave fundamental field strength of greater than 10 mV/m in the authorized
               bandwidth of service (−65.8 dBW/m2 power flux density assuming a free space characteristic
               impedance of 120 π ohms) at the referenced coordinates, may be examined to determine extent of
               possible interference. Depending on the theoretical field strength value and existing root-sum-square
               or other ambient radio field signal levels at the indicated coordinates, a clause protecting the
               monitoring station may be added to the station authorization.

           (2) In the event that calculated value of expected field exceeds 10 mV/m (−65.8 dBW/m2) at the
               reference coordinates, or if there is any question whether field strength levels might exceed the
               threshold value, advance consultation with the FCC to discuss any protection necessary should be
               considered. Prospective applicants may communicate with the Public Safety and Homeland Security
               Bureau.

           (3) Advance consultation is suggested particularly for those applicants who have no reliable data which
               indicates whether the field strength or power flux density figure indicated would be exceeded by their
               proposed radio facilities (except mobile stations). In such instances, the following is a suggested
               guide for determining whether an applicant should coordinate:

47 CFR 73.1030(c)(3) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 355 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.1030(c)(3)(i)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (i)   All stations within 2.4 kilometers (1.5 statute miles);

                 (ii) Stations within 4.8 kilometers (3 statute miles) with 50 watts or more average effective radiated
                      power (ERP) in the primary plane of polarization in the azimuthal direction of the Monitoring
                      Stations.

                (iii) Stations within 16 kilometers (10 statute miles) with 1 kW or more average ERP in the primary
                      plane of polarization in the azimuthal direction of the Monitoring Station;

                (iv) Stations within 80 kilometers (50 statute miles) with 25 kW or more average ERP in the primary
                     plane of polarization in the azimuthal direction of the Monitoring Station;

           (4) Advance coordination for stations operating above 1000 MHz is recommended only where the
               proposed station is in the vicinity of a monitoring station designated as a satellite monitoring facility
               in § 0.121(c) of the Commission's Rules and also meets the criteria outlined in paragraphs (b) (2)
               and (3) of this section.

           (5) The Commission will not screen applications to determine whether advance consultation has taken
               place. However, applicants are advised that such consultation can avoid objections from the Federal
               Communications Commission or modification of any authorization which will cause harmful
               interference.

[43 FR 32782, July 28, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 77167, Dec. 31, 1979; 47 FR 9221, Mar. 4, 1982; 50 FR 39003, Sept. 26, 1985;
52 FR 25867, July 9, 1987; 52 FR 36879, Oct. 1, 1987; 52 FR 37789, Oct. 9, 1987; 56 FR 64872, Dec. 12, 1991; 61 FR 8477, Mar. 5,
1996; 62 FR 55532, Oct. 27, 1997; 63 FR 70048, Dec. 18, 1998; 70 FR 31373, June 1, 2005; 80 FR 53750, Sept. 8, 2015]

§ 73.1120 Station location.
Each AM, FM, TV and Class A TV broadcast station will be licensed to the principal community or other political
subdivision which it primarily serves. This principal community (city, town or other political subdivision) will be
considered to be the geographical station location.

[65 FR 30003, May 10, 2000]

§ 73.1125 Station telephone number.
Each AM, FM, TV, and Class A TV broadcast station shall maintain a local telephone number in its community of
license or a toll-free number.

[82 FR 57882, Dec. 8, 2017]

§ 73.1150 Transferring a station.
     (a) In transferring a broadcast station, the licensee may retain no right of reversion of the license, no right to
         reassignment of the license in the future, and may not reserve the right to use the facilities of the station
         for any period whatsoever.

     (b) No license, renewal of license, assignment of license or transfer of control of a corporate licensee will be
         granted or authorized if there is a contract, arrangement or understanding, express or implied, pursuant to
         which, as consideration or partial consideration for the assignment or transfer, such rights, as stated in
         paragraph (a) of this section, are retained.

47 CFR 73.1150(b) (enhanced display)                                                                             page 356 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 73.1150(c)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (c) Licensees and/or permittees authorized to operate in the 535–1605 kHz and in the 1605–1705 kHz band
         pursuant to the Report and Order in MM Docket No. 87–267 will not be permitted to assign or transfer
         control of the license or permit for a single frequency during the period that joint operation is authorized.

     (d) Authorizations awarded pursuant to the noncommercial educational point system in subpart K are subject
         to the holding period in § 73.7005. Applications for an assignment or transfer filed prior to the end of the
         holding period must demonstrate the factors enumerated therein.

[44 FR 58720, Oct. 11, 1979, as amended at 56 FR 64872, Dec. 12, 1991; 65 FR 36378, June 8, 2000]

§ 73.1201 Station identification.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7254, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) When regularly required. Broadcast station identification announcements shall be made:

           (1) At the beginning and ending of each time of operation, and

           (2) Hourly, as close to the hour as feasible, at a natural break in program offerings. Television and Class
               A television broadcast stations may make these announcements visually or aurally.

     (b) Content.

           (1) Official station identification shall consist of the station's call letters immediately followed by the
               community or communities specified in its license as the station's location; Provided, That the name
               of the licensee, the station's frequency, the station's channel number, as stated on the station's
               license, and/or the station's network affiliation may be inserted between the call letters and station
               location. DTV stations, or DAB Stations, choosing to include the station's channel number in the
               station identification must use the station's major channel number and may distinguish multicast
               program streams. For example, a DTV station with major channel number 26 may use 26.1 to
               identify an HDTV program service and 26.2 to identify an SDTV program service. A DTV station that
               is devoting one of its multicast streams to transmit the programming of another television licensee
               must identify itself and may also identify the licensee that it is transmitting. If a DTV station in this
               situation chooses to identify the station that is the source of the programming it is transmitting, it
               must use the following format: Station WYYY–DT, community of license (call sign and community of
               license of the station whose multicast stream is transmitting the programming), bringing you WXXX,
               community of license (call sign and community of license of the licensee providing the
               programming). The transmitting station may insert between its call letters and its community of
               license the following information: the frequency of the transmitting station, the channel number of
               the transmitting station, the name of the licensee of the transmitting station and the licensee
               providing the programming, and/or the name of the network of either station. Where a multicast
               station is carrying the programming of another station and is identifying that station as the source of
               the programming, using the format described above, the identification may not include the frequency
               or channel number of the program source. A radio station operating in DAB hybrid mode or extended
               hybrid mode shall identify its digital signal, including any free multicast audio programming streams,
               in a manner that appropriately alerts its audience to the fact that it is listening to a digital audio
               broadcast. No other insertion between the station's call letters and the community or communities
               specified in its license is permissible.

47 CFR 73.1201(b)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 357 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.1201(b)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (2) A station may include in its official station identification the name of any additional community or
               communities, but the community to which the station is licensed must be named first.

     (c) Channel —

           (1) General. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, in making the identification announcement
               the call letters shall be given only on the channel, or channels in the case of a broadcaster that is
               multicasting more than a single channel, identified thereby.

           (2) Simultaneous AM (535–1605 kHz) and AM (1605–1705 kHz broadcasts. If the same licensee
               operates an AM broadcast station in the 535–1605 kHz band and an AM broadcast station in the
               1605–1705 kHz band with both stations licensed to the same community and simultaneously
               broadcasts the same programs over the facilities of both such stations, station identification
               announcements may be made jointly for both stations for periods of such simultaneous operations.

           (3) Satellite operation. When programming of a broadcast station is rebroadcast simultaneously over the
               facilities of a satellite station, the originating station may make identification announcements for the
               satellite station for periods of such simultaneous operation.

                 (i)   In the case of a television broadcast station, such announcements, in addition to the
                       information required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section, shall include the number of the channel
                       on which each station is operating.

                 (ii) In the case of aural broadcast stations, such announcements, in addition to the information
                      required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section, shall include the frequency on which each station is
                      operating.

     (d) Subscription television stations (STV). The requirements for official station identification applicable to TV
         stations will apply to Subscription TV stations except, during STV-encoded programming such station
         identification is not required. However, a station identification announcement will be made immediately
         prior to and following the encoded Subscription TV program period.

[34 FR 19762, Dec. 17, 1969, as amended at 37 FR 23726, Nov. 8, 1972; 39 FR 6707, Feb. 22, 1974; 39 FR 9442, Mar. 11, 1974; 41
FR 29394, July 16, 1976; 47 FR 3791, Jan. 27, 1982; 48 FR 51308, Nov. 8, 1983; 56 FR 64872, Dec. 12, 1991; 65 FR 30003, May 10,
2000; 69 FR 59535, Oct. 4, 2004; 72 FR 45693, Aug. 15, 2007; 73 FR 5684, Jan. 30, 2008; 76 FR 71269, Nov. 17, 2011]

Effective Date Note: At 73 FR 5684, Jan. 30, 2008, § 73.1201 was amended by revising paragraph (b)(1). This
paragraph contains information collection and recordkeeping requirements and will not become effective until
approval has been given by the Office of Management and Budget.

§ 73.1202 [Reserved]
§ 73.1206 Broadcast of telephone conversations.
Before recording a telephone conversation for broadcast, or broadcasting such a conversation simultaneously with
its occurrence, a licensee shall inform any party to the call of the licensee's intention to broadcast the conversation,
except where such party is aware, or may be presumed to be aware from the circumstances of the conversation,
that it is being or likely will be broadcast. Such awareness is presumed to exist only when the other party to the call
is associated with the station (such as as employee or part-time reporter), or where the other party originates the
call and it is obvious that it is in connection with a program in which the station customarily broadcasts telephone
conversations.

47 CFR 73.1206 (enhanced display)                                                                              page 358 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 73.1207
Radio Broadcast Services

[35 FR 7733, May 20, 1970]

§ 73.1207 Rebroadcasts.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7254, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) The term rebroadcast means reception by radio of the programs or other transmissions of a broadcast or
         any other type of radio station, and the simultaneous or subsequent retransmission of such programs or
         transmissions by a broadcast station.

           (1) As used in this section, “program” includes any complete programs or part thereof.

           (2) The transmission of a program from its point of origin to a broadcast station entirely by common
               carrier facilities, whether by wire line or radio, is not considered a rebroadcast.

           (3) The broadcasting of a program relayed by a remote pickup broadcast station is not considered a
               rebroadcast.

     (b) No broadcast station may retransmit the program, or any part thereof, of another U.S. broadcast station
         without the express authority of the originating station. A copy of the written consent of the licensee
         originating the program must be kept by the licensee of the station retransmitting such program and
         made available to the FCC upon request.

           (1) Stations originating emergency communications under a State EAS plan are considered to have
               conferred rebroadcast authority to other participating stations.

           (2) Permission must be obtained from the originating station to rebroadcast any subsidiary
               communications transmitted by means of a multiplex subcarrier or telecommunications service on
               the vertical blanking interval or in the visual signal of a television signal.

           (3) Programs originated by the Voice of America (VOA) and the Armed Forces Radio and Television
               Services (AFRTS) cannot, in general, be cleared for domestic rebroadcast, and may therefore be
               retransmitted only by special arrangements among the parties concerned.

           (4) Except as otherwise provided by international agreement, programs originated by foreign broadcast
               stations may be retransmitted without the consent of the originating station.

     (c) The transmissions of non-broadcast stations may be rebroadcast under the following conditions:

           (1) Messages originated by privately-owned non-broadcast stations other than those in the Amateur and
               CB Radio Services may be broadcast only upon receipt of prior permission from the non-broadcast
               licensee. Additionally, messages transmitted by common carrier stations may be rebroadcast only
               upon prior permission of the originator of the message as well as the station licensee.

           (2) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, messages originated entirely by non-broadcast
               stations owned and operated by the Federal Government may be rebroadcast only upon receipt of
               prior permission from the government agency originating the messages.

           (3) Messages originated by stations in the Amateur and CB Radio Services may be rebroadcast at the
               discretion of broadcast station licensees.

           (4) Emergency communications originated under a State EAS plan.

47 CFR 73.1207(c)(4) (enhanced display)                                                              page 359 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.1207(d)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (d) The rebroadcasting of time signals originated by the Naval Observatory and the National Bureau of
         Standards and messages from the National Weather Service stations is permitted without specific
         authorization under the following procedures:

           (1) Naval Observatory Time Signals.

                 (i)   The time signals rebroadcast must be obtained by direct radio reception from a naval radio
                       station, or by land line circuits.

                 (ii) Announcement of the time signal must be made without reference to any commercial activity.

                (iii) Identification of the Naval Observatory as the source of the time signal must be made by an
                      announcement, substantially as follows: “With the signal, the time will be . . . courtesy of the
                      U.S. Naval Observatory.”

                (iv) Schedules of time signal broadcasts may be obtained upon request from the Superintendent,
                     U.S. Naval Observatory, Washington, DC 20390.

           (2) National Bureau of Standards Time Signals.

                 (i)   Time signals for rebroadcast must be obtained by direct radio reception from a National Bureau
                       of Standards (NBS) station.

                 (ii) Use of receiving and rebroadcasting equipment must not delay the signals by more than 0.05
                      second.

                (iii) Signals must be rebroadcast live, not from tape or other recording.

                (iv) Voice or code announcements of the call signs of NBS stations are not to be rebroadcast.

                 (v) Identification of the origin of the service and the source of the signals must be made by an
                     announcement substantially as follows: “At the tone, 11 hours 25 minutes Coordinated
                     Universal Time. This is a rebroadcast of a continous service furnished by the National Bureau of
                     Standards, Ft. Collins, Colo.” No commercial sponsorship of this announcement is permitted
                     and none may be implied.

                (vi) Schedules of time signal broadcasts may be obtained from, and notice of use of NBS time
                     signals for rebroadcast must be forwarded semiannually to:

                National Bureau of Standards, Radio Stations WWV/WWVB, 2000 East County Road 58, Ft. Collins,
                Colorado 80524.

                (vii) In the rebroadcasting of NBS time signals, announcements will not state that they are standard
                      frequency transmissions. Voice announcements of Coordinated Universal Time are given in
                      voice every minute. Each minute, except the first of the hour, begins with an 0.8 second long
                      tone of 1000 hertz at WWV and 1200 hertz tone at WWVH. The first minute of every hour begins
                      with an 0.8 second long tone of 1500 hertz at both stations. This tone is followed by a 3-second
                      pause, than the announcement, “National Bureau of Standards Time.” This is followed by
                      another 3-second pause before station identification. This arrangement allows broadcast
                      stations sufficient time to retransmit the hour time tone and the words “National Bureau of
                      Standards Time” either by manual or automatic switching.

47 CFR 73.1207(d)(2)(vii) (enhanced display)                                                              page 360 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 73.1207(d)(2)(viii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                (viii) Time signals or scales made up from integration of standard frequency signals broadcast from
                       NBS stations may not be designated as national standard scales of time or attributed to the
                       NBS as originator. For example, if a broadcasting station transmits time signals obtained from
                       a studio clock which is periodically calibrated against the NBS time signals from WWV or
                       WWVH, such signals may not be announced as NBS standard time or as having been originated
                       by the NBS.

           (3) National Weather Service Messages.

                 (i)   Messages of the National Weather Service must be rebroadcast within 1 hour of receipt.

                 (ii) If advertisements are given in connection with weather rebroadcast, these advertisements must
                      not directly or indirectly convey an endorsement by the U.S. Government of the products or
                      services so advertised.

                (iii) Credit must be given to indicate that the rebroadcast message originates with the National
                      Weather Service.

[44 FR 36040, June 20, 1979, as amended at 45 FR 26065, Apr. 17, 1980; 48 FR 28456, June 22, 1983; 50 FR 25246, June 18,
1985; 59 FR 67102, Dec. 28, 1994; 61 FR 36305, July 10, 1996; 82 FR 41103, Aug. 29, 2017]

§ 73.1208 Broadcast of taped, filmed, or recorded material.
     (a) Any taped, filmed or recorded program material in which time is of special significance, or by which an
         affirmative attempt is made to create the impression that it is occurring simultaneously with the
         broadcast, shall be announced at the beginning as taped, filmed or recorded. The language of the
         announcement shall be clear and in terms commonly understood by the public. For television stations, the
         announcement may be made visually or aurally.

     (b) Taped, filmed, or recorded announcements which are of a commercial, promotional or public service
         nature need not be identified as taped, filmed or recorded.

[37 FR 23726, Nov. 8, 1972]

§ 73.1209 References to time.
Unless specifically designated as “standard (non-advanced)” or “advanced,” all references to time contained in this
part, and in license documents and other authorizations issued thereunder shall be understood to mean local time;
i.e., the time legally observed in the community.

[39 FR 26736, July 23, 1974]

§ 73.1210 TV/FM dual-language broadcasting in Puerto Rico.
     (a) For the purpose of this section, dual-language broadcasting shall be understood to mean the telecasting
         of a program in one language with the simultaneous transmission, on the main channel of a participating
         FM broadcast station, of companion sound track information in a different language.

     (b) Television and Class A television licensees in Puerto Rico may enter into dual-language time purchase
         agreements with FM broadcast licensees, subject to the following conditions:

47 CFR 73.1210(b) (enhanced display)                                                                          page 361 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.1210(b)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) All such agreements shall be reduced to writing and retained by the licensee for possible
               Commission inspection, in accordance with § 73.3613 of this chapter.

           (2) All such agreements shall specify that the FM licensee will monitor sound track material with a view
               to rejecting any material deemed to be inappropriate or objectionable for broadcast exposure.

           (3) No television, Class A television, or FM broadcast station may devote more than 15 hours per week
               to dual-language broadcasting, nor may more than three (3) hours of such programming be
               presented on any given day.

           (4) Noncommercial educational television broadcast stations shall take all necessary precautions to
               assure that the entire operation is conducted on a noncommercial basis and otherwise in
               accordance with § 73.621 of this part.

[40 FR 17259, Apr. 18, 1975, as amended at 49 FR 33663, Aug. 24, 1984; 50 FR 40016, Oct. 1, 1985; 65 FR 30003, May 10, 2000]

§ 73.1211 Broadcast of lottery information.
     (a) No licensee of an AM, FM, television, or Class A television broadcast station, except as in paragraph (c) of
         this section, shall broadcast any advertisement of or information concerning any lottery, gift enterprise, or
         similar scheme, offering prizes dependent in whole or in part upon lot or chance, or any list of the prizes
         drawn or awarded by means of any such lottery, gift enterprise or scheme, whether said list contains any
         part or all of such prizes. (18 U.S.C. 1304, 62 Stat. 763).

     (b) The determination whether a particular program comes within the provisions of paragraph (a) of this
         section depends on the facts of each case. However, the Commission will in any event consider that a
         program comes within the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section if in connection with such program a
         prize consisting of money or other thing of value is awarded to any person whose selection is dependent
         in whole or in part upon lot or chance, if as a condition of winning or competing for such prize, such
         winner or winners are required to furnish any money or other thing of value or are required to have in their
         possession any product sold, manufactured, furnished or distributed by a sponsor of a program broadcast
         on the station in question. (See 21 FCC 2d 846).

     (c) The provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall not apply to an advertisement, list of prizes
         or other information concerning:

           (1) A lottery conducted by a State acting under the authority of State law which is broadcast by a radio
               or television station licensed to a location in that State or any other State which conducts such a
               lottery. (18 U.S.C. 1307(a); 102 Stat. 3205).

           (2) Fishing contests exempted under 18 U.S. Code 1305 (not conducted for profit, i.e., all receipts fully
               consumed in defraying the actual costs of operation).

           (3) Any gaming conducted by an Indian Tribe pursuant to the Indian Gaming Regulatory Act (25 U.S.C.
               2701 et seq.)

           (4) A lottery, gift enterprise or similar scheme, other than one described in paragraph (c)(1) of this
               section, that is authorized or not otherwise prohibited by the State in which it is conducted and which
               is:

                 (i)   Conducted by a not-for-profit organization or a governmental organization (18 U.S.C. 1307(a);
                       102 Stat. 3205); or

47 CFR 73.1211(c)(4)(i) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 362 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.1211(c)(4)(ii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (ii) Conducted as a promotional activity by a commercial organization and is clearly occasional and
                      ancillary to the primary business of that organization. (18 U.S.C. 1307(a); 102 Stat. 3205).

     (d)

           (1) For purposes of paragraph (c) of this section, “lottery” means the pooling of proceeds derived from
               the sale of tickets or chances and allotting those proceeds or parts thereof by chance to one or more
               chance takers or ticket purchasers. It does not include the placing or accepting of bets or wagers on
               sporting events or contests.

           (2) For purposes of paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section, the term “not-for-profit organization” means any
               organization that would qualify as tax exempt under section 501 of the Internal Revenue Code of
               1986.

[40 FR 6210, Feb. 10, 1975, as amended at 45 FR 6401, Jan. 28, 1980; 54 FR 20856, May 15, 1989; 55 FR 18888, May 7, 1990; 65
FR 30003, May 10, 2000]

§ 73.1212 Sponsorship identification; list retention; related requirements.
     (a) When a broadcast station transmits any matter for which money, service, or other valuable consideration
         is either directly or indirectly paid or promised to, or charged or accepted by such station, the station, at
         the time of the broadcast, shall announce:

           (1) That such matter is sponsored, paid for, or furnished, either in whole or in part, and

           (2) By whom or on whose behalf such consideration was supplied: Provided, however, That “service or
               other valuable consideration” shall not include any service or property furnished either without or at a
               nominal charge for use on, or in connection with, a broadcast unless it is so furnished in
               consideration for an identification of any person, product, service, trademark, or brand name beyond
               an identification reasonably related to the use of such service or property on the broadcast.

                 (i)   For the purposes of this section, the term “sponsored” shall be deemed to have the same
                       meaning as “paid for.”

                 (ii) In the case of any television political advertisement concerning candidates for public office, the
                      sponsor shall be identified with letters equal to or greater than four percent of the vertical
                      picture height that air for not less than four seconds.

     (b) The licensee of each broadcast station shall exercise reasonable diligence to obtain from its employees,
         and from other persons with whom it deals directly in connection with any matter for broadcast,
         information to enable such licensee to make the announcement required by this section.

     (c) In any case where a report has been made to a broadcast station as required by section 507 of the
         Communications Act of 1934, as amended, of circumstances which would have required an
         announcement under this section had the consideration been received by such broadcast station, an
         appropriate announcement shall be made by such station.

     (d) In the case of any political broadcast matter or any broadcast matter involving the discussion of a
         controversial issue of public importance for which any film, record, transcription, talent, script, or other
         material or service of any kind is furnished, either directly or indirectly, to a station as an inducement for
         broadcasting such matter, an announcement shall be made both at the beginning and conclusion of such
         broadcast on which such material or service is used that such film, record, transcription, talent, script, or

47 CFR 73.1212(d) (enhanced display)                                                                          page 363 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.1212(e)
Radio Broadcast Services

           other material or service has been furnished to such station in connection with the transmission of such
           broadcast matter: Provided, however, That in the case of any broadcast of 5 minutes' duration or less, only
           one such announcement need be made either at the beginning or conclusion of the broadcast.

     (e) The announcement required by this section shall, in addition to stating the fact that the broadcast matter
         was sponsored, paid for or furnished, fully and fairly disclose the true identity of the person or persons, or
         corporation, committee, association or other unincorporated group, or other entity by whom or on whose
         behalf such payment is made or promised, or from whom or on whose behalf such services or other
         valuable consideration is received, or by whom the material or services referred to in paragraph (d) of this
         section are furnished. Where an agent or other person or entity contracts or otherwise makes
         arrangements with a station on behalf of another, and such fact is known or by the exercise of reasonable
         diligence, as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, could be known to the station, the announcement
         shall disclose the identity of the person or persons or entity on whose behalf such agent is acting instead
         of the name of such agent. Where the material broadcast is political matter or matter involving the
         discussion of a controversial issue of public importance and a corporation, committee, association or
         other unincorporated group, or other entity is paying for or furnishing the broadcast matter, the station
         shall, in addition to making the announcement required by this section, require that a list of the chief
         executive officers or members of the executive committee or of the board of directors of the corporation,
         committee, association or other unincorporated group, or other entity shall be made available for public
         inspection at the location specified under § 73.3526. If the broadcast is originated by a network, the list
         may, instead, be retained at the headquarters office of the network or at the location where the originating
         station maintains its public inspection file under § 73.3526. Such lists shall be kept and made available
         for a period of two years.

     (f) In the case of broadcast matter advertising commercial products or services, an announcement stating
         the sponsor's corporate or trade name, or the name of the sponsor's product, when it is clear that the
         mention of the name of the product constitutes a sponsorship identification, shall be deemed sufficient
         for the purpose of this section and only one such announcement need be made at any time during the
         course of the broadcast.

     (g) The announcement otherwise required by section 317 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended,
         is waived with respect to the broadcast of “want ad” or classified advertisements sponsored by an
         individual. The waiver granted in this paragraph shall not extend to a classified advertisement or want ad
         sponsorship by any form of business enterprise, corporate or otherwise. Whenever sponsorship
         announcements are omitted pursuant to this paragraph, the licensee shall observe the following
         conditions:

           (1) Maintain a list showing the name, address, and (where available) the telephone number of each
               advertiser;

           (2) Make this list available to members of the public who have a legitimate interest in obtaining the
               information contained in the list. Such list must be retained for a period of two years after broadcast.

     (h) Any announcement required by section 317(b) of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, is
         waived with respect to feature motion picture film produced initially and primarily for theatre exhibition.

           Note: The waiver heretofore granted by the Commission in its Report and Order adopted
           November 16, 1960 (FCC 60–1369; 40 F.C.C. 95), continues to apply to programs filmed or
           recorded on or before June 20, 1963, when § 73.654, the predecessor television rule, went into

47 CFR 73.1212(h) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 364 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.1212(i)
Radio Broadcast Services

            effect.

      (i)   Commission interpretations in connection with the provisions of the sponsorship identification rules are
            contained in the Commission's Public Notice, entitled “Applicability of Sponsorship Identification Rules,”
            dated May 6, 1963 (40 F.C.C. 141), as modified by Public Notice, dated April 21, 1975 (FCC 75–418).
            Further interpretations are printed in full in various volumes of the Federal Communications Commission
            Reports.

      (j)

            (1)

                  (i)   Where the material broadcast consistent with paragraph (a) or (d) of this section has been aired
                        pursuant to the lease of time on the station and has been provided by a foreign governmental
                        entity, the station, at the time of the broadcast, shall include the following disclosure:

                  The [following/preceding] programming was [sponsored, paid for, or furnished], either in whole or in
                  part, by [name of foreign governmental entity] on behalf of [name of foreign country].

                  (ii) If the material broadcast contains a “conspicuous statement” pursuant to the Foreign Agents
                       Registration Act of 1938 (FARA) (22 U.S.C. 614(b)), such conspicuous statement will suffice for
                       purposes of this paragraph (j)(1) if the conspicuous statement also contains a disclosure about
                       the foreign country associated with the individual/entity that has sponsored, paid for, or
                       furnished the material being broadcast.

            (2) The term “foreign governmental entity” shall include governments of foreign countries, foreign
                political parties, agents of foreign principals, and United States-based foreign media outlets.

                  (i)   The term “government of a foreign country” has the meaning given such term in the Foreign
                        Agents Registration Act of 1938 (22 U.S.C. 611(e)).

                  (ii) The term “foreign political party” has the meaning given such term in the Foreign Agents
                       Registration Act of 1938 (22 U.S.C. 611(f)).

                  (iii) The term “agent of a foreign principal” has the meaning given such term in the Foreign Agents
                        Registration Act of 1938 (22 U.S.C. 611(c)), and who is registered as such with the Department
                        of Justice, and whose “foreign principal” is a “government of a foreign country,” a “foreign
                        political party,” or directly or indirectly operated, supervised, directed, owned, controlled,
                        financed, or subsidized by a “government of a foreign country” or a “foreign political party” as
                        defined in paragraphs (j)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section, and that is acting in its capacity as an
                        agent of such “foreign principal”.

                  (iv) The term “United States-based foreign media outlet” has the meaning given such term in
                       section 722(a) of the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. 624(a)).

            (3) The licensee of each broadcast station shall exercise reasonable diligence to ascertain whether the
                foreign sponsorship disclosure requirements in paragraph (j)(1) of this section apply at the time of
                the lease agreement and at any renewal thereof, including:

                  (i)   Informing the lessee of the foreign sponsorship disclosure requirement in paragraph (j)(1) of
                        this section;

47 CFR 73.1212(j)(3)(i) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 365 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.1212(j)(3)(ii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (ii) Inquiring of the lessee whether the lessee falls into any of the categories in paragraph (j)(2) of
                      this section that qualify the lessee as a foreign governmental entity;

                (iii) Inquiring of the lessee whether the lessee knows if anyone involved in the production or
                      distribution of the programming that will be aired pursuant to the lease agreement, or a sub-
                      lease, qualifies as a foreign governmental entity and has provided some type of inducement to
                      air the programming;

                (iv) Independently confirming the lessee's status, by consulting the Department of Justice's FARA
                     website and the Commission's semi-annual U.S.-based foreign media outlets reports, if the
                     lessee states that it does not fall within the definition of “foreign governmental entity” and that
                     there is no separate need for a disclosure because no one further back in the chain of
                     producing/transmitting the programming falls within the definition of “foreign governmental
                     entity” and has provided an inducement to air the programming; and

                 (v) Memorializing the inquiries in paragraphs (j)(3)(i) through (iv) of this section to track
                     compliance therewith and retaining such documentation in the licensee's records for either the
                     remainder of the then-current license term or one year, whichever is longer, so as to respond to
                     any future Commission inquiry.

           (4) In the case of any video programming, the foreign governmental entity and the country represented
               shall be identified with letters equal to or greater than four percent of the vertical picture height that
               air for not less than four seconds.

           (5) At a minimum, the announcement required by paragraph (j)(1) of this section shall be made at both
               the beginning and conclusion of the programming. For programming of greater than sixty minutes in
               duration, an announcement shall be made at regular intervals during the broadcast, but no less
               frequently than once every sixty minutes.

           (6) Where the primary language of the programming is other than English, the disclosure statement shall
               be made in the primary language of the programming. If the programming contains a “conspicuous
               statement” pursuant to the Foreign Agents Registration Act of 1938 (22 U.S.C. 614(b)), and such
               conspicuous statement is in a language other than English so as to conform to the Foreign Agents
               Registration Act of 1938 (22 U.S.C. 611 et seq.), an additional disclosure in English is not needed.

           (7) A station shall place copies of the disclosures required by this paragraph (j) and the name of the
               program to which the disclosures were appended in its online public inspection file on a quarterly
               basis in a standalone folder marked as “Foreign Government-Provided Programming Disclosures.”
               The filing must state the date and time the program aired. In the case of repeat airings of the
               program, those additional dates and times should also be included. Where an aural announcement
               was made, its contents must be reduced to writing and placed in the online public inspection file in
               the same manner.

     (k) The requirements in paragraph (j) of this section shall apply to programs permitted to be delivered to
         foreign broadcast stations under an authorization pursuant to the section 325(c) of the Communications
         Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. 325(c)) if any part of the material has been sponsored, paid for, or furnished for
         free as an inducement to air on the foreign station by a foreign governmental entity. A section 325(c)
         permit holder shall place copies of the disclosures required along with the name of the program to which
         the disclosures were appended in the International Communications public filing System (ICFS) under the
         relevant ICFS section 325(c) permit file. The filing must state the date and time the program aired. In the

47 CFR 73.1212(k) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 366 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                 47 CFR 73.1213
Radio Broadcast Services

           case of repeat airings of the program, those additional dates and times should also be included. Where an
           aural announcement was made, its contents must be reduced to writing and placed in the ICFS in the
           same manner.

[40 FR 18400, Apr. 28, 1975, as amended at 46 FR 13907, Feb. 24, 1981; 49 FR 4211, Feb. 3, 1984; 49 FR 33663, Aug. 24, 1984; 50
FR 32417, Aug. 12, 1985; 57 FR 8279, Mar. 9, 1992; 77 FR 27655, May 11, 2012; 86 FR 32238, June 17, 2021; 87 FR 14406, Mar.
15, 2022; 88 FR 21447, Apr. 10, 2023]

§ 73.1213 Antenna structure, marking and lighting.
     (a) The provisions of part 17 of this chapter (Construction, Marking, and Lighting of Antenna Structures),
         requires certain antenna structures to be painted and/or lighted in accordance with part 17.

     (b) The owner of each antenna structure is responsible for ensuring that the structure, if required, is painted
         and/or illuminated in accordance with part 17 of this chapter. In the event of default by the owner, each
         licensee or permittee shall be responsible for ensuring that the structure complies with applicable
         painting and lighting requirements.

[61 FR 4367, Feb. 6, 1996]

§ 73.1215 Specifications for indicating instruments.
The following requirements and specifications shall apply to indicating instruments used by broadcast stations:

     (a) Linear scale instruments:

           (1) Length of scale shall not be less than 2.3 inches (5.8 cm).

           (2) Accuracy shall be at least 2 percent of the full scale reading.

           (3) The maximum rating of the meter shall be such that it does not read off scale during modulation or
               normal operation.

           (4) Scale shall have at least 40 divisions.

           (5) Full scale reading shall not be greater than five times the minimum normal indication.

     (b) Instruments having square-law scales:

           (1) Meet the requirements of paragraphs (a) (1), (2), and (3) of this section for linear scale instruments.

           (2) Full scale reading shall not be greater than three times the minimum normal indication.

           (3) No scale division above one-third full scale reading shall be greater than one-thirtieth of the full scale
               reading. (Example: An ammeter meeting requirement (1) having full scale reading of 6 amperes is
               acceptable for reading currents from 2 to 6 amperes, provided no scale division between 2 and 6
               amperes is greater than one-thirtieth of 6 amperes, 0.2 ampere.)

     (c) Instruments having logarithmic scales:

           (1) Meet the requirements of paragraphs (a) (1), (2), and (3) of this section for linear scale instruments.

           (2) Full scale reading shall not be greater than five times the minimum normal indication.

47 CFR 73.1215(c)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 367 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.1215(c)(3)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (3) No scale division above one-fifth full scale reading (in watts) shall be greater than one-thirtieth of the
               full scale reading. (Example: A wattmeter meeting requirement (3) having full scale reading of 1,500
               watts is acceptable for reading power from 300 to 1,500 watts, provided no scale division between
               300 and 1,500 watts is greater than one-thirtieth of 1,500 watts or 50 watts.)

     (d) Instruments having expanded scales:

           (1) Shall meet the requirements of paragraphs (a) (1), (2), and (3) of this section for linear scale
               instruments.

           (2) Full scale reading shall not be greater than five times the minimum normal indication.

           (3) No scale division above one-fifth full scale reading shall be greater than one-fiftieth of the full scale
               reading. (Example: An ammeter meeting the requirement (1) is acceptable for indicating current
               from 1 to 5 amperes, provided no division between 1 and 5 amperes is greater than one-fiftieth of 5
               amperes, 0.1 ampere.)

     (e) Digital meters, printers, or other numerical readout devices may be used in addition to or in lieu of
         indicating instruments meeting the specifications of paragraphs (a), (b), (c), and (d) of this section. The
         readout of the device must include at least three digits and must indicate the value of the parameter being
         read to an accuracy of 2%. The multiplier, if any, to be applied to the reading of each parameter must be
         indicated at the operating position.

     (f) No instrument which has been broken or appears to be damaged or defective, or the accuracy of which is
         questionable shall be used, until it has been checked, and if necessary repaired and recalibrated by the
         manufacturer or qualified instrument repair service. Repaired instruments shall not be used unless a
         certificate of calibration has been provided showing that the instrument conforms to the manufacturer's
         specifications for accuracy.

[41 FR 36818, Sept. 1, 1976; 41 FR 43152, Sept. 30, 1976, as amended at 51 FR 2707, Jan. 21, 1986]

§ 73.1216 Licensee-conducted contests.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7254, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) A licensee that broadcasts or advertises information about a contest it conducts shall fully and accurately
         disclose the material terms of the contest, and shall conduct the contest substantially as announced or
         advertised over the air or on the Internet. No contest description shall be false, misleading or deceptive
         with respect to any material term.

     (b) The disclosure of material terms shall be made by the station conducting the contest by either:

           (1) Periodic disclosures broadcast on the station; or

           (2) Written disclosures on the station's Internet Web site, the licensee's Web site, or if neither the
               individual station nor the licensee has its own Web site, any Internet Web site that is publicly
               accessible.

     (c) In the case of disclosure under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, a reasonable number of periodic
         broadcast disclosures is sufficient. In the case of disclosure under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the
         station shall:

47 CFR 73.1216(c) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 368 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 73.1216(c)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) Establish a conspicuous link or tab to material contest terms on the home page of the Internet Web
               site;

           (2) Announce over the air periodically the availability of material contest terms on the Web site and
               identify the Web site address where the terms are posted with information sufficient for a consumer
               to find such terms easily; and

           (3) Maintain material contest terms on the Web site for at least thirty days after the contest has
               concluded. Any changes to the material terms during the course of the contest must be fully
               disclosed on air within 24 hours of the change on the Web site and periodically thereafter or the fact
               that such changes have been made must be announced on air within 24 hours of the change, and
               periodically thereafter, and such announcements must direct participants to the written disclosures
               on the Web site. Material contest terms that are disclosed on an Internet Web site must be
               consistent in all substantive respects with those mentioned over the air.

           Note 1 to § 73.1216: For the purposes of this section:
           (a) A contest is a scheme in which a prize is offered or awarded, based upon chance, diligence,
           knowledge or skill, to members of the public.

           (b) Material terms include those factors which define the operation of the contest and which affect
           participation therein. Although the material terms may vary widely depending upon the exact
           nature of the contest, they will generally include: How to enter or participate; eligibility restrictions;
           entry deadline dates; whether prizes can be won; when prizes can be won; the extent, nature and
           value of prizes; basis for valuation of prizes; time and means of selection of winners; and/or tie-
           breaking procedures.

           Note 2 to § 73.1216: In general, the time and manner of disclosure of the material terms of a
           contest are within the licensee's discretion. However, the obligation to disclose the material terms
           arises at the time the audience is first told how to enter or participate and continues thereafter.

           Note 3 to § 73.1216: This section is not applicable to licensee-conducted contests not broadcast
           or advertised to the general public or to a substantial segment thereof, to contests in which the
           general public is not requested or permitted to participate, to the commercial advertisement of
           non-licensee-conducted contests, or to a contest conducted by a non-broadcast division of the
           licensee or by a non-broadcast company related to the licensee.

[80 FR 64361, Oct. 23, 2015]

§ 73.1217 Broadcast hoaxes.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7254, Feb. 1, 2024.

47 CFR 73.1217 (enhanced display)                                                                      page 369 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 73.1217(a)
Radio Broadcast Services

No licensee or permittee of any broadcast station shall broadcast false information concerning a crime or a
catastrophe if:

     (a) The licensee knows this information is false;

     (b) It is forseeable that broadcast of the information will cause substantial public harm, and

     (c) Broadcast of the information does in fact directly cause substantial public harm.

Any programming accompanied by a disclaimer will be presumed not to pose foreseeable harm if the disclaimer
clearly characterizes the program as a fiction and is presented in a way that is reasonable under the circumstances.

           Note: For purposes of this rule, “public harm” must begin immediately, and cause direct and actual
           damage to property or to the health or safety of the general public, or diversion of law enforcement
           or other public health and safety authorities from their duties. The public harm will be deemed
           foreseeable if the licensee could expect with a significant degree of certainty that public harm
           would occur. A “crime” is any act or omission that makes the offender subject to criminal
           punishment by law. A “catastrophe” is a disaster or imminent disaster involving violent or sudden
           event affecting the public.

[57 FR 28640, June 26, 1992]

§ 73.1225 Station inspections by FCC.
     (a) The licensee of a broadcast station shall make the station available for inspection by representatives of
         the FCC during the station's business hours, or at any time it is in operation.

     (b) In the course of an inspection or investigation, an FCC representative may require special equipment tests,
         program tests or operation with nighttime or presunrise facilities during daytime hours pursuant to §
         0.314, part 0, of the FCC rules.

     (c) The following records shall be made available by all broadcast stations upon request by representatives of
         the FCC.

           (1) Equipment performance measurements required by §§ 73.1590 and 73.1690.

           (2) The written designations for chief operators and, when applicable, the contracts for chief operators
               engaged on a contract basis.

           (3) Application for modification of the transmission system made pursuant to § 73.1690(c).

           (4) Informal statements or drawings depicting any transmitter modification made pursuant to §
               73.1690(e).

           (5) Station logs and special technical records.

     (d) Commercial and noncommercial AM stations must make the following information also available upon
         request by representatives of the FCC.

           (1) Copy of the most recent antenna or common-point impedance measurements.

47 CFR 73.1225(d)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                page 370 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.1225(d)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (2) Copy of the most recent field strength measurements made to establish performance of directional
               antennas required by § 73.151.

           (3) Copy of the partial directional antenna proofs of performance made in accordance with § 73.154 and
               made pursuant to the following requirements:

                 (i)   Section 73.68, Sampling systems for antenna monitors.

                 (ii) Section 73.69, Antenna monitors.

                (iii) Section 73.61, AM direction antenna field strength measurements.

[43 FR 45846, Oct. 4, 1978; 43 FR 50683, Oct. 31, 1978, as amended at 51 FR 41629, Nov. 18, 1986; 51 FR 44478, Dec. 10, 1986;
57 FR 48333, Oct. 23, 1992]

§ 73.1226 Availability to FCC of station logs and records.
The following shall be made available to any authorized representative of the FCC upon request:

     (a) Station records and logs shall be made available for inspection or duplication at the request of the FCC or
         its representative. Such logs or records may be removed from the licensee's possession by an FCC
         representative or, upon request, shall be mailed by the licensee to the FCC by either registered mail, return
         receipt requested, or certified mail, return receipt requested. The return receipt shall be retained by the
         licensee as part of the station records until such records or logs are returned to the licensee. A receipt
         shall be furnished when the logs or records are removed from the licensee's possession by an FCC
         representative and this receipt shall be retained by the licensee as part of the station records until such
         records or logs are returned to the licensee. When the FCC has no further need for such records or logs,
         they shall be returned to the licensee. The provisions of this rule shall apply solely to those station logs
         and records which are required to be maintained by the provisions of this chapter.

           (1) Logs and records stored on microfilm, microfiche or other data-storage systems are subject to the
               requirements pertaining thereto found in § 73.1840(b).

     (b) Where records or logs are maintained as the official records of a recognized law enforcement agency and
         the removal of the records from the possession of the law enforcement agency will hinder its law
         enforcement activities, such records will not be removed pursuant to this section if the chief of the law
         enforcement agency promptly certifies in writing to the FCC that removal of the logs or records will hinder
         law enforcement activities of the agency, stating insofar as feasible the basis for his decision and the
         date when it can reasonably be expected that such records will be released to the FCC.

[43 FR 45847, Oct. 4, 1978; 43 FR 50683, Oct. 31, 1978, as amended at 45 FR 41151, June 18, 1980; 48 FR 28457, June 22, 1983;
83 FR 65557, Dec. 21, 2018]

§ 73.1250 Broadcasting emergency information.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7255, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Emergency situations in which the broadcasting of information is considered as furthering the safety of
         life and property include, but are not limited to the following: Tornadoes, hurricanes, floods, tidal waves,
         earthquakes, icing conditions, heavy snows, widespread fires, discharge of toxic gasses, widspread power

47 CFR 73.1250(a) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 371 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 73.1250(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

           failures, industrial explosions, civil disorders and school closing and changes in school bus schedules
           resulting from such conditions. See also § 73.3542, Application for Emergency Authorization, for
           requirements involving emergency situations not covered by this section for which prior operating
           authority must be requested.

     (b) If requested by responsible public officials, a station may, at its discretion, and without further FCC
         authority, transmit emergency point-to-point messages for the purpose of requesting or dispatching aid
         and assisting in rescue operations.

     (c) If the Emergency Alert System (EAS) is activated for a national emergency while a Local Area or State
         emergency operation is in progress, the national level EAS operation must take precedence. If, during the
         broadcasting of Local Area or State emergency information, the EAS codes or Attention Signal described
         in § 11.12 of this chapter are used, the broadcasts are considered as being carried out under a Local Area
         or State EAS plan.

     (d) Any emergency operation undertaken in accordance with this section may be terminated by the FCC if
         required in the public interest.

     (e) Immediately upon cessation of an emergency during which broadcast facilities were used for the
         transmission of point-to-point messages under paragraph (b) of this section, or when daytime facilities
         were used during nighttime hours by an AM station in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section, a
         report in letter form shall be forwarded to the FCC in Washington, DC, setting forth the nature of the
         emergency, the dates and hours of the broadcasting of emergency information, and a brief description of
         the material carried during the emergency. A certification of compliance with the noncommercialization
         provision of paragraph (f) of this section must accompany the report where daytime facilities are used
         during nighttime hours by an AM station, together with a detailed showing, under the provisisons of that
         paragraph, that no other broadcast service existed or was adequate.

     (f) AM stations may, without further FCC authority, use their full daytime facilities during nighttime hours to
         broadcast emergency information (examples listed in paragraph (a) of this section), when necessary to
         the safety of life and property, in dangerous conditions of a general nature and when adequate advance
         warning cannot be given with the facilities authorized. Because of skywave interference impact on other
         stations assigned to the same channel, such operation may be undertaken only if regular, unlimited-time
         service, is non-existent, inadequate from the standpoint of coverage, or not serving the public need. All
         operation under this paragraph must be conducted on a noncommercial basis. Recorded music may be
         used to the extent necessary to provide program continuity.

     (g) Broadcasting of emergency information shall be confined to the hours, frequencies, powers and modes of
         operation specified in the station license, except as otherwise provided for AM stations in paragraph (f) of
         this section.

     (h) Any emergency information transmitted by a TV or Class A TV station in accordance with this section
         shall be transmitted both aurally and visually or only visually. TV and Class A TV stations may use any
         method of visual presentation which results in a legible message conveying the essential emergency
         information. Methods which may be used include, but are not necessarily limited to, slides, electronic
         captioning, manual methods (e.g., hand printing) or mechanical printing processes. However, when an
         emergency operation is being conducted under a national, State or Local Area Emergency Alert System
         (EAS) plan, emergency information shall be transmitted both aurally and visually unless only the EAS
         codes are transmitted as specified in § 11.51(b) of this chapter.

47 CFR 73.1250(h) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 372 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                47 CFR 73.1300
Radio Broadcast Services

[43 FR 45847, Oct. 4, 1978, as amended at 50 FR 30947, July 31, 1985; 59 FR 67102, Dec. 28, 1994; 60 FR 56000, Nov. 6, 1995; 65
FR 30003, May 10, 2000]

§ 73.1300 Unattended station operation.
Broadcast stations may be operated as either attended (where a designated person is responsible for the proper
operation of the transmitting apparatus either at the transmitter site, a remote control point or an ATS control point)
or unattended (where highly stable equipment or automated monitoring of station operating parameters is
employed). No prior FCC approval is required to operate a station in the unattended mode. Regardless of which
method of station operation is employed, licensees must employ procedures which will ensure compliance with
Part 11 of this chapter, the rules governing the Emergency Alert System (EAS).

[60 FR 55481, Nov. 1, 1995]

§ 73.1350 Transmission system operation.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7255, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Each licensee is responsible for maintaining and operating its broadcast station in a manner which
         complies with the technical rules set forth elsewhere in this part and in accordance with the terms of the
         station authorization.

     (b) The licensee must designate a chief operator in accordance with § 73.1870. The licensee may designate
         one or more technically competent persons to adjust the transmitter operating parameters for
         compliance with the technical rules and the station authorization.

           (1) Persons so authorized by the licensee may make such adjustments directly at the transmitter site or
               by using control equipment at an off-site location.

           (2) The transmitter control personnel must have the capability to turn the transmitter off at all times. If
               the personnel are at a remote location, the control system must provide this capability continuously
               or must include an alternate method of acquiring control that can satisfy the requirement of
               paragraph (e) of this section that operation be terminated within three minutes.

     (c) The licensee must establish monitoring procedures and schedules for the station and the indicating
         instruments employed must comply with § 73.1215.

           (1) Monitoring procedures and schedules must enable the licensee to determine compliance with §
               73.1560 regarding operating power and AM station mode of operation, § 73.1570 regarding
               modulation levels, and, where applicable, § 73.1213 regarding antenna tower lighting, and § 73.69
               regarding the parameters of an AM directional antenna system.

           (2) Monitoring equipment must be periodically calibrated so as to provide reliable indications of
               transmitter operating parameters with a known degree of accuracy. Errors inherent in monitoring
               equipment and the calibration procedure must be taken into account when adjusting operating
               parameters to ensure that the limits imposed by the technical rules and the station authorization are
               not exceeded.

     (d) In the event that a broadcast station is operating in a manner that is not in compliance with the applicable
         technical rules set forth elsewhere in this part or the terms of the station authorization, and the condition
         is not listed in paragraph (e) or (f) of this section, broadcast operation must be terminated within three

47 CFR 73.1350(d) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 373 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 73.1350(e)
Radio Broadcast Services

            hours unless antenna input power is reduced sufficiently to eliminate any excess radiation. Examples of
            conditions that require termination of operation within three hours include excessive power, excessive
            modulation or the emission of spurious signals that do not result in harmful interference.

     (e) If a broadcast station is operating in a manner that poses a threat to life or property or that is likely to
         significantly disrupt the operation of other stations, immediate corrective action is required. In such
         cases, operation must be terminated within three minutes unless antenna input power is reduced
         sufficiently to eliminate any excess radiation. Examples of conditions that require immediate corrective
         action include the emission of spurious signals that cause harmful interference, any mode of operation
         not specified by the station license for the pertinent time of day, or operation substantially at variance
         from the authorized radiation pattern.

     (f) If a broadcast station is operating in a manner that is not in compliance with one of the following
         technical rules, operation may continue if the station complies with relevant alternative provisions in the
         specified rule section.

            (1) AM directional antenna system tolerances, see § 73.62;

            (2) AM directional antenna monitoring points, see § 73.158;

            (3) TV visual waveform, see § 73.691(b);

            (4) Reduced power operation, see § 73.1560(d);

            (5) Reduced modulation level, see § 73.1570(a);

            (6) Emergency antennas, see § 73.1680.

     (g) The transmission system must be maintained and inspected in accordance with § 73.1580.

     (h) Whenever a transmission system control point is established at a location other than the main studio or
         transmitter, a letter of notification of that location must be sent to the FCC in Washington, DC, Attention:
         Audio Division (radio) or Video Division (television), Media Bureau, within 3 days of the initial use of that
         point. The letter should include a list of all control points in use, for clarity. This notification is not required
         if responsible station personnel can be contacted at the transmitter or studio site during hours of
         operation.

      (i)   The licensee must ensure that the station is operated in compliance with Part 11 of this chapter, the rules
            governing the Emergency Alert System (EAS).

[60 FR 55481, Nov. 1, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 33877, June 22, 1998; 67 FR 13232, Mar. 21, 2002; 72 FR 44423, Aug. 8, 2007]

§ 73.1400 Transmission system monitoring and control.
The licensee of an AM, FM, TV or Class A TV station is responsible for assuring that at all times the station operates
within tolerances specified by applicable technical rules contained in this part and in accordance with the terms of
the station authorization. Any method of complying with applicable tolerances is permissible. The following are
typical methods of transmission system operation:

     (a) Attended operation.

            (1) Attended operation consists of ongoing supervision of the transmission facilities by a station
                employee or other person designated by the licensee. Such supervision may be accomplished by
                either:
47 CFR 73.1400(a)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 374 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 73.1400(a)(1)(i)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (i)   Direct supervision and control of transmission system parameters by a person at the
                       transmitter site; or

                 (ii) Remote control of the transmission system by a person at a studio or other location. The
                      remote control system must provide sufficient transmission system monitoring and control
                      capability so as to ensure compliance with § 73.1350.

           (2) A station may also be monitored and controlled by an automatic transmission system (ATS) that is
               configured to contact a person designated by the licensee in the event of a technical malfunction. An
               automatic transmission system consists of monitoring devices, control and alarm circuitry, arranged
               so that they interact automatically to operate the station's transmitter and maintain technical
               parameters within licensed values.

           (3) A hybrid system containing some remote control and some ATS features is also permissible.

           (4) In the case of remote control or ATS operation, not every station parameter need be monitored or
               controlled if the licensee has good reason to believe that its stability is so great that its monitoring
               and control are unnecessary.

     (b) Unattended operation. Unattended operation is either the absence of human supervision or the
         substitution of automated supervision of a station's transmission system for human supervision. In the
         former case, equipment is employed which is expected to operate within assigned tolerances for
         extended periods of time. The latter consists of the use of a self-monitoring or ATS-monitored and
         controlled transmission system that, in lieu of contacting a person designated by the licensee,
         automatically takes the station off the air within three hours of any technical malfunction which is capable
         of causing interference.

[60 FR 55481, Nov. 1, 1995, as amended at 65 FR 30003, May 10, 2000; 82 FR 57882, Dec. 8, 2017]

§ 73.1515 Special field test authorizations.
     (a) A special field test authorization may be issued to conduct field strength surveys to aid in the selection of
         suitable sites for broadcast transmission facilities, determine coverage areas, or to study other factors
         influencing broadcast signal propagation. The applicant for the authorization must be qualified to hold a
         license under section 303(1)(l) of the Communications Act.

     (b) Requests for authorizations to operate a transmitter under a Special field test authorization must be in
         writing using an informal application in letter form, signed by the applicant and including the following
         information:

           (1) Purpose, duration and need for the survey.

           (2) Frequency, transmitter output powers and time of operation.

           (3) A brief description of the test antenna system, its estimated effective radiated field and height above
               ground or average terrain, and the geographic coordinates of its proposed location(s).

     (c) Operation under a special field test authorization is subject to the following conditions:

           (1) No objectionable interference will result to the operation of other authorized radio services; in this
               connection, the power requested shall not exceed that necessary for the purposes of the test.

           (2) The carriers will be unmodulated except for the transmission of a test-pattern on a visual TV
               transmitter, and for hourly voice station identification on aural AM, FM and TV transmitters.
47 CFR 73.1515(c)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 375 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.1515(c)(3)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (3) The transmitter output power or antenna input power may not exceed those specified in the test
               authorization and the operating power must be maintained at a constant value for each phase of the
               tests.

           (4) The input power to the final amplifier stage, and the AM antenna current or the FM or TV transmitter
               output power must be observed and recorded at half hour intervals and at any time that the power is
               adjusted or changed. Copies of these records must be submitted to the FCC with the required report.

           (5) The test equipment may not be permanently installed, unless such installation has been separately
               authorized. Mobile units are not deemed permanent installations.

           (6) Test transmitters must be operated by or under the immediate direction of an operator holding a
               commercial radio operator license (any class, unless otherwise endorsed).

           (7) A report, containing the measurements, their analysis and other results of the survey shall be filed
               with the FCC in Washington, DC within sixty (60) days following the termination of the test
               authorization.

           (8) The test transmission equipment, installation and operation thereof need not comply with the
               requirements of FCC rules and standards except as specified in this section if the equipment,
               installation and operation are consistent with good engineering principles and practices.

     (d) A special field test authorization may be modified or terminated by notification from the FCC if in its
         judgment such action will promote the public interest, convenience and necessity.

[44 FR 58734, Oct. 11, 1979, as amended at 46 FR 35463, July 8, 1981; 49 FR 4211, Feb. 3, 1984; 49 FR 20670, May 16, 1984]

§ 73.1520 Operation for tests and maintenance.
     (a) Broadcast stations may be operated for tests and maintenance of their transmitting systems on their
         assigned frequencies using their licensed operating power and antennas during their authorized hours of
         operation without specific authorization from the FCC.

     (b) Licensees of AM stations may operate for tests and maintenance during the hours from 12 midnight local
         time to local sunrise, if no interference is caused to other stations maintaining a regular operating
         schedule within such period. No AM station licensed for “daytime” or “specified hours” of operation may
         broadcast any regular or scheduled programs during this period of test and maintenance operation.

     (c) Licensees of AM stations may obtain special antenna test authorizations, and operate under the
         provisions described in § 73.157, to operate with nighttime facilities during daytime hours in conducting
         directional antenna field strength and antenna proof of performance measurements.

[43 FR 32783, July 28, 1978, as amended at 45 FR 6401, Jan. 28, 1980]

§ 73.1530 Portable test stations [Definition].
A portable test station is one that is moved from place to place for making field strength and ground conductivity
measurements, for selecting station transmitter sites, and conducting other specialized propagation tests. Portable
test stations are not normally used while in motion, and may not be used for the transmission of programs intended
to be received by the public.

[43 FR 32783, July 28, 1978]

47 CFR 73.1530 (enhanced display)                                                                              page 376 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.1540
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.1540 Carrier frequency measurements.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7255, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) The carrier frequency of each AM and FM station and the visual carrier frequency and the difference
         between the visual carrier and the aural carrier or center frequency of each TV and Class A TV station
         shall be measured or determined as often as necessary to ensure that they are maintained within the
         prescribed tolerances.

     (b) In measuring the carrier frequency, the licensee may use any method or procedure that has sufficient
         precision to establish that the carrier frequency is within the prescribed departure limits.

     (c) The primary standard of frequency for radio frequency measurements is the standard frequency
         maintained by the National Bureau of Standards or the standard signals of Stations WWV, WWVB, and
         WWVH of the National Bureau of Standards.

[43 FR 32783, July 28, 1978, as amended at 48 FR 44805, Sept. 30, 1983; 65 FR 30004, May 10, 2000]

§ 73.1545 Carrier frequency departure tolerances.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7255, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) AM stations. The departure of the carrier frequency for monophonic transmissions or center frequency for
         stereophonic transmissions may not exceed ±20 Hz from the assigned frequency.

     (b) FM stations.

           (1) The departure of the carrier or center frequency of an FM station with an authorized transmitter
               output power more than 10 watts may not exceed ±2000 Hz from the assigned frequency.

           (2) The departure of the carrier or center frequency of an FM station with an authorized transmitter
               output power of 10 watts or less may not exceed ±3000 Hz from the assigned frequency.

     (c) TV stations.

           (1) The departure of the visual carrier frequency of a TV station may not exceed ±1000 Hz from the
               assigned visual carrier frequency.

           (2) The departure of the aural carrier frequency of a TV station may not exceed ±1000 Hz from the
               actual visual carrier frequency plus exactly 4.5 MHz.

     (d) International broadcast stations. The departure of the carrier frequency of an International broadcast
         station may not exceed 0.0015% of the assigned frequency on which the station is transmitting.

     (e) Class A TV stations. The departure of the carrier frequency of Class A TV stations may not exceed the
         values specified in § 74.761 of this chapter. Provided, however, that Class A TV stations licensed to
         operate with a carrier offset, including those stations licensed with a maximum effective radiated power
         and/or antenna height greater than the values specified in their initial Class A TV station authorization,
         must comply with paragraph (c) of this section.

           Note to paragraph (e): At a date not later than nine months after release of the Memorandum

47 CFR 73.1545(e) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 377 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                               47 CFR 73.1560
Radio Broadcast Services

           Opinion and Order on Reconsideration in MM Docket No. 00–10 (the proceeding that established
           the Class A TV service), all licensed Class A stations must operate with a carrier frequency offset.
           See Memorandum Opinion and Order on Reconsideration, In the Matter of Establishment of a Class
           A Television Service, MM Docket No. 00–10, released April 13, 2001.

[44 FR 58734, Oct. 11, 1979; 44 FR 64408, Nov. 7, 1979, as amended at 47 FR 13165, Mar. 29, 1982; 65 FR 30004, May 10, 2000;
67 FR 21691, May 1, 2001]

§ 73.1560 Operating power and mode tolerances.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7255, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) AM stations.

           (1) Except for AM stations using modulation dependent carrier level (MDCL) control technology, or as
               provided for in paragraph (d) of this section, the antenna input power of an AM station, as
               determined by the procedures specified in § 73.51, must be maintained as near as practicable to the
               authorized antenna input power and may not be less than 90 percent nor greater than 105 percent of
               the authorized power. AM stations may, without prior Commission authority, commence MDCL
               control technology use, provided that within 10 days after commencing such operation, the licensee
               submits an electronic notification of commencement of MDCL control operation using FCC Form
               338. The transmitter of an AM station operating using MDCL control technology, regardless of the
               MDCL control technology employed, must achieve full licensed power at some audio input level or
               when the MDCL control technology is disabled. MDCL control operation must be disabled before
               field strength measurements on the station are taken.

           (2) Whenever the transmitter of an AM station cannot be placed into the specified operating mode at the
               time required, transmissions of the station must be immediately terminated. However, if the radiated
               field at any bearing or elevation does not exceed that permitted for that time of day, operation in the
               mode with the lesser radiated field may continue under the notification procedures of paragraph (d)
               of this section.

     (b) FM stations. Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, the transmitter output power of an FM
         station, with power output as determined by the procedures specified in § 73.267, which is authorized for
         output power more than 10 watts must be maintained as near as practicable to the authorized transmitter
         output power and may not be less than 90% nor more than 105% of the authorized power. FM stations
         operating with authorized transmitter output power of 10 watts or less, may operate at less than the
         authorized power, but not more than 105% of the authorized power.

     (c) TV stations.

           (1) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, the visual output power of a TV or Class A TV
               transmitter, as determined by the procedures specified in Sec. 73.664, must be maintained as near
               as is practicable to the authorized transmitter output power and may not be less than 80% nor more
               than 110% of the authorized power.

           (2) The output power of the aural transmitter shall be maintained to provide an aural carrier ERP not to
               exceed 22% of the peak authorized visual ERP.

47 CFR 73.1560(c)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 378 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.1560(c)(3)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (3) The FCC may specify deviation from the power of tolerance requirements for subscription television
               operations to the extent it deems necessary to permit proper operation.

     (d) Reduced power operation. In the event it becomes technically impossible to operate at authorized power, a
         broadcast station may operate at reduced power for a period of not more than 30 days without specific
         authority from the FCC. If operation at reduced power will exceed 10 consecutive days, notification must
         be made to the FCC in Washington, DC, Attention: Audio Division (radio) or Video Division (television),
         Media Bureau, not later than the 10th day of the lower power operation. In the event that normal power is
         restored within the 30 day period, the licensee must notify the FCC of the date that normal operation was
         restored. If causes beyond the control of the licensee prevent restoration of the authorized power within
         30 days, a request for Special Temporary Authority (see § 73.1635) must be made to the FCC in
         Washington, DC for additional time as may be necessary.

[44 FR 58734, Oct. 11, 1979, as amended at 49 FR 22093, May 25, 1984; 49 FR 29069, July 18, 1984; 49 FR 47610, Dec. 6, 1984;
50 FR 26568, June 27, 1985; 50 FR 40015, Oct. 1, 1985; 63 FR 33877, June 22, 1998; 65 FR 30004, May 10, 2000; 67 FR 13232,
Mar. 21, 2002; 81 FR 2760, Jan. 19, 2016]

§ 73.1570 Modulation levels: AM, FM, TV and Class A TV aural.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7255, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) The percentage of modulation is to be maintained at as high a level as is consistent with good quality of
         transmission and good broadcast service, with maximum levels not to exceed the values specified in
         paragraph (b). Generally, the modulation should not be less than 85% on peaks of frequent recurrence, but
         where lower modulation levels may be required to avoid objectionable loudness or to maintain the
         dynamic range of the program material, the degree of modulation may be reduced to whatever level is
         necessary for this purpose, even though under such circumstances, the level may be substantially less
         than that which produces peaks of frequent recurrence at a level of 85%.

     (b) Maximum modulation levels must meet the following limitations:

           (1) AM stations. In no case shall the amplitude modulation of the carrier wave exceed 100% on negative
               peaks of frequent recurrence, or 125% on positive peaks at any time.

                 (i)   AM stations transmitting stereophonic programs not exceed the AM maximum stereophonic
                       transmission signal modulation specifications of stereophonic system in use.

                 (ii) For AM stations transmitting telemetry signals for remote control or automatic transmission
                      system operation, the amplitude of modulation of the carrier by the use of subaudible tones
                      must not be higher than necessary to effect reliable and accurate data transmission and may
                      not, in any case, exceed 6%.

           (2) FM stations. The total modulation must not exceed 100 percent on peaks of frequent reoccurrence
               referenced to 75 kHz deviation. However, stations providing subsidiary communications services
               using subcarriers under provisions of § 73.319 concurrently with the broadcasting of stereophonic
               or monophonic programs may increase the peak modulation deviation as follows:

                 (i)   The total peak modulation may be increased 0.5 percent for each 1.0 percent subcarrier
                       injection modulation.

                 (ii) In no event may the modulation of the carrier exceed 110 percent (82.5 kHz peak deviation).

47 CFR 73.1570(b)(2)(ii) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 379 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.1570(b)(3)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (3) TV and Class A TV stations. In no case shall the total modulation of the aural carrier exceed 100% on
               peaks of frequent recurrence, unless some other peak modulation level is specified in an instrument
               of authorization. For monophonic transmissions, 100% modulation is defined as ±25 kHz.

     (c) If a limiting or compression amplifier is employed to maintain modulation levels, precaution must be taken
         so as not to substantially alter the dynamic characteristics of programs.

[44 FR 58735, Oct. 11, 1979, as amended at 47 FR 13165, Mar. 29, 1982; 49 FR 14508, Apr. 12, 1984; 49 FR 15081, Apr. 17, 1984;
49 FR 27147, July 2, 1984; 49 FR 47610, Dec. 6, 1984; 49 FR 48312, Dec. 12, 1984; 51 FR 26251, July 22, 1986; 56 FR 64872, Dec.
12, 1991; 65 FR 30004, May 10, 2000]

§ 73.1580 Transmission system inspections.
Each AM, FM, TV and Class A TV station licensee or permittee must conduct periodic complete inspections of the
transmitting system and all required monitors to ensure proper station operation.

[65 FR 30004, May 10, 2000]

§ 73.1590 Equipment performance measurements.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7255, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) The licensee of each AM, FM, TV and Class A TV station, except licensees of Class D non-commercial
         educational FM stations authorized to operate with 10 watts or less output power, must make equipment
         performance measurements for each main transmitter as follows:

           (1) Upon initial installation of a new or replacement main transmitter.

           (2) Upon modification of an existing transmitter made under the provisions of § 73.1690, Modification of
               transmission systems, and specified therein.

           (3) Installation of AM stereophonic transmission equipment pursuant to § 73.128.

           (4) Installation of FM subcarrier or stereophonic transmission equipment pursuant to § 73.295, §
               73.297, § 73.593 or § 73.597.

           (5) Installation of TV stereophonic or subcarrier transmission equipment pursuant to §§ 73.669 and
               73.1690.

           (6) Annually, for AM stations, with not more than 14 months between measurements.

           (7) When required by other provisions of the rules or the station license.

     (b) Measurements for spurious and harmonic emissions must be made to show compliance with the
         transmission system requirements of § 73.44 for AM stations; § 73.317 for FM stations and § 73.687 for
         TV stations. Measurements must be made under all conditions of modulation expected to be
         encountered by the station whether transmitting monophonic or stereophonic programs and providing
         subsidiary communications services.

     (c) TV visual equipment performance measurements must be made with the equipment adjusted for normal
         program operation at the transmitter antenna sampling port to yield the following information:

47 CFR 73.1590(c) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 380 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 73.1590(c)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) Field strength or voltage of the lower side-band for a modulating frequency of 1.25 MHz or greater,
               (including 3.58 MHz for color), and of the upper side-band for a modulating frequency of 4.75 MHz
               or greater.

           (2) Data showing that the waveform of the transmitted signal conforms to that specified by the
               standards for TV transmissions.

           (3) Photographs of a test pattern taken from a receiver or monitor connected to the transmitter output.

           (4) Data showing envelope delay characteristics of the radiated signal.

           (5) Data showing the attenuation of spurious and harmonic radiation, if, after type acceptance, any
               changes have been made in the transmitter or associated equipment (filters, multiplexer, etc.) which
               could cause changes in its radiation products.

     (d) The data required by paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, together with a description of the equipment
         and procedure used in making the measurements, signed and dated by the qualified person(s) making the
         measurements, must be kept on file at the transmitter or remote control point for a period of 2 years, and
         on request must be made available during that time to duly authorized representatives of the FCC.

[47 FR 8589, Mar. 1, 1982, as amended at 51 FR 18450, May 20, 1986; 65 FR 30004, May 10, 2000]

§ 73.1610 Equipment tests.
     (a) During the process of construction of a new broadcast station, the permittee, after notifying the FCC in
         Washington, D.C. may, without further authority from the FCC, conduct equipment tests for the purpose of
         making such adjustments and measurements as may be necessary to assure compliance with the terms
         of the construction permit, the technical provisions of the application therefore, the rules and regulations
         and the applicable engineering standards. For AM stations, equipment tests, including either a directional
         or nondirectional proof of performance required by the construction permit, may be conducted during
         daytime hours provided that the antenna system is first substantially tuned during the experimental
         period. The nondirectional proof shall be conducted with power adjusted to 25% of that specified in the
         permit for the authorized directional facilities or, if applicable, to such higher power as is specified in the
         same permit for authorized nondirectional facilities. For licensed stations, see § 73.1615, Operation
         During Modification of Facilities; and § 73.157, Antenna Testing During Daytime.

     (b) The FCC may notify the permittee not to conduct equipment tests or may modify, cancel, suspend, or
         change the modes of testing or the dates and times for such tests in order to resolve interference
         complaints or when such action may appear to be in the public interest, convenience, and necessity.

     (c) Equipment tests may be continued so long as the construction permit shall remain valid.

     (d) The authorization for tests embodied in this section shall not be construed as constituting a license to
         operate but as a necessary part of construction.

[43 FR 32783, July 28, 1978, as amended at 47 FR 40174, Sept. 13, 1982; 50 FR 30947, July 31, 1985]

§ 73.1615 Operation during modification of facilities.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7255, Feb. 1, 2024.

47 CFR 73.1615 (enhanced display)                                                                         page 381 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 73.1615(a)
Radio Broadcast Services

When the licensee of an existing AM, FM, TV or Class A TV station is in the process of modifying existing facilities
as authorized by a construction permit and determines it is necessary to either discontinue operation or to operate
with temporary facilities to continue program service, the following procedures apply:

     (a) Licensees holding a construction permit for modification of directional or nondirectional FM, TV or Class
         A TV or nondirectional AM station facilities may, without specific FCC authority, for a period not exceeding
         30 days:

           (1) Discontinue operation, or

           (2) Operate with temporary facilities to maintain, as nearly as possible, but not exceed, the size of the
               presently licensed coverage area.

     (b) Licensees of an AM station holding a construction permit which involves directional facilities and which
         does not involve a change in operating frequency may, without specific FCC authority, for a period not
         exceeding 30 days:

           (1) Discontinue operation, or

           (2) Operate with reduced power or with parameters at variance from licensed tolerances while
               maintaining monitoring point field strengths within licensed limits during the period subsequent to
               the commencement of modifications authorized by the construction permit, or

           (3) Operate in a nondirectional mode during the presently licensed hours of directional operation with
               power reduced to 25% or less of the nominal licensed power, or whatever higher power, not
               exceeding licensed power, will insure that the radiated field strength specified by the license is not
               exceeded at any given asimuth for the corresponding hours of directional operation, or

           (4) Operate in a nondirectional mode during daytime hours, if not already so licensed, only as necessary
               to conduct a required nondirectional proof of performance with a power not to exceed 25% of the
               maximum power authorized by the construction permit for directional operation, or

           (5) Operate during daytime hours with either the daytime or nighttime directional pattern and with the
               power authorized by the construction permit only as necessary to take proof of performance
               measurements. Operating power shall be promptly reduced to presently licensed level during any
               significant period of time that these measurements are not being taken. No daytime operation of
               construction permit directional patterns authorized by this paragraph shall be conducted before
               such patterns have been substantially tuned during the experimental period.

           (6) In the event the directional pattern authorized by the construction permit replaces a licensed
               directional pattern, the licensee may operate with the substantially adjusted construction permit
               pattern during the corresponding licensed hours of directional operation with power not exceeding
               that specified for the licensed pattern.

     (c) Such operation or discontinuance of operation in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a) or (b) of
         this section may begin upon notification to the FCC in Washington, DC.

           (1) Should it be necessary to continue the procedures in either paragraph (a) or (b) of this section
               beyond 30 days, an informal letter request signed by the licensee or the licensee's representative
               must be sent to the FCC in Washington, DC. prior to the 30th day.

47 CFR 73.1615(c)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 382 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                   47 CFR 73.1615(c)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (2) The license of a broadcasting station that fails to transmit broadcast signals for any consecutive
               12-month period expires as a matter of law at the end of that period, notwithstanding any provision,
               term, or condition of the license or construction permit to the contrary.

     (d) Licensees of an AM station holding a construction permit which authorizes both a change in frequency
         and directional facilities must request and obtain authority from the FCC in Washington, DC. prior to using
         any new installation authorized by the permit, or using temporary facilities.

           (1) The request is to be made at least 10 days prior to the date on which the temporary operation is to
               commence. The request is to be made by letter which shall describe the operating modes and
               facilities to be used. Such letter requests shall be signed by the licensee or the licensee's
               representative.

           (2) Discontinuance of operation is permitted upon notification to the FCC In Washington, DC. Should it
               be necessary to discontinue operation longer than 30 days, an informal letter request, signed by the
               licensee or the licensee's representatives, must be sent to the FCC in Washington, DC prior to the
               30th day.

     (e) The FCC may modify or cancel the temporary operation permitted under the provisions of paragraph (a),
         (b), (c) or (d) of this section without prior notice or right to hearing.

[50 FR 30947, July 31, 1985, as amended at 61 FR 28767, June 6, 1996; 65 FR 30004, May 10, 2000]

§ 73.1620 Program tests.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7256, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Upon completion of construction of an AM, FM, TV or Class A TV station in accordance with the terms of
         the construction permit, the technical provisions of the application, the rules and regulations and the
         applicable engineering standards, program tests may be conducted in accordance with the following:

           (1) The permittee of a nondirectional AM or FM station, or a nondirectional or directional TV or Class A
               TV station, may begin program tests upon notification to the FCC in Washington, DC provided that
               within 10 days thereafter, an application for a license is filed with the FCC in Washington, DC.

           (2) The permittee of an FM station with a directional antenna system must file an application for license
               on FCC Form 302–FM requesting authority to commence program test operations at full power with
               the FCC in Washington, D.C. This license application must be filed at least 10 days prior to the date
               on which full power operations are desired to commence. The application for license must contain
               any exhibits called for by conditions on the construction permit. The staff will review the license
               application and the request for program test authority and issue a letter notifying the applicant
               whether full power operation has been approved. Upon filing of the license application and related
               exhibits, and while awaiting approval of full power operation, the FM permittee may operate the
               directional antenna at one half (50%) of the authorized effective radiated power. Alternatively, the
               permittee may continue operation with its existing licensed facilities pending the issuance of
               program test authority at the full effective radiated power by the staff.

           (3) FM licensees replacing a directional antenna pursuant to § 73.1690(c)(2) without changes which
               require a construction permit (see § 73.1690(b)) may immediately commence program test
               operations with the new antenna at one half (50%) of the authorized ERP upon installation. If the
               directional antenna replacement is an EXACT duplicate of the antenna being replaced (i.e., same
47 CFR 73.1620(a)(3) (enhanced display)                                                               page 383 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                   47 CFR 73.1620(a)(4)
Radio Broadcast Services

                manufacturer, antenna model number, and measured or computer modeled composite pattern),
                program tests may commence with the new antenna at the full authorized power upon installation.
                The licensee must file a modification of license application on FCC Form 2100, Schedule 302–FM
                within 10 days of commencing operations with the newly installed antenna, and the license
                application must contain all of the exhibits required by § 73.1690(c)(2). After review of the
                modification-of-license application to cover the antenna change, the Commission will issue a letter
                notifying the applicant whether program test operation at the full authorized power has been
                approved for the replacement directional antenna.

           (4) The permittee of an AM station with a directional antenna system must file an application for license
               on FCC Form 302–AM requesting program test authority with the FCC in Washington, DC at least ten
               (10) days prior to the date on which it desires to commence program test operations. The
               application must provide an AM directional antenna proof of performance, containing the exhibits
               required by § 73.186. After review of the application to cover the construction permit, the
               Commission will issue a letter notifying the applicant whether program test operations may
               commence. Program test operations may not commence prior to issuance of staff approval.

           (5) Except for permits subject to successive license terms, the permittee of an LPFM station may begin
               program tests upon notification to the FCC in Washington, DC, provided that within 10 days
               thereafter, an application for license is filed. Program tests may be conducted by a licensee subject
               to mandatory license terms only during the term specified on such licensee's authorization.

     (b) The Commission reserves the right to revoke, suspend, or modify program tests by any station without
         right of hearing for failure to comply adequately with all terms of the construction permit or the provisions
         of § 73.1690(c) for a modification of license application, or in order to resolve instances of interference.
         The Commission may, at its discretion, also require the filing of a construction permit application to bring
         the station into compliance the Commission's rules and policies.

     (c) Unless sooner suspended or revoked, the program test authority continues valid during FCC consideration
         of the application for license, and during this period further extension of the construction permit is not
         required. Program test authority shall be automatically terminated by final determination upon the
         application for station license.

     (d) All operation under program test authority shall be in strict compliance with the rules governing broadcast
         stations and in strict accordance with representations made in the application for license pursuant to
         which the tests were authorized.

     (e) Acceptance by the FCC of notification of the station of program tests, or the granting of program test
         authority by the FCC, is not to be construed by the permittee as approval by the FCC of the application for
         station license.

     (f) The licensee of a UHF TV station which is not in operation on, but assigned to, the same allocated channel
         which a 1000 watt UHF translator station is authorized to use (see § 73.3516, “Specification of facilities”),
         shall notify the licensee of the translator station, in writing, at least 10 days prior to commencing or
         resuming operation. The TV station licensee shall also certify to the FCC in Washington, DC that such
         advance notice has been given to the translator station licensee.

     (g) Reports required. In their application for a license to cover a construction permit and on the first
         anniversary of the commencement of program tests, applicants for new broadcast facilities that were
         granted after designation for a comparative hearing as a result of a post designation settlement or a
         decision favoring them after comparative consideration must report.

47 CFR 73.1620(g) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 384 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 73.1620(g)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) Any deviations from comparative proposals relating to integration of ownership and management
               and diversification of the media of mass communciation contained in their application for a
               construction permit at the time such application was granted; and

           (2) Any deviations from an active/passive ownership structure proposed in their application for a
               construction permit at the time such application was granted.

           (3) The reports referred to in paragraphs (g)(1) and (2) of this section shall not be required in any case in
               which the order granting the application relieved the applicant of the obligation to adhere to such
               proposals.

[43 FR 32784, July 28, 1978, as amended at 45 FR 6401, Jan. 28, 1980; 47 FR 28388, June 30, 1982; 49 FR 38132, Sept. 27, 1984;
56 FR 795, Jan. 9, 1991; 56 FR 25639, June 5, 1991; 57 FR 48333, Oct. 23, 1992; 62 FR 51059, Sept. 30, 1997; 65 FR 7648, Feb. 15,
2000; 65 FR 30004, May 10, 2000; 87 FR 35431, June 10, 2022]

§ 73.1635 Special temporary authorizations (STA).

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7256, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) A special temporary authorization (STA) is the authority granted to a permittee or licensee to permit the
         operation of a broadcast facility for a limited period at a specified variance from the terms of the station
         authorization or requirements of the FCC rules applicable to the particular class of station.

           (1) A request for a STA should be filed with FCC in Washington, DC at least 10 days prior to the date of
               the proposed operation.

           (2) The request is to be made by letter and shall fully describe the proposed operation and the necessity
               for the requested STA. Such letter requests shall be signed by the licensee or the licensee's
               representative.

           (3) A request for a STA necessitated by unforeseen equipment damage or failure may be made without
               regard to the procedural requirements of this section (e.g. via telegram or telephone). Any request
               made pursuant to this paragraph shall be followed by a written confirmation request conforming to
               the requirements of paragraph (a)(2) of this section. Confirmation requests shall be submitted within
               24 hours. (See also § 73.1680 Emergency Antennas).

           (4) An STA may be granted for an initial period not to exceed 180 days. A limited number of extensions
               of such authorizations may be granted for additional periods not exceeding 180 days per extension.
               An STA necessitated by technical or equipment problems, however, may, in practice, be granted for
               an initial period not to exceed 90 days with a limited number of extensions not to exceed 90 days per
               extension. The permittee or licensee must demonstrate that any further extensions requested are
               necessary and that all steps to resume normal operation are being undertaken in an expeditions and
               timely fashion. The license of a broadcasting station that fails to transmit broadcast signals for any
               consecutive 12-month period expires as a matter of law at the end of that period, notwithstanding
               any STA or provision, term, or condition of the license to the contrary.

           (5) Certain rules specify special considerations and procedures in situations requiring an STA or permit
               temporary operation at variance without prior authorization from the FCC when notification is filed as
               prescribed in the particular rules. See § 73.62, Directional antenna system tolerances; § 73.157,
               Antenna testing during daytime; § 73.158, Directional antenna monitoring points; § 73.691, Visual
               modulation monitoring; § 73.1250, Broadcasting emergency information; § 73.1350, Transmission
47 CFR 73.1635(a)(5) (enhanced display)                                                                         page 385 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 73.1635(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

                system operation; § 73.1560, Operating power and mode tolerances; § 73.1570, Modulation levels:
                AM, FM, TV and Class A TV aural; § 73.1615, Operation during modification of facilities; § 73.1680,
                Emergency antennas; and § 73.1740, Minimum operating schedule.

     (b) An STA may be modified or cancelled by the FCC without prior notice or right to hearing.

     (c) No request by an AM station for temporary authority to extend its hours of operation beyond those
         authorized by its regular authorization will be accepted or granted by the FCC except in emergency
         situations conforming with the requirements of § 73.3542, Application for Emergency Authorization. See
         also § 73.1250, Broadcasting Emergency Information.

[50 FR 30948, July 31, 1985, as amended at 58 FR 51250, Oct. 1, 1993; 60 FR 55482, Nov. 1, 1995; 61 FR 28767, June 6, 1996; 65
FR 30004, May 10, 2000]

§ 73.1650 International agreements.
     (a) The rules in this part 73, and authorizations for which they provide, are subject to compliance with the
         international obligations and undertakings of the United States. Accordingly, all provisions in this part 73
         are subject to compliance with applicable requirements, restrictions, and procedures accepted by the
         United States that have been established by or pursuant to treaties or other international agreements,
         arrangements, or understandings to which the United States is a signatory, including applicable annexes,
         protocols, resolutions, recommendations and other supplementing documents associated with such
         international instruments.

     (b) The United States is a signatory to the following treaties and other international agreements that relate, in
         whole or in part, to AM, FM or TV broadcasting:

           (1) The following instruments of the International Telecommunication Union:

                 (i)   Constitution.

                 (ii) Convention.

                (iii) Radio Regulations.

           (2) Regional Agreements for the Broadcasting Service in Region 2:

                 (i)   MF Broadcasting 535–1605 kHz, Rio de Janeiro, 1981.

                 (ii) MF Broadcasting 1605–1705 kHz, Rio de Janeiro, 1988.

           (3) Bi-lateral Agreements between the United States and Canada relating to:

                 (i)   AM Broadcasting.

                 (ii) FM Broadcasting.

                (iii) TV Broadcasting.

           (4) Bi-lateral Agreements between the United States and Mexico relating to:

                 (i)   AM Broadcasting.

                 (ii) FM Broadcasting.

                (iii) TV Broadcasting.

47 CFR 73.1650(b)(4)(iii) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 386 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.1650(b)(5)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (5) Bi-lateral Agreement between the United States and the Bahama Islands relating to presunrise
               operations by AM stations.

           (6) North American Regional Broadcasting Agreement (NARBA), which, for the United States, remains in
               effect with respect to the Dominican Republic and the Bahama Islands.

           (7) The documents listed in this paragraph (b) are available for inspection in the office of the Chief,
               Office of International Affairs, FCC, Washington, DC.

[54 FR 39737, Sept. 28, 1989, as amended at 56 FR 64872, Dec. 12, 1991; 60 FR 5333, Jan. 27, 1995; 88 FR 21447, Apr. 10, 2023]

§ 73.1660 Acceptability of broadcast transmitters.
     (a)

           (1) An AM, FM, or TV transmitter shall be approved for compliance with the requirements of this part
               following the Supplier's Declaration of Conformity procedures described in subpart J of part 2 of this
               chapter.

                 Note 1 to paragraph (a)(1): The verification procedure has been replaced by Supplier's
                 Declaration of Conformity. AM, FM, and TV transmitters previously authorized under subpart
                 J of part 2 of this chapter may remain in use. See § 2.950 of this chapter.

           (2) An LPFM transmitter shall be certified for compliance with the requirements of this part following the
               procedures described in part 2 of this chapter.

     (b) A permittee or licensee planning to modify a transmitter which has been certified or approved with
         Supplier's Declaration of Conformity must follow the requirements contained in § 73.1690.

     (c) A transmitter which was in use prior to January 30, 1955, may continue to be used by the licensee, and
         successors or assignees, if it continues to comply with the technical requirements for the type of station
         at which it is used.

     (d) AM stereophonic exciter-generators for interfacing with approved or verified AM transmitters may be
         certified upon request from any manufacturer in accordance with the procedures described in part 2 of
         this chapter. Broadcast licensees may modify their certified AM stereophonic exciter-generators in
         accordance with § 73.1690.

     (e) Additional rules covering certification and Supplier's Declaration of Conformity, modification of authorized
         transmitters, and withdrawal of a grant of authorization are contained in part 2 of this chapter.

[63 FR 36604, July 7, 1998, as amended at 65 FR 30004, May 10, 2000; 65 FR 67304, Nov. 9, 2000; 82 FR 50835, Nov. 2, 2017; 88
FR 67186, Sept. 29, 2023]

§ 73.1665 Main transmitters.
     (a) Each AM, FM, TV and Class A TV broadcast station must have at least one main transmitter which
         complies with the provisions of the transmitter technical requirements for the type and class of station. A
         main transmitter is one which is used for regular program service having power ratings appropriate for the
         authorized operating power(s).

47 CFR 73.1665(a) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 387 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 73.1665(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (b) There is no maximum manufacturer-rated power limit for AM, FM, TV or Class A TV station transmitters.

     (c) A licensee may, without further authority or notification to the FCC, replace an existing main transmitter or
         install additional main transmitter(s) for use with the authorized antenna if the replacement or additional
         transmitter(s) has been approved with Supplier's Declaration of Conformity. Within 10 days after
         commencement of regular use of the replacement or additional transmitter(s), equipment performance
         measurements, as prescribed for the type of station are to be completed.

           Note 1 to paragraph (c): The verification procedure has been replaced by Supplier's Declaration of
           Conformity. Transmitters previously authorized under subpart J of this chapter may remain in use.
           See § 2.950 of this chapter.

           Note 2 to paragraph (c): Pending the availability of AM broadcast transmitters that are authorized
           for use in the 1605–1705 kHz band, transmitters that are approved or verified for use in the
           535–1605 kHz band may be utilized in the 1605–1705 kHz band if it is shown that the
           requirements of § 73.44 have been met. Equipment authorization for the transmitter will
           supersede the applicability of this note.

[43 FR 53741, Nov. 17, 1978, as amended at 47 FR 8590, Mar. 1, 1982; 47 FR 28388, June 30, 1982; 49 FR 4000, Feb. 1, 1984; 51
FR 18451, May 20, 1986; 56 FR 64872, Dec. 12, 1991; 63 FR 36604, July 7, 1998; 65 FR 30004, May 10, 2000; 82 FR 50835, Nov. 2,
2017; 87 FR 15344, Mar. 18, 2022]

§ 73.1670 Auxiliary transmitters.
     (a) A licensee of a broadcast station may, without further authority from the FCC, install and use with the
         main antenna system one or more auxiliary transmitters for the following purposes:

           (1) The transmission of regular programs upon failure of the main transmitter.

           (2) The transmission of regular programs during maintenance or modification of the main transmitter.

           (3) Emergency broadcast system operation.

           (4) The transmission of regular programs by an AM station authorized for Presunrise (PSRA) and/or
               Postsunset (PSSA) operation.

           (5) The transmission of tests to determine the operating condition of the auxiliary transmitter or auxiliary
               antenna.

           (6) For testing, upon the request of representatives of the FCC.

     (b) Authorization to install an auxiliary transmitter for use with other than the main antenna or authorized
         auxiliary antenna must be obtained by filing an application for a construction permit on FCC form 301
         (FCC form 340 for noncommercial educational stations).

     (c) The following technical and operating standards apply to auxiliary transmitters:

           (1) The auxiliary transmitter may be operated on only the station's authorized frequency and within the
               required carrier frequency departure tolerance for the type of station.

47 CFR 73.1670(c)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 388 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.1670(c)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (2) The carrier frequency of the auxiliary transmitter must be measured as often as necessary to ensure
               that it is maintained within the prescribed tolerance.

           (3) When using an auxiliary transmitter, the operating power may be less than the authorized power but
               may not exceed the authorized power within the permitted tolerance for the type of station. If
               operation with an auxiliary transmitter at reduced power continues for a period exceeding 10 days,
               the FCC in Washington, DC must be notified. (See § 73.51, AM; § 73.267, FM; § 73.567, NCE-FM; and
               § 73.663, TV).

           (4) Normal operator requirements apply to the operation of the auxiliary transmitter.

           Note: After January 1, 1979, new licenses will not be issued nor will existing licenses be renewed
           for auxiliary transmitters that are operated into the main antenna system.

[43 FR 53741, Nov. 17, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 22740, Apr. 17, 1979; 48 FR 36463, Aug. 11, 1983; 48 FR 42960, Sept. 20, 1983;
48 FR 44806, Sept. 30, 1983; 50 FR 32417, Aug. 12, 1985; 51 FR 32088, Sept. 9, 1986]

§ 73.1675 Auxiliary antennas.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7256, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a)

           (1) An auxiliary antenna is one that is permanently installed and available for use when the main
               antenna is out of service for repairs or replacement. An auxiliary antenna may be located at the
               same transmitter site as the station's main antenna or at a separate site. The service contour of the
               auxiliary antenna may not extend beyond the following corresponding contour for the main facility:

                 (i)   AM stations: The 0.5 mV/m field strength contours.

                 (ii) FM stations: The 1.0 mV/m field strength contours.

                (iii) TV stations: The Grade B coverage contours.

                (iv) Class A TV stations: The protected contours defined in § 73.6010.

           (2) An application for an auxiliary antenna for an AM station filed pursuant to paragraphs (b) or (c) of
               this section must contain a map showing the 0.5 mV/m field strength contours of both the main and
               auxiliary facilities.

     (b) An application for a construction permit to install a new auxiliary antenna, or to make changes in an
         existing auxiliary antenna for which prior FCC authorization is required (see § 73.1690), must be filed on
         FCC Form 301 (FCC Form 340 for noncommercial educational stations).

     (c)

           (1) Where an FM, TV or Class A TV licensee proposes to use a formerly licensed main facility as an
               auxiliary facility, or proposes to modify a presently authorized auxiliary facility, and no changes in the
               height of the antenna radiation center are required in excess of the limits in § 73.1690(c)(1), the FM,
               TV or Class A TV licensee may apply for the proposed auxiliary facility by filing a modification of
               license application. The modified auxiliary facility must operate on the same channel as the licensed

47 CFR 73.1675(c)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 389 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 73.1675(c)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

                main facility. An exhibit must be provided with this license application to demonstrate compliance
                with § 73.1675(a). All FM, TV and Class A TV licensees may request a decrease from the authorized
                facility's ERP in the license application. An FM, TV or Class A TV licensee may also increase the ERP
                of the auxiliary facility in a license modification application, provided the application contains an
                analysis demonstrating compliance with the Commission's radiofrequency radiation guidelines, and
                an analysis showing that the auxiliary facility will comply with § 73.1675(a). Where an FM, TV, or
                Class A TV licensee or permittee proposes to mount an auxiliary facility on an AM tower, it must also
                demonstrate compliance with § 1.30003 in the license application.

           (2) Where an AM licensee proposes to use a former licensed main facility as an auxiliary facility with an
               ERP less than or equal to the ERP specified on the former main license, the AM station may apply to
               license the proposed auxiliary facility by filing a modification of license application on Form 302-AM.
               The proposed auxiliary facilities must have been previously licensed on the same frequency as the
               present main facility. The license application must contain an exhibit to demonstrate compliance
               with § 73.1675(a).

[43 FR 53741, Nov. 17, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 22740, Apr. 17, 1979; 45 FR 26066, Apr. 17, 1980; 50 FR 13974, Apr. 9, 1985; 62
FR 51060, Sept. 30, 1997; 63 FR 70049, Dec. 18, 1998; 65 FR 30005, May 10, 2000; 78 FR 66298, Nov. 5, 2013]

§ 73.1680 Emergency antennas.
     (a) An emergency antenna is one that is erected for temporary use after the authorized main and auxiliary
         antennas are damaged and cannot be used.

     (b) Prior authority from the FCC is not required by licensees and permittees to erect and commence
         operations using an emergency antenna to restore program service to the public. However, an informal
         letter request to continue operation with the emergency antenna must be made within 24 hours to the
         FCC in Washington, DC, Attention: Audio Division (radio) or Video Division (television), Media Bureau,
         within 24 hours after commencement of its use. The request is to include a description of the damage to
         the authorized antenna, a description of the emergency antenna, and the station operating power with the
         emergency antenna.

           (1) AM stations. AM stations may use a horizontal or vertical wire or a nondirectional vertical element of
               a directional antenna as an emergency antenna. AM stations using an emergency nondirectional
               antenna or a horizontal or vertical wire pursuant to this section, in lieu or authorized directional
               facilities, shall operate with power reduced to 25% or less of the nominal licensed power, or, a higher
               power, not exceeding licensed power, while insuring that the radiated filed strength does not exceed
               that authorized in any given azimuth for the corresponding hours of directional operation.

           (2) FM, TV and Class A TV stations. FM, TV and Class A TV stations may erect any suitable radiator, or
               use operable sections of the authorized antenna(s) as an emergency antenna.

     (c) The FCC may prescribe the output power, radiation limits, or other operating conditions when using an
         emergency antenna, and emergency antenna authorizations may be modified or terminated in the event
         harmful interference is caused to other stations or services by the use of an emergency antenna.

[43 FR 53741, Nov. 17, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 22740, Apr. 17, 1979; 50 FR 30948, July 31, 1985; 63 FR 33878, June 22, 1998;
65 FR 30005, May 10, 2000; 67 FR 13232, Mar. 21, 2002]

47 CFR 73.1680(c) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 390 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.1690
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.1690 Modification of transmission systems.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7256, Feb. 1, 2024.

The following procedures and restrictions apply to licensee modifications of authorized broadcast transmission
system facilities.

     (a) The following changes are prohibited:

           (1) Those that would result in the emission of signals outside of the authorized channel exceeding limits
               prescribed for the class of service.

           (2) Those that would cause the transmission system to exceed the equipment performance
               measurements prescribed for the class of service (AM, § 73.44; FM, §§ 73.317, 73.319, and 73.322;
               TV and Class A TV, §§ 73.682 and 73.687).

     (b) The following changes may be made only after the grant of a construction permit application on FCC
         Form 301 for commercial stations or Form 340 for noncommercial educational stations:

           (1) Any construction of a new tower structure for broadcast purposes, except for replacement of an
               existing tower with a new tower of identical height and geographic coordinates.

           (2) Any change in station geographic coordinates, including coordinate corrections of more than 3
               seconds latitude and/or 3 seconds longitude. FM and TV directional stations must also file a
               construction permit application for any move of the antenna to another tower structure located at
               the same coordinates.

           (3) Any change which would require an increase along any azimuth in the composite directional antenna
               pattern of an FM station from the composite directional antenna pattern authorized (see § 73.316),
               or any increase from the authorized directional antenna pattern for a TV broadcast (see § 73.685) or
               Class A TV station (see § 73.6025).

           (4) Any change in the directional radiation characteristics of an AM directional antenna system. See §
               73.45 and § 73.150.

           (5) Any decrease in the authorized power of an AM station or the ERP of a TV or Class A TV station, or
               any decrease or increase in the ERP of an FM commercial station, which is intended for compliance
               with the multiple ownership rules in § 73.3555.

           (6) For FM noncommercial educational stations, any of the following:

                 (i)   Any increase in the authorized maximum ERP, whether horizontally or vertically polarized, for a
                       noncommercial educational FM station operating on Channels 201 through 220, or a Class D
                       FM station operating on Channel 200.

                 (ii) For those FM noncommercial educational stations on Channels 201 to 220, or a Class D FM
                      station operating on Channel 200, which are within the separation distances specified in Table
                      A of § 73.525 with respect to a Channel 6 television station, any increase in the horizontally or
                      vertically polarized ERP from the presently authorized ERP.

47 CFR 73.1690(b)(6)(ii) (enhanced display)                                                               page 391 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                 47 CFR 73.1690(b)(6)(iii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                (iii) For those FM noncommercial educational stations on Channels 201 through 220 which are
                      located within the separation distances in § 73.525 with respect to a Channel 6 television
                      station, or a Class D FM station operating on Channel 200, any decrease in the presently
                      authorized horizontal effective radiated power which would eliminate the horizontal ERP to
                      result in use of vertical ERP only.

                (iv) For those FM noncommercial educational stations which employ separate antennas for the
                     horizontal ERP and the vertical ERP, mounted at different heights, the station may not increase
                     or decrease either the horizontal ERP or the vertical ERP without a construction permit.

           (7) Any increase in the authorized ERP of a television station, Class A television station, FM commercial
               station, or noncommercial educational FM station, except as provided for in § 73.1690(c)(4), (c)(5),
               or (c)(7), or in § 73.1675(c)(1) in the case of auxiliary facilities.

           (8) A commercial TV or noncommercial educational TV station operating on Channels 14 or a Class A
               TV station on Channel 14 may increase its horizontally or vertically polarized ERP only after the grant
               of a construction permit. A television or Class A television station on Channels 15 through 21 within
               341 km of a cochannel land mobile operation, or 225 km of a first-adjacent channel land mobile
               operation, must also obtain a construction permit before increasing the horizontally or vertically
               polarized ERP (see § 74.709(a) and (b) of this chapter for tables of urban areas and corresponding
               reference coordinates of potentially affected land mobile operations).

           (9) Any change in the community of license, where the proposed new facilities are the same as, or would
               be mutually exclusive with, the licensee's or permittee's present assignment.

     (c) The following FM, TV and Class A TV station modifications may be made without prior authorization from
         the Commission. A modification of license application must be submitted to the Commission within 10
         days of commencing program test operations pursuant to § 73.1620. With the exception of applications
         filed solely pursuant to paragraphs (c)(6), (c)(9), or (c)(10) of this section, the modification of license
         application must contain an exhibit demonstrating compliance with the Commission's radio frequency
         radiation guidelines. In addition, except for applications solely filed pursuant to paragraphs (c)(6) or (c)(9)
         of this section, where the installation is located on or near an AM tower, as defined in § 1.30002, an
         exhibit demonstrating compliance with § 1.30003 or § 1.30002, as applicable, is also required.

           (1) Replacement of an omnidirectional antenna with one of the same or different number of antenna
               bays, provided that the height of the antenna radiation center is not more than 2 meters above or 4
               meters below the authorized values. Any concurrent change in ERP must comply with §
               73.1675(c)(1), 73.1690(4), (c)(5), or (c)(7). Program test operations at the full authorized ERP may
               commence immediately upon installation pursuant to § 73.1620(a)(1).

           (2) Replacement of a directional FM antenna, where the measured or computer modeled composite
               directional antenna pattern does not exceed the licensed composite directional pattern at any
               azimuth, where no change in effective radiated power will result, and where compliance with the
               principal coverage requirements of § 73.315(a) will be maintained by the measured or computer
               modeled directional pattern. The antenna must be mounted not more than 2 meters above or 4
               meters below the authorized values. The modification of license application on FCC Form 2100,
               Schedule 302–FM to cover the antenna replacement must contain all of the data in paragraphs
               (c)(2)(i) through (v) of this section. Program test operations at one half (50%) power may commence
               immediately upon installation pursuant to § 73.1620(a)(3). However, if the replacement directional

47 CFR 73.1690(c)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 392 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                  47 CFR 73.1690(c)(2)(i)
Radio Broadcast Services

                antenna is an exact replacement (i.e., no change in manufacturer, antenna model number, AND
                measured or computer modeled composite antenna pattern), program test operations may
                commence immediately upon installation at the full authorized power.

                 (i)   A measured or computer modeled directional antenna pattern and tabulation on the antenna
                       manufacturer's letterhead showing both the horizontally and vertically polarized radiation
                       components and demonstrating that neither of the components exceeds the authorized
                       composite antenna pattern along any azimuth.

                 (ii) Contour protection stations authorized pursuant to § 73.215 or § 73.509 must attach a showing
                      that the RMS (root mean square) of the composite measured or computer modeled directional
                      antenna pattern is 85% or more of the RMS of the authorized composite antenna pattern. See §
                      73.316(c)(9). If this requirement cannot be met, the licensee may include new relative field
                      values with the license application to reduce the authorized composite antenna pattern so as to
                      bring the measured or computer modeled composite antenna pattern into compliance with the
                      85 percent requirement.

                (iii) A description from the manufacturer as to the procedures used to measure or computer model
                      the directional antenna pattern. The antenna measurements or computer modeling must be
                      performed with the antenna mounted on a tower, tower section, or scale model equivalent to
                      that on which the antenna will be permanently mounted, and the tower or tower section must
                      include transmission lines, ladders, conduits, other antennas, and any other installations which
                      may affect the measured or computer modeled directional pattern.

                (iv) A certification from a licensed surveyor that the antenna has been oriented to the proper
                     azimuth.

                 (v) A certification from a qualified engineer who oversaw installation of the directional antenna that
                     the antenna was installed pursuant to the manufacturer's instructions.

           (3) A directional TV on Channels 2 through 13 or 22 through 36 or a directional Class A TV on Channels
               2 through 13 or 22 through 36, or a directional TV or Class A TV station on Channels 15 through 21
               which is in excess of 341 km (212 miles) from a cochannel land mobile operation or in excess of 225
               km (140 miles) from a first-adjacent channel land mobile operation (see § 74.709(a) and (b) of this
               chapter for tables of urban areas and reference coordinates of potentially affected land mobile
               operations), may replace a directional TV or Class A TV antenna by a license modification
               application, if the proposed horizontal theoretical directional antenna pattern does not exceed the
               licensed horizontal directional antenna pattern at any azimuth and where no change in effective
               radiated power will result. The modification of license application on Form 302–TV or Form 302–CA
               must contain all of the data set forth in § 73.685(f) or § 73.6025(a), as applicable.

           (4) Commercial and noncommercial educational FM stations operating on Channels 221 through 300
               (except Class D), Class A TV stations operating on Channels 2 through 13 and 22 through 36, and TV
               and Class A TV stations operating on Channels 15 through 21 that are in excess of 341 km (212
               miles) from a cochannel land mobile operation or in excess of 225 km (140 miles) from a first-
               adjacent channel land mobile operation (see § 74.709(a) and (b) of this chapter for tables of urban
               areas and reference coordinates of potentially affected land mobile operations), which operate
               omnidirectionally, may increase the vertically polarized effective radiated power up to the authorized
               horizontally polarized effective radiated power in a license modification application. Noncommercial
               educational FM licensees and permittees on Channels 201 through 220, that do not use separate
               antennas mounted at different heights for the horizontally polarized ERP and the vertically polarized

47 CFR 73.1690(c)(4) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 393 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.1690(c)(5)
Radio Broadcast Services

                ERP, and are located in excess of the separations from a Channel 6 television station listed in Table A
                of § 73.525(a)(1), may also increase the vertical ERP, up to (but not exceeding) the authorized
                horizontally polarized ERP via a license modification application. Program test operations may
                commence at full power pursuant to § 73.1620(a)(1).

           (5) Those Class A FM commercial stations which were permitted to increase ERP pursuant to MM
               Docket No. 88–375 by a modification of license application remain eligible to do so, provided that
               the station meets the requirements of § 73.1690 (c)(1) and is listed on one of the Public Notices as
               authorized to increase ERP, or by a letter from the Commission's staff authorizing the change. These
               Public Notices were released on November 3, 1989; November 17, 1989; December 8, 1989; March 2,
               1990; and February 11, 1991. The increased ERP must comply with the multiple ownership
               requirements of § 73.3555. Program test operations may commence at full power pursuant to §
               73.1620(a)(1).

           (6) FM contour protection stations authorized pursuant to § 73.215 which have become fully spaced
               under § 73.207 may file a modification of license application to delete the § 73.215 contour
               protection designation with an exhibit to demonstrate that the station is fully spaced in accordance
               with § 73.207. The contour protection designation will be removed upon grant of the license
               application. Applications filed under this rule section will be processed on a first come / first served
               basis with respect to conflicting FM commercial minor change applications and modification of
               license applications (including those filed pursuant to § 73.1690 (b) and (c)(6) and (c)(7)).

           (7) FM omnidirectional commercial stations, and omnidirectional noncommercial educational FM
               stations operating on Channels 221 through 300 (except Class D), which are not designated as
               contour protection stations pursuant to § 73.215 and which meet the spacing requirements of §
               73.207, may file a license modification application to increase ERP to the maximum permitted for the
               station class, provided that any change in the height of the antenna radiation center remains in
               accordance with § 73.1690(c)(1). Program test operations may commence at full power pursuant to
               § 73.1620(a)(1). All of the following conditions also must be met before a station may apply
               pursuant to this section:

                 (i)   The station may not be a “grandfathered” short-spaced station authorized pursuant to § 73.213
                       or short-spaced by a granted waiver of § 73.207;

                 (ii) If the station is located in or near a radio quiet zone, radio coordination zone, or a Commission
                      monitoring station (see § 73.1030 and § 0.121(c) of this chapter), the licensee or permittee
                      must have secured written concurrence from the affected radio quiet zone, radio coordination
                      zone, or the Commission's Public Safety and Homeland Security Bureau in the case of a
                      monitoring station, to increase effective radiated power PRIOR to implementation. A copy of
                      that concurrence must be submitted with the license application to document that concurrence
                      has been received;

                (iii) The station does not require international coordination as the station does not lie within the
                      border zones, or clearance has been obtained from Canada or Mexico for the higher power
                      operation within the station's specified domestic class and the station complies with §
                      73.207(b)(2) and (3) with respect to foreign allotments and allocations;

                (iv) The increased ERP will not cause the station to violate the multiple ownership requirements of
                     § 73.3555.

47 CFR 73.1690(c)(7)(iv) (enhanced display)                                                              page 394 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 73.1690(c)(8)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (8) FM commercial stations and FM noncommercial educational stations may decrease ERP on a
               modification of license application provided that exhibits are included to demonstrate that all five of
               the following requirements are met:

                 (i)   Commercial FM stations must continue to provide a 70 dBu principal community contour over
                       the community of license, as required by § 73.315(a). Noncommercial educational FM stations
                       must continue to provide a 60 dBu contour over at least 50 percent of its community of license
                       or reach 50 percent of the population within the community. The 60 and 70 dBu contours must
                       be predicted by use of the standard contour prediction method in § 73.313(b), (c), and (d).

                 (ii) For commercial FM stations only, there is no change in the authorized station class as defined
                      in § 73.211.

                (iii) For commercial FM stations only, the power decrease is not necessary to achieve compliance
                      with the multiple ownership rule, § 73.3555.

                (iv) Commercial FM stations, noncommercial educational FM stations on Channels 221 through
                     300, and noncommercial educational FM stations on Channels 200 through 220 which are
                     located in excess of the distances in Table A of § 73.525 with respect to a Channel 6 TV
                     station, may not use this rule to decrease the horizontally polarized ERP below the value of the
                     vertically polarized ERP.

                 (v) Noncommercial educational FM stations on Channels 201 through 220 which are within the
                     Table A distance separations of § 73.525, or Class D stations on Channel 200, may not use the
                     license modification process to eliminate an authorized horizontally polarized component in
                     favor of vertically polarized-only operation. In addition, noncommercial educational stations
                     operating on Channels 201 through 220, or Class D stations on Channel 200, which employ
                     separate horizontally and vertically polarized antennas mounted at different heights, may not
                     use the license modification process to increase or decrease either the horizontal ERP or
                     vertical ERP without a construction permit.

           (9) The licensee of an AM, FM, or TV commercial station may propose to change from commercial to
               noncommercial educational on a modification of license application, provided that the application
               contains completed Sections II and IV of FCC Form 340. In addition, a noncommercial educational
               AM licensee, a TV licensee on a channel not reserved for noncommercial educational use, or an FM
               licensee on Channels 221 to 300 (except Class D FM) on a channel not reserved for noncommercial
               educational use, may apply to change from educational to commercial via a modification of license
               application, and no exhibits are required with the application. The change will become effective upon
               grant of the license application.

          (10) Replacement of a transmission line with one of a different type or length which changes the
               transmitter operating power (TPO) from the authorized value, but not the ERP, must be reported in a
               license modification application to the Commission.

          (11) Correction of geographic coordinates where the change is 3 seconds or fewer in latitude and/or 3
               seconds or fewer in longitude, provided there is no physical change in location and no other licensed
               parameters are changed. The correction of coordinates may not result in any new short spacings or
               increases in existing short spacings.

     (d) The following changes may be made without authorization from the FCC, however informal notification of
         the changes must be made according to the rule sections specified:

47 CFR 73.1690(d) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 395 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                   47 CFR 73.1690(d)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) Commencement of remote control operation pursuant to § 73.1400.

           (2) Modification of an AM directional antenna sampling system. See § 73.68.

     (e) Any electrical and mechanical modification to authorized transmitting equipment that is not otherwise
         restricted by the preceding provisions of this section, may be made without FCC notification or
         authorization. Equipment performance measurements must be made within ten days after completing the
         modifications (See § 73.1590). An informal statement, diagram, etc., describing the modification must be
         retained at the transmitter site for as long as the equipment is in use.

[47 FR 8590, Mar. 1, 1982]

Editorial Note: For FEDERAL REGISTER citations affecting § 73.1690, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which
appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 73.1692 [Reserved]
§ 73.1695 Changes in transmission standards.
The FCC will consider the question whether a proposed change or modification of transmission standards adopted
for broadcast stations would be in the public interest, convenience, and necessity, upon petition being filed by the
person proposing such change or modification, setting forth the following:

     (a) The exact character of the change or modification proposed;

     (b) The effect of the proposed change or modification upon all other transmission standards that have been
         adopted by the FCC for broadcast stations;

     (c) The experimentation and field tests that have been made to show that the proposed change or
         modification accomplishes an improvement and is technically feasible;

     (d) The effect of the proposed change or modification in the adopted standards upon operation and
         obsolescence of receivers;

           (1) Should a change of modification in the transmission standards be adopted by the FCC, the effective
               date thereof will be determined in the light of the considerations mentioned in this paragraph (d);

           (2) [Reserved]

     (e) The change in equipment required in existing broadcast stations for incorporating the proposed change or
         modification in the adopted standards; and

     (f) The facts and reasons upon which the petitioner bases the conclusion that the proposed change or
         modification would be in the public interest, convenience, and necessity.

[49 FR 4211, Feb. 3, 1984]

§ 73.1700 Broadcast day.
The term broadcast day means that period of time between the station's sign-on and its sign-off.

[43 FR 45849, Oct. 4, 1978]

47 CFR 73.1700 (enhanced display)                                                                      page 396 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.1705
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.1705 Time of operation.
     (a) Commercial and noncommercial educational TV and commercial FM stations will be licensed for
         unlimited time operation. Application may be made for voluntary share-time operation.

     (b) Noncommercial educational FM stations will be licensed for unlimited and share time operation according
         to the provisions of § 73.561.

     (c) AM stations in the 535–1705 kHz band will be licensed for unlimited time. In the 535–1605 kHz band,
         stations that apply for share time and specified hours operations may also be licensed. AM stations
         licensed to operate daytime-only and limited-time may continue to do so; however, no new such stations
         will be authorized, except for fulltime stations that reduce operating hours to daytime-only for interference
         reduction purposes.

[43 FR 45849, Oct. 4, 1978, as amended at 56 FR 64872, Dec. 12, 1991]

§ 73.1710 Unlimited time.
Operation is permitted 24 hours a day.

[43 FR 45849, Oct. 4, 1978]

§ 73.1715 Share time.
Operation is permitted by two or more broadcast stations using the same channel in accordance with a division of
hours mutually agreed upon and considered part of their licenses.

     (a) If the licenses of stations authorized to share time do not specify hours of operation, the licensees shall
         endeavor to reach an agreement for a definite schedule of periods of time to be used by each. Such
         agreement shall be in writing and each licensee shall file it in duplicate original with each application to
         the FCC in Washington, DC for renewal of license. If and when such written agreements are properly filed
         in conformity with this section, the file mark of the FCC will be affixed thereto, one copy will be retained by
         the FCC, and one copy returned to the licensee and will be considered as part of the station's license. If
         the license specifies a proportionate time division, the agreement shall maintain this proportion. If no
         proportionate time division is specified in the license, the licensees shall agree upon a division of time.
         Such division of time shall not include simultaneous operation of the stations unless specifically
         authorized by the terms of the license

     (b) If the licensees of stations authorized to share time are unable to agree on a division of time, the FCC in
         Washington, DC shall be so notified by a statement filed with the applications for renewal of licenses.
         Upon receipt of such statement, the FCC will designate the applications for a hearing and, pending such
         hearing, the operating schedule previously adhered to shall remain in full force and effect.

     (c) A departure from the regular schedule in a time-sharing agreement will be permitted only in cases where
         an agreement to that effect is put in writing, is signed by the licensees of the stations affected thereby
         and filed in triplicate by each licensee with the FCC in Washington, DC prior to the time of the time of the
         proposed change. If time is of the essence, the actual departure in operating schedule may precede the
         actual filing of written agreement, provided appropriate notice is sent to the FCC.

47 CFR 73.1715(c) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 397 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.1715(d)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (d) If the license of an AM station authorized to share time does not specify the hours of operation, the
         station may be operated for the transmission of regular programs during the experimental period provided
         an agreement thereto is reached with the other stations with which the broadcast day is shared: And
         further provided, Such operation is not in conflict with § 73.72 (Operating during the experimental period).
         Time-sharing agreements for operation during the experimental period need not be submitted to the FCC.

     (e) Noncommercial educational FM stations are authorized for share time operation according to the
         provisions of § 73.561.

[43 FR 45849, Oct. 4, 1978, as amended at 47 FR 40174, Sept. 13, 1982; 84 FR 2758, Feb. 8, 2019]

§ 73.1720 Daytime.
Operation is permitted during the hours between average monthly local sunrise and average monthly local sunset.

     (a) The controlling times for each month of the year are stated in the station's instrument of authorization.
         Uniform sunrise and sunset times are specified for all of the days of each month, based upon the actual
         times of sunrise and sunset for the fifteenth day of the month adjusted to the nearest quarter hour.
         Sunrise and sunset times are derived by using the standardized procedure and the tables in the 1946
         American Nautical Almanac issued by the United States Naval Observatory.

     (b) [Reserved]

[43 FR 45849, Oct. 4, 1978]

§ 73.1725 Limited time.
     (a) Operation is applicable only to Class B (secondary) AM stations on a clear channel with facilities
         authorized before November 30, 1959. Operation of the secondary station is permitted during daytime
         and until local sunset if located west of the Class A station on the channel, or until local sunset at the
         Class A station if located east of that station. Operation is also permitted during nighttime hours not used
         by the Class A station or other stations on the channel.

     (b) No authorization will be granted for:

           (1) A new limited time station;

           (2) A limited time station operating on a changed frequency;

           (3) A limited time station with a new transmitter site materially closer to the 0.1 mV/m contour of a co-
               channel U.S. Class A station; or

           (4) Modification of the operating facilities of a limited time station resulting in increased radiation
               toward any point on the 0.1 mV/m contour of a co-channel U.S. Class A station during the hours
               after local sunset in which the limited time station is permitted to operate by reason of location east
               of the Class A station.

     (c) The licensee of a secondary station which is authorized to operate limited time and which may resume
         operation at the time the Class A station (or stations) on the same channel ceases operation shall, with
         each application for renewal of license, file in triplicate a copy of its regular operating schedule. It shall
         bear a signed notation by the licensee of the Class A station of its objection or lack of objection thereto.
         Upon approval of such operating schedule, the FCC will affix its file mark and return one copy to the

47 CFR 73.1725(c) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 398 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.1730
Radio Broadcast Services

           licensee authorized to operate limited time. Such approved operating schedule shall be considered part of
           the station's license. Departure from said operating schedule will be permitted only pursuant to § 73.1715
           (Share time).

[56 FR 64872, Dec. 12, 1991, as amended at 84 FR 2758, Feb. 8, 2019]

§ 73.1730 Specified hours.
     (a) Specified hours stations must operate in accordance with the exact hours specified in their license.
         However, such stations, operating on local channels, unless sharing time with other stations, may operate
         at hours beyond those specified in their licenses to carry special events programing. When such programs
         are carried during nighttime hours, the station's authorized nighttime facilities must be used.

     (b) Other exceptions to the adherence to the schedule of specified hours of operation are provided in § 73.72
         (Operating during the experimental period), § 73.1250 (Broadcasting emergency information) and §
         73.1740 (Minimum operating schedule).

[43 FR 45850, Oct. 4, 1978]

§ 73.1735 AM station operation pre-sunrise and post-sunset.
Certain classes of AM stations are eligible to operate pre-sunrise and/or post-sunset for specified periods with
facilities other than those specified on their basic instruments of authorization. Such pre-sunrise and post-sunset
operation is authorized pursuant to the provisions of § 73.99 of the Rules.

[49 FR 41249, Oct. 22, 1984]

§ 73.1740 Minimum operating schedule.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7257, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) All commercial broadcast stations are required to operate not less than the following minimum hours:

           (1) AM and FM stations. Two-thirds of the total hours they are authorized to operate between 6 a.m. and
               6 p.m. local time and two-thirds of the total hours they are authorized to operate between 6 p.m. and
               midnight, local time, each day of the week except Sunday.

                 (i)   Class D stations which have been authorized nighttime operations need comply only with the
                       minimum requirements for operation between 6 a.m. and 6 p.m., local time.

           (2) TV stations.

                 (i)   During the first 36 months of operation, not less than 2 hours daily in any 5 broadcast days per
                       calendar week and not less than a total of:

                       (A) 12 hours per week during the first 18 months.

                       (B) 16 hours per week during the 19th through 24th months.

                       (C) 20 hours per week during the 25th through 30th months.

                       (D) 24 hours per week during the 31st through 36th months.

47 CFR 73.1740(a)(2)(i)(D) (enhanced display)                                                            page 399 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 73.1740(a)(2)(ii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (ii) After 36 months of operation, not less than 2 hours in each day of the week and not less than a
                      total of 28 hours per calendar week.

                (iii) Visual transmissions of test patterns, slides, or still pictures accompanied by unrelated aural
                      transmissions may not be counted in computing program service (see § 73.653).

           (3) “Operation” includes the period during which the station is operated pursuant to temporary
               authorization or program tests, as well as during the license period.

           (4) In the event that causes beyond the control of a licensee make it impossible to adhere to the
               operating schedule of this section or to continue operating, the station may limit or discontinue
               operation for a period of not more than 30 days without further authority from the FCC. Notification
               must be sent to the FCC in Washington, D.C. not later than the 10th day of limited or discontinued
               operation. During such period, the licensee shall continue to adhere to the requirements in the
               station license pertaining to the lighting of antenna structures. In the event normal operation is
               restored prior to the expiration of the 30 day period, the licensee will so notify the FCC of this date. If
               the causes beyond the control of the licensee make it impossible to comply within the allowed
               period, informal written request shall be made to the FCC no later than the 30th day for such
               additional time as may be deemed necessary.

           (5) Class A TV stations. Not less than 18 hours in each day of the week.

     (b) Noncommercial educational AM and TV stations are not required to operate on a regular schedule and no
         minimum hours of operation are specified; but the hours of actual operation during a license period shall
         be taken into consideration in the renewal of noncommercial educational AM and TV broadcast licenses.
         Noncommercial educational FM stations are subject to the operating schedule requirements according to
         the provisions of § 73.561.

     (c) The license of any broadcasting station that fails to transmit broadcast signals for any consecutive
         12-month period expires as a matter of law at the end of that period, notwithstanding any provision, term,
         or condition of the license to the contrary.

[43 FR 45850, Oct. 4, 1978, as amended at 53 FR 1032, Jan. 15, 1988; 56 FR 64873, Dec. 12, 1991; 61 FR 28767, June 6, 1996; 65
FR 30006, May 10, 2000]

§ 73.1745 Unauthorized operation.
     (a) No broadcast station shall operate at times, or with modes or power, other than those specified and made
         a part of the license, unless otherwise provided in this part.

     (b) Any unauthorized departure from an operating schedule which is required to be filed with the FCC in
         Washington, DC, will be considered as a violation of a material term of the license.

[43 FR 45850, Oct. 4, 1978]

§ 73.1750 Discontinuance of operation.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7257, Feb. 1, 2024.

47 CFR 73.1750 (enhanced display)                                                                             page 400 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                47 CFR 73.1800
Radio Broadcast Services

The licensee of each station shall notify by letter the FCC in Washington, DC, Attention: Audio Division (radio) or
Video Division (television), Media Bureau, of the permanent discontinuance of operation at least two days before
operation is discontinued. Immediately after discontinuance of operation, the licensee shall forward the station
license and other instruments of authorization to the FCC, Attention: Audio Division (radio) or Video Division
(television), Media Bureau, for cancellation. The license of any station that fails to transmit broadcast signals for
any consecutive 12 month period expires as a matter of law at the end of that period, notwithstanding any provision,
term, or condition of the license to the contrary. If a licensee surrenders its license pursuant to an interference
reduction agreement, and its surrender is contingent on the grant of another application, the licensee must identify
in its notification the contingencies involved.

[67 FR 13233, Mar. 21, 2002]

§ 73.1800 General requirements related to the station log.
     (a) The licensee of each station must maintain a station log as required by § 73.1820. This log shall be kept
         by station employees competent to do so, having actual knowledge of the facts required. All entries,
         whether required or not by the provisions of this part, must accurately reflect the station operation. Any
         employee making a log entry shall sign the log, thereby attesting to the fact that the entry, or any
         correction or addition made thereto, is an accurate representation of what transpired.

     (b) The logs shall be kept in an orderly and legible manner, in suitable form and in such detail that the data
         required for the particular class of station concerned are readily available. Key letters or abbreviations
         may be used if the proper meaning or explanation is contained elsewhere in the log. Each sheet must be
         numbered and dated. Time entries must be made in local time and must be indicated as advanced (e.g.,
         EDT) or non-advanced (e.g., EST) time.

     (c) Any necessary corrections of a manually kept log after it has been signed in accordance with paragraph
         (a) of this section shall be made only by striking out the erroneous portion and making a corrective
         explanation on the log or attachment to it. Such corrections shall be dated and signed by the person who
         kept the log or the station chief operator, the station manager or an officer of the licensee.

     (d) No automatically kept log shall be altered in any way after entries have been recorded. When automatic
         logging processes fail or malfunction, the log must be kept manually for that period and in accordance
         with the requirements of this section.

     (e) No log, or portion thereof, shall be erased, obliterated or willfully destroyed during the period in which it is
         required to be retained. (Section 73.1840, Retention of logs.)

     (f) Application forms for licenses and other authorizations may require that certain technical operating data
         be supplied. These application forms should be kept in mind in connection with the maintenance of the
         station log.

[43 FR 45850, Oct. 4, 1978, as amended at 48 FR 38481, Aug. 24, 1983; 48 FR 44806, Sept. 30, 1983; 49 FR 14509, Apr. 12, 1984;
49 FR 33663, Aug. 24, 1984; 50 FR 40016, Oct. 1, 1985]

§ 73.1820 Station log.
     (a) Entries must be made in the station log either manually by a person designated by the licensee who is in
         actual charge of the transmitting apparatus, or by automatic devices meeting the requirements of
         paragraph (b) of this section. Indications of operating parameters that are required to be logged must be
         logged prior to any adjustment of the equipment. Where adjustments are made to restore parameters to

47 CFR 73.1820(a) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 401 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.1820(a)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           their proper operating values, the corrected indications must be logged and accompanied, if any
           parameter deviation was beyond a prescribed tolerance, by a notation describing the nature of the
           corrective action. Indications of all parameters whose values are affected by the modulation of the carrier
           must be read without modulation. The actual time of observation must be included in each log entry. The
           following information must be entered:

           (1) All stations.

                 (i)   Entries required by § 17.49 of this chapter concerning any observed or otherwise known
                       extinguishment or improper functioning of a tower light:

                       (A) The nature of such extinguishment or improper functioning.

                       (B) The date and time the extinguishment or improper operation was observed or otherwise
                           noted.

                       (C) The date, time and nature of adjustments, repairs or replacements made.

                 (ii) Any entries not specifically required in this section, but required by the instrument of
                      authorization or elsewhere in this part.

                (iii) An entry of each test and activation of the Emergency Alert System (EAS) pursuant to the
                      requirement of part 11 of this chapter and the EAS Operating Handbook. Stations may keep
                      EAS data in a special EAS log which shall be maintained at a convenient location; however, this
                      log is considered a part of the station log.

           (2) Directional AM stations without an FCC-approved antenna sampling system (See § 73.68).

                 (i)   An entry at the beginning of operations in each mode of operation, and thereafter at intervals
                       not exceeding 3 hours, of the following (actual readings observed prior to making any
                       adjustments to the equipment and an indication of any corrections to restore parameters to
                       normal operating values):

                       (A) Common point current.

                       (B) When the operating power is determined by the indirect method, the efficiency factor F and
                           either the product of the final amplifier input voltage and current or the calculated antenna
                           input power. See § 73.51(e).

                       (C) Antenna monitor phase or phase deviation indications.

                       (D) Antenna monitor sample currents, current ratios, or ratio deviation indications.

                 (ii) Entries required by § 73.61 performed in accordance with the schedule specified therein.

                (iii) Entries of the results of calibration of automatic logging devices (see paragraph (b) of this
                      section) or indicating instruments (see § 73.67), whenever performed.

     (b) Automatic devices accurately calibrated and with appropriate time, date and circuit functions may be
         utilized to record entries in the station log Provided:

           (1) The recording devices do not affect the operation of circuits or accuracy of indicating instruments of
               the equipment being recorded;

           (2) The recording devices have an accuracy equivalent to the accuracy of the indicating instruments;

47 CFR 73.1820(b)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 402 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.1820(b)(3)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (3) The calibration is checked against the original indicators as often as necessary to ensure recording
               accuracy;

           (4) In the event of failure or malfunctioning of the automatic equipment, the person designated by the
               licensee as being responsible for the log small make the required entries in the log manually at that
               time;

           (5) The indicating equipment conforms to the requirements of § 73.1215 (Indicating
               instruments—specifications) except that the scales need not exceed 5 cm (2 inches) in length.
               Arbitrary scales may not be used.

     (c) In preparing the station log, original data may be recorded in rough form and later transcribed into the log.

[43 FR 45854, Oct. 4, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 58735, Oct. 11, 1979; 47 FR 24580, June 7, 1982; 48 FR 38481, Aug. 24, 1983; 48
FR 44806, Sept. 30, 1983; 49 FR 33603, Aug. 23, 1984; 58 FR 44951, Aug. 25, 1993; 59 FR 67102, Dec. 28, 1994; 60 FR 55482, Nov.
1, 1995]

§ 73.1835 Special technical records.
The FCC may require a broadcast station licensee to keep operating and maintenance records as necessary to
resolve conditions of actual or potential interference, rule violations, or deficient technical operation.

[48 FR 38482, Aug. 24, 1983]

§ 73.1840 Retention of logs.
     (a) Any log required to be kept by station licensees shall be retained by them for a period of 2 years. However,
         logs involving communications incident to a disaster or which include communications incident to or
         involved in an investigation by the FCC and about which the licensee has been notified, shall be retained
         by the licensee until specifically authorized in writing by the FCC to destroy them. Logs incident to or
         involved in any claim or complaint of which the licensee has notice shall be retained by the licensee until
         such claim or complaint has been fully satisfied or until the same has been barred by statute limiting the
         time for filing of suits upon such claims.

     (b) Logs may be retained on microfilm, microfiche or other data-storage systems subject to the following
         conditions:

           (1) Suitable viewing—reading devices shall be available to permit FCC inspection of logs pursuant to §
               73.1226, availability to FCC of station logs and records.

           (2) Reproduction of logs, stored on data-storage systems, to full-size copies, is required of licensees if
               requested by the FCC or the public as authorized by FCC rules. Such reproductions must be
               completed within 2 full work days of the time of the request.

           (3) Corrections to logs shall be made:

                 (i)   Prior to converting to a data-storage system pursuant to the requirements of § 73.1800 (c) and
                       (d), (§ 73.1800, General requirements relating to logs).

                 (ii) After converting to a data-storage system, by separately making such corrections and then
                      associating with the related data-stored logs. Such corrections shall contain sufficient
                      information to allow those reviewing the logs to identify where corrections have been made,
                      and when and by whom the corrections were made.

47 CFR 73.1840(b)(3)(ii) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 403 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.1840(b)(4)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (4) Copies of any log required to be filed with any application; or placed in the station's local public
               inspection file as part of an application; or filed with reports to the FCC must be reproduced in
               fullsize form when complying with these requirements.

[45 FR 41151, June 18, 1980, as amended at 46 FR 13907, Feb. 24, 1981; 46 FR 18557, Mar. 25, 1981; 49 FR 33663, Aug. 24, 1984]

§ 73.1870 Chief operators.
     (a) The licensee of each AM, FM, TV or Class A TV broadcast station must designate a person to serve as the
         station's chief operator. At times when the chief operator is unavailable or unable to act (e.g., vacations,
         sickness), the licensee shall designate another person as the acting chief operator on a temporary basis.

     (b) Chief operators shall be employed or serve on the following basis:

           (1) The chief operator for an AM station using a directional antenna or operating with greater than 10 kW
               authorized power, or of a TV station is to be an employee of the station on duty for whatever number
               of hours each week the station licensee determines is necessary to keep the station's technical
               operation in compliance with FCC rules and the terms of the station authorization.

           (2) Chief operators for non-directional AM stations operating with authorized powers not exceeding 10
               kW and FM stations may be either an employee of the station or engaged to serve on a contract
               basis for whatever number of hours each week the licensee determines is necessary to keep the
               station's technical operation in compliance with the FCC rules and terms of the station authorization.

           (3) The designation of the chief operator must be in writing. Agreements with chief operators serving on
               a contract basis must be in writing with a copy kept in the station files.

     (c) The chief operator is responsible for completion of the following duties specified in this paragraph below.
         When these duties are delegated to other persons, the chief operator shall maintain supervisory oversight
         sufficient to know that each requirement has been fulfilled in a timely and correct manner.

           (1) Inspections and calibrations of the transmission system, required monitors, metering and control
               systems; and any necessary repairs or adjustments where indicated. (See § 73.1580.)

           (2) Periodic AM field monitoring point measurements, equipment performance measurements, or other
               tests as specified in the rules or terms of the station license.

           (3) Review of the station records at least once each week to determine if required entries are being
               made correctly. Additionally, verification must be made that the station has been operated as
               required by the rules or the station authorization. Upon completion of the review, the chief operator
               or his designee must date and sign the log, initiate any corrective action which may be necessary,
               and advise the station licensee of any condition which is repetitive.

           (4) Any entries which may be required in the station records. (See § 73.1820.)

[46 FR 35463, July 8, 1981, as amended at 47 FR 31580, July 21, 1982; 48 FR 38482, Aug. 24, 1983; 48 FR 44806, Sept. 30, 1983;
49 FR 20670, May 16, 1984; 49 FR 50048, Dec. 26, 1984; 50 FR 32416, Aug. 12, 1985; 60 FR 55482, Nov. 1, 1995; 65 FR 30006,
May 10, 2000; 84 FR 2758, Feb. 8, 2019]

§ 73.1940 Legally qualified candidates for public office.
     (a) A legally qualified candidate for public office is any person who:

47 CFR 73.1940(a) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 404 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 73.1940(a)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) Has publicly announced his or her intention to run for nomination or office;

           (2) Is qualified under the applicable local, State or Federal law to hold the office for which he or she is a
               candidate; and

           (3) Has met the qualifications set forth in either paragraph (b), (c), (d), or (e) of this section.

     (b) A person seeking election to any public office including that of President or Vice President of the United
         States, or nomination for any public office except that of President or Vice President, by means of a
         primary, general or special election, shall be considered a legally qualified candidate if, in addition to
         meeting the criteria set forth in paragraph (a) of this section, that person:

           (1) Has qualified for a place on the ballot; or

           (2) Has publicly committed himself or herself to seeking election by the write-in method and is eligible
               under applicable law to be voted for by sticker, by writing in his or her name on the ballot or by other
               method, and makes a substantial showing that he or she is a bona fide candidate for nomination or
               office.

     (c) A person seeking election to the office of President or Vice President of the United States shall, for the
         purposes of the Communications Act and the rules in 47 CFR chapter I, be considered legally qualified
         candidates only in those States or territories (or the District of Columbia) in which they have met the
         requirements set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section: Except, that any such person who has met
         the requirements set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section in at least 10 States (or 9 and the
         District of Columbia) shall be considered a legally qualified candidate for election in all States, territories,
         and the District of Columbia for the purposes of this Act.

     (d) A person seeking nomination to any public office, except that of President or Vice President of the United
         States, by means of a convention, caucus or similar procedure, shall be considered a legally qualified
         candidate if, in addition to meeting the requirements set forth in paragraph (a) of this section, that person
         makes a substantial showing that he or she is a bona fide candidate for such nomination: Except, that no
         person shall be considered a legally qualified candidate for nomination by the means set forth in this
         paragraph prior to 90 days before the beginning of the convention, caucus or similar procedure in which
         he or she seeks nomination.

     (e) A person seeking nomination for the office of President or Vice President of the United States shall, for the
         purposes of the Communications Act and the rules thereunder, be considered a legally qualified candidate
         only in those States or territories (or the District of Columbia) in which, in addition to meeting the
         requirements set forth in paragraph (a) of this section:

           (1) He or she, or proposed delegates on his or her behalf, have qualified for the primary or Presidential
               preference ballot in that State, territory or the District of Columbia; or

           (2) He or she has made a substantial showing of a bona fide candidacy for such nomination in that
               State, territory or the District of Columbia; except, that any such person meeting the requirements set
               forth in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section in at least 10 States (or 9 and the District of
               Columbia) shall be considered a legally qualified candidate for nomination in all States, territories
               and the District of Columbia for purposes of this Act.

     (f) The term “substantial showing” of a bona fide candidacy as used in paragraphs (b), (d), and (e) of this
         section means evidence that the person claiming to be a candidate has:

47 CFR 73.1940(f) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 405 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 73.1940(f)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) Satisfied the requirements under applicable law to run as a write-in (such as registering, collecting
               signatures, paying fees, etc.); and

           (2) Has engaged to a substantial degree in activities commonly associated with political campaigning.
               Such activities normally would include making campaign speeches, distributing campaign literature,
               issuing press releases, maintaining a campaign committee, establishing campaign headquarters
               (even though the headquarters in some instances might be the residence of the candidate or his or
               her campaign manager), creating a campaign website, and using social media for the purpose of
               promoting or furthering a campaign for public office. Not all of the listed activities are necessarily
               required in each case to demonstrate a substantial showing, and there may be activities not listed
               herein which would contribute to such a showing. The creation of a campaign website and the use of
               social media shall be additional indicators of a bona fide candidacy, not determinative factors, and
               such digital activities must be combined with other activities commonly associated with political
               campaigning that are conducted in substantial portions of the relevant geographic area.

[57 FR 27708, June 22, 1992, as amended at 87 FR 7755, Feb. 10, 2022]

§ 73.1941 Equal opportunities.
     (a) General requirements. Except as otherwise indicated in § 73.1944, no station licensee is required to permit
         the use of its facilities by any legally qualified candidate for public office, but if any licensee shall permit
         any such candidate to use its facilities, it shall afford equal opportunities to all other candidates for that
         office to use such facilities. Such licensee shall have no power of censorship over the material broadcast
         by any such candidate. Appearance by a legally qualified candidate on any:

           (1) Bona fide newscast;

           (2) Bona fide news interview;

           (3) Bona fide news documentary (if the appearance of the candidate is incidental to the presentation of
               the subject or subjects covered by the news documentary); or

           (4) On-the-spot coverage of bona fide news events (including, but not limited to political conventions
               and activities incidental thereto) shall not be deemed to be use of broadcasting station. (section
               315(a) of the Communications Act.)

     (b) Uses. As used in this section and § 73.1942, the term “use” means a candidate appearance (including by
         voice or picture) that is not exempt under paragraphs 73.1941 (a)(1) through (a)(4) of this section.

     (c) Timing of request. A request for equal opportunities must be submitted to the licensee within 1 week of
         the day on which the first prior use giving rise to the right of equal opportunities occurred: Provided,
         however, That where the person was not a candidate at the time of such first prior use, he or she shall
         submit his or her request within 1 week of the first subsequent use after he or she has become a legally
         qualified candidate for the office in question.

     (d) Burden of proof. A candidate requesting equal opportunities of the licensee or complaining of
         noncompliance to the Commission shall have the burden of proving that he or she and his or her
         opponent are legally qualified candidates for the same public office.

     (e) Discrimination between candidates. In making time available to candidates for public office, no licensee
         shall make any discrimination between candidates in practices, regulations, facilities, or services for or in
         connection with the service rendered pursuant to this part, or make or give any preference to any

47 CFR 73.1941(e) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 406 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.1942
Radio Broadcast Services

           candidate for public office or subject any such candidate to any prejudice or disadvantage; nor shall any
           licensee make any contract or other agreement which shall have the effect of permitting any legally
           qualified candidate for any public office to broadcast to the exclusion of other legally qualified candidates
           for the same public office.

[57 FR 208, Jan. 3, 1992, as amended at 59 FR 14568, Mar. 29, 1994]

§ 73.1942 Candidate rates.
     (a) Charges for use of stations. The charges, if any, made for the use of any broadcasting station by any
         person who is a legally qualified candidate for any public office in connection with his or her campaign for
         nomination for election, or election, to such office shall not exceed:

           (1) During the 45 days preceding the date of a primary or primary runoff election and during the 60 days
               preceding the date of a general or special election in which such person is a candidate, the lowest
               unit charge of the station for the same class and amount of time for the same period.

                 (i)   A candidate shall be charged no more per unit than the station charges its most favored
                       commercial advertisers for the same classes and amounts of time for the same periods. Any
                       station practices offered to commercial advertisers that enhance the value of advertising spots
                       must be disclosed and made available to candidates on equal terms. Such practices include
                       but are not limited to any discount privileges that affect the value of advertising, such as bonus
                       spots, time-sensitive make goods, preemption priorities, or any other factors that enhance the
                       value of the announcement.

                 (ii) The Commission recognizes non-premptible, preemptible with notice, immediately preemptible
                      and run-of-schedule as distinct classes of time.

                (iii) Stations may establish and define their own reasonable classes of immediately preemptible
                      time so long as the differences between such classes are based on one or more demonstrable
                      benefits associated with each class and are not based solely upon price or identity of the
                      advertiser. Such demonstrable benefits include, but are not limited to, varying levels of
                      preemption protection, scheduling flexibility, or associated privileges, such as guaranteed time-
                      sensitive make goods. Stations may not use class distinctions to defeat the purpose of the
                      lowest unit charge requirement. All classes must be fully disclosed and made available to
                      candidates.

                (iv) Stations may establish reasonable classes of preemptible with notice time so long as they
                     clearly define all such classes, fully disclose them and make available to candidates.

                 (v) Stations may treat non-preemptible and fixed position as distinct classes of time provided that
                     stations articulate clearly the differences between such classes, fully disclose them, and make
                     them available to candidates.

                (vi) Stations shall not establish a separate, premium-period class of time sold only to candidates.
                     Stations may sell higher-priced non-preemptible or fixed time to candidates if such a class of
                     time is made available on a bona fide basis to both candidates and commercial advertisers, and
                     provided such class is not functionally equivalent to any lower-priced class of time sold to
                     commercial advertisers.

                (vii) [Reserved]

47 CFR 73.1942(a)(1)(vii) (enhanced display)                                                              page 407 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                  47 CFR 73.1942(a)(1)(viii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                (viii) Lowest unit charge may be calculated on a weekly basis with respect to time that is sold on a
                       weekly basis, such as rotations through particular programs or dayparts. Stations electing to
                       calculate the lowest unit charge by such a method must include in that calculation all rates for
                       all announcements scheduled in the rotation, including announcements aired under long-term
                       advertising contracts. Stations may implement rate increases during election periods only to
                       the extent that such increases constitute “ordinary business practices,” such as seasonal
                       program changes or changes in audience ratings.

                (ix) Stations shall review their advertising records periodically throughout the election period to
                     determine whether compliance with this section requires that candidates receive rebates or
                     credits. Where necessary, stations shall issue such rebates or credits promptly.

                 (x) Unit rates charged as part of any package, whether individually negotiated or generally available
                     to all advertisers, must be included in the lowest unit charge calculation for the same class and
                     length of time in the same time period. A candidate cannot be required to purchase advertising
                     in every program or daypart in a package as a condition for obtaining package unit rates.

                (xi) Stations are not required to include non-cash promotional merchandising incentives in lowest
                     unit charge calculations; provided, however, that all such incentives must be offered to
                     candidates as part of any purchases permitted by the licensee. Bonus spots, however, must be
                     included in the calculation of the lowest unit charge calculation.

                (xii) Makes goods, defined as the rescheduling of preempted advertising, shall be provided to
                      candidates prior to election day if a station has provided a time-sensitive make good during the
                      year preceding the pre-election periods, perspectively set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of this
                      section, to any commercial advertiser who purchased time in the same class.

                (xiii) Stations must disclose and make available to candidates any make good policies provided to
                       commercial advertisers. If a station places a make good for any commercial advertiser or other
                       candidate in a more valuable program or daypart, the value of such make good must be
                       included in the calculation of the lowest unit charge for that program or daypart.

           (2) At any time other than the respective periods set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, stations
               may charge legally qualified candidates for public office no more than the changes made for
               comparable use of the station by commercial advertisers. The rates, if any, charged all such
               candidates for the same office shall be uniform and shall not be rebated by any means, direct or
               indirect. A candidate shall be charged no more than the rate the station would charge for
               comparable commercial advertising. All discount privileges otherwise offered by a station to
               commercial advertisers must be disclosed and made available upon equal terms to all candidate for
               public office.

     (b) If a station permits a candidate to use its facilities, the station shall make all discount privileges offered to
         commercial advertisers, including the lowest unit charges for each class and length of time in the same
         time period, and all corresponding discount privileges, available upon equal terms to all candidates. This
         duty includes an affirmative duty to disclose to candidates information about rates, terms conditions and
         all value-enhancing discount privileges offered to commercial advertisers. Stations may use reasonable
         discretion in making the disclosure; provided, however, that the disclosure includes, at a minimum, the
         following information:

           (1) A description and definition of each class of time available to commercial advertisers sufficiently
               complete to allow candidates to identify and understand what specific attributes differentiate each
               class;
47 CFR 73.1942(b)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 408 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.1942(b)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (2) A description of the lowest unit charge and related privileges (such as priorities against preemption
               and make goods prior to specific deadlines) for each class of time offered to commercial
               advertisers;

           (3) A description of the station's method of selling preemptible time based upon advertiser demand,
               commonly known as the “current selling level,” with the stipulation that candidates will be able to
               purchase at these demand-generated rates in the same manner as commercial advertisers;

           (4) An approximation of the likelihood of preemption for each kind of preemptible time; and

           (5) An explanation of the station's sales practices, if any, that are based on audience delivery, with the
               stipulation that candidates will be able to purchase this kind of time, if available to commercial
               advertisers.

     (c) Once disclosure is made, stations shall negotiate in good faith to actually sell time to candidates in
         accordance with the disclosure.

     (d) This rule (§ 73.1942) shall not apply to any station licensed for non-commercial operation.

[57 FR 209, Jan. 3, 1992, as amended at 57 FR 27709, June 22, 1992]

§ 73.1943 Political file.
     (a) A licensee shall maintain, and make available for public inspection, a complete record of a request to
         purchase broadcast time that:

           (1) Is made by or on behalf of a legally qualified candidate for public office; or

           (2) Communicates a message relating to any political matter of national importance, including:

                 (i)   A legally qualified candidate;

                 (ii) Any election to Federal office; or

                (iii) A national legislative issue of public importance.

     (b) A record maintained under paragraph (a) shall contain information regarding:

           (1) Whether the request to purchase broadcast time is accepted or rejected by the licensee;

           (2) The rate charged for the broadcast time;

           (3) The date and time on which the communication is aired;

           (4) The class of time that is purchased;

           (5) The name of the candidate to which the communication refers and the office to which the candidate
               is seeking election, the election to which the communication refers, or the issue to which the
               communication refers (as applicable);

           (6) In the case of a request made by, or on behalf of, a candidate, the name of the candidate, the
               authorized committee of the candidate, and the treasurer of such committee; and

           (7) In the case of any other request, the name of the person purchasing the time, the name, address, and
               phone number of a contact person for such person, and a list of the chief executive officers or
               members of the executive committee or of the board of directors of such person.

47 CFR 73.1943(b)(7) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 409 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 73.1943(c)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (c) When free time is provided for use by or on behalf of candidates, a record of the free time provided shall
         be placed in the political file.

     (d) All records required by this paragraph shall be placed in the online political file as soon as possible and
         shall be retained for a period of two years. As soon as possible means immediately absent unusual
         circumstances.

[57 FR 210, Jan. 3, 1992, as amended at 77 FR 27655, May 11, 2012; 81 FR 10123, Feb. 29, 2016; 85 FR 21078, Apr. 16, 2020; 87
FR 7755, Feb. 10, 2022; 87 FR 33441, June 2, 2022]

§ 73.1944 Reasonable access.
     (a) Section 312(a)(7) of the Communications Act provides that the Commission may revoke any station
         license or construction permit for willful or repeated failure to allow reasonable access to, or to permit
         purchase of, reasonable amounts of time for the use of a broadcasting station by a legally qualified
         candidate for Federal elective office on behalf of his candidacy.

     (b) Weekend access. For purposes of providing reasonable access, a licensee shall make its facilities
         available for use by federal candidates on the weekend before the election if the licensee has provided
         similar access to commercial advertisers during the year preceding the relevant election period.
         Licensees shall not discriminate between candidates with regard to weekend access.

[57 FR 210, Jan. 3, 1992]

§ 73.2080 Equal employment opportunities (EEO).

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7257, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) General EEO policy. Equal opportunity in employment shall be afforded by all licensees or permittees of
         commercially or noncommercially operated AM, FM, TV, Class A TV or international broadcast stations
         (as defined in this part) to all qualified persons, and no person shall be discriminated against in
         employment by such stations because of race, color, religion, national origin, or sex. Religious radio
         broadcasters may establish religious belief or affiliation as a job qualification for all station employees.
         However, they cannot discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin or gender from among those
         who share their religious affiliation or belief. For purposes of this rule, a religious broadcaster is a licensee
         which is, or is closely affiliated with, a church, synagogue, or other religious entity, including a subsidiary
         of such an entity.

     (b) General EEO program requirements. Each broadcast station shall establish, maintain, and carry out a
         positive continuing program of specific practices designed to ensure equal opportunity and
         nondiscrimination in every aspect of station employment policy and practice. Under the terms of its
         program, a station shall:

           (1) Define the responsibility of each level of management to ensure vigorous enforcement of its policy of
               equal opportunity, and establish a procedure to review and control managerial and supervisory
               performance;

           (2) Inform its employees and recognized employee organizations of the equal employment opportunity
               policy and program and enlist their cooperation;

47 CFR 73.2080(b)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 410 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.2080(b)(3)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (3) Communicate its equal employment opportunity policy and program and its employment needs to
               sources of qualified applicants without regard to race, color, religion, national origin, or sex, and
               solicit their recruitment assistance on a continuing basis;

           (4) Conduct a continuing program to exclude all unlawful forms of prejudice or discrimination based
               upon race, color, religion, national origin, or sex from its personnel policies and practices and
               working conditions; and

           (5) Conduct a continuing review of job structure and employment practices and adopt positive
               recruitment, job design, and other measures needed to ensure genuine equality of opportunity to
               participate fully in all organizational units, occupations, and levels of responsibility.

     (c) Specific EEO program requirements. Under the terms of its program, a station employment unit must:

           (1) Recruit for every full-time job vacancy in its operation. A job filled by an internal promotion is not
               considered a vacancy for which recruitment is necessary. Religious radio broadcasters who
               establish religious affiliation as a qualification for a job position are not required to comply with
               these recruitment requirements with respect to that job position or positions, but will be expected to
               make reasonable, good faith efforts to recruit applicants who are qualified based on their religious
               affiliation. Nothing in this section shall be interpreted to require a broadcaster to grant preferential
               treatment to any individual or group based on race, color, national origin, religion, or gender.

                 (i)   A station employment unit shall use recruitment sources for each vacancy sufficient in its
                       reasonable, good faith judgment to widely disseminate information concerning the vacancy.

                 (ii) In addition to such recruitment sources, a station employment unit shall provide notification of
                      each full-time vacancy to any organization that distributes information about employment
                      opportunities to job seekers or refers job seekers to employers, upon request by such
                      organization. To be entitled to notice of vacancies, the requesting organization must provide
                      the station employment unit with its name, mailing address, e-mail address (if applicable),
                      telephone number, and contact person, and identify the category or categories of vacancies of
                      which it requests notice. (An organization may request notice of all vacancies).

           (2) Engage in at least four (if the station employment unit has more than ten full-time employees and is
               not located in a smaller market) or two (if it has five to ten full-time employees and/or is located
               entirely in a smaller market) of the following initiatives during each two-year period beginning with
               the date stations in the station employment unit are required to file renewal applications, or the
               second, fourth or sixth anniversaries of that date.

                 (i)   Participation in at least four job fairs by station personnel who have substantial responsibility in
                       the making of hiring decisions;

                 (ii) Hosting of at least one job fair;

                (iii) Co-sponsoring at least one job fair with organizations in the business and professional
                      community whose membership includes substantial participation of women and minorities;

                (iv) Participation in at least four events sponsored by organizations representing groups present in
                     the community interested in broadcast employment issues, including conventions, career days,
                     workshops, and similar activities;

                 (v) Establishment of an internship program designed to assist members of the community to
                     acquire skills needed for broadcast employment;

47 CFR 73.2080(c)(2)(v) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 411 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 73.2080(c)(2)(vi)
Radio Broadcast Services

                (vi) Participation in job banks, Internet programs, and other programs designed to promote
                     outreach generally (i.e., that are not primarily directed to providing notification of specific job
                     vacancies);

                (vii) Participation in scholarship programs designed to assist students interested in pursuing a
                      career in broadcasting;

                (viii) Establishment of training programs designed to enable station personnel to acquire skills that
                       could qualify them for higher level positions;

                (ix) Establishment of a mentoring program for station personnel;

                 (x) Participation in at least four events or programs sponsored by educational institutions relating
                     to career opportunities in broadcasting;

                (xi) Sponsorship of at least two events in the community designed to inform and educate members
                     of the public as to employment opportunities in broadcasting;

                (xii) Listing of each upper-level category opening in a job bank or newsletter of media trade groups
                      whose membership includes substantial participation of women and minorities;

                (xiii) Provision of assistance to unaffiliated non-profit entities in the maintenance of web sites that
                       provide counseling on the process of searching for broadcast employment and/or other career
                       development assistance pertinent to broadcasting;

                (xiv) Provision of training to management level personnel as to methods of ensuring equal
                      employment opportunity and preventing discrimination;

                (xv) Provision of training to personnel of unaffiliated non-profit organizations interested in broadcast
                     employment opportunities that would enable them to better refer job candidates for broadcast
                     positions;

                (xvi) Participation in other activities designed by the station employment unit reasonably calculated
                      to further the goal of disseminating information as to employment opportunities in
                      broadcasting to job candidates who might otherwise be unaware of such opportunities.

           (3) Analyze its recruitment program on an ongoing basis to ensure that it is effective in achieving broad
               outreach to potential applicants, and address any problems found as a result of its analysis.

           (4) Periodically analyze measures taken to:

                 (i)   Disseminate the station's equal employment opportunity program to job applicants and
                       employees;

                 (ii) Review seniority practices to ensure that such practices are nondiscriminatory;

                (iii) Examine rates of pay and fringe benefits for employees having the same duties, and eliminate
                      any inequities based upon race, national origin, color, religion, or sex discrimination;

                (iv) Utilize media for recruitment purposes in a manner that will contain no indication, either explicit
                     or implicit, of a preference for one race, national origin, color, religion or sex over another;

                 (v) Ensure that promotions to positions of greater responsibility are made in a nondiscriminatory
                     manner;

47 CFR 73.2080(c)(4)(v) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 412 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.2080(c)(4)(vi)
Radio Broadcast Services

                (vi) Where union agreements exist, cooperate with the union or unions in the development of
                     programs to ensure all persons of equal opportunity for employment, irrespective of race,
                     national origin, color, religion, or sex, and include an effective nondiscrimination clause in new
                     or renegotiated union agreements; and

                (vii) Avoid the use of selection techniques or tests that have the effect of discriminating against any
                      person based on race, national origin, color, religion, or sex.

           (5) Retain records to document that it has satisfied the requirements of paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this
               section. Such records, which may be maintained in an electronic format, shall be retained until after
               grant of the renewal application for the term during which the vacancy was filled or the initiative
               occurred. Such records need not be submitted to the FCC unless specifically requested. The
               following records shall be maintained:

                 (i)   Listings of all full-time job vacancies filled by the station employment unit, identified by job title;

                 (ii) For each such vacancy, the recruitment sources utilized to fill the vacancy (including, if
                      applicable, organizations entitled to notification pursuant to paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section,
                      which should be separately identified), identified by name, address, contact person and
                      telephone number;

                (iii) Dated copies of all advertisements, bulletins, letters, faxes, e-mails, or other communications
                      announcing vacancies;

                (iv) Documentation necessary to demonstrate performance of the initiatives required by paragraph
                     (c)(2) of this section, including sufficient information to fully disclose the nature of the initiative
                     and the scope of the station's participation, including the station personnel involved;

                 (v) The total number of interviewees for each vacancy and the referral source for each interviewee;
                     and

                (vi) The date each vacancy was filled and the recruitment source that referred the hiree.

           (6) Annually, on the anniversary of the date a station is due to file its renewal application, the station
               shall place in its public file, maintained pursuant to § 73.3526 or § 73.3527, and on its web site, if it
               has one, an EEO public file report containing the following information (although if any broadcast
               licensee acquires a station pursuant to FCC Form 314 or FCC Form 315 during the twelve months
               covered by the EEO public file report, its EEO public file report shall cover the period starting with the
               date it acquired the station):

                 (i)   A list of all full-time vacancies filled by the station's employment unit during the preceding year,
                       identified by job title;

                 (ii) For each such vacancy, the recruitment source(s) utilized to fill the vacancy (including, if
                      applicable, organizations entitled to notification pursuant to paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section,
                      which should be separately identified), identified by name, address, contact person and
                      telephone number;

                (iii) The recruitment source that referred the hiree for each full-time vacancy during the preceding
                      year;

                (iv) Data reflecting the total number of persons interviewed for full-time vacancies during the
                     preceding year and the total number of interviewees referred by each recruitment source
                     utilized in connection with such vacancies; and

47 CFR 73.2080(c)(6)(iv) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 413 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                   47 CFR 73.2080(c)(6)(v)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (v) A list and brief description of initiatives undertaken pursuant to paragraph (c)(2) of this section
                     during the preceding year.

     (d) Small station exemption. The provisions of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section shall not apply to station
         employment units that have fewer than five full-time employees.

     (e) Definitions. For the purposes of this rule:

           (1) A full-time employee is a permanent employee whose regular work schedule is 30 hours per week or
               more.

           (2) A station employment unit is a station or a group of commonly owned stations in the same market
               that share at least one employee.

           (3) A smaller market includes metropolitan areas as defined by the Office of Management and Budget
               with a population of fewer than 250,000 persons and areas outside of all metropolitan areas as
               defined by the Office of Management and Budget.

     (f) Enforcement. The following provisions apply to employment activity concerning full-time positions at each
         broadcast station employment unit (defined in this part) employing five or more persons in full-time
         positions, except where noted.

           (1) All broadcast stations, including those that are part of an employment unit with fewer than five full-
               time employees, shall file a Broadcast Equal Employment Opportunity Program Report (Form 396)
               with their renewal application. Form 396 is filed on the date the station is due to file its application
               for renewal of license. If a broadcast licensee acquires a station pursuant to FCC Form 314 or FCC
               Form 315 during the period that is to form the basis for the Form 396, information provided on its
               Form 396 should cover the licensee's EEO recruitment activity during the period starting with the
               date it acquired the station. Stations are required to maintain a copy of their Form 396 in the station's
               public file in accordance with the provisions of §§ 73.3526 and 73.3527.

           (2) The Commission will conduct a mid-term review of the employment practices of each broadcast
               television station that is part of an employment unit of five or more full-time employees and each
               radio station that is part of an employment unit of eleven or more full-time employees, four years
               following the station's most recent license expiration date as specified in § 73.1020. If a broadcast
               licensee acquires a station pursuant to FCC Form 314 or FCC Form 315 during the period that is to
               form the basis for the mid-term review, that review will cover the licensee's EEO recruitment activity
               during the period starting with the date it acquired the station.

           (3) If a station is subject to a time brokerage agreement, the licensee shall file Forms 396, Forms 397,
               and EEO public file reports concerning only its own recruitment activity. If a licensee is a broker of
               another station or stations, the licensee-broker shall include its recruitment activity for the brokered
               station(s) in determining the bases of Forms 396, Forms 397 and the EEO public file reports for its
               own station. If a licensee-broker owns more than one station, it shall include its recruitment activity
               for the brokered station in the Forms 396, Forms 397, and EEO public file reports filed for its own
               station that is most closely affiliated with, and in the same market as, the brokered station. If a
               licensee-broker does not own a station in the same market as the brokered station, then it shall
               include its recruitment activity for the brokered station in the Forms 396, Forms 397, and EEO public
               file reports filed for its own station that is geographically closest to the brokered station.

47 CFR 73.2080(f)(3) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 414 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.2080(f)(4)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (4) Broadcast stations subject to this section shall maintain records of their recruitment activity
               necessary to demonstrate that they are in compliance with the EEO rule. Stations shall ensure that
               they maintain records sufficient to verify the accuracy of information provided in Forms 396, Forms
               397, and EEO public file reports. To determine compliance with the EEO rule, the Commission may
               conduct inquiries of licensees at random or if it has evidence of a possible violation of the EEO rule.
               In addition, the Commission will conduct random audits. Specifically, each year approximately five
               percent of all licensees in the television and radio services will be randomly selected for audit,
               ensuring that, even though the number of radio licensees is significantly larger than television
               licensees, both services are represented in the audit process. Upon request, stations shall make
               records available to the Commission for its review.

           (5) The public may file complaints throughout the license term based on a station's Form 397 or the
               contents of a station's public file. Provisions concerning filing, withdrawing, or non-filing of informal
               objections or petitions to deny license renewal, assignment, or transfer applications are delineated in
               §§ 73.3584 and 73.3587–3589 of the Commission's rules.

     (g) Sanctions and remedies. The Commission may issue appropriate sanctions and remedies for any violation
         of this rule.

[68 FR 689, Jan. 7, 2003, as amended at 84 FR 21723, May 15, 2019]

§ 73.2090 Ban on discrimination in broadcast transactions.
No qualified person or entity shall be discriminated against on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin or sex
in the sale of commercially operated AM, FM, TV, Class A TV or international broadcast stations (as defined in this
part).

[73 FR 28369, May 16, 2008]

§ 73.3500 Application and report forms.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7258, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Following are the FCC broadcast application and report forms, listed by number.

                     Form number                                                Title
            175                               Application to Participate in an FCC Auction
            301                               Application for Authority to Construct or Make Changes in a Commercial
                                              Broadcast Station.
            301–A                             Application for Authority to Operate a Broadcast Station by Remote
                                              Control or to Make Changes in a Remote Control Authorization.
            302–AM                            Application for AM Broadcast Station License.
            302–CA                            Application for Class A Television Broadcasting Station Construction
                                              Permit or License.
            302–FM                            Application for FM Broadcast Station License.
            302–TV                            Application for Television Broadcast Station License.
            303–S Application for Renewal

47 CFR 73.3500(a) (enhanced display)                                                                          page 415 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 73.3500(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

                     Form number                                                Title
            of License for AM, FM, TV,
            Translator, or LPTV Station.
            307                               Application for Extension of Broadcast Construction Permit or to
                                              Replace Expired Construction Permit.
            308                               Application for Permit to Deliver Programs to Foreign Broadcast
                                              Stations.
            309                               Application for Authority to Construct or Make Changes in an
                                              International or Experimental Broadcast Station.
            310                               Application for an International or Experimental Broadcast Station
                                              License.
            311                               Application for Renewal of an International or Experimental Broadcast
                                              Station License.
            314                               Application for Consent to Assignment of Broadcast Station
                                              Construction Permit or License.
            315                               Application for Consent to Transfer of Control of Corporation Holding
                                              Broadcast Station Construction Permit or License.
            316                               Application for Consent to Assignment of Broadcast Station
                                              Construction Permit or License or Transfer of Control of Corporation
                                              Holding Broadcast Station Construction Permit or License.
            323                               Ownership Report.
            323–E                             Ownership Report for Noncommercial Educational Broadcast Station.
            340                               Application for Authority to Construct or Make Changes in a
                                              Noncommercial Educational Broadcast Station.
            345                               Application for Consent to Assignment of a TV or FM Translator Station
                                              Construction Permit or License.
            346                               Application for Authority to Construct or Make Changes in a Low Power
                                              TV, TV Translator or TV Booster Station.
            347                               Application for a Low Power TV, TV Translator or TV Booster Station
                                              License.
            349                               Application for Authority to Construct or Make Changes in an FM
                                              Translator or FM Booster Station.
            350                               Application for an FM Translator or FM Booster Station License.
            395–B                             Annual Employment Report and instructions.
            396                               Broadcast Equal Employment Opportunity Program Report.
            396–A                             Broadcast Equal Employment Opportunity Model Program Report.
            398                               Children's Television Programming Report.
            601                               FCC Application for Wireless Telecommunications Bureau Radio Service
                                              Authorization.
            603                               FCC Wireless Telecommunications Bureau Application for Assignments
                                              of Authorization and Transfers of Control.

     (b) Following are the FCC broadcast application and report forms, listed by number, that must be filed
         electronically in accordance with the filing instructions set forth in the application and report form.

47 CFR 73.3500(b) (enhanced display)                                                                             page 416 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.3500(b)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) Form 398, in electronic form as of January 10, 1999.

[44 FR 38486, July 2, 1979]

Editorial Note: For FEDERAL REGISTER citations affecting § 73.3500, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which
appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 73.3511 Applications required.
     (a) Formal application means any request for authorization where an FCC form for such request is prescribed.
         The prescription of an FCC form includes the requirement that the proper edition of the form is used.
         Formal applications on obsolete forms are subject to the provisions of § 73.3564 concerning acceptance
         of applications and § 73.3566 concerning defective applications.

     (b) Informal application 1 means all other written requests for authorization. All such applications should
         contain a caption clearly indicating the nature of the request submitted therein.

     (c) Formal and informal applications must comply with the requirements as to signing specified herein and in
         § 73.3513.

[44 FR 38486, July 2, 1979, as amended at 47 FR 40172, Sept. 13, 1982]

§ 73.3512 Where to file; number of copies.
All applications for authorizations required by § 73.3511 shall be filed at the FCC in Washington, DC (Applications
requiring fees as set forth at part 1, subpart G of this chapter must be filed in accordance with § 0.401(b) of the
rules.) The number of copies required for each application is set forth in the FCC Form which is to be used in filing
such application.

[52 FR 10231, Mar. 31, 1987]

§ 73.3513 Signing of applications.
     (a) Applications, amendments thereto, and related statements of fact required by the FCC must be signed by
         the following persons:

           (1) Individual Applicant. The applicant, if the applicant is an individual.

           (2) Partnership. One of the partners, if the applicant is a partnership.

           (3) Corporation. An officer, if the applicant is a corporation.

           (4) Unincorporated Association. A member who is an officer, if the applicant is an unincorporated
               association.

           (5) Governmental Entity. Such duly elected or appointed officials as may be competent to do so under
               the law of the applicable jurisdiction, if the applicant is an eligible governmental entity, such as a
               State or Territory of the United States and political subdivisions thereof, the District of Columbia, and
               a unit of local government, including an unincorporated municipality.

47 CFR 73.3513(a)(5) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 417 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.3513(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (b) Applications, amendments thereto, and related statements of fact required by the FCC may be signed by
         the applicant's attorney in case of the applicant's physical disability or of his absence from the United
         States. The attorney shall in that event separately set forth the reason why the application is not signed by
         the applicant. In addition, if any matter is stated on the basis of the attorney's belief only (rather than his
         knowledge), he shall separately set forth his reasons for believing that such statements are true.

     (c) Facsimile signatures are acceptable. Only the original of applications, amendments, or related statements
         of fact, need be signed; copies may be conformed.

     (d) Applications, amendments, and related statements of fact need not be submitted under oath. Willful false
         statements made therein however, will be considered a violation of § 73.1015, are also punishable by fine
         and imprisonment, U.S. Code, Title 18, section 1001, and by appropriate adminstrative sanctions including
         revocation of station license pursuant to section 312(a)(i) of the Communications Act.

[44 FR 38487, July 2, 1979, as amended at 51 FR 3069, Jan. 23, 1986; 64 FR 56978, Oct. 22, 1999]

§ 73.3514 Content of applications.
     (a) Each application shall include all information called for by the particular form on which the application is
         required to be filed, unless the information called for is inapplicable, in which case this fact shall be
         indicated.

     (b) The FCC may require an applicant to submit such documents and written statements of fact as in its
         judgment may be necessary. The FCC may also, upon its own motion or upon motion of any party to a
         proceeding, order the applicant to amend the application so as to make it more definite and certain.

[44 FR 38487, July 2, 1979]

§ 73.3516 Specification of facilities.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7258, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) An application for facilities in the AM, FM, TV or Class A TV broadcast services, or low power TV service
         shall be limited to one frequency, or channel, and no application will be accepted for filing if it requests an
         alternate frequency or channel. Applications specifying split frequency AM operations using one
         frequency during daytime hours complemented by a different frequency during nighttime hours will not be
         accepted for filing.

     (b) An application for facilities in the experimental and auxiliary broadcast services may request the
         assignment of more than one frequency if consistent with applicable rules in Part 74. Such applications
         must specify the frequency or frequencies requested and may not request alternate frequencies.

     (c) An application for a construction permit for a new broadcast station, the facilities for which are specified
         in an outstanding construction permit or license, will not be accepted for filing.

     (d) An application for facilities in the International broadcast service may be filed without a request for
         specific frequency, as the FCC will assign frequencies from time to time in accordance with §§ 73.702
         and 73.711.

47 CFR 73.3516(d) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 418 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 73.3516(e)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (e) An application for construction permit for a new broadcast station or for modification of construction
         permit or license of a previously authorized broadcast station will not be accepted for filing if it is mutually
         exclusive with an application for renewal of license of an existing broadcast station unless the application
         for renewal of license is filed on or before May 1, 1995 and unless the mutually exclusive construction
         permit application is tendered for filing by the end of the first day of the last full calendar month of the
         expiring license term. A petition to deny an application for renewal of license of an existing broadcast
         station will be considered as timely filed if it is tendered for filing by the end of the first day of the last full
         calendar month of the expiring license term.

           (1) If the license renewal application is not timely filed as prescribed in § 73.3539, the deadline for filing
               petitions to deny thereto is the 90th day after the FCC gives public notice that it has accepted the
               late-filed renewal application for filing. In the case of a renewal application filed on or before May 1,
               1995, if the license renewal application is not timely filed as prescribed in § 73.3539, the deadline for
               filing applications mutually exclusive therewith is the 90th day after the FCC gives public notice that
               it has accepted the late-filed renewal application for filing.

           (2) If any deadline falls on a nonbusiness day, the cutoff shall be the close of business of the first full
               business day thereafter.

           (3) The dates when the licenses of all broadcast and broadcast auxiliary services regularly expire are
               listed in §§ 73.733, 73.1020 and 74.15.

[44 FR 38487, July 2, 1979, as amended at 47 FR 21494, May 18, 1982; 49 FR 47843, Dec. 7, 1984; 51 FR 44071, Dec. 8, 1986; 56
FR 64873, Dec. 12, 1991; 61 FR 18291, Apr. 25, 1996; 65 FR 30006, May 10, 2000]

§ 73.3517 Contingent applications.
Contingent applications for new stations and for changes in facilities of existing stations are not acceptable for
filing. Contingent applications will be accepted for filing under circumstances described below:

     (a) Upon filing of an application for the assignment of a license or construction permit, or for a transfer of
         control of a licensee or permittee, the proposed assignee or transferee may, upon payment of the
         processing fee prescribed in Subpart G, Part 1 of this chapter, file applications in its own name for
         authorization to make changes in the facilities to be assigned or transferred contingent upon approval
         and consummation of the assignment or transfer. Any application filed pursuant to this paragraph must
         be accompanied by a written statement from the existing licensee which specifically grants permission to
         the assignee or permittee to file such application. The processing fee will not be refundable should the
         assignment or transfer not be approved. The existing licensee or permittee may also file a contingent
         application in its own name, but fees in such cases also not refundable.

     (b) Whenever the FCC determines that processing of any application filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this
         section, would be contrary to sound administrative practice or would impose an unwarranted burden on
         its staff and resources, the FCC may defer processing of such application until the assignment or transfer
         has been granted and consummated.

     (c) Upon payment of the filing fees prescribed in § 1.1111 of this chapter, the Commission will accept two or
         more applications filed by existing AM licensees for modification of facilities that are contingent upon
         granting of both, if granting such contingent applications will reduce interference to one or more AM

47 CFR 73.3517(c) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 419 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 73.3517(d)
Radio Broadcast Services

           stations or will otherwise increase the area of interference-free service. The applications must state that
           they are filed pursuant to an interference reduction arrangement and must cross-reference all other
           contingent applications.

     (d) Modified proposals curing conflicts between mutually exclusive clusters of applications filed in
         accordance with paragraphs (c) of this section will be accepted for 60 days following issuance of a public
         notice identifying such conflicts.

     (e) The Commission will accept up to four contingently related applications filed by FM licensees and/or
         permittees for minor modification of facilities. Two applications are related if the grant of one is
         necessary to permit the grant of the second application. Each application must state that it is filed as part
         of a related group of applications to make changes in facilities, must cross-reference each of the related
         applications, and must include a copy of the agreement to undertake the coordinated facility
         modifications. All applications must be filed on the same date. Any coordinated facility modification filing
         that proposes the cancellation of a community's sole noncommercial educational FM station license also
         must include a public interest justification. Dismissal of any one of the related applications as
         unacceptable will result in the dismissal of all the related applications.

           Note 1: No application to move to a frequency in the 1605–1705 kHz band may be part of any
           package of contingent applications associated with a voluntary agreement.

           Note 2: In cases where no modified proposal is filed pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section, the
           Commission will grant the application resulting in the greatest net interference reduction.

[44 FR 38487, July 2, 1979, as amended at 45 FR 41152, June 18, 1980; 52 FR 5294, Feb. 20, 1987; 53 FR 36787, Sept. 22, 1988;
56 FR 64873, Dec. 12, 1991; 64 FR 19501, Apr. 21, 1999]

§ 73.3518 Inconsistent or conflicting applications.
While an application is pending and undecided, no subsequent inconsistent or conflicting application may be filed
by or on behalf of or for the benefit of the same applicant, successor or assignee.

[44 FR 38487, July 2, 1979]

§ 73.3519 Repetitious applications.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7258, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Where the FCC has denied an application for a new station or for any modification of services or facilities,
         or dismissed such application with prejudice, no like application involving service of the same kind for
         substantially the same area by substantially the same applicant, or his successor or assignee, or on
         behalf or for the benefit of the original parties in interest, may be filed within 12 months from the effective
         date of the FCC's action. However, applicants whose applications have been denied in a comparative
         hearing may apply immediately for another available facility.

47 CFR 73.3519(a) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 420 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.3519(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (b) Where an appeal has been taken from the action of the FCC in denying a particular application, another
         application for the same class of broadcast station and for the same area, in whole or in part, filed by the
         same applicant, or his successor or assignee, or on behalf of, or for the benefit of the original parties in
         interest, will not be considered until final disposition of such appeal.

[44 FR 38488, July 2, 1979]

§ 73.3520 Multiple applications.
Where there is one application for new or additional facilities pending, no other application for new or additional
facilities for a station of the same class to serve the same community may be filed by the same applicant, or
successor or assignee, or on behalf of, or for the benefit of the original parties in interest. Multiple applications may
not be filed simultaneously.

[44 FR 38488, July 2, 1979]

§ 73.3521 Mutually exclusive applications for low power television, television translators and
television booster stations.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7258, Feb. 1, 2024.

When there is a pending application for a new low power television, television translator, or television booster
station, or for major changes in an existing station, no other application which would be directly mutually exclusive
with the pending application may be filed by the same applicant or by any applicant in which any individual in
common with the pending application has any interest, direct or indirect, except that interests or less than 1% will
not be considered.

[52 FR 31400, Aug. 20, 1987]

§ 73.3522 Amendment of applications.
     (a) Broadcast services subject to competitive bidding.

           (1) Applicants in all broadcast services subject to competitive bidding will be subject to the provisions of
               §§ 73.5002 and 1.2105(b) regarding the modification of their short-form applications.

           (2) Subject to the provision of § 73.5005, if it is determined that a long form application submitted by a
               winning bidder or a non-mutually exclusive applicant for a new station or a major change in an
               existing station in all broadcast services subject to competitive bidding is substantially complete, but
               contains any defect, omission, or inconsistency, a deficiency letter will be issued affording the
               applicant an opportunity to correct the defect, omission or inconsistency. Amendments may be filed
               pursuant to the deficiency letter curing any defect, omission or inconsistency identified by the
               Commission, or to make minor modifications to the application, or pursuant to § 1.65. Such
               amendments should be filed in accordance with § 73.3513. If a petition to deny has been filed, the
               amendment shall be served on the petitioner.

47 CFR 73.3522(a)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 421 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.3522(a)(3)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (3) Subject to the provisions of §§ 73.3571, 73.3572 and 73.3573, deficiencies, omissions or
               inconsistencies in long-form applications may not be cured by major amendment. The filing of major
               amendments to long-form applications is not permitted. An application will be considered to be
               newly filed if it is amended by a major amendment.

           (4) Paragraph (a) of this section is not applicable to applications for minor modifications of facilities in
               the non-reserved FM broadcast service, nor to any application for a reserved band FM station.

     (b) Reserved Channel FM and reserved noncommercial educational television stations. Applications may be
         amended after Public Notice announcing a period for filing amendments. Amendments, when applicable,
         are subject to the provisions of §§ 73.3514, 73.3525, 73.3572, 73.3573, 73.3580, and § 1.65 of this
         chapter. Unauthorized or untimely amendments are subject to return by the FCC's staff without
         consideration. Amendments will be accepted as described below and otherwise will only be considered
         upon a showing of good cause for late filing or pursuant to § 1.65 of this chapter or § 73.3514:

           (1) A § 73.7002 Selectee. A Public Notice will announce that the application of a § 73.7002 Selectee
               (selected based on fair distribution) has been found acceptable for filing. If any Selectee's
               application is determined unacceptable the application will be returned and the Selectee will be
               provided one opportunity for curative amendment by filing a petition for reconsideration requesting
               reinstatement of the application. All amendments filed in accordance with this paragraph must be
               minor and must not alter the § 73.7002 preference.

           (2) A § 73.7003 Tentative Selectee. A Public Notice will announce that the application of a § 73.7003
               Tentative Selectee (selected through a point system) has been found acceptable for filing. If any
               Tentative Selectee's application is determined unacceptable the application will be returned and the
               Tentative Selectee will be provided one opportunity for curative amendment by filing a petition for
               reconsideration requesting reinstatement of the application. All amendments filed in accordance
               with this paragraph must be minor and must claim the same number of qualitative points as
               originally claimed, or more points than claimed by the applicant with the next highest point total.

           (3) A Public Notice will identify all other reserved channel applications, such as non-mutually exclusive
               applications and the sole remaining application after a settlement among mutually exclusive
               applications. If any such application is determined unacceptable the application will be returned and
               the applicant will be provided one opportunity for curative amendment by filing a petition for
               reconsideration requesting reinstatement of the application. All amendments filed in accordance
               with this paragraph must be minor.

     (c) Minor modifications of facilities in the non-reserved FM broadcast service.

           (1) Subject to the provisions of §§ 73.3525, 73.3573, and 73.3580, for a period of 30 days following the
               FCC's issuance of a Public Notice announcing the tender of an application for minor modification of
               a non-reserved band FM station, (other than Class D stations), minor amendments may be filed as a
               matter of right.

           (2) For applications received on or after August 7, 1992, an applicant whose application is found to meet
               minimum filing requirements, but nevertheless is not complete and acceptable, shall have the
               opportunity during the period specified in the FCC staff's deficiency letter to correct all deficiencies
               in the tenderability and acceptability of the underlying application, including any deficiency not
               specifically identified by the staff. [For minimum filing requirements see § 73.3564(a). Examples of
               tender defects appear at 50 FR 19936 at 19945–46 (May 13, 1985), reprinted as Appendix D, Report
               and Order, MM Docket No. 91–347, 7 FCC Rcd 5074, 5083–88 (1992). For examples of acceptance
               defects, see 49 FR 47331.] Prior to the end of the period specified in the deficiency letter, a
47 CFR 73.3522(c)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 422 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.3522(c)(3)
Radio Broadcast Services

                submission seeking to correct a tender and/or acceptance defect in an application meeting
                minimum filing requirements will be treated as an amendment for good cause if it would
                successfully and directly correct the defect. Other amendments submitted prior to grant will be
                considered only upon a showing of good cause for late filing or pursuant to § 1.65 or § 73.3514.

           (3) Unauthorized or untimely amendments are subject to return by the Commission without
               consideration. However, an amendment to a non-reserved band application will not be accepted if
               the effect of such amendment is to alter the proposed facility's coverage area so as to produce a
               conflict with an applicant who files subsequent to the initial applicant but prior to the amendment
               application. Similarly, an applicant subject to “first come/first serve” processing will not be permitted
               to amend its application and retain filing priority if the result of such amendment is to alter the
               facility's coverage area so as to produce a conflict with an applicant which files subsequent to the
               initial applicant but prior to the amendment.

           Note 1 to § 73.3522: When two or more broadcast applications are tendered for filing which are
           mutually exclusive with each other but not in conflict with any previously filed applications which
           have been accepted for filing, the FCC, where appropriate, will announce acceptance of the earliest
           tendered application and place the later filed application or applications on a subsequent public
           notice of acceptance for filing in order to establish a deadline for the filing of amendments as a
           matter of right for all applicants in the group.

[63 FR 48623, Sept. 11, 1998, as amended at 65 FR 36378, June 8, 2000]

§ 73.3523 Dismissal of applications in renewal proceedings.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7258, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) An applicant for construction permit, that has filed an application that is mutually exclusive with an
         application for renewal of a license of an AM, FM or television station (hereinafter competing applicant”)
         filed on or before May 1, 1995, and seeks to dismiss or withdraw its application and thereby remove a
         conflict between applications pending before the Commission, must obtain the approval of the
         Commission.

     (b) If a competing applicant seeks to dismiss or withdraw its application prior to the Initial Decision stage of
         the hearing on its application, it must submit to the Commission a request for approval of the dismissal or
         withdrawal of its application, a copy of any written agreement related to the dismissal or withdrawal of its
         application, and an affidavit setting forth:

           (1) A certification that neither the applicant nor its principals has received or will receive any money or
               other consideration in exchange for dismissing or withdrawing its application;

           (2) A statement that its application was not filed for the purpose of reaching or carrying out an
               agreement with any other applicant regarding the dismissal or withdrawal of its application; and

           (3) The terms of any oral agreement relating to the dismissal or withdrawal of its application.

           In addition, within 5 days of the applicant's request for approval, each remaining competing applicant and
           the renewal applicant must submit an affidavit setting forth:

47 CFR 73.3523(b)(3) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 423 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 73.3523(b)(4)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (4) A certification that neither the applicant nor its principals has paid or will pay any money or other
               consideration in exchange for the dismissal or withdrawal of the application; and

           (5) The terms of any oral agreement relating to the dismissal or withdrawal of the application.

     (c) If a competing applicant seeks to dismiss or withdraw its application after the Initial Decision stage of the
         hearing on its application, it must submit to the Commission a request for approval of the dismissal or
         withdrawal of its application, a copy of the any written agreement related to the dismissal or withdrawal,
         and an affidavit setting forth:

           (1) A certification that neither the applicant nor its principals has received or will receive any money or
               other consideration in excess of the legitimate and prudent expenses of the applicant;

           (2) The exact nature and amount of any consideration paid or promised;

           (3) An itemized accounting of the expenses for which it seeks reimbursement;

           (4) A statement that its application was not filed for the purpose of reaching or carrying out an
               agreement with any other applicant regarding the dismissal or withdrawal of its application; and

           (5) The terms of any oral agreement relating to the dismissal or withdrawal of its application.

           In addition, within 5 days of the applicant's request for approval, each remaining party to any written or
           oral agreement must submit an affidavit setting forth:

           (6) A certification that neither the applicant nor its principals has paid or will pay money or other
               consideration in excess of the legitimate and prudent expenses of the withdrawing applicant in
               exchange for the dismissal or withdrawal of the application; and

           (7) The terms of any oral agreement relating the dismissal or withdrawal of the application.

     (d) For the purpose of this section:

           (1) Affidavits filed pursuant to this section shall be executed by the applicant, permittee or licensee, if an
               individual; a partner having personal knowledge of the facts, if a partnership; or an officer having
               personal knowledge of the facts, if a corporation or association.

           (2) An application shall be deemed to be pending before the Commission from the time an application is
               filed with Commission until an order of the Commission granting or denying the application is no
               longer subject to reconsideration by the Commission or to review by any court.

           (3) “Legitimate and prudent expenses” are those expenses reasonably incurred by an applicant in
               preparing, filing, and prosecuting its application.

           (4) “Other consideration” consists of financial concessions, including but not limited to the transfer of
               assets or the provision of tangible pecuniary benefit, as well as nonfinancial concessions that confer
               any type of benefit on the recipient.

[54 FR 22598, May 25, 1989, as amended at 61 FR 18291, Apr. 25, 1996]

§ 73.3525 Agreements for removing application conflicts.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7258, Feb. 1, 2024.

47 CFR 73.3525 (enhanced display)                                                                         page 424 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 73.3525(a)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (a) Except as provided in § 73.3523 regarding dismissal of applications in comparative renewal proceedings,
         whenever applicants for a construction permit for a broadcast station enter into an agreement to procure
         the removal of a conflict between applications pending before the FCC by withdrawal or amendment of an
         application or by its dismissal pursuant to § 73.3568, all parties thereto shall, within 5 days after entering
         into the agreement, file with the FCC a joint request for approval of such agreement. The joint request
         shall be accompanied by a copy of the agreement, including any ancillary agreements, and an affidavit of
         each party to the agreement setting forth:

           (1) The reasons why it is considered that such agreement is in the public interest;

           (2) A statement that its application was not filed for the purpose of reaching or carrying out such
               agreement;

           (3) A certification that neither the applicant nor its principals has received any money or other
               consideration in excess of the legitimate and prudent expenses of the applicant; Provided That this
               provision shall not apply to bona fide merger agreements;

           (4) The exact nature and amount of any consideration paid or promised;

           (5) An itemized accounting of the expenses for which it seeks reimbursement; and

           (6) The terms of any oral agreement relating to the dismissal or withdrawal of its application.

     (b) Except where a joint request is filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, any applicant filing an
         amendment pursuant to § 73.3522 (b)(1) and (c), or a request for dismissal pursuant to § 73.3568 (b)(1)
         and (c), which would remove a conflict with another pending application; or a petition for leave to amend
         pursuant to § 73.3522(b)(2) which would permit a grant of the amended application or an application
         previously in conflict with the amended application; or a request for dismissal pursuant to §
         73.3568(b)(2), shall file with it an affidavit as to whether or not consideration (including an agreement for
         merger of interests) has been promised to or received by such applicant, directly or indirectly, in
         connection with the amendment, petition or request.

     (c) Upon the filing of a petition for leave to amend or to dismiss an application for broadcast facilities which
         has been designated for hearing or upon the dismissal of such application on the FCC's own motion
         pursuant to § 73.3568, each applicant or party remaining in hearing, as to whom a conflict would be
         removed by the amendment or dismissal shall submit for inclusion in the record of that proceeding an
         affidavit stating whether or not he has directly or indirectly paid or promised consideration (including an
         agreement for merger of interests) in connection with the removal of such conflict.

     (d) Where an affidavit filed pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section states that consideration has been paid
         or promised, the affidavit shall set forth in full all relevant facts, including, but not limited to, the material
         listed in paragraph (a) of this section for inclusions in affidavits.

     (e) Affidavits filed pursuant to this section shall be executed by the applicant, permittee or licensee, if an
         individual; a partner having personal knowledge of the facts, if a partnership; or an officer having personal
         knowledge of the facts, if a corporation or association.

     (f) Requests and affidavits which relate to an application which has not been designated for hearing shall
         bear the file number of such application. If the affiant is also an applicant, the affidavit shall also bear the
         file number of affiant's pending application(s). Requests and affidavits which relate to an application
         which is designated for hearing shall bear the file number of that application and the hearing docket
         number and will be acted on by the presiding officer.

47 CFR 73.3525(f) (enhanced display)                                                                         page 425 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.3525(g)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (g) For the purposes of this section an application shall be deemed to be “pending” before the FCC and a
         party shall be considered to have the status of an “applicant” from the time an application is filed with the
         FCC until an order of the FCC granting or denying it is no longer subject to reconsideration by the FCC or
         to review by any court.

     (h) For purposes of this section, “legitimate and prudent expenses” are those expenses reasonably incurred
         by an applicant in preparing, filing, prosecuting, and settling its application for which reimbursement is
         being sought.

      (i)   For purposes of this section, “other consideration” consists of financial concessions, including, but not
            limited to the transfer of assets or the provision of tangible pecuniary benefit, as well as non-financial
            concessions that confer any type of benefit on the recipient.

      (j)   For purposes of this section, an “ancillary agreement” means any agreement relating to the dismissal of
            an application or settling of a proceeding, including any agreement on the part of an applicant or principal
            of an applicant to render consulting services to another party or principal of another party in the
            poroceeding.

     (k) The prohibition of collusion as set forth in §§ 1.2105(c) of this chapter and 73.5002, which becomes
         effective upon the filing of short-form applications, shall apply to all broadcast services subject to
         competitive bidding.

            Note: Although § 74.780 of the Rules makes this section generally applicable to low power TV, TV
            translators, and TV booster stations, paragraph (b) of this section shall not be applicable to such
            stations.

[56 FR 28097, June 19, 1991, as amended at 63 FR 48624, Sept. 11, 1998; 85 FR 46794, June 18, 2020]

§ 73.3526 Online public inspection file of commercial stations.
     (a) Responsibility to maintain a file. The following shall maintain for public inspection a file containing the
         material set forth in this section.

            (1) Applicants for a construction permit for a new station in the commercial broadcast services shall
                maintain a public inspection file containing the material, relating to that station, described in
                paragraphs (e)(2) and (e)(10) of this section. A separate file shall be maintained for each station for
                which an application is pending. If the application is granted, paragraph (a)(2) of this section shall
                apply.

            (2) Every permittee or licensee of an AM, FM, TV or Class A TV station in the commercial broadcast
                services shall maintain a public inspection file containing the material, relating to that station,
                described in paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(10) and paragraph (e)(13) of this section. In addition,
                every permittee or licensee of a commercial TV or Class A TV station shall maintain for public
                inspection a file containing material, relating to that station, described in paragraphs (e)(11) and
                (e)(15) of this section, and every permittee or licensee of a commercial AM or FM station shall
                maintain for public inspection a file containing the material, relating to that station, described in
                paragraphs (e)(12) and (e)(14) of this section. A separate file shall be maintained for each station for
                which an authorization is outstanding, and the file shall be maintained so long as an authorization to
                operate the station is outstanding.

47 CFR 73.3526 (enhanced display)                                                                          page 426 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 73.3526
Radio Broadcast Services

     (b) Location of the file. The public inspection file shall be located as follows:

           (1) An applicant for a new station or change of community shall maintain its file at an accessible place
               in the proposed community of license.

           (2)

                 (i)   A television or radio station licensee or applicant shall place the contents required by paragraph
                       (e) of this section of its public inspection file in the online public file hosted by the Commission.

                 (ii) A station must provide a link to the public inspection file hosted on the Commission's website
                      from the home page of its own website, if the station has a website, and provide contact
                      information on its website for a station representative that can assist any person with
                      disabilities with issues related to the content of the public files. A station also is required to
                      include in the online public file the station's address and telephone number, and the email
                      address of the station's designated contact for questions about the public file.

           (3) The Commission will automatically link the following items to the electronic version of all licensee
               and applicant public inspection files, to the extent that the Commission has these items
               electronically: authorizations, applications, contour maps; ownership reports and related materials;
               portions of the Equal Employment Opportunity file held by the Commission; “The Public and
               Broadcasting”; Letters of Inquiry and other investigative information requests from the Commission,
               unless otherwise directed by the inquiry itself; Children's television programming reports; and DTV
               transition education reports. In the event that the online public file does not reflect such required
               information, the licensee will be responsible for posting such material.

     (c) Access to material in the file. For any applicant described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section that does not
         include all material described in paragraph (e) of this section in the online public file hosted by the
         Commission, the portion of the file that is not included in the online public file shall be available for public
         inspection at any time during regular business hours at an accessible place in the community of license.
         The applicant must provide information regarding the location of the file, or the applicable portion of the
         file, within one business day of a request for such information. All or part of the file may be maintained in
         a computer database, as long as a computer terminal is made available, at the location of the file, to
         members of the public who wish to review the file. Material in the public inspection file shall be made
         available for printing or machine reproduction upon request made in person. The applicant may specify
         the location for printing or reproduction, require the requesting party to pay the reasonable cost thereof,
         and may require guarantee of payment in advance (e.g., by requiring a deposit, obtaining credit card
         information, or any other reasonable method). Requests for copies shall be fulfilled within a reasonable
         period of time, which generally should not exceed 7 days.

     (d) Responsibility in case of assignment or transfer.

           (1) In cases involving applications for consent to assignment of broadcast station construction permits
               or licenses, with respect to which public notice is required to be given under the provisions of §
               73.3580 or § 73.3594, the file mentioned in paragraph (a) of this section shall be maintained by the
               assignor. If the assignment is consented to by the FCC and consummated, the assignee shall
               maintain the file commencing with the date on which notice of the consummation of the assignment
               is filed with the FCC. The assignee shall retain public file documents obtained from the assignor for
               the period required under these rules.

47 CFR 73.3526 (enhanced display)                                                                            page 427 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.3526
Radio Broadcast Services

           (2) In cases involving applications for consent to transfer of control of a permittee or licensee of a
               broadcast station, the file mentioned in paragraph (a) of this section shall be maintained by the
               permittee or licensee.

     (e) Contents of the file. The material to be retained in the public inspection file is as follows:

           (1) Authorization. A copy of the current FCC authorization to construct or operate the station, as well as
               any other documents necessary to reflect any modifications thereto or any conditions that the FCC
               has placed on the authorization. These materials shall be retained until replaced by a new
               authorization, at which time a copy of the new authorization and any related materials shall be
               placed in the file.

           (2) Applications and related materials. A copy of any application tendered for filing with the FCC,
               together with all related material, and copies of Initial Decisions and Final Decisions in hearing cases
               pertaining thereto. If petitions to deny are filed against the application and have been served on the
               applicant, a statement that such a petition has been filed shall be maintained in the file together with
               the name and address of the party filing the petition. Applications shall be retained in the public
               inspection file until final action has been taken on the application, except that applications for a new
               construction permit granted pursuant to a waiver showing and applications for assignment or
               transfer of license granted pursuant to a waiver showing shall be retained for as long as the waiver is
               in effect. In addition, license renewal applications granted on a short-term basis shall be retained
               until final action has been taken on the license renewal application filed immediately following the
               shortened license term.

           (3)

                 (i)   Citizen agreements. A copy of every written citizen agreement. These agreements shall be
                       retained for the term of the agreement, including any renewal or extension thereof.

                 (ii) For purposes of this section, a citizen agreement is a written agreement between a broadcast
                      applicant, permittee, or licensee, and one or more citizens or citizen groups, entered for
                      primarily noncommercial purposes. This definition includes those agreements that deal with
                      goals or proposed practices directly or indirectly affecting station operations in the public
                      interest, in areas such as—but not limited to—programming and employment. It excludes
                      common commercial agreements such as advertising contracts; union, employment, and
                      personal services contracts; network affiliation, syndication, program supply contracts, etc.
                      However, the mere inclusion of commercial terms in a primarily noncommercial
                      agreement—such as a provision for payment of fees for future services of the citizen-parties
                      (see “Report and Order,” Docket 19518, 57 FCC 2d 494 (1976))—would not cause the agreement
                      to be considered commercial for purposes of this section.

           (4) Contour maps. A copy of any service contour maps, submitted with any application tendered for filing
               with the FCC, together with any other information in the application showing service contours and/or
               transmitter location (State, county, city, street address, or other identifying information). These
               documents shall be retained for as long as they reflect current, accurate information regarding the
               station.

           (5) Ownership reports and related materials. A copy of the most recent, complete ownership report filed
               with the FCC for the station, together with any statements filed with the FCC certifying that the
               current report is accurate, and together with all related material. These materials shall be retained
               until a new, complete ownership report is filed with the FCC, at which time a copy of the new report
               and any related materials shall be placed in the file. The permittee or licensee must retain in the
47 CFR 73.3526 (enhanced display)                                                                         page 428 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 73.3526
Radio Broadcast Services

                 public file either a copy of the station documents listed in § 73.3613(a) through (c) or an up-to-date
                 list of such documents. If the permittee or licensee elects to maintain an up-to-date list of such
                 documents, the list must include all the information that the permittee or licensee is required to
                 provide on ownership reports for each document, including, but not limited to, a description of the
                 document, the parties to the document, the month and year of execution, the month and year of
                 expiration, and the document type (e.g., network affiliation agreement, articles of incorporation,
                 bylaws, management consultant agreement with independent contractor). Regardless of which of
                 these two options the permittee or licensee chooses, it must update the inventory of § 73.3613
                 documents in the public file to reflect newly executed § 73.3613 documents, amendments,
                 supplements, and cancellations within 30 days of execution thereof. Licensees and permittees that
                 choose to retain a list of § 73.3613 documents must provide a copy of any § 73.3613 document(s)
                 to requesting parties within 7 days. In maintaining copies of such documents in the public file or
                 providing copies upon request, confidential or proprietary information may be redacted where
                 appropriate.

           (6) Political file. Such records as are required by § 73.1943 to be kept concerning broadcasts by
               candidates for public office. These records shall be retained for the period specified in § 73.1943 (2
               years).

           (7) Equal Employment Opportunity file. Such information as is required by § 73.2080 to be kept in the
               public inspection file. These materials shall be retained until final action has been taken on the
               station's next license renewal application.

           (8) The public and broadcasting. At all times, a copy of the most recent version of the manual entitled
               “The Public and Broadcasting.”

           (9) [Reserved]

          (10) Material relating to FCC investigation or complaint. Material having a substantial bearing on a matter
               which is the subject of an FCC investigation or complaint to the FCC of which the applicant,
               permittee, or licensee has been advised. This material shall be retained until the applicant, permittee,
               or licensee is notified in writing that the material may be discarded.

          (11)

                 (i)   TV issues/programs lists. For commercial TV and Class A broadcast stations, every three
                       months a list of programs that have provided the station's most significant treatment of
                       community issues during the preceding three month period. The list for each calendar quarter
                       is to be filed by the tenth day of the succeeding calendar quarter (e.g., January 10 for the
                       quarter October—December, April 10 for the quarter January—March, etc.) The list shall include
                       a brief narrative describing what issues were given significant treatment and the programming
                       that provided this treatment. The description of the programs shall include, but shall not be
                       limited to, the time, date, duration, and title of each program in which the issue was treated. The
                       lists described in this paragraph shall be retained in the public inspection file until final action
                       has been taken on the station's next license renewal application.

                 (ii) Records concerning commercial limits. For commercial TV and Class A TV broadcast stations,
                      records sufficient to permit substantiation of the station's certification, in its license renewal
                      application, of compliance with the commercial limits on children's programming established in
                      47 U.S.C. 303a and § 73.670. The records for each calendar year must be filed by the thirtieth
                      day of the succeeding calendar year. These records shall be retained until final action has been
                      taken on the station's next license renewal application.
47 CFR 73.3526 (enhanced display)                                                                           page 429 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.3526
Radio Broadcast Services

                (iii) Children's television programming reports. For commercial TV broadcast stations on an annual
                      basis, a completed Children's Television Programming Report (“Report”), on FCC Form 2100
                      Schedule H, reflecting efforts made by the licensee during the preceding year to serve the
                      educational and informational needs of children. The Report is to be electronically filed with the
                      Commission by the thirtieth (30) day of the succeeding calendar year. A copy of the Report will
                      also be linked to the station's online public inspection file by the FCC. The Report shall identify
                      the licensee's educational and informational programming efforts, including programs aired by
                      the station that are specifically designed to serve the educational and informational needs of
                      children. The Report shall include the name of the individual at the station responsible for
                      collecting comments on the station's compliance with the Children's Television Act, and it shall
                      be separated from other materials in the public inspection file. These Reports shall be retained
                      in the public inspection file until final action has been taken on the station's next license
                      renewal application.

          (12) Radio issues/programs lists. For commercial AM and FM broadcast stations, every three months a
               list of programs that have provided the station's most significant treatment of community issues
               during the preceding three month period. The list for each calendar quarter is to be filed by the tenth
               day of the succeeding calendar quarter (e.g., January 10 for the quarter October—December, April 10
               for the quarter January—March, etc.). The list shall include a brief narrative describing what issues
               were given significant treatment and the programming that provided this treatment. The description
               of the programs shall include, but shall not be limited to, the time, date, duration, and title of each
               program in which the issue was treated. The lists described in this paragraph shall be retained in the
               public inspection file until final action has been taken on the station's next license renewal
               application.

          (13) Local public notice announcements. Each applicant for renewal of license shall, within 7 days of the
               last day of broadcast of the local public notice of filing announcements required pursuant to §
               73.3580(c)(3), place in the station's online public inspection file a statement certifying compliance
               with this paragraph (e)(13). The dates and times that the on-air announcements were broadcast
               shall be made part of the certifying statement. The certifying statement shall be retained in the
               public file for the period specified in § 73.3580(e)(2) (for as long as the application to which it
               refers).

          (14) Radio and television time brokerage agreements. For commercial radio and television stations, a
               copy of every agreement or contract involving time brokerage of the licensee's station or of another
               station by the licensee, whether the agreement involves stations in the same markets or in differing
               markets, with confidential or proprietary information redacted where appropriate. These agreements
               shall be placed in the public file within 30 days of execution and retained in the file as long as the
               contract or agreement is in force.

          (15) Must-carry or retransmission consent election. Statements of a commercial television or Class A
               television station's election with respect to either must-carry or re-transmission consent, as defined
               in §§ 76.64 and 76.1608 of this chapter. These records shall be retained for the duration of the three
               year election period to which the statement applies. Commercial television stations shall, no later
               than July 31, 2020, provide an up-to-date email address and phone number for carriage-related
               questions and respond as soon as is reasonably possible to messages or calls from multichannel
               video programming distributors (MVPDs). Each commercial television station is responsible for the
               continuing accuracy and completeness of the information furnished.

47 CFR 73.3526 (enhanced display)                                                                         page 430 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.3526
Radio Broadcast Services

           (16) Radio and television joint sales agreements. For commercial radio and commercial television
                stations, a copy of agreement for the joint sale of advertising time involving the station, whether the
                agreement involves stations in the same markets or in differing markets, with confidential or
                proprietary information redacted where appropriate. These agreements shall be placed in the public
                file within 30 days of execution and retained in the file as long as the contract or agreement is in
                force.

           (17) Class A TV continuing eligibility. Documentation sufficient to demonstrate that the Class A television
                station is continuing to meet the eligibility requirements set forth at § 73.6001.

           (18) Shared service agreements. For commercial television stations, a copy of every Shared Service
                Agreement for the station (with the substance of oral agreements reported in writing), regardless of
                whether the agreement involves commercial television stations in the same market or in different
                markets, with confidential or proprietary information redacted where appropriate. For purposes of
                this paragraph, a Shared Service Agreement is any agreement or series of agreements in which:

           (1) A station provides any station-related services, including, but not limited to, administrative, technical,
               sales, and/or programming support, to a station that is not directly or indirectly under common de
               jure control permitted under the Commission's regulations; or

           (2) Stations that are not directly or indirectly under common de jure control permitted under the
               Commission's regulations collaborate to provide or enable the provision of station-related services,
               including, but not limited to, administrative, technical, sales, and/or programming support, to one or
               more of the collaborating stations. For purposes of this paragraph, the term “station” includes the
               licensee, including any subsidiaries and affiliates, and any other individual or entity with an
               attributable interest in the station.

(19) Foreign sponsorship disclosures. Documentation sufficient to demonstrate that the station is continuing to
meet the requirements set forth at § 73.1212(j)(7).

     (f)

           (1) For purposes of this section, action taken on an application tendered with the FCC becomes final
               when that action is no longer subject to reconsideration, review, or appeal either at the FCC or in the
               courts.

           (2) For purposes of this section, the term “all related material” includes all exhibits, letters, and other
               documents tendered for filing with the FCC as part of an application, report, or other document, all
               amendments to the application, report, or other document, copies of all documents incorporated
               therein by reference and not already maintained in the public inspection file, and all correspondence
               between the FCC and the applicant pertaining to the application, report, or other document, which
               according to the provisions of §§ 0.451 through 0.461 of this chapter are open for public inspection
               at the offices of the FCC.

[63 FR 49497, Sept. 16, 1998]

Editorial Note: For FEDERAL REGISTER citations affecting § 73.3526, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which
appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

47 CFR 73.3526 (enhanced display)                                                                         page 431 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 73.3527
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.3527 Online public inspection file of noncommercial educational stations.
     (a) Responsibility to maintain a file. The following shall maintain for public inspection a file containing the
         material set forth in this section.

           (1) Applicants for a construction permit for a new station in the noncommercial educational broadcast
               services shall maintain a public inspection file containing the material, relating to that station,
               described in paragraph (e)(2) and (e)(11) of this section. A separate file shall be maintained for each
               station for which an application is pending. If the application is granted, paragraph (a)(2) of this
               section shall apply.

           (2) Every permittee or licensee of an AM, FM, or TV station in the noncommercial educational broadcast
               services shall maintain a public inspection file containing the material, relating to that station,
               described in paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(11) of this section. In addition, every permittee or licensee
               of a noncommercial educational TV station shall maintain for public inspection a file containing
               material, relating to that station, described in paragraphs (e)(12) of this section. A separate file shall
               be maintained for each station for which an authorization is outstanding, and the file shall be
               maintained so long as an authorization to operate the station is outstanding.

     (b) Location of the file. The public inspection file shall be located as follows:

           (1) An applicant for a new station or change of community shall maintain its file at an accessible place
               in the proposed community of license.

           (2)

                 (i)   A noncommercial educational television or radio station licensee or applicant shall place the
                       contents required by paragraph (e) of this section of its public inspection file in the online public
                       file hosted by the Commission.

                 (ii) A station must provide a link to the online public inspection file hosted by the Commission from
                      the home page of its own website, if the station has a website, and provide contact information
                      for a station representative on its website that can assist any person with disabilities with
                      issues related to the content of the public files. A station also is required to include in the online
                      public file hosted by the Commission the station's address and telephone number, and the
                      email address of the station's designated contact for questions about the public file.

           (3) The Commission will automatically link the following items to the electronic version of all licensee
               and applicant public inspection files, to the extent that the Commission has these items
               electronically: Authorizations; applications; contour maps; ownership reports and related materials;
               portions of the Equal Employment Opportunity file held by the Commission; and “The Public and
               Broadcasting”.

     (c) Access to material in the file. For any applicant described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section that does not
         include all material described in paragraph (e) of this section in the online public file hosted by the
         Commission, the portion of the file that is not included in the online public file shall be available for public
         inspection at any time during regular business hours at an accessible place in the community of license.
         The applicant must provide information regarding the location of the file, or the applicable portion of the
         file, within one business day of a request for such information. All or part of the file may be maintained in
         a computer database, as long as a computer terminal is made available, at the location of the file, to
         members of the public who wish to review the file. Material in the public inspection file shall be made
         available for printing or machine reproduction upon request made in person. The applicant may specify

47 CFR 73.3527(c) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 432 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.3527(d)
Radio Broadcast Services

           the location for printing or reproduction, require the requesting party to pay the reasonable cost thereof,
           and may require guarantee of payment in advance (e.g., by requiring a deposit, obtaining credit card
           information, or any other reasonable method). Requests for copies shall be fulfilled within a reasonable
           period of time, which generally should not exceed 7 days.

     (d) Responsibility in case of assignment or transfer.

           (1) In cases involving applications for consent to assignment of broadcast station construction permits
               or licenses, with respect to which public notice is required to be given under the provisions of §
               73.3580 or § 73.3594, the file mentioned in paragraph (a) of this section shall be maintained by the
               assignor. If the assignment is consented to by the FCC and consummated, the assignee shall
               maintain the file commencing with the date on which notice of the consummation of the assignment
               is filed with the FCC. The assignee shall retain public file documents obtained from the assignor for
               the period required under these rules.

           (2) In cases involving applications for consent to transfer of control of a permittee or licensee of a
               broadcast station, the file mentioned in paragraph (a) of this section shall be maintained by the
               permittee or licensee.

     (e) Contents of the file. The material to be retained in the public inspection file is as follows:

           (1) Authorization. A copy of the current FCC authorization to construct or operate the station, as well as
               any other documents necessary to reflect any modifications thereto or any conditions that the FCC
               has placed on the authorization. These materials shall be retained until replaced by a new
               authorization, at which time a copy of the new authorization and any related materials shall be
               placed in the file.

           (2) Applications and related materials. A copy of any application tendered for filing with the FCC,
               together with all related material, including supporting documentation of any points claimed in the
               application pursuant to § 73.7003, and copies of FCC decisions pertaining thereto. If petitions to
               deny are filed against the application and have been served on the applicant, a statement that such a
               petition has been filed shall be maintained in the file together with the name and address of the party
               filing the petition. Applications shall be retained in the public inspection file until final action has
               been taken on the application, except that applications for a new construction permit granted
               pursuant to a waiver showing and applications for assignment or transfer of license granted
               pursuant to a waiver showing shall be retained for as long as the waiver is in effect. In addition,
               license renewal applications granted on a short-term basis shall be retained until final action has
               been taken on the license renewal application filed immediately following the shortened license
               term.

           (3) Contour maps. A copy of any service contour maps, submitted with any application tendered for filing
               with the FCC, together with any other information in the application showing service contours and/or
               transmitter location (State, county, city, street address, or other identifying information). These
               documents shall be retained for as long as they reflect current, accurate information regarding the
               station.

           (4) Ownership reports and related materials. A copy of the most recent, complete ownership report filed
               with the FCC for the station, together with any subsequent statement filed with the FCC certifying
               that the current report is accurate, and together with all related material. These materials shall be
               retained until a new, complete ownership report is filed with the FCC, at which time a copy of the new
               report and any related materials shall be placed in the file. The permittee or licensee must retain in
               the public file either a copy of the station documents listed in § 73.3613(a) through (c) or an up-to-
47 CFR 73.3527(e)(4) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 433 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.3527(e)(5)
Radio Broadcast Services

                date list of such documents. If the permittee or licensee elects to maintain an up-to-date list of such
                documents, the list must include all the information that the permittee or licensee is required to
                provide on ownership reports for each document, including, but not limited to, a description of the
                document, the parties to the document, the month and year of execution, the month and year of
                expiration, and the document type (e.g., network affiliation agreement, articles of incorporation,
                bylaws, management consultant agreement with independent contractor). Regardless of which of
                these two options the permittee or licensee chooses, it must update the inventory of § 73.3613
                documents in the public file to reflect newly executed § 73.3613 documents, amendments,
                supplements, and cancellations within 30 days of execution thereof. Licensees and permittees that
                choose to maintain a list of § 73.3613 documents must provide a copy of any § 73.3613
                document(s) to requesting parties within 7 days. In maintaining copies of such documents in the
                public file or providing copies upon request, confidential or proprietary information may be redacted
                where appropriate.

           (5) Political file. Such records as are required by § 73.1943 to be kept concerning broadcasts by
               candidates for public office. These records shall be retained for the period specified in § 73.1943 (2
               years).

           (6) Equal Employment Opportunity file. Such information as is required by § 73.2080 to be kept in the
               public inspection file. These materials shall be retained until final action has been taken on the
               station's next license renewal application.

           (7) The Public and Broadcasting. At all times, a copy of the most recent version of the manual entitled
               “The Public and Broadcasting.”

           (8) Issues/Programs lists. For nonexempt noncommercial educational broadcast stations, every three
               months a list of programs that have provided the station's most significant treatment of community
               issues during the preceding three month period. The list for each calendar quarter is to be filed by
               the tenth day of the succeeding calendar quarter (e.g., January 10 for the quarter
               October–December, April 10 for the quarter January–March, etc.). The list shall include a brief
               narrative describing what issues were given significant treatment and the programming that
               provided this treatment. The description of the programs shall include, but shall not be limited to, the
               time, date, duration, and title of each program in which the issue was treated. For the purposes of
               this section, exempt applicants, permittees, or licensees include those whose existing or prospective
               facilities are Class D FM stations or whose programming is wholly “Instructional”.

           (9) Donor lists. The lists of donors supporting specific programs. These lists shall be retained for two
               years from the date of the broadcast of the specific program supported.

          (10) Local public notice announcements. Each applicant for renewal of license shall, within 7 days of the
               last day of broadcast of the local public notice of filing announcements required pursuant to §
               73.3580(c)(3), place in the station's online public inspection file a statement certifying compliance
               with this paragraph (e)(10). The dates and times that the on-air announcements were broadcast
               shall be made part of the certifying statement. The certifying statement shall be retained in the
               public file for the period specified in § 73.3580(e)(2) (for as long as the application to which it
               refers).

          (11) Material relating to FCC investigation or complaint. Material having a substantial bearing on a matter
               which is the subject of an FCC investigation or complaint to the FCC of which the applicant,
               permittee, or licensee has been advised. This material shall be retained until the applicant, permittee,
               or licensee is notified in writing that the material may be discarded.

47 CFR 73.3527(e)(11) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 434 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 73.3527(e)(12)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (12) Must-carry requests. Noncommercial television stations shall, no later than July 31, 2020, provide an
                up-to-date email address and phone number for carriage-related questions and respond as soon as
                is reasonably possible to messages or calls from multichannel video programming distributors
                (MVPDs). Each noncommercial television station is responsible for the continuing accuracy and
                completeness of the information furnished. Any such station requesting mandatory carriage
                pursuant to part 76 of this chapter shall place a copy of such request in its public file and shall retain
                both the request and relevant correspondence for the duration of any period to which the request
                applies.

           (13) [Reserved]

           (14) Information on Third-Party Fundraising. For noncommercial educational broadcast stations that
                interrupt regular programming to conduct fundraising activities on behalf of a third-party non-profit
                organization pursuant to § 73.503(e) (FM stations) or § 73.621(f) (television stations), every three
                months, the following information for each third-party fundraising program or activity: The date, time,
                and duration of the fundraiser; the type of fundraising activity; the name of the non-profit
                organization benefitted by the fundraiser; a brief description of the specific cause or project, if any,
                supported by the fundraiser; and, to the extent that the station participated in tallying or receiving
                any funds for the non-profit group, an approximation of the total funds raised. The information for
                each calendar quarter is to be filed by the tenth day of the succeeding calendar quarter (e.g., January
                10 for the quarter October–December, April 10 for the quarter January–March, etc.).

           (15) Foreign sponsorship disclosures. Documentation sufficient to demonstrate that the station is
                continuing to meet the requirements set forth at § 73.1212(j)(7).

     (f)

           (1) For purposes of this section, a decision made with respect to an application tendered with the FCC
               becomes final when that decision is no longer subject to reconsideration, review, or appeal either at
               the FCC or in the courts.

           (2) For purposes of this section, the term “all related material” includes all exhibits, letters, and other
               documents tendered for filing with the FCC as part of an application, report, or other document, all
               amendments to the application, report, or other document, copies of all documents incorporated
               therein by reference and not already maintained in the public inspection file, and all correspondence
               between the FCC and the applicant pertaining to the application, report, or other document, which
               according to the provisions of §§ 0.451 through 0.461 of this chapter are open for public inspection
               at the offices of the FCC.

[63 FR 49499, Sept. 16, 1998]

Editorial Note: For FEDERAL REGISTER citations affecting § 73.3527, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which
appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 73.3533 Application for construction permit or modification of construction permit.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7259, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Application for construction permit, or modification of a construction permit, for a new facility or change
         in an existing facility is to be made on the following forms:
47 CFR 73.3533(a) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 435 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.3533(a)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) FCC Form 301, “Application for Authority to Construct or Make Changes in an Existing Commercial
               Broadcast Station.”

           (2) FCC Form 309, “Application for Authority to Construct or Make Changes in an Existing International
               or Experimental Broadcast Stations.” For International Broadcast Stations, applications shall be filed
               electronically in the International Communications Filing System (ICFS).

           (3) [Reserved]

           (4) FCC Form 340, “Application for Authority to Construct or Make Changes in a Noncommercial
               Educational Broadcast Station.”

           (5) FCC Form 346, “Application for Authority to Construct or Make Changes in a Low Power TV, TV
               Translator or TV Booster Station.”

           (6) FCC Form 349, “Application for Authority to Construct or Make Changes in an FM Translator or FM
               Booster Station.”

           (7) FCC Form 318, “Application for Construction Permit for a Low Power FM Broadcast Station.”

     (b) The filing of an application for modification of construction permit does not extend the expiration date of
         the construction permit. Extension of the expiration date must be applied for on FCC Form 307, in
         accordance with the provisions of § 73.3534.

     (c) In each application referred to in paragraph (a) of this section, the applicant will provide the Antenna
         Structure Registration Number (FCC Form 854R) of the antenna structure upon which it will locate its
         proposed antenna. In the event the antenna structure does not already have a Registration Number, either
         the antenna structure owner shall file FCC Form 854 (“Application for Antenna Structure Registration”) in
         accordance with part 17 of this chapter or the applicant shall provide a detailed explanation why
         registration and clearance of the antenna structure is not necessary.

[44 FR 38494, July 2, 1979, as amended at 47 FR 28388, June 30, 1982; 49 FR 32582, Aug. 15, 1984; 50 FR 40016, Oct. 1, 1985; 53
FR 36788, Sept. 22, 1988; 61 FR 4367, Feb. 6, 1996; 65 FR 7648, Feb. 15, 2000; 68 FR 12761, Mar. 17, 2003; 69 FR 72043, Dec. 10,
2004; 86 FR 54401, Oct. 1, 2021; 88 FR 21447, Apr. 10, 2023]

§ 73.3534 [Reserved]
§ 73.3536 Application for license to cover construction permit.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7259, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) The application for station license shall be filed by the permittee pursuant to the requirements of §
         73.1620 Program tests.

     (b) The following application forms shall be used:

           (1)

                 (i)   Form 302–AM for AM stations, “Application for New AM Station Broadcast License.”

                 (ii) Form 302–FM for FM stations, “Application for FM Station License.”

                 (iii) Form 302–TV for television stations, “Application for TV Station Broadcast License.”

47 CFR 73.3536(b)(1)(iii) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 436 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.3536(b)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (2) FCC Form 310, “Application for an International or Experimental Broadcast Station License.”

           (3) [Reserved]

           (4) FCC Form 347, “Application for a Low Power TV, TV Translator or TV Booster Station License.”

           (5) FCC Form 350, “Application for an FM Translator or FM Booster Station License.”

           (6) FCC Form 319, “Application for a Low Power FM Broadcast Station License.”

     (c) Eligible low power television stations which have been granted a certificate of eligibility may file FCC Form
         302-CA, “Application for Class A Television Broadcast Station Construction Permit Or License.”

[44 FR 38495, July 2, 1979, as amended at 49 FR 32582, Aug. 15, 1984; 50 FR 40016, Oct. 1, 1985; 51 FR 18451, May 20, 1986; 51
FR 32088, Sept. 9, 1986; 52 FR 31400, Aug. 20, 1987; 53 FR 36788, Sept. 22, 1988; 62 FR 51063, Sept. 30, 1997; 65 FR 7648, Feb.
15, 2000; 65 FR 30007, May 10, 2000; 68 FR 12761, Mar. 17, 2003; 69 FR 72043, Dec. 10, 2004]

§ 73.3537 Application for license to use former main antenna as an auxiliary.
    See   § 73.1675, Auxiliary facility.

[62 FR 51063, Sept. 30, 1997]

§ 73.3538 Application to make changes in an existing station.
Where prior authority is required from the FCC to make changes in an existing station, the following procedures
shall be used to request that authority:

     (a) An application for construction permit using the forms listed in § 73.3533 must be filed for authority to:

           (1) Make any of the changes listed in § 73.1690(b).

           (2) Change the hours of operation of an AM station, where the hours of operation are specified on the
               license or permit.

           (3) Install a transmitter which has not been approved (type accepted) by the FCC for use by licensed
               broadcast stations.

           (4) Any change in the location, height, or directional radiating characteristics of the antenna or antenna
               system.

     (b) An informal application filed in accordance with § 73.3511 is to be used to obtain authority to modify or
         discontinue the obstruction marking or lighting of the antenna supporting structure where that specified
         on the station authorization either differs from that specified in 47 CFR part 17, or is not appropriate for
         other reasons.

[44 FR 38495, July 2, 1979, as amended at 44 FR 69935, Dec. 5, 1979; 49 FR 4000, Feb. 1, 1984; 52 FR 21685, June 9, 1987; 62 FR
51063, Sept. 30, 1997; 66 FR 20758, Apr. 25, 2001; 82 FR 57884, Dec. 8, 2017]

§ 73.3539 Application for renewal of license.
     (a) Unless otherwise directed by the FCC, an application for renewal of license shall be filed not later than the
         first day of the fourth full calendar month prior to the expiration date of the license sought to be renewed,
         except that applications for renewal of license of an experimental broadcast station shall be filed not later
47 CFR 73.3539(a) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 437 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 73.3539(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

           than the first day of the second full calendar month prior to the expiration date of the license sought to be
           renewed. If any deadline prescribed in this paragraph falls on a nonbusiness day, the cutoff shall be the
           close of business of the first full business day thereafter. For International Broadcast Stations,
           applications shall be filed electronically in the International Communications Filing System (ICFS).

     (b) No application for renewal of license of any broadcast station will be considered unless there is on file
         with the FCC the information currently required by §§ 73.3612 through 73.3615, inclusive, for the
         particular class of station.

     (c) Whenever the FCC regards an application for a renewal of license as essential to the proper conduct of a
         hearing or investigation, and specifically directs that it be filed by a date certain, such application shall be
         filed within the time thus specified. If the licensee fails to file such application within the prescribed time,
         the hearing or investigation shall proceed as if such renewal application had been received.

     (d) Renewal application forms titles and numbers are listed in § 73.3500, Application and Report Forms.

[44 FR 38495, July 2, 1979, as amended at 47 FR 28388, June 30, 1982; 49 FR 32582, Aug. 15, 1984; 86 FR 54401, Oct. 1, 2021; 88
FR 3539, Apr. 10, 2023]

§ 73.3540 Application for voluntary assignment or transfer of control.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7259, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Prior consent of the FCC must be obtained for a voluntary assignment or transfer of control.

     (b) Application should be filed with the FCC at least 45 days prior to the contemplated effective date of
         assignment or transfer of control.

     (c) Application for consent to the assignment of construction permit or license must be filed on FCC Form
         314 “Assignment of license” or FCC Form 316 “Short form” (See paragraph (f) of this section). For
         International Broadcast Stations, the application shall be filed electronically in the International
         Communications Filing System (ICFS).

     (d) Application for consent to the transfer of control of a corporation holding a construction permit or license
         must be filed on FCC Form 315 “Transfer of Control” or FCC Form 316 “Short form” (see paragraph (f) of
         this section). For International Broadcast Stations, applications shall be filed electronically in ICFS.

     (e) Application for consent to the assignment of construction permit or license or to the transfer of control of
         a corporate licensee or permittee for an FM or TV translator station, a low power TV station and any
         associated auxiliary station, such as translator microwave relay stations and UHF translator booster
         stations, only must be filed on FCC Form 345 “Application for Transfer of Control of Corporate Licensee or
         Permittee, or Assignment of License or Permit for an FM or TV translator Station, or a Low Power TV
         Station.”

     (f) The following assignment or transfer applications may be filed on FCC “Short form” 316:

           (1) Assignment from an individual or individuals (including partnerships) to a corporation owned and
               controlled by such individuals or partnerships without any substantial change in their relative
               interests;

           (2) Assignment from a corporation to its individual stockholders without effecting any substantial
               change in the disposition of their interests;

47 CFR 73.3540(f)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 438 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.3540(f)(3)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (3) Assignment or transfer by which certain stockholders retire and the interest transferred is not a
               controlling one;

           (4) Corporate reorganization which involves no substantial change in the beneficial ownership of the
               corporation;

           (5) Assignment or transfer from a corporation to a wholly owned subsidiary thereof or vice versa, or
               where there is an assignment from a corporation to a corporation owned or controlled by the
               assignor stockholders without substantial change in their interests; or

           (6) Assignment of less than a controlling interest in a partnership.

[44 FR 38496, July 2, 1979, as amended at 48 FR 21486, May 12, 1983; 49 FR 47843, Dec. 7, 1984; 50 FR 32416, Aug. 12, 1985; 86
FR 54402, Oct. 1, 2021; 88 FR 21448, Apr. 10, 2023]

§ 73.3541 Application for involuntary assignment of license or transfer of control.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7259, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) The FCC shall be notified in writing promptly of the death or legal disability of an individual permittee or
         licensee, a member of a partnership, or a person directly or indirectly in control of a corporation which is a
         permittee or licensee.

     (b) Within 30 days after the occurrence of such death or legal disability, an application on FCC Form 316 shall
         be filed requesting consent to involuntary assignment of such permit or license or for involuntary transfer
         of control of such corporation to a person or entity legally qualified to succeed to the foregoing interests
         under the laws of the place having jurisdiction over the estate involved.

[44 FR 38496, July 2, 1979]

§ 73.3542 Application for emergency authorization.
     (a) Authority may be granted, on a temporary basis, in extraordinary circumstances requiring emergency
         operation to serve the public interest. such situations include: emergencies involving danger to life and
         property; a national emergency proclaimed by the President or the Congress of the U.S.A and; the
         continuance of any war in which the United States is engaged, and where such action is necessary for the
         national defense or security or otherwise in furtherance of the war effort.

           (1) An informal application may be used. The FCC may grant such construction permits, station licenses,
               modifications or renewals thereof, without the filing of a formal application.

           (2) No authorization so granted shall continue to be effective beyond the period of the emergency or war
               requiring it.

           (3) Each individual request submitted under the provisions of this paragraph shall contain, as a
               minimum requirement, the following information:

                 (i)   Name and address of applicant.

                 (ii) Location of proposed installation or operation.

47 CFR 73.3542(a)(3)(ii) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 439 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 73.3542(a)(3)(iii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                (iii) Official call letters of any valid station authorization already held by applicant and the station
                      location.

                (iv) Type of service desired (not required for renewal or modification unless class of station is to be
                     modified).

                 (v) Frequency assignment, authorized transmitter power(s), authorized class(es) of emission
                     desired (not required for renewal; required for modification only to the extent such information
                     may be involved).

                (vi) Equipment to be used, specifying the manufacturer and type or model number (not required for
                     renewal; required for modification only to the extent such information may be involved).

                (vii) Statements to the extent necessary for the FCC to determine whether or not the granting of the
                      desired authorization will be in accordance with the citizenship eligibility requirements of
                      section 310 of the Cummunications Act.

                (viii) Statement of facts which, in the opinion of the applicant, constitute an emergency to be found
                       by the FCC for the purpose of this section. This statement must also include the estimated
                       duration of the emergency and if during an emergency or war declared by the President or
                       Congress, why such action, without formal application, is necessary for the national defense or
                       security or in furtherance of the war effort.

     (b) Emergency operating authority issued under this section may be cancelled or modified by the FCC without
         prior notice or right to hearing. See also § 73.1250, Broadcasting Emergency Information, for situations in
         which emergency operation may be conducted without prior authorization, and § 73.1635, Special
         Temporary Authorization (STA), for temporary operating authorizations necessitated by circumstances
         not within the ambit of this section.

[50 FR 30948, July 31, 1985, as amended at 63 FR 33878, June 22, 1998]

§ 73.3543 Application for renewal or modification of special service authorization.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7259, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) No new special service authorization will be issued. However, consideration will be given to renewal or
         modification of a special service authorization which was outstanding on February 3, 1958, providing a
         satisfactory showing has been made in regard to the following, among others:

           (1) That the requested operation may not be granted on a regular basis under the existing rules
               governing the operation of AM stations;

           (2) That experimental operation is not involved as provided for by § 73.1510 (Experimental
               authorizations); and

           (3) That public interest, convenience and necessity will be served by the authorization requested.

[44 FR 38496, July 2, 1979]

§ 73.3544 Application to obtain a modified station license.

47 CFR 73.3544 (enhanced display)                                                                           page 440 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 73.3544(a)
Radio Broadcast Services

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7259, Feb. 1, 2024.

Where prior authority from the FCC is not required to make certain changes in the station authorization or facilities,
but a modified station license must be obtained, the following procedures shall be used to obtain modification of
the station license:

     (a) The changes specified in § 73.1690(c) may be made by the filing of a license application using the forms
         listed in § 73.3536(b)(1).

     (b) An informal application, see § 73.3511(b), may be filed with the FCC in Washington, DC, Attention: Audio
         Division (radio) or Video Services Division (television), Media Bureau, to cover the following changes:

           (1) A correction of the routing instructions and description of an AM station directional antenna system
               field monitoring point, when the point itself is not changed.

           (2) A change in the type of AM station directional antenna monitor. See § 73.69.

           (3) The location of a remote control point of an AM or FM station when prior authority to operate by
               remote control is not required.

     (c) A change in the name of the licensee where no change in ownership or control is involved may be
         accomplished by written notification by the licensee to the Commission.

[44 FR 38497, July 2, 1979, as amended at 45 FR 20483, Mar. 28, 1980; 50 FR 32416, Aug. 12, 1985; 62 FR 51063, Sept. 30, 1997;
63 FR 33878, June 22, 1998; 67 FR 13232, Mar. 21, 2002; 82 FR 57884, Dec. 8, 2017]

§ 73.3545 Application for permit to deliver programs to foreign stations.
Application under section 325(c) of the Communications Act for authority to locate, use, or maintain a broadcast
studio in connection with a foreign station consistently received in the United States, should be made on FCC Form
308, “Application for Permit to Deliver Programs to Foreign Broadcast Stations.” An informal application may be
used by applicants holding an AM, FM or TV broadcast station license or construction permit. Informal applications
must, however, contain a description of the nature and character of the programming proposed, together with other
information requested on Page 4 of Form 308. All applications must be filed electronically in the International
Communications Filing System (ICFS).

[86 FR 54402, Oct. 1, 2021, as amended at 88 FR 21448, Apr. 10, 2023]

§ 73.3549 Requests for extension of time to operate without required monitors, indicating
instruments, and EAS encoders and decoders.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7260, Feb. 1, 2024.

Requests for extension of authority to operate without required monitors, transmission system indicating
instruments, or encoders and decoders for monitoring and generating the EAS codes and Attention Signal should be
made to the FCC in Washington, DC, Attention: Audio Division (radio) or Video Division (television), Media Bureau.
Such requests must contain information as to when and what steps were taken to repair or replace the defective
equipment and a brief description of the alternative procedures being used while the equipment is out of service.

[67 FR 13233, Mar. 21, 2002]
47 CFR 73.3549 (enhanced display)                                                                              page 441 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 73.3550
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.3550 Requests for new or modified call sign assignments.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7260, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) All requests for new or modified call sign assignments for radio and television broadcast stations shall be
         made via the FCC's on-line call sign reservation and authorization system accessible through the
         Internet's World Wide Web by specifying http://www.fcc.gov. Licensees and permittees may utilize this on-
         line system to determine the availability and licensing status of any call sign; to select an initial call sign
         for a new station; to change a station's currently assigned call sign; to modify an existing call sign by
         adding or deleting an “-FM” or “-TV” suffix; to exchange call signs with another licensee or permittee in the
         same service; or to reserve a different call sign for a station being transferred or assigned.

     (b) No request for an initial call sign assignment will be accepted from a permittee for a new radio or full-
         service television station until the FCC has granted a construction permit. Each such permittee shall
         request the assignment of its station's initial call sign expeditiously following the grant of its construction
         permit. All initial construction permits for low power TV stations will be issued with a five-character low
         power TV call sign, in accordance with § 74.783(d) of this chapter.

     (c) Following the filing of a transfer or assignment application, the proposed assignee/transferee may request
         a new call sign for the station whose license or construction permit is being transferred or assigned. No
         change in call sign assignment will be effective until such transfer or assignment application is granted by
         the FCC and notification of consummation of the transaction is received by the FCC.

     (d) Where an application is granted by the FCC for transfer or assignment of the construction permit or
         license of a station whose existing call sign conforms to that of a commonly-owned station not part of
         the transaction, the new licensee of the transferred or assigned station shall expeditiously request a
         different call sign, unless consent to retain the conforming call sign has been obtained from the primary
         holder and from the licensee of any other station that may be using such conforming call sign.

     (e) Call signs beginning with the letter “K” will not be assigned to stations located east of the Mississippi
         River, nor will call signs beginning with the letter “W” be assigned to stations located west of the
         Mississippi River.

     (f) Only four-letter call signs (plus an LP, FM, TV or CA suffix, if used) will be assigned. The four letter call sign
         for LPFM stations will be followed by the suffix “-LP.” However, subject to the other provisions of this
         section, a call sign of a station may be conformed to a commonly owned station holding a three-letter call
         assignment (plus FM, TV, CA or LP suffixes, if used).

     (g) Subject to the foregoing limitations, applicants may request call signs of their choice if the combination is
         available. Objections to the assignment of requested call signs will not be entertained at the FCC.
         However, this does not hamper any party from asserting such rights as it may have under private law in
         some other forum. Should it be determined by an appropriate forum that a station should not utilize a
         particular call sign, the initial assignment of a call sign will not serve as a bar to the making of a different
         assignment.

     (h) Stations in different broadcast services (or operating jointly in the 535–1605 kHz band and in the
         1605–1705 kHz band) which are under common control may request that their call signs be conformed
         by the assignment of the same basic call sign if that call sign is not being used by a non-commonly
         owned station. For the purposes of this paragraph, 50% or greater common ownership shall constitute a
         prima facie showing of common control.

47 CFR 73.3550(h) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 442 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 73.3550(i)
Radio Broadcast Services

      (i)   The provisions of this section shall not apply to International broadcast stations or to stations authorized
            under part 74 of this chapter (except as provided in § 74.783).

      (j)   A change in call sign assignment will be made effective on the date specified in the postcard
            acknowledging the assignment of the requested new call sign and authorizing the change. Unless the
            requested change in call sign assignment is subject to a pending transfer or assignment application, the
            requester is required to include in its on-line call sign request a specific effective date to take place within
            45 days of the submission of its electronic call sign request. Postponement of the effective date will be
            granted only in response to a timely request and for only the most compelling reasons.

     (k) Four-letter combinations commencing with “W” or “K” which are assigned as call signs to ships or to other
         radio services are not available for assignment to broadcast stations, with or without the “-FM” or “-TV”
         suffix.

      (l)   Users of nonlicensed, low-power devices operating under part 15 of this chapter may use whatever
            identification is currently desired, so long as propriety is observed and no confusion results with a station
            for which the FCC issues a license.

     (m) Where a requested call sign, without the “-FM,' “-TV,” “-CA” or “LP” suffix, would conform to the call sign of
         any other non-commonly owned station(s) operating in a different service, an applicant utilizing the on-
         line reservation and authorization system will be required to certify that consent to use the secondary call
         sign has been obtained from the holder of the primary call sign.

[63 FR 71603, Dec. 29, 1998, as amended at 65 FR 30007, May 10, 2000]

§ 73.3555 Multiple ownership.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7260, Feb. 1, 2024.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 12229, Feb. 15, 2024.

     (a)

            (1) Local radio ownership rule. A person or single entity (or entities under common control) may have a
                cognizable interest in licenses for AM or FM radio broadcast stations in accordance with the
                following limits:

                  (i)   In a radio market with 45 or more full-power, commercial and noncommercial radio stations, not
                        more than 8 commercial radio stations in total and not more than 5 commercial stations in the
                        same service (AM or FM);

                 (ii) In a radio market with between 30 and 44 (inclusive) full-power, commercial and
                      noncommercial radio stations, not more than 7 commercial radio stations in total and not more
                      than 4 commercial stations in the same service (AM or FM);

                 (iii) In a radio market with between 15 and 29 (inclusive) full-power, commercial and
                       noncommercial radio stations, not more than 6 commercial radio stations in total and not more
                       than 4 commercial stations in the same service (AM or FM); and

47 CFR 73.3555(a)(1)(iii) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 443 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                 47 CFR 73.3555(a)(1)(iv)
Radio Broadcast Services

                (iv) In a radio market with 14 or fewer full-power, commercial and noncommercial radio stations,
                     not more than 5 commercial radio stations in total and not more than 3 commercial stations in
                     the same service (AM or FM); provided, however, that no person or single entity (or entities
                     under common control) may have a cognizable interest in more than 50% of the full-power,
                     commercial and noncommercial radio stations in such market unless the combination of
                     stations comprises not more than one AM and one FM station.

           (2) Overlap between two stations in different services is permissible if neither of those two stations
               overlaps a third station in the same service.

     (b) Local television multiple ownership rule.

           (1) An entity may directly or indirectly own, operate, or control two television stations licensed in the
               same Designated Market Area (DMA) (as determined by Nielsen Media Research or any successor
               entity) if:

                 (i)   The digital noise limited service contours of the stations (computed in accordance with §
                       73.622(e)) do not overlap; or

                 (ii) At the time the application to acquire or construct the station(s) is filed, at least one of the
                      stations is not ranked among the top four stations in the DMA, based on the most recent all-day
                      (9 a.m.–midnight) audience share, as measured by Nielsen Media Research or by any
                      comparable professional, accepted audience ratings service.

           (2) Paragraph (b)(1)(ii) (Top-Four Prohibition) of this section shall not apply in cases where, at the
               request of the applicant, the Commission makes a finding that permitting an entity to directly or
               indirectly own, operate, or control two television stations licensed in the same DMA would serve the
               public interest, convenience, and necessity. The Commission will consider showings that the Top-
               Four Prohibition should not apply due to specific circumstances in a local market or with respect to a
               specific transaction on a case-by-case basis.

    (c)–(d) [Reserved]

     (e) National television multiple ownership rule.

           (1) No license for a commercial television broadcast station shall be granted, transferred or assigned to
               any party (including all parties under common control) if the grant, transfer or assignment of such
               license would result in such party or any of its stockholders, partners, members, officers or directors
               having a cognizable interest in television stations which have an aggregate national audience reach
               exceeding thirty-nine (39) percent.

           (2) For purposes of this paragraph (e) :

                 (i)   National audience reach means the total number of television households in the Nielsen
                       Designated Market Areas (DMAs) in which the relevant stations are located divided by the total
                       national television households as measured by DMA data at the time of a grant, transfer, or
                       assignment of a license. For purposes of making this calculation, UHF television stations shall
                       be attributed with 50 percent of the television households in their DMA market.

                 (ii) No market shall be counted more than once in making this calculation.

           (3) Divestiture. A person or entity that exceeds the thirty-nine (39) percent national audience reach
               limitation for television stations in paragraph (e)(1) of this section through grant, transfer, or
               assignment of an additional license for a commercial television broadcast station shall have not

47 CFR 73.3555(e)(3) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 444 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.3555(f)
Radio Broadcast Services

                more than 2 years after exceeding such limitation to come into compliance with such limitation. This
                divestiture requirement shall not apply to persons or entities that exceed the 39 percent national
                audience reach limitation through population growth.

     (f) The ownership limits of this section are not applicable to noncommercial educational FM and
         noncommercial educational TV stations. However, the attribution standards set forth in the Notes to this
         section will be used to determine attribution for noncommercial educational FM and TV applicants, such
         as in evaluating mutually exclusive applications pursuant to subpart K of part 73.

           Note 1 to § 73.3555: The words “cognizable interest” as used herein include any interest, direct or
           indirect, that allows a person or entity to own, operate or control, or that otherwise provides an
           attributable interest in, a broadcast station.

           Note 2 to § 73.3555: In applying the provisions of this section, ownership and other interests in
           broadcast licensees will be attributed to their holders and deemed cognizable pursuant to the
           following criteria:

a. Except as otherwise provided herein, partnership and direct ownership interests and any voting stock interest
amounting to 5% or more of the outstanding voting stock of a corporate broadcast licensee will be cognizable;

b. Investment companies, as defined in 15 U.S.C. 80a–3, insurance companies and banks holding stock through
their trust departments in trust accounts will be considered to have a cognizable interest only if they hold 20% or
more of the outstanding voting stock of a corporate broadcast licensee, or if any of the officers or directors of the
broadcast licensee are representatives of the investment company, insurance company or bank concerned.
Holdings by a bank or insurance company will be aggregated if the bank or insurance company has any right to
determine how the stock will be voted. Holdings by investment companies will be aggregated if under common
management.

c. Attribution of ownership interests in a broadcast licensee that are held indirectly by any party through one or more
intervening corporations will be determined by successive multiplication of the ownership percentages for each link
in the vertical ownership chain and application of the relevant attribution benchmark to the resulting product, except
that wherever the ownership percentage for any link in the chain exceeds 50%, it shall not be included for purposes
of this multiplication. For purposes of paragraph i. of this note, attribution of ownership interests in a broadcast
licensee that are held indirectly by any party through one or more intervening organizations will be determined by
successive multiplication of the ownership percentages for each link in the vertical ownership chain and application
of the relevant attribution benchmark to the resulting product, and the ownership percentage for any link in the chain
that exceeds 50% shall be included for purposes of this multiplication. [For example, except for purposes of
paragraph (i) of this note, if A owns 10% of company X, which owns 60% of company Y, which owns 25% of
“Licensee,” then X's interest in “Licensee” would be 25% (the same as Y's interest because X's interest in Y exceeds
50%), and A's interest in “Licensee” would be 2.5% (0.1 × 0.25). Under the 5% attribution benchmark, X's interest in
“Licensee” would be cognizable, while A's interest would not be cognizable. For purposes of paragraph i. of this
note, X's interest in “Licensee” would be 15% (0.6 × 0.25) and A's interest in “Licensee” would be 1.5% (0.1 × 0.6 ×
0.25). Neither interest would be attributed under paragraph i. of this note.]

47 CFR 73.3555(f) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 445 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 73.3555(f)
Radio Broadcast Services

d. Voting stock interests held in trust shall be attributed to any person who holds or shares the power to vote such
stock, to any person who has the sole power to sell such stock, and to any person who has the right to revoke the
trust at will or to replace the trustee at will. If the trustee has a familial, personal or extra-trust business relationship
to the grantor or the beneficiary, the grantor or beneficiary, as appropriate, will be attributed with the stock interests
held in trust. An otherwise qualified trust will be ineffective to insulate the grantor or beneficiary from attribution
with the trust's assets unless all voting stock interests held by the grantor or beneficiary in the relevant broadcast
licensee are subject to said trust.

e. Subject to paragraph i. of this note, holders of non-voting stock shall not be attributed an interest in the issuing
entity. Subject to paragraph i. of this note, holders of debt and instruments such as warrants, convertible
debentures, options or other non-voting interests with rights of conversion to voting interests shall not be attributed
unless and until conversion is effected.

f. 1. A limited partnership interest shall be attributed to a limited partner unless that partner is not materially
involved, directly or indirectly, in the management or operation of the media-related activities of the partnership and
the licensee or system so certifies. An interest in a Limited Liability Company (“LLC”) or Registered Limited Liability
Partnership (“RLLP”) shall be attributed to the interest holder unless that interest holder is not materially involved,
directly or indirectly, in the management or operation of the media-related activities of the partnership and the
licensee or system so certifies.

2. For a licensee or system that is a limited partnership to make the certification set forth in paragraph f. 1. of this
note, it must verify that the partnership agreement or certificate of limited partnership, with respect to the particular
limited partner exempt from attribution, establishes that the exempt limited partner has no material involvement,
directly or indirectly, in the management or operation of the media activities of the partnership. For a licensee or
system that is an LLC or RLLP to make the certification set forth in paragraph f. 1. of this note, it must verify that the
organizational document, with respect to the particular interest holder exempt from attribution, establishes that the
exempt interest holder has no material involvement, directly or indirectly, in the management or operation of the
media activities of the LLC or RLLP. The criteria which would assume adequate insulation for purposes of this
certification are described in the Memorandum Opinion and Order in MM Docket No. 83–46, FCC 85–252 (released
June 24, 1985), as modified on reconsideration in the Memorandum Opinion and Order in MM Docket No. 83–46,
FCC 86–410 (released November 28, 1986). Irrespective of the terms of the certificate of limited partnership or
partnership agreement, or other organizational document in the case of an LLC or RLLP, however, no such
certification shall be made if the individual or entity making the certification has actual knowledge of any material
involvement of the limited partners, or other interest holders in the case of an LLC or RLLP, in the management or
operation of the media-related businesses of the partnership or LLC or RLLP.

3. In the case of an LLC or RLLP, the licensee or system seeking insulation shall certify, in addition, that the relevant
state statute authorizing LLCs permits an LLC member to insulate itself as required by our criteria.

g. Officers and directors of a broadcast licensee are considered to have a cognizable interest in the entity with
which they are so associated. If any such entity engages in businesses in addition to its primary business of
broadcasting, it may request the Commission to waive attribution for any officer or director whose duties and
responsibilities are wholly unrelated to its primary business. The officers and directors of a parent company of a
broadcast licensee, with an attributable interest in any such subsidiary entity, shall be deemed to have a cognizable
interest in the subsidiary unless the duties and responsibilities of the officer or director involved are wholly unrelated

47 CFR 73.3555(f) (enhanced display)                                                                          page 446 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 73.3555(f)
Radio Broadcast Services

to the broadcast licensee, and a statement properly documenting this fact is submitted to the Commission. [This
statement may be included on the appropriate Ownership Report.] The officers and directors of a sister corporation
of a broadcast licensee shall not be attributed with ownership of that licensee by virtue of such status.

h. Discrete ownership interests will be aggregated in determining whether or not an interest is cognizable under this
section. An individual or entity will be deemed to have a cognizable investment if:

1. The sum of the interests held by or through “passive investors” is equal to or exceeds 20 percent; or

2. The sum of the interests other than those held by or through “passive investors” is equal to or exceeds 5 percent;
or

3. The sum of the interests computed under paragraph h. 1. of this note plus the sum of the interests computed
under paragraph h. 2. of this note is equal to or exceeds 20 percent.

i.1. Notwithstanding paragraphs e. and f. of this Note, the holder of an equity or debt interest or interests in a
broadcast licensee subject to the broadcast multiple ownership rules (“interest holder”) shall have that interest
attributed if:

A. The equity (including all stockholdings, whether voting or nonvoting, common or preferred) and debt interest or
interests, in the aggregate, exceed 33 percent of the total asset value, defined as the aggregate of all equity plus all
debt, of that broadcast licensee; and

B.(i) The interest holder also holds an interest in a broadcast licensee in the same market that is subject to the
broadcast multiple ownership rules and is attributable under paragraphs of this note other than this paragraph i.; or

(ii) The interest holder supplies over fifteen percent of the total weekly broadcast programming hours of the station
in which the interest is held. For purposes of applying this paragraph, the term, “market,” will be defined as it is
defined under the specific multiple ownership rule that is being applied, except that for television stations, the term
“market” will be defined by reference to the definition contained in the local television multiple ownership rule
contained in paragraph (b) of this section.

2. Notwithstanding paragraph i.1. of this Note, the interest holder may exceed the 33 percent threshold therein
without triggering attribution where holding such interest would enable an eligible entity to acquire a broadcast
station, provided that:

i. The combined equity and debt of the interest holder in the eligible entity is less than 50 percent, or

ii. The total debt of the interest holder in the eligible entity does not exceed 80 percent of the asset value of the
station being acquired by the eligible entity and the interest holder does not hold any equity interest, option, or
promise to acquire an equity interest in the eligible entity or any related entity. For purposes of this paragraph i.2, an
“eligible entity” shall include any entity that qualifies as a small business under the Small Business Administration's
size standards for its industry grouping, as set forth in 13 CFR 121.201, at the time the transaction is approved by
the FCC, and holds:

A. 30 percent or more of the stock or partnership interests and more than 50 percent of the voting power of the
corporation or partnership that will own the media outlet; or

47 CFR 73.3555(f) (enhanced display)                                                                         page 447 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.3555(f)
Radio Broadcast Services

B. 15 percent or more of the stock or partnership interests and more than 50 percent of the voting power of the
corporation or partnership that will own the media outlet, provided that no other person or entity owns or controls
more than 25 percent of the outstanding stock or partnership interests; or

C. More than 50 percent of the voting power of the corporation that will own the media outlet if such corporation is
a publicly traded company.

j. “Time brokerage” (also known as “local marketing”) is the sale by a licensee of discrete blocks of time to a
“broker” that supplies the programming to fill that time and sells the commercial spot announcements in it.

1. Where two radio stations are both located in the same market, as defined for purposes of the local radio
ownership rule contained in paragraph (a) of this section, and a party (including all parties under common control)
with a cognizable interest in one such station brokers more than 15 percent of the broadcast time per week of the
other such station, that party shall be treated as if it has an interest in the brokered station subject to the limitations
set forth in paragraph (a) of this section. This limitation shall apply regardless of the source of the brokered
programming supplied by the party to the brokered station.

2. Where two television stations are both located in the same market, as defined in the local television ownership
rule contained in paragraph (b) of this section, and a party (including all parties under common control) with a
cognizable interest in one such station brokers more than 15 percent of the broadcast time per week of the other
such station, that party shall be treated as if it has an interest in the brokered station subject to the limitations set
forth in paragraphs (b) and (e) of this section. This limitation shall apply regardless of the source of the brokered
programming supplied by the party to the brokered station.

3. Every time brokerage agreement of the type described in this Note shall be undertaken only pursuant to a signed
written agreement that shall contain a certification by the licensee or permittee of the brokered station verifying that
it maintains ultimate control over the station's facilities including, specifically, control over station finances,
personnel and programming, and by the brokering station that the agreement complies with the provisions of
paragraph (b) of this section if the brokering station is a television station or with paragraph (a) of this section if the
brokering station is a radio station.

k. “Joint Sales Agreement” is an agreement with a licensee of a “brokered station” that authorizes a “broker” to sell
advertising time for the “brokered station.”

1. Where two radio stations are both located in the same market, as defined for purposes of the local radio
ownership rule contained in paragraph (a) of this section, and a party (including all parties under common control)
with a cognizable interest in one such station sells more than 15 percent of the advertising time per week of the
other such station, that party shall be treated as if it has an interest in the brokered station subject to the limitations
set forth in paragraph (a) of this section.

2. Every joint sales agreement of the type described in this Note shall be undertaken only pursuant to a signed
written agreement that shall contain a certification by the licensee or permittee of the brokered station verifying that
it maintains ultimate control over the station's facilities, including, specifically, control over station finances,
personnel and programming, and by the brokering station that the agreement complies with the limitations set forth
in paragraph (a) of this section if the brokering station is a radio station.

47 CFR 73.3555(f) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 448 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.3555(f)
Radio Broadcast Services

           Note 3 to § 73.3555: In cases where record and beneficial ownership of voting stock is not
           identical (e.g., bank nominees holding stock as record owners for the benefit of mutual funds,
           brokerage houses holding stock in street names for the benefit of customers, investment advisors
           holding stock in their own names for the benefit of clients, and insurance companies holding
           stock), the party having the right to determine how the stock will be voted will be considered to
           own it for purposes of these rules.

           Note 4 to § 73.3555: Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section will not be applied so as to require
           divestiture, by any licensee, of existing facilities, and will not apply to applications for assignment
           of license or transfer of control filed in accordance with § 73.3540(f) or § 73.3541(b), or to
           applications for assignment of license or transfer of control to heirs or legatees by will or
           intestacy, or to FM or AM broadcast minor modification applications for intra-market community
           of license changes, if no new or increased concentration of ownership would be created among
           commonly owned, operated or controlled broadcast stations. Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
           section will apply to all applications for new stations, to all other applications for assignment or
           transfer, to all applications for major changes to existing stations, and to all other applications for
           minor changes to existing stations that seek a change in an FM or AM radio station's community
           of license or create new or increased concentration of ownership among commonly owned,
           operated or controlled broadcast stations. Commonly owned, operated or controlled broadcast
           stations that do not comply with paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section may not be assigned or
           transferred to a single person, group or entity, except as provided in this Note, the Report and Order
           in Docket No. 02–277, released July 2, 2003 (FCC 02–127), or the Second Report and Order in MB
           Docket No. 14–50, FCC 16–107 (released August 25, 2016).

           Note 5 to § 73.3555: Paragraphs (b) and (e) of this section will not be applied to cases involving
           television stations that are “satellite” operations. Such cases will be considered in accordance with
           the analysis set forth in the Report and Order in MM Docket No. 87–8, FCC 91–182 (released July
           8, 1991), as further explained by the Report and Order in MB Docket No. 18–63, FCC 19–17,
           (released March 12, 2019), in order to determine whether common ownership, operation, or control
           of the stations in question would be in the public interest. An authorized and operating “satellite”
           television station, the digital noise limited service contour of which overlaps that of a commonly
           owned, operated, or controlled “non-satellite” parent television broadcast station may
           subsequently become a “non-satellite” station under the circumstances described in the
           aforementioned Report and Order in MM Docket No. 87–8. However, such commonly owned,
           operated, or controlled “non-satellite” television stations may not be transferred or assigned to a
           single person, group, or entity except as provided in Note 4 of this section.

47 CFR 73.3555(f) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 449 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 73.3555(f)
Radio Broadcast Services

           Note 6 to § 73.3555: Requests submitted pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section will be
           considered in accordance with the analysis set forth in the Order on Reconsideration in MB Docket
           Nos. 14–50, et al. (FCC 17–156).

           Note 7 to § 73.3555: The Commission will entertain applications to waive the restrictions in
           paragraph (b) of this section (the local television ownership rule) on a case-by-case basis. In each
           case, we will require a showing that the in-market buyer is the only entity ready, willing, and able to
           operate the station, that sale to an out-of-market applicant would result in an artificially depressed
           price, and that the waiver applicant does not already directly or indirectly own, operate, or control
           interest in two television stations within the relevant DMA. One way to satisfy these criteria would
           be to provide an affidavit from an independent broker affirming that active and serious efforts have
           been made to sell the permit, and that no reasonable offer from an entity outside the market has
           been received.

           Note 8 to § 73.3555: Paragraph (a)(1) of this section will not apply to an application for an AM
           station license in the 535–1605 kHz band where grant of such application will result in the overlap
           of 5 mV/m groundwave contours of the proposed station and that of another AM station in the
           535–1605 kHz band that is commonly owned, operated or controlled if the applicant shows that a
           significant reduction in interference to adjacent or co-channel stations would accompany such
           common ownership. Such AM overlap cases will be considered on a case-by-case basis to
           determine whether common ownership, operation or control of the stations in question would be
           in the public interest. Applicants in such cases must submit a contingent application of the major
           or minor facilities change needed to achieve the interference reduction along with the application
           which seeks to create the 5 mV/m overlap situation.

           Note 9 to § 73.3555: Paragraph (a)(1) of this section will not apply to an application for an AM
           station license in the 1605–1705 kHz band where grant of such application will result in the
           overlap of the 5 mV/m groundwave contours of the proposed station and that of another AM
           station in the 535–1605 kHz band that is commonly owned, operated or controlled.

           Note 10 to § 73.3555: Authority for joint ownership granted pursuant to Note 9 will expire at 3 a.m.
           local time on the fifth anniversary for the date of issuance of a construction permit for an AM radio
           station in the 1605–1705 kHz band.

           Note 11 to § 73.3555: An entity will not be permitted to directly or indirectly own, operate, or
           control two television stations in the same DMA through the execution of any agreement (or series
           of agreements) involving stations in the same DMA, or any individual or entity with a cognizable

47 CFR 73.3555(f) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 450 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                 47 CFR 73.3561
Radio Broadcast Services

           interest in such stations, in which a station (the “new affiliate”) acquires the network affiliation of
           another station (the “previous affiliate”), if the change in network affiliations would result in the
           licensee of the new affiliate, or any individual or entity with a cognizable interest in the new
           affiliate, directly or indirectly owning, operating, or controlling two of the top-four rated television
           stations in the DMA at the time of the agreement. Parties should also refer to the Second Report
           and Order in MB Docket No. 14–50, FCC 16–107 (released August 25, 2016).

[73 FR 9487, Feb. 21, 2008, as amended at 73 FR 28369, May 16, 2008; 75 FR 27199, May 14, 2010; 79 FR 29006, May 20, 2014;
81 FR 73041, Oct. 24, 2016; 81 FR 76262, Nov. 1, 2016; 82 FR 21127, May 5, 2017; 83 FR 755, Jan. 8, 2018; 84 FR 15128, Apr. 15,
2019; 85 FR 5164, Jan. 29, 2020; 86 FR 34628, June 30, 2021]

§ 73.3561 Staff consideration of applications requiring Commission action.
Upon acceptance of an application, the complete file is reviewed by the staff and, except where the application is
acted upon by the staff pursuant to delegation of authority, a report containing the recommendations of the staff
and any other documents required is prepared and placed on the Commission's agenda.

[44 FR 38499, July 2, 1979]

§ 73.3562 Staff consideration of applications not requiring action by the Commission.
Those applications which do not require action by the Commission but which, pursuant to the delegations of
authority set forth in subpart B of part 0 of this chapter, may be acted upon by the Chief, Media Bureau, are
forwarded to the Media Bureau for necessary action. If the application is granted, the formal authorization is issued.
In any case where it is recommended that the application be set for hearing, where a novel question of policy is
presented, or where the Chief, Media Bureau desires instructions from the Commission, the matter is placed on the
Commission agenda.

[67 FR 13233, Mar. 21, 2002]

§ 73.3564 Acceptance of applications.
     (a)

           (1) Applications tendered for filing are dated upon receipt and then forwarded to the Media Bureau,
               where an administrative examination is made to ascertain whether the applications are complete.
               Except for applications for minor modifications of facilities in the non-reserved FM band, as defined
               in § 73.3573(a)(2), long form applications subject to the provisions of § 73.5005 found to be
               complete or substantially complete are accepted for filing and are given file numbers. In the case of
               minor defects as to completeness, a deficiency letter will be issued and the applicant will be required
               to supply the missing or corrective information. Applications that are not substantially complete will
               not be considered and will be returned to the applicant.

           (2) In the case of minor modifications of facilities in the non-reserved FM band, applications will be
               placed on public notice if they meet the following two-tiered minimum filing requirements as initially
               filed in first-come/first-serve proceedings:

                 (i)   The application must include:

47 CFR 73.3564(a)(2)(i) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 451 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                 47 CFR 73.3564(a)(2)(i)(A)
Radio Broadcast Services

                      (A) Applicant's name and address,

                      (B) Applicant's signature,

                      (C) Principal community,

                      (D) Channel or frequency,

                      (E) Class of station, and

                      (F) Transmitter site coordinates; and

                 (ii) The application must not omit more than three of the following second-tier items:

                      (A) A list of the other media interests of the applicant and its principals,

                      (B) Certification of compliance with the alien ownership provisions contained in 47 U.S.C.
                          310(b),

                      (C) Tower/antenna heights,

                      (D) Effective radiated power,

                      (E) Whether the antenna is directional or omnidirectional, and

                      (F) An exhibit demonstrating compliance with the contour protection requirements of 47 CFR
                          73.215, if applicable.

           (3) Applications found not to meet minimum filing requirements will be returned to the applicant.
               Applications found to meet minimum filing requirements, but that contain deficiencies in tender and/
               or acceptance information, shall be given an opportunity for corrective amendment pursuant to
               73.3522 of this part. Applications found to be substantially complete and in accordance with the
               Commission's core legal and technical requirements will be accepted for filing. Applications with
               uncorrected tender and/or acceptance defects remaining after the opportunity for corrective
               amendment will be dismissed with no further opportunity for amendment.

     (b) Acceptance of an application for filing merely means that it has been the subject of a preliminary review
         by the FCC's administrative staff as to completeness. Such acceptance will not preclude the subsequent
         dismissal of the application if it is found to be patently not in accordance with the FCC's rules.

     (c) At regular intervals, the FCC will issue a Public Notice listing all long form applications which have been
         accepted for filing. Pursuant to §§ 73.3571(h), 73.3572, and 73.3573(f), such notice shall establish a cut-
         off date for the filing of petitions to deny. With respect to reserved band FM applications, the Public
         Notice shall also establish a cut-off date for the filing of mutually exclusive applications pursuant to §
         73.3573(e). However, no application will be accepted for filing unless certification of compliance with the
         local notice requirements of § 73.3580(h) has been made in the tendered application.

     (d) The FCC will specify by Public Notice, pursuant to § 73.5002, a period for filing applications for new
         stations or for major modifications in the facilities of an existing station. Except for reserved band FM
         stations and TV stations on reserved noncommercial educational channels, applications for new and
         major modifications in facilities will be accepted only during these window filing periods specified by the
         Commission.

     (e) Applications for minor modification of facilities may be tendered at any time, unless restricted by the FCC.
         These applications will be processed on a “first come/first served” basis and will be treated as
         simultaneously tendered if filed on the same day. Any applications received after the filing of a lead

47 CFR 73.3564(e) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 452 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.3564(f)
Radio Broadcast Services

           application will be grouped according to filing date, and placed in a queue behind the lead applicant. The
           FCC will periodically release a Public Notice listing those minor modification of facilities applications
           accepted for filing.

     (f) If a non-reserved band FM channel allotment becomes vacant, after the grant of a construction permit
         becomes final, because of a lapsed construction permit or for any other reason, the FCC will, by Public
         Notice, announce a subsequent filing window for the acceptance of new applications for such channels.

     (g) Applications for operation in the 1605–1705 kHz band will be accepted only if filed pursuant to the terms
         of § 73.30(b).

[63 FR 48624, Sept. 11, 1998, as amended at 64 FR 56978, Oct. 22, 1999; 67 FR 13233, Mar. 21, 2002]

§ 73.3566 Defective applications.
     (a) Applications which are determined to be patently not in accordance with the FCC rules, regulations, or
         other requirements, unless accompanied by an appropriate request for waiver, will be considered
         defective and will not be accepted for filing or if inadvertently accepted for filing will be dismissed.
         Requests for waiver shall show the nature of the waiver or exception desired and shall set forth the
         reasons in support thereof.

     (b) If an applicant is requested by the FCC to file any additional documents or information not included in the
         prescribed application form, a failure to comply with such request will be deemed to render the
         application defective, and such application will be dismissed.

[44 FR 38499, July 2, 1979]

§ 73.3568 Dismissal of applications.
     (a)

           (1) Failure to prosecute an application, or failure to respond to official correspondence or request for
               additional information, will be cause for dismissal.

           (2) Applicants in all broadcast services subject to competitive bidding will be subject to the provisions of
               §§ 73.5002 and 1.2105(b) regarding the dismissal of their short-form applications.

           (3) Applicants in all broadcast services subject to competitive bidding will be subject to the provisions of
               §§ 73.5004, 73.5005 and 1.2104(g) regarding the dismissal of their long-form applications and the
               imposition of applicable withdrawal, default and disqualification payments.

     (b)

           (1) Subject to the provisions of § 73.3525, dismissal of applications for channels reserved for
               noncommercial educational use will be without prejudice where an application has not yet been
               designated for hearing, but may be made with prejudice after designation for hearing.

           (2) Subject to the provisions of § 73.3525, requests to dismiss an application for a channel reserved for
               noncommercial educational use, without prejudice, after it has been designated for hearing, will be
               considered only upon written petition properly served upon all parties of record. Such requests shall
               be granted only upon a showing that the request is based on circumstances wholly beyond the
               applicant's control which preclude further prosecution of his application.

47 CFR 73.3568(b)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 453 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.3568(c)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (c) Subject to the provisions of §§ 73.3523 and 73.3525, any application for minor modification of facilities
         may, upon request of the applicant, be dismissed without prejudice as a matter of right.

     (d) An applicant's request for the return of an application that has been accepted for filing will be regarded as
         a request for dismissal.

[63 FR 48624, Sept. 11, 1998]

§ 73.3571 Processing of AM broadcast station applications.
     (a) Applications for AM broadcast facilities are divided into three groups.

           (1) In the first group are applications for new stations or for major changes in the facilities of authorized
               stations. A major change for an AM station authorized under this part is any change in frequency,
               except frequency changes to non-expanded band first, second or third adjacent channels. A major
               change in ownership is a situation where the original party or parties to the application do not retain
               more than 50% ownership interest in the application as originally filed. A major change in community
               of license is one in which the applicant's daytime facilities at the proposed community are not
               mutually exclusive, as defined in § 73.37, with the applicant's current daytime facilities, or any
               change in community of license of an AM station in the 1605–1705 kHz band. All other changes will
               be considered minor.

           (2) The second group consists of applications for licenses and all other changes in the facilities of
               authorized stations.

           (3) The third group consists of applications for operation in the 1605–1705 kHz band which are filed
               subsequent to FCC notification that allotments have been awarded to petitioners under the
               procedure specified in § 73.30.

     (b)

           (1) The FCC may, after acceptance of an application for modification of facilities, advise the applicant
               that such application is considered to be one for a major change and therefore is subject to the
               provisions of §§ 73.3522, 73.3580 and 1.1111 of this chapter pertaining to major changes. Such
               major modification applications will be dismissed as set forth in paragraph (h)(1)(i) of this section.

           (2) An amendment to an application which would effect a major change, as defined in paragraph (a)(1)
               of this section, will not be accepted except as provided for in paragraph (h)(1)(i) of this section.

     (c) An application for changes in the facilities of an existing station will continue to carry the same file
         number even though (pursuant to FCC approval) an assignment of license or transfer of control of said
         licensee or permittee has taken place if, upon consummation, the application is amended to reflect the
         new ownership.

     (d) If, upon examination, the FCC finds that the public interest, convenience and necessity will be served by
         the granting of an application, the same will be granted. If the FCC is unable to make such a finding and it
         appears that a hearing may be required, the procedure set forth in § 73.3593 will be followed.

     (e) Applications proposing to increase the power of an AM station are subject to the following requirements:

           (1) In order to be acceptable for filing, any application which does not involve a change in site must
               propose at least a 20% increase in the station's nominal power.

47 CFR 73.3571(e)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 454 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.3571(e)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (2) Applications involving a change in site are not subject to the requirements in paragraph (e)(1) of this
               section.

           (3) Applications for nighttime power increases for Class D stations are not subject to the requirements
               of this section and will be processed as minor changes.

           (4) The following special procedures will be followed in authorizing Class II-D daytime-only stations on
               940 and 1550 kHz, and Class III daytime-only stations on the 41 regional channels listed in §
               73.26(a), to operate unlimited-time.

                 (i)   Each eligible daytime-only station in the foregoing categories will receive an Order to Show
                       Cause why its license should not be modified to specify operation during nighttime hours with
                       the facilities it is licensed to start using at local sunrise, using the power stated in the Order to
                       Show Cause, that the Commission finds is the highest nighttime level—not exceeding 0.5
                       kW—at which the station could operate without causing prohibited interference to other
                       domestic or foreign stations, or to co-channel or adjacent channel stations for which pending
                       applications were filed before December 1, 1987.

                 (ii) Stations accepting such modification shall be reclassified. Those authorized in such Show
                      Cause Orders to operate during nighttime hours with a power of 0.25 kW or more, or with a
                      power that, although less than 0.25 kW, is sufficient to enable them to attain RMS field
                      strengths of 141 mV/m or more at 1 kilometer, shall be redesignated as Class II-B stations if
                      they are assigned to 940 or 1550 kHz, and as unlimited-time Class III stations if they are
                      assigned to regional channels.

                (iii) Stations accepting such modification that are authorized to operate during nighttime hours at
                      powers less than 0.25 kW, and that cannot with such powers attain RMS field strengths of 141
                      mV/m or more at 1 kilometer, shall be redesignated as Class II-S stations if they are assigned to
                      940 or 1550 kHz, and as Class III-S stations if they are assigned to regional channels.

                (iv) Applications for new stations may be filed at any time on 940 and 1550 kHz and on the regional
                     channels. Also, stations assigned to 940 or 1550 kHz, or to the regional channels, may at any
                     time, regardless of their classifications, apply for power increases up to the maximum generally
                     permitted. Such applications for new or changed facilities will be granted without taking into
                     account interference caused to Class II-S or Class III-S stations, but will be required to show
                     interference protection to other classes of stations, including stations that were previously
                     classified as Class II-S or Class III-S, but were later reclassified as Class II-B or Class III
                     unlimited-time stations as a result of subsequent facilities modifications that permitted power
                     increases qualifying them to discontinue their “S” subclassification.

     (f) Applications for minor modifications for AM broadcast stations, as defined in paragraph (a)(2) of this
         section, may be filed at any time, unless restricted by the FCC, and will be processed on a “first come/first
         served” basis, with the first acceptable application cutting off the filing rights of subsequent, conflicting
         applicants. The FCC will periodically release a Public Notice listing those applications accepted for filing.
         Applications received on the same day will be treated as simultaneously filed and, if they are found to be
         mutually exclusive, must be resolved through settlement or technical amendment. Conflicting
         applications received after the filing of a first acceptable application will be grouped, according to filing
         date, behind the lead application in a queue. The priority rights of the lead applicant, against all other
         applicants, are determined by the date of filing, but the filing date for subsequent, conflicting applicants
         only reserves a place in the queue. The rights of an applicant in a queue ripen only upon a final

47 CFR 73.3571(f) (enhanced display)                                                                          page 455 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 73.3571(g)
Radio Broadcast Services

           determination that the lead applicant is unacceptable and if the queue member is reached and found
           acceptable. The queue will remain behind the lead applicant until a construction permit is finally granted,
           at which time the queue dissolves.

     (g) Applications for change of license to change hours of operation of a Class C AM broadcast station, to
         decrease hours of operation of any other class of station, or to change station location involving no
         change in transmitter site will be considered without reference to the processing line.

     (h) Processing new and major AM broadcast station applications.

           (1)

                 (i)    The FCC will specify by Public Notice, pursuant to § 73.5002, a period for filing AM applications
                        for a new station or for major modifications in the facilities of an authorized station. AM
                        applications for new facilities or for major modifications, whether for commercial broadcast
                        stations or noncommercial educational broadcast stations, as described in 47 U.S.C. 397(6),
                        will be accepted only during these specified periods. Applications submitted prior to the
                        appropriate filing period or “window” opening date identified in the Public Notice will be
                        returned as premature. Applications submitted after the specified deadline will be dismissed
                        with prejudice as untimely.

                 (ii)

                        (A) Such AM applicants will be subject to the provisions of §§ 1.2105 of this chapter and
                            73.5002 regarding the submission of the short-form application, FCC Form 175, and all
                            appropriate certifications, information and exhibits contained therein. Applications must
                            include the following engineering data:

                             (1) Community of license;

                             (2) Frequency;

                             (3) Class;

                             (4) Hours of operations (day, night, critical hours);

                             (5) Power (day, night, critical hours);

                             (6) Antenna location (day, night, critical hours); and

                             (7) All other antenna data.

                        (B) Applications lacking data (including any form of placeholder, such as inapposite use of “0”
                            or “not applicable” or an abbreviation thereof) in any of the categories listed in paragraph
                            (h)(1)(ii)(A) of this section will be immediately dismissed as incomplete without an
                            opportunity for amendment. The staff will review the remaining applications to determine
                            whether they meet the following basic eligibility criteria:

                             (1) Community of license coverage (day and night) as set forth in § 73.24(i), and

                             (2) Protection of co- and adjacent-channel station licenses, construction permits and
                                 prior-filed applications (day and night) as set forth in §§ 73.37 and 73.182.

                        (C) If the staff review shows that an application does not meet one or more of the basic
                            eligibility criteria listed in paragraph (h)(1)(ii)(B) of this section, it will be deemed
                            “technically ineligible for filing” and will be included on a Public Notice listing defective

47 CFR 73.3571(h)(1)(ii)(C) (enhanced display)                                                                page 456 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                   47 CFR 73.3571(h)(1)(iii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                            applications and setting a deadline for the submission of curative amendments. An
                            application listed on that Public Notice may be amended only to the extent directly related
                            to an identified deficiency in the application. The amendment may modify the proposed
                            power, class (within the limits set forth in § 73.21 of the rules), antenna location or
                            antenna data, but not the proposed community of license or frequency. Except as set forth
                            in the preceding two sentences, amendments to short-form (FCC Form 175) applications
                            will not be accepted at any time. Applications that remain technically ineligible after the
                            close of this amendment period will be dismissed, and the staff will determine which
                            remaining applications are mutually exclusive. The engineering proposals in eligible
                            applications remaining after the close of the amendment period will be protected from
                            subsequently filed applications. Determinations as to the acceptability or grantability of an
                            applicant's proposal will not be made prior to an auction.

                 (iii) AM applicants will be subject to the provisions of §§ 1.2105 and 73.5002 regarding the
                       modification and dismissal of their short-form applications.

           (2) Subsequently, the FCC will release Public Notices:

                 (i)   Identifying the short-form applications received during the window filing period which are found
                       to be mutually exclusive, including any applications for noncommercial educational broadcast
                       stations, as described in 47 U.S.C. 397(6), as well as the procedures the FCC will use to resolve
                       the mutually exclusive applications;

                 (ii) Establishing a date, time and place for an auction;

                 (iii) Providing information regarding the methodology of competitive bidding to be used in the
                       upcoming auction, bid submission and payment procedures, upfront payment procedures,
                       upfront payment deadlines, minimum opening bid requirements and applicable reserve prices
                       in accordance with the provisions of § 73.5002;

                 (iv) Identifying applicants who have submitted timely upfront payments and, thus, are qualified to
                      bid in the auction.

           (3) After the close of the filing window, the FCC will also release a Public Notice identifying any short-
               form applications received which are found to be non-mutually exclusive, including any applications
               for noncommercial educational broadcast stations, as described in 47 U.S.C. 397(6). All non-
               mutually exclusive applicants will be required to submit an appropriate long form application within
               30 days of the Public Notice and, for applicants for commercial broadcast stations, pursuant to the
               provisions of § 73.5005(d). Non-mutually exclusive applications for commercial broadcast stations
               will be processed and the FCC will periodically release a Public Notice listing such non-mutually
               exclusive applications determined to be acceptable for filing and announcing a date by which
               petitions to deny must be filed in accordance with the provisions of §§ 73.5006 and 73.3584. Non-
               mutually exclusive applications for noncommercial educational broadcast stations, as described in
               47 U.S.C. 397(6), will be processed and the FCC will periodically release a Public Notice listing such
               non-mutually exclusive applications determined to be acceptable for filing and announcing a date by
               which petitions to deny must be filed in accordance with the provisions of §§ 73.7004 and 73.3584.
               If the applicant is duly qualified, and upon examination, the FCC finds that the public interest,
               convenience and necessity will be served by the granting of the non-mutually exclusive long form
               application, the same will be granted.

           (4)

47 CFR 73.3571(h)(4) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 457 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                  47 CFR 73.3571(h)(4)(i)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (i)   The auction will be held pursuant to the procedures set forth in §§ 1.2101 et seq. and 73.5000
                       et seq. Subsequent to the auction, the FCC will release a Public Notice announcing the close of
                       the auction and identifying the winning bidders. Winning bidders will be subject to the
                       provisions of § 1.2107 of this chapter regarding down payments and will be required to submit
                       the appropriate down payment within 10 business days of the Public Notice. Pursuant to §
                       1.2107 of this chapter and § 73.5005, a winning bidder that meets its down payment
                       obligations in a timely manner must, within 30 days of the release of the Public Notice
                       announcing the close of the auction, submit the appropriate long-form application for each
                       construction permit for which it was the winning bidder. Long-form applications filed by winning
                       bidders shall include the exhibits identified in § 73.5005(a).

                 (ii) Winning bidders are required to pay the balance of their winning bids in a lump sum prior to the
                      deadline established by the Commission pursuant to § 1.2109(a). Long-form construction
                      permit applications will be processed and the FCC will periodically release a Public Notice
                      listing such applications that have been accepted for filing and announcing a date by which
                      petitions to deny must be filed in accordance with the provisions of §§ 73.5006 and 73.3584.
                      Construction permits will be granted by the Commission only after full and timely payment of
                      winning bids and any applicable late fees, and if the applicant is duly qualified, and upon
                      examination, the FCC finds that the public interest, convenience and necessity will be served.

                 (iii) All long-form applications will be cutoff as of the date of filing with the FCC and will be
                       protected from subsequently filed long-form applications. Applications will be required to
                       protect all previously filed commercial and noncommercial applications. Subject to the
                       restrictions set forth in paragraph (k) of this section, winning bidders filing long-form
                       applications may change the technical proposals specified in their previously submitted short-
                       form applications, but such change may not constitute a major change. If the submitted long-
                       form application would constitute a major change from the proposal submitted in the short-
                       form application, the long-form application will be returned pursuant to paragraph (h)(1)(i) of
                       this section.

      (i)   In order to grant a major or minor change application made contingent upon the grant of another
            licensee's request for a facility modification, the Commission will not consider mutually exclusive
            applications by other parties that would not protect the currently authorized facilities of the contingent
            applicants. Such major change applications remain, however, subject to the provisions of §§ 73.3580 and
            1.1111. The Commission shall grant contingent requests for construction permits for station
            modifications only upon a finding that such action will promote the public interest, convenience and
            necessity.

      (j)   Applications proposing to change the community of license of an AM station, except for an AM station in
            the 1605–1705 kHz band, are considered to be minor modifications under paragraphs (a)(2) and (f) of
            this section, and are subject to the following requirements:

            (1) The applicant must attach an exhibit to its application containing information demonstrating that the
                proposed community of license change constitutes a preferential arrangement of assignments
                under Section 307(b) of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (47 U.S.C. 307(b));

            (2) The daytime facilities specified by the applicant at the proposed community of license must be
                mutually exclusive, as defined in § 73.37, with the applicant's current daytime facilities; and

            (3) The applicant must comply with the local public notice provisions of § 73.3580(c)(5).

     (k)
47 CFR 73.3571(k) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 458 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 73.3571(k)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) An AM applicant receiving a dispositive Section 307(b) preference is required to construct and
               operate technical facilities substantially as proposed in its FCC Form 175. An AM applicant, licensee,
               or permittee receiving a dispositive Section 307(b) preference based on its proposed service to
               underserved populations (under Priority (1), Priority (2), and Priority (4)) or service totals (under
               Priority (4)) may modify its facilities so long as it continues to provide the same priority service to
               substantially the same number of persons who would have received service under the initial
               proposal, even if the population is not the same population that would have received such service
               under the initial proposal. For purposes of this provision, “substantially” means that any proposed
               modification must not result in a decrease of more than 20 percent of any population figure that was
               a material factor in obtaining the dispositive Section 307(b) preference.

           (2) An AM applicant, licensee, or permittee that has received a dispositive preference under Priority (3)
               will be prohibited from changing its community of license.

           (3) The restrictions set forth in paragraphs (k)(1) and (k)(2) of this section will be applied for a period of
               four years of on-air operations. This holding period does not apply to construction permits that are
               awarded on a non-comparative basis, such as those awarded to non-mutually exclusive applicants or
               through settlement.

           Note to § 73.3571: For purposes of paragraph (h)(1)(ii) of this section, § 73.182(k) interference
           standards apply when determining nighttime mutual exclusivity between applications to provide
           AM service that are filed in the same window. Two applications would be deemed to be mutually
           exclusive if either application would be subject to dismissal because it would enter into, i.e., raise,
           the twenty-five percent exclusion RSS nighttime limit of the other.

[63 FR 48625, Sept. 11, 1998, as amended at 64 FR 19501, Apr. 21, 1999; 67 FR 45374, July 9, 2002; 68 FR 26227, May 15, 2003;
71 FR 6228, Feb. 7, 2006; 71 FR 76219, Dec. 20, 2006; 75 FR 9806, Mar. 4, 2010; 76 FR 18952, Apr. 6, 2011; 85 FR 36794, June 18,
2020]

§ 73.3572 Processing of TV broadcast, Class A TV broadcast, low power TV, TV translators, and
TV booster applications.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7260, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Applications for TV stations are divided into two groups:

           (1) In the first group are applications for new stations or major changes in the facilities of authorized
               stations. A major change for TV broadcast stations authorized under this part is any change in
               frequency or community of license which is in accord with a present allotment contained in the Table
               of Allotments (§ 73.622(j)). Other requests for change in frequency or community of license for TV
               broadcast stations must first be submitted in the form of a petition for rulemaking to amend the
               Table of Allotments.

           (2) In the case of Class A TV stations authorized under subpart J of this part and low power TV, TV
               translator, and TV booster stations authorized under part 74 of this chapter, a major change is any
               change in:

                 (i)   Frequency (output channel), except a change in offset carrier frequency; or

47 CFR 73.3572(a)(2)(i) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 459 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                   47 CFR 73.3572(a)(2)(ii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (ii) Transmitting antenna location where the protected contour resulting from the change is not
                      predicted to overlap any portion of the protected contour based on the station's authorized
                      facilities.

           (3) Other changes will be considered minor including changes made to implement a channel sharing
               arrangement provided they comply with the other provisions of this section and provided, until
               October 1, 2000, proposed changes to the facilities of Class A TV, low power TV, TV translator and
               TV booster stations, other than a change in frequency, will be considered minor only if the change(s)
               will not increase the signal range of the Class A TV, low power TV or TV booster in any horizontal
               direction.

           (4) The following provisions apply to displaced Class A TV, low power TV, TV translator and TV booster
               stations:

                 (i)   In the case of an authorized low power TV, TV translator or TV booster which is predicted to
                       cause or receive interference to or from an authorized TV broadcast station pursuant to §
                       74.705 of this chapter or interference with broadcast or other services under § 74.703 or §
                       74.709 of this chapter, an application for a change in output channel, together with technical
                       modifications which are necessary to avoid interference (including a change in antenna
                       location of less than 16.1km), will not be considered as an application for a major change in
                       those facilities.

                 (ii) Provided further, that a low power TV or TV translator or TV booster station which is causing or
                      receiving interference or is predicted to cause or receive interference to or from an authorized
                      DTV station pursuant to § 74.706 of this chapter, or which is located within the distances
                      specified in paragraph (a)(4)(iv) of this section to the coordinates of co-channel DTV
                      authorizations (or allotment table coordinates if there are no authorized facilities at different
                      coordinates), may at any time file a displacement relief application for a change in output
                      channel, together with any technical modifications which are necessary to avoid interference or
                      continue serving the station's protected service area. Such an application will not be considered
                      as an application for a major change in those facilities. Where such an application is mutually
                      exclusive with applications for new low power TV, TV translator, or TV booster stations, or with
                      other nondisplacement relief applications for facilities modifications of Class A TV, low power
                      TV, TV translator, or TV booster stations, priority will be afforded to the displacement
                      application(s) to the exclusion of other applications.

                (iii) A Class A TV station which is causing or receiving interference or is predicted to cause or
                      receive interference to or from an authorized TV broadcast station pursuant to § 73.6011 or §
                      73.613; a DTV station or allotment pursuant to § 73.6013 or § 73.623, or which is located within
                      the distances specified below in paragraph (iv) of this section to the coordinates of co-channel
                      DTV authorizations (or allotment table coordinates if there are no authorized facilities at
                      different coordinates); or other service that protects and/or is protected by Class A TV stations,
                      may at any time file a displacement relief application for a change in channel, together with
                      technical modifications that are necessary to avoid interference or continue serving the
                      station's protected service area, provided the station's protected contour resulting from a
                      relocation of the transmitting antenna is predicted to overlap some portion of the protected
                      contour based on its authorized facilities. A Class A TV station displacement relief applications
                      will be considered major change applications, and will be placed on public notice for a period of
                      not less than 30 days to permit the filing of petitions to deny. However, these applications will
                      not be subject to the filing of competing applications. Where a Class A displacement relief

47 CFR 73.3572(a)(4)(iii) (enhanced display)                                                              page 460 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 73.3572(a)(4)(iv)
Radio Broadcast Services

                       application becomes mutually exclusive with applications for new low power TV, TV translator
                       or TV booster stations, or with other non-displacement relief applications for facilities
                       modifications of Class A TV, low power TV, TV translator or TV booster stations, priority will be
                       afforded to the Class A TV displacement relief application(s) to the exclusion of other
                       applications. Mutually exclusive displacement relief applications of Class A TV, low power TV,
                       TV translators or TV booster stations filed on the same day will be subject to competitive
                       bidding procedures if the mutual exclusivity is not resolved by an engineering solution.

                (iv)

                       (A) The geographic separations to co-channel DTV facilities or allotment reference
                           coordinates, as applicable, within which to qualify for displacement relief are the
                           following:

                            (1) Stations on UHF channels: 265 km (162 miles)

                            (2) Stations on VHF channels 2–6: 280 km (171 miles)

                            (3) Stations on VHF channels 7–13: 260 km (159 miles)

                       (B) Engineering showings of predicted interference may also be submitted to justify the need
                           for displacement relief.

                 (v) Provided further, that the FCC may, within 15 days after acceptance of any other application for
                     modification of facilities, advise the applicant that such application is considered to be one for
                     a major change and therefore subject to the provisions of §§ 73.3522, 73.3580, and 1.1111 of
                     this chapter pertaining to major changes. Such major modification applications filed for Class A
                     TV, low power TV, TV translator, TV booster stations, and for a non-reserved television
                     allotment, are subject to competitive bidding procedures and will be dismissed if filed outside a
                     specified filing period. See 47 CFR 73.5002(a).

     (b)

           (1) A new file number will be assigned to an application for a new station or for major changes in the
               facilities of an authorized station, when it is amended so as to effect a major change, as defined in
               paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section, or result in a situation where the original party or parties to the
               application do not retain more than 50 percent ownership interest in the application as originally
               filed, and § 73.3580 will apply to such amended application. However, such change in ownership is
               minor if:

                 (i)   The governing board change in a nonstock or membership noncommercial educational (NCE)
                       full power television applicant occurred over a period of six months or longer; or

                 (ii) The governing board change in a nonstock or membership NCE full power television applicant
                      occurred over a period of less than six months and there is no evidence of a takeover concern
                      or a significant effect on such organization's mission.

           (2) All changes in a governmental applicant are considered minor.

           (3) An application for change in the facilities of any existing station will continue to carry the same file
               number even though (pursuant to FCC approval) an assignment of license or transfer of control of
               such licensee or permittee has taken place if, upon consummation, the application is amended to
               reflect the new ownership.

47 CFR 73.3572(b)(3) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 461 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 73.3572(c)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (c) Amendments to Class A TV, low power TV, TV translator, TV booster stations, or non-reserved television
         applications, which would require a new file number pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, are subject
         to competitive bidding procedures and will be dismissed if filed outside a specified filing period. See 47
         CFR 73.5002(a). When an amendment to an application for a reserved television allotment would require
         a new file number pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, the applicant will have the opportunity to
         withdraw the amendment at any time prior to designation for a hearing if applicable; and may be afforded,
         subject to the discretion of the Administrative Law Judge, an opportunity to withdraw the amendment
         after designation for a hearing.

     (d)

           (1) The FCC will specify by Public Notice, a period for filing applications for new television stations on
               reserved noncommercial educational channels or for major modifications in the facilities of an
               authorized station on reserved channels. TV reserved channel applications for new facilities or for
               major modifications will be accepted only during the appropriate filing period or “window.”
               Applications submitted prior to the window opening date identified in the Public Notice will be
               returned as premature. Applications submitted after the specified deadline will be dismissed with
               prejudice as untimely. Mutually exclusive applications for reserved channel television stations will be
               resolved using the point system in subpart K of this part.

           (2) Concurrently with the filing of a new or major modification application for a reserved noncommercial
               educational channel, the applicant shall submit to the FCC's public reference room and to a local
               public inspection file consistent with § 73.3527(e)(2), supporting documentation of points claimed,
               as described in the application form.

     (e) The FCC will specify by Public Notice a period for filing applications for a new non-reserved television, low
         power TV and TV translator stations or for major modifications in the facilities of such authorized
         stations, whether for commercial broadcast stations or noncommercial educational broadcast stations,
         as described in 47 U.S.C. 397(6), and major modifications in the facilities of Class A TV stations.

     (f) Applications for minor modification of Class A TV, low power TV, TV translator and TV booster stations
         may be filed at any time, unless restricted by the FCC, and will be processed on a “first-come/first-served”
         basis, with the first acceptable application cutting off the filing rights of subsequent, competing
         applicants. Provided, however, that applications for minor modifications of Class A TV and those of TV
         broadcast stations may become mutually exclusive until grant of a pending Class A TV or TV broadcast
         minor modification application.

     (g) TV booster station applications may be filed at any time. Subsequent to filing, the FCC will release a Public
         Notice accepting for filing and proposing for grant those applications which are not mutually exclusive
         with any other TV translator, low power TV, TV booster, or Class A TV application, and providing for the
         filing of Petitions To Deny pursuant to § 73.3584.

     (h) Class A TV station licensees shall file a license application for either the flash cut channel or the digital
         companion channel they choose to retain for post-transition digital operations. Class A TV stations will
         retain primary, protected regulatory status on their desired post-transition digital channel. Class A TV
         applicants must certify that their proposed post-transition digital facilities meet all Class A TV
         interference protection requirements.

[63 FR 48626, Sept. 11, 1998, as amended at 65 FR 30007, May 10, 2000; 65 FR 36379, June 8, 2000; 67 FR 5513, Feb. 6, 2002; 67
FR 45374, July 9, 2002; 68 FR 26227, May 15, 2003; 76 FR 44827, July 27, 2011; 82 FR 18249, Apr. 18, 2017; 85 FR 7889, Feb. 12,
2020; 86 FR 66213, Nov. 22, 2021]

47 CFR 73.3572(h) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 462 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.3573
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.3573 Processing FM broadcast station applications.
     (a) Applications for FM broadcast stations are divided into two groups:

           (1) In the first group are applications for new stations or for major changes of authorized stations. A
               major change in ownership is one in which the original party or parties to the application do not
               retain more than 50 percent ownership interest in the application as originally filed, except that such
               change in ownership is minor if: The governing board change in a nonstock or membership NCE
               applicant occurred over a period of six months or longer or the governing board change in a
               nonstock or membership NCE applicant occurred over a period of less than six months and there is
               no evidence of a takeover concern or a significant effect on such organization's mission. All changes
               in a governmental applicant are considered minor. In the case of a Class D or an NCE FM reserved
               band channel station, a major facility change is any change in antenna location which would not
               continue to provide a 1 mV/m service to some portion of its previously authorized 1 mV/m service
               area. In the case of a Class D station, a major facility change is any change in community of license
               or any change in frequency other than to a first-, second-, or third-adjacent channel. A major facility
               change for a commercial or a noncommercial educational full service FM station, a winning auction
               bidder, or a tentative selectee authorized or determined under this part is any change in frequency or
               community of license which is not in accord with its current assignment, except for the following:

                 (i)   A change in community of license which complies with the requirements of paragraph (g) of
                       this section;

                 (ii) A change to a higher or lower class co-channel, first-, second-, or third-adjacent channel, or
                      intermediate frequency;

                (iii) A change to a same-class first-, second-, or third-adjacent channel, or intermediate frequency;

                (iv) A channel substitution, subject to the provisions of Section 316 of the Communications Act for
                     involuntary channel substitutions.

           (2) The second group consists of applications for licenses and all other changes in the facilities of
               authorized stations.

     (b)

           (1) The FCC may, after the acceptance of an application for modification of facilities, advise the
               applicant that such application is considered to be one for a major change and therefore subject to
               the provisions of §§ 73.3522, 73.3580 and 1.1111 of this chapter pertaining to major changes. Such
               major modification applications in the non-reserved band will be dismissed as set forth in paragraph
               (f)(2)(i) of this section.

           (2) An amendment to a non-reserved band application which would effect a major change, as defined in
               paragraph (a)(1) of this section, will not be accepted, except as provided for in paragraph (f)(2)(i) of
               this section.

           (3) A new file number will be assigned to a reserved band application for a new station or for major
               changes in the facilities of an authorized station, when it is amended so as to effect a major change,
               as defined in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. Where an amendment to a reserved band application
               would require a new file number, the applicant will have the opportunity to withdraw the amendment
               at any time prior to designation for hearing, if applicable; and may be afforded, subject to the
               discretion of the Administrative Law Judge, an opportunity to withdraw the amendment after
               designation for hearing.

47 CFR 73.3573(b)(3) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 463 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 73.3573(c)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (c) An application for changes in the facilities of any existing station will continue to carry the same file
         number even though (pursuant to FCC approval) an assignment of license or transfer of control of such
         licensee or permittee has taken place if, upon consummation, the application is amended to reflect the
         new ownership.

     (d) If, upon examination, the FCC finds that the public interest, convenience and necessity will be served by
         the granting of an application for FM broadcast facilities, the same will be granted. If the FCC is unable to
         make such a finding and it appears that a hearing may be required, the procedure given in § 73.3593 will
         be followed. In the case of mutually exclusive applications for reserved channels, the procedures in
         subpart K of this part will be followed. In the case of mutually exclusive applications for unreserved
         channels, the procedures in subpart I of this part will be followed.

     (e) Processing reserved channel FM broadcast station applications.

           (1) Applications for minor modifications for reserved channel FM broadcast stations, as defined in
               paragraph (a)(2) of this section, may be filed at any time, unless restricted by the FCC, and will be
               processed on a “first come/first served” basis, with the first acceptable application cutting off the
               filing rights of subsequent, competing applicants. The FCC will periodically release a Public Notice
               listing those applications accepted for filing. Conflicting applications received on the same day will
               be treated as simultaneously filed and mutually exclusive. Conflicting applications received after the
               filing of the first acceptable application will be grouped, according to filing date, behind the lead
               application in the queue. The priority rights of the lead applicant, against all other applicants, are
               determined by the date of filing, but the filing date for subsequent conflicting applicants only
               reserves a place in the queue. The right of an applicant in a queue ripens only upon a final
               determination that the lead applicant is unacceptable and that the queue member is reached and
               found acceptable. The queue will remain behind the lead applicant until the construction permit is
               finally granted, at which time the queue dissolves.

           (2) The FCC will specify by Public Notice a period for filing reserved channel FM applications for a new
               station or for major modifications in the facilities of an authorized station. FM reserved channel
               applications for new facilities or for major modifications will be accepted only during the appropriate
               filing period or “window.” Applications submitted prior to the window opening date identified in the
               Public Notice will be returned as premature. Applications submitted after the specified deadline will
               be dismissed with prejudice as untimely.

           (3) Concurrently with the filing of a new or major modification application for a reserved noncommercial
               educational channel, the applicant shall submit to the FCC's public reference room and to a local
               public inspection file consistent with § 73.3527(e)(2), supporting documentation of points claimed,
               as described in the application form.

           (4) Timely filed applications for new facilities or for major modifications for reserved FM channels will
               be processed pursuant to the procedures set forth in subpart K of this part (§ 73.7000 et seq.)
               Subsequently, the FCC will release Public Notices identifying: mutually exclusive groups of
               applications; applications selected pursuant to the fair distribution procedures set forth in § 73.7002;
               applications received during the window filing period which are found to be non-mutually exclusive;
               tentative selectees determined pursuant to the point system procedures set forth in § 73.7003; and
               acceptable applications. The Public Notices will also announce: additional procedures to be followed
               for certain groups of applications; deadlines for filing additional information; and dates by which
               petitions to deny must be filed in accordance with the provisions of § 73.3584. If the applicant is duly
               qualified, and upon examination, the FCC finds that the public interest, convenience and necessity

47 CFR 73.3573(e)(4) (enhanced display)                                                                page 464 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.3573(f)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 will be served by the granting of the application, it will be granted. If an application is determined
                 unacceptable for filing, the application will be returned, and subject to the amendment requirements
                 of § 73.3522.

     (f) Processing non-reserved FM broadcast station applications.

           (1) Applications for minor modifications for non-reserved FM broadcast stations, as defined in
               paragraph (a)(2) of this section, may be filed at any time, unless restricted by the FCC, and, generally,
               will be processed in the order in which they are tendered. The FCC will periodically release a Public
               Notice listing those applications accepted for filing. Processing of these applications will be on a
               “first come/first serve” basis with the first acceptable application cutting off the filing rights of
               subsequent applicants. All applications received on the same day will be treated as simultaneously
               tendered and, if they are found to be mutually exclusive, must be resolved through settlement or
               technical amendment. Applications received after the tender of a lead application will be grouped,
               according to filing date, behind the lead application in a queue. The priority rights of the lead
               applicant, as against all other applicants, are determined by the date of filing, but the filing date for
               subsequent applicants for that channel and community only reserves a place in the queue. The
               rights of an applicant in a queue ripen only upon a final determination that the lead applicant is
               unacceptable and if the queue member is reached and found acceptable. The queue will remain
               behind the lead applicant until a construction permit is finally granted, at which time the queue
               dissolves.

           (2)

                 (i)   The FCC will specify by Public Notice, pursuant to § 73.5002(a), a period for filing non-reserved
                       band FM applications for a new station or for major modifications in the facilities of an
                       authorized station. FM applications for new facilities or for major modifications, whether for
                       commercial broadcast stations or noncommercial educational broadcast stations, as described
                       in 47 U.S.C. 397(6), will be accepted only during the appropriate filing period or “window.”
                       Applications submitted prior to the window opening date identified in the Public Notice will be
                       returned as premature. Applications submitted after the specified deadline will be dismissed
                       with prejudice as untimely.

                 (ii) Such FM applicants will be subject to the provisions of §§ 1.2105 and 73.5002 regarding the
                      submission of the short-form application, FCC Form 175, and all appropriate certifications,
                      information and exhibits contained therein. FM applicants may submit a set of preferred site
                      coordinates as a supplement to the short-form application. Any specific site indicated by FM
                      applicants will not be studied for technical acceptability, but will be protected from
                      subsequently filed applications as a full-class facility as of the close of the window filing period.
                      Determinations as to the acceptability or grantability of an applicant's proposal will not be
                      made prior to an auction.

                 (iii) FM applicants will be subject to the provisions of §§ 1.2105 and 73.5002(c) regarding the
                       modification and dismissal of their short-form applications.

           (3) Subsequently, the FCC will release Public Notices:

                 (i)   Identifying the short-form applications received during the window filing period which are found
                       to be mutually exclusive, including any applications for noncommercial educational broadcast
                       stations, as described in 47 U.S.C. 397(6), as well as the procedures the FCC will use to resolve
                       the mutually exclusive applications;

47 CFR 73.3573(f)(3)(i) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 465 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                   47 CFR 73.3573(f)(3)(ii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (ii) Establishing a date, time and place for an auction;

                 (iii) Providing information regarding the methodology of competitive bidding to be used in the
                       upcoming auction, bid submission and payment procedures, upfront payment procedures,
                       upfront payment deadlines, minimum opening bid requirements and applicable reserve prices
                       in accordance with the provisions of § 73.5002;

                 (iv) Identifying applicants who have submitted timely upfront payments and, thus, are qualified to
                      bid in the auction.

           (4) If, after the close of the appropriate window filing period, a non-reserved FM allotment remains
               vacant, the window remains closed until the FCC, by Public Notice, specifies a subsequent period for
               filing non-reserved band FM applications for a new station or for major modifications in the facilities
               of an authorized station pursuant to paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section. After the close of the filing
               window, the FCC will also release a Public Notice identifying the short-form applications which are
               found to be non-mutually exclusive, including any applications for noncommercial educational
               broadcast stations, as described in 47 U.S.C. 397(6). These non-mutually exclusive applicants will be
               required to submit the appropriate long-form application within 30 days of the Public Notice and, for
               applicants for commercial broadcast stations, pursuant to the provisions of § 73.5005(d). Non-
               mutually exclusive applications for commercial broadcast stations will be processed and the FCC
               will periodically release a Public Notice listing such non-mutually exclusive applications determined
               to be acceptable for filing and announcing a date by which petitions to deny must be filed in
               accordance with the provisions of §§ 73.5006 and 73.3584. Non-mutually exclusive applications for
               noncommercial educational broadcast stations, as described in 47 U.S.C. 397(6), will be processed
               and the FCC will periodically release a Public Notice listing such non-mutually exclusive applications
               determined to be acceptable for filing and announcing a date by which petitions to deny must be
               filed in accordance with the provisions of §§ 73.7004 and 73.3584. If the applicant is duly qualified,
               and upon examination, the FCC finds that the public interest, convenience, and necessity will be
               served by the granting of the non-mutually exclusive long-form application, it will be granted.

           (5)

                 (i)   Pursuant to § 1.2107 of this chapter and § 73.5005, a winning bidder that meets its down
                       payment obligations in a timely manner must, within 30 days of the release of the public notice
                       announcing the close of the auction, submit the appropriate long-form application for each
                       construction permit for which it was the winning bidder. Long-form applications filed by winning
                       bidders shall include the exhibits identified in § 73.5005(a).

                 (ii) Winning bidders are required to pay the balance of their winning bids in a lump sum prior to the
                      deadline established by the Commission pursuant to § 1.2109(a) of this chapter. Long-form
                      construction permit applications will be processed and the FCC will periodically release a
                      Public Notice listing such applications that have been accepted for filing and announcing a date
                      by which petitions to deny must be filed in accordance with the provisions of §§ 73.5006 and
                      73.3584. Construction permits will be granted by the Commission only after full and timely
                      payment of winning bids and any applicable late fees, and if the applicant is duly qualified, and
                      upon examination, the FCC finds that the public interest, convenience and necessity will be
                      served.

                 (iii) All long-form applications will be cut-off as of the date of filing with the FCC and will be
                       protected from subsequently filed long-form applications and rulemaking petitions.
                       Applications will be required to protect all previously filed commercial and noncommercial

47 CFR 73.3573(f)(5)(iii) (enhanced display)                                                              page 466 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.3573(f)(6)
Radio Broadcast Services

                       applications. Winning bidders filing long-form applications may change the technical proposals
                       specified in their previously submitted short-form applications, but such change may not
                       constitute a major change. If the submitted long-form application would constitute a major
                       change from the proposal submitted in the short-form application or the allotment, the long-
                       form application will be returned pursuant to paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section.

           (6)

                 (i)   When a non-reserved channel FM allotment is added to the Table of FM Allotments using the
                       Tribal Priority described in Note 5 to this section, the FCC will specify by Public Notice a
                       window filing period during which only those applicants that satisfy all of the eligibility criteria
                       listed in Note 5 to this section with regard to the specific Tribal Priority FM allotment(s) listed in
                       the Public Notice may file a long-form application for the Tribal Priority FM allotment. Only
                       applications from applicants meeting the “threshold qualifications” listed in Note 5 will be
                       accepted during this window filing period.

                 (ii) If only one application for the Tribal Priority FM allotment is accepted for filing during the
                      threshold qualifications window, the long-form application will be processed. If two or more
                      applications for the Tribal Priority FM allotment are accepted for filing during the threshold
                      qualifications window, the FCC will specify by Public Notice a period of time, after the close of
                      the threshold qualifications window but before the next FM auction, during which the parties
                      may negotiate a settlement or bona fide merger, as a way of resolving the conflict between their
                      applications. Parties to a settlement must comply with § 73.3525 of the Commission's rules. If
                      a settlement or bona fide merger is reached, the surviving application will be processed. If no
                      settlement or bona fide merger is reached among the threshold qualifications window
                      applicants, the Tribal Priority FM allotment will be offered at auction as described in paragraphs
                      (f)(2) through (f)(5) of this section, except that only those applicants whose applications were
                      accepted for filing pursuant to paragraph (f)(6)(i) of this section may participate in the initial
                      auction of the Tribal Priority FM allotment.

                 (iii) If no application is accepted for filing during the threshold qualifications window, and the party
                       that initially proposed the Tribal Priority FM allotment requests by letter to the Audio Division,
                       Media Bureau, that its pending long-form application not be immediately processed, the Tribal
                       Priority FM allotment will be auctioned as described in paragraphs (f)(2) through (f)(5) of this
                       section in the normal course for vacant FM allotments. When a Tribal Priority FM allotment is
                       offered at auction for the first time, only those applicants meeting the threshold qualifications
                       for that specific Tribal Priority FM allotment, as described in Note 5 to this section, may
                       participate in the auction of that allotment.

                 (iv) Should no applicant meeting threshold qualifications, as described in Note 5 to this section,
                      apply to bid on a Tribal Priority FM allotment in the first auction in which it is offered, or should
                      no applicant meeting threshold qualifications qualify to bid in the first auction in which a Tribal
                      Priority FM allotment is offered, then the Tribal Priority FM allotment will be offered in a
                      subsequent auction. Any such subsequent auction of a Tribal Priority FM allotment shall
                      proceed as described in paragraphs (f)(2) through (f)(5) of this section, and any qualified
                      applicant may participate in the auction of the Tribal Priority FM allotment in such subsequent
                      auction, regardless of whether it meets the threshold qualifications with regard to that specific
                      Tribal Priority FM allotment.

47 CFR 73.3573(f)(6)(iv) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 467 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.3573(g)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (g) Applications proposing to change the community of license of an FM station or assignment are
         considered to be minor modifications under paragraphs (a)(2), (e)(1), and (f)(1) of this section, and are
         subject to the following requirements:

           (1) The applicant must attach an exhibit to its application containing information demonstrating that the
               proposed community of license change constitutes a preferential arrangement of allotments or
               assignments under Section 307(b) of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (47 U.S.C.
               307(b));

           (2) The facilities specified by the applicant at the proposed community of license must be mutually
               exclusive, as defined in § 73.207 or 73.509, with the applicant's current facilities or its current
               assignment, in the case of a winning auction bidder or tentative selectee; and

           (3) The applicant must comply with the local public notice provisions of § 73.3580(c)(5).

           (4) Non-reserved band applications must demonstrate the existence of a suitable assignment or
               allotment site that fully complies with §§ 73.207 and 73.315 without resort to § 73.213 or § 73.215.

           Note 1 to § 73.3573: Applications to modify the channel and/or class to an adjacent channel,
           intermediate frequency (IF) channel, or co-channel may utilize the provisions of the Commission's
           Rules permitting short spaced stations as set forth in § 73.215 as long as the applicant shows by
           separate exhibit attached to the application the existence of an allotment reference site which
           meets the allotment standards, the minimum spacing requirements of § 73.207 and the city grade
           coverage requirements of § 73.315. This exhibit must include a site map or, in the alternative, a
           statement that the transmitter will be located on an existing tower. Examples of unsuitable
           allotment reference sites include those which are offshore, in a national or state park in which
           tower construction is prohibited, on an airport, or otherwise in an area which would necessarily
           present a hazard to air navigation.

           Note 2 to § 73.3573: Processing of applications for new low power educational FM applications:
           Pending the Commission's restudy of the impact of the rule changes pertaining to the allocations
           of 10-watt and other low power noncommercial educational FM stations, applications for such
           new stations, or major changes in existing ones, will not be accepted for filing. Exceptions are: (1)
           In Alaska, applications for new Class D stations or major changes in existing ones are acceptable
           for filing; and (2) applications for existing Class D stations to change frequency are acceptable for
           filing. In (2), upon the grant of such application, the station shall become a Class D (secondary)
           station. (See First Report and Order, Docket 20735, FCC 78–386, 43 FR 25821, and Second Report
           and Order, Docket 20735, FCC 78–384, 43 FR 39704.) Effective date of this FCC imposed “freeze”
           was June 15, 1978. Applications which specify facilities of at least 100 watts effective radiated
           power will be accepted for filing.

           Note 3 to § 73.3573: For rules on processing FM translator and booster stations, see § 74.1233 of
           this chapter.

47 CFR 73.3573(g)(4) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 468 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                   47 CFR 73.3573(g)(4)
Radio Broadcast Services

           Note 4 to § 73.3573: A Class C station operating with antenna height above average terrain
           (“HAAT”) of less than 451 meters is subject to reclassification as a Class C0 station upon the filing
           of a triggering application for construction permit that is short-spaced to such a Class C station
           under § 73.207 but would be fully spaced to such a station considered as a Class C0 assignment.
           Triggering applications may utilize § 73.215. Triggering applications must certify that no
           alternative channel is available for the proposed service. Available alternative frequencies are
           limited to frequencies that the proposed service could use at the specified antenna location in full
           compliance with the distance separation requirements of § 73.207, without any other changes to
           the FM Table of Allotments. Copies of a triggering application and related pleadings must be
           served on the licensee of the affected Class C station. If the staff concludes that a triggering
           application is acceptable for filing, it will issue an order to show cause why the affected station
           should not be reclassified as a Class C0 station The order to show cause will provide the licensee
           30 days to express in writing an intention to seek authority to modify the subject station's technical
           facilities to minimum Class C HAAT or to otherwise challenge the triggering application. If no such
           intention is expressed and the triggering application is not challenged, the subject station will be
           reclassified as a Class C0 station, and processing of the triggering application will be completed. If
           an intention to modify is expressed, an additional 180-day period will be provided during which the
           Class C station licensee must file an acceptable construction permit application to increase
           antenna height to at least 451 meters HAAT. Upon grant of such a construction permit application,
           the triggering application will be dismissed. Class C station licensees must serve on triggering
           applicants copies of any FAA submissions related to the application grant process. If the
           construction is not completed as authorized, the subject Class C station will be reclassified
           automatically as a Class C0 station. The reclassification procedure also may be initiated through
           the filing of an original petition for rule making to amend the FM Table of Allotments as set forth in
           Note 2 to § 1.420(g).

           Note 5 to § 73.3573: The “Tribal Priority” is that established by the Commission in Policies to
           Promote Rural Radio Service and to Streamline Allotment and Assignment Procedures, MB Docket
           09–52. See First Report and Order and Further Notice of Proposed Rule Making, MB Docket
           09–52, FCC 10–24, 75 FR 9797, 75 FR 9856, 75 FR 73976; Second Report and Order, First Order on
           Reconsideration, and Second Further Notice of Proposed Rule Making, MB Docket 09–52, FCC
           11–28, 76 FR 14362, 76 FR 18942; Third Report and Order, MB Docket 09–52, FCC 11–190. To
           qualify for the Tribal Priority, and thus meet “threshold qualifications” for a particular allotment, an
           applicant must demonstrate that it meets all of the following eligibility criteria: (a) The applicant is
           either a federally recognized Tribe or Tribal consortium, or an entity 51 percent or more of which is
           owned or controlled by a Tribe or Tribes. Qualifying Tribes or Tribal entities must be those at least
           a portion of whose Tribal Lands lie within the principal community contour of the proposed facility.
           Although the 51 or greater percent Tribal control threshold need not consist of a single Tribe, the

47 CFR 73.3573(g)(4) (enhanced display)                                                                page 469 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                 47 CFR 73.3574
Radio Broadcast Services

           qualifying entity must be 51 percent or more owned or controlled by Tribes at least a portion of
           whose Tribal Lands lie within the facility's principal community contour; (b)(1) at least 50 percent
           of the area within the proposed principal community contour is over that Tribe's Tribal Lands, or (2)
           the proposed principal community contour (i) encompasses 50 percent or more of that Tribe's
           Tribal Lands, (ii) serves at least 2,000 people living on Tribal Lands, and (iii) the total population on
           Tribal Lands residing within the proposed service contour constitutes at least 50 percent of the
           total covered population (and, in the case of either (b)(1) or (b)(2) the proposed principal
           community contour does not cover more than 50 percent of the Tribal Lands of a Tribe that is not
           a party to the application); (c) the proposed community of license must be located on Tribal Lands;
           and (d) the proposed service must constitute first or second aural (reception) service, or first local
           Tribal-owned commercial transmission service at the proposed community of license. For
           purposes of this section, the definition of “Tribal Lands” is the same as that set forth at footnote
           15 of the First Report and Order and Further Notice of Proposed Rule Making, FCC 10–24, and as
           further set forth at paragraphs 8–10 and 59 of the Second Report and Order, First Order on
           Reconsideration, and Second Further Notice of Proposed Rule Making, FCC 11–28.

[63 FR 48627, Sept. 11, 1998, as amended at 64 FR 19502, Apr. 21, 1999; 65 FR 36379, June 8, 2000; 65 FR 79780, Dec. 20, 2000;
67 FR 45374, July 9, 2002; 68 FR 26228, May 15, 2003; 71 FR 6228, Feb. 7, 2006; 71 FR 76220, Dec. 20, 2006; 77 FR 2922, Jan. 20,
2012; 85 FR 7890, Feb. 12, 2020; 85 FR 36794, June 18, 2020]

§ 73.3574 Processing of international broadcast station applications.
     (a) Applications for International station facilities are divided into two groups.

           (1) In the first group are applications for new stations, or for major changes in the facilities of authorized
               stations. A major change is any change in or addition to authorized zones or areas of reception, any
               change in transmitter location other than one in the immediate vicinity of existing antennas of the
               station, or any change in power, or antenna directivity. However, the FCC may, within 15 days after
               the acceptance for filing of any other application for modification, advise the applicant that such
               application is considered to be one for a major change and therefore is subject to §§ 1.1111 and
               73.3580 pertaining to major changes.

           (2) The second group consists of applications for licenses and all other changes in the facilities of
               authorized stations.

     (b) If an application is amended so as to effect a major change as defined in paragraph (a)(1) of this section,
         or so as to result in an assignment or transfer of control which, in the case of an authorized station, would
         require the filing of an application therefor on FCC Form 314 or 315 (see § 73.3540), § 73.3580 will apply
         to such amended application.

     (c) Applications for International stations will be processed as nearly as possible in the order in which they
         are filed.

[44 FR 38504, July 2, 1979]

47 CFR 73.3574(c) (enhanced display)                                                                            page 470 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 73.3578
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.3578 Amendments to applications for renewal, assignment or transfer of control.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7261, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Any amendments to an application for renewal of any instrument of authorization shall be considered to
         be a minor amendment. However, the FCC may, within 15 days after tender for filing of any amendment,
         advise the applicant that the amendment is considered to be a major amendment and therefore is subject
         to the provisions of § 73.3580.

     (b) Any amendment to an application for assignment of construction permit or license, or consent to the
         transfer of control of a corporation holding such a construction permit or license, shall be considered to
         be a minor amendment, except that any amendment which seeks a change in the ownership interest of
         the proposed assignee or transferee which would result in a change in control, or any amendment which
         would require the filing of FCC Forms 314, 315, or 345 (see § 73.3540), if the changes sought were made
         in an original application for assignment or transfer of control, shall be considered to be a major
         amendment. However, the FCC may, within 15 days after the acceptance for filing of any other
         amendment, advise the applicant that the amendment is considered to be a major amendment and
         therefore is subject to the provisions of § 73.3580.

[44 FR 38504, July 2, 1979, as amended at 51 FR 18451, May 20, 1986]

§ 73.3580 Local public notice of filing of broadcast applications.
     (a) Definitions. The following definitions shall apply to this section:

           (1) Acceptance public notice. A Commission public notice announcing that an application has been
               accepted for filing.

           (2) Applicant-affiliated website.

                 (i)   Any of the following internet websites, to the extent they are maintained, in order of priority:

                       (A) The applicant station's internet website;

                       (B) The applicant's internet website; or

                       (C) The applicant's parent entity's internet website.

                 (ii) An applicant maintaining or having access to more than one of the internet websites in
                      paragraphs (a)(2)(i)(A) through (C) of this section shall post a link or tab to a web page
                      containing the online notice text on the website with the highest priority.

           (3) Locally originating programming. Programming from a low power television (LPTV) or television
               translator station as defined in § 74.701(h) of this chapter.

           (4) Major amendment. A major amendment to an application is that defined in §§ 73.3571(b),
               73.3572(c), 73.3573(b), and 73.3578, and 74.787(b) of this chapter.

           (5) Publicly accessible website. An internet website:

                 (i)   That is accessible to members of the public without registration or payment requirements, or
                       any other requirement that the user provide information, or response to a survey or
                       questionnaire in exchange for being able to access information on the website; and

47 CFR 73.3580(a)(5)(i) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 471 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 73.3580(a)(5)(ii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (ii) That is locally targeted to the area served and/or to be served by the applicant station (e.g.,
                      local government internet website, local community bulletin board internet website, state
                      broadcasters' association internet website). For international broadcast station applications
                      filed pursuant to § 73.3574, the internet website must locally target the community in which the
                      International broadcast station's transmission facilities are located or are proposed to be
                      located (e.g., local government internet website, local community bulletin board internet
                      website).

     (b) Types of public notice. Public notice is required of applicants for certain broadcast authorizations in the
         manner set forth in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section:

           (1) On-air announcement. An applicant shall broadcast on-air announcements of the filing of certain
               applications for authorization, if required as set forth in paragraph (c) of this section, over its station
               as follows:

                 (i)   Content. The on-air announcement shall be in the following form:

                       On [DATE], [APPLICANT NAME], licensee of [STATION CALL SIGN], [STATION FREQUENCY],
                       [STATION COMMUNITY OF LICENSE], filed an application with the Federal Communications
                       Commission for [TYPE OF APPLICATION]. Members of the public wishing to view this
                       application or obtain information about how to file comments and petitions on the application
                       can visit publicfiles.fcc.gov, and search in [STATION CALL SIGN'S] public file.

                       An applicant station without an online public inspection file shall instead broadcast the
                       following on-air announcement:

                       On [DATE], [APPLICANT NAME], licensee of [STATION CALL SIGN], [STATION FREQUENCY],
                       [STATION COMMUNITY OF LICENSE], filed an application with the Federal Communications
                       Commission for [TYPE OF APPLICATION]. Members of the public wishing to view this
                       application or obtain information about how to file comments and petitions can visit
                       www.fcc.gov/stationsearch, and search in the list of [STATION CALL SIGN'S] filed applications.

                       Television broadcast stations, in presenting on-air announcements, must use visuals with the
                       full text of the on-air announcement when this information is being orally presented by the
                       announcer.

                 (ii) Frequency of broadcast. The applicant shall broadcast the on-air announcements at least once
                      per week (Monday through Friday) for four consecutive weeks, for a total of six (6) broadcasts,
                      with no more than two broadcasts in a week. Broadcasts made in the same week shall not air
                      on the same day.

                (iii) Commencement of broadcast. The applicant may air the first broadcast of the on-air
                      announcement as early as the date of release of the acceptance public notice for the
                      application, but not later than the fifth business day following release of the acceptance public
                      notice for the application.

                (iv) Time of broadcast. The applicant shall broadcast all on-air announcements between the hours
                     of 7:00 a.m. and 11:00 p.m. local time at the applicant station's community of license, Monday
                     through Friday.

                 (v) Language of broadcast. A station broadcasting primarily in a foreign language should broadcast
                     the announcements in that language.

47 CFR 73.3580(b)(1)(v) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 472 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                   47 CFR 73.3580(b)(1)(vi)
Radio Broadcast Services

                (vi) Silent stations or stations not broadcasting. Any station required to broadcast on-air
                     announcements that is not broadcasting during all or a portion of the period during which on-air
                     announcements are required to be broadcast, including silent stations and noncommercial
                     educational broadcast stations that are not scheduled to broadcast during the portion of the
                     year during which on-air announcements are required to be broadcast, must comply with the
                     provisions of paragraph (b)(2) of this section during the time period in which it is unable to
                     broadcast required on-air announcements, and must broadcast required on-air announcements
                     during the time period it is able to do so.

           (2) Online notice. An applicant shall conspicuously post on an internet website notice of the filing of
               certain applications for authorization, if required as set forth in paragraph (c) of this section, as
               follows:

                 (i)   Content. The online notice shall be in the following form:

                       On [DATE], [APPLICANT NAME], [PERMITTEE/LICENSEE] of [STATION CALL SIGN], [STATION
                       FREQUENCY], [STATION COMMUNITY OF LICENSE OR, FOR INTERNATIONAL BROADCAST
                       STATIONS, COMMUNITY WHERE THE STATION'S TRANSMISSION FACILITIES ARE LOCATED],
                       filed an application with the Federal Communications Commission for [TYPE OF
                       APPLICATION]. Members of the public wishing to view this application or obtain information
                       about how to file comments and petitions on the application can visit [INSERT HYPERLINK TO
                       APPLICATION LINK IN APPLICANT'S ONLINE PUBLIC INSPECTION FILE (OPIF) OR, IF THE
                       STATION HAS NO OPIF, TO APPLICATION LOCATION IN THE MEDIA BUREAU'S LICENSING AND
                       MANAGEMENT SYSTEM; IF AN INTERNATIONAL BROADCAST STATION, TO APPLICATION
                       LOCATION IN THE OFFICE OF INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS' ICFS DATABASE].

                       An applicant for a proposed but not authorized station shall post the following online notice:

                       On [DATE], [APPLICANT NAME], applicant for [A NEW (STATION TYPE) STATION ON] [STATION
                       FREQUENCY], [STATION COMMUNITY OF LICENSE OR, FOR INTERNATIONAL BROADCAST
                       STATIONS, COMMUNITY WHERE THE STATION'S TRANSMISSION FACILITIES ARE TO BE
                       LOCATED], filed an application with the Federal Communications Commission for [TYPE OF
                       APPLICATION]. Members of the public wishing to view this application or obtain information
                       about how to file comments and petitions on the application can visit [INSERT HYPERLINK TO
                       APPLICATION LOCATION IN THE MEDIA BUREAU'S LICENSING AND MANAGEMENT SYSTEM;
                       IF AN INTERNATIONAL BROADCAST STATION, TO APPLICATION LOCATION IN THE OFFICE OF
                       INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS' ICFS DATABASE].

                       An applicant for an authorization under section 325(c) of the Communications Act (Studio
                       Delivering Programs to a Foreign Station) shall post the following online notice:

                       On [DATE], [APPLICANT NAME] filed an application with the Federal Communications
                       Commission for a permit to deliver programs to foreign station [FOREIGN STATION CALL SIGN],
                       [FOREIGN STATION FREQUENCY], [FOREIGN STATION COMMUNITY OF LICENSE].
                       [DESCRIPTION OF THE PROGRAMS TO BE TRANSMITTED OVER THE STATION]. Members of
                       the public wishing to view this application or obtain information about how to file comments
                       and petitions on the application can visit [INSERT HYPERLINK TO APPLICATION LOCATION IN
                       THE OFFICE OF INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS' ICFS DATABASE].

                 (ii) Site. The applicant shall post online notice by posting a conspicuous link or tab labeled “FCC
                      Applications” on an applicant-affiliated website, as defined in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
                      The link or tab will link directly to a page containing only the online notice text referenced in
47 CFR 73.3580(b)(2)(ii) (enhanced display)                                                               page 473 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                   47 CFR 73.3580(b)(2)(iii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                       paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section. To the extent that there are no pending applications requiring
                       online public notice, the link or tab should link to a page indicating that there are no pending
                       applications subject to the posting requirement. This page must include the date when it was
                       last updated. If the applicant does not maintain or have access to an applicant-affiliated
                       website, the applicant may post the online notice on a publicly accessible website, as defined in
                       paragraph (a)(5) of this section. An applicant for an authorization under section 325(c) of the
                       Communications Act (Studio Delivering Programs to a Foreign Station) shall post online notice
                       on a publicly accessible website that is locally targeted to the principal area to be served in the
                       United States by the foreign broadcast station.

                (iii) Duration of posting. If the online notice is posted on an applicant-affiliated website or on a
                      publicly accessible website for which the applicant is not required to compensate the website
                      owner in exchange for posting the online notice, then the applicant must post the online notice
                      for a minimum of 30 consecutive days. If the applicant does not maintain an applicant-affiliated
                      website, and the applicant is required to compensate a website owner in exchange for posting
                      on a publicly accessible website, the applicant must post the online notice for a period of not
                      less than 24 consecutive hours, once per week (Monday through Friday), for four consecutive
                      weeks.

                (iv) Commencement of posting. The applicant must post the online notice no earlier than the date
                     of release of the acceptance public notice for the application, and not later than five business
                     days following release of the acceptance public notice for the application.

     (c) Applications requiring local public notice. The following applications filed by licensees or permittees of the
         following types of stations must provide public notice in the manner set forth in paragraphs (c)(1) through
         (7) of this section:

           (1) Applications for a construction permit for a new station, a major amendment thereto, or a major
               modification to a construction permit for a new unbuilt station.

                 (i)   For a commercial or noncommercial educational full power television; commercial or
                       noncommercial educational full-service AM or FM radio station; Class A television station; low
                       power television (LPTV) or television translator station; low-power FM (LPFM) station; or
                       commercial or noncommercial FM translator or FM booster station, the applicant shall give
                       online notice.

                 (ii) For an international broadcast station, the applicant shall give online notice on a publicly
                      accessible website, locally targeted to the community in which the station's transmission
                      facilities are to be located.

           (2) Applications for a major change to the facilities of an operating station, or major amendments
               thereto.

                 (i)   For a noncommercial educational full power television; noncommercial full-service AM or FM
                       radio station; or for an LPFM station, the applicant shall broadcast on-air announcements.

                 (ii) For a commercial full power television; commercial full-service AM or FM radio station; or a
                      Class A television station, the applicant shall both broadcast on-air announcements and give
                      online notice.

                (iii) For an LPTV or television translator station; or an FM translator or FM booster station, the
                      applicant shall give online notice.

47 CFR 73.3580(c)(2)(iii) (enhanced display)                                                               page 474 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 73.3580(c)(2)(iv)
Radio Broadcast Services

                (iv) For an international broadcast station, the applicant shall give online notice on a publicly
                     accessible website, locally targeted to the community in which the station's transmission
                     facilities are located.

           (3) Applications for renewal of license.

                 (i)   For a full power television; full-service AM or FM radio station; Class A television station; LPTV
                       station locally originating programming; or LPFM station, the applicant shall broadcast on-air
                       announcements.

                 (ii) For an LPTV station that does not locally originate programming; or for a TV or FM translator
                      station, the applicant shall give online notice.

                (iii) For an international broadcast station, the applicant shall give online notice on a publicly
                      accessible website, locally targeted to the community in which the station's transmission
                      facilities are located.

           (4) Applications for assignment or transfer of control of a construction permit or license, or major
               amendments thereto.

                 (i)   For a noncommercial educational full power television; noncommercial educational full-service
                       AM or FM radio station; or an LPFM station, the applicant shall broadcast on-air
                       announcements.

                 (ii) For a commercial full power television; commercial full-service AM or FM radio station; Class A
                      television station; or an LPTV station that locally originates programming, the applicant shall
                      both broadcast on-air announcements and give online notice.

                (iii) For an LPTV station that does not locally originate programming, or a TV or FM translator
                      station, the applicant shall give online notice.

                (iv) For an international broadcast station, the applicant shall give online notice on a publicly
                     accessible website, locally targeted to the community in which the station's transmission
                     facilities are located.

                 (v) For any application for assignment or transfer of control of a construction permit or license, for
                     a station that is not operating, the applicant shall give online notice.

           (5) Applications for a minor modification to change a station's community of license, or major
               amendments thereto.

                 (i)   For a noncommercial educational full-service AM or FM radio station, the applicant shall
                       broadcast on-air announcements.

                 (ii) For a commercial full-service AM or FM radio station, the applicant shall both broadcast on-air
                      announcements and give online notice. In addition to the online notice set forth in paragraph
                      (b)(2) of this section locally targeted to the applicant station's current community of license, the
                      applicant shall also give online notice on a publicly accessible website locally targeted to the
                      community that the applicant proposes to designate as its new community of license, for the
                      same time periods and in the same manner as set forth in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.

           (6) Applications for a permit pursuant to section 325(c) of the Communications Act (studio delivering
               programming to a foreign station). The applicant shall give online notice.

47 CFR 73.3580(c)(6) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 475 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.3580(c)(7)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (7) Applications by LPTV stations to convert to Class A status pursuant to the Low Power Protection
               Act. The applicant shall both broadcast on-air announcements and give online notice.

     (d) Applications for which local public notice is not required. The following types of applications are not
         subject to the local public notice provisions of this section:

           (1) A minor change in the facilities of an authorized station, as indicated in §§ 73.3571, 73.3572,
               73.3573, and 73.3574, and 74.787(b) of this chapter, except a minor change to designate a different
               community of license for an AM or FM radio broadcast station, pursuant to the provisions of §§
               73.3571(j) and 73.3573(g).

           (2) Consent to an involuntary assignment or transfer or to a voluntary assignment or transfer which does
               not result in a change of control and which may be applied for on FCC Form 316, or any successor
               form released in the future, pursuant to the provisions of § 73.3540(b).

           (3) A license under section 319(c) of the Communications Act or, pending application for or grant of
               such license, any special or temporary authorization to permit interim operation to facilitate
               completion of authorized construction or to provide substantially the same service as would be
               authorized by such license.

           (4) Extension of time to complete construction of authorized facilities.

           (5) An authorization of facilities for remote pickup or studio links for use in the operation of a broadcast
               station.

           (6) Authorization pursuant to section 325(c) of the Communications Act (Studio Delivering Programs to
               a Foreign Station) where the programs to be transmitted are special events not of a continuing
               nature.

           (7) An authorization under any of the proviso clauses of section 308(a) of the Communications Act
               concerning applications for and conditions in licenses.

     (e) Certification of local public notice.

           (1) The applicant must certify in the appropriate application that it will comply with the public notice
               requirements set forth in paragraph (c) of this section.

           (2) An applicant for renewal of a license that is required to maintain an online public inspection file shall,
               within seven (7) days of the last day of broadcast of the required on-air announcements, place in its
               online public inspection file a statement certifying compliance with this section, along with the dates
               and times that the on-air announcements were broadcast. An applicant for renewal of a license that
               is required to maintain an online public inspection file, and that is not broadcasting during all or a
               portion of the period during which on-air announcements are required to be broadcast, as set forth in
               paragraph (b)(1)(vi) of this section, shall, within seven (7) days of the last on-air announcement or
               last day of posting online notice, whichever occurs last, place in its online public inspection file a
               statement certifying compliance with this section, along with the dates and times that any on-air
               announcements were broadcast, along with the dates and times that online notice was posted and
               the Universal Resource Locator (URL) of the internet website on which online notice was posted.
               This certification need not be filed with the Commission but shall be retained in the online public
               inspection file for as long as the application to which it refers.

47 CFR 73.3580(e)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 476 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 73.3580(f)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (f) Time for acting on applications. Applications (as originally filed or amended) will be acted upon by the
         FCC no sooner than 30 days following release of the acceptance public notice, except as otherwise
         permitted in § 73.3542 or § 73.1635.

[85 FR 36794, June 18, 2020, as amended at 86 FR 14851, Mar. 19, 2021; 88 FR 21448, Apr. 10, 2023; 89 FR 1477, Jan. 10, 2024]

§ 73.3584 Procedure for filing petitions to deny.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7261, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) For mutually exclusive applications subject to selection by competitive bidding (non-reserved channels) or
         fair distribution/point system (reserved channels), petitions to deny may be filed only against the winning
         bidders or tentative selectee(s), and such petitions will be governed by §§ 73.5006 and 73.7004,
         respectively. For all other applications the following rules will govern. Except in the case of applications
         for new low power TV, TV translator or TV booster stations, for major changes in the existing facilities of
         such stations, or for applications for a change in output channel tendered by displaced low power TV and
         TV translator stations pursuant to § 73.3572(a)(1), any party in interest may file with the Commission a
         Petition to Deny any application (whether as originally filed or if amended so as to require a new file
         number pursuant to § 73.3571(j), § 73.3572(b), § 73.3573(b), § 73.3574(b) or § 73.3578) for which local
         notice pursuant to § 73.3580 is required, provided such petitions are filed prior to the day such
         applications are granted or designated for hearing; but where the FCC issues a public notice pursuant to
         the provisions of § 73.3571(c), § 73.3572(c) or § 73.3573(d), establishing a “cut-off” date, such petitions
         must be filed by the date specified. In the case of applications for transfers and assignments of
         construction permits or station licenses, Petitions to Deny must be filed not later than 30 days after
         issuance of a public notice of the acceptance for filing of the applications. In the case of applications for
         renewal of license, Petitions to Deny may be filed at any time up to the deadline established in §
         73.3516(e). Requests for extension of time to file Petitions to Deny applications for new broadcast
         stations or major changes in the facilities of existing stations or applications for renewal of license will
         not be granted unless all parties concerned, including the applicant, consent to such requests, or unless a
         compelling showing can be made that unusual circumstances make the filing of a timely petition
         impossible and the granting of an extension warranted.

     (b) Except in the case of applications for new low power TV or TV translator stations, or for major changes in
         the existing facilities of such stations, the applicant may file an opposition to any Petition to Deny, and the
         Petitioner a reply to such opposition in which allegations of fact or denials thereof shall be supported by
         affidavit of a person or persons with personal knowledge thereof. The times for filing such oppositions
         and replies shall be those provided in § 1.45 except that as to a Petition to Deny an application for
         renewal of license, an opposition thereto may be filed within 30 days after the Petition to Deny is filed, and
         the party that filed the Petition to Deny may reply to the opposition within 20 days after opposition is due
         or within 20 days after the opposition is filed, whichever is longer. The failure to file an opposition or a
         reply will not necessarily be construed as an admission of fact or argument contained in a pleading.

     (c) In the case of applications for new low power TV, TV translator, or TV booster stations, for major changes
         in the existing facilities of such stations, or for applications for a change in output channel tendered by
         displaced low power TV and TV translator stations pursuant to § 73.3572(a)(1), any party in interest may
         file with the FCC a Petition to Deny any applcation (whether as originally filed or if amended so as to
         require a new file number pursuant to § 73.3572(b)) for which local notice pursuant to § 73.3580 is
         required, provided such petitions are filed within 30 days of the FCC Public Notice proposing the

47 CFR 73.3584(c) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 477 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 73.3584(d)
Radio Broadcast Services

           application for grant (applicants may file oppositions within 15 days after the Petition to Deny is filed); but
           where the FCC selects a tentative permittee pursuant to Section 1.1601 et seq., Petitions to Deny shall be
           accepted only if directed against the tentative selectee and filed after issuance of and within 15 days of
           FCC Public Notice announcing the tentative selectee. The applicant may file an opposition within 15 days
           after the Petition to Deny is filed. In cases in which the minimum diversity preference provided for in §
           1.1623(f)(1) has been applied, an “objection to diversity claim” and opposition thereto, may be filed
           against any applicant receiving a diversity preference, within the same time period provided herein for
           Petitions and Oppositions. In all pleadings, allegations of fact or denials thereof shall be supported by
           appropriate certification. However, the FCC may announce, by the Public Notice announcing the
           acceptance of the last-filed mutually exclusive application, that a notice of Petition to Deny will be
           required to be filed no later than 30 days after issuance of the Public Notice.

     (d) A party in interest may file a Petition to Deny any application that proposes reclassification of a Class C
         authorization to Class C0 not later than 30 days after issuance of an order to show cause by the
         Commission notifying the affected licensee of the proposed reclassification.

     (e) Untimely Petitions to Deny, as well as other pleadings in the nature of a Petition to Deny, and any other
         pleadings or supplements which do not lie as a matter of law or are otherwise procedurally defective, are
         subject to return by the FCC's staff without consideration.

[48 FR 27206, June 13, 1983, as amended at 52 FR 31401, Aug. 20, 1987; 53 FR 2499, Jan. 28, 1988; 55 FR 28914, July 16, 1990;
61 FR 18291, Apr. 25, 1996; 65 FR 36379, June 8, 2000; 65 FR 79780, Dec. 20, 2000]

§ 73.3587 Procedure for filing informal objections.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7261, Feb. 1, 2024.

Before FCC action on any application for an instrument of authorization, any person may file informal objections to
the grant. Such objections may be submitted in letter form (without extra copies) and shall be signed. The limitation
on pleadings and time for filing pleadings provided for in § 1.45 of the rules shall not be applicable to any objections
duly filed under this section.

[44 FR 38507, July 2, 1979]

§ 73.3588 Dismissal of petitions to deny or withdrawal of informal objections.
     (a) Whenever a petition to deny or an informal objection has been filed against any application, and the filing
         party seeks to dismiss or withdraw the petition to deny or the informal objection, either unilaterally or in
         exchange for financial consideration, that party must file with the Commission a request for approval of
         the dismissal or withdrawal, a copy of any written agreement related to the dismissal or withdrawal, and
         an affidavit setting forth:

           (1) A certification that neither the petitioner nor its principals has received or will receive any money or
               other consideration in excess of legitimate and prudent expenses in exchange for the dismissal or
               withdrawal of the petition to deny;

           (2) The exact nature and amount of any consideration received or promised;

           (3) An itemized accounting of the expenses for which it seeks reimbursement; and

47 CFR 73.3588(a)(3) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 478 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.3588(a)(4)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (4) The terms of any oral agreement related to the dismissal or withdrawal of the petition to deny.

           In addition, within 5 days of petitioner's request for approval, each remaining party to any written or oral
           agreement must submit an affidavit setting forth:

           (5) A certification that neither the applicant nor its principals had paid or will pay money or other
               consideration in excess of the legitimate and prudent expenses of the petitioner in exchange for
               dismissing or withdrawing the petition to deny; and

           (6) The terms of any oral agreement relating to the dismissal or withdrawal of the petition to deny.

     (b) Citizens' agreements. For purposes of this section, citizens agreements include agreements arising
         whenever a petition to deny or informal objection has been filed against any application and the filing
         party seeks to dismiss or withdraw the petition or objection in exchange for nonfinancial consideration
         (e.g., programming, ascertainment or employment initiatives). The parties to such an agreement must file
         with the Commission a joint request for approval of the agreement, a copy of any written agreement, and
         an affidavit executed by each party setting forth:

           (1) Certification that neither the petitioner, nor any person or organization related to the petitioner, has
               received or will receive any money or other consideration in connection with the citizens' agreement
               other than legitimate and prudent expenses incurred in prosecuting the petition to deny;

           (2) Certification that neither the petitioner, nor any person or organization related to petitioner is or will
               be involved in carrying out, for a fee, any programming, ascertainment, employment or other non-
               financial initiative referred to in the citizens' agreement; and

           (3) The terms of any oral agreement.

     (c) For the purposes of this section:

           (1) Affidavits filed pursuant to this section shall be executed by the applicant, permittee or licensee, if an
               individual; a partner having personal knowledge of the facts, if a partnership; or an officer having
               personal knowledge of the facts, if a corporation or association.

           (2) A petition shall be deemed to be pending before the Commission from the time a petition is filed with
               the Commission until an order of the Commission granting or denying the petition is no longer
               subject to reconsideration by the Commission or to review by any court.

           (3) “Legitimate and prudent expenses” are those expenses reasonably incurred by a petitioner in
               preparing, filing, and prosecuting its petition for which reimbursement is being sought.

           (4) “Other consideration” consists of financial concessions, including but not limited to the transfer of
               assets or the provision of tangible pecuniary benefit, as well as non-financial concessions that
               confer any type of benefit on the recipient.

[54 FR 22598, May 25, 1989. Redesignated and amended at 55 FR 28914, July 16, 1990]

§ 73.3589 Threats to file petitions to deny or informal objections.
     (a) No person shall make or receive any payments in exchange for withdrawing a threat to file or refraining
         from filing a petition to deny or an informal objection. For the purposes of this section, reimbursement by
         an applicant of the legitimate and prudent expenses of a potential petitioner or objector incurred
         reasonably and directly in preparing to file a petition to deny will not be considered to be payment for

47 CFR 73.3589(a) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 479 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.3589(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

           refraining from filing a petition to deny or informal objection. Payments made directly to a potential
           petitioner or objector, or a person related to a potential petitioner or objector, to implement nonfinancial
           promises are prohibited unless specifically approved by the Commission.

     (b) Whenever any payment is made in exchange for withdrawing a threat to file or refraining from filing a
         petition to deny or informal objection, the licensee must file with the Commission a copy of any written
         agreement related to the dismissal or withdrawal, and an affidavit setting forth:

           (1) Certification that neither the would-be petitioner, nor any person or organization related to the would-
               be petitioner, has received or will receive any money or other consideration in connection with the
               citizens' agreement other than legitimate and prudent expenses reasonably incurred in preparing to
               file the petition to deny;

           (2) Certification that unless such arrangement has been specifically approved by the Commission,
               neither the would-be petitioner, nor any person or organization related to the would-be petitioner, is or
               will be involved in carrying out, for a fee, any programming ascertainment, employment or other
               nonfinancial initiative referred to in the citizens' agreement; and

           (3) The terms of any oral agreement.

     (c) For purposes of this section:

           (1) Affidavits filed pursuant to this section shall be executed by the licensee, if an individual; a partner
               having personal knowledge of the facts, if a partnership; or an officer having personal knowledge of
               the facts, if a corporation or association.

           (2) “Legitimate and prudent expenses” are those expenses reasonably incurred by a would-be petitioner
               in preparing to file its petition for which reimbursement is being sought.

           (3) “Other consideration” consists of financial concessions, including but not limited to the transfer of
               assets or the provision of tangible pecuniary benefit, as well as non-financial concessions that
               confer any type of benefit on the recipient.

[55 FR 28914, July 16, 1990]

§ 73.3591 Grants without hearing.
     (a) Except for renewal applications filed after May 1, 1995 which will be subject to paragraph (d) of this
         section, in the case of any application for an instrument of authorization, other than a license pursuant to
         a construction permit, the FCC will make the grant if it finds (on the basis of the application, the pleadings
         filed or other matters which it may officially notice) that the application presents no substantial and
         material question of fact and meets the following requirements:

           (1) There is not pending a mutually exclusive application filed in accordance with paragraph (b) of this
               section;

           (2) The applicant is legally, technically, financially, and otherwise qualified;

           (3) The applicant is not in violation of provisions of law, the FCC rules, or established policies of the FCC;
               and

           (4) A grant of the application would otherwise serve the public interest, convenience and necessity.

47 CFR 73.3591(a)(4) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 480 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 73.3591(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (b) In making its determinations pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, the FCC will not
         consider any other application, or any application if amended so as to require a new file number, as being
         mutually exclusive or in conflict with the application under consideration unless such other application
         was substantially complete, and tendered for filing by:

           (1) The close of business on the day preceding the day designated by Public Notice as the day the listed
               application is to be available and ready for processing;

           (2) The date prescribed in § 73.3516(e) in the case of applications which are mutually exclusive with
               applications for renewal of license of broadcast stations; or

           (3) The close of business on the day designated by the FCC pursuant to § 73.3564(d) as the date(s) for
               filing low power TV or TV translator applications.

     (c) If a petition to deny the application has been filed in accordance with § 73.3584 and the FCC makes the
         grant in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section, the FCC will deny the petition and issue a concise
         statement setting forth the reasons for denial and disposing of all substantial issues raised by the
         petition.

     (d) Renewal applications filed after May 1, 1995 will be governed by the criteria established in 47 U.S.C. §
         309(k).

[44 FR 38507, July 2, 1979, as amended at 50 FR 47844, Dec. 7, 1984; 59 FR 31557, June 20, 1994; 61 FR 18291, Apr. 25, 1996]

§ 73.3592 Conditional grant.
     (a) Where a grant of an application would preclude the grant of any application or applications mutually
         exclusive with it, the FCC may, if the public interest will be served thereby, make a conditional grant of one
         of the applications and designate all of the mutually exclusive applications for hearing. Such conditional
         grant will be made upon the express condition that such grant is subject to being withdrawn if, at the
         hearing, it is shown that public interest will be better served by a grant of one of the other applications.
         Such conditional grants will be issued only where it appears:

           (1) That some or all of the applications were not filed in good faith but were filed for the purpose of
               delaying or hindering the grant of another application; or

           (2) That public interest requires the prompt establishment of broadcast service in a particular
               community or area; or

           (3) That a grant of one or more applications would be in the public interest, and that a delay in making a
               grant to any applicant until after the conclusion of a hearing on all applications might jeopardize the
               rights of the United States under the provisions of international agreement to the use of the
               frequency in question; or

           (4) That a grant of one application would be in the public interest, and that it appears from an
               examination of the remaining applications that they cannot be granted because they are in violation
               of provisions of the Communications Act, other statutes, or the provisions of the FCC rules.

     (b) When two or more applications for the same AM, FM or TV assignment have been designated for hearing,
         the FCC may, if the public interest will be served thereby, make a conditional grant to a group composed of
         any two or more of the competing applicants, such grant to terminate when the successful applicant
         commences operation under the terms of a regular authorization. No conditional grant will be made
         unless all of the competing applicants have been afforded a reasonable opportunity to participate in the

47 CFR 73.3592(b) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 481 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.3593
Radio Broadcast Services

           group seeking the conditional grant. In its application, the group shall include a special showing as to the
           need for the service pending operation by the successful applicant under the terms of a regular
           authorization; the effect, if any, of a grant on the position of any applicant which is not a member of the
           group; and any other factors which are deemed pertinent to the public interest judgment.

[44 FR 38507, July 2, 1979]

§ 73.3593 Designation for hearing.
If the FCC is unable, in the case of any application for an instrument of authorization, to make the findings specified
in § 73.3591(a), it will formally designate the application for hearing on the grounds or reasons then obtaining and
will forthwith notify the applicant and all known parties in interest of such action and the grounds and reasons
therefor, specifying with particularity the matters and things in issue but not including issues or requirements
phrased generally. If, however, the issue to be resolved is limited to the mutual exclusivity of applications for initial
authorizations or for major changes to existing stations, that mutual exclusivity shall be resolved pursuant to
competitive bidding procedures identified in subpart I (unreserved channels) or point system procedures identified
in subpart K (reserved channels).

[65 FR 36379, June 8, 2000]

§ 73.3594 Local public notice of designation for hearing.
     (a) When an application subject to the provisions of § 73.3580 is designated for hearing, the applicant shall
         give notice of such designation as follows:

           (1) On-air announcement. The applicant (except an applicant filing an application for an International
               broadcast, low power TV, TV translator, FM translator, and FM booster station) shall broadcast an on-
               air announcement of the designation of an application for hearing over its radio or television station
               as follows:

                 (i)   Content. The on-air announcement shall be in the following form:

                       On [DATE], [APPLICANT NAME], licensee of [STATION CALL SIGN], [STATION FREQUENCY],
                       [STATION COMMUNITY OF LICENSE], filed an application with the Federal Communications
                       Commission for [TYPE OF APPLICATION]. On [DATE], the Commission designated the
                       application for an evidentiary hearing on certain issues. Members of the public wishing to view
                       the Hearing Designation Order and list of issues can visit [URL OF INTERNET WEBSITE
                       MAINTAINED BY THE STATION, THE LICENSEE/PERMITTEE, OR THE LICENSEE/PERMITTEE'S
                       PARENT ENTITY, OR OTHER PUBLICLY ACCESSIBLE WEBSITE], and click the link in the “Hearing
                       Designation Order” notice.

                       Television broadcast stations (commercial and noncommercial educational), in presenting on-
                       air announcements, must use visuals [with the full text of the on-air announcement] when this
                       information is being orally presented by the announcer.

                 (ii) Frequency of broadcast. The on-air announcements shall be broadcast a total of six (6) times,
                      once per week for four consecutive weeks.

47 CFR 73.3594(a)(1)(ii) (enhanced display)                                                               page 482 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                   47 CFR 73.3594(a)(1)(iii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                (iii) Commencement of broadcast. The first broadcast of the on-air announcement shall occur no
                      earlier than the date of release of the Hearing Designation Order, Order to Show Cause, or other
                      order designating issues for hearing, and no later than the fifth business day following release
                      of said order.

                (iv) Time of broadcast. The on-air announcements shall be broadcast between the hours of 7:00
                     a.m. and 11:00 p.m. local time at the applicant station's community of license, Monday through
                     Friday.

                 (v) Language of broadcast. A station broadcasting primarily in a foreign language shall broadcast
                     the announcements in that language.

           (2) Online notice. The applicant shall also post an online notice of the designation of an application for
               hearing conspicuously on an internet website as follows:

                 (i)   Content. The online notice shall be in the following form:

HEARING DESIGNATION ORDER

                       On [DATE], [APPLICANT NAME], licensee of [STATION CALL SIGN], [STATION FREQUENCY],
                       [STATION COMMUNITY OF LICENSE], filed an application with the Federal Communications
                       Commission for [TYPE OF APPLICATION]. On [DATE], the Commission designated the
                       application for an evidentiary hearing on the following issues: [LIST OF ISSUES IN THE
                       HEARING AS LISTED IN THE FCC's ORDER OR SUMMARY OF DESIGNATION FOR HEARING].
                       Members of the public wishing to view the Hearing Designation Order or to file comments can
                       visit [INSERT HYPERLINK TO THE HEARING DESIGNATION ORDER, ORDER TO SHOW CAUSE,
                       OR OTHER ORDER DESIGNATING THE APPLICATION FOR HEARING, ON THE FCC's INTERNET
                       WEBSITE].

                 (ii) Site.

                       (A) The applicant shall post online notice by posting a conspicuous link or tab labeled “FCC
                           Hearing” on an applicant-affiliated website, as defined in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
                           The link or tab will link directly to a page containing only the online notice text referenced
                           in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section. The applicant shall post online notice on one of the
                           following internet websites, to the extent such websites are maintained, in order of priority:

                              (1) The applicant station's internet website;

                              (2) The applicant's internet website; or

                              (3) The applicant's parent entity's internet website.

                       (B) If the applicant does not maintain an internet website for the station or itself, or if the
                           applicant's parent entity does not maintain an internet website, the applicant shall post
                           online notice on an internet website:

                              (1) That is accessible to members of the public without registration or payment
                                  requirements, or any other requirement that the user provide information, or response
                                  to a survey or questionnaire in exchange for being able to access information on the
                                  website; and

47 CFR 73.3594(a)(2)(ii)(B)(1) (enhanced display)                                                          page 483 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                             47 CFR 73.3594(a)(2)(ii)(B)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

                            (2) That is locally targeted to the area served and/or to be served by the applicant station
                                (e.g., local government internet website, local community bulletin board internet
                                website, state broadcasters' association internet website).

                (iii) Commencement of posting. The online notice shall be posted no earlier than the date of release
                      of the Hearing Designation Order, Order to Show Cause, or other order designating issues for
                      hearing, and no later than the fifth business day following release of said order.

                (iv) Length of posting. The online notice must be posted for a minimum of 30 consecutive days.

     (b) Within seven (7) days of the last day of broadcast of the notice required by paragraph (a)(1) of this
         section, the applicant shall file a an original statement and one copy with the Secretary of the
         Commission setting forth the dates and times on which the on-air announcements were made, the date
         the online notice was first posted, and the Universal Resource Locator (URL) address of the internet
         website on which online notice is posted.

     (c) The failure to comply with the provisions of this section is cause for dismissal of an application with
         prejudice. However, upon a finding that applicant has complied (or proposes to comply) with the
         provisions of section 311(a)(2) of the Communications Act, and that the public interest, convenience, and
         necessity will be served thereby, the presiding officer may authorize an applicant, upon a showing of
         special circumstances, to give notice in a manner other than that prescribed by this section; may accept
         notice that is given in a manner which does not conform strictly in all respects with the provisions of this
         section; or may extend the time for giving notice.

[85 FR 36797, June 18, 2020]

§ 73.3597 Procedures on transfer and assignment applications.
     (a) If, upon the examination of an application for FCC consent to an assignment of a broadcast construction
         permit or license or for a transfer of control of a corporate permittee or licensee, it appears that the
         station involved has been operated on-air by the current licensee or permittee for less than one year, the
         application will be designated for hearing on appropriate issues unless the FCC is able to find that:

           (1) The permit or license was not authorized either through the Minority Ownership Policy or after a
               comparative hearing or, in the case of low power TV and TV translator stations, the permit or license
               was not authorized after a lottery in which the permittee or licensee benefited from minority or
               diversity preferences;

           (2) The application involves an FM translator station or FM booster station only;

           (3) The application involves a pro forma assignment or transfer of control; or

           (4) The assignor or transferor has made an affirmative factual showing, supported by affidavits of a
               person or persons with personal knowledge thereof, which establishes that, due to unavailability of
               capital, to death or disability of station principals, or to other changed circumstances affecting the
               licensee or permittee occurring subsequent to the acquisition of the license or permit, FCC consent
               to the proposed assignment or transfer of control will serve the public interest, convenience and
               necessity.

47 CFR 73.3597(a)(4) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 484 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 73.3597(a)(5)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (5) the assignee or transferee has made an affirmative factual showing, supported by affidavits of a
               person or persons with personal knowledge thereof, which established that the proposed transaction
               would involve an assignment or transfer to a minority-owned or minority controlled entity in
               furtherance of our Minority Ownership Policy.

     (b)

           (1) The commencement date of the one-year period set forth in paragraph (a) of this section shall be the
               date on which the station initiated program tests in accordance with § 73.1620 or § 74.14.

           (2) In determining whether the station has been operating on-air for one year, the FCC will calculate the
               period between the date of initiation of program tests (as specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this
               section) and the date the application for transfer or assignment is tendered for filing with the FCC.

     (c)

           (1) As used in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section:

                 (i)   Unbuilt station refers to an AM, FM, or TV broadcast station or a low power TV or TV translator
                       station for which a construction permit is outstanding, and, regardless of the stage of physical
                       completion, as to which program tests have not commenced or, if required, been authorized.

                 (ii) Seller includes the assignor(s) of a construction permit for an unbuilt station, the transferor(s)
                      of control of the holder of such construction permit, and any principal or such assignor(s) or
                      transferor(s) who retains an interest in the permittee or acquires or reacquires such interest
                      within 1 year after commencing program tests.

                 (iii) The provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section apply only to mutually exclusive
                       noncommercial educational applications filed on or after the release of the Report and Order in
                       MM Docket 98–43, where the construction permit is issued pursuant to settlement agreement.

           (2) The FCC will not consent to the assignment or transfer of control of the construction permit of an
               unbuilt station if the agreements or understandings between the parties provide for, or permit,
               payment to the seller of a sum in excess of the aggregate amount clearly shown to have been
               legitimately and prudently expended and to be expended by the seller, solely for preparing, filing, and
               advocating the grant of the construction permit for the station, and for other steps reasonably
               necessary toward placing the station in operation.

           (3)

                 (i)   Applications for consent to the assignment of a construction permit or transfer of control shall,
                       in the case of unbuilt stations, be accompanied by declarations both by the assignor (or
                       transferor) and by the assignee (or transferee) that, except as clearly disclosed in detail in the
                       applications, there are no agreements or understandings for reimbursement of the seller's
                       expenses or other payments to the seller, for the seller's retention of any interest in the station,
                       for options or any other means by which the seller may acquire such an interest, or for any
                       other actual or potential benefit to the seller in the form of loans, the subsequent repurchase of
                       the seller's retained interest, or otherwise.

                 (ii) When the seller is to receive reimbursement of his expenses, the applications of the parties
                      shall include an itemized accounting of such expenses, together with such factual information
                      as the parties rely upon for the requisite showing that those expenses represent legitimate and
                      prudent outlays made solely for the purposes allowable under paragraph (c)(2) of this section.

47 CFR 73.3597(c)(3)(ii) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 485 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.3597(d)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (d)

           (1) Whenever an agreement for the assignment of the construction permit of an unbuilt station or for the
               transfer of control of the permittee of an unbuilt station, or any arrangement or understanding
               incidental thereto, provides for the retention by the seller of any interest in the station, or for any
               other actual or potential benefit to the seller in the form of loans or otherwise, the question is raised
               as to whether the transaction involves actual or potential gain to the seller over and above the
               legitimate and prudent out-of-pocket expenses allowable under paragraph (c)(2) of this section. In
               such cases the FCC will designate the assignment or transfer applications for evidentiary hearing.
               However, a hearing is not mandatory in cases coming within paragraph (d)(2) of this section.

           (2) It is not intended to forbid the seller to retain an equity interest in an unbuilt station which he is
               transferring or assigning if the seller obligates himself, for the period ending 1 year after
               commencing program tests, to provide that part of the total capital made available to the station, up
               to the end of that period, which is proportionate to the seller's equity share in the permittee, taking
               into account equity capital, loan capital, and guarantees of interest and amortization payments for
               loan capital provided by the seller before the transfer or assignment. This condition will be satisfied:

                 (i)   In the case of equity capital: By paid-in cash capital contributions proportionate to the seller's
                       equity share;

                 (ii) In cases where any person who has an equity interest in the permittee provides loan capital: By
                      the seller's provision of that part of the total loan capital provided by equity holders which is
                      proportionate to the seller's equity share; and

                (iii) In cases where any person cosigns or otherwise guarantees payments under notes given for
                      loan capital provided by nonequity holders: By similar guarantees by the seller covering that
                      part of such payments as is proportionate to the seller's equity share. However, this condition
                      shall not be deemed to be met if the guarantees given by persons other than the seller cover,
                      individually or collectively, a larger portion of such payments than the ratio of the combined
                      equities of persons other than the seller to the total equity.

           (3) In cases which are subject to the requirements of paragraphs (d)(2) (i), (ii) and (iii) of this section:

                 (i)   The assignee's (or transferee's) application shall include a showing of the anticipated capital
                       needs of the station through the first year of its operation and the seller's financial capacity to
                       comply with the above requirements, in the light of such anticipated capital needs.

                 (ii) The FCC will determine from its review of the applications whether a hearing is necessary to
                      ensure compliance with the above requirements.

                (iii) Compliance with the above requirements will be subject to review by the FCC at any time, either
                      when considering subsequently filed applications or whenever the FCC may otherwise find it
                      desirable.

                (iv) Within 30 days after any time when a seller is required to provide equity or loan capital or
                     execute guarantees, the permittee shall furnish the FCC a written report containing sufficient
                     details as to the sources and amounts of equity capital paid in, loan capital made available, or
                     guarantees obtained as to enable the FCC to ascertain compliance with the above
                     requirements.

47 CFR 73.3597(d)(3)(iv) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 486 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 73.3597(d)(3)(v)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (v) No steps shall be taken by the permittee to effectuate arrangements for the provision of equity
                     or loan capital from sources not previously identified and disclosed to the FCC, until 30 days
                     after the permittee has filed with the FCC a report of such arrangements and of provisions
                     made for the seller's compliance with the above requirement.

                (vi) The provisions of paragraphs (d)(3) (iv) and (v) of this section shall cease to apply 1 year after
                     commencing program tests.

           (4) Applications subject to this paragraph (d) of this section will, in any event, be designated for
               evidentiary hearing in any case where the agreements, arrangements or understandings with the
               seller provide for the seller's option to acquire equity in the station or to increase equity interests he
               retains at the time of the assignment or transfer of control. An evidentiary hearing will similarly be
               held in any case in which the assignee(s), transferee(s) or any of their principals, or any person in
               privity therewith, has an option to purchase all or part of the seller's retained or subsequently
               acquired equity interests in the station.

[44 FR 38509, July 2, 1979, as amended at 47 FR 24580, June 7, 1982; 47 FR 55930, Dec. 14, 1982; 48 FR 9012, Mar. 3, 1983; 48
FR 27207, June 13, 1983; 50 FR 6946, Feb. 19, 1985; 53 FR 36787, Sept. 22, 1988; 63 FR 70050, Dec. 18, 1998]

§ 73.3598 Period of construction.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7261, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Except as provided in the last two sentences of this paragraph (a), each original construction permit for
         the construction of a new TV, AM, FM or International Broadcast; low power TV; low power FM; TV
         translator; TV booster; FM translator; or FM booster station, or to make changes in such existing stations,
         shall specify a period of three years from the date of issuance of the original construction permit within
         which construction shall be completed and application for license filed. An eligible entity that acquires an
         issued and outstanding construction permit for a station in any of the services listed in this paragraph (a)
         shall have the time remaining on the construction permit or eighteen months from the consummation of
         the assignment or transfer of control, whichever is longer, within which to complete construction and file
         an application for license. For purposes of the preceding sentence, an “eligible entity” shall include any
         entity that qualifies as a small business under the Small Business Administration's size standards for its
         industry grouping, as set forth in 13 CFR parts 121 through 201, at the time the transaction is approved by
         the FCC, and holds:

           (1) 30 percent or more of the stock or partnership interests and more than 50 percent of the voting
               power of the corporation or partnership that will hold the construction permit; or

           (2) 15 percent or more of the stock or partnership interests and more than 50 percent of the voting
               power of the corporation or partnership that will hold the construction permit, provided that no other
               person or entity owns or controls more than 25 percent of the outstanding stock or partnership
               interests; or

           (3) More than 50 percent of the voting power of the corporation that will hold the construction permit if
               such corporation is a publicly traded company.

     (b) The period of construction for an original construction permit shall toll when construction is prevented by
         the following causes not under the control of the permittee:

47 CFR 73.3598(b) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 487 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 73.3598(b)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) Construction is prevented due to an act of God, defined in terms of natural disasters (e.g., floods,
               tornados, hurricanes, or earthquakes);

           (2) The grant of the permit is the subject of administrative or judicial review (i.e., petitions for
               reconsideration and applications for review of the grant of a construction permit pending before the
               Commission and any judicial appeal of any Commission action thereon), or construction is delayed
               by any cause of action pending before any court of competent jurisdiction relating to any necessary
               local, state or federal requirement for the construction or operation of the station, including any
               zoning or environmental requirement;

           (3) A request for international coordination, with respect to an original construction permit for a new
               DTV station, has been sent to Canada or Mexico on behalf of the station and no response from the
               country affected has been received, or the licensee or permittee is challenging the response from
               Canada or Mexico on the grounds that the facility as approved would not permit the station to serve
               the population that is both approved by the Commission and served by the station's TV (analog)
               facility to be vacated by June 12, 2009;

           (4) A request for international coordination, with respect to a construction permit for stations in the Low
               Power FM service, on FM channels reserved for noncommercial educational use, and for
               noncommercial educational full power television stations, has been sent to Canada or Mexico on
               behalf of the station and no response from the country affected has been received; or

           (5) Failure of a Commission-imposed condition precedent prior to commencement of operation.

     (c) A permittee must notify the Commission as promptly as possible and, in any event, within 30 days, of any
         pertinent event covered by paragraph (b) of this section, and provide supporting documentation. All
         notifications must be filed in triplicate with the Secretary and must be placed in the station's local public
         file. For authorizations to construct stations in the Low Power FM service, on FM channels reserved for
         noncommercial educational use, and for noncommercial educational full power television stations, the
         Commission will identify and grant an initial period of tolling when the grant of a construction permit is
         encumbered by administrative or judicial review under the Commission's direct purview (e.g., petitions for
         reconsideration and applications for review of the grant of a construction permit pending before the
         Commission and any judicial appeal of any Commission action thereon), a request for international
         coordination under paragraph (b)(4) of this section, or failure of a condition under paragraph (b)(5) of this
         section. When a permit is encumbered by administrative or judicial review outside of the Commission's
         direct purview (e.g., local, state, or non-FCC Federal requirements), the permittee is required to notify the
         Commission of such tolling events.

     (d) A permittee must notify the Commission promptly when a relevant administrative or judicial review is
         resolved. Tolling resulting from an act of God will automatically cease six months from the date of the
         notification described in paragraph (c) of this section, unless the permittee submits additional
         notifications at six-month intervals detailing how the act of God continues to cause delays in
         construction, any construction progress, and the steps it has taken and proposes to take to resolve any
         remaining impediments. For authorizations to construct stations in the Low Power FM service, on FM
         channels reserved for noncommercial educational use, and for noncommercial educational full power
         television stations, the Commission will cease the tolling treatment and notify the permittee upon
         resolution of either:

           (1) Any encumbrance by administrative or judicial review of the grant of the construction permit under
               the Commission's direct purview;

           (2) The request for international coordination under paragraph (b)(4) of this section; or
47 CFR 73.3598(d)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 488 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.3598(d)(3)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (3) The condition on the commencement of operations under paragraph (b)(5) of this section.

     (e) Any construction permit for which construction has not been completed and for which an application for
         license has not been filed, shall be automatically forfeited upon expiration without any further affirmative
         cancellation by the Commission.

[63 FR 70050, Dec. 18, 1998, as amended at 65 FR 7648, Feb. 15, 2000; 68 FR 12761, Mar. 17, 2003; 69 FR 53352, Sept. 1, 2004;
73 FR 5684, Jan. 30, 2008; 73 FR 28369, May 16, 2008; 74 FR 8879, Feb. 27, 2009; 85 FR 7890, Feb. 12, 2020]

§ 73.3601 Simultaneous modification and renewal of license.
When an application is granted by the FCC necessitating the issuance of a modified license less than 60 days prior
to the expiration date of the license sought to be modified, and an application for renewal of the license is granted
subsequent or prior thereto (but within 30 days of expiration of the present license), the modified license as well as
the renewal license shall be issued to conform to the combined action of the FCC.

[44 FR 38511, July 2, 1979]

§ 73.3603 Special waiver procedure relative to applications.
     (a) In the case of any broadcast applications designated for hearing, the parties may request the FCC to grant
         or deny an application upon the basis of the information contained in the applications and other papers
         specified in paragraph (b) of this section without the presentation of oral testimony. Any party desiring to
         follow this procedure should execute and file with the FCC a waiver in accordance with paragraph (e) of
         this section, and serve copies on all other parties, or a joint waiver may be filed by all the parties. Upon the
         receipt of waivers from all parties to a proceeding, the FCC will decide whether the case is an appropriate
         one for determination without the presentation of oral testimony. If it is determined by the FCC that,
         notwithstanding the waivers, the presentation of oral testimony is necessary, the parties will be so notified
         and the case will be retained on the hearing docket. If the FCC concludes that the case can appropriately
         be decided without the presentation of oral testimony, the record will be considered as closed as of the
         date the waivers of all the parties were first on file with the FCC.

     (b) In all cases considered in accordance with this procedure, the FCC will decide the case on the basis of the
         information contained in the applications and in any other papers pertaining to the applicants or
         applications which are open to public inspection and which were on file with the FCC when the record was
         closed. The FCC may call upon any party to furnish any additional information which the FCC deems
         necessary to a proper decision. Such information shall be served upon all parties. The waiver previously
         executed by the parties shall be considered in effect unless within 10 days of the service of such
         information the waiver is withdrawn.

     (c) Any decision by the FCC rendered pursuant to this section will be in the nature of a final decision, unless
         otherwise ordered by the FCC.

     (d) By agreeing to the waiver procedure prescribed in this section, no party shall be deemed to waive the right
         to petition for reconsideration or rehearing, or to appeal to the courts from any adverse final decision of
         the FCC.

     (e) The waiver provided for by this section shall be in the following form:

     Waiver

47 CFR 73.3603(e) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 489 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.3605
Radio Broadcast Services

     Name of applicant

     Call letters

     Docket No.

     The undersigned hereby requests the FCC to consider its application and grant or deny it in accordance with
     the procedure prescribed in § 73.3603 of the FCC's rules and regulations. It is understood that all the terms and
     provisions of ____ are incorporated in this waiver.

[44 FR 38511, July 2, 1979]

§ 73.3605 Retention of applications in hearing status after designation for hearing.
     (a) After an application for a broadcast facility is designated for hearing, it will be retained in hearing status
         upon the dismissal or amendment and removal from hearing of any other application or applications with
         which it has been consolidated for hearing.

     (b) Where any applicants for a broadcast facility file a request pursuant to § 73.3525(a) for approval of an
         agreement to remove a conflict between their applications, the applications will be retained in hearing
         status pending such proceedings on the joint request as may be ordered and such action thereon as may
         be taken.

           (1) If further hearing is not required on issues other than those arising out of the agreement, the
               proceeding shall be terminated and appropriate disposition shall be made of the applications.

           (2) Where further hearing is required on issues unrelated to the agreement, the presiding officer shall
               continue to conduct the hearing on such other issues pending final action on the agreement, but the
               record in the proceeding shall not be closed until such final action on the agreement has been taken.

           (3) In any case where a conflict between applications will be removed by an agreement for an
               engineering amendment to an application, the amended application shall be removed from hearing
               status upon final approval of the agreement and acceptance of the amendment.

     (c) An application for a broadcast facility which has been designated for hearing and which is amended so as
         to eliminate the need for hearing or further hearing on the issues specified, other than as provided for in
         paragraph (b) of this section, will be removed from hearing status.

[44 FR 38511, July 2, 1979]

§ 73.3612 Annual employment report.
Each licensee or permittee of a commercially or noncommercially operated AM, FM, TV, Class A TV or International
Broadcast station with five or more full-time employees shall file an annual employment report with the FCC on or
before September 30 of each year on FCC Form 395–B.

           Note to § 73.3612: Data concerning the gender, race and ethnicity of a broadcast station's
           workforce collected in the annual employment report will be used only for purposes of analyzing
           industry trends and making reports to Congress. Such data will not be used for the purpose of

47 CFR 73.3612 (enhanced display)                                                                       page 490 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 73.3613
Radio Broadcast Services

           assessing any aspect of an individual broadcast licensee's compliance with the equal employment
           opportunity requirements of § 73.2080.

[69 FR 34954, June 23, 2004]

§ 73.3613 Availability to FCC of station contracts.
Each licensee or permittee of a commercial or noncommercial AM, FM, TV or International broadcast station shall
provide the FCC with copies of the following contracts, instruments, and documents together with amendments,
supplements, and cancellations (with the substance of oral contracts reported in writing), within 7 days of a request
by the FCC.

     (a) Network service: Network affiliation contracts between stations and networks will be reduced to writing
         and filed upon request as follows:

           (1) All network affiliation contracts, agreements, or understandings between a TV broadcast or low
               power TV station and a national network. For the purposes of this paragraph the term network
               means any person, entity, or corporation which offers an interconnected program service on a
               regular basis for 15 or more hours per week to at least 25 affiliated television licensees in 10 or more
               states; and/or any person, entity, or corporation controlling, controlled by, or under common control
               with such person, entity, or corporation.

           (2) Each such filing shall consist of all of the terms and conditions of such contract, agreement or
               understanding, including any other paper or document incorporated by reference or otherwise.

     (b) Ownership or control: Contracts, instruments or documents relating to the present or future ownership or
         control of the licensee or permittee or of the licensee's or permittee's stock, rights or interests therein, or
         relating to changes in such ownership or control shall include but are not limited to the following:

           (1) Articles of partnership, association, and incorporation, and changes in such instruments;

           (2) Bylaws, and any instruments effecting changes in such bylaws;

           (3) Any agreement, document or instrument providing for the assignment of a license or permit, or
               affecting, directly or indirectly, the ownership or voting rights of the licensee's or permittee's stock
               (common or preferred, voting or nonvoting), such as:

                 (i)   Agreements for transfer of stock;

                 (ii) Instruments for the issuance of new stock; or

                (iii) Agreements for the acquisition of licensee's or permittee's stock by the issuing licensee or
                      permittee corporation, pledges, trust agreements or abstracts thereof, options to purchase
                      stock and other executory agreements. Should the FCC request an abstract of the trust
                      agreement in lieu of the trust agreement, the licensee or permittee will submit the following
                      information concerning the trust:

                       (A) Name of trust;

                       (B) Duration of trust;

                       (C) Number of shares of stock owned;

47 CFR 73.3613(b)(3)(iii)(C) (enhanced display)                                                            page 491 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                               47 CFR 73.3613(b)(3)(iii)(D)
Radio Broadcast Services

                      (D) Name of beneficial owner of stock;

                      (E) Name of record owner of stock;

                      (F) Name of the party or parties who have the power to vote or control the vote of the shares;
                          and

                      (G) Any conditions on the powers of voting the stock or any unusual characteristics of the
                          trust.

           (4) Proxies with respect to the licensee's or permittee's stock running for a period in excess of 1 year,
               and all proxies, whether or not running for a period of 1 year, given without full and detailed
               instructions binding the nominee to act in a specified manner. With respect to proxies given without
               full and detailed instructions, a statement showing the number of such proxies, by whom given and
               received, and the percentage of outstanding stock represented by each proxy shall be submitted by
               the licensee or permittee if the stock covered by such proxies has been voted. However, when the
               licensee or permittee is a corporation having more than 50 stockholders, such complete information
               need be filed only with respect to proxies given by stockholders who are officers or directors, or who
               have 1% or more of the corporation's voting stock. When the licensee or permittee is a corporation
               having more than 50 stockholders and the stockholders giving the proxies are not officers or
               directors or do not hold 1% or more of the corporation's stock, the only information required to be
               filed is the name of any person voting 1% or more of the stock by proxy, the number of shares voted
               by proxy by such person, and the total number of shares voted at the particular stockholders'
               meeting in which the shares were voted by proxy.

           (5) Mortgage or loan agreements containing provisions restricting the licensee's or permittee's freedom
               of operation, such as those affecting voting rights, specifying or limiting the amount of dividends
               payable, the purchase of new equipment, or the maintenance of current assets.

           (6) Any agreement reflecting a change in the officers, directors or stockholders of a corporation, other
               than the licensee or permittee, having an interest, direct or indirect, in the licensee or permittee as
               specified by § 73.3615.

           (7) Agreements providing for the assignment of a license or permit or agreements for the transfer of
               stock filed in accordance with FCC application Forms 314, 315, 316 need not be resubmitted
               pursuant to the terms of this rule provision.

     (c) Personnel:

           (1) Management consultant agreements with independent contractors; contracts relating to the
               utilization in a management capacity of any person other than an officer, director, or regular
               employee of the licensee or permittee; station management contracts with any persons, whether or
               not officers, directors, or regular employees, which provide for both a percentage of profits and a
               sharing in losses; or any similar agreements.

           (2) The following contracts, agreements, or understandings need not be filed: Agreements with persons
               regularly employed as general or station managers or salesmen; contracts with program managers
               or program personnel; contracts with attorneys, accountants or consulting radio engineers; contracts
               with performers; contracts with station representatives; contracts with labor unions; or any similar
               agreements.

47 CFR 73.3613(c)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 492 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 73.3613(d)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (d) Other agreements: Subchannel leasing agreements for Subsidiary Communications Authorization
         operation; franchise/leasing agreements for operation of telecommunications services on the television
         vertical blanking interval and in the visual signal; time sales contracts with the same sponsor for 4 or
         more hours per day, except where the length of the events (such as athletic contests, musical programs
         and special events) broadcast pursuant to the contract is not under control of the station; and contracts
         with chief operators or other engineering personnel.

[44 FR 38512, July 2, 1979, as amended at 47 FR 21496, May 18, 1982; 50 FR 4664, Feb. 1, 1985; 50 FR 30951, July 31, 1985; 51
FR 9966, Mar. 24, 1986; 51 FR 15785, Apr. 28, 1986; 57 FR 18093, Apr. 29, 1992; 57 FR 42706, Sept. 16, 1992; 61 FR 36305, July
10, 1996; 63 FR 70050, Dec. 18, 1998; 64 FR 50646, Sept. 17, 1999; 66 FR 9972, Feb. 13, 2001; 68 FR 46358, Aug. 5, 2003; 79 FR
29006, May 20, 2014; 83 FR 757, Jan. 8, 2018; 83 FR 85558, Dec. 21, 2018]

§ 73.3615 Ownership reports.
     (a) The Ownership Report for Commercial Broadcast Stations (FCC Form 323) must be filed electronically
         every two years by each licensee of a commercial AM, FM, or TV broadcast station and any entity that
         holds an interest in the licensee that is attributable pursuant to § 73.3555 (each a “Respondent”). The
         ownership report shall be filed by December 1 in all odd-numbered years. Each ownership report shall
         provide all information required by, and comply with all requirements set forth in, the version of FCC Form
         323 (including all instructions for the form and schedule) that is current on October 1 of the year in which
         the ownership report is filed. The information provided on each ownership report shall be current as of
         October 1 of the year in which the ownership report is filed. A Respondent with a current and unamended
         biennial ownership report (i.e., an ownership report that was filed pursuant to this subsection) on file with
         the Commission that is still accurate and which was filed using the version of FCC Form 323 that is
         current on October 1 of the year in which its biennial ownership report is due may electronically validate
         and resubmit its previously filed biennial ownership report.

     (b)

           (1) Each permittee of a commercial AM, FM or TV broadcast station and any entity that holds an interest
               in the permittee that is attributable pursuant to § 73.3555 (each a “Respondent”) shall file an
               ownership report on FCC Form 323 within 30 days of the date of grant by the FCC of an application
               by the permittee for original construction permit. Each ownership report shall provide all information
               required by, and comply with all requirements set forth in, the version of FCC Form 323 (including all
               instructions for the form and schedule) that is current on the date on which the ownership report is
               filed.

           (2) Except as specifically noted below, each permittee of a commercial AM, FM or TV broadcast station
               and any entity that holds an interest in the permittee that is attributable pursuant to § 73.3555 (each
               a “Respondent”) shall file an ownership report on FCC Form 323 on the date that the permittee
               applies for a station license. Each ownership report shall provide all information required by, and
               comply with all requirements set forth in, the version of FCC Form 323 (including all instructions for
               the form and schedule) that is current on the date on which the ownership report is filed. If a
               Respondent has a current and unamended ownership report on file with the Commission that was
               filed pursuant to paragraphs (b)(1) or (c) of this section, was submitted using the version of FCC
               Form 323 that is current on the date on which the ownership report due pursuant to paragraph(b)(2)
               is filed, and is still accurate, the Respondent may certify that it has reviewed such ownership report
               and that it is accurate, in lieu of filing a new ownership report.

47 CFR 73.3615(b)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                         page 493 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.3615(c)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (c) Each permittee or licensee of a commercial AM, FM or TV broadcast station and any entity that holds an
         interest in the permittee or licensee that is attributable pursuant to § 73.3555 (each a “Respondent”), shall
         file an ownership report on FCC Form 323 within 30 days of consummating authorized assignments or
         transfers of permits and licenses. Each ownership report shall provide all information required by, and
         comply with all requirements set forth in, the version of FCC Form 323 (including all instructions for the
         form and schedule) that is current on the date on which the ownership report is filed.

     (d) The Ownership Report for Noncommercial Broadcast Stations (FCC Form 323–E) must be filed
         electronically every two years by each licensee of a noncommercial educational AM, FM or TV broadcast
         station and any entity that holds an interest in the licensee that is attributable pursuant to § 73.3555
         (each a “Respondent”). The ownership report shall be filed by December 1 in all odd-numbered years.
         Each ownership report shall provide all information required by, and comply with all requirements set forth
         in, the version of FCC Form 323–E (including all instructions for the form and schedule) that is current on
         October 1 of the year in which the ownership report is filed. The information provided on each ownership
         report shall be current as of October 1 of the year in which the ownership report is filed. A Respondent
         with a current and unamended biennial ownership report (i.e., an ownership report that was filed pursuant
         to this subsection) on file with the Commission that is still accurate and which was filed using the version
         of FCC Form 323–E that is current on October 1 of the year in which its biennial ownership report is due
         may electronically validate and resubmit its previously filed biennial ownership report.

     (e)

           (1) Each permittee of a noncommercial educational AM, FM or TV broadcast station and any entity that
               holds an interest in the permittee that is attributable pursuant to § 73.3555 (each a “Respondent”)
               shall file an ownership report on FCC Form 323–E within 30 days of the date of grant by the FCC of
               an application by the permittee for original construction permit. Each ownership report shall provide
               all information required by, and comply with all requirements set forth in, the version of FCC Form
               323–E (including all instructions for the form and schedule) that is current on the date on which the
               ownership report is filed.

           (2) Except as specifically noted below, each permittee of a noncommercial educational AM, FM or TV
               broadcast station and any entity that holds an interest in the permittee that is attributable pursuant
               to § 73.3555 (each a “Respondent”) shall file an ownership report on FCC Form 323–E on the date
               that the permittee applies for a station license. Each ownership report shall provide all information
               required by, and comply with all requirements set forth in, the version of FCC Form 323–E (including
               all instructions for the form and schedule) that is current on the date on which the ownership report
               is filed. If a Respondent has a current and unamended ownership report on file with the Commission
               that was filed pursuant to paragraphs (e)(1) or (f) of this section, was submitted using the version of
               FCC Form 323–E that is current on the date on which the ownership report due pursuant to this
               subsection is filed, and is still accurate, the Respondent may certify that it has reviewed such
               ownership report and that it is accurate, in lieu of filing a new ownership report.

     (f) Each permittee or licensee of a noncommercial educational AM, FM or TV broadcast station, and any
         entity that holds an interest in the permittee or licensee that is attributable pursuant to § 73.3555 (each a
         “Respondent”), shall file an ownership report on FCC Form 323–E within 30 days of consummating
         authorized assignments or transfers of permits and licenses. Each ownership report shall provide all
         information required by, and comply with all requirements set forth in, the version of FCC Form 323–E
         (including all instructions for the form and schedule) that is current on the date on which the ownership
         report is filed.

47 CFR 73.3615(f) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 494 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                               47 CFR 73.3615(g)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (g) A copy of all ownership and supplemental ownership reports and related materials filed pursuant to this
         section shall be maintained and made available for public inspection in the online public inspection file as
         required by §§ 73.3526 and 73.3527.

[44 FR 38513, July 2, 1979, as amended at 49 FR 19498, May 8, 1984; 50 FR 27450, July 3, 1985; 50 FR 40016, Oct. 1, 1985; 53 FR
2499, Jan. 28, 1988; 53 FR 5684, Feb. 25, 1988; 63 FR 70050, Dec. 18, 1998; 66 FR 9973, Feb. 13, 2001; 66 FR 12897, Mar. 1, 2001;
74 FR 25168, May 27, 2009; 74 FR 56134, Oct. 30, 2009; 81 FR 19459, Apr. 4, 2016; 82 FR 55771, Nov. 24, 2017; 85 FR 21078, Apr.
16, 2020]

§ 73.3617 Information available on the internet.
The Media Bureau and each of its Divisions provide information on the internet regarding rules and policies, pending
and completed rulemakings, and pending applications. These sites also include copies of public notices and texts
of recent decisions. The Media Bureau's address is http://www.fcc.gov/mb/; the Audio Division's address is
http://www.fcc.gov/mb/audio; the Video Division's address is http://www.fcc.gov/mb/video; the Policy Division's
address is http://www.fcc.gov/mb/policy; and the Industry Analysis Division's address is http://www.fcc.gov/mb/
industry_analysis.

[85 FR 58297, Sept. 18, 2020]

§ 73.3700 Post-incentive auction licensing and operation.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7262, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Definitions —

           (1) Broadcast television station. For purposes of this section, broadcast television station means full
               power television stations and Class A television stations.

           (2) Channel reassignment public notice. For purposes of this section, Channel Reassignment Public
               Notice means the public notice to be released upon the completion of the broadcast television
               spectrum incentive auction conducted under section 6403 of the Spectrum Act specifying the new
               channel assignments and technical parameters of any broadcast television stations that are
               reassigned to new channels.

           (3) Channel sharee station. For purposes of this section, channel sharee station means a broadcast
               television station for which a winning channel sharing bid, as defined in § 1.2200(d) of this chapter,
               was submitted, or a broadcast television station for which a winning license relinquishment bid, as
               defined in § 1.2200(g) of this chapter, was submitted where the station licensee executes and
               implements a post-auction channel sharing agreement.

           (4) Channel sharer station. For purposes of this section, channel sharer station means a broadcast
               television station that shares its television channel with a channel sharee.

           (5) Channel sharing agreement (CSA). For purposes of this section, channel sharing agreement or CSA
               means an executed agreement between the licensee of a channel sharee station or stations and the
               licensee of a channel sharer station governing the use of the shared television channel.

           (6) High-VHF-to-Low-VHF station. For purposes of this section, High-VHF-to-Low-VHF station means a
               broadcast television station for which a winning high-VHF-to-low-VHF bid, as defined in § 1.2200(f)
               of this chapter, was submitted.
47 CFR 73.3700(a)(6) (enhanced display)                                                                         page 495 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.3700(a)(7)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (7) License relinquishment station. For purposes of this section, license relinquishment station means a
               broadcast television station for which a winning license relinquishment bid, as defined in § 1.2200(g)
               of this chapter, was submitted.

           (8) MVPD. For purposes of this section, MVPD means a person such as, but not limited to, a cable
               operator, a multichannel multipoint distribution service, a direct broadcast satellite service, or a
               television receive-only satellite program distributor, who makes available for purchase, by
               subscribers or customers, multiple channels of video programming as set forth in section 602 of the
               Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. 522).

           (9) Pre-auction channel. For purposes of this section, pre-auction channel means the channel that is
               licensed to a broadcast television station on the date that the Channel Reassignment Public Notice
               is released.

          (10) Predetermined cost estimate. For purposes of this section, predetermined cost estimate means the
               estimated cost of an eligible expense as generally determined by the Media Bureau in a catalog of
               expenses eligible for reimbursement.

          (11) Post-auction channel. For purposes of this section, post-auction channel means the channel
               specified in the Channel Reassignment Public Notice or a channel authorized by the Media Bureau in
               a construction permit issued after the date that the Channel Reassignment Public Notice is released
               under the procedures set forth in paragraph (b) of this section.

          (12) Reassigned station. For purposes of this section, a reassigned station means a broadcast television
               station that is reassigned to a new channel in the Channel Reassignment Public Notice, not including
               channel sharing stations, UHF-to-VHF stations, or High-VHF-to-Low-VHF stations.

          (13) Reimbursement period. For purposes of this section, reimbursement period means the period ending
               three years after the completion of the forward auction pursuant to section 6403(b)(4)(D) of the
               Spectrum Act.

          (14) Spectrum Act. The term Spectrum Act means Title VI of the Middle Class Tax Relief and Job Creation
               Act of 2012 (Pub. L. 112–96).

          (15) Transitioning station. For purposes of this section, a transitioning station means a:

                 (i)   Reassigned station,

                 (ii) UHF-to-VHF station,

                (iii) High-VHF-to-Low-VHF station,

                (iv) License relinquishment station, or

                 (v) A channel sharee or sharer station.

          (16) TV broadcaster relocation fund. For purposes of this section, the TV Broadcaster Relocation Fund
               means the fund established by section 6403(d)(1) of the Spectrum Act.

          (17) UHF-to-VHF station. For purposes of this section, UHF-to-VHF station means a television station for
               which a winning UHF-to-VHF bid, as defined in § 1.2200(l) of this chapter, was submitted.

     (b) Post-auction licensing —

           (1) Construction permit applications.

47 CFR 73.3700(b)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 496 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.3700(b)(1)(i)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (i)   Licensees of reassigned stations, UHF-to-VHF stations, and High-VHF-to-Low-VHF stations
                       must file a minor change application for a construction permit for the channel specified in the
                       Channel Reassignment Public Notice using FCC Form 2100 Schedule A (for a full power
                       station) or E (for a Class A station) within three months of the release date of the Channel
                       Reassignment Public Notice. Licensees that are unable to meet this filing deadline may request
                       a waiver of the deadline no later than 30 days prior to the deadline.

                 (ii) A licensee of a reassigned station that is reassigned from one channel to a different channel
                      within its existing band will be permitted to propose transmission facilities in its construction
                      permit application that will extend its coverage contour, as defined by the technical parameters
                      specified in the Channel Reassignment Public Notice, if such facilities:

                       (A) Are necessary to achieve the coverage contour specified in the Channel Reassignment
                           Public Notice or to address loss of coverage area resulting from the new channel
                           assignment;

                       (B) Will not extend a full power television station's noise limited contour or a Class A television
                           station's protected contour by more than one percent in any direction; and

                       (C) Will not cause new interference, other than a rounding tolerance of 0.5 percent, to any
                           other broadcast television station.

                (iii) The licensee of a UHF-to-VHF station or High-VHF-to-Low-VHF station will be permitted to
                      propose transmission facilities in its construction permit application that will extend its
                      coverage contour, as defined by the technical parameters specified in the Channel
                      Reassignment Public Notice, if the proposed facility will not cause new interference, other than
                      a rounding tolerance of 0.5 percent, to any other broadcast television station.

                (iv) Priority filing window.

                       (A) The licensee of a reassigned station, a UHF-to-VHF station, or a High-VHF-to-Low-VHF
                           station that, for reasons beyond its control, is unable to construct facilities that meet the
                           technical parameters specified in the Channel Reassignment Public Notice, or the
                           permissible contour coverage variance from those technical parameters specified in
                           paragraph (b)(1)(ii) or (iii) of this section, may request a waiver of the construction permit
                           application deadline specified in paragraph (b)(1)(i) no later than 30 days prior to the
                           deadline. If its waiver request is granted, the licensee will be afforded an opportunity to
                           submit an application for a construction permit pursuant to paragraph (b)(2)(i) or (ii) of
                           this section in a priority filing window to be announced by the Media Bureau by public
                           notice.

                       (B) The licensee of any broadcast television station that the Commission makes all
                           reasonable efforts to preserve pursuant to section 6403(b)(2) of the Spectrum Act that is
                           predicted to experience a loss in population served in excess of one percent as a result of
                           the repacking process, either because of new station-to-station interference or terrain loss
                           resulting from a new channel assignment (or a combination of both), will be afforded an
                           opportunity to submit an application for a construction permit pursuant to paragraph
                           (b)(2)(i) or (ii) of this section in the priority filing window required by paragraph
                           (b)(1)(iv)(A) of this section.

                 (v) Construction permit applications filed pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section will be
                     afforded expedited processing if the application:

47 CFR 73.3700(b)(1)(v) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 497 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                 47 CFR 73.3700(b)(1)(v)(A)
Radio Broadcast Services

                       (A) Does not seek to expand the coverage area, as defined by the technical parameters
                           specified in the Channel Reassignment Public Notice, in any direction;

                       (B) Seeks authorization for facilities that are no more than five percent smaller than those
                           specified in the Channel Reassignment Public Notice with respect to predicted population
                           served; and

                       (C) Is filed within the three-month deadline specified in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section.

                (vi) Delegation of authority. The Commission delegates authority to the Chief, Media Bureau to
                     establish construction periods for reassigned stations, UHF-to-VHF stations, and High-VHF-to-
                     Low-VHF stations.

                (vii) Channel sharee stations must file a minor change application for a construction permit for the
                      channel on which the channel sharer operates at least sixty (60) days prior to the date by which
                      it must terminate operations on its pre-auction channel pursuant to paragraphs (b)(4)(i) and (ii)
                      of this section. The application must include a copy of the executed channel sharing
                      agreement.

           (2) Applications for alternate channels and expanded facilities —

                 (i)   Alternate channels. The licensee of a reassigned station, a UHF-to-VHF station, or a High-VHF-
                       to-Low-VHF station, or a broadcast television station described in paragraph (b)(1)(iv)(B) of this
                       section will be permitted to file a major change application for a construction permit for an
                       alternate channel on FCC Form 2100 Schedules A (for a full power station) and E (for a Class A
                       station) during a filing window to be announced by the Media Bureau by public notice, provided
                       that:

                       (A) The licensee of a UHF-to-VHF station cannot request an alternate UHF channel;

                       (B) The licensee of a UHF-to-VHF station that specified the high-VHF band or the low-VHF
                           band in its UHF-to-VHF bid cannot request a VHF channel outside of the assigned band;
                           and

                       (C) The licensee of a High-VHF-to-Low-VHF station cannot request an alternate high-VHF
                           channel.

                 (ii) Expanded facilities. The licensee of a reassigned station, a UHF-to-VHF station, or a High-VHF-
                      to-Low-VHF station, or a broadcast television station described in paragraph (b)(1)(iv)(B) of this
                      section will be permitted to file a minor change application for a construction permit on FCC
                      Form 2100 Schedules A (for a full power station) and E (for a Class A station) during a filing
                      window to be announced by the Media Bureau by public notice, in order to request a change in
                      the technical parameters specified in the Channel Reassignment Public Notice (or, in the case
                      of a broadcast television station described in paragraph (b)(1)(iv)(B) of this section that is not
                      reassigned to a new channel, a change in its authorized technical parameters) with respect to
                      height above average terrain (HAAT), effective radiated power (ERP), or transmitter location that
                      would be considered a minor change under § 73.3572(a)(1) and (2) or § 74.787(b) of this
                      chapter.

                (iii) Delegation of authority. The Commission delegates authority to the Chief, Media Bureau to:

47 CFR 73.3700(b)(2)(iii) (enhanced display)                                                               page 498 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                              47 CFR 73.3700(b)(2)(iii)(A)
Radio Broadcast Services

                       (A) Announce filing opportunities for alternate channels and expanded facilities applications
                           and specifying appropriate processing guidelines, including the standards to qualify for
                           priority filing, cut-off protections, and means to avoid or resolve mutual exclusivity
                           between applications; and

                       (B) Establish construction periods for permits authorizing alternate channels or expanded
                           facilities.

           (3) License applications for channel sharing stations. The licensee of each channel sharee station and
               channel sharer station must file an application for a license for the shared channel using FCC Form
               2100 Schedule B (for a full power station) or F (for a Class A station) within six months of the date
               that the channel sharee station licensee receives its incentive payment pursuant to section
               6403(a)(1) of the Spectrum Act.

           (4) Deadlines to terminate operations on pre-auction channels.

                 (i)   The licensee of a license relinquishment station must comply with the notification and
                       cancellation procedures in § 73.1750 and terminate operations on its pre-auction channel
                       within three months of the date that the licensee receives its incentive payment pursuant to
                       section 6403(a)(1) of the Spectrum Act.

                 (ii) The licensee of a channel sharee station and a licensee of a license relinquishment station that
                      has indicated in its Form 177 an intent to enter into a post-auction channel sharing agreement
                      must comply with the notification and cancellation procedures in § 73.1750 and terminate
                      operations on its pre-auction channel within six months of the date that the licensee receives
                      its incentive payment pursuant to section 6403(a)(1) of the Spectrum Act.

                (iii) All reassigned stations, UHF-to-VHF stations, and High-VHF-to-Low-VHF stations must cease
                      operating on their pre-auction channel once such station begins operating on its post-auction
                      channel or by the deadline specified in its construction permit for its post-auction channel,
                      whichever occurs earlier, and in no event later than the end of the post-auction transition period
                      as defined in § 27.4 of this chapter.

           (5) Applications for additional time to complete construction —

                 (i)   Delegation of authority. Authority is delegated to the Chief, Media Bureau to grant a single
                       extension of time of up to six months to licensees of reassigned stations, UHF-to-VHF stations,
                       and High-VHF-to-Low-VHF stations to complete construction of their post-auction channel upon
                       demonstration by the licensee that failure to meet the construction deadline is due to
                       circumstances that are either unforeseeable or beyond the licensee's control. Licensees
                       needing additional time beyond such a single extension of time to complete construction shall
                       be subject to the tolling provisions in § 73.3598.

                 (ii) Circumstances that may justify an extension of the construction deadline of a licensee of a
                      reassigned station, a UHF-to-VHF station, or a High-VHF-to-Low-VHF station include but are not
                      limited to:

                       (A) Weather-related delays, including a tower location in a weather-sensitive area;

                       (B) Delays in construction due to the unavailability of equipment or a tower crew;

                       (C) Tower lease disputes;

47 CFR 73.3700(b)(5)(ii)(C) (enhanced display)                                                           page 499 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                  47 CFR 73.3700(b)(5)(ii)(D)
Radio Broadcast Services

                       (D) Unusual technical challenges, such as the need to construct a top-mounted or side-
                           mounted antenna or the need to coordinate channel changes with another station; and

                       (E) Delays faced by licensees that must obtain government approvals, such as land use or
                           zoning approvals, or that are subject to competitive bidding requirements prior to
                           purchasing equipment or services.

                (iii) A licensee of a reassigned station, UHF-to-VHF station, or High-VHF-to-Low-VHF station may
                      rely on “financial hardship” as a criterion for seeking an extension of time if it is subject to an
                      active bankruptcy or receivership proceeding, provided that the licensee makes an adequate
                      showing that it has filed requests to proceed with construction in the relevant court
                      proceedings. Any other licensee that seeks an extension of time based on financial hardship
                      must demonstrate that, although it is not subject to an active bankruptcy or receivership
                      proceeding, rare and exceptional financial circumstances warrant granting additional time to
                      complete construction.

                (iv) Applications for additional time to complete construction must be filed electronically in CDBS
                     using FCC Form 337 no less than 90 days before the expiration of the construction permit.

     (c) Consumer education for transitioning stations.

           (1) License relinquishment stations that operate on a commercial basis will be required to air at least
               one Public Service Announcement (PSA) and run at least one crawl in every quarter of every day for
               30 days prior to the date that the station terminates operations on its pre-auction channel. One of the
               required PSAs and one of the required crawls must be run during prime time hours (for purposes of
               this section, between 8:00 p.m. and 11:00 p.m. in the Eastern and Pacific time zones, and between
               7:00 p.m. and 10:00 p.m. in the Mountain and Central time zones) each day.

           (2) Noncommercial educational full power television license relinquishment stations may choose to
               comply with these requirements in paragraph (c)(1) of this section or may air 60 seconds per day of
               on-air consumer education PSAs for 30 days prior to the station's termination of operations on its
               pre-auction channel.

           (3) Transitioning stations, except for license relinquishment stations, must air 60 seconds per day of on-
               air consumer education PSAs or crawls for 30 days prior to the station's termination of operations on
               its pre-auction channel.

           (4) Transition crawls.

                 (i)   Each crawl must run during programming for no less than 60 consecutive seconds across the
                       bottom or top of the viewing area and be provided in the same language as a majority of the
                       programming carried by the transitioning station.

                 (ii) Each crawl must include the date that the station will terminate operations on its pre-auction
                      channel; inform viewers of the need to rescan if the station has received a new post-auction
                      channel assignment; and explain how viewers may obtain more information by telephone or
                      online.

           (5) Transition PSAs.

                 (i)   Each PSA must have a duration of at least 15 seconds.

47 CFR 73.3700(c)(5)(i) (enhanced display)                                                                  page 500 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                   47 CFR 73.3700(c)(5)(ii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (ii) Each PSA must be provided in the same language as a majority of the programming carried by
                      the transitioning station; include the date that the station will terminate operations on its pre-
                      auction channel; inform viewers of the need to rescan if the station has received a new post-
                      auction channel assignment; explain how viewers may obtain more information by telephone or
                      online; and for stations with new post-auction channel assignments, provide instructions to
                      both over-the-air and MVPD viewers regarding how to continue watching the television station;
                      and be closed-captioned.

           (6) Licensees of transitioning stations, except for license relinquishment stations, must place a
               certification of compliance with the requirements in paragraph (c) of this section in their online
               public file within 30 days after beginning operations on their post-auction channels. Licensees of
               license relinquishment stations must include the certification in their notification of discontinuation
               of service pursuant to § 73.1750 of this chapter.

     (d) Notice to MVPDs.

           (1) Licensees of transitioning stations must provide notice to MVPDs that:

                 (i)   No longer will be required to carry the station because it will cease operations or because of the
                       relocation of a channel sharee station;

                 (ii) Currently carry and will continue to be obligated to carry a station that will have a new post-
                      auction channel assignment; or

                (iii) Will become obligated to carry a station due to the relocation of a channel sharee station.

           (2) The notice to MVPDs must be provided in the form of a letter notification and must contain the
               following information:

                 (i)   Date and time of any channel changes;

                 (ii) Pre-auction and post-auction channels;

                (iii) Modification (if any) to antenna position, location or power levels;

                (iv) Stream identification information for channel sharing stations; and

                 (v) Engineering staff contact information.

           (3) Should any of the information in (d)(2) of this section change during the time that the station is
               transitioning from its pre-auction to its post-auction channel, an amended notification must be sent.

           (4) For cable systems, the notification letter must be addressed to the system's official address of record
               provided in the cable system's most recent filing in the Commission's Cable Operations and
               Licensing System (COALS) Form 322. For all other MVPDs, the notification letter must be addressed
               to the official corporate address registered with their State of incorporation.

           (5) Notification letters must be sent within the following time frames:

                 (i)   For license relinquishment stations, not less than 30 days prior to terminating operations;

                 (ii) For channel sharee stations, not less than 30 days prior to terminating operations of the pre-
                      auction channel;

                (iii) For channel sharee and channel sharer stations, not less than 30 days prior to initiation of
                      operations on the shared channel; and

47 CFR 73.3700(d)(5)(iii) (enhanced display)                                                               page 501 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.3700(d)(5)(iv)
Radio Broadcast Services

                (iv) For reassigned stations, UHF-to-VHF stations, and High-VHF-to-Low-VHF stations, not less than
                     90 days prior to the date on which they will begin operations on their post-auction channel.

                 (v) If a station's anticipated transition date changes due to an unforeseen delay or change in
                     transition plan, the licensee must send a further notice to affected MVPDs informing them of
                     the new anticipated transition date.

     (e) Reimbursement rules —

           (1) Entities eligible for reimbursement. The Commission will reimburse relocation costs reasonably
               incurred only by:

                 (i)   The licensees of full power and Class A broadcast television stations that are reassigned under
                       section 6403(b)(1)(B)(i) of the Spectrum Act, including channel sharer stations that are
                       reassigned to a new channel in the Channel Reassignment Public Notice; and

                 (ii) MVPDs in order to continue to carry the signal of a full power or Class A broadcast television
                      station that is:

                       (A) Described in paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section;

                       (B) A UHF-to-VHF station;

                       (C) A High-VHF-to-Low-VHF station; or

                       (D) A channel sharee station.

           (2) Estimated costs.

                 (i)   No later than three months following the release of the Channel Reassignment Public Notice, all
                       broadcast television station licensees and MVPDs that are eligible to receive payment of
                       relocation costs will be required to file an estimated cost form providing an estimate of their
                       reasonably incurred relocation costs.

                 (ii) Each broadcast television station licensee and MVPD that submits an estimated cost form will
                      be required to certify, inter alia, that:

                       (A) It believes in good faith that it will reasonably incur all of the estimated costs that it claims
                           as eligible for reimbursement on the estimated cost form;

                       (B) It will use all money received from the TV Broadcaster Relocation Fund only for expenses
                           it believes in good faith are eligible for reimbursement;

                       (C) It will comply with all policies and procedures relating to allocations, draw downs,
                           payments, obligations, and expenditures of money from the TV Broadcaster Relocation
                           Fund;

                       (D) It will maintain detailed records, including receipts, of all costs eligible for reimbursement
                           actually incurred; and

                       (E) It will file all required documentation of its relocation expenses as instructed by the Media
                           Bureau.

47 CFR 73.3700(e)(2)(ii)(E) (enhanced display)                                                               page 502 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                  47 CFR 73.3700(e)(2)(iii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                (iii) If a broadcast television station licensee or MVPD seeks reimbursement for new equipment, it
                      must provide a justification as to why it is reasonable under the circumstances to purchase new
                      equipment rather than modify its corresponding current equipment in order to change channels
                      or to continue to carry the signal of a broadcast television station that changes channels.

                (iv) Entities that submit their own cost estimates, as opposed to the predetermined cost estimates
                     provided in the estimated cost form, must submit supporting evidence and certify that the
                     estimate is made in good faith.

           (3) Final Allocation Deadline.

                 (i)   Upon completing construction or other reimbursable changes, or by a specific deadline prior to
                       the end of the Reimbursement Period to be established by the Media Bureau, whichever is
                       earlier, all broadcast television station licensees and MVPDs that received an initial allocation
                       from the TV Broadcaster Relocation Fund must provide the Commission with information and
                       documentation, including invoices and receipts, regarding their actual expenses incurred as of
                       a date to be determined by the Media Bureau (the “Final Allocation Deadline”).

                 (ii) If a broadcast television station licensee or MVPD has not yet completed construction or other
                      reimbursable changes by the Final Allocation Deadline, it must provide the Commission with
                      information and documentation regarding any remaining eligible expenses that it expects to
                      reasonably incur.

           (4) Final accounting. After completing all construction or reimbursable changes, broadcast television
               station licensees and MVPDs that have received money from the TV Broadcaster Relocation Fund
               will be required to submit final expense documentation containing a list of estimated expenses and
               actual expenses as of a date to be determined by the Media Bureau. Entities that have finished
               construction and have submitted all actual expense documentation by the Final Allocation Deadline
               will not be required to file at the final accounting stage.

           (5) Progress reports. Broadcast television station licensees and MVPDs that receive payment from the
               TV Broadcaster Relocation Fund are required to submit progress reports at a date and frequency to
               be determined by the Media Bureau.

           (6) Documentation requirements.

                 (i)   Each broadcast television station licensee and MVPD that receives payment from the TV
                       Broadcaster Relocation Fund is required to retain all relevant documents pertaining to
                       construction or other reimbursable changes for a period ending not less than 10 years after the
                       date on which it receives final payment from the TV Broadcaster Relocation Fund.

                 (ii) Each broadcast television station licensee and MVPD that receives payment from the TV
                      Broadcaster Relocation Fund must make available all relevant documentation upon request
                      from the Commission or its contractor.

           (7) Delegation of authority. The Commission delegates authority to the Chief, Media Bureau, to adopt the
               necessary policies and procedures relating to allocations, draw downs, payments, obligations, and
               expenditures of money from the TV Broadcaster Relocation Fund in order to protect against waste,
               fraud, and abuse and in the event of bankruptcy, to establish a catalog of expenses eligible for
               reimbursement and predetermined cost estimates, review the estimated cost forms, issue initial
               allocations for costs reasonably incurred pursuant to section 6403(b)(4) of the Spectrum Act, set

47 CFR 73.3700(e)(7) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 503 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.3700(f)
Radio Broadcast Services

                filing deadlines and review information and documentation regarding progress reports, final
                allocations, and final accountings, and issue final allocations to reimburse for costs reasonably
                incurred pursuant to section 6403(b)(4) of the Spectrum Act.

     (f) [Reserved]

     (g) Low Power TV and TV translator stations.

           (1) Licensees of operating low power TV and TV translator stations that are displaced by a broadcast
               television station or a wireless service provider or whose channel is reserved as a guard band as a
               result of the broadcast television spectrum incentive auction conducted under section 6403 of the
               Spectrum Act shall be permitted to submit an application for displacement relief in a restricted filing
               window to be announced by the Media Bureau by public notice. Except as otherwise indicated in this
               section, such applications will be subject to the rules governing displacement applications set forth
               in §§ 73.3572(a)(4) and 74.787(a)(4) of this chapter.

           (2) In addition to other interference protection requirements set forth in the rules, when requesting a new
               channel in a displacement application, licensees of operating low power TV and TV translator
               stations will be required to demonstrate that the station would not cause interference to the
               predicted service of broadcast television stations on:

                 (i)   Pre-auction channels;

                 (ii) Channels assigned in the Channel Reassignment Public Notice; or

                (iii) Alternative channels or expanded facilities broadcast television station licensees have applied
                      for pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section.

           (3) Mutually exclusive displacement applications. Licensees of low power TV and TV translator stations
               that file mutually exclusive displacement applications will be permitted to resolve the mutual
               exclusivity through an engineering solution or settlement agreement. If no resolution of mutually
               exclusive displacement applications occurs, a selection priority will be granted to the licensee of a
               displaced digital replacement translator.

           (4) Notification and termination provisions for displaced low power TV and TV translator stations.

                 (i)   A wireless licensee assigned to frequencies in the 600 MHz band under part 27 of this chapter
                       must notify low power TV and TV translator stations of its intent to commence operations, as
                       defined in § 27.4 of this chapter, and the likelihood of receiving harmful interference from the
                       low power TV or TV translator station to such operations within the wireless licensee's licensed
                       geographic service area.

                 (ii) The new wireless licensees must:

                       (A) Notify the low power TV or TV translator station in the form of a letter, via certified mail,
                           return receipt requested;

                       (B) Indicate the date the new wireless licensee intends to commence operations, as defined in
                           § 27.4 of this chapter, in areas where there is a likelihood of receiving harmful interference
                           from the low power TV or TV translator station; and

                       (C) Send such notification not less than 120 days in advance of the commencement date.

47 CFR 73.3700(g)(4)(ii)(C) (enhanced display)                                                              page 504 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                 47 CFR 73.3700(g)(4)(iii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                (iii) Low power TV and TV translator stations may continue operating on frequencies in the 600
                      MHz band assigned to wireless licensees under part 27 of this chapter until the wireless
                      licensee commences operations, as defined in § 27.4 of this chapter, as indicated in the
                      notification sent pursuant to this paragraph.

                (iv) After receiving notification, the low power TV or TV translator licensee must cease operating or
                     reduce power in order to eliminate the potential for harmful interference before the
                     commencement date set forth in the notification.

                 (v) Low power TV and TV translator stations that are operating on the UHF spectrum that is
                     reserved for guard band channels as a result of the broadcast television incentive auction
                     conducted under section 6403 of the Spectrum Act may continue operating on such channels
                     until the end of the post-auction transition period as defined in § 27.4 of this chapter, unless
                     they receive notification from a new wireless licensee pursuant to the requirements of
                     paragraph (g)(4) of this section that they are likely to cause harmful interference in areas where
                     the wireless licensee intends to commence operations, as defined in § 27.4 of this chapter, in
                     which case the requirements of paragraph (g)(4) of this section will apply.

     (h) Channel sharing operating rules.

           (1) Each broadcast television station licensee that is a party to a CSA shall continue to be licensed and
               operated separately, have its own call sign, and be separately subject to all of the Commission's
               obligations, rules, and policies applicable to the television service.

           (2) Upon termination of the license of a party to a CSA, the spectrum usage rights covered by that
               license may revert to the remaining parties to the CSA. Such reversion shall be governed by the
               terms of the CSA in accordance with paragraph (h)(5)(i)(E) of this section. If upon termination of the
               license of a party to a CSA only one party to the CSA remains, the remaining licensee may file an
               application to change its license to non-shared status using FCC Form 2100, Schedule B (for a full
               power licensee) or F (for a Class A licensee).

           (3) Channel sharing between full power television and Class A television stations.

                 (i)   A CSA may be executed between licensees of full power television stations, between licensees
                       of Class A television stations, and between licensees of full power and Class A television
                       stations.

                 (ii) A Class A channel sharee station licensee that is a party to a CSA with a full power channel
                      sharer station licensee must comply with the rules of part 73 governing power levels and
                      interference, and must comply in all other respects with the rules and policies applicable to
                      Class A television stations, as set forth in §§ 73.6000 et seq.

                (iii) A full power channel sharee station licensee that is a party to a CSA with a Class A channel
                      sharer station licensee must comply with the rules of part 74 of this chapter governing power
                      levels and interference.

                (iv) A Class A channel sharee station may qualify only for the cable carriage rights afforded to
                     “qualified low power television stations” in § 76.56(b)(3) of this chapter.

           (4) Channel sharing between commercial and noncommercial educational television stations.

                 (i)   A CSA may be executed between commercial and NCE broadcast television station licensees.

47 CFR 73.3700(h)(4)(i) (enhanced display)                                                               page 505 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.3700(h)(4)(ii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (ii) The licensee of an NCE station operating on a reserved channel under § 73.621 that becomes a
                      party to a CSA, either as a channel sharee station or as a channel sharer station, will retain its
                      NCE status and must continue to comply with § 73.621.

                 (iii) If the licensee of an NCE station operating on a reserved channel under § 73.621 becomes a
                       party to a CSA, either as a channel sharee station or as a channel sharer station, the portion of
                       the shared television channel on which the NCE station operates shall be reserved for NCE-only
                       use.

                 (iv) The licensee of an NCE station operating on a reserved channel under § 73.621 that becomes a
                      party to a CSA may assign or transfer its shared license only to an entity qualified under §
                      73.621 as an NCE television licensee.

            (5) Required CSA provisions.

                 (i)   CSAs must contain provisions outlining each licensee's rights and responsibilities regarding:

                       (A) Access to facilities, including whether each licensee will have unrestrained access to the
                           shared transmission facilities;

                       (B) Allocation of bandwidth within the shared channel;

                       (C) Operation, maintenance, repair, and modification of facilities, including a list of all relevant
                           equipment, a description of each party's financial obligations, and any relevant notice
                           provisions;

                       (D) Transfer/assignment of a shared license, including the ability of a new licensee to assume
                           the existing CSA; and

                       (E) Termination of the license of a party to the CSA, including reversion of spectrum usage
                           rights to the remaining parties to the CSA.

                 (ii) CSAs must include provisions:

                       (A) Affirming compliance with the requirements in paragraph (h)(5) of this section and all
                           relevant Commission rules and policies; and

                       (B) Requiring that each channel sharing licensee shall retain spectrum usage rights adequate
                           to ensure a sufficient amount of the shared channel capacity to allow it to provide at least
                           one Standard Definition (SD) program stream at all times.

            (6) If the rights under a CSA are transferred or assigned, the assignee or the transferee must comply
                with the terms of the CSA. If the transferee or assignee and the licensees of the remaining channel
                sharing station or stations agree to amend the terms of the existing CSA, the agreement may be
                amended, subject to Commission approval.

            (7) Preservation of carriage rights. A channel sharee station that possessed carriage rights under
                section 338, 614, or 615 of the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. 338; 534; 535) on November
                30, 2010, shall have, at its shared location, the carriage rights under such section that would apply to
                such station at the shared location if it were not sharing a channel.

      (i)   A broadcast television station licensed in the 600 MHz band, as that band is defined in section 27.5(l)—

47 CFR 73.3700(i) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 506 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.3700(i)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) Shall not be permitted to modify its facilities, except as provided in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this
               section, if such modification will expand its noise limited service contour (in the case of a full power
               station) or protected contour (in the case of a Class A station) in such a way as to:

                 (i)   Increase the potential of harmful interference to a wireless licensee which is co-channel or
                       adjacent channel to the broadcast television station; or

                 (ii) Require such a wireless licensee to restrict its operations in order to avoid causing harmful
                      interference to the broadcast television station's expanded noise limited service or protected
                      contour;

           (2) Shall be permitted to modify its facilities, even when prohibited by paragraph (i)(1) of this section, if
               all the wireless licensees in paragraph (i)(1) who either will experience an increase in the potential
               for harmful interference or must restrict their operations in order to avoid causing interference agree
               to permit the modification and the modification otherwise meets all the requirements in this part;

           (3) For purposes of this section, the following definitions apply:

                 (i)   Co-channel operations in the 600 MHz band are defined as operations of broadcast television
                       stations and wireless services where their assigned channels or frequencies spectrally overlap.

                 (ii) Adjacent channel operations are defined as operations of broadcast television stations and
                      wireless services where their assigned channels or frequencies spectrally abut each other or
                      are separated by up to 5 MHz.

[79 FR 48539, Aug. 15, 2014, as amended at 79 FR 76914, Dec. 23, 2014; 80 FR 46846, Aug. 6, 2015; 80 FR 67342, 67346, Nov. 2,
2015; 80 FR 71743, Nov. 17, 2015; 81 FR 4975, Jan. 29, 2016; 86 FR 66213, Nov. 22, 2021]

§ 73.3701 Reimbursement under the Reimbursement Expansion Act.
     (a) Definitions —

           (1) Eligibility Certification/Reimbursement Form. For purposes of this section, the term Eligibility
               Certification/Reimbursement Form means the form(s) developed by the Media Bureau for processing
               reimbursement requests under the Reimbursement Expansion Act.

           (2) FM station. For purposes of this section, the term FM station means an “FM broadcast station” as
               defined in § 73.310.

           (3) Incentive Auction. For purposes of this section, the term Incentive Auction means the broadcast
               television spectrum incentive auction and repacking process conducted under section 6403 of the
               Spectrum Act specifying the new channel assignments and technical parameters of any broadcast
               television stations that are reassigned to new channels.

           (4) Licensed. For purposes of this section, the term licensed means a station that was licensed or that
               had an application for a license to cover on file with the Commission on April 13, 2017.

           (5) Low power television station. For purposes of this section, the term low power television station
               means a low power television station as defined in 47 CFR 74.701.

           (6) Predetermined cost estimate. For purposes of this section, predetermined cost estimate means the
               estimated cost of an eligible expense as generally determined by the Media Bureau in a catalog of
               expenses eligible for reimbursement.

47 CFR 73.3701(a)(6) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 507 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.3701(a)(7)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (7) Reimbursement Expansion Act or REA. For purposes of this section, the term Reimbursement
               Expansion Act or REA means Division E, Financial Services & General Appropriation Act, 2018, Title V
               Independent Agencies, Public Law 115–141, Section 511 (codified at 47 U.S.C. 1452(j)–(n)) adopted
               as part of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2018, Public Law 115–141 (2018).

           (8) Reimbursement period. For purposes of this section, reimbursement period means the period ending
               July 3, 2023, pursuant to section 511(j)(3)(B) of the REA.

           (9) Replacement translator station. For purposes of this section, the term replacement translator station
               means analog to digital replacement translator stations authorized pursuant to 47 CFR 74.787(a)(5).

          (10) Spectrum Act. For purposes of this section, the term Spectrum Act means Title VI of the Middle Class
               Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012 (Pub. L. 112–96).

          (11) Special Displacement Window. For purposes of this section, the term Special Displacement Window
               means the displacement application filing window conducted April 10, 2018 to June 1, 2018 for low
               power television, TV translator, and analog-to-digital replacement translator stations that were
               displaced by the incentive auction and repacking process.

          (12) Transmitting. For purposes of this section, the term transmitting means a low power television
               station, TV translator station, or replacement translator station operating not less than 2 hours in
               each day of the week and not less than a total of 28 hours per calendar week for 9 of the 12 months
               prior to April 13, 2017.

          (13) Reimbursement Fund. For purposes of this section, the Reimbursement Fund means the additional
               funding established by the REA.

          (14) TV translator station. For purposes of this section, the term TV translator station means a “television
               broadcast translator station” as defined in 47 CFR 74.701.

     (b) Eligibility for reimbursement. Only the following entities are eligible for reimbursement of relocation costs
         reasonably incurred:

           (1) Low power television stations. Low power television stations that filed an application for
               construction permit during the Special Displacement Window and such application was
               subsequently granted. Station must have been licensed and transmitting for not less than 2 hours in
               each day of the week and not less than a total of 28 hours per calendar week for 9 of the 12 months
               prior to April 13, 2017.

           (2) TV translator stations. TV translator stations that filed an application for construction permit during
               the Special Displacement Window and such application was subsequently granted. Station must
               have been licensed and transmitting for not less than 2 hours in each day of the week and not less
               than a total of 28 hours per calendar week for 9 of the 12 months prior to April 13, 2017.

           (3) Replacement translator stations. Replacement translator stations that filed an application for
               construction permit during the Special Displacement Window and such application was
               subsequently granted. Station must have been licensed and transmitting for not less than 2 hours in
               each day of the week and not less than a total of 28 hours per calendar week for 9 of the 12 months
               prior to April 13, 2017.

           (4) FM station. FM stations licensed and transmitting as of April 13, 2017, that experienced, at the site at
               which they were licensed and transmitting on that date, a disruption of service as a result of the
               reorganization of broadcast television spectrum under 47 U.S.C. 1452(b).

47 CFR 73.3701(b)(4) (enhanced display)                                                                 page 508 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.3701(c)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (c) Reimbursement process —

           (1) Estimated costs.

                 (i)   All entities that are eligible to receive reimbursement will be required to file an estimated cost
                       form providing an estimate of their reasonably incurred costs and provide supporting
                       documentation.

                 (ii) Each eligible entity that submits an estimated cost form will be required to certify on its
                      Eligibility Certification/Reimbursement Form inter alia, that:

                       (A) It is eligible for reimbursement;

                       (B) It believes in good faith that it will reasonably incur all of the estimated costs that it claims
                           are eligible for reimbursement on the estimated cost form;

                       (C) It will use all money received from the Reimbursement Fund only for expenses it believes
                           in good faith are eligible for reimbursement;

                       (D) It will comply with all policies and procedures relating to allocations, draw downs,
                           payments, obligations, and expenditures of money from the Reimbursement Fund;

                       (E) It will maintain detailed records, including receipts, of all costs eligible for reimbursement
                           actually incurred;

                       (F) It will file all required documentation of its relocation expenses as instructed by the Media
                           Bureau;

                       (G) It has not received nor does it expect to receive reimbursement from other sources for
                           costs for which they are requesting reimbursement from the REA; and

                       (H) Low power television stations, TV translator stations, and replacement translator stations
                           must certify compliance with the minimum operating requirement set forth in paragraph
                           (b)(1), (2), or (3) of this section.

                       (I)   FM stations must certify that they were licensed and transmitting at the facility implicated
                             by the Incentive Auction on April 13, 2017.

                (iii) If an eligible entity seeks reimbursement for new equipment, it must provide a justification as to
                      why it is reasonable under the circumstances to purchase new equipment rather than modify its
                      corresponding current equipment.

                (iv) Eligible entities that submit their own cost estimates, as opposed to the predetermined cost
                     estimates provided in the estimated cost form, must submit supporting evidence and certify
                     that the estimate is made in good faith.

           (2) Final Allocation Deadline.

                 (i)   Upon completing construction or other reimbursable changes, or by a specific deadline prior to
                       the end of the Reimbursement Period to be established by the Media Bureau, whichever is
                       earlier, all eligible entities that received an initial allocation from the Reimbursement Fund must
                       provide the Commission with information and documentation, including invoices and receipts,
                       regarding their actual expenses incurred as of a date to be determined by the Media Bureau
                       (the “Final Allocation Deadline”).

47 CFR 73.3701(c)(2)(i) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 509 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                   47 CFR 73.3701(c)(2)(ii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (ii) If an eligible entity has not yet completed construction or other reimbursable changes by the
                      Final Allocation Deadline, it must provide the Commission with information and documentation
                      regarding any remaining eligible expenses that it expects to reasonably incur.

           (3) Final accounting. After completing all construction or reimbursable changes, eligible entities that
               have received money from the Reimbursement Fund will be required to submit final expense
               documentation containing a list of estimated expenses and actual expenses as of a date to be
               determined by the Media Bureau. Entities that have finished construction and have submitted all
               actual expense documentation by the Final Allocation Deadline will not be required to file at the final
               accounting stage.

           (4) Documentation requirements.

                 (i)   Each eligible entity that receives payment from the Reimbursement Fund is required to retain all
                       relevant documents pertaining to construction or other reimbursable changes for a period
                       ending not less than 10 years after the date on which it receives final payment from the
                       Reimbursement Fund.

                 (ii) Each eligible entity that receives payment from the Reimbursement Fund must make available
                      all relevant documentation upon request from the Commission or its contractor.

[84 FR 11252, Mar. 26, 2019]

§ 73.3800 Full power television channel sharing outside the incentive auction.
     (a) Eligibility. Subject to the provisions of this section, a full power television station with an auction-related
         Channel Sharing Agreement (CSA) may voluntarily seek Commission approval to relinquish its channel to
         share a single six megahertz channel with a full power, Class A, low power, or TV translator television
         station. An auction-related CSA is a CSA filed with and approved by the Commission pursuant to §
         73.3700(b)(1)(vii).

     (b) Licensing of channel sharing stations.

           (1) Each station sharing a single channel pursuant to this section shall continue to be licensed and
               operated separately, have its own call sign, and be separately subject to all applicable Commission
               obligations, rules, and policies.

           (2) A full power television channel sharing station relinquishing its channel must file an application for a
               construction permit (FCC Form 2100), include a copy of the CSA as an exhibit, and cross reference
               the other sharing station(s). Any engineering changes necessitated by the CSA may be included in
               the station's application. Upon initiation of shared operations, the station relinquishing its channel
               must notify the Commission that it has terminated operation pursuant to § 73.1750 and each
               sharing station must file an application for license (FCC Form 2100).

     (c) Channel sharing between full power television stations and Class A, Low power television, or TV translator
         stations.

           (1) A full power television sharee station (defined as a station relinquishing a channel in order to share)
               that is a party to a CSA with a Class A sharer station (defined as the station hosting a sharee
               pursuant to a CSA) must comply with the rules governing power levels and interference applicable to
               Class A stations, and must comply in all other respects with the rules and policies applicable to full
               power television stations set forth in this part.

47 CFR 73.3800(c)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 510 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 73.3800(c)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (2) A full power television sharee station that is a party to a CSA with a low power television or TV
               translator sharer station must comply with the rules of part 74 of this chapter governing power levels
               and interference applicable to low power television or TV translator stations, and must comply in all
               other respects with the rules and policies applicable to full power television stations set forth in this
               part.

     (d) Channel sharing between commercial and noncommercial educational television stations.

           (1) A CSA may be executed between commercial and NCE broadcast television station licensees.

           (2) The licensee of an NCE station operating on a reserved channel under § 73.621 that becomes a party
               to a CSA, either as a channel sharee station or as a channel sharer station, will retain its NCE status
               and must continue to comply with § 73.621.

           (3) If the licensee of an NCE station operating on a reserved channel under § 73.621 becomes a party to
               a CSA, either as a channel sharee station or as a channel sharer station, the portion of the shared
               television channel on which the NCE station operates shall be reserved for NCE–only use.

           (4) The licensee of an NCE station operating on a reserved channel under § 73.621 that becomes a party
               to a CSA may assign or transfer its shared license only to an entity qualified under § 73.621 as an
               NCE television licensee.

     (e) Deadline for implementing CSAs. CSAs submitted pursuant to this section must be implemented within
         three years of the grant of the channel sharing construction permit.

     (f) Channel sharing agreements (CSAs).

           (1) CSAs submitted under this section must contain provisions outlining each licensee's rights and
               responsibilities regarding:

                 (i)   Access to facilities, including whether each licensee will have unrestrained access to the shared
                       transmission facilities;

                 (ii) Allocation of bandwidth within the shared channel;

                (iii) Operation, maintenance, repair, and modification of facilities, including a list of all relevant
                      equipment, a description of each party's financial obligations, and any relevant notice
                      provisions; and

                (iv) Transfer/assignment of a shared license, including the ability of a new licensee to assume the
                     existing CSA; and

                 (v) Termination of the license of a party to the CSA, including reversion of spectrum usage rights to
                     the remaining parties to the CSA.

           (2) CSAs must include provisions:

                 (i)   Affirming compliance with the channel sharing requirements in this section and all relevant
                       Commission rules and policies; and

                 (ii) Requiring that each channel sharing licensee shall retain spectrum usage rights adequate to
                      ensure a sufficient amount of the shared channel capacity to allow it to provide at least one
                      Standard Definition program stream at all times.

     (g) Termination and assignment/transfer of shared channel.

47 CFR 73.3800(g) (enhanced display)                                                                         page 511 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.3800(g)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) Upon termination of the license of a party to a CSA, the spectrum usage rights covered by that
               license may revert to the remaining parties to the CSA. Such reversion shall be governed by the
               terms of the CSA in accordance with paragraph (f)(1)(v) of this section. If upon termination of the
               license of a party to a CSA only one party to the CSA remains, the remaining licensee may file an
               application for license to change its status to non-shared.

           (2) If the rights under a CSA are transferred or assigned, the assignee or the transferee must comply
               with the terms of the CSA in accordance with paragraph (f)(1)(iv) of this section. If the transferee or
               assignee and the licensees of the remaining channel sharing station or stations agree to amend the
               terms of the existing CSA, the agreement may be amended, subject to Commission approval.

     (h) Notice to MVPDs.

           (1) Stations participating in channel sharing agreements must provide notice to MVPDs that:

                 (i)   No longer will be required to carry the station because of the relocation of the station;

                 (ii) Currently carry and will continue to be obligated to carry a station that will change channels; or

                (iii) Will become obligated to carry the station due to a channel sharing relocation.

           (2) The notice required by this section must contain the following information:

                 (i)   Date and time of any channel changes;

                 (ii) The channel occupied by the station before and after implementation of the CSA;

                (iii) Modification, if any, to antenna position, location, or power levels;

                (iv) Stream identification information; and

                 (v) Engineering staff contact information.

           (3) Should any of the information in paragraph (h)(2) of this section change, an amended notification
               must be sent.

           (4) Sharee stations must provide notice as required by this section at least 90 days prior to terminating
               operations on the sharee's channel. Sharer stations and sharee stations must provide notice as
               required by this section at least 90 days prior to initiation of operations on the sharer channel.
               Should the anticipated date to either cease operations or commence channel sharing operations
               change, the stations must send a further notice to affected MVPDs informing them of the new
               anticipated date(s).

           (5) Notifications provided to cable systems pursuant to this section must be either mailed to the
               system's official address of record provided in the cable system's most recent filing in the FCC's
               Cable Operations and Licensing System (COALS) Form 322, or emailed to the system if the system
               has provided an email address. For all other MVPDs, the letter must be addressed to the official
               corporate address registered with their State of incorporation.

[82 FR 18249, Apr. 18, 2017]

§ 73.3801 Full power television simulcasting during the ATSC 3.0 (Next Gen TV) transition.

Link to an amendment published at 88 FR 45366, July 17, 2023.

47 CFR 73.3801 (enhanced display)                                                                           page 512 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.3801(a)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (a) Simulcasting arrangements. For purposes of compliance with the simulcasting requirement in paragraph
         (b) of this section, a full power television station may partner with one or more other full power stations or
         with one or more Class A, LPTV, or TV translator stations in a simulcasting arrangement for purposes of
         airing either an ATSC 1.0 or ATSC 3.0 signal on a host station's (i.e., a station whose facilities are being
         used to transmit programming originated by another station) facilities. Noncommercial educational
         television stations may participate in simulcasting arrangements with commercial stations.

           (1) A full power television station airing an ATSC 1.0 or ATSC 3.0 signal on the facilities of a Class A host
               station must comply with the rules governing power levels and interference applicable to Class A
               stations, and must comply in all other respects with the rules and policies applicable to full power
               television stations set forth in this part.

           (2) A full power television station airing an ATSC 1.0 or ATSC 3.0 signal on the facilities of a low power
               television or TV translator host station must comply with the rules of part 74 of this chapter
               governing power levels and interference applicable to low power television or TV translator stations,
               and must comply in all other respects with the rules and policies applicable to full power television
               stations set forth in this part.

           (3) A full power noncommercial educational television (NCE) station airing an ATSC 1.0 or ATSC 3.0
               signal on the facilities of a commercial television host station must comply with the rules applicable
               to NCE licensees.

     (b) Simulcasting requirement. A full power television station that chooses to air an ATSC 3.0 signal must
         simulcast the primary video programming stream of that signal in an ATSC 1.0 format. This requirement
         does not apply to any multicast streams aired on the ATSC 3.0 channel.

           (1) The programming aired on the ATSC 1.0 simulcast signal must be “substantially similar” to that aired
               on the ATSC 3.0 primary video programming stream. For purposes of this section, “substantially
               similar” means that the programming must be the same except for advertisements, promotions for
               upcoming programs, and programming features that are based on the enhanced capabilities of
               ATSC 3.0. These enhanced capabilities include:

                 (i)   Hyper-localized content (e.g., geo-targeted weather, targeted emergency alerts, and hyper-local
                       news):

                 (ii) Programming features or improvements created for the ATSC 3.0 service (e.g., emergency alert
                      “wake up” ability and interactive program features);

                (iii) Enhanced formats made possible by ATSC 3.0 technology (e.g., 4K or HDR); and

                (iv) Personalization of programming performed by the viewer and at the viewer's discretion.

           (2) For purposes of paragraph (b)(1) of this section, programming that airs at a different time on the
               ATSC 1.0 simulcast signal than on the primary video programming stream of the ATSC 3.0 signal is
               not considered “substantially similar.”

           (3) The “substantially similar” requirement in paragraph (b)(1) of this section will sunset on July 17,
               2027.

     (c) Coverage requirements for the ATSC 1.0 simulcast signal. For full power broadcasters that elect
         temporarily to relocate their ATSC 1.0 signal to the facilities of a host station for purposes of deploying
         ATSC 3.0 service (and that convert their existing facilities to ATSC 3.0), the ATSC 1.0 simulcast signal
         must continue to cover the station's entire community of license (i.e., the station must choose a host from

47 CFR 73.3801(c) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 513 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 73.3801(d)
Radio Broadcast Services

           whose transmitter site the Next Gen TV station will continue to meet the community of license signal
           requirement over its current community of license, as required by § 73.625) and the host station must be
           assigned to the same Designated Market Area (DMA) as the originating station (i.e., the station whose
           programming is being transmitted on the host station).

     (d) Coverage requirements for ATSC 3.0 signals. For full power broadcasters that elect to continue
         broadcasting in ATSC 1.0 on the station's existing facilities and transmit an ATSC 3.0 signal on the
         facilities of a host station, the ATSC 3.0 signal must be established on a host station assigned to the
         same DMA as the originating station.

     (e) Simulcasting agreements.

           (1) Simulcasting agreements must contain provisions outlining each licensee's rights and
               responsibilities regarding:

                 (i)   Access to facilities, including whether each licensee will have unrestrained access to the host
                       station's transmission facilities;

                 (ii) Allocation of bandwidth within the host station's channel;

                (iii) Operation, maintenance, repair, and modification of facilities, including a list of all relevant
                      equipment, a description of each party's financial obligations, and any relevant notice
                      provisions;

                (iv) Conditions under which the simulcast agreement may be terminated, assigned or transferred;
                     and

                 (v) How a guest station's (i.e., a station originating programming that is being transmitted using the
                     facilities of another station) signal may be transitioned off the host station.

           (2) Broadcasters must maintain a written copy of any simulcasting agreement and provide it to the
               Commission upon request.

     (f) Licensing of simulcasting stations and stations converting to ATSC 3.0 operation.

           (1) Each station participating in a simulcasting arrangement pursuant to this section shall continue to be
               licensed and operated separately, have its own call sign, and be separately subject to all applicable
               Commission obligations, rules, and policies. ATSC 1.0 and ATSC 3.0 signals aired on the facilities of
               a host station will be licensed as temporary second channels of the originating station. The
               Commission will include a note on the originating station's license identifying any ATSC 1.0 or ATSC
               3.0 signal being aired on the facilities of a host station. The Commission will also include a note on a
               host station's license identifying any ATSC 1.0 or ATSC 3.0 guest signal(s) being aired on the
               facilities of the host station.

           (2) Application required. A full power broadcaster must file an application (FCC Form 2100) with the
               Commission, and receive Commission approval, before:

                 (i)   Moving its ATSC 1.0 signal to the facilities of a host station, moving that signal from the
                       facilities of an existing host station to the facilities of a different host station, or discontinuing
                       an ATSC 1.0 guest signal;

                 (ii) Commencing the airing of an ATSC 3.0 signal on the facilities of a host station (that has already
                      converted to ATSC 3.0 operation), moving its ATSC 3.0 signal to the facilities of a different host
                      station, or discontinuing an ATSC 3.0 guest signal; or

47 CFR 73.3801(f)(2)(ii) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 514 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.3801(f)(2)(iii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (iii) Converting its existing station to transmit an ATSC 3.0 signal or converting the station from
                       ATSC 3.0 back to ATSC 1.0 transmissions.

           (3) Streamlined process. With respect to any application in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, a full power
               broadcaster may file only an application for modification of license, provided no other changes are
               being requested in such application that would require the filing of an application for a construction
               permit as otherwise required by the rules (see, e.g., § 73.1690).

           (4) Host station. A host station must first make any necessary changes to its facilities before a guest
               station may file an application to air a 1.0 or 3.0 signal on such host.

           (5) Expedited processing. An application filed in accordance with the streamlined process in paragraph
               (f)(3) of this section will receive expedited processing provided, for stations requesting to air an
               ATSC 1.0 signal on the facilities of a host station, the station will provide ATSC 1.0 service to at least
               95 percent of the predicted population within the noise limited service contour of its original ATSC
               1.0 facility.

           (6) Required information.

                 (i)     An application in paragraph (f)(2) of this section must include the following information:

                         (A) The station serving as the host, if applicable;

                         (B) The technical facilities of the host station, if applicable;

                         (C) The DMA of the originating broadcaster's facility and the DMA of the host station, if
                             applicable; and

                         (D) Any other information deemed necessary by the Commission to process the application.

                 (ii) If an application in paragraph (f)(2) of this section includes a request to air an ATSC 1.0 signal
                      on the facilities of a host station, the broadcaster must, in addition to the information in
                      paragraph (f)(6)(i), also indicate on the application:

                         (A) The predicted population within the noise limited service contour served by the station's
                             original ATSC 1.0 signal;

                         (B) The predicted population within the noise limited service contour served by the station's
                             original ATSC 1.0 signal that will lose the station's ATSC 1.0 service as a result of the
                             simulcasting arrangement, including identifying areas of service loss by providing a
                             contour overlap map; and

                         (C) Whether the ATSC 1.0 simulcast signal aired on the host station will serve at least 95
                             percent of the population in paragraph (f)(6)(ii)(A) of this section.

                 (iii)

                         (A) If an application in paragraph (f)(2) of this section includes a request to air an ATSC 1.0
                             signal on the facilities of a host station and does not meet the 95 percent standard in
                             paragraph (f)(6)(ii) of this section, the application must contain, in addition to the
                             information in paragraphs (f)(6)(i) and (ii) of this section, the following information:

                              (1) Whether there is another possible host station(s) in the market that would result in
                                  less service loss to existing viewers and, if so, why the Next Gen TV broadcaster
                                  chose to partner with a host station creating a larger service loss;

47 CFR 73.3801(f)(6)(iii)(A)(1) (enhanced display)                                                           page 515 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                               47 CFR 73.3801(f)(6)(iii)(A)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

                            (2) What steps, if any, the station plans to take to minimize the impact of the service loss
                                (e.g., providing ATSC 3.0 dongles, set-top boxes, or gateway devices to viewers in the
                                loss area); and

                            (3) The public interest benefits of the simulcasting arrangement and a showing of why
                                the benefit(s) of granting the application would outweigh the harm(s).

                       (B) These applications will be considered on a case-by-case basis.

     (g) Consumer education for Next Gen TV stations.

           (1) Commercial and noncommercial educational stations that relocate their ATSC 1.0 signals (e.g.,
               moving to a host station's facility, subsequently moving to a different host, or returning to its original
               facility) are required to air daily Public Service Announcements (PSAs) or crawls every day for 30
               days prior to the date that the stations will terminate ATSC 1.0 operations on their existing facilities.
               Stations that transition directly to ATSC 3.0 will be required to air daily PSAs or crawls every day for
               30 days prior to the date that the stations will terminate ATSC 1.0 operations.

           (2) PSAs. Each PSA must be provided in the same language as a majority of the programming carried by
               the transitioning station and be closed-captioned.

           (3) Crawls. Each crawl must be provided in the same language as a majority of the programming carried
               by the transitioning station.

           (4) Content of PSAs or crawls. For stations relocating their ATSC 1.0 signals or transitioning directly to
               ATSC 3.0, each PSA or crawl must provide all pertinent information to consumers.

     (h) Notice to MVPDs.

           (1) Next Gen TV stations relocating their ATSC 1.0 signals (e.g., moving to a temporary host station's
               facilities, subsequently moving to a different host, or returning to its original facility) must provide
               notice to MVPDs that:

                 (i)   No longer will be required to carry the station's ATSC 1.0 signal due to the relocation; or

                 (ii) Carry and will continue to be obligated to carry the station's ATSC 1.0 signal from the new
                      location.

           (2) The notice required by this section must contain the following information:

                 (i)   Date and time of any ATSC 1.0 channel changes;

                 (ii) The ATSC 1.0 channel occupied by the station before and after commencement of local
                      simulcasting;

                 (iii) Modification, if any, to antenna position, location, or power levels;

                 (iv) Stream identification information; and

                 (v) Engineering staff contact information.

           (3) If any of the information in paragraph (h)(2) of this section changes, an amended notification must
               be sent.

           (4)

                 (i)   Next Gen TV stations must provide notice as required by this section:

47 CFR 73.3801(h)(4)(i) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 516 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                   47 CFR 73.3801(h)(4)(i)(A)
Radio Broadcast Services

                      (A) At least 120 days in advance of relocating their ATSC 1.0 signals if the relocation occurs
                          during the post-incentive auction transition period; or

                      (B) At least 90 days in advance of relocating their ATSC 1.0 signals if the relocation occurs
                          after the post-incentive auction transition period (see 47 CFR 27.4).

                 (ii) If the anticipated date of the ATSC 1.0 signal relocation changes, the station must send a
                      further notice to affected MVPDs informing them of the new anticipated date.

           (5) Next Gen TV stations may choose whether to provide notice as required by this section either by a
               letter notification or electronically via email if the relevant MVPD agrees to receive such notices by
               email. Letter notifications to MVPDs must be sent by certified mail, return receipt requested to the
               MVPD's address in the FCC's Online Public Inspection File (OPIF), if the MVPD has an online file. For
               cable systems that do not have an online file, notices must be sent to the cable system's official
               address of record provided in the system's most recent filing in the FCC's Cable Operations and
               Licensing System (COALS). For MVPDs with no official address in OPIF or COALS, the letter must be
               sent to the MVPD's official corporate address registered with their State of incorporation.

[83 FR 3801, Feb. 2, 2018, as amended at 85 FR 43492, July 17, 2020; 88 FR 45366, July 17, 2023]

§ 73.3999 Enforcement of 18 U.S.C. 1464 (restrictions on the transmission of obscene and
indecent material).
     (a) No licensee of a radio or television broadcast station shall broadcast any material which is obscene.

     (b) No licensee of a radio or television broadcast station shall broadcast on any day between 6 a.m. and 10
         p.m. any material which is indecent.

[60 FR 44439, Aug. 28, 1995]

§ 73.4000 Listing of FCC policies.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7262, Feb. 1, 2024.

The following sections list, solely for the purpose of reference and convenience, certain Policies of the FCC. The
present listing of FCC policies and citations thereto should not be relied upon as an all-inclusive list, and the failure
to include a policy in this list does not affect its validity. Each section bears the title of one Policy and the citations
which will direct the user to the specific document(s) pertaining to that Policy.

[44 FR 36387, June 22, 1979]

§ 73.4005 Advertising—refusal to sell.
See 412 U.S. 94 (Supreme Court, 1973).

[44 FR 36388, June 22, 1979]

§ 73.4015 Applications for AM and FM construction permits, incomplete or defective.
See Public Notice, FCC 84–366, dated August 2, 1984, 49 FR 47331, December 3, 1984.

47 CFR 73.4015 (enhanced display)                                                                            page 517 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                  47 CFR 73.4017
Radio Broadcast Services

[49 FR 50048, Dec. 26, 1984]

§ 73.4017 Application processing: Commercial FM stations.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7262, Feb. 1, 2024.

See Report and Order, MM Docket 84–750, FCC 85–125, adopted March 4, 1985. 50 FR 19936, May 13, 1985.

[59 FR 52086, Oct. 14, 1994]

§ 73.4045 Barter agreements.
See Order, FCC 72–167, adopted February 16, 1972. 33 FCC 2d 653; 37 FR 4009, February 25, 1972.

[44 FR 36388, June 22, 1979]

§ 73.4050 Children's TV programs.
     (a) See Report and Policy Statement, Docket 19142, FCC 74–1174, adopted October 24, 1974. 50 FCC 2d 1;
         39 FR 39396, November 6, 1974.

     (b) See Report and Order; Policy Statement, Docket 19142, FCC 83–609, adopted December 22, 1983. 96 FCC
         2d 634; 49 FR 1704, January 13, 1984.

     (c) See Report and Order, MM Dockets 90–570 and 83–670, FCC 91–113, adopted April 9, 1991. 6 FCC Rcd
         2111; 56 FR 19611, April 19, 1991; Memorandum Opinion and Order, MM Dockets 90–570 and 83–670,
         FCC 91–248, adopted August 1, 1991. 6 FCC Rcd 5093; 56 FR 42707, August 29, 1991.

[49 FR 14509, Apr. 12, 1984, as amended at 59 FR 52086, Oct. 14, 1994]

§ 73.4055 Cigarette advertising.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7262, Feb. 1, 2024.

See 15 U.S.C. 1335.

[44 FR 36388, June 22, 1979]

§ 73.4060 Citizens agreements.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7262, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) See Report and Order, Docket 20495, FCC 75–1359, adopted December 10, 1975. 57 F.C.C. 2d 42; 40 F.R.
         49730, December 30, 1975.

     (b) See Memorandum Opinion and Order, FCC 78–875, adopted December 21, 1978. 70 F.C.C. 2d 1672.

[44 FR 58720, Oct. 11, 1979]

47 CFR 73.4060(b) (enhanced display)                                                              page 518 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                 47 CFR 73.4075
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.4075 Commercials, loud.
See Memorandum Opinion and Order, BC Docket 79–168, FCC 84–300, adopted June 27, 1984. 49 FR 28077, July
10, 1984.

[49 FR 38132, Sept. 27, 1984]

§ 73.4082 Comparative broadcast hearings—specialized programming formats.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7262, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) See Memorandum Opinion and Order, FCC 80–33, adopted January 30, 1980. 75 FCC 2d 721.

     (b) See Report and Order, Docket 79–137, FCC 79–331, adopted June 1, 1979. 72 FCC 2d 202.

     (c) See Memorandum Opinion and Order, FCC 79–206, adopted March 30, 1979. 71 FCC 2d 460.

[47 FR 3792, Jan. 27, 1982]

§ 73.4091 Direct broadcast satellites.
     (a) See Report and Order, General Docket 80–603, FCC 82–285, adopted June 23, 1982. 90 FCC 2d 676; 47 FR
         31555, July 21, 1982.

     (b) See Memorandum Opinion and Order, FCC 82–427, adopted September 23, 1982. 91 FCC 2d.

     (c) See Memorandum Opinion and Order, FCC 82–498, adopted November 4, 1982. 91 FCC 2d.

[48 FR 9012, Mar. 3, 1983]

§ 73.4094 Dolby encoder.
See Public Notice dated July 10, 1974, 72 FCC 2d 790.

[45 FR 6403, Jan. 28, 1980]

§ 73.4095 Drug lyrics.
     (a) See Public Notice, FCC 71–205, dated March 5, 1971. 28 FCC 2d 409; 36 FR 4901, March 13, 1971.

     (b) See Memorandum Opinion and Order, FCC 71–428, adopted April 16, 1971. 31 FCC 2d 377; 36 FR 8090,
         April 29, 1971.

[44 FR 36388, June 22, 1979]

§ 73.4097 EBS (now EAS) attention signals on automated programing systems.
See Public Notice dated March 1, 1979. 72 FCC 2d 788; 44 FR 17792, March 23, 1979.

[49 FR 50049, Dec. 26, 1984, as amended at 59 FR 67103, Dec. 28, 1994]

47 CFR 73.4097 (enhanced display)                                                                page 519 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                   47 CFR 73.4099
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.4099 Financial qualifications, certification of.
See Public Notice, FCC 87–97, adopted March 19, 1987. 52 FR 17333, May 7, 1987.

[53 FR 2499, Jan. 28, 1988]

§ 73.4100 Financial qualifications; new AM and FM stations.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7262, Feb. 1, 2024.

See Public Notice, FCC 78–556, dated August 2, 1978. 69 FCC 2d 407; 43 FR 34841, August 7, 1978.

[44 FR 36388, June 22, 1979]

§ 73.4101 Financial qualifications, TV stations.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7262, Feb. 1, 2024.

See Public Notice, FCC 79–299, dated May 11, 1979. 72 F.C.C. 2d 784; 44 FR 29160, May 18, 1979.

[45 FR 6403, Jan. 28, 1980]

§ 73.4102 FAA communications, broadcast of.
See Public Notice, FCC 72–105, dated February 2, 1972. 37 FR 3567, February 17, 1972.

[45 FR 6403, Jan. 28, 1980]

§ 73.4104 FM assignment policies and procedures.
See Report and Order, BC Docket 80–130, FCC 82–240, adopted May 20, 1982. 90 FCC 2d, 88; 47 FR 26625, June
21, 1982.

[47 FR 54448, Dec. 3, 1982]

§ 73.4107 FM broadcast assignments, increasing availability of.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7262, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) See, First Report and Order MM Docket 84–231, FCC 84–640, adopted December 19, 1984. 100 FCC 2d
         1332; 50 FR 3514, January 25, 1994.

     (b) See, Second Report and Order, MM Docket 84–231, FCC 85–124, adopted March 14, 1985. 101 FCC 2d
         630; 50 FR 15558, April 19, 1985.

     (c) See, Memorandum Opinion and Order, MM Docket 84–231, FCC 86–76, adopted February 10, 1986. 51 FR
         9210, March 18, 1986.

     (d) See Public Notice, 51 FR 26009, July 18, 1986.
47 CFR 73.4107(d) (enhanced display)                                                               page 520 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                                47 CFR 73.4108
Radio Broadcast Services

[51 FR 26251, July 22, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 11656, Apr. 10, 1987; 59 FR 52086, Oct. 14, 1994]

§ 73.4108 FM transmitter site map submissions.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7262, Feb. 1, 2024.

See Memorandum Opinion and Order and Public Notice, adopted October 24, 1986. 1 FCC Rcd 381 (1986); 51 FR
45945, December 23, 1986.

[52 FR 11656, Apr. 10, 1987]

§ 73.4110 Format changes of stations.
See Memorandum Opinion and Order, Docket 20682, FCC 76–744, adopted July 28, 1976. 60 FCC 2d 858; 41 FR
37153, September 2, 1976.

[44 FR 36388, June 22, 1979]

§ 73.4135 Interference to TV reception by FM stations.
See Public Notice, FCC 67–1012, dated August 30, 1967, 74 FCC 2d 619.

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303))

[44 FR 36388, June 22, 1979, as amended at 45 FR 28142, Apr. 28, 1980; 49 FR 45154, Nov. 15, 1984; 50 FR 5073, Feb. 6, 1985; 51
FR 26251, July 22, 1986]

§ 73.4140 Minority ownership; tax certificates and distress sales.
     (a) See Public Notice, FCC 78–322, dated May 25, 1978. 68 FCC 2d 979; 43 FR 25188, June 9, 1978.

     (b) See Public Notice, FCC 78–725, dated October 11, 1978. 43 FR 47612, October 16, 1978.

     (c) See Policy Statement, General Docket 82–797, FCC 82–523, adopted December 2, 1982. 92 FCC 2d 849;
         48 FR 5943, February 9, 1983.

     (d) See Report and Order, General Docket 82–797, FCC 84–647, adopted December 21, 1984. 99 FCC 2d
         1249; 50 FR 1239, January 10, 1985.

[44 FR 36388, June 22, 1979, as amended at 49 FR 38132, Sept. 27, 1984; 49 FR 50049, Dec. 26, 1984; 50 FR 47055, Nov. 14,
1985; 52 FR 11656, Apr. 10, 1987]

§ 73.4154 Network/AM, FM station affiliation agreements.
See Report, Statement of Policy, and Order, Docket 20721, FCC 77–206, adopted March 10, 1977. 63 FCC 2d 674.

[47 FR 28388, June 30, 1982]

47 CFR 73.4154 (enhanced display)                                                                              page 521 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 73.4157
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.4157 Network signals which adversely affect affiliate broadcast service.
See Public Notice, FCC 79–387, dated April 20, 1970. 22 F.C.C. 2d 779.

[45 FR 6403, Jan. 28, 1980]

§ 73.4163 Noncommercial nature of educational broadcast stations.
     (a) See Second Report and Order, BC Docket 21136, FCC 81–204, adopted April 23, 1981. 86 FCC 2d 141; 46
         FR 27944, May 22, 1981.

     (b) See Order, BC Docket 21136, FCC 82–327 adopted July 15, 1982. 90 FCC 2d 895; 47 FR 36171, August 19,
         1982.

     (c) See Memorandum Opinion and Order, BC Docket 21136, FCC 84–105, adopted March 28, 1984. 97 FCC 2d
         255; 49 FR 13534, April 5, 1984.

     (d) See, Public Notice, FCC 86–161, dated April 11, 1986. 51 FR 21800, June 16, 1986. Excerpt reprinted at 7
         FCC Rcd 827.

     (e) See Memorandum Opinion and Order, FCC 90–111, adopted March 28, 1990. 5 FCC Rcd 4920.

[47 FR 54448, Dec. 3, 1982, as amended at 51 FR 26251, July 22, 1986; 59 FR 52087, Oct. 14, 1994]

§ 73.4165 Obscene language.
     (a) See FCC v. Pacifica Foundation, 438 U.S. 726, 57 L.Ed 2d 1073, 46 U.S.L.W. 5018 (1978). See also Action
         for Children's Television v. FCC, 852 F.2d 1332 (D.C. Cir. 1988).

     (b) See Action for Children's Television v. FCC, [ACT III] 11 F.3d 170 (D.C. Cir. 1993). See also, Action for
         Children's Television v. FCC, [ACT IV] 15 F.3d 186 (D.C. Cir. 1994), rehearing granted, en banc.

     (c) See Report and Order, GC Docket 92–223, FCC 93–42, adopted January 19, 1993. 8 FCC Rcd 704; 58 FR
         5937, January 25, 1993.

     (d) See Memorandum Opinion and Order, FCC 93–246, adopted May 11, 1993, 8 FCC Rcd 3600.

     (e) See Letter to Rusk Corporation, dated May 6, 1993, FCC 93–229, 8 FCC Rcd 3228.

     (f) See Memorandum Opinion and Order, FCC 93–4, adopted January 5, 1993. 8 FCC Rcd 498

     (g) See Branton v. FCC, 993 F.2d 906 (D.C. Cir. 1993).

     (h) See Memorandum Opinion and Order, DA 91–557, adopted April 30, 1991. 6 FCC Rcd 2560.

[59 FR 52087, Oct. 14, 1994]

§ 73.4170 Obscene broadcasts.
     (a) See Miller v. California, 413 U.S.C. 15 (1973). See also Pope v. Illinois, 107 S.Ct. 1918 (1987). 18 U.S.C.
         1464.

     (b) See Memorandum Opinion and Order, MM Docket 83–575, FCC 88–4, adopted January 12, 1988. 3 FCC
         Rcd 757. See also Memorandum Opinion and Order, MM Docket 83–575, FCC 93–180, adopted April 2,
         1993. 8 FCC Rcd 2753.
47 CFR 73.4170(b) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 522 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 73.4170(c)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (c) See Memorandum Opinion and Order, FCC 87–365, adopted November 24, 1987. 3 FCC Rcd 930.

     (d) See “Memorandum of Understanding between the Federal Communications Commission and the
         Department of Justice concerning Complaints and Cases Involving Obscenity and Indecency,” released
         April 9, 1991. See also News Release dated April 19, 1991.

[59 FR 52087, Oct. 14, 1994]

§ 73.4180 Payment disclosure: Payola, plugola, kickbacks.
     (a) See 47 U.S.C. 507.

     (b) See Public Notice, FCC 70–593, dated June 4, 1970. 23 FCC 2d 588; 35 FR 9045, June 11, 1970.

     (c) See Public Notice, FCC 88–175, dated May 18, 1988.

[44 FR 36389, June 22, 1979, as amended at 49 FR 20504, May 15, 1984; 59 FR 52087, Oct. 14, 1994]

§ 73.4185 Political broadcasting and telecasting, the law of.
     (a) See “The Law of Political Broadcasting and Cablecasting: Political Primer 1984,” 100 FCC 2d 1476 (1984).

     (b) See Report and Order, MM Docket 91–168, FCC 91–403, adopted December 12, 1991. 7 FCC Rcd 678; 57
         FR 189, January 3, 1992; Memorandum Opinion and Order, MM Docket 91–168, FCC 92–210, adopted
         May 14, 1992. 7 FCC Rcd 4611; 57 FR 27705, June 22, 1992.

[59 FR 52087, Oct. 14, 1994]

§ 73.4190 Political candidate authorization notice and sponsorship identification.
     (a) See Joint Public Notice by the Federal Communications Commission and the Federal Election
         Commission, FCC 78–419, dated June 19, 1978. 69 FCC 2d 1129; 43 FR 30126, July 13, 1978.

     (b) See Memorandum Opinion and Order, FCC 92–55, adopted February 12, 1992. 7 FCC Rcd 1616.

[44 FR 36389, June 22, 1979, as amended at 59 FR 52087, Oct. 14, 1994]

§ 73.4195 Political advertising by UHF translators.
See Public Notice, FCC 76936, dated October 8, 1976. 62 FCC 2d 896; 41 FR 45043, October 14, 1976.

[44 FR 36389, June 22, 1979]

§ 73.4210 Procedure Manual: “The Public and Broadcasting”.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7262, Feb. 1, 2024.

See FCC 74–942, dated September 5, 1974. 49 FCC 2d 1; 39 FR 32288, dated September 5, 1974.

[44 FR 36389, June 22, 1979]

47 CFR 73.4210 (enhanced display)                                                                    page 523 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.4215
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.4215 Program matter: Supplier identification.
See Public Notice, FCC 73–595, dated June 1, 1973. 41 FCC 2d 333; 38 FR 14979, June 7, 1973.

[44 FR 36389, June 22, 1979]

§ 73.4242 Sponsorship identification rules, applicability of.
See Public Notice dated September 3, 1975, 40 FR 41936, September 9, 1975.

[47 FR 28388, June 30, 1982]

§ 73.4246 Stereophonic pilot subcarrier use during monophonic programming.
See Report and Order, Docket 19571, FCC 73–680, adopted June 21, 1973. 41 FCC 2d 534; 38 FR 17021, June 28,
1973.

[47 FR 3792, Jan. 27, 1982]

§ 73.4247 STV: Competing applications.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7262, Feb. 1, 2024.

See Second Report and Order, Docket 21502, FCC 81–13, adopted January 8, 1981. 85 FCC 2d 631; 46 FR 19937,
April 2, 1981.

[47 FR 3792, Jan. 27, 1982]

§ 73.4250 Subliminal perception.
     (a) See Public Notice, FCC 74–78, dated January 24, 1974. 44 FCC 2d, 1016; 39 FR 3714, January 29, 1974.

     (b) See FCC Information Bulletin, “Subliminal Projection”, dated November 1977.

[44 FR 36389, June 22, 1979]

§ 73.4255 Tax certificates: Issuance of.
     (a) See Public Notice, FCC 76–337, dated April 21, 1976. 59 FCC 2d, 91; 41 FR 17605, April 27, 1976.

     (b) See Report and Order MM Docket 87–267, FCC 91–303 adopted, September 26, 1991. 6 FCC Rcd 6273;
         56 FR 64842, December 12, 1991.

[56 FR 64874, Dec. 12, 1991, as amended at 59 FR 52087, Oct. 14, 1994]

§ 73.4260 Teaser announcements.
See Public Notice, FCC 62–592, dated June 1, 1962. 27 FR 5274, June 5, 1962.

[44 FR 36389, June 22, 1979]

47 CFR 73.4260 (enhanced display)                                                                   page 524 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                47 CFR 73.4265
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.4265 Telephone conversation broadcasts (network and like sources).
See Memorandum Opinion and Order, FCC 75–1406, adopted December 18, 1975. 57 FCC 2d, 334; 41 FR 816,
January 5, 1976.

[44 FR 36389, June 22, 1979]

§ 73.4266 Tender offer and proxy statements.
See Policy Statement, MM Docket 85–218, FCC 86–67, adopted January 30, 1986. 51 FR 9794, March 21, 1986.

[51 FR 26251, July 22, 1986]

§ 73.4267 Time brokerage.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7262, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) See Policy Statement, Docket 78–355, FCC 80–621, adopted October 21, 1980. 82 FCC 2d 107.

     (b) See Report and Order, MM Docket 91–140, FCC 92–97, adopted March 12, 1992. 7 FCC Rcd 2755; 57 FR
         18089, April 29, 1992.

     (c) See Memorandum Opinion and Order and Further Notice of Proposed Rule Making, MM Docket 91–140,
         FCC 92–361, adopted August 5, 1992. 7 FCC Rcd 6387; 57 FR 42701, September 16, 1992.

[47 FR 3792, Jan. 27, 1982, as amended at 59 FR 52087, Oct. 14, 1994]

§ 73.4275 Tone clusters; audio attention-getting devices.
See Public Notice, FCC 76–610, dated July 2, 1976. 60 FCC 2d 920; 41 FR 28582, July 12, 1976.

[44 FR 36389, June 22, 1979]

§ 73.4280 Character evaluation of broadcast applicants.
     (a) See Report and Order and Policy Statement, Gen. Docket 81–500, BC Docket 78–108, FCC 85–648,
         adopted December 10, 1985. 102 FCC 2d 1179; 51 FR 3049, January 23, 1986.

     (b) See Policy Statement and Order, FCC 90–195, adopted May 10, 1990. 5 FCC Rcd 3252, 55 FR 23082, June
         6, 1990.

     (c) See Memorandum Opinion and Order, FCC 91–146, adopted May 1, 1991. 6 FCC Rcd 3448, 56 FR 25633,
         June 5, 1991.

     (d) See Memorandum Opinion and Order, FCC 92–448, adopted September 18, 1992. 7 FCC Rcd 6564, 57 FR
         47410, October 16, 1992.

[59 FR 52087, Oct. 14, 1994]

47 CFR 73.4280(d) (enhanced display)                                                            page 525 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                               47 CFR 73.5000
Radio Broadcast Services

Subpart I—Procedures for Competitive Bidding and for Applications for Noncommercial
Educational Broadcast Stations on Non-Reserved Channels

Source: 63 FR 48629, Sept. 11, 1998, unless otherwise noted.

§ 73.5000 Services subject to competitive bidding.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7262, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Mutually exclusive applications for new facilities and for major changes to existing facilities in the
         following broadcast services are subject to competitive bidding: AM; FM; FM translator; analog television;
         low-power television; television translator; and Class A television. Mutually exclusive applications for
         minor modifications of Class A television and television broadcast are also subject to competitive
         bidding. The general competitive bidding procedures set forth in part 1, subpart Q of this chapter will
         apply unless otherwise provided in part 73 or part 74 of this chapter.

     (b) Mutually exclusive applications for broadcast channels in the reserved portion of the FM band (Channels
         200–220) and for television broadcast channels reserved for noncommercial educational use are not
         subject to competitive bidding procedures. Applications for noncommercial educational broadcast
         stations, as described in 47 U.S.C. 397(6), on non-reserved channels also are not subject to competitive
         bidding procedures.

[63 FR 48629, Sept. 11, 1998, as amended at 67 FR 45374, July 9, 2002; 68 FR 26228, May 15, 2003; 69 FR 72043, Dec. 10, 2004]

§ 73.5001 [Reserved]
§ 73.5002 Application and certification procedures; return of mutually exclusive applications
not subject to competitive bidding procedures; prohibition of collusion.
     (a) Prior to any broadcast service auction, the Commission will issue a public notice announcing the
         upcoming auction and specifying the period during which all applicants seeking to participate in an
         auction, and all applicants for noncommercial educational broadcast stations, as described in 47 U.S.C.
         397(6), on non-reserved channels, must file their applications for new broadcast facilities or for major
         changes to existing facilities. Broadcast service applications for new facilities or for major modifications
         will be accepted only during these specified periods. This initial and other public notices will contain
         information about the completion and submission of applications to participate in the broadcast auction,
         and applications for noncommercial educational broadcast stations, as described in 47 U.S.C. 397(6), on
         non-reserved channels, as well as any materials that must accompany the applications, and any filing fee
         that must accompany the applications or any upfront payments that will need to be submitted. Such
         public notices will also, in the event mutually exclusive applications are filed for broadcast construction
         permits that must be resolved through competitive bidding, contain information about the method of
         competitive bidding to be used and more detailed instructions on submitting bids and otherwise
         participating in the auction. In the event applications are submitted that are not mutually exclusive with
         any other application in the same service, or in the event that any applications that are submitted that had
         been mutually exclusive with other applications in the same service are resolved as a result of the
         dismissal or modification of any applications, the non-mutually exclusive applications will be identified by
         public notice and will not be subject to auction.

47 CFR 73.5002(a) (enhanced display)                                                                          page 526 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.5002(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (b) To participate in broadcast service auctions, or to apply for a noncommercial educational station, as
         described in 47 U.S.C. 397(6), on a non-reserved channel, all applicants must timely submit short-form
         applications (FCC Form 175), along with all required certifications, information and exhibits, pursuant to
         the provisions of § 1.2105(a) of this chapter and any Commission public notices. So determinations of
         mutual exclusivity for auction purposes can be made, applicants for non-table broadcast services must
         also submit the engineering data contained in the appropriate FCC form (FCC Form 301, FCC Form 346, or
         FCC Form 349). Beginning January 1, 1999, all short-form applications must be filed electronically. If any
         application for a noncommercial educational broadcast station, as described in 47 U.S.C. 397(6), is
         mutually exclusive with applications for commercial broadcast stations, and the applicants that have the
         opportunity to resolve the mutually exclusivity pursuant to paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section fail to do
         so, the application for noncommercial educational broadcast station, as described in 47 U.S.C. 397(6), will
         be returned as unacceptable for filing, and the remaining applications for commercial broadcast stations
         will be processed in accordance with competitive bidding procedures.

     (c) Applicants in all broadcast service auctions, and applicants for noncommercial educational stations, as
         described in 47 U.S.C. 397(6), on non-reserved channels will be subject to the provisions of § 1.2105(b) of
         this chapter regarding the modification and dismissal of their short-form applications. Notwithstanding
         the general applicability of § 1.2105(b) of this chapter to broadcast auctions, and applicants for
         noncommercial educational stations, as described in 47 U.S.C. 397(6), on non-reserved channels, the
         following applicants will be permitted to resolve their mutual exclusivities by making amendments to their
         engineering submissions following the filing of their short-form applications:

           (1) Applicants for all broadcast services who file major modification applications that are mutually
               exclusive with each other;

           (2) Applicants for all broadcast services who file major modification and new station applications that
               are mutually exclusive with each other; or

           (3) Applicants for the secondary broadcast services who file applications for new stations that are
               mutually exclusive with each other.

     (d) The prohibition of collusion set forth in § 1.2105(c) of this chapter, which becomes effective upon the
         filing of short-form applications, shall apply to all broadcast service auctions. Notwithstanding the general
         applicability of § 1.2105(c) of this chapter to broadcast auctions, the following applicants will be
         permitted to resolve their mutual exclusivities by means of engineering solutions or settlements during a
         limited period after the filing of short-form applications, as further specified by Commission public
         notices:

           (1) Applicants for all broadcast services who file major modification applications that are mutually
               exclusive with each other;

           (2) Applicants for all broadcast services who file major modification and new station applications that
               are mutually exclusive with each other; or

           (3) Applicants for the secondary broadcast services who file applications for new stations that are
               mutually exclusive with each other.

     (e) Applicants seeking to resolve their mutual exclusivities by means of engineering solution or settlement
         during a limited period as specified by public notice, pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section, may submit
         a non-universal engineering solution or settlement proposal, so long as such engineering solution or

47 CFR 73.5002(e) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 527 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.5003
Radio Broadcast Services

           settlement proposal results in the grant of at least one application from the mutually exclusive group. A
           technical amendment submitted under this subsection must resolve all of the applicant's mutual
           exclusivities with respect to the other applications in the specified mutually exclusive application group.

[69 FR 72043, Dec. 10, 2004, as amended at 75 FR 9806, Mar. 4, 2010]

§ 73.5003 Submission of full payments.
Winning bidders are required to pay the balance of their winning bids in a lump sum prior to the deadline established
by the Commission pursuant to § 1.2109(a) of this chapter. If a winning bidder fails to pay the balance of its
winning bid in a lump sum by the applicable deadline as specified by the Commission, it will be allowed to make
payment within ten (10) business days after the payment deadline, provided that it also pays a late fee equal to five
(5) percent of the amount due in accordance with § 1.2109(a) of this chapter. Broadcast construction permits will
be granted by the Commission only after full and timely payment of winning bids and any applicable late fees and in
accordance with the provisions of this section.

[71 FR 6228, Feb. 7, 2006]

§ 73.5004 [Reserved]
§ 73.5005 Filing of long-form applications.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7262, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Within thirty (30) days following the close of bidding and notification to the winning bidders, unless a
         longer period is specified by public notice, each winning bidder must submit an appropriate long-form
         application (FCC Form 301, FCC Form 346, or FCC Form 349) for each construction permit or license for
         which it was the high bidder. Long-form applications filed by winning bidders shall include the exhibits
         required by § 1.2107(d) of this chapter (concerning any bidding consortia or joint bidding arrangements);
         § 1.2110(j) of this chapter (concerning designated entity status, if applicable); and § 1.2112 of this
         chapter (concerning disclosure of ownership and real party in interest information, and, if applicable,
         disclosure of gross revenue information for small business applicants).

     (b) The long-form application should be submitted pursuant to the rules governing the service in which the
         applicant is a high bidder and according to the procedures for filing such applications set out by public
         notice. When electronic procedures become available for the submission of long-form applications, the
         Commission may require all winning bidders to file their long-form applications electronically.

     (c) An applicant that fails to submit the required long-form application under this section, and fails to
         establish good cause for any late-filed submission, shall be deemed to have defaulted and shall be
         subject to the payments set forth in 47 CFR 1.2104(g).

     (d) An applicant whose short-form application, submitted pursuant to § 73.5002(b), was not mutually
         exclusive with any other short-form application in the same service, or whose short-form application was
         mutually exclusive only with one or more short-form applications for a noncommercial educational
         broadcast station, as described in 47 U.S.C. 397(6), shall submit an appropriate long-form application
         within thirty (30) days following release of a public notice identifying any such non-mutually exclusive
         applicants. The long-form application should be submitted pursuant to the rules governing the relevant
         service and according to any procedures for filing such applications set out by public notice. The long-

47 CFR 73.5005(d) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 528 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                               47 CFR 73.5006
Radio Broadcast Services

           form application filed by a non-mutually exclusive applicant need not contain the additional exhibits,
           identified in paragraph (a) of this section, required to be submitted with the long-form applications filed by
           winning bidders. When electronic procedures become available, the Commission may require any non-
           mutually exclusive applicants to file their long-form applications electronically.

[63 FR 48629, Sept. 11, 1998, as amended at 67 FR 45375, July 9, 2002; 68 FR 26229, May 15, 2003; 68 FR 43000, July 21, 2003;
69 FR 72044, Dec. 10, 2004; 75 FR 9806, Mar. 4, 2010]

§ 73.5006 Filing of petitions to deny against long-form applications.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7263, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) As set forth in 47 CFR 1.2108, petitions to deny may be filed against the long-form applications filed by
         winning bidders in broadcast service auctions and against the long-form applications filed by applicants
         whose short-form applications were not mutually exclusive with any other applicant, or whose short-form
         applications were mutually exclusive only with one or more short-form applications for a noncommercial
         educational broadcast station, as described in 47 U.S.C. 397(6).

     (b) Within ten (10) days following the issuance of a public notice announcing that a long-form application for
         an AM, FM or television construction permit has been accepted for filing, petitions to deny that application
         may be filed. Within fifteen (15) days following the issuance of a public notice announcing that a long-
         form application for a low-power television, television translator or FM translator construction permit has
         been accepted for filing, petitions to deny that application may be filed. Any such petitions must contain
         allegations of fact supported by affidavit of a person or persons with personal knowledge thereof.

     (c) An applicant may file an opposition to any petition to deny, and the petitioner a reply to such opposition.
         Allegations of fact or denials thereof must be supported by affidavit of a person or persons with personal
         knowledge thereof. In the AM, FM and television broadcast services, the time for filing such oppositions
         shall be five (5) days from the filing date for petitions to deny, and the time for filing replies shall be five (5)
         days from the filing date for oppositions. In the low-power television, television translator and FM
         translator broadcast services, the time for filing such oppositions shall be fifteen (15) days from the filing
         date for petitions to deny, and the time for filing replies shall be ten (10) days from the filing date for
         oppositions.

     (d) Broadcast construction permits will be granted by the Commission only if the Commission denies or
         dismisses all petitions to deny, if any are filed, and is otherwise satisfied that an applicant is qualified, and
         after full and timely payment of winning bids and any applicable late fees. See 47 CFR 73.5003.
         Construction of broadcast stations shall not commence until the grant of such permit or license to the
         winning bidder and only after full and timely payment of winning bids and any applicable late fees.

[69 FR 72044, Dec. 10, 2004, as amended at 71 FR 6228, Feb. 7, 2006]

§ 73.5007 Designated entity provisions.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7263, Feb. 1, 2024.

47 CFR 73.5007 (enhanced display)                                                                              page 529 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 73.5007(a)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (a) New entrant bidding credit. A winning bidder that qualifies as a “new entrant” may use a bidding credit to
         lower the cost of its winning bid on any broadcast construction permit. Any winning bidder claiming new
         entrant status must have de facto, as well as de jure, control of the entity utilizing the bidding credit. A
         thirty-five (35) percent bidding credit will be given to a winning bidder if it, and/or any individual or entity
         with an attributable interest in the winning bidder, have no attributable interest in any other media of mass
         communications, as defined in § 73.5008. A twenty-five (25) percent bidding credit will be given to a
         winning bidder if it, and/or any individual or entity with an attributable interest in the winning bidder, have
         an attributable interest in no more than three mass media facilities. No bidding credit will be given if any
         of the commonly owned mass media facilities serve the same area as the proposed broadcast or
         secondary broadcast station, or if the winning bidder, and/or any individual or entity with an attributable
         interest in the winning bidder, have attributable interests in more than three mass media facilities.
         Attributable interests held by a winning bidder in existing low power television, television translator or FM
         translator facilities will not be counted among the bidder's other mass media interests in determining
         eligibility for a bidding credit. Eligibility for the new entrant bidding credit must be specified in an
         applicant's FCC Form 175 application, and the new entrant bidding credit specified in an applicant's FCC
         Form 175 application establishes that applicant's maximum bidding credit eligibility for that auction. Any
         post-FCC Form 175 filing change in the applicant's circumstances underlying its new entrant bidding
         credit eligibility claim, or that of any attributable interest-holder in the applicant, must be reported to the
         Commission immediately, and no later than five business days after the change occurs. Any such post-
         FCC Form 175 filing change may cause a reduction or elimination of the new entrant bidding credit
         claimed in the applicant's FCC Form 175 application, if the change would cause the applicant not to
         qualify for the originally claimed new entrant bidding credit under the eligibility provisions of § 73.5007,
         and the change occurred prior to grant of the construction permit to the applicant. Final determinations
         regarding new entrant status will be made at the time of long form construction permit application grant.
         Applicants whose eligibility is lost or reduced subsequent to the FCC Form 175 filing must, before a
         construction permit will be issued, make such payments as are necessary to account for the difference
         between claimed and actual bidding credit eligibility.

     (b) The new entrant bidding credit is not available to a winning bidder if it, and/or any individual or entity with
         an attributable interest in the winning bidder, have an attributable interest in any existing media of mass
         communications in the same area as the proposed broadcast or secondary broadcast facility.

           (1) Any existing media of mass communications will be considered in the “same area” as a proposed
               broadcast or secondary broadcast facility if the relevant defined service areas of the existing mass
               media facilities partially overlap, or are partially overlapped by, the proposed broadcast or secondary
               broadcast facility's relevant contour.

           (2) For purposes of determining whether any existing media of mass communications is in the “same
               area” as a proposed broadcast or secondary broadcast facility, the relevant defined service areas of
               the existing mass media facilities shall be as follows:

                 (i)   AM broadcast station—principal community contour (see § 73.24(i));

                 (ii) FM Broadcast station—principal community contour (see § 73.315(a));

                (iii) Television broadcast station—television Grade B or equivalent contour (see § 73.683(a) for
                      analog TV and § 73.622(e) for DTV);

                (iv) Cable television system—the franchised community of a cable system; and

                 (v) Daily newspaper—community of publication.

47 CFR 73.5007(b)(2)(v) (enhanced display)                                                                page 530 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.5007(b)(3)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (3) For purposes of determining whether a proposed broadcast or secondary broadcast facility is in the
               “same area” as an existing mass media facility, the relevant contours of the proposed broadcast or
               secondary broadcast facility shall be as follows:

                 (i)   AM broadcast station—principal community contour (see § 73.24(i));

                 (ii) FM broadcast station—principal community contour (see § 73.315(a));

                (iii) FM translator station—predicted, protected contour (see § 74.1204(a) of this chapter);

                (iv) Television broadcast station—television Grade B or equivalent contour (see § 73.683(a) for
                     analog TV and § 73.622(e) for DTV).

                 (v) Low power television or television translator station—predicted, protected contour (see §
                     74.707(a) of this chapter).

     (c) Unjust enrichment. If a licensee or permittee that utilizes a new entrant bidding credit under this
         subsection seeks to assign or transfer control of its license or construction permit to an entity not
         meeting the eligibility criteria for the bidding credit, the licensee or permittee must reimburse the U.S.
         Government for the amount of the bidding credit, plus interest based on the rate for ten-year U.S. Treasury
         obligations applicable on the date the construction permit was originally granted, as a condition of
         Commission approval of the assignment or transfer. If a licensee or permittee that utilizes a new entrant
         bidding credit seeks to assign or transfer control of a license or construction permit to an entity that is
         eligible for a lower bidding credit, the difference between the bidding credit obtained by the assigning
         party and the bidding credit for which the acquiring party would qualify, plus interest based on the rate for
         ten-year U.S. Treasury obligations applicable on the date the construction permit was originally granted,
         must be paid to the U.S. Government as a condition of Commission approval of the assignment or
         transfer. The amount of the reimbursement payments will be reduced over time. An assignment or
         transfer in the first two years after issuance of the construction permit to the winning bidder will result in a
         forfeiture of one hundred (100) percent of the value of the bidding credit; during year three, of seventy-five
         (75) percent of the value of the bidding credit; in year four, of fifty (50) percent; in year five, twenty-five (25)
         percent; and thereafter, no payment. If a licensee or permittee who utilized a new entrant bidding credit in
         obtaining a broadcast license or construction permit acquires within this five-year reimbursement period
         an additional broadcast facility or facilities, such that the licensee or permittee would not have been
         eligible for the new entrant credit, the licensee or permittee will generally not be required to reimburse the
         U.S. Government for the amount of the bidding credit.

           Note 1 to § 73.5007: For purposes of paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, the contour of the
           proposed new FM broadcast station is based on the maximum class facilities at the FM allotment
           site, which is defined as the perfectly circular standard 70 dBu contour distance for the class of
           station.

[64 FR 24526, May 7, 1999, as amended at 68 FR 46358, Aug. 5, 2003; 69 FR 72045, Dec. 10, 2004; 75 FR 9807, Mar. 4, 2010]

§ 73.5008 Definitions applicable for designated entity provisions.
     (a) Scope. The definitions in this section apply to 47 CFR 73.5007, unless otherwise specified in that section.

47 CFR 73.5008(a) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 531 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                            47 CFR 73.5008(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (b) A medium of mass communications means a daily newspaper; a cable television system; or a license or
         construction permit for a television broadcast station, an AM or FM broadcast station, or a direct
         broadcast satellite transponder.

     (c)

           (1) An attributable interest in a winning bidder or in a medium of mass communications shall be
               determined in accordance with § 73.3555 and Note 2 to § 73.3555. In addition, any interest held by
               an individual or entity with an equity and/or debt interest(s) in a winning bidder shall be attributed to
               that winning bidder for purposes of determining its eligibility for the new entrant bidding credit, if the
               equity (including all stockholdings, whether voting or nonvoting, common or preferred) and debt
               interest or interests, in the aggregate, exceed thirty-three (33) percent of the total asset value
               (defined as the aggregate of all equity plus all debt) of the winning bidder.

           (2) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(1) of this section, where the winning bidder is an eligible entity, the
               combined equity and debt of the interest holder in the winning bidder may exceed the 33 percent
               threshold therein without triggering attribution, provided that:

                 (i)   The combined equity and debt of the interest holder in the winning bidder is less than 50
                       percent, or

                 (ii) The total debt of the interest holder in the winning bidder does not exceed 80 percent of the
                      asset value of the winning bidder and the interest holder does not hold any equity interest,
                      option, or promise to acquire an equity interest in the winning bidder or any related entity. For
                      purposes of paragraph (c)(2) of this section, an “eligible entity” shall include any entity that
                      qualifies as a small business under the Small Business Administration's size standards for its
                      industry grouping, as set forth in 13 CFR 121.201, at the time the transaction is approved by the
                      FCC, and holds:

                       (A) 30 percent or more of the stock or partnership interests and more than 50 percent of the
                           voting power of the corporation or partnership that will own the media outlet; or

                       (B) 15 percent or more of the stock or partnership interests and more than 50 percent of the
                           voting power of the corporation or partnership that will own the media outlet, provided that
                           no other person or entity owns or controls more than 25 percent of the outstanding stock
                           or partnership interests; or

                       (C) More than 50 percent of the voting power of the corporation that will own the media outlet
                           if such corporation is a publicly traded company.

[63 FR 48629, Sept. 11, 1998, as amended at 64 FR 24527, May 7, 1999; 64 FR 44858, Aug. 18, 1999; 69 FR 72045, Dec. 10, 2004;
73 FR 28370, May 16, 2008; 75 FR 27200, May 14, 2010]

§ 73.5009 Assignment or transfer of control.
     (a) The unjust enrichment provisions found at § 1.2111(b) through (e) of this chapter shall not apply to
         applicants seeking approval of a transfer of control or assignment of a broadcast construction permit or
         license within three years of receiving such permit or license by means of competitive bidding.

     (b) The ownership disclosure requirements found at § 1.2112(a) of this chapter shall not apply to an
         applicant seeking consent to assign or transfer control of a broadcast construction permit or license
         awarded by competitive bidding.

47 CFR 73.5009(b) (enhanced display)                                                                          page 532 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 73.6000
Radio Broadcast Services

[67 FR 45375, July 9, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 43000, July 21, 2003]

Subpart J—Class A Television Broadcast Stations

Source: 65 FR 30009, May 10, 2000, unless otherwise noted.

§ 73.6000 Definitions.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7263, Feb. 1, 2024.

For the purpose of this subpart, the following definition applies:

    Locally produced programming is programming:

           (1) Produced within the predicted Grade B contour of the station broadcasting the program or within the
               contiguous predicted Grade B contours of any of the stations in a commonly owned group; or

           (2) Produced within the predicted DTV noise-limited contour (see § 73.622(e)) of a digital Class A
               station broadcasting the program or within the contiguous predicted DTV noise-limited contours of
               any of the digital Class A stations in a commonly owned group.

           Note to § 73.6000: See Report and Order, In the Matter of Establishment of a Class A Television
           Service, MM Docket No. 00–10, released April 4, 2000; Memorandum Opinion and Order on
           Reconsideration, In the Matter of Establishment of a Class A Television Service, MM Docket No.
           00–10, released April 13, 2001; Report and Order, In the Matter of Elimination of Main Studio Rule,
           MB Docket No. 17–106, released October 24, 2017.

[82 FR 57884, Dec. 8, 2017]

§ 73.6001 Eligibility and service requirements.
     (a) Qualified low power television licensees which, during the 90-day period ending November 28, 1999,
         operated their stations in a manner consistent with the programming and operational standards set forth
         in the Community Broadcasters Protection Act of 1999, may be accorded primary status as Class A
         television licensees.

     (b) Class A television broadcast stations are required to:

           (1) Broadcast a minimum of 18 hours per day; and

           (2) Broadcast an average of at least three hours per week of locally produced programming each
               quarter.

     (c) Licensed Class A television broadcast stations shall be accorded primary status as a television
         broadcaster as long as the station continues to meet the minimum operating requirements for Class A
         status.

47 CFR 73.6001(c) (enhanced display)                                                                page 533 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.6001(d)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (d) Licensees unable to continue to meet the minimum operating requirements for Class A television stations,
         or which elect to revert to low power television status, shall promptly notify the Commission, in writing,
         and request a change in status.

§ 73.6002 Licensing requirements.
     (a) A Class A television broadcast license will only be issued to a qualified low power television licensee that:

           (1) Filed a Statement of Eligibility for Class A Low Power Television Station Status on or before January
               28, 2000, which was granted by the Commission; and

           (2) Files an acceptable application for a Class A Television license (FCC Form 302–CA).

§§ 73.6003-73.6005 [Reserved]
§ 73.6006 Channel assignments.
Class A TV stations will not be authorized on channels unavailable for TV broadcast station use pursuant to §
73.603.

[86 FR 66213, Nov. 22, 2021]

§ 73.6007 Power limitations.
An application to change the facilities of an existing Class A TV station will not be accepted if it requests an
effective radiated power that exceeds the power limitation specified in § 74.735 of this chapter.

§ 73.6008 Distance computations.
The distance between two reference points must be calculated in accordance with § 73.208(c) of this part.

§ 73.6010 Class A TV station protected contour.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7263, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) [Reserved]

     (b) The Class A TV station protected contour is calculated from the effective radiated power and antenna
         height above average terrain, using the F(50,50) charts of Figure 9, 10 or 10b of § 73.699 of this part.

     (c) A digital Class A TV station will be protected from interference within the following predicted signal
         contours:

           (1) 43 dBu for stations on Channels 2 through 6;

           (2) 48 dBu for stations on Channels 7 through 13; and

           (3) 51 dBu for stations on Channels 14 through 36.

     (d) The digital Class A TV station protected contour is calculated from the effective radiated power and
         antenna height above average terrain, using the F(50,90) signal propagation method specified in §
         73.625(b)(1) of this part.

47 CFR 73.6010(d) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 534 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 73.6010(e)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (e) A digital Class A DTS station will be protected from interference within its Class A DTS protected area as
         defined by § 73.6023(d).

[86 FR 66213, Nov. 22, 2021, as amended at 86 FR 21227, Apr. 22, 2021]

§ 73.6012 Protection of Class A TV, low power TV and TV translator stations.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7263, Feb. 1, 2024.

An application to change the facilities of an existing Class A TV station will not be accepted if it fails to protect
other authorized Class A TV, low power TV and TV translator stations and applications for changes in such stations
filed prior to the date the Class A application is filed, pursuant to the requirements specified in § 74.707 of this
chapter. The protection of other authorized low power TV and TV translator stations and applications for changes in
such stations shall not apply in connection with any application filed by a Class A TV station pursuant to §
73.3700(b)(1).

[79 FR 48544, Aug. 15, 2014]

§ 73.6013 Protection of DTV stations.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7263, Feb. 1, 2024.

Class A TV stations must protect the DTV service that would be provided by the facilities specified in the DTV Table
of Allotments in § 73.622 of this part, by authorized DTV stations and by applications that propose to expand DTV
stations' allotted or authorized coverage contour in any direction, if such applications either were filed before
December 31, 1999 or were filed between December 31, 1999 and May 1, 2000 by a DTV station licensee or
permittee that had notified the Commission of its intent to “maximize” by December 31, 1999. Protection of these
allotments, stations and applications must be based on not causing predicted interference within the service area
described in § 73.622(e) of this part. The interference analysis is based on the methods described in § 73.623(c)(2)
through (c)(4) of this part, except that a Class A TV station must not cause a loss of service to 0.5 percent or more
of the population predicted to receive service from the DTV allotment, station or application. An application to
change the facilities of an existing Class A TV station will not be accepted if it fails to protect these DTV allotments,
stations and applications in accordance with this section.

§ 73.6014 Protection of digital Class A TV stations.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7263, Feb. 1, 2024.

An application to change the facilities of an existing Class A TV station will not be accepted if it fails to protect
authorized digital Class A TV stations and applications for changes in such stations filed prior to the date the Class
A application is filed, pursuant to the requirements specified in § 74.706 of this chapter.

§ 73.6017 Digital Class A TV station protection of Class A TV and digital Class A TV stations.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7263, Feb. 1, 2024.

47 CFR 73.6017 (enhanced display)                                                                         page 535 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.6018
Radio Broadcast Services

An application for digital operation of an existing Class A TV station or to change the facilities of a digital Class A
TV station will not be accepted if it fails to protect authorized Class A and digital Class A stations in accordance
with the requirements of § 74.793 (b) through (d) and § 74.793(g) of this chapter. This protection must be afforded
to applications for changes in other authorized Class A and digital Class A stations filed prior to the date the digital
Class A application is filed.

[69 FR 69330, Nov. 29, 2004]

§ 73.6018 Digital Class A TV station protection of DTV stations.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7263, Feb. 1, 2024.

Digital Class A TV stations must protect the DTV service that would be provided by the facilities specified in the DTV
Table of Allotments in § 73.622, by authorized DTV stations and by applications that propose to expand DTV
stations' allotted or authorized coverage contour in any direction, if such applications either were filed before
December 31, 1999 or were filed between December 31, 1999 and May 1, 2000 by a DTV station licensee or
permittee that had notified the Commission of its intent to “maximize” by December 31, 1999. Protection of these
allotments, stations and applications must be based on meeting the requirements of § 74.793 (b) through (e) of this
chapter. An application for digital operation of an existing Class A TV station or to change the facilities of a digital
Class A TV station will not be accepted if it fails to protect these DTV allotments, stations and applications in
accordance with this section.

[69 FR 69330, Nov. 29, 2004]

§ 73.6019 Digital Class A TV station protection of low power TV, TV translator, digital low power
TV and digital TV translator stations.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7263, Feb. 1, 2024.

An application for digital operation of an existing Class A TV station or to change the facilities of a digital Class A
TV station will not be accepted if it fails to protect authorized low power TV, TV translator, digital low power TV and
digital TV translator stations in accordance with the requirements of § 74.793(b) through (d) and (h) of this chapter.
This protection must be afforded to applications for changes filed prior to the date the digital Class A station is
filed. The protection of other authorized low power TV, TV translator, digital low power TV and digital TV translator
stations shall not apply in connection with any application filed by a Class A TV station pursuant to § 73.3700(b)(1).

[79 FR 48544, Aug. 15, 2014]

§ 73.6020 Protection of stations in the land mobile radio service.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7263, Feb. 1, 2024.

47 CFR 73.6020 (enhanced display)                                                                         page 536 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.6022
Radio Broadcast Services

An application for digital operation of an existing Class A TV station or to change the facilities of an existing Class A
TV or digital Class A TV station will not be accepted if it fails to protect stations in the land mobile radio service
pursuant to the requirements specified in § 74.709 of this chapter. In addition to the protection requirements
specified in § 74.709(a) of this chapter, Class A TV and digital Class A TV stations must not cause interference to
land mobile stations operating on channel 16 in New York, NY.

[69 FR 69331, Nov. 29, 2004]

§ 73.6022 Negotiated interference and relocation agreements.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7263, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Notwithstanding the technical criteria in this subpart, Subpart E of this part, and Subpart G of part 74 of
         this chapter regarding interference protection to and from Class A TV stations, Class A TV stations may
         negotiate agreements with parties of authorized and proposed analog TV, DTV, LPTV, TV translator, Class
         A TV stations or other affected parties to resolve interference concerns; provided, however, other relevant
         requirements are met with respect to the parties to the agreement. A written and signed agreement must
         be submitted with each application or other request for action by the Commission. Negotiated
         agreements under this paragraph can include the exchange of money or other considerations from one
         entity to another. Applications submitted pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph will be granted only
         if the Commission finds that such action is consistent with the public interest.

     (b) A Class A TV station displaced in channel by a channel allotment change for a DTV station may seek to
         exchange channels with the DTV station, provided both parties consent in writing to the change and that
         the Class A station meets all applicable interference protection requirements on the new channel. Such
         requests will be treated on a case-by-case basis and, if approved, will not subject the Class A station to
         the filing of competing applications for the exchanged channel.

§ 73.6023 Distributed transmission systems.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7264, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Station licensees may operate a commonly owned group of digital Class A stations with contiguous
         predicted DTV noise-limited contours (pursuant to § 73.622(e)) on a common television channel in a
         distributed transmission system.

     (b) A Class A DTV station may be authorized to operate multiple synchronized transmitters on its assigned
         channel to provide service consistent with the requirements of this section. Such operation is called a
         distributed transmission system (DTS). Except as expressly provided in this section, Class A stations
         operating a DTS facility must comply with all rules in this part applicable to Digital Class A single-
         transmitter stations.

     (c) For purposes of compliance with this section, a digital Class A station's “authorized facility” is the facility
         authorized for the station in a license or construction permit for non-DTS, single-transmitter-location
         operation. A digital Class A station's “authorized service area” is defined as the area within its protected
         contour (described by § 73.6010(c)) as determined using the authorized facility.

47 CFR 73.6023(c) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 537 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.6023(d)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (d) The protected area for each DTS transmitter is determined based on the F(50,90) field strength given in §
         73.6010(c), calculated in accordance with § 73.625(b). The combined protected area of a Class A DTS
         station is the logical union of the protected areas of all DTS transmitters, that falls within the station's
         authorized service area as defined in paragraph (c) of this section.

     (e) The DTS limiting area for each DTS transmitter is determined using the field strength from § 73.6010(c)
         and the F(50,50) curves.

     (f) An application proposing use of DTS will not be accepted for filing unless it meets all of the following
         conditions:

           (1) The combined protected area covers all of the applicant's authorized service area;

           (2) Each DTS transmitter's Class A DTS limiting contour falls within the authorized facility's Class A DTS
               limiting contour;

           (3) Each DTS transmitter's protected area is contiguous with at least one other DTS transmitter's
               protected area;

           (4) The “combined field strength” of all DTS transmitters in a network does not cause interference to
               another station in excess of the criteria specified in §§ 73.6017, 73.6018, 73.6019, and 73.6020. The
               combined field strength at a given location is determined by a “root-sum-square” calculation, in
               which the combined field strength is equal to the square root of the sum of the squared field
               strengths from each transmitter in the DTS network at that location; and

           (5) Each DTS transmitter must be located within the station's authorized service area.

     (g) All transmitters operating under a single Class A DTS license must follow the same digital broadcast
         television transmission standard.

[86 FR 21227, Apr. 22, 2021]

§ 73.6024 Transmission standards and system requirements.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7264, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) A Class A TV station must meet the requirements of §§ 73.682 and 73.687, except as provided in
         paragraph (b) of this section.

     (b) A Class A TV station may continue to operate with the transmitter operated under its previous LPTV
         license, provided such operation does not cause any condition of uncorrectable interference due to
         radiation of radio frequency energy outside of the assigned channel. Such operation must continue to
         meet the requirements of §§ 74.736 and 74.750 of this chapter.

     (c) A Class A TV station must meet the offset carrier frequency and frequency tolerance provisions of §
         73.1545 of this part.

     (d) A digital Class A station must meet the emission requirements of § 74.794 of this chapter.

[65 FR 30009, May 10, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 21690, May 1, 2001; 69 FR 69331, Nov. 29, 2004]

47 CFR 73.6024(d) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 538 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.6025
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.6025 Antenna system and station location.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7264, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) Applications for modified Class A TV facilities proposing the use of directional antenna systems must be
         accompanied by the following:

           (1) Complete description of the proposed antenna system, including the manufacturer and model
               number of the proposed directional antenna. In the case of a composite antenna composed of two
               or more individual antennas, the antenna should be described as a “composite” antenna. A full
               description of the design of the antenna should also be submitted.

           (2) Relative field horizontal plane pattern (horizontal polarization only) of the proposed directional
               antenna. A value of 1.0 should be used for the maximum radiation. The plot of the pattern should be
               oriented so that 0 degrees (True North) corresponds to the maximum radiation of the directional
               antenna or, alternatively in the case of a symmetrical pattern, the line of symmetry. Where
               mechanical beam tilt is intended, the amount of tilt in degrees of the antenna vertical axis and the
               orientation of the downward tilt with respect to true North must be specified, and the horizontal
               plane pattern must reflect the use of mechanical beam tilt.

           (3) A tabulation of the relative field pattern required in paragraph (a)(2), of this section. The tabulation
               should use the same zero degree reference as the plotted pattern, and be tabulated at least every 10
               degrees. In addition, tabulated values of all maxima and minima, with their corresponding azimuths,
               should be submitted.

           (4) Horizontal and vertical plane radiation patterns showing the effective radiated power, in dBk, for each
               direction. Sufficient vertical plane patterns must be included to indicate clearly the radiation
               characteristics of the antenna above and below the horizontal plane. In cases where the angles at
               which the maximum vertical radiation varies with azimuth, a separate vertical radiation pattern must
               be provided for each pertinent radial direction.

           (5) The horizontal and vertical plane patterns that are required are the patterns for the complete
               directional antenna system. In the case of a composite antenna composed of two or more individual
               antennas, this means that the patterns for the composite antenna, not the patterns for each of the
               individual antennas, must be submitted.

     (b) Applications for modified Class A TV facilities proposing to locate antennas within 61.0 meters (200 feet)
         of other Class A TV or TV broadcast antennas operating on a channel within 20 percent in frequency of
         the proposed channel, or proposing the use of antennas on Channels 5 or 6 within 61.0 meters (200 feet)
         of FM broadcast antennas, must include a showing as to the expected effect, if any, of such proximate
         operation.

     (c) Where a Class A TV licensee or permittee proposes to mount its antenna on or near an AM tower, as
         defined in § 1.30002, the Class A TV licensee or permittee must comply with § 1.30003 or § 1.30002.

     (d) Class A TV stations are subject to the provisions in § 73.685(d) regarding blanketing interference.

[65 FR 30009, May 10, 2000, as amended at 78 FR 66298, Nov. 5, 2013]

§ 73.6026 Broadcast regulations applicable to Class A television stations.

47 CFR 73.6026 (enhanced display)                                                                       page 539 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.6026
Radio Broadcast Services

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7264, Feb. 1, 2024.

The following rules are applicable to Class A television stations:

     § 73.603 Numerical designation of television channels.

     § 73.624(b), (c) and (g) Digital television broadcast stations. Section 73.624(b) will apply only to the extent that
     such stations must also transmit at least one over-the-air video program signal at no direct charge to viewers
     of the digital Class A station

     § 73.635 Use of common antenna site.

     § 73.642 Subscription TV service.

     § 73.643 Subscription TV operating requirements.

     § 73.644 Subscription TV transmission systems.

     § 73.646 Telecommunications Service on the Vertical Blanking Interval and in the Visual Signal.

     § 73.653 Operation of TV aural and visual transmitters.

     § 73.658 Affiliation agreements and network program practice; territorial exclusivity in non-network program
     arrangements.

     § 73.664 Determining operating power.

     § 73.665 Use of TV aural baseband subcarriers.

     § 73.667 TV subsidiary communications services.

     § 73.669 TV stereophonic aural and multiplex subcarrier operation.

     § 73.670 Commercial limits in children's programs.

     § 73.671 Educational and informational programming for children.

     § 73.673 Public information initiatives regarding educational and informational programming for children.

     § 73.688 Indicating instruments.

     § 73.691 Visual modulation monitoring.

     § 73.3615(a) and (g) Ownership reports.

[66 FR 21690, May 1, 2001, as amended at 74 FR 25168, May 27, 2009]

47 CFR 73.6026 (enhanced display)                                                                         page 540 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.6027
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.6027 Class A TV notifications concerning interference to radio astronomy, research and
receiving installations.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7264, Feb. 1, 2024.

An applicant for digital operation of an existing Class A TV station or to change the facilities of an existing Class A
TV or digital Class A TV station shall be subject to the requirements of § 73.1030—Notifications concerning
interference to radio astronomy, research and receiving installations.

[69 FR 69331, Nov. 29, 2004]

§ 73.6028 Class A television channel sharing outside the incentive auction.
     (a) Eligibility. Subject to the provisions of this section, Class A television stations may voluntarily seek
         Commission approval to share a single six megahertz channel with other Class A, full power, low power, or
         TV translator television stations.

     (b) Licensing of channel sharing stations.

           (1) Each station sharing a single channel pursuant to this section shall continue to be licensed and
               operated separately, have its own call sign, and be separately subject to all of the Commission's
               obligations, rules, and policies.

           (2) A station relinquishing its channel must file an application for a construction permit, include a copy
               of the Channel Sharing Agreement (CSA) as an exhibit, and cross reference the other sharing
               station(s). Any engineering changes necessitated by the CSA may be included in the station's
               application. Upon initiation of shared operations, the station relinquishing its channel must notify the
               Commission that it has terminated operation pursuant to § 73.1750 and each sharing station must
               file an application for license.

     (c) Channel sharing between Class A television stations and full power, low power television, and TV translator
         stations.

           (1) A Class A television sharee station (defined as a station relinquishing a channel in order to share)
               that is a party to a CSA with a full power television sharer station (defined as the station hosting a
               sharee pursuant to a CSA) must comply with the rules of this part governing power levels and
               interference, and must comply in all other respects with the rules and policies applicable to Class A
               television stations, as set forth in §§ 73.6000 through 73.6027.

           (2) A Class A television sharee station that is a party to a CSA with a low power television or TV
               translator sharer station must comply with the rules of part 74 of this chapter governing power levels
               and interference that are applicable to low power television or TV translator stations, and must
               comply in all other respects with the rules and policies applicable to Class A television stations, as
               set forth in §§ 73.6000 through 73.6027.

     (d) Deadline for implementing CSAs. CSAs submitted pursuant to this section must be implemented within
         three years of the grant of the initial channel sharing construction permit.

     (e) Channel sharing agreements (CSAs).

           (1) CSAs submitted under this section must contain provisions outlining each licensee's rights and
               responsibilities regarding:
47 CFR 73.6028(e)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 541 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                      47 CFR 73.6028(e)(1)(i)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (i)   Access to facilities, including whether each licensee will have unrestrained access to the shared
                       transmission facilities;

                 (ii) Allocation of bandwidth within the shared channel;

                (iii) Operation, maintenance, repair, and modification of facilities, including a list of all relevant
                      equipment, a description of each party's financial obligations, and any relevant notice
                      provisions;

                (iv) Transfer/assignment of a shared license, including the ability of a new licensee to assume the
                     existing CSA; and

                 (v) Termination of the license of a party to the CSA, including reversion of spectrum usage rights to
                     the remaining parties to the CSA.

           (2) CSAs must include provisions:

                 (i)   Affirming compliance with the channel sharing requirements in this section and all relevant
                       Commission rules and policies; and

                 (ii) Requiring that each channel sharing licensee shall retain spectrum usage rights adequate to
                      ensure a sufficient amount of the shared channel capacity to allow it to provide at least one
                      Standard Definition program stream at all times.

     (f) Termination and assignment/transfer of shared channel.

           (1) Upon termination of the license of a party to a CSA, the spectrum usage rights covered by that
               license may revert to the remaining parties to the CSA. Such reversion shall be governed by the
               terms of the CSA in accordance with paragraph (e)(1)(v) of this section. If upon termination of the
               license of a party to a CSA only one party to the CSA remains, the remaining licensee may file an
               application for license to change its status to non-shared.

           (2) If the rights under a CSA are transferred or assigned, the assignee or the transferee must comply
               with the terms of the CSA in accordance with paragraph (e)(1)(iv) of this section. If the transferee or
               assignee and the licensees of the remaining channel sharing station or stations agree to amend the
               terms of the existing CSA, the agreement may be amended, subject to Commission approval.

     (g) Notice to cable systems.

           (1) Stations participating in channel sharing agreements must provide notice to cable systems that:

                 (i)   No longer will be required to carry the station because of the relocation of the station;

                 (ii) Currently carry and will continue to be obligated to carry a station that will change channels; or

                (iii) Will become obligated to carry the station due to a channel sharing relocation.

           (2) The notice required by this section must contain the following information:

                 (i)   Date and time of any channel changes;

                 (ii) The channel occupied by the station before and after implementation of the CSA;

                (iii) Modification, if any, to antenna position, location, or power levels;

                (iv) Stream identification information; and

                 (v) Engineering staff contact information.
47 CFR 73.6028(g)(2)(v) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 542 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                    47 CFR 73.6028(g)(3)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (3) Should any of the information in paragraph (g)(2) of this section change, an amended notification
               must be sent.

           (4) Sharee stations must provide notice as required by this section at least 90 days prior to terminating
               operations on the sharee's channel. Sharer stations and sharee stations must provide notice as
               required by this section at least 90 days prior to initiation of operations on the sharer channel.
               Should the anticipated date to either cease operations or commence channel sharing operations
               change, the stations must send a further notice to affected cable systems informing them of the
               new anticipated date(s).

           (5) Notifications provided to cable systems pursuant to this section must be either mailed to the
               system's official address of record provided in the cable system's most recent filing in the FCC's
               Cable Operations and Licensing System (COALS) Form 322, or emailed to the system if the system
               has provided an email address.

[82 FR 18250, Apr. 18, 2017]

§ 73.6029 Class A television simulcasting during the ATSC 3.0 (Next Gen TV) transition.

Link to an amendment published at 88 FR 45367, July 17, 2023.

     (a) Simulcasting arrangements. For purposes of compliance with the simulcasting requirement in paragraph
         (b) of this section, a Class A television station may partner with one or more other Class A stations or with
         one or more full power, LPTV, or TV translator stations in a simulcasting arrangement for purposes of
         airing either an ATSC 1.0 or ATSC 3.0 signal on a host station's (i.e., a station whose facilities are being
         used to transmit programming originated by another station) facilities.

           (1) A Class A television station airing an ATSC 1.0 or ATSC 3.0 signal on the facilities of a full power host
               station must comply with the rules of Part 73 of this chapter governing power levels and
               interference, and must comply in all other respects with the rules and policies applicable to Class A
               television stations, as set forth in this subpart.

           (2) A Class A television station airing an ATSC 1.0 or ATSC 3.0 signal on the facilities of a low power
               television or TV translator host station must comply with the rules of part 74 of this chapter
               governing power levels and interference that are applicable to low power television or TV translator
               stations, and must comply in all other respects with the rules and policies applicable to Class A
               television stations, as set forth in this subpart.

     (b) Simulcasting requirement. A Class A television station that chooses to air an ATSC 3.0 signal must
         simulcast the primary video programming stream of that signal in an ATSC 1.0 format. This requirement
         does not apply to any multicast streams aired on the ATSC 3.0 channel.

           (1) The programming aired on the ATSC 1.0 simulcast signal must be “substantially similar” to that aired
               on the ATSC 3.0 primary video programming stream. For purposes of this section, “substantially
               similar” means that the programming must be the same except for advertisements, promotions for
               upcoming programs, and programming features that are based on the enhanced capabilities of
               ATSC 3.0. These enhanced capabilities include:

                 (i)   Hyper-localized content (e.g., geo-targeted weather, targeted emergency alerts, and hyper-local
                       news):

47 CFR 73.6029(b)(1)(i) (enhanced display)                                                               page 543 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.6029(b)(1)(ii)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (ii) Programming features or improvements created for the ATSC 3.0 service (e.g., emergency alert
                      “wake up” ability and interactive program features);

                (iii) Enhanced formats made possible by ATSC 3.0 technology (e.g., 4K or HDR); and

                (iv) Personalization of programming performed by the viewer and at the viewer's discretion.

           (2) For purposes of paragraph (b)(1) of this section, programming that airs at a different time on the
               ATSC 1.0 simulcast signal than on the primary video programming stream of the ATSC 3.0 signal is
               not considered “substantially similar.”

           (3) The “substantially similar” requirement in paragraph (b)(1) of this section will sunset on July 17,
               2027.

     (c) Coverage requirements for the ATSC 1.0 simulcast signal. For Class A broadcasters that elect temporarily
         to relocate their ATSC 1.0 signal to the facilities of a host station for purposes of deploying ATSC 3.0
         service (and that convert their existing facilities to ATSC 3.0), the station:

           (1) Must maintain overlap between the protected contour (§ 73.6010(c)) of its existing signal and its
               ATSC 1.0 simulcast signal;

           (2) May not relocate its ATSC 1.0 simulcast signal more than 30 miles from the reference coordinates of
               the relocating station's existing antenna location; and

           (3) Must select a host station assigned to the same DMA as the originating station (i.e., the station
               whose programming is being transmitted on the host station).

     (d) Coverage requirements for ATSC 3.0 signals. For Class A broadcasters that elect to continue broadcasting
         in ATSC 1.0 from the station's existing facilities and transmit an ATSC 3.0 signal on the facilities of a host
         station, the ATSC 3.0 signal must be established on a host station assigned to the same DMA as the
         originating station.

     (e) Simulcasting agreements.

           (1) Simulcasting agreements must contain provisions outlining each licensee's rights and
               responsibilities regarding:

                 (i)   Access to facilities, including whether each licensee will have unrestrained access to the host
                       station's transmission facilities;

                 (ii) Allocation of bandwidth within the host station's channel;

                (iii) Operation, maintenance, repair, and modification of facilities, including a list of all relevant
                      equipment, a description of each party's financial obligations, and any relevant notice
                      provisions;

                (iv) Conditions under which the simulcast agreement may be terminated, assigned or transferred;
                     and

                 (v) How a guest station's (i.e., a station originating programming that is being transmitted using the
                     facilities of a host station) signal may be transitioned off the host station.

           (2) Broadcasters must maintain a written copy of any simulcasting agreement and provide it to the
               Commission upon request.

     (f) Licensing of simulcasting stations and stations converting to ATSC 3.0 operation.

47 CFR 73.6029(f) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 544 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.6029(f)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) Each station participating in a simulcasting arrangement pursuant to this section shall continue to be
               licensed and operated separately, have its own call sign, and be separately subject to all applicable
               Commission obligations, rules, and policies. ATSC 1.0 and ATSC 3.0 signals aired on the facilities of
               a host station will be licensed as temporary second channels of the originating station. The
               Commission will include a note on the originating station's license identifying any ATSC 1.0 or ATSC
               3.0 signal being aired on the facilities of a host station. The Commission will also include a note on a
               host station's license identifying any ATSC 1.0 or ATSC 3.0 guest signal(s) being aired on the
               facilities of the host station.

           (2) Application required. A Class A broadcaster must file an application (FCC Form 2100) with the
               Commission, and receive Commission approval, before:

                 (i)   Moving its ATSC 1.0 signal to the facilities of a host station, moving that signal from the
                       facilities of an existing host station to the facilities of a different host station, or discontinuing
                       an ATSC 1.0 guest signal;

                 (ii) Commencing the airing of an ATSC 3.0 signal on the facilities of a host station (that has already
                      converted to ATSC 3.0 operation), moving its ATSC 3.0 signal to the facilities of a different host
                      station, or discontinuing an ATSC 3.0 guest signal; or

                (iii) Converting its existing station to transmit an ATSC 3.0 signal or converting the station from
                      ATSC 3.0 back to ATSC 1.0 transmissions.

           (3) Streamlined process. With respect to an application in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, a Class A
               broadcaster may file only an application for modification of license provided no other changes are
               being requested in such application that would require the filing of an application for a construction
               permit as otherwise required by the rules (see, e.g., § 73.1690).

           (4) Host station. A host station must first make any necessary changes to its facilities before a guest
               station may file an application to air a 1.0 or 3.0 signal on such host.

           (5) Expedited processing. An application filed in accordance with the streamlined process in paragraph
               (f)(3) of this section will receive expedited processing provided, for stations requesting to air an
               ATSC signal on the facilities of a host station, the station will provide ATSC 1.0 service to at least 95
               percent of the predicted population within the noise limited service contour of its original ATSC 1.0
               facility.

           (6) Required information.

                 (i)   An application in paragraph (f)(2) of this section must include the following information:

                       (A) The station serving as the host, if applicable;

                       (B) The technical facilities of the host station, if applicable;

                       (C) The DMA of the originating broadcaster's facility and the DMA of the host station, if
                           applicable; and

                       (D) Any other information deemed necessary by the Commission to process the application.

                 (ii) If an application in paragraph (f)(2) of this section includes a request to air an ATSC 1.0 signal
                      on the facilities of a host station, the broadcaster must, in addition to the information in
                      paragraph (f)(6)(i), also indicate on the application:

47 CFR 73.6029(f)(6)(ii) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 545 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                  47 CFR 73.6029(f)(6)(ii)(A)
Radio Broadcast Services

                        (A) The predicted population within the protected contour served by the station's original ATSC
                            1.0 signal;

                        (B) The predicted population within the protected contour served by the station's original ATSC
                            1.0 signal that will lose the station's ATSC 1.0 service as a result of the simulcasting
                            arrangement, including identifying areas of service loss by providing a contour overlap
                            map; and

                        (C) Whether the ATSC 1.0 simulcast signal aired on the host station will serve at least 95
                            percent of the population in paragraph (f)(6)(ii)(A) of this section.

                (iii)

                        (A) If an application in paragraph (f)(2) of this section includes a request to air an ATSC 1.0
                            signal on the facilities of a host station and does not meet the 95 percent standard in
                            paragraph (f)(6)(ii) of this section, the application must contain, in addition to the
                            information in paragraphs (f)(6)(i) and (ii) of this section, the following information:

                             (1) Whether there is another possible host station(s) in the market that would result in
                                 less service loss to existing viewers and, if so, why the Next Gen TV broadcaster
                                 chose to partner with a host station creating a larger service loss;

                             (2) What steps, if any, the station plans to take to minimize the impact of the service loss
                                 (e.g., providing ATSC 3.0 dongles, set-top boxes, or gateway devices to viewers in the
                                 loss area); and

                             (3) The public interest benefits of the simulcasting arrangement and a showing of why
                                 the benefit(s) of granting the application would outweigh the harm(s).

                        (B) These applications will be considered on a case-by-case basis.

     (g) Consumer education for Next Gen TV stations.

           (1) Class A stations that relocate their ATSC 1.0 signals (e.g., moving to a host station's facilities,
               subsequently moving to a different host, or returning to its original facility) will be required to air daily
               Public Service Announcements (PSAs) or crawls every day for 30 days prior to the date that the
               stations will terminate ATSC 1.0 operations on their existing facilities. Stations that transition directly
               to ATSC 3.0 will be required to air daily PSAs or crawls every day for 30 days prior to the date that the
               stations will terminate ATSC 1.0 operations.

           (2) PSAs. Each PSA must be provided in the same language as a majority of the programming carried by
               the transitioning station and be closed-captioned.

           (3) Crawls. Each crawl must be provided in the same language as a majority of the programming carried
               by the transitioning station.

           (4) Content of PSAs or crawls. For stations relocating their ATSC 1.0 signals or transitioning directly to
               ATSC 3.0, each PSA or crawl must provide all pertinent information to consumers.

     (h) Notice to MVPDs.

           (1) Next Gen TV stations relocating their ATSC 1.0 signals (e.g., moving to a temporary host station's
               facilities, subsequently moving to a different host, or returning to its original facility) must provide
               notice to MVPDs that:

47 CFR 73.6029(h)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 546 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.6029(h)(1)(i)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (i)   No longer will be required to carry the station's ATSC 1.0 signal due to the relocation; or

                 (ii) Carry and will continue to be obligated to carry the station's ATSC 1.0 signal from the new
                      location.

           (2) The notice required by this section must contain the following information:

                 (i)   Date and time of any ATSC 1.0 channel changes;

                 (ii) The ATSC 1.0 channel occupied by the station before and after commencement of local
                      simulcasting;

                 (iii) Modification, if any, to antenna position, location, or power levels;

                 (iv) Stream identification information; and

                 (v) Engineering staff contact information.

           (3) If any of the information in paragraph (h)(2) of this section changes, an amended notification must
               be sent.

           (4)

                 (i)   Next Gen TV stations must provide notice as required by this section:

                       (A) At least 120 days in advance of relocating their ATSC 1.0 signals if the relocation occurs
                           during the post-incentive auction transition period; or

                       (B) At least 90 days in advance of relocating their ATSC 1.0 signals if the relocation occurs
                           after the post-incentive auction transition period.

                 (ii) If the anticipated date of the ATSC 1.0 signal relocation changes, the station must send a
                      further notice to affected MVPDs informing them of the new anticipated date.

           (5) Next Gen TV stations may choose whether to provide notice as required by this section either by a
               letter notification or electronically via email if the relevant MVPD agrees to receive such notices by
               email. Letter notifications to MVPDs must be sent by certified mail, return receipt requested to the
               MVPD's address in the FCC's Online Public Inspection File (OPIF), if the MVPD has an online file. For
               cable systems that do not have an online file, notices may be sent to the cable system's official
               address of record provided in the system's most recent filing in the FCC's Cable Operations and
               Licensing System (COALS). For MVPDs with no official address in OPIF or COALS, the letter must be
               sent to the MVPD's official corporate address registered with their State of incorporation.

[83 FR 5024, Feb. 2, 2018, as amended at 85 FR 43492, July 17, 2020; 88 FR 45367, July 17, 2023]

§ 73.6030 Low Power Protection Act.
     (a) Definitions. For purposes of the Low Power Protection Act, a low power television station's Designated
         Market Area (DMA) shall be defined as the DMA where its transmission facilities (i.e., the structure on
         which its antenna is mounted) are located. DMAs are determined by Nielsen Media Research. A low
         power television station shall be defined in accordance with § 74.701(k).

     (b) Eligibility requirements. In order to be eligible for Class A status under the Low Power Television
         Protection Act, low power television licensees must:

47 CFR 73.6030(b) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 547 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                   47 CFR 73.6030(b)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) Have been operating in a DMA with not more than 95,000 television households as of January 5,
               2023;

           (2) Have been broadcasting a minimum of 18 hours per day between October 7, 2022 and January 5,
               2023;

           (3) Have been broadcasting a minimum of at least three hours per week of locally produced
               programming between October 7, 2022 and January 5, 2023;

           (4) Have been operating in compliance with the Commission's requirements applicable to low power
               television stations between October 7, 2022 and January 5, 2023;

           (5) Be in compliance with the Commission's operating rules for full-power television stations from and
               after the date of its application for a Class A license; and

           (6) Demonstrate that the Class A station for which the license is sought will not cause any interference
               described in 47 U.S.C. 336(f)(7).

     (c) Application requirements. Applications for conversion to Class A status must be submitted using FCC
         Form 2100, Schedule F within one year beginning on the date on which the Commission issues notice that
         the rules implementing the Low Power Protection Act takes effect. The licensee will be required to submit,
         as part of its application, a statement concerning the station's operating schedule during the 90 days
         preceding January 5, 2023 and a list of locally produced programs aired during that time period. The
         applicant may also submit other documentation, or may be requested by Commission staff to submit
         other documentation, to support its certification that the licensee meets the eligibility requirements for a
         Class A license under the Low Power Protection Act.

     (d) Licensing requirements. A Class A television broadcast license will only be issued under the Low Power
         Protection Act to a low power television licensee that files an application for a Class A Television license
         (FCC Form 2100, Schedule F), which is granted by the Commission.

     (e) Service requirements. Stations that convert to Class A status pursuant to the Low Power Protection Act
         are required to meet the service requirements specified in § 73.6001(b) through (d) of this chapter for the
         term of their Class A license. In addition, such stations must remain in compliance with the programming
         and operational standards set forth in the Low Power Protection Act for the term of their Class A license.
         In addition, such stations must continue to operate in DMAs with not more than 95,000 television
         households in order to maintain their Class A status unless the population in the station's DMA later
         exceeds 95,000 television households through population growth, a change in the boundaries of a
         qualifying DMA such that the population of the DMA exceeds 95,000 television households, or the merger
         of a qualifying DMA into another DMA such that the combined DMA exceeds 95,000 television
         households. LPPA Class A stations will not be permitted to initiate a move to a different DMA with more
         than 95,000 television households at the time of the move and still retain their Class A status.

     (f) Other regulations. From and after the date of applying for Class A status under the Low Power Protection
         Act, stations must comply with the requirements applicable to Class A stations specified in subpart J of
         this part (§§ 73.6000 through 73.6029) and must continue to comply with such requirements for the term
         of their Class A license.

[89 FR 1477, Jan. 10, 2024]

47 CFR 73.6030(f) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 548 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.7000
Radio Broadcast Services

Subpart K—Application and Selection Procedures for Reserved Noncommercial Educational
Channels, and for Certain Applications for Noncommercial Educational Stations on Non-
Reserved Channels

Source: 65 FR 36380, June 8, 2000, unless otherwise noted.

§ 73.7000 Definition of terms (as used in subpart K only).
    Attributable interest. An interest of an applicant, its parent, subsidiaries, their officers, and members of their
           governing boards that would be cognizable under the standards in the notes to § 73.3555. Also an
           interest of an entity providing more than 33 percent of an applicant's equity and/or debt that also either

           (1) supplies more than 15% of the station's weekly programming, or

           (2) has an attributable interest pursuant to § 73.3555 in media in the same market.

    Established local applicant. An applicant that has, for at least the two years (24 months) immediately preceding
          application, met the definition of local applicant.

    Local applicant. An applicant physically headquartered, having a campus, or having 75% of board members
          residing within 25 miles of the reference coordinates for the community to be served, or a governmental
          entity within its area of jurisdiction.

    Near reservation lands. Those areas or communities adjacent or contiguous to reservation or other Trust lands
          which are designated by the Department of Interior's Commission of Indian Affairs upon recommendation
          of the Local Bureau of Indian Affairs Superintendent, which recommendation shall be based upon
          consultation with the tribal governing body of those reservations, as locales appropriate for the extension
          of financial assistance and/or social services on the basis of such general criteria as: Number of Indian
          people native to the reservation residing in the area; a written designation by the tribal governing body that
          members of their tribe and family members who are Indian residing in the area, are socially, culturally and
          economically affiliated with their tribe and reservation; geographical proximity of the area to the
          reservation and administrative feasibility of providing an adequate level of services to the area.

    Nonreserved (Unreserved) channels. Channels which are not reserved exclusively for noncommercial
         educational use, and for which commercial entities could thus be eligible to operate full power stations.
         Such channels appear without an asterisk designation in the FM Table of Allotments (§ 73.202) and TV
         Table of Allotments (§ 73.622(j)). In the event of a request to allocate a nonreserved channel as reserved
         pursuant to § 73.202(a) or § 73.622)(j), the channel remains classified as nonreserved until release of a
         Commission decision granting such request.

    On-air operations. Broadcast of program material to the public pursuant to Commission authority, generally
           beginning with program test authority, for periods of time that meet any required minimum operating
           schedule, e.g., § 73.561(a).

    Population. The number of people calculated using the most recent census block data provided by the United
          States Census Bureau.

    Reservations. Any federally recognized Indian tribe's reservation, pueblo or colony, including former reservations
          in Oklahoma, Alaska Native regions established pursuant to the Alaska Native Claims Settlements Act (85
          Stat. 688) and Indian allotments, for which a Tribe exercises regulatory jurisdiction.

47 CFR 73.7000 “Reservations” (enhanced display)                                                          page 549 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                          47 CFR 73.7000 “Reserved channels”
Radio Broadcast Services

    Reserved channels. Channels reserved exclusively for noncommercial educational use, whether by the portion of
          the spectrum in which they are located (i.e., FM channels 200 to 220) or by a case-by-case Commission
          allotment decision (channels that appear with an asterisk designation in the FM Table of Allotments (§
          73.202) or TV Table of Allotments (§ 73.622(j)).

    Tribe. Any Indian or Alaska Native tribe, band, nation, pueblo, village or community which is acknowledged by
           the federal government to constitute a government-to-government relationship with the United States and
           eligible for the programs and services established by the United States for Indians. See The Federally
           Recognized Indian Tribe List Act of 1994 (Indian Tribe Act), Public Law 103–454. 108 Stat. 4791 (1994)
           (the Secretary of the Interior is required to publish in the FEDERAL REGISTER an annual list of all Indian Tribes
           which the Secretary recognizes to be eligible for the special programs and services provided by the United
           States to Indians because of their status as Indians).

    Tribal applicant.

           (1) A Tribe or consortium of Tribes, or

           (2) An entity that is 51 percent or more owned or controlled by a Tribe or Tribes that occupy Tribal Lands
               that receive Tribal Coverage.

    Tribal coverage.

           (1) Coverage of a Tribal Applicant's or Tribal Applicants' Tribal Lands by at least 50 percent of a facility's
               60 dBu (1 mV/m) contour, or

           (2) The facility's 60 dBu (1 mV/m) contour—

                 (i)    Covers 50 percent or more of a Tribal Applicant's or Tribal Applicants' Tribal Lands,

                 (ii) Serves at least 2,000 people living on Tribal Lands, and

                (iii) The total population on Tribal Lands residing within the station's service contour constitutes at
                      least 50 percent of the total covered population. In neither paragraphs (1) nor (2) of this
                      definition may the applicant claim the priority if the proposed principal community contour
                      would cover more than 50 percent of the Tribal Lands of a non-applicant Tribe. To the extent
                      that Tribal Lands include fee lands not owned by Tribes or members of Tribes, the outer
                      boundaries of such lands shall delineate the coverage area, with no deduction of area for fee
                      lands not owned by Tribes or members of Tribes.

    Tribal lands. Both Reservations and Near reservation lands. This definition includes American Indian
           Reservations and Trust Lands, Tribal Jurisdiction Statistical Areas, Tribal Designated Statistical Areas,
           Hawaiian Homelands, and Alaska Native Village Statistical Areas, as well as the communities situated on
           such lands.

[65 FR 36380, June 8, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 15356, Mar. 19, 2001; 75 FR 9807, Mar. 4, 2010; 76 FR 18953, Apr. 6, 2011; 86
FR 66213, Nov. 22, 2021]

§ 73.7001 Services subject to evaluation by point system.
     (a) A point system will be used to evaluate mutually exclusive applications for new radio, television, and FM
         translator facilities, and for major changes to existing facilities, on reserved channels.

47 CFR 73.7001(a) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 550 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.7001(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (b) A point system will be used to evaluate mutually exclusive applications for new radio, television, and FM
         translator facilities, and for major changes to existing facilities, on non-reserved channels, only when all of
         the mutually exclusive applications are for noncommercial educational broadcast stations, as described
         in 47 U.S.C. 397(6)(A) or 47 U.S.C. 397(6)(B).

     (c) A point system will be used to evaluate mutually exclusive applications for new television translator and
         low power television facilities, and for major changes to existing facilities, only when all of the mutually
         exclusive applications are for noncommercial educational broadcast stations, as described in 47 U.S.C.
         397(6)(B).

[65 FR 36380, June 8, 2000, as amended at 68 FR 26229, May 15, 2003]

§ 73.7002 Fair distribution of service on reserved band FM channels.
     (a) If timely filed applications for full service stations on reserved FM channels are determined to be mutually
         exclusive, and will serve different communities, the Commission will first determine, as a threshold issue,
         whether grant of a particular application would substantially further the fair distribution of service goals
         enunciated in section 307(b) of the Communications Act, 47 U.S.C. 307(b).

     (b) In an analysis performed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, a full-service FM applicant that
         identifies itself as a Tribal Applicant, that proposes Tribal Coverage, and that proposes the first reserved
         channel NCE service owned by any Tribal Applicant at a community of license located on Tribal Lands, will
         be awarded a construction permit. If two or more full-service FM applicants identify themselves as Tribal
         Applicants and meet the above criteria, the applicant providing the most people with reserved channel
         NCE service to Tribal Lands will be awarded a construction permit, regardless of the magnitude of the
         superior service or the populations of the communities of license proposed, if different. If two or more
         full-service FM applicants identifying themselves as Tribal Applicants each meet the above criteria and
         propose identical levels of NCE aural service to Tribal Lands, only those applicants shall proceed to be
         considered together in a point system analysis. In an analysis performed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this
         section that does not include a Tribal Applicant, a full service FM applicant that will provide the first or
         second reserved channel noncommercial educational (NCE) aural signal received by at least 10% of the
         population within the station's 60dBu (1mV/m) service contours will be considered to substantially further
         fair distribution of service goals and to be superior to mutually exclusive applicants not proposing that
         level of service, provided that such service to fewer than 2,000 people will be considered insignificant.
         First service to 2,000 or more people will be considered superior to second service to a population of any
         size. If only one applicant will provide such first or second service, that applicant will be selected as a
         threshold matter. If more than one applicant will provide an equivalent level (first or second) of NCE aural
         service, the size of the population to receive such service from the mutually exclusive applicants will be
         compared. The applicant providing the most people with the highest level of service will be awarded a
         construction permit, if it will provide such service to 5,000 or more people than the next best applicant. If
         none of the applicants in a mutually exclusive group would substantially further fair distribution goals, all
         applicants will proceed to examination under a point system. If two or more applicants will provide the
         same level of service to an equivalent number of people (differing by less than 5,000), only those
         equivalent applicants will be considered together in a point system.

     (c)

47 CFR 73.7002(c) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 551 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.7002(c)(1)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (1) For a period of four years of on-air operations, an applicant receiving a decisive preference pursuant
               to this section is required to construct and operate technical facilities substantially as proposed.
               During this period, such applicant may make minor modifications to its authorized facilities, provided
               that either:

                 (i)   The modification does not downgrade service to the area on which the preference was based;
                       or

                 (ii) Any potential loss of first and second NCE service is offset by at least equal first and,
                      separately, combined first and second NCE service population gain(s), and the applicant would
                      continue to qualify for a decisive Section 307(b) preference.

           (2) Additionally, for a period beginning from the award of a construction permit through four years of on-
               air operations, a Tribal Applicant receiving a decisive preference pursuant to this section may not:

                 (i)   Assign or transfer the authorization except to another party that qualifies as a Tribal Applicant;

                 (ii) Change the facility's community of license; or

                (iii) Effect a technical change that would cause the facility to provide less than full Tribal Coverage.

[65 FR 36380, June 8, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 15356, Mar. 19, 2001; 75 FR 9807, Mar. 4, 2010; 85 FR 7891, Feb. 12, 2020]

§ 73.7003 Point system selection procedures.
     (a) If timely filed applications for reserved FM channels or reserved TV channels are determined to be
         mutually exclusive, applications will be processed and assessed points to determine the tentative
         selectee for the particular channels. The tentative selectee will be the applicant with the highest point
         total under the procedure set forth in this section, and will be awarded the requested permit if the
         Commission determines that an award will serve the public interest, convenience, and necessity.

     (b) Based on information provided in each application, each applicant will be awarded a predetermined
         number of points under the criteria listed:

           (1) Established local applicant. Three points for local applicants, as defined in § 73.7000, who have been
               local continuously for no fewer than the two years (24 months) immediately prior to the application
               filing.

           (2) Local diversity of ownership. Two points for applicants with no attributable interests, as defined in §
               73.7000, in any other broadcast station or authorized construction permit (comparing radio to radio
               and television to television) whose principal community (city grade) contour overlaps that of the
               proposed station. The principal community (city grade) contour is the 5 mV/m for AM stations, the
               3.16 mV/m for FM stations calculated in accordance with § 73.313(c), and the contour identified in §
               73.685(a) for TV. Radio applicants will count commercial and noncommercial AM, FM, and FM
               translator stations other than fill-in stations. Television applicants will count UHF, VHF, and Class A
               stations.

           (3) State-wide network. Two points for an applicant that does not qualify for the credit for local diversity
               of ownership, if it is:

47 CFR 73.7003(b)(3) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 552 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.7003(b)(3)(i)
Radio Broadcast Services

                 (i)   An entity, public or private, with authority over a minimum of 50 accredited full-time elementary
                       and/or secondary schools within a single state, encompassed by the combined primary service
                       contours of the proposed station and its existing station(s), if the existing station(s) are
                       regularly providing programming to the schools in furtherance of the school curriculum and the
                       proposed station will increase the number of schools it will regularly serve; or

                 (ii) An accredited public or private institution of higher learning with a minimum of five full time
                      campuses within a single state encompassed by the combined primary service contours of the
                      proposed station and its existing station(s), if the existing station(s) are regularly providing
                      programming to campuses in furtherance of their curriculum and the proposed station will
                      increase the number of campuses it will regularly serve; or

                (iii) An organization, public or private, with or without direct authority over schools, that will regularly
                      provide programming for and in coordination with an entity described in paragraph (b)(3) (i) or
                      (ii) of this section for use in the school curriculum.

                (iv) No entity may claim both the diversity credit and the state-wide network credit in any particular
                     application.

           (4) Technical parameters. One point to the applicant covering the largest geographic area and
               population with its relevant contour (60 dBu for FM and Grade B for TV), provided that the applicant
               covers both a ten percent greater area and a ten percent greater population than the applicant with
               the next best technical proposal. The top applicant will receive two points instead of one point if its
               technical proposal covers both a 25 percent greater area and 25 percent greater population than the
               next best technical proposal.)

     (c) If the best qualified (highest scoring) two or more applicants have the same point accumulation, the
         tentative selectee will be determined by a tie-breaker mechanism as follows:

           (1) Tie breaker 1. Each applicant's number of attributable existing authorizations (licenses and
               construction permits, commercial and noncommercial) in the same service (radio or television)
               nationally, as of the time of application shall be compared, and the applicant with the fewest
               authorizations will be chosen as tentative selectee. Radio applicants will count commercial and
               noncommercial AM, FM, and FM translator stations other than fill-in stations. Television applicants
               will count UHF, VHF, and Class A stations.

           (2) Tie breaker 2. If a tie remains after the tie breaker in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the tentative
               selectee will be the remaining applicant with the fewest pending new and major change applications
               in the same service at the time of filing.

           (3) Tie breaker 3. If a tie remains after the tie breaker in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the tentative
               selectee will be the remaining applicant that can demonstrate that:

                 (i)   It applied in a previous filing window, and had its application accepted for filing and processed,
                       but subsequently dismissed in favor of an applicant with superior points or a tie-breaker
                       showing;

                 (ii) It has been in continuous existence at all times from the date of that previous filing until the
                      present; and

                (iii) It does not hold any NCE construction permit or license.

47 CFR 73.7003(c)(3)(iii) (enhanced display)                                                                page 553 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                     47 CFR 73.7003(c)(4)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (4) Voluntary time-sharing. If a tie remains after the tie breaker in paragraph (c)(3) of this section, each
               of the remaining tied, mutually exclusive applicants will be identified as a tentative selectee and
               must electronically submit, within 90-days from the release of the public notice or order announcing
               the remaining tie, any voluntary time-share agreement. Voluntary time-share agreements must be in
               writing, signed by each time-share proponent, and specify the proposed hours of operation of each
               time-share proponent.

           (5) Mandatory time-sharing. If a tie among mutually exclusive applications is not resolved through
               voluntary time-sharing in accordance with paragraph (c)(4) of this section, the tied applications will
               be reviewed for acceptability. Applicants with tied, grantable applications will be eligible for equal,
               concurrent, non-renewable license terms.

                 (i)   If a mutually exclusive group has three or fewer tied, grantable applications, the Commission
                       will simultaneously grant these applications, assigning an equal number of hours per week to
                       each applicant. The Commission will require each applicant subject to mandatory time-sharing
                       to simultaneously and confidentially submit their preferred time slots to the Commission. If
                       there are only two tied, grantable applications, the applicants must select between the following
                       12-hour time slots: 3 a.m.–2:59 p.m., or 3 p.m.–2:59 a.m. If there are three tied, grantable
                       applications, each applicant must rank their preference for the following 8-hour time slots: 2
                       a.m.–9:59 a.m., 10 a.m.–5:59 p.m., and 6 p.m.–1:59 a.m. The Commission will require the
                       applicants to certify that they did not collude with any other applicants in the selection of time
                       slots. The Commission will give preference to the applicant that has been local, as defined in §
                       73.7000, for the longest uninterrupted period of time. In the event an applicant neglects to
                       designate its preferred time slots, staff will select a time slot for that applicant.

                 (ii) Groups of more than three tied, grantable applications will not be eligible for licensing under
                      this section. Where such groups exist, the Commission will dismiss all but the applications of
                      the three applicants that have been local, as defined in § 73.7000, for the longest uninterrupted
                      periods of time. The Commission will then process the remaining applications as set forth in
                      paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section.

     (d) Settlements. At any time during this process, the applicants may advise the Commission that they are
         negotiating or have reached settlement, and the Commission will withhold further comparative
         processing for a reasonable period upon such notification. Settlement may include an agreement to share
         time on the channel voluntarily or other arrangement in compliance with Commission rules. Parties to a
         settlement shall comply with § 73.3525, limiting any monetary payment to the applicant's reasonable and
         prudent expenses.

     (e) For applications filed after April 21, 2000, an applicant's maximum qualifications are established at the
         time of application and will be reduced for any post-application changes that negatively affect any
         evaluation criterion.

     (f) For applications filed on or before April 21, 2000, an applicant's maximum qualifications are established
         as of the relevant date listed in paragraph (f)(1), (2), or (3) of this section. After the relevant date for
         determining an applicant's maximum points, points will be reduced for any changes that negatively affect
         any evaluation criterion. Applicants will establish their qualifications according to the following:

           (1) If the applicant is in a group for which a “B” cut-off notice issued prior to April 21, 2000 its maximum
               non-technical qualifications are established as of the date by which applicants must supplement
               their applications to supply point information, and its maximum technical qualifications are
               established as of the date of the “B” cut-off notice;

47 CFR 73.7003(f)(1) (enhanced display)                                                                   page 554 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.7003(f)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

           (2) If the applicant is in a group for which an “A” cut-off notice issued prior to April 21, 2000 but for which
               no “B” cut-off notice issued, its maximum non-technical qualifications are established as of the date
               by which applicants must supplement their applications to supply point information, and its
               maximum technical qualifications are established as of April 21, 2000;

           (3) If the applicant was neither placed on an “A” cut-off list prior to April 21, 2000 nor filed in response to
               such an “A” cut-off list, it is subject to competition from applications filed within the first filing
               window, and its maximum technical and non-technical qualifications will be determined as of the
               close of the first filing window.

[65 FR 36380, June 8, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 15356, Mar. 19, 2001; 85 FR 7891, Feb. 12, 2020]

§ 73.7004 Petitions to deny tentative selectee(s).
     (a) For mutually exclusive applicants subject to the selection procedures in subpart K of this part, Petitions to
         Deny will be accepted only against the tentative selectee(s).

     (b) Within thirty (30) days following the issuance of a public notice announcing the tentative selection of an
         applicant through fair distribution (§ 73.7002) or point system (§ 73.7003) procedures, petitions to deny
         that application may be filed. Any such petitions must contain allegations of fact supported by affidavit of
         a person or persons with personal knowledge thereof.

     (c) An applicant may file an opposition to any petition to deny, and the petitioner a reply to such opposition.
         Allegations of fact or denials thereof must be supported by affidavit of a person or persons with personal
         knowledge thereof. The time for filing such oppositions shall be 10 days from the filing date for petitions
         to deny, and the time for filing replies shall be 5 days from the filing date for oppositions.

     (d) If the Commission denies or dismisses all petitions to deny, if any are filed, and is otherwise satisfied that
         an applicant is qualified, the application will be granted. If the Commission determines that the points
         originally claimed were higher than permitted, but that there is no substantial and material question of
         fact of applicant qualifications, it will compare the revised point tally of the tentative selectee to the other
         mutually exclusive applicants and, either grant the original application or announce a new tentative
         selectee, as appropriate. If an applicant is found unqualified, the application shall be denied, and the
         applicant(s) with the next highest point tally named as the new tentative selectee.

§ 73.7005 Maintenance of comparative qualifications.
     (a) Assignments/Transfers. NCE stations awarded by use of the point system in § 73.7003 shall be subject to
         a holding period. From the grant of the construction permit and continuing until the facility has achieved
         four years of on-air operations, an applicant proposing to assign or transfer the construction permit/
         license to another party will be required to demonstrate the following two factors: that the proposed buyer
         would qualify for the same number of or greater points as the assignor or transferor originally received;
         and that consideration received and/or promised does not exceed the assignor's or transferor's legitimate
         and prudent expenses. For purposes of this section, legitimate and prudent expenses are those expenses
         reasonably incurred by the assignor or transferor in obtaining and constructing the station (e.g., expenses
         in preparing an application, in obtaining and installing broadcast equipment to be assigned or transferred,
         etc.). Costs incurred in operating the station are not recoverable (e.g., rent, salaries, utilities, music
         licensing fees, etc.). Any successive applicants proposing to assign or transfer the construction permit/
         license prior to the end of the aforementioned holding period will be required to make the same
         demonstrations.

47 CFR 73.7005(a) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 555 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 73.7005(b)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (b) Technical. In accordance with the provisions of § 73.7002, for a period of four years of on-air operations,
         an NCE FM applicant receiving a decisive preference for fair distribution of service is required to construct
         and operate technical facilities substantially as proposed. During this period, such applicant may make
         minor modifications to its authorized facilities, provided that either:

           (1) The modification does not downgrade service to the area on which the preference was based; or

           (2) Any potential loss of first and second NCE service is offset by at least equal first and, separately,
               combined first and second NCE service population gain(s).

     (c) Point system criteria. Any applicant selected based on the point system (§ 73.7003) must maintain the
         characteristics for which it received points for a period of time commencing with the grant of the
         construction permit and continuing until the station has achieved at least four years of on-air operations.
         During this time, any applicant receiving points for diversity of ownership (§ 73.7003(b)(2)) and selected
         through the point system, is prohibited from:

           (1) Acquiring any commercial or noncommercial AM, FM, or non-fill-in FM translator station which would
               overlap the principal community (city grade) contour of its NCE FM station received through the
               award of diversity points;

           (2) Acquiring any UHF, VHF, or Class A television station which would overlap the principal community
               (city grade) contour of its NCE television station received through the award of diversity points;

           (3) Proposing any modification to its NCE FM station received through the award of diversity points
               which would create overlap of the principal community (city grade) contour of such station with any
               attributable authorized commercial or noncommercial AM, FM, or non-fill-in FM translator station;

           (4) Proposing any modification to its NCE television station received through the award of diversity
               points which would create overlap of the principal community (city grade) contour of such station
               with any attributable authorized UHF, VHF, or Class A television station;

           (5) Proposing modifications to any attributable commercial or noncommercial AM, FM, or non-fill-in FM
               translator station which would create overlap with the principal community (city grade) contour of its
               NCE FM station received through the award of diversity points; and

           (6) Proposing modifications to any attributable UHF, VHF, or Class A television station which would
               create overlap with the principal community (city grade) contour of its NCE television station
               received through the award of diversity points. This restriction applies to the applicant itself, any
               parties to the application, and any party that acquires an attributable interest in the permittee or
               licensee during this time period.

     (d) Non-comparative permits. The holding period in this section does not apply to construction permits that
         are awarded on a non-comparative basis, such as those awarded to non-mutually exclusive applicants or
         through settlement.

[65 FR 36380, June 8, 2000, as amended at 85 FR 7891, Feb. 12, 2020]

Subpart L—Incorporated Standards

Source: 76 FR 62642, Oct. 11, 2011, unless otherwise noted.

47 CFR 73.7005(d) (enhanced display)                                                                      page 556 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                         47 CFR 73.8000
Radio Broadcast Services

§ 73.8000 Incorporation by reference.

Link to an amendment published at 89 FR 7264, Feb. 1, 2024.

     (a) The materials listed in this section are incorporated by reference in this part. These incorporations by
         reference were approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1
         CFR part 51. These materials are incorporated as they exist on the date of the approval, and notice of any
         change in these materials will be published in the FEDERAL REGISTER. The materials are available for
         inspection at the Federal Communications Commission's Reference Information Center, located at the
         address of the FCC's main office indicated in 47 CFR 0.401(a), and at the National Archives and Records
         Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202–741–6030,
         or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.

     (b) The following materials are available from Advanced Television Systems Committee (ATSC), 1776 K
         Street NW., 8th Floor, Washington, DC 20006; or at the ATSC Web site: http://www.atsc.org/standards.html.

           (1) ATSC A/52: “ATSC Standard Digital Audio Compression (AC–3),” 1995, IBR approved for § 73.682.

           (2) ATSC A/53 Parts 1–4 and 6: 2007 “ATSC Digital Television Standard,” (January 3, 2007) and ATSC A/
               53 Part 5: 2010 “ATSC Digital Television Standard: Part 5—AC–3 Audio System Characteristic,” (July
               6, 2010), as listed below:

                 (i)   A/53, Part 1:2007, “Digital Television System” (January 3, 2007), IBR approved for § 73.682.

                 (ii) A/53, Part 2:2007, “RF/Transmission System Characteristics” (January 3, 2007), IBR approved
                      for § 73.682.

                (iii) A/53, Part 3:2007, “Service Multiplex and Transport Subsystem Characteristics” (January 3,
                      2007), IBR approved for § 73.682.

                (iv) A/53, Part 4:2007, “MPEG–2 Video System Characteristics” (January 3, 2007), IBR approved for
                     § 73.682, except for § 6.1.2 of A/53 Part 4: 2007, and the phrase “see Table 6.2” in section 6.1.1
                     Table 6.1 and section 6.1.3 Table 6.3.

                 (v) A/53, Part 5: 2010, “AC–3 Audio System Characteristics” (July 6, 2010), IBR approved for §
                     73.682.

                (vi) A/53, Part 6:2007, “Enhanced AC–3 Audio System Characteristics” (January 3, 2007), IBR
                     approved for § 73.682.

           (3) [Reserved]

           (4) ATSC A/65C: “ATSC Program and System Information Protocol for Terrestrial Broadcast and Cable,
               Revision C With Amendment No. 1 dated May 9, 2006,” (January 2, 2006), IBR approved for §§
               73.682.

           (5) ATSC A/85:2013 “ATSC Recommended Practice: Techniques for Establishing and Maintaining Audio
               Loudness for Digital Television,” (March 12, 2013) (“ATSC A/85 RP”), IBR approved for § 73.682.

           (6) ATSC A/321:2016, “System Discovery and Signaling” (March 23, 2016), IBR approved for § 73.682.

           (7) ATSC A/322:2017 “Physical Layer Protocol” (June 6, 2017), IBR approved for § 73.682.

     (c) [Reserved]

47 CFR 73.8000(c) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 557 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 73.8000(d)
Radio Broadcast Services

     (d) The following materials are available at the Federal Communications Commission's Reference
         Information Center, located at the address of the FCC's main office indicated in 47 CFR 0.401(a), or at the
         FCC's Office of Engineering and Technology (OET) website: http://www.fcc.gov/oet/info/documents/
         bulletins/.

           (1) OET Bulletin No. 69: “Longley-Rice Methodology for Evaluating TV Coverage and Interference”
               (February 6, 2004), IBR approved for § 73.616.

           (2) [Reserved]

[76 FR 62642, Oct. 11, 2011, as amended at 76 FR 55604, Sept. 8, 2011; 77 FR 40299, July 9, 2012; 79 FR 51113, Aug. 27, 2014;
83 FR 5026, Feb. 2, 2018; 85 FR 64408, Oct. 12, 2020]

Alphabetical Index—Part 73

Rules Apply to All Services, AM, FM, and TV, Unless Indicated as Pertaining to
                              a Specific Service

[Policies of FCC are indicated (*)]

                                       A
 Acceptability of broadcast transmitters                                         73.1660
 Access, Prime time (TV)                                                         73.658
 Action on applications                                                          73.3591–73.3605
 Adjacent channel and co-channel stations, Minimum mileage, separation
 between—
    FM                                                                           73.207
    NCE-FM                                                                       73.507
 Administrative changes in authorizations—
    FM                                                                           73.212
    TV                                                                           73.615
 Advertising—
    Refusal to sell                                                              73.4005 (*)
    Sponsorship identification                                                   73.1212
         See also “Commercial” listings.
 Affiliation agreements and network program practices; territorial exclusivity   73.658
 in non-network program arrangements (TV)
 Affiliation agreements, Networks/stations
    AM                                                                           73.132, 73.3613, 73.4154
                                                                                 (*)
    FM                                                                           73.232, 73.3613, 73.4154
                                                                                 (*)
    TV                                                                           73.658, 73.3613
 Agreement, United States-Mexico FM broadcast, Channel assignments               73.504
 under (NCE-FM)

47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                        page 558 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                              47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

 Agreements, International broadcasting                                         73.1650
 Alarm and monitoring points, Automatic transmission system—
    AM                                                                          73.146
    FM                                                                          73.346
    NCE-FM                                                                      73.546
 Allocation, Engineering standards of (AM)                                      73.182
 Allocation, Field strength measurements in; establishment of effective field   73.186
 at one mile (AM)
 Allotments, Table of (FM)                                                      73.202
 AM antenna systems                                                             73.45
 AM broadcast channels, Classes of                                              73.21, 73.23, 73.25, 73.26,
                                                                                73.27, 73.29
 AM definitions                                                                 73.14
 AM directional antenna field measurements                                      73.61
 AM: Scope of subpart                                                           73.1
 AM stereophonic broadcasting                                                   73.128
 AM transmission system emission limitations                                    73.44
 AM transmission system fencing requirements                                    73.49
 Amendments—
    Major/minor: Renewal, assignment, transfer                                  73.3578
    Matter of right                                                             73.3522
    Procedures                                                                  73.3513
 Ammeters, antenna and common point, Remote reading (AM)                        73.57
 Announcements required—
    Designation of application for hearing                                      73.3594
    Donor                                                                       73.503, 73.621, 73.1212
    Filing of broadcast applications                                            73.3580
    Sponsorship                                                                 73.1212
    Station I.D                                                                 73.1201
 Antenna base fences, (AM)                                                      73.49
 Antenna, directional, Field measurements (AM)                                  73.61
 Antenna, directional, Field strength measurements to establish performance     73.151
 of (AM)
 Antenna height and Power requirements—
    FM                                                                          73.211
    NCE-FM                                                                      73.511
    TV                                                                          73.614
 Antenna heights, Minimum, or field strength requirements (AM)                  73.189
 Antenna monitors (AM)                                                          73.69
 Antenna monitors, Requirements for authorization of (AM)                       73.53
 Antenna monitors, Sampling system for (AM)                                     73.68
 Antenna resistance and reactance; measurements (AM)                            73.54

47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                           page 559 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                              47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

 Antenna site, Use of common—
    FM                                                          73.239
    TV                                                          73.635
 Antenna testing during daytime (AM)                            73.157
 Antenna structure, marking and lighting                        73.1213
 Antenna system tolerances, Directional (AM)                    73.62
 Antenna system; Transmitter location (TV)                      73.685
 Antenna systems—
    AM                                                          73.45
    FM                                                          73.316
    NCE-FM                                                      73.510
    TV                                                          73.685
 Antenna systems, Directional (AM)                              73.150
 Antennas, Auxiliary                                            73.1675
 Antennas, Emergency                                            73.1680
 Application and report forms                                   73.3500
 Applications—
    Acceptance                                                  73.3564
    Agreements for Conflict removal                             73.3525
    AM station processing                                       73.3571
    Amendment of                                                73.3522
    AM and FM construction permits, incomplete or defective     73.4015 (*)
    Amendments, renewal and assignment or transfer of control   73.3578
    Assign or transfer unbuilt facility                         73.3535
    Assignment, Involuntary                                     73.3540
    Assignment, Voluntary                                       73.3540
    Call signs                                                  73.3550
    Conflicting                                                 73.3518
    Conflicts: other North American countries                   73.3570
    Commission action required                                  73.3561
    Commission action not required                              73.3562
    Construction period                                         73.3598
    Construction permit extension                               73.3534
    Construction permit forfeiture                              73.3599
    Contingent applications                                     73.3517
    Content                                                     73.3514
    Copies, number of; when to file                             73.3512
    Defective                                                   73.3566
    Designation for hearing                                     73.3593
    Designation for hearing, public notice                      73.3594
    Dismissal                                                   73.3568

47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2) (enhanced display)                                           page 560 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                           47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

    Emergency authorization                                                  73.3542
    Existing station changes                                                 73.3538
    Facilities specifications                                                73.3516
    Filing location; number of copies                                        73.3512
    FM, FM translator processing                                             73.3573
    FM stations, Commercial                                                  73.4017 (*)
    Forfeiture, construction permit                                          73.3599
    Formal; informal                                                         73.3511
    Grant, Conditional                                                       73.3592
    Grants without hearing                                                   73.3591
    Hearing designation                                                      73.3593
    Hearing status retention                                                 73.3605
    Inconsistent                                                             73.3518
    Informal; Formal                                                         73.3511
    International station processing                                         73.3574
    License                                                                  73.3536
    Modification and simultaneous renewal of license                         73.3601
    Modify authorized-unbuilt facility                                       73.3535
    Modified station license                                                 73.3544
    Multiple                                                                 73.3520
    Mutually exclusive applications for LPTV and TV translator and booster   73.3521
    stations
    Objections, informal, Filing of                                          73.3587
    Operation during repair of defective, required equipment                 73.3549
    Petitions to deny                                                        73.3584
    Program delivery to foreign stations                                     73.3545
    Public notice, Designation for hearing                                   73.3594
    Public notice of filing                                                  73.3580
    Renewal                                                                  73.3539
    Renewal and simultaneous modification of license                         73.3601
    Repetitious                                                              73.3519
    Replacement of construction permit                                       73.3534
    Rounding of nominal power on (AM)                                        73.31
    Signing of                                                               73.3513
    Special service authorizations                                           73.3543
    Specification of facilities                                              73.3516
    Temporary authorization                                                  73.3542
    Transfer and assignment procedures                                       73.3597
    Transfer of control, Involuntary                                         73.3541
    Transfer of control, Voluntary                                           73.3540
    Transfer or assign unbuilt facility                                      73.3535

47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2) (enhanced display)                                                         page 561 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                   47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

    TV, LPTV, translator and TV booster processing                   73.3572
    Unbuilt facilities: modify, assign or transfer                   73.3535
    Use of former main antenna as auxiliary                          73.3534
    Waiver procedure                                                 73.3603
 Applications for broadcast facilities, showing required (AM)        73.37
 Assignment, FM Increasing availability of                           73.4107 (*)
 Assignment of stations to channels (AM)                             73.28
 Assignment policies and procedures, FM                              73.4104 (*)
 Assignments, Table of—
    FM                                                               73.202
    NCE-FM                                                           73.501
    TV                                                               73.606
 Assignments, Channel, under the United States-Mexico—FM Broadcast   73.504
 Agreement (NCE-FM)
 ATS-Automatic transmission system                                   73.1500
 Attacks, Personal                                                   73.1920
 Aural and visual TV transmitters, Operation of                      73.653
 Aural baseband subcarriers, TV                                      73.665
 Authorization of antenna monitors, Requirements for                 73.53
 Authorization, Administrative changes in—
    FM                                                               73.212
    TV                                                               73.615
 Authorizations, Experimental                                        73.1510
 Authorizations, Remote Control                                      73.1400
 Authorizations, Special Field test                                  73.1515
 Authorizations, Special temporary (STA)                             73.1635
 Automatic transmission system (ATS)                                 73.1500
 Auxiliary antennas                                                  73.1675
 Auxiliary transmitters                                              73.1670
 Availability of channels—
    FM                                                               73.203
    TV                                                               73.607
 Availability to FCC of station logs and records                     73.1226
                                        B
 Barter agreements                                                   73.4045 (*)
 Baseband subcarriers, Aural, TV                                     73.665
 Blanketing interference—
    AM                                                               73.88
    FM                                                               73.318
 Broadcast channels and stations, Classes of (AM)                    73.21, 73.22, 73.25, 73.26,
                                                                     73.27, 73.29

47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                page 562 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                        47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

 Broadcast day (definition)                                               73.1700
 Broadcast facilities authorizations; showing required (AM)               73.24
 Broadcast facilities, showing required for applications (AM)             73.37
 Broadcast of FAA communications                                          73.4102 (*)
 Broadcast of lottery information                                         73.1211
 Broadcast of taped, filmed or recorded material                          73.1208
 Broadcast of telephone conversation                                      73.1206
 Broadcast transmitters, Acceptability of                                 73.1660
 Broadcasting agreements, International                                   73.1650
 Broadcasting emergency information                                       73.1250
 Broadcasting, Stereophonic—
    FM                                                                    73.297
    NCE-FM                                                                73.596
 Broadcasts by candidates for public office                               73.1940
                                         C
 Call letters—requests and assignments                                    73.3550
 Candidates for public office, Broadcast by                               73.1940
 Carrier frequency departure tolerances                                   73.1545
 Carrier frequency measurements                                           73.1540
 Certification of financial qualifications                                73.4099(*)
 Changes in authorizations, Administrative—
    FM                                                                    73.212
    TV                                                                    73.615
 Channel assignments under the United States-Mexico Broadcast Agreement   73.504
 (NCE-FM)
 Channels and stations, Classes of AM Broadcast                           73.21, 73.22, 73.25, 73.26,
                                                                          73.27, 73.29
 Channel 6 Protection (NCE-FM)                                            73.525
 Channels, Assignment of stations to (AM)                                 73.28
 Channels available for assignment (NCE-FM)                               73.501
 Channels, Availability of—
    FM                                                                    73.203
    TV                                                                    73.607
 Channels, Classes of Educational, and stations operating thereon         73.506
 Channels, FM broadcast, Numerical designation of                         73.201
 Channels, Restriction on use of (FM)                                     73.220
 Channels, TV, Numerical designation of                                   73.603
 Channels, unreserved, Noncommercial educational broadcast stations,      73.513
 operating on (NCE-FM)
 Character evaluation of broadcast applicants                             73.4280 (*)
 Charts, Engineering—
    AM                                                                    73.190

47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                     page 563 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                               47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

    FM                                                           73.333
    TV                                                           73.699
 Charts, Groundwave field strength (AM)                          73.184
 Chief operators                                                 73.1870
 Children's TV programs                                          73.4050 (*)
 Cigarette advertising                                           73.4055 (*)
 Citizen agreements                                              73.4060 (*)
 Classes of AM broadcast channels and stations                   73.21, 73.22, 73.25, 73.26,
                                                                 73.27, 73.29
 Classes of noncommercial educational FM Stations and channels   73.506
 Classes of stations; power and antenna height requirements      73.211
 Classified ads                                                  73.1212
 Co-channel and adjacent channel stations, Minimum separation—
    FM                                                           73.207
    NCE-FM                                                       73.507
 Combination advertising rates; joint sales practices            73.4065 (*)
 Commercials Loud                                                73.4075 (*)
    See Also “Advertising” listings.
 Common antenna site, use of—
    FM                                                           73.239
    TV                                                           73.635
 Common point, and antenna ammeters, Remote reading (AM)         73.57
 Communications services, Subsidiary—
    FM                                                           73.295
    NCE-FM                                                       73.593
    TV                                                           73.667
 Comparative broadcast hearings—specialized formats(*)           73.4082
 Computation of interfering signal (AM)                          73.185
 Computations, Reference points and distance—
    FM                                                           73.208
    TV                                                           73.611
 Construction Near or Installation On an AM Tower                73.1692
 Construction period                                             73.3598
 Construction permit, forfeited                                  73.3599
 Contests, License-Conducted                                     73.1216
 Contours, Field strength—
    FM                                                           73.311
    TV                                                           73.683
 Contracts, Filing of                                            73.3613
 Coverage, Prediction of—
    FM                                                           73.313

47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2) (enhanced display)                                                            page 564 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                         47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

    TV                                                                     73.684
 Cross reference to rules in other Parts                                   73.1010
                                         D
 Day, Broadcast (definition)                                               73.1700
 Daylight Savings time                                                     73.1209
 Daytime (definition)                                                      73.1720
 Daytime radiation, Limitation on (AM)                                     73.187
 Definitions, Subscription TV                                              73.641
 Definitions, Technical—
    AM                                                                     73.14
    FM                                                                     73.310
    TV                                                                     73.681
 Deny, Petitions to                                                        73.3584
 Determining operating power—
    AM                                                                     73.51
    FM                                                                     73.267
    NCE-FM                                                                 73.567
    TV                                                                     73.663
 Direct broadcast satellites                                               73.4091 (*)
 Directional antenna field measurements (AM)                               73.61
 Directional antenna system tolerances (AM)                                73.62
 Directional antennas, Field strength measurements to establish performance 73.151
 of (AM)
 Directional antenna data, Modification of (AM)                            73.152
 Directional antenna monitoring points (AM)                                73.158
 Directional antenna systems (AM)                                          73.150
 Discontinuance of operation                                               73.1750
 Distance and Reference points, computations of—
    FM                                                                     73.208
    TV                                                                     73.611
 Distance separations, Minimum, between stations—
    FM                                                                     73.207
    NCE-FM                                                                 73.507
    TV                                                                     73.610
 Distress sales and tax certificates, Minority ownership                   73.4140*
 Doctrine, Fairness                                                        73.1910
 Dolbey encoder                                                            73.4094 (*)
 Donor announcements (NCE-FM)                                              73.503
 Double billing                                                            73.1205
 Drug lyrics                                                               73.4095 (*)
 Dual-language broadcasting in Puerto Rico, TV/FM                          73.1210

47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2) (enhanced display)                                                      page 565 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                          47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

                                       E
 EAS (Emergency Alert System                                              11.1–11.62
 EAS signal test-automated systems                                        73.4097(*)
 Editorials, Political                                                    73.1930
 Educational, Noncommercial FM stations on unreserved channels (NCE-FM)   73.513
 Educational stations, Noncommercial (TV)                                 73.621
 Effective field at one kilometer, Establishment of (AM)                  73.186
 Emergency antennas                                                       73.1680
 Emergency Broadcast System (EBS)                                         73.901–73.962
 Emergency Alert System (EAS)                                             11.1–11.62
 Emission limitations, AM transmission system                             73.44
 Employment opportunities, Equal                                          73.2080
 Employment report                                                        73.3612
 Engineering charts—
     AM                                                                   73.190
     FM                                                                   73.333
     TV                                                                   73.699
 Engineering standards of allocation (AM)                                 73.182
 Engineering, Standards of good practice NCR-FM                           73.508
 Equal employment opportunities                                           73.2080
 Equipment performance measurements                                       73.1590
 Equipment tests                                                          73.1610
 Establishment of effective field at one kilometer (AM)                   73.186
 Evaluation of broadcast applicant character                              73.4280 (*)
 Exclusivity, Territorial (Network)—
     AM                                                                   73.132
     FM                                                                   73.232
     TV                                                                   73.658
 Experimental authorizations                                              73.1510
 Experimental period, Operating during the (AM)                           73.72
 Extension meters                                                         73.1550
                                       F
 FAA communications, Broadcast of                                         73.4102 (*)
 Facilities, Automatic transmission system—
     AM                                                                   73.142
     FM                                                                   73.342
     NCE-FM                                                               73.542
 Facilities authorizations; Broadcast; showing required (AM)              73.24
 Fairness Doctrine                                                        73.1910
 FCC Policies                                                             73.4000 (*)
 FCC, Station inspections by                                              73.1225

47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2) (enhanced display)                                                       page 566 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                           47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

 Fencing requirements, AM transmission system                            73.49
 Fencing requirements, AM stations                                       73.49
 Field measurements, AM directional antenna                              73.61
 Field strength charts, Groundwave (AM)                                  73.184
 Field strength contours—
     FM                                                                  73.311
     TV                                                                  73.683
 Field strength measurements: establishment of effective field           73.186
 Field strength measurements—
     FM                                                                  73.314
     TV                                                                  73.686
 Field strength measurements in support of applications or evidence at   73.153
 hearing (AM)
 Field strength measurements to establish performance of directional     73.151
 antennas (AM)
 Field strength requirements or, Minimum antenna heights (AM)            73.189
 Field test authorizations, Special                                      73.1515
 File, Political                                                         73.1940
 File, Public                                                            73.3526–73.3527
 Filing of applications                                                  73.3511–73.3550
 Filing of contracts                                                     73.3613
 Filmed, taped, or recorded material; Broadcast of                       73.1208
 Financial qualifications—
     AM and FM                                                           73.4100 (*)
     TV                                                                  73.4101 (*)
     Financial qualifications, Certification of                          73.4099(*)
     FM assignments, increasing availability                             73.4107 (*)
 Foreign broadcast stations—Permits to furnish programs                  73.3545
 Forfeitures                                                             1.80
 Format changes of stations                                              73.4110 (*)
 Forms, Application and report                                           73.3500
 FM and AM programming, Duplication of                                   73.242
 FM assignment policies and procedures                                   73.4104 (*)
 FM broadcast channels, Numerical designation of                         73.201
 FM multiplex subcarriers, Use of                                        73.293
 FM multiplex subcarriers transmission technical standards               73.319
 FM subsidiary communications services                                   73.295
     Communication services                                              73.295
 FM transmitter site map submissions                                     73.4108
 FM/TV dual-language broadcasting in Puerto Rico                         73.1210
 Frequency measurement, Carrier                                          73.1540

47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2) (enhanced display)                                                        page 567 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                      47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

 Frequency departure tolerances, Carrier                              73.1545
                                         G
 General operating requirements (Subscription TV)                     73.643
 General requirements for type approval of modulation monitors (TV)   73.692
 General requirements relating to logs                                73.1800
 Grants—
    Conditional                                                       73.3592
    Without hearing                                                   73.3591
 Groundwave field strength charts (AM)                                73.184
 Groundwave signals (AM)                                              73.183
                                         H
 Hard Look Deficiencies and Amendments (as modified) (FM)             73.3522(a)(6)
 Hearings, Designation of applications for                            73.3593
 Hours, Specified                                                     73.1730
                                         I
 Identification, Sponsorship; list retention, related requirements    73.1212
 Identification, Station                                              73.1201
 Indicating instruments (requirements for)—
    AM                                                                73.58
    FM                                                                73.258
    NCE-FM                                                            73.558
    TV                                                                73.688
 Indicating instruments—specifications (meters)                       73.1215
 Information available on the Internet                                73.3617
 Information, Broadcasting emergency                                  73.1250
 Input power, Antenna; how determined (AM)                            73.51
 Inspection of program logs, Public                                   73.1850
 Inspections, Station, by FCC                                         73.1225
 Inspections, Transmission system                                     73.1580
 Installation On or Construction Near an AM Tower                     73.1692
 Instruments, Indicating (requirements for)—
    AM                                                                73.58
    FM                                                                73.258
    NCE-FM                                                            73.558
    TV                                                                73.688
 Instruments, indicating—specifications (meters)                      73.1215
 Interference, Blanketing—
    AM                                                                73.88
    FM                                                                73.318
 Interference, Protection from—
    FM                                                                73.209

47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2) (enhanced display)                                                   page 568 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                    47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

 NCE-FM                                                             73.509
 TV                                                                 73.612
 Interference to Astronomy, Research and Receiving installations,   73.1030
 Notifications concerning
 Interfering signal, Computation of (AM)                            73.185
 International Broadcast stations                                   73.701–73.793
      Definitions                                                   73.701
      Assignment and use of frequencies                             73.702
      Geographical zones and areas of reception                     73.703
      Notification of filing of applications                        73.1030
      Equipment tests                                               73.712
      Program tests                                                 73.713
      Licensing requirements                                        73.731
      Authorizations                                                73.732
      Normal license period                                         73.733
      Operating power                                               73.751
      Antenna systems                                               73.753
      Frequency monitors                                            73.754
      Modulation monitors                                           73.755
      Transmission system requirements                              73.756
      Auxiliary transmitters                                        73.757
      Alternate main transmitters                                   73.758
      Modification of transmission systems                          73.759
      Time of operation                                             73.761
      Station inspection                                            73.1225
      Station license and seasonal schedules, posting of            73.1230
      International broadcast station operator requirements         73.764
      Determining operating power                                   73.765
      Modulation and bandwidth                                      73.766
      Frequency tolerance                                           73.1545
      Antenna structure marking and lighting                        73.1213
      Discontinuance of operation                                   73.1750
      Logs                                                          73.781
      Retention of logs                                             73.782
      Logs, by whom kept                                            73.1800
      Log form                                                      73.1800
      Log corrections                                               73.1800
      Station identification                                        73.787
      Service; Commercial or sponsored programs                     73.788
      Sponsorship identification                                    73.1212
      Rebroadcasts                                                  73.1207

47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2) (enhanced display)                                                 page 569 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                       47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

    Equal employment opportunities                                           73.2080
 International broadcasting agreements                                       73.1650
                                         L
 Letters received from the public, Retention of                              73.1202
 License period, Station                                                     73.1020
 Licensee-conducted contests                                                 73.1216
 Licenses, station and operator, Posting of                                  73.1250
 Licensing, Acceptability of broadcast transmitters for (TV)                 73.640
 Licensing by lottery or random selection                                    1.1601–1.1623, 73.3572,
                                                                             73.3584, 73.3597
 Licensing policies (Subscription TV)                                        73.642
 Licensing requirements and service (NCE-FM)                                 73.503
 Lighting and marking, Antenna structure                                     73.1213
 Limitation on daytime radiation (AM)                                        73.187
 Limited time                                                                73.1725
 Lists retention; Sponsorship identification; related requirements           73.1212
 Location of transmitter—
    FM                                                                       73.315
    TV                                                                       73.685
 Location, Station                                                           73.1120
 Location, Transmitter and antenna system (TV)                               73.685
 Logs—
    General requirements related to the station                              73.1800
    Station                                                                  73.1820
    Program                                                                  73.1810
    Program, Public inspection of                                            73.1850
    Retention of                                                             73.1840
 Logs and records, Availability to FCC                                       73.1226
 Lottery or random selection licensing                                       1.1601–1.1623, 73.3572,
                                                                             73.3584, 73.3597
 Lottery information, Broadcast of                                           73.1211
                                         M
 Main transmitters                                                           73.1665
 Maintenance and tests, Operation for                                        73.1520
 Marking and Lighting, Antenna structure                                     73.1213
 Measurements, Antenna resistance and reactance (AM)                         73.54
 Measurements, Carrier frequency                                             73.1540
 Measurements, Equipment performance                                         73.1590
 Measurements, Field strength, for establishment of effective field at one   73.186
 mile. (AM)
 Measurements, Field strength in support of applications or evidence at      73.153
 hearings (AM)

47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                    page 570 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                       47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

 Measurements, Field strength—
    FM                                                                   73.314
    TV                                                                   73.686
 Measurements, Field strength, to establish performance of directional   73.151
 antennas (AM)
 Measurements, Equipment performance                                     73.1590
 Meters, Extension                                                       73.1550
 Meters—specifications                                                   73.1215
 Mexican/U.S. Agreement                                                  73.3570
 Mexico—U.S. FM Broadcast Agreement, Channel Assignment under (NCE-      73.504
 FM)
 Minimum antenna heights or field strength requirements (AM)             73.189
 Minimum filing requirement (FM)                                         73.3564(a)
 Minimum operating schedule                                              73.1740
 Minimum separations between stations—
    FM                                                                   73.207
    NCE-FM                                                               73.507
    TV                                                                   73.610
 Minimum separation, Stations at spacings below (FM)                     73.213
 Minority ownership; tax certificates and distress sales                 73.4140 (*)
 Misrepresentation in advertising bill- ings                             73.1205
 Mode and Operating power tolerances                                     73.1560
 Modification of directional antenna data (AM)                           73.152
 Modification of facilities, Operation during                            73.1615
 Modification of transmission systems                                    73.1690
 Modulation levels, AM, FM, and TV aural                                 73.1570
 Modulation monitoring equipment, Visual                                 73.691
 Monitoring and alarm points, Automatic transmission system—
    AM                                                                   73.146
    FM                                                                   73.346
    NCE-FM                                                               73.546
 Monitoring equipment, Visual modulation                                 73.691
 Monitoring point locations                                              73.158
 Monitors, Antenna (AM)                                                  73.69
 Monitors, antenna, Requirements for authorization of (AM)               73.53
 Monitors, antenna, Sampling system for (AM)                             73.68
 Multiple ownership                                                      73.3555
    Multiplex subcarrier transmission technical standards, FM            73.319
 Multiplex subscribers, Use of—
    FM                                                                   73.293
    TV                                                                   73.665

47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2) (enhanced display)                                                     page 571 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                             47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

 Multiplex subsidiary, Use of                                                     73.667
 Multiplex transmission, Use of (AM)                                              73.127
                                         N
 NARBA (North American Regional Broadcasting Agreement)                           73.3570
 Network, Affiliation agreements and program practices; territorial exclusivity   73.658
 in non-network program arrangements (TV)
 Network/AM and FM station affiliation agreements                                 73.4154 (*)
 Network signals—adversely affecting affiliate service                            73.4157 (*)
 Network/station affiliation agreements—
    AM                                                                            73.132, 73.3613, 73.4154
                                                                                  (*)
    FM                                                                            73.232, 73.3613, 73.4154
                                                                                  (*)
    TV                                                                            73.658, 73.3613
 Network syndication                                                              73.658
 (Network), Territorial exclusivity—
    AM                                                                            73.132
    FM                                                                            73.232
    TV                                                                            73.658
 Nighttime service areas, Class II and III AM Stations; computation               73.4160 (*)
 Nominal Power, Rounding of (AM)                                                  73.31
 Noncommercial educational channel assignments under the United States-           73.504
 Mexico FM Broadcast Agreement
 Noncommercial educational FM stations and channels                               73.506
 Noncommercial educational FM stations operating on unreserved channels           73.513
 Noncommercial educational stations (TV)                                          73.621
 Noncommercial nature—educational broadcast stations                              73.4163 (*)
 Notifications concerning interference to Radio Astronomy, Research and           73.1030
 Receiving installations
 Numerical designation of FM broadcast channels                                   73.201
 Numerical designation of TV channels                                             73.603
                                         O
 Objections (informal) to applications                                            73.3587
 Obscene language                                                                 73.4165 (*)
 Obscene lyrics                                                                   73.4170 (*)
 Operating during the experimental period (AM)                                    73.72
 Operating on unreserved channels, Noncommercial educational broadcast            73.513
 stations (NCE-FM)
 Operating power, Determining—
    AM                                                                            73.51
    FM                                                                            73.267
    NCE-FM                                                                        73.567

47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                          page 572 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                         47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

     TV                                                                    73.663
 Operating power and mode tolerances                                       73.1560
 Operating requirements, General (Subscription TV operations)              73.643
 Operating schedule, Minimum                                               73.1740
 Operating schedule; time sharing (NCE-FM)                                 73.561
 Operation, Discontinuance of                                              73.1750
 Operation during modification of facilities                               73.1615
 Operation for tests and maintenance                                       73.1520
 Operation of TV aural and visual transmitters                             73.653
 Operation, Remote Control                                                 73.1410
 Operation, Time of                                                        73.1705
 Operation, Unauthorized                                                   73.1745
 Operator and station licenses, Posting of                                 73.1230
 Operators, Chief                                                          73.1870
 Operators, Transmitter duty                                               73.1860
 Overlap, Prohibited                                                       73.509
 Ownership, Multiple                                                       73.3555
 Ownership report                                                          73.3615
                                        P
 Payment disclosure: Payola, plugola, kickbacks                            73.4180 (*)
 Performance measurements, Equipment                                       73.1590
 Performance of directional antennas, Field strength measurements to       73.151
 establish (AM)
 Performance requirements, AM transmission systems                         73.40
 Permissible transmissions (FM)                                            73.277
 Personal attacks                                                          73.1920
 Petitions to deny                                                         73.3584
 Plans, State-wide (NCE-FM)                                                73.502
 Points, Reference, and distance computations (TV)                         73.611
 Point-to-point emergency messages                                         73.1250
 Policies, Licensing (TV)                                                  73.642
 Policies of FCC                                                           73.4000 (*)
 Political advertising by UHF translators                                  73.4195 (*)
 Political advertising—sponsorship identification                          73.1212
 Political broadcasting and telecasting, The law of                        73.4185 (*)
 Political candidate authorization notice and sponsorship identification   73.4190 (*)
 Political editorials                                                      73.1930
 Political file                                                            73.1940
 Portable test stations                                                    73.1530
 Posting of station and operator licenses                                  73.1230
 Power and antenna height requirements—

47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2) (enhanced display)                                                      page 573 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                          47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

    FM                                                                             73.211
    NCE-FM                                                                         73.511
    TV                                                                             73.614
 Power and mode tolerances, Operating                                              73.1560
 Power, nominal, Rounding of (AM)                                                  73.31
 Power, operating, determining—
    AM                                                                             73.51
    FM                                                                             73.267
    NCE-FM                                                                         73.567
    TV                                                                             73.663
 Prediction of coverage—
    FM                                                                             73.313
    TV                                                                             73.684
 Presunrise service authorization (PSRA) and Post sunset service                   73.99
 authorization (PSSA)
 Prime time access (TV)                                                            73.658
 Procedure Manual: “The Public and Broadcasting”                                   73.4210 (*)
 Processing of applications                                                        73.3561–73.3587
 Program logs                                                                      73.1810
 Program logs, Public inspection of                                                73.1850
 Program matter: Supplier identification                                           73.4215 (*)
 Prgoram practices, network, and Affiliation agreements; territorial exclusivity   73.658
 in non-network program arrangements (TV)
 Program tests                                                                     73.1620
 Prohibited overlap                                                                73.509
 Proofs of performance, partial and skeleton, Field strength measurements          73.154
 (AM)
 Protection from interference—
    FM                                                                             73.209
    NCE-FM                                                                         73.509
    TV                                                                             73.612
 Proxy statements and tender offers                                                73.4266(*)
 Public inspection file                                                            73.3526–73.3527
 Public inspection of program logs                                                 73.1850
 Public office, Broadcasts by candidates for                                       73.1940
 Puerto Rico TV/FM, dual-language broadcasting in                                  73.1210
                                         Q
 Quiet zone                                                                        73.1030
                                         R
 Radiation characteristics, Vertical plane                                         73.160
 Radiation, daytime, Limitation on (AM)                                            73.187
 Random selection or lottery licensing                                             1.1601–1.1623, 73.23572,

47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                       page 574 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                    47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

                                                                 73.3584, 73.3597
 Rebroadcasts                                                    73.1207
 Recorded, taped or filmed material; Broadcast of                73.1208
 Recording telephone conversations                               73.1206
 Records and logs, Availability to FCC                           73.1226
 Records, special technical                                      73.1835
 Reference, Cross, to rules in other Parts                       73.1010
 Reference points and distance computations—
    FM                                                           73.208
    TV                                                           73.611
 Reference to time                                               73.1209
 Remote control authorizations                                   73.1400
 Remote control operation                                        73.1410
 Remote reading antenna and common point ammeters (AM)           73.57
 Renewal period                                                  73.1020
 Report and application forms                                    73.3500
 Requirements, Equipment and technical system performance (TV)   73.644
 Requirements for authorization of antenna monitors (AM)         73.53
 Requirements, Subscription TV, operating                        73.643
 Requirements, Power and antenna height—
    AM                                                           73.189
    FM                                                           73.211
    NCE-FM                                                       73.511
    TV                                                           73.614
 Requirements, relating to logs, General                         73.1800
 Requirements, Transmission system
    FM                                                           73.317
    TV                                                           73.687
 Requirements, Transmission system performance (AM)              73.40
 Responses and statements to Commission inquiries                73.1015
 Restrictions on use of channels (FM)                            73.220
 Retention of letters received from the public                   73.1202
 Retention of logs                                               73.1840
 Rounding of nominal power (AM)                                  73.31
 (Rules common to all broadcast stations), Scope                 73.1001
 Rules in other Parts, Cross reference to                        73.1010
                                         S
 Sampling systems for antenna monitors (AM)                      73.68
 Satellites, Direct broadcast                                    73.4091 (*)
 SCA—
    FM                                                           73.293

47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2) (enhanced display)                                                  page 575 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                       47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

    NCE-FM                                                               73.593
 Schedule, Minimum operating                                             73.1740
 Schedule; Operating, time sharing (NCE-FM)                              73.561
 School closings                                                         73.1250
 Scope of Subpart A (AM)                                                 73.1
 Scope of Subpart E (TV)                                                 73.601
 Scope of Subpart H (rules common to all broadcast stations)             73.1001
 Separations (channel) (TV)                                              73.610
 Separations, Minimum mileage, between co-channel and adjacent channel
 stations—
    FM                                                                   73.217
    NCE-FM                                                               73.507
 Separations, Stations at spacings below minimum (FM)                    73.213
 Service and licensing requirements (NCE-FM)                             73.503
 Share time                                                              73.1715
 Sharing time, Operating schedule (NCE-FM)                               73.561
 Short-spacing agreements: FM stations                                   73.4235 (*)
 Showing required; Applications for broadcast facilities (AM)            73.37
 Signal, Computation of interfering (AM)                                 73.185
 Signal, Groundwave (AM)                                                 73.183
 Site, common antenna, Use of—
    FM                                                                   73.239
    TV                                                                   73.635
 Spacings, Stations below the minimum separations (FM)                   73.213
 Special antenna test authorizations (AM)                                73.157
 Special field test authorization                                        73.1515
 Special technical records                                               73.1835
 Special temporary authorizations (STA's)                                73.1635
 Specifications—Indicating instruments (meters)                          73.1215
 Specified hours                                                         73.1730
 Sponsorship identification list retention; related requirements         73.1212
 Sponsorship identification rules, Applicability of                      73.4242 (*)
 STA's (Special temporary authorizations)                                73.1635
 Standard time                                                           73.1209
 Standards, FM multiplex subcarrier, technical                           73.319
 Standards of allocation, Engineering (AM)                               73.182
 Standards of good engineering practice—NCE-FM                           73.508
 Standards, Stereophonic transmission (FM)                               73.322
 Standards, Transmission                                                 73.682
 State-wide plans (NCE-FM)                                               74.502
 Statements and responses to Commission inquiries                        73.1015

47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2) (enhanced display)                                                    page 576 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                          47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

 Station and operator licenses, Posting of                                  74.1230
 Station identification                                                     73.1201
 Station inspections by FCC                                                 73.1225
 Station license period                                                     73.1020
 Station location                                                           73.1120
 Station log                                                                73.1820
 Station transferring                                                       73.1150
 Stations, Assignment of, to channels (AM)                                  73.28
 Stations at spacings below the minimum separation (FM)                     73.213
 Stations, Noncommercial educational (TV)                                   73.621
 Stations, Noncommercial educational FM, operating on unreserved channels   73.513
 Stereophonic sound broadcasting—
    AM                                                                      73.128
    FM                                                                      73.297
    NCE-FM                                                                  73.597
    TV                                                                      73.669
 Stereophonic pilot subcarriers—monophonic programming                      73.4246 (*)
 Stereophonic sound transmission standards—
    AM                                                                      73.128
    FM                                                                      73.322
    TV                                                                      73.682
 Subcarrier multiplex, transmission standards—
    FM                                                                      73.319
 Subcarrier, multiplex, Use of—
    FM                                                                      73.293
    TV                                                                      73.665
 Subliminal perception                                                      73.4250 (*)
 Subpart A, Scope of (AM)                                                   73.1
 Subpart E, Scope of (TV)                                                   73.601
 Subpart H, Scope of (rules common to all broadcast stations)               73.1001
 (Subscription TV operations), Definitions                                  73.641
 Subsidiary Communications services—
    FM                                                                      73.295
    NCE-FM                                                                  73.595
    TV                                                                      73.667
 Subscription TV—
    Competing applications                                                  73.4247 (*)
    Definitions                                                             73.641
    Licensing policies                                                      73.642
    Operating requirements                                                  73.643
    Transmission systems                                                    73.644

47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2) (enhanced display)                                                        page 577 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                          47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

 Syndication, network                                                       73.658
                                        T
 Table of assignments—
    FM                                                                      73.202
    TV                                                                      73.606
 Tables (Distance-degree conversions and separations) (TV)                  73.698
 Taped, filmed, or recorded material; Broadcast of                          73.1208
 Tax certificates and distress sales; Minority sales                        73.4140(*)
 Tax certificates: Issuance of                                              73.4255 (*)
 Teaser announcements                                                       73.4260 (*)
 Technical definitions—
    AM                                                                      73.14
    FM                                                                      73.310
    TV                                                                      73.681
 Technical records, Special                                                 73.1835
 (Technical standards), Definitions (TV)                                    73.681
 Telecommunications service on vertical blanking interval                   73.646
 Telephone conversations, Broadcast of                                      73.1206
 Telephone conversation broadcasts (network and like sources)               73.4625 (*)
 Television channels, Numerical designation of                              73.603
 Temporary authorizations, Special (STA's)                                  73.1635
 Tender offers and proxy statements                                         73.4266(*)
 Territorial exclusivily in non-network program arrangements; Affiliation   73.658
 agreements and network program practices (TV)
 Territorial exclusivity, (Network)—
    AM                                                                      73.132
    FM                                                                      73.232
    TV                                                                      73.658
 Test authorization, Special field                                          73.1515
 Test stations, Portable                                                    73.1530
 Testing antenna during daytime (AM)                                        73.157
 Tests and maintenance, Operation for                                       73.1520
 Tests of equipment                                                         73.1610
 Tests, Program                                                             73.1620
 Time brokerage                                                             73.4627 (*)
 Time of operation                                                          73.1705
 Time, Limited                                                              73.1725
 Time, Reference to                                                         73.1209
 Time, Share                                                                73.1715
 Time Sharing, Operating schedule (NCE-FM)                                  73.561
 Time, Unlimited                                                            73.1710

47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2) (enhanced display)                                                       page 578 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                    47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

 Tolerances, Carrier frequency departure                              73.1545
 Tolerances, Directional antenna system (AM)                          73.62
 Tolerances, Operating power and mode                                 73.1560
 Tone clusters: Audio attention-getting devices                       73.4275 (*)
 Topographic data (FM)                                                73.3120
 Tower lighting and painting                                          73.1213
 Transferring a station                                               73.1150
 Transmission standards, Changes in                                   73.1695
 Transmission standards (TV)                                          73.682
 Transmission system, Automatic (ATS)                                 73.1500
 Transmission system emission limitations, (AM)                       73.44
 Transmission system inspections                                      73.1580
 Transmission system installation and safety requirements, AM         73.49
 Transmission system performance requirements (AM)                    73.40
 Transmission system requirements—
    FM                                                                73.317
    TV                                                                73.687
 Transmission systems, Modification of                                73.1690
 Transmission systems, subscription TV                                73.644
 Transmissions, Permissible (FM)                                      73.277
 Transmitter duty operators                                           73.1860
 Transmitter, Location—
    FM                                                                73.315
    TV                                                                73.685
 Transmitter location and antenna system (TV)                         73.685
 Transmitters, Auxiliary                                              73.1670
 Transmitters, broadcast, Acceptability of                            73.1660
 Transmitters, Main                                                   73.1665
 Transmitters, TV, aural and visual, Operation of                     73.653
 TV Channel 6 protection (NCE-FM)                                     73.525
 TV colorburst during black/white programming                         73.4272 (*)
 TV/FM dual-language broadcasting in Puerto Rico                      73.1210
 Type approval of modulation monitors, General requirements (TV)      73.692
                                       U
 Unauthorized operation                                               73.1745
 U.S./Mexican Agreement                                               73.3570
 USA-Mexico FM Broadcast Agreement, Channel assignments under (NCE-   73.504
 FM)
 Unlimited time                                                       73.1710
 Unreserved channels, Noncommercial educational broadcast stations    73.513
 operating on (NCE-FM)

47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2) (enhanced display)                                                 page 579 of 580
47 CFR Part 73 (up to date as of 2/20/2024)
                                                                                                           47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2)
Radio Broadcast Services

 Use of channels, Restrictions on (FM)                                          73.220
 Use of common antenna site—
    FM                                                                          73.239
    TV                                                                          73.635
                         Use of multiplex subcarriers—
    FM                                                                          73.293
    TV                                                                          73.665
 Use of multiplex transmissions (AM)                                            73.127
                                         V
 Vertical blanking interval, Telecommunication service on                       73.646
 Vertical plane radiation characteristics                                       73.160
 Visual and aural TV transmitters, Operation of                                 73.653
 Visual modulation monitoring equipment                                         73.691
                                       W
 Want ads                                                                       73.1212
                                         Z
 Zone, Quiet                                                                    73.1030
 Zones—
    FM                                                                          73.205
    NCE-FM                                                                      73.505
    TV                                                                          73.609

[50 FR 38530, Sept. 23, 1985; 50 FR 40395, Oct. 3, 1985, as amended at 51 FR 34621, 34622, Sept. 30, 1986; 52 FR 37316, Oct. 6,
1987; 52 FR 47569, Dec. 15, 1987; 53 FR 2499, Jan. 28, 1988; 58 FR 51250, Oct. 1, 1993; 59 FR 67103, Dec. 28, 1994; 63 FR
33878, June 22, 1998; 82 FR 57884, Dec. 8, 2017]

47 CFR 73.8000(d)(2) (enhanced display)                                                                         page 580 of 580